PE® TO ODp ■ BRAZIL AND THK BRAZILIAN'S, PORTEAYED IN HISTORICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE SKETCHES. BY Rev. B. P. KIDDER, D.D., and Rev. J. C. FLETCHER. ILLUSTRATED BY ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY ENGRAVINGS. PHILADELPHIA: CHILDS & PETEKSON, 602 AKCH ST. NEW YORK: SHELDON, BLAKEiVIAN & CO. f S! 3 ■1X^3. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857, by CHILDS & PETERSON, in the Clerk’s OfSce of the District Court of the United States for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. STEEEOTTPED BY L. JOHNSON b CO. PHILADELPHIA. FEINTED BY DEACON 4 PETEE80N. BOSTON COLLEGE IJBRARY CHESINUI HILL. MASS. 28G081 ^eJthc S.Sfira/iJ BarW. [San .Mat p ruus nunm .l.H.r,OLTOX& Co..v?/ 7 ^ WIIJJAM.srXKW YOBK. iMaravacsj ^Curf^t ’Y.apam^ /'hr KIDDEU SrPLETdlEliS BllAZIIi andtheUKATILIANS. /Wfhshpff CffllittS &PETEILSON. PHIL.M)ELl*inA,PA: Haratfh^ itnn orTainnipe-Ru Tavaca' Hhrk'. . Sft.Va^ '^.S. do Cat EQUATOR \r?Chave.i Maiajo.or JoaxmesL. V?]idana^^ Lamatmig^ Cah^> -Eod( itd Dtari, sSantoP prv7j.Ti ■tisdeiras '.Salto d 3oa Vi.vtat SPiiqia RIOdeJANESEO 1 da IJarra U. of the Fa L HquedaSj. 011 AS UP- 'W.^S.P^ra$ y«k>t\il)Uc<) Caopii temUar^ ^Tlieref fRlOBARASrA V dt^ia Fit iLa^o'a' A/ _lbRria:: ^ EXPLANATIONS iphals of Provini es ® SAN SAI.VADOR •inoipal Towns o Villa Tranca S. Greffaru SCALE OF MILES Indian Tribe B A C AH SANTA FR! ^PaisandiL0^F Coronada^ ■ I'lfris linin’ VfliirJUsnin Coun. oftiw OnM ■‘icaif.s! .Sanj iifpiel, WASHINGTON. R o s a rvo ^ .Sail Nirn/as S.Pedr^^SR Lj I Marttn Gam <,ida. Maagnetm R.Yea Conclias^ Barntrjan^ itetebtm Sf ^ Xr MMo \ ; a5 voV / i X / JiW^velos^^J r J? PEEFACB. The popular notion of Brazil is, to a certain extent, delineated in the accompanying side-illustrations. Mighty rivers and virgin forests, palm-trees and jaguars, anacondas and alligators, howling monkeys and screaming parrots, diamond-mining, revolutions, and earthquakes, are the com¬ ponent parts of the picture formed in the mind’s eye. It is probably hazarding no¬ thing to say that a very large majority of general readers are better acquaint¬ ed with China and India than with Brazil. How few seem to be aware that in the distant Southern Hemisphere is a stable constitutional mon¬ archy, and a growing na¬ tion, occupying a territory of greater area than that of the United States, and that the descendants of the 4 Preface. Portuguese hold the same relative position in South America as the descendants of the English in the northern half of the lil'ew World! How few Protestants are cognizant of the fact that in the territory of Brazil the Reformed religion first proclaimed on the Western Continent! The following work, by two whose experience in the Bra^ zilian Empire embraces a period of twenty years, endeavors! faithfully to portray the history of the country, and, by a nari rative of incidents connected with travel and residence in the land of the Southern Cross, to make known the manners,*^ customs, and advancement of the most progressive people south of the Equator. | While “Itineraries” relating to journeys of a few months in various portions of the Empire have been recently published, no general work on Brazil has been issued in Europe or America since the “Sketches” of the senior author, (D.P.K.,) which was most favorably received in England and the United States, but has long been out of print. Although the present volume is the result of a joint effort, ^ the desire for greater uniformity caused the senior author ’ to place his contributions in the hands of his ‘ junior colleague, (J. C. E.,) with the permission to use the name of the former in the third person singular. The amount of matter from each pen is, however, more nearly equal than at first sight would appear. The authors have consult¬ ed every important work in French, German, English, and Portuguese, that could throw light on the history of Brazil, Preface. 5 and likewise various published memoirs and discourses read before the flourishing “Geographical and Historical Society” at Eio de Janeiro. For statistics they have either personally examined the Imperial and provincial archives, or have quoted directly from Brazilian state papers. por important services, the authors are happy to acknow¬ ledge their indebtedness to Conselheiro J. F. de Cavalcanti de Albuquerque, His Brazilian Majesty’s Minister-Plenipotentiary at Washington, and M. le Chevalier d’Aguiar, Brazilian Con¬ sul-General at Hew York; to Hon.Ex-Governor Kent, of Maine, and Ferdinand Coxe, Esq., of Philadelphia, both of whom held high diplomatic positions at Eio de Janeiro; to Hon. Judge J. TJ. Petit, formerly Consul in one of the most im¬ portant northern provinces of Brazil; to Mrs. L. A. Cuddehy, late of Eio de Janeiro; and to Eev. H. A. Boardman, D.D., of Philadelphia. They also express their obligations to Mr. H. Bates, Thos. Eainey, M.D., and to A. E. Egbert, M.D., for valuable contributions to the Appendix. The numerous illustrations are, with few exceptions, either from sketches, or daguerreotype views taken on the spot, and have been faithfully as well as skil¬ fully executed by Messrs. Van Ingen & Snyder, of Philadelphia. The accompanying map, prepared by Messrs. J. H. Colton & Co., is probably the most perfect ever pub¬ lished of an Empire which has never been surveyed. In 1855 the junior author travelled more than three thousand miles in Brazil, making corrections of this map as he journeyed; and his sincere thanks are heartily given to Senhor John Lisboa, of Bahia, who has devoted himself to the geography of his native land. THE POETUGUESE LANGUAGE. The Portuguese language is universally spoken in Brazil. It is not a dialect of the Spanish, as many suppose, but, as Vieyra says, is the eldest daughter of the Latin. It is much more masculine than the Castilian, and in its strength, • compactness, and expressiveness clearly indicates its Roman parentage. Sis- mondi, Schlegel, and Southey have fully treated of Portuguese literature, and their opinion is given in the pages of this vrork. Mr. Pickering, the lexico¬ grapher, was an excellent Portuguese scholar, but, besides Mr. Longfellow, i there are probably not three literati in the United States acquainted with the rich; language and belles-lettres of Lusitania. We are glad to learn that Messrs. Appleton are about to add to their OUendorf series a “ Method for learning Portuguese,” and hope that many of our countrymen will thus be induced to acquire the beautiful language of de Camoes. The term Dorn {dominus) is not used indiscriminately, like the Don of the Spanish, but is only applied by the Portuguese and their descendants to monarchs, princes, ; and bishops. The termination So is pronounced oun,—thus, nSo (not) is pronoimced like the English word noun. Words ending in oes are pronounced by inserting an n between e and s; thus, de Camoes—(Eng. de Camoens.) One milreis, (a thousand reis,—nearly equal to fifty cents,) the Brazilian coin so frequently mentioned in these pages, is always represented by the dollar sign after the mil: thus, 6$500 is five mil, five hundred reis,—^not quite three dollars. On page 170 read “fifty milreis, (about twenty-five dollars,)” and not “fifty milreis, (about twenty-five cents.)” CONTENTS, CHAPTER I. The Bay of Rio de Janeiro—Historic Reminiscences—First Sight of the Tropics— Entrance to the Harbor—Night-Scenes—Impressions of Beauty and Grandeur— Gardner and Stewart—The Capital of Brazil—Distinction of Rio de Janeiro. CHAPTER II. Landing—Hotel Pharoux—Novel Sights and Sounds—The Palace Square—Rua Direita—Exchange— The “ Team” — Musical Coffee-Carriers— Custom-House— Lessons in Portuguese, and Governor Kent’s Opinion of Brazil—Post-OfiSce—Dis¬ like of Change—Senhor Jos4 Maxwell—Rua do Ouvidor—Shops and Feather- Flowers—The Brazilian Omnibus can be full—Narrow Streets and Police-Regu¬ lations—A Suggestion to relieve Broadway, New York—Passeio Publico—Bra¬ zilian Politeness—The “ Gondola”—The Brazilian imperturbable—Lack of Hotels —First Night in Rio de Janeiro... CHAPTER III. Discovery of South America—Pinzon’s Visit to Brazil—Cabral—Coelho—Americus Vespucius—The Name “ Brazil”—Bay of Bio de Janeiro—Martin Affonso de Souza —Past Glory of Portugal—Coligny’s Huguenot Colony—The Protestant Banner first unfurled in the New World — Treachery of Villegagnon — Contest between the Portuguese and the French—Defeat of the Latter—San Sebastian founded— Cruel Intolerance—Reflections. CHAPTER IV. Early State of Rio—Attacks of the French—Improvements under the Viceroys— Arrival of the Royal Family of Portugal—Rapid Political Changes—Departure of Dom John VL—The Viceroyalty in the Hands of Dom Pedro—Brazilians dis¬ satisfied with the Mother-Country—Declaration of Independence—Acclamation of Dom Pedro as Emperor. CHAPTER V. The Andradas—Instructions of the Emperor to the Constituent Assembly—Dom Pedro I, dissolves the Assembly by Force—Constitution framed by a Special Com¬ mission-Considerations of this Document—The Rule of Dom Pedro L—Causes of Dissatisfaction—The Emperor abdicates in favor of Dom Pedro II. Contents. CHAPTER VI. PAOB The Praia do Flamengo—The Three-Man Beetle—Splendid Views—The Man who cut down a Palm-Tree—Moonlight—Rio “Tigers”—The Bathers—Gloria Hill— Evening Scene—The Church—Marriage of Christianity and Heathenism—A Ser¬ mon in Honor of Our Lady—Festa da Gloria—The Larangeiras—Ascent of the Cercovado—The Sugar-Loaf. 86 CHAPTER VII. Brotherhoods—Hospital of San Francisco de Paula—The Lazarus and the Rattle¬ snake—Misericordia—Sailors’ Hospital at Jurujuba—Foundling-Hospital — Re- colhimento for Orphan-Girls—New Misericordia—Asylum for the Insane—Josd d’Anchieta, Founder of the Misericordia—Monstrous Legends of the Order—Friar John d’Almeida—Churches—Convents. 107 CHAPTER VIII. Illumination of the City—Early to Bed—Police—Gambling and Lotteries—Muni¬ cipal Government—Vaccination—Beggars on Horseback—Prisons—Slavery—Bra¬ zilian Laws in favor of Freedom—The Mina Hercules—English Slave-Holders— Slavery in Brazil Doomed. 124 V CHAPTER IX. ^ ' Religion—The Corruption of the Clergy—Monsignor Bedini—Toleration among the Brazilians—The Padre—Festivals — Consumption of Wax — The Intrude—Pro¬ cessions—Anjinhos—Santa Priscilliana—The Cholera not cured by Processions. 140 CHAPTER X. The Home-Feeling—Brazilian Houses—The Girl—The Wife—The Mother—Moorish Jealousy—Domestic Duties—Milk-Cart on Legs—Brazilian Lady’s Delight—Her Troubles—The Marketing and Watering—Kill the Bixo —Boston Apples and Ice —Family Recreations—The Boy—The Collegio—Common-Schools—Highest Aca¬ demies of Learning—The Gentleman—Duties of the Citizen—Elections—Political Parties—Brazilian Statesmen—Nobility—Orders of Knighthood... 161 \ ' CHAPTER XI. S. ■ Praia Grande—San Domingo—Sabbath-Keeping—Mandioca—Ponte de Area—View from Ingti—The Armadillo—Commerce of Brazil—The Finest Steamship Voyage in the World—American Seamen’s Friend Society—The English Cemetery—-Eng¬ lish Chapel — Brazilian Funerals—Tijuca—Bennett’s—Cascades—Excursions— Botanical Gardens—An Old Friend—Home... 187 CHAPTER XII. The Cq,mpo Santa Anna—The Opening of the Assemblea Geral—History of Events succeeding the Acclamation of Dom Pedro II. — The Regency — Constitutional Reform—Condition of Political Parties before the Revolution of 1840—Debates in the House of Deputies—Attempt at Prorogation—Movement of Antonio Carlos— Deputation to the Emperor—Permanent Session—Acclamation of Dom Pedro’s Contents. 9 . _iJie Assembly’s Proclamation — Rejoicings — New Ministry — Public tulations—Real State of Things—Ministerial Programme—Preparations for Coronation_Change of Ministry—Opposition come into Power—Coronation *ned_Splendor of the Coronation—Financial Embarrassments—Diplomacy ^ D^solution of the Camara—Pretext of Outbreaks—Council of State—Restora- T Order_Sessions of the Assembly—Imperial Marriages—Ministerial Change _Present Condition......... 211 CHAPTER XIII. The Emperor of Brazil—His Remarkable Talents and Acquirements—New York Historical Society—The First Sight of D. Pedro IL—An Emperor on Board an American Steamship—Captain Foster and the “ City of Pittsburg”—How D. Pedro II was received by the “ Sovereigns”—An Exhibition of American Arts and Manu¬ factures_Difficulties overcome—Visit of the Emperor—His Knowledge of American Authors—Success among the People—Visit to the Palace of S. Christovao—Long- feUow, Hawthorne, and Webster. 231 CHAPTER XIV. Brazilian Literature—The Journals of Rio de Janeiro—Advertisements—The Freedom of the Press—Effort to put down Bible-Distribution—Its Failure—National Library _Museum—Imperial Academies of Fine Arts—Societies—Brazilian Historical and Geographical Institute—Administration of Brazilian Law—Curious Trial. 251 CHAPTER XV. The Climate of Brazil—Its Superiority to other Tropical Countries—Cool Resorts— Trip to St. Alexio—Brazilian Jupiter Pluvius—The Mulatto Improvisor—Sydney Smith’s “ Immortal” Surpassed—A Lady’s Impressions of Travel—An American Factory—A Yankee House—The Ride up the Organ Mountains—Forests, Flowers, and Scenery—Speculation in Town-Lots—Boa Vista—Height of the Serra dos Orgoes—Constancia—The “Happy Valley”—The Two Swiss Bachelors—Youth renewed — Prosaic Conclusion — Todd’s “ Student’s Manual” — The Tapir—The Toucan—The Fire-Flies—Expenses of Travelling—Nova Fribourgo—Canta Gallo —Petropolis. 268 CHAPTER XVI. Preparations for the Voyage to the Southern Provinces—The Passengers—TJbatuba —Eagerness to obtain Bibles—The Routine on Board—Aboriginal Names—San Sebastian and Midshipman Wilberforce—Santos—Brazilians at Dinner—Incorrect Judgment of Foreigners—S. Vincente—Order of Exercises—My Cigar—Paranagud —H.B.M. “Cormorant” and the Slavers—Mutability of Maps—Russian Vessels in Limbo—The Prima Donna—^An English Engineer—^Arrive at San Francisco do Sul 303 CHAPTER XVII. The Province of Paranti—Message of its First President—Mat6, or Paraguay Tea— . Its Culture and Preparation—Grows in North Carolina—San Francisco do Sul— Expectations not fulfilled—Canoe-Voyage—My Companions not wholly carnivo¬ rous—A Travelled Trunk—The Tolling-Bell Bird—Arrival at Joinville—A New SetUement. 320 10 Contents. CHAPTER XVIII. pagb Colonia Donna Francisca—The School-Teacher—The Clergyman—A Turk—Bible- Distribution—Suspected—A B C—The Fallen Forest—The House of the Director —A Runaway — The Village Cemetery — Moral Wants—Orchidaceous Plants— Charlatanism—San Francisco Jail—The Burial of the Innocent, and the money¬ making Padre—The Province of Sta. Catharina—Desterro—Beautiful Scenery— Shells and Butterflies—Coal-Mines—Province of Rio Grande do Sul—Herds and Herdsmen—The Lasso—Indians—Former Provincial Revolts—Present Tranquil¬ lity assured by the Overthrow of Rosas. 334 CHAPTER XIX. Journey to San Paulo—Night-Travelling—Serra do Cubatao—The Heaven of the Moon — Frade Vasconcellos—Ant-Hills — Tropeiros — Curious Items of Trade— Ypiranga—City of San Paulo—Law-Students and Convents—Mr. Mawe’s Expe¬ rience contrasted—Description of the City—Respect for S. Paulo—^The Visionary Hotel-Keeper. 354 CHAPTER XX. History of San Paulo—Terrestrial Paradise—Reverses of the Jesuits—Enslavement of the Indians—Historical Data—The Academy of Laws—Course of Study—Dis¬ tinguished Men — The Andradas — Jos6 Bonifacio — Antonio Carlos—Alvares Machado—Vergueiro—Bishop Moura—A Visit to Feijo—Proposition to abolish Celibacy—An Interesting Book—The Death of Antonio Carlos de Andrada—High Eulogium—Missionary Efforts in San Paulo—Early and Present Condition of the Province—Hospitalities of a Padre—Encouragements—The People—Proposition to the Provincial Assembly—Response—Result—Addenda—Present Encourage¬ ments. 366 CHAPTER XXI. Agreeable Acquaintance—Old Congo’s Spurs—Lodging and Sleeping—Company— Campinas—Hluminations — A Night among the Lowly — Arrival at Limeira— A Pennsylvanian—A Night with a Boa Constrictor—Eventful and Romantic Life of a Naturalist—The Bird-Colony destined to the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences—Ybecaba—Sketch of the Vergueiros—Plan of Colonization—Bridge of Novel Construction—Future Prospects... 396 CHAPTER XXII. A New Disease—The Culture of Chinese Tea in Brazil—Modus Operand!—The Deceived Custom-House Officials—Probable Extension of Tea-Culture in South America—Homeward Bound—My Companion—Senhor Jos6 and a Little Diffi¬ culty with him—California and the Musical Innkeeper—Early Start and the Star- Spangled Banner—The Senhores Brotero of S. Paulo—Fourth of July inaugurated in an English Family—“ Yankee Doodle” on the Plains of Ypiranga—Lame and Impotent Conclusion—Astronomy under Difficulties—Deliverance—Return to Rio de Janeiro... 416 Contents. 11 CHAPTEK XXIII. ] man North—Extent of the Empire—The Falls of Itamarity—Gigantic Fig- The Keel-Bill—A Plantation in Minas-Geraes—Peter Parley in Brazil— Lemons—Baronial Style—The Padre —Vesper-Hours —The Plautation- n h* tra—The White Ants obedient to the Church-The Great Ant-Eater—The jiugical Cart—The Mines and other Resources of Minas-Geraes— • its History and Culture—The Province of Goyaz—Stingless Bees and Sour H * V—Mato Grosso—Long River-Route to the Atlantic—A New Thoroughfare —meutenant Thomas J. Page—The Survey of the La Plata and its Affluents— First American Steamer at Corumba—Steamboat-Navigation on the Paraguay— Officers of the American Navy—Dr. Kane and Lieutenant Strain—Diamond and GoW Mines the Hinderers of Progress—The Difference in the Results from Dia¬ monds and Coffee. CHAPTER XXIV. Cape Frio—Wreck of the Frigate Thetis—Campos—Espirito Santo—Aborigines— Origin of Indian Civilization—The Palm-Tree and its Uses—The Tupi-Guarani— The Lingoa Geral—Ferocity of the Aymores—The City of Bahia—Porters—Cadeiras _History of Bahia—Caramuru—Attack on the Hollanders—Measures taken by gpain The City retaken — The Dutch in Brazil—Slave-Trade—Sociability of Hahia_Mr. Gilmer, American Consul—The Humming-Bird — Whale-Fishery— American Cemetery—Henry Martyn—Visit to Montserrat—View of the City—The Emperor’s Birthday — Medical School — Public Library — Image-Factory — The AVonderful Image of St. Anthony—No Miracle—St. Anthony a Colonel—Visit to Valenfa—Daring Navigation— In Puris Naturalibua —The Factory and Colonel Carson—American Machinery—Skilful Negroes—Return Home—Commerce with the United States. 464 CHAPTER XXV. Departure from Bahia—The Vampire-Bat—His Manner of Attack—The Bitten Negro—Annoyances magnified—Anacondas—One that swallowed a Horse—The Marmoset—Province of Alagoaz—The Republic of Palmares—Pernambuco—The Amenities of Quarantine-Life—Improvements at the Recife—Peculiarities of Per- nambucan Houses—Beautiful Panorama—Various Districts of the City—A Bible- Christian—Extraordinary Fanaticism of the Sebastianists—Commerce of Pernam¬ buco— The Population of the Interior—The Sertanejo and Market-Scene—The Sugar and Cotton Mart—The Jangada—Parahiba do Norte—Natal—Cear4—The Paviola—Temperature and Periodical Rains—The City of Maranham—Judge Petit’s Description—The Montaria—Departure. 603 CHAPTER XXVI. Magnificence of Nature in the Brazilian North—The City of Parti—The Entrance of the Amazon—The first Protestant Sermon on these Waters—Parallel to the Black- Hole of Calcutta—Effects of Steam-Navigation—Improvements in Pari—The Canoa —Bathing and Market Scenes—Produce of Par4—India-Rubber—Par4 Shoes—The Amazon River Mr. Wallace’s Explorations—The Vaca Marina—Cetacea of the Amazon—Turtle-Egg Butter—Indian Archery—Brazilian Birds and Insects—Visit to Rice-MUls near Par4—Journey through the Forest—The Paraense Bishop’s Sus¬ picions of Dr. Kidder—State of Religion at Par4. THE SUGAR-LOAF, (ENTRANCE TO THE BAY OF RIO.) \[u^ ^vmlm CHAPTEE I. THE BAT OF EIO DB JANEIB,0-HISTOEIC EEMINISOENCES-FIE8T SIGHT OF THE ■ TROPICS—ENTEANCB TO THE HAEBOE—NIGHT-SCENES—IMPEESSIONS OF BEaOTY AND GEANDEDE—GAEDNEE AND STEWAET-THE CAPITAL OF BEAZIL—DI8TINC- j TION OF EIO DE JANEIEO. ! The Bay of Naples, the Golden Horn of Constantinople, and the Bay of Eio de Janeiro, are always mentioned by the travelled tourist as pre-eminently worthy to be classed together for their extent, and for the beauty and sublimity of their scenery. The first two, however, must yield the palm to the last-named magnificent sheet of water, which, in a climate of perpetual summer, is enclosed ^vithin the ranges of singularly-picturesque mountains, and is dotted with the verdure-covered islands of the tropics. He who, 13 14 Brazil and the Brazilians. in Switzerland, lias gazed from tlie Quai of Vevay, or from the windows of the old Castle of ChiUon, upon the grand panorama of the upper end of the Lake of Geneva, can have an idea of the general view of the Bay of Eio de Janeiro; and there was much' truth and beauty in the remark of the Swiss, who, looking for the first time on the native splendor of the Brazilian bay and its circlet of mountains, exclaimed, “(Test VSelvetie Meridionale!” (It is the Southern Switzerland!) What a glorious spectacle must have presented itself to those early navigators—^De Solis, Majellan, and Martin Affonso de Souza— who were the first Europeans that ever sailed through the narrow portal which constitutes the entrance to Nitherohy, (Hidden Water,') as these almost land-locked waters were appropriately and poetically termed by the Tamoya Indians! Though the moun-| tain-sides and borders of the bay are still richly and luxuriantly j clothed, then all the primeval forests existed, and gave a wilder j and more striking beauty to a scene so enchanting in a natural point of view, even after three centuries of the encroachments of ’ man. Be Souza—as the common tradition runs—supposed that he had entered the mouth of a mighty river, rivalling the Orinoco and the Amazon, and named it Eio de Janeiro, (Biver of January,) after the happy month—January, 1531—in which he made his imagined discovery. Whatever may have been the origin of this misnomer, it is not only applied to the large and commodious bay, but to the province in which it is situated, and to the populous metro¬ polis of Brazil, which sits like a queen upon its bright shores. We all of us know, either by our own experience or by that of others, what is the sight of land to the tempest-tossed voyager. When the broad blue circle of sea and sky, which for days and weeks has encompassed his vision, is at length broken by a shore,. —even though that shore be bleak and desolate as the ice-moun¬ tains of the Arctic regions,—it is invested with a surpassing interest, it is robed in undreamed-of charms. What, then, must ■ be the emotions of one who, coming from a latitude of stormy 1 winter, beholds around him a land of perpetual summer, with its towering and crested palms, and its giant vegetation arrayed in | fadeless green I In December, 1851, when the Hudson and the Potomac were Entrance to the Harbor. 15 bridged by the ice-king, and clouds and snow draped the sky and the land, our good vessel stood out upon a stormy sea. A few weeks of gales and rolling waves, varied by light winds and calms, brought us to Cape Frio. This isolated peak shoots up as steeply as the chalk-cliffs of England, as high as the Eock of Gibraltar, and is covered to its very summit with verdure. No clouds—as I last beheld them in conjunction with terra firma —were frown¬ ing over this summer-land. The balmiest breezes were blowing, and the palms upon the adjacent hills were gracefully waving above the world of vegetation—so new to me—which gleamed in the warm sunlight. It was in the midst of such a scene that the day, not without evening-glories, faded away. The morning sun shone clearly, and the lofty mountain-range near the entrance to the harbor stood forth in an outline at once bold, abrupt, and beautiful. The first entrance of any one to the Bay of Eio de Janeiro forms an era in his existence :— “ an hour Whence he may date thenceforward and forever.” Even the dullest observer must afterward cherish sublimer views of the manifold beauty and majesty of the works of the Creator. I have seen the most rude and ignorant Eussian sailor, the im¬ moral and unreflecting Australian adventurer, as well as the culti¬ vated and refined European gentleman, stand silent upon the deck, mutually admiring the gigantic avenue of mountains and palm- covered isles, which, like the granite pillars before the Temple of Luxor, form a fitting colonnade to the portal of the finest bay in the world. On either side of that contracted entrance, as far as the eye can reach, stretch away the mountains, whose pointed and fantastic shapes recall the glories of Alpland. On our left, the Sugar-Loaf stands like a giant sentinel to the metropolis of Brazil. The round and green summits of the Tres Irmaos {Three Brothers) are in strong contrast with the peaks of Corcovado and Tijuca; while the Gavia rears its huge sail-like form, and half hides the fading line of mountains which extends to the very borders of Eio Grande do^ Sul. On the right, another lofty range commences near the principal fortress which commands the entrance of the bay, and, forming curtain-like ramparts, reaches away, in picturesque head- 16 Brazil and the Brazilians. lands, to the bold promontory well known to all Sonth Atlantic navigators as Cape Frio. Far through the opening of the hay, and in some places towering even above the lofty coast-barrier, can be discovered the blue outline of the distant Organ Mountains, whose lofty pinnacles will at once suggest the origin of their name. The general effect is truly sublime; but as the vessel draws nearer to the bold shore, and we see, on the sides of the double mount which rises in the rear of Santa Cruz, the peculiar bright-j leaved woods of Brazil, with here and there the purple-blooming quaresma-tree,—and when we observe that the snake-like cacti and rich-flowering parasites shoot forth and hang down even from the jagged and precipitous sides of the Sugar-Loaf,—and as we single out in every nook and crevice new evidences of a genial and pro-' liflc clime,—emotion, before overwhelmed by vastness of outline,; now unburdens itself in every conceivable exclamation of surprise] and admiration. The breeze is wafting us onward, and we pass beneath the white; walls of the Santa Cruz fortress. A black soldier, dressed in a light uniform of enviable coolness, leans lazily over a parapet,! while higher up on the ramparts a sentinel marches with leisurely tread near the glass cupola which, illuminated at night, serves as a guide to the entering mariner. Immediately an enormous trumpet is protruded from this cupola, and our good ship is saluted by a stentorian voice, demanding, in Portuguese-English, the usual j questions put to vessels sailing into a foreign port. We soon glide from under the frowning guns of Santa Cruz, and are just abreast; Fort Lage, celebrated as the flrst spot of the bay ever inhabited by civilized man. The scene which now opens before us is exquisitely beautiful. Far to our left, beneath the Sugar-Loaf, but nearer to the city, is the fortress of St. John, bright amid the surrounding verdure. Passing through a fleet of gracefully shaped canoes and market-boats, manned by half-clad blacks, we cling to the steep right-hand coast, which soon precipitously terminates, and reveals to us the lovely little Bay of Jurujuba,—^the “flve-fathom” bay of the English. Again looking to the opposite side, beyond St. John, we have a glimpse of the graceful Cove of Botafoga (the Bay of Maples in miniature) and the pretty suburb of the same name, which seems like a jewel set between the smooth white beach and r I Tkopic Kight-scenes. 17 the broad circle of living green. Here too we have another of the many views of the Corcovado and the Gavia, which, as we vary our position, are ever changing and ever beautiful. Now the vast city looms up before us, extending, with its white suburbs, for miles along the irregular shores of the bay, and run¬ ning far back almost to the foot of the Tijuca Mountains, diversified by green hills which seem to spring up from the most populous neighborhoods. These combined circumstances prevent a perfect view of Eio de Janeiro from the waters. While gazing upon the domes and steeples, on the white edifices of the city, and the bright verdure-clad Gloria, Santa Teresa, and Gastello Hills, we are cut short in our admiration by the cry of a Brazilian official:—“ Let go your anchor.^' The command is obeyed, and we are comfortably lying to under the formidable-looking guns of the Forteleza Yille- gagnon. Our vessel swings round and reveals to us on the opposite shore the city of Praia Grande, the parti-colored cliff of St. Do¬ mingo, and upon a mere rock, which seems a fragment of the ad¬ joining shore, the little church of Nossa Senhora de Boa Yiagem, in which Eoman Catholic voyagers are supposed to pay their vows, and around which many graceful palm-trees are nodding in the cool ocean-breeze. While awaiting the visit of the custom-house officers we remain upon deck, and tire not of scenes so novel and exciting. Little steamers and graceful falluas* are passing and re¬ passing from Praia Grande and St. Domingo. White sails are dot¬ ting the bay as far as the eye can reach, while all around us the serried masts of Brazilian and foreign vessels are evidences that we are in the midst of a vast and busy mart. The night soon succeeds the short twilight of the tropics, and the city from our ship seems like a land of fairy enchantment. Bril¬ liancy and novelty do not end with the day. Innumerable gas¬ lights line the immense borders of the city down to the very edge of the bay, and are reflected back from the water in a thousand quivering flashes. The very forms of the hills themselves are de¬ fined amid the darkness by rows of lamps extending over their verdure-clad summits, and seem like the fabled star-bridges of an Arabian tale. The steam ferry-boats bear various-colored lights. * See engraving on page 60. 2 18 Brazil and the Brazilians. and each vessel in the harbor has a lamp at its fore; while every turn of the wheel furrows through a diamond sea, and every dash of the oar and every ripple from the gentle evening breeze reveals a thousand brilliant phosphorescent animalculse illuminating the otherwise darkened waters. When we look above us we behold new constellations spangling the heavens, and their queen is the Southern Cross, guarded by her silent and mysterious attendants, the Majel- lan Clouds. The Creat Bear has long since been hidden from us; but just peeping over the natural ramparts of the Organ Mountains, we see an old and a welcome friend in that beaming Orion, who here loses none of his northern splendor, and does not even pale before his rival of the Southern Hemisphere. Amid such scenes who could close their eyelids in sleep ? Dr. Kidder on one occasion, re¬ turning from the northern provinces, entered the harbor at night¬ fall during a squall, and thus describes the scene:— “We passed close under the walls of Fort Santa Cruz; but, just as the vessel was in the most critical part of the passage, the wind lulled, and the current of the ebbing tide swept her back, and by degrees carried her over toward the rocks upon which Fort Lage is constructed. The moment was one of great excitement and danger. Our situation was perceived at the forts, which severally fired guns, and burned white and blue lights, in order to show us their position. “A more sublime scene can hardly be imagined. The rolling thunders of the cannon were echoed back by the surrounding mountain-peaks, and the brilliant glare of the artificial flames ap¬ peared the more intense in the midst of unusual darkness. Happily for the vessel and all on board, the wind freshened in time, and we were borne gallantly up to the man-of-war anchorage, where, at nine o’clock, we were lying moored to not less than seventy fathoms of chain. “ The moon had not yet risen, and the evening remained very dark. This circumstance heightened the beauty of the city and the effect of her thousand lamps, which were seen brightly burn¬ ing at measured intervals over the hills and praias of her far- stretching suburbs. One young man was so enchanted with the novelty and splendor of the scene, that he remained on deck all night to gaze upon it, notwithstanding rain fell at intervals.” Beauty and Grandeur. 19 More than one have had to confess that their first twenty-four hours before Eio have been spent in a perpendicular position with the eyes wide open, and could exclaim, with emphasis,— “ Most glorious night! Thou wert not sent for slumber.” Every thing is so fresh, so novel and awakening, that we are like children on the eve of some great festival or the night before the first journey to some vast city with whose wonders the story-book and the improvisations of the nursery have filled the imagination to the full. I have again and again entered and quitted the Bay of Eio de Janeiro when the billows were surging and when the calm mantled the deep; and, whether in the purple light of a tropic morning, in the garish noon, or in the too brief twilight of that Southern clime, it has always presented to me new glories and new charms. It has been my privilege to look upon some of the most celebrated scenes of both hemispheres; but I have never found one which combined so much to be admired as the panorama which we have attempted to describe. On the Height of St. Elmo I have drank in as much of beauty from that curvilinear bay of Southern Italy, upon whose bosom float the isles of Capri and Ischia, and upon whose margin nestle the gracefully-shaped Vesuvius, the long arm of Sorrento, and the proverbially-brilliant city of Naples. I have seen very great variety in the blue, isle-dotted Bay of Panama; and I have beheld in the Alps, and in the western entrance to the Straits of Majellan, where the black, jagged Andes are rent asunder, scenes of wildness and sublimity without parallel; but, all things considered, I have yet to gaze upon a scene which surpasses, in combined beauty, variety, and grandeur, the mountain-engirdled Nitherohy. The above impressions were penned before I had read, with a single exception, one of the many detailed descriptions of the Bay of Eio de Janeiro; and it occurred to me that those who had never seen the natural beauties of this region would not give ready assent to its exaltation above so many other places famous for their scenery. Such might say, “He is an enthusiast, an exagge- rator.” i have since perused many books, journals, and letters 20 Brazil and the Brazilians. on Brazil; and all—from the ponderous tomes of Spix and Von Martius, down to the ephemeral lines of a contributor to the news¬ papers —are of one accord in regard to this wonderful bay. Though the works may he devoted to history, science, commerce, or to the epistolary correspondence of friends, in this respect they all hear a resemblance; for all draw the same portrait and from the same original. Indeed, when reading the description giv@n by the late lamented English botanist, Gardner, I half suspected myself a plagiarist, though I had never read his interesting and truly valuable travels until my own account was written. Describing the entrance of the harbor, this naturalist says,— “Passing through the magnificent portal of the bay, we came to an anchor a few miles below the city, not being allowed to proceed farther until visited by the authorities. It is quite impossible to express the feelings which arise in the mind while the eye surveys • the beautifully-varied scenery which is disclosed on entering the harbor,—scenery which is perhaps unequalled on the face of the earth, and on the production of which nature seems to have exerted all her energies. Since then I have visited many places celebrated for their beauty and their grandeur, but none of them have left a like impression on my mind. As far up the bay as the eye could reach, lovely little verdant and palm-clad islands were to be seen rising out of its dark bosom; while the hills and lofty mountains which surround it on all sides, gilded by the rays of the setting sun, formed a befitting frame for such a picture. At night the lights of the city had a fine effect; and when the land-breeze began to blow, the rich odor of the orange and other perfumed flowers was borne seaward along with it, and, by me at least, enjoyed the more from having been so long shut out from the companionship of flowers. Ceylon has been celebrated by voyagers for its spicy odors; but I have twice made its shores, with a land- breeze blowing, without experiencing any thing half so sweet as those which greeted my arrival at Rio.’^ The description given by the Rev. C. S. Stewart is valuable in showing the impressions of this magnificent bay upon one who had, since his first visit to Brazil, viewed some of the most re¬ nowned scenes in the world:— “I was anxious to test the fidelity of the impressions received The Capital of Brazil. 21 twenty years ago from the same scenery, and to determine how far the magnificent picture still lingering in my memory was justified by the reality, or how far it was to be attributed to the enthusiasm of younger years and the freshness of less experienced travel. The early light of the morning quickly determined the point. I was hurried to the deck by a message from Lieutenant ^ already there, and do not recollect ever to have been im¬ pressed with higher admiration by any picture in still life than by the group of mountains and the coast-scene meeting my eyes on the left. The wildness and sublimity of outline of the Pao de Assucar, Duos IrmaOs, Gravia, and Corcovado, and their fantastic combinations, from the point at which we viewed them, can scarce be rivalled; while the richness and beauty of coloring thrown over and around the whole, in purple and gold, rose-color, and ethereal blue, were all that the varied and glowing tints of the rising day ever impart. No fancy-sketch of fairy-land could sur¬ pass this scene, and we stood gazing upon it as if fascinated by the work of a master-hand.” The city of Eio de Janeiro, or San Sebastian, is at once the commercial emporium and the political capital of the nation. While Brazil embraces a greater territorial dominion than any other country of the New World, together with natural advan¬ tages second to none on the globe, the position, the scenery, and the increasing magnitude of its capital render it a metro¬ polis worthy of the empire. Eio de Janeiro is the largest city of South America, the third in size on the Western Continent, and boasts an antiquity greater than that of any city in the United States. Its harbor is situated just within the borders of the Southern Torrid Zone, and communicates, as before described, with the wide-rolling Atlantic, by a deep and narrow passage between two granite mountains. This entrance is so safe as to render the ser¬ vices of a pilot entirely unnecessary. So commanding, however, is the position of the various fortresses at the mouth of the harbor Rpon its islands and on the surrounding heights, that, if efficiently manned by a body of determined men, they might defy the hostile ingress of the proudest navies in the world. ■ Once within this magnificent bay of Nitherohy, the wanderer 22 Beazil and the Beazilians. of tlie seas may safely moor his bark within hearing of the roar of the ocean-surf. The aspect which Eio de Janeiro presents to the beholder bears no resemblance to the compact brick walls, the dingy roofs, the tall chimneys, and the generally-even sites of our Northern cities. Its surface is diversified by hills of irregular but picturesque shape, which shoot up in different directions, leaving between them flat intervals of greater or less extent. Along the bases of these hills, and up their sides, stand rows of buildings, whose whitened walls and red-tiled roofs are in happy contrast with the deep-green foliage that always surrounds and often embowers them. The most prominent eminence, almost in front of us, is the Morro do Gastello, which overlooks the mouth of the harbor, and on which is the tall signal-staff that announces, in connection with the telegraph on Babylonia Hill, the nation, class, and position of every vessel that appears in the offing. Upon our right we see the convent-crowned hill of San Bento; and if we could have a bird’s- eye view from a point midway between the turrets of the convent and the signal-staff of Morro do Gastello, we should see the city spread beneath us, with its streets, steeples, and towers, its public edifices, parks, and vermillion chimneyless roofs, and its aqueducts spanning the spaces between the seven green hills, constituting a gigantic mosaic, bordered upon one side by the mountains, and on the other by the blue waters of the bay. From the central portion of the city the suburbs extend about four miles in each of the three principal directions, so that the municipality of Eio de Janeiro, containing three hundred thousand inhabitants, covers a greater extent of ground than any European city of the same population. Here dwell a large part of the nobility of the nation, and, for a considerable portion of the year, the representatives of the different provinces, the ministers of state, the foreign ambassadors and consuls, and a. commingled populace of native Brazilians and of foreigners from almost every clime. That which in the popular estimation, however, confers the greatest distinction upon Eio, is not the busy throng of foreign and home merchants, sea-captains, ordinary Government-officials, and the upper classes of society; but it is in the fact that here resides the imperial head of Brazil, the Distinction of Kio de Janeiro. 23 young and gifted Dom Pedro II., who unites the blood of the Bra- ganzas and the Hapsburgs, and under whose constitutional rule civil liberty, religious toleration, and general prosperity are better secured than in any other Government of the I^ew World, save where the Anglo-Saxon bears sway. Attractive as may be the natural scenery and the beauties of art abounding in any country, it must be confessed that human exist¬ ence, with its weal or woe, involves a far deeper interest. And the traveller but poorly accomplishes his task of delineating the pre¬ sent, if he leaves unattempted some sketches of the history of the past as an introduction to the scenes and events which have come under his own observation. After glancing rapidly at some of the most striking sights and customs of Eio de Janeiro, I shall intro¬ duce a brief sketch of its past history. HOTEL PHAROUX. CHAPTBE II. lANDING HOTEL PHAROUX—NOVEL SIGHTS AND SOUNDS—THE PALACE SQUARE— RUA DIREITA—EXCHANGE-THE “ TEAM ”—MUSICAL COFFEE-CARRIERS—CUSTOM¬ HOUSE—LESSONS IN PORTUGUESE, AND GOVERNOR KENt’S OPINION OF BRAZIL— POST-OFFICE-DISLIKE OF CHANGE—SENHOR JOs£ MAXWELL—RUA DO OUVIDOR- SHOPS AND FEATHER-FLOWERS — THE BRAZILIAN OMNIBUS CAN BE FULL- NARROW STREETS AND POLICE-REGULATIONS — A SUGGESTION TO RELIEVE BROADWAY, NEW YORK—PASSEIO PUBLICO—BRAZILIAN POLITENESS-THE “GON¬ DOLA”—THE BRAZILIAN IMPERTURBABLE—LACK OF HOTELS—FIRST NIGHT IN RIO DE JANEIRO. The stranger who, with anxious expectation, has paced the deck of his vessel as it lies at anchor under Yillegagnon, knows no more welcome sound than the permission from the Custom-House and health officers to land and roam through the city which for hours before his eyes have visited. The blacks who have come from the shore now return, pulling their heavy boat lustily along, for they are sure of a treble price from the newly-arrived. Who that has visited Eio de Janeiro will not at a glance recognise the landing- place depicted in the engraving? JEEotel Pharoux, the Palace Stairs, and the Largo do Pago, (Palace Square,) are associated with Eio de Janeiro in the mind of every foreign naval officer who has been on 24 Novel Sights and Sounds. 25 the Brazil station. But changes have taken place, and greater are in contemplation, among this slow-moving people. Hotel Pharoux still lifts its white walls; but it is modernized, and the old restau¬ rant and stable in the basement have given way to shell-merchants and feather-flower dealers, and the dining-room is upon the second floor. We no longer land at the Palace Stairs, where formerly at flood-tide the waters of the bay dashed and foamed against the stone parapet which at this point marked their limit. The square has been extended into the waves, and soon the Government will have flne quays along the whole water-edge in this part of the city. Instead of the old granite steps, we ascend the wooden stairs at the end of a long jetty. Here our boat has arrived, amid odors that certainly have not been wafted frqjn ‘‘Araby the blest,” and we learn that the sewerage of Eio is a portable instead of an under¬ ground affair. The sense of hearing, too, is wounded by the con¬ fused jabbering of blacks in the language of C 'ngo, the shouts of Portuguese boat-owners, and by the oaths of American and English sailors. Once clear of this throng, what novel sights and sounds astonish us! A hackney-coachman, in glazed hat and red vest, invites us to a ride to the Botanical Gardens; a smart-looking mulatto points to his “Hansom” hard by the Hotel de France. Before their words are ended, the roll of drums and the blast of bugles attract our attention in another direction. There, in front of the old palace, is drawn up a handful of the National Guard, composed of every imaginable complexion, from white to African; and now, as every day at noon, they remove their helmets, listen for a moment with religious veneration to the strain of music which the black trumpeters puff out from swelling cheeks, and then resume, with the exception of the sentinels, their difiicult task of loitering in the corridors of the huge building, or basking in the sunshine, until another sound of the bugle shall call them to change guard or fall into ranks at vespers. We are not yet ready to try the vehicles of Eio de Janeiro; so we dismiss our would-be coachmen, and look around us in the Ijargo do PaQO. At the Palace Square the stranger finds himself surrounded by a throng as diverse in habits and appearance, and as variegated in squares, and at the corners of every third or fourth street are smaller streams of the pure element, which flow at the turning of a stopcock. The Palace is a large stone building, exhibiting the old Portuguese 26 Brazil and the Brazilians. complexion and costume, as his fancy ever pictured. The majority of the crowd are Africans, who collect around the fountain to obtain water, which flows from a score of pipes, and, when caught in tubs or barrels, is borne off upon the heads of both males and females. The slaves go barefooted, but some of them are gayly dressed. Their sociability when congregated in these resorts is usually extreme, but sometimes it ends in differences and blows. To pre¬ vent disorders of this kind, soldiers are generally stationed near the fountains, who are pretty sure to maintain their authority over the unresisting blacks. Formerly there were only a few principal fountains; now there are large chafariz in all the The Palace Squaee. 27 style of architecture. It was long used as a residence by the vice¬ roys, and for a time by Dom John YI., but is now appropriated to various public offices, and contains a suite of rooms in which court is held on gala-days. The buildings at the rear of the Palace Square (represented on the left of the engraving) were all erected for ecclesiastical purposes. The oldest was a Franciscan convent, but has long since been connected with the Palace, and used for secular purposes. The old chapel, with its short, thick tower, remains, but has been superseded, in popularity as well as in splendor, by the more recently-erected imperial chapel, which, without belfry, stands at its right. Adjoining the imperial chapel is that of the third order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel, which is daily open, and is used as a cathedral. The steeples of this church during certain festivals are illuminated to the very crosses, and present a splendid appearance from the shipping. The streets of the city are generally quite narrow; but the Mua Bireita, which is seen in the above cut beyond the Largo do Pago, is wide, and well paved with small square blocks of stone which are brought from the Isle of Wight. The Bua Bireita and many of the principal streets of Eio de Janeiro are now as well paved as the finest thoroughfares of London or Yienna, presenting a great contrast to the former irregular and miserable pavement, which was in use up to 1854. The Bua Bireita and the Largo do Bocio are the points whence omnibuses start for every portion of the vast city and its suburbs. The houses seldom exceed three or four stories; but a four-story house at Eio is equal in height to one of five in New York. For¬ merly nearly all were occupied as dwellings, and even in the streets devoted to business the first floors only were appropriated to the storage and display of goods, while families resided above. But since 1850 this has greatly changed in the quarter where the wholesale houses are found: proprietors and clerks now reside in the picturesque suburbs of Botafogo, Engenho Yelho, and across the bay at Praia Grande or San Domingo. Every evening presents an animated spectacle of crowded steamers, full omnibuses, and galloping horses and mules, all conveying the negociantes and caxeiros (bookkeepers) to their respective residences. The distant steeples on our left are those of the Church of 28 Brazil and the Brazilians. Candelaria, which is situated on a narrow street back from the Eua Direita. It is the largest church in the city, and presents taller spires and a handsomer front than any other. The Praca do Gommercio, or Exchange, occupies a prominent position in the Eua Direita. This building, formerly a part of the Custom-House, was ceded by Government for its present purposes in 1834. It contains a reading-room, supplied with Brazilian and foreign newspapers, and is subject to the usual regulations of such an establishment in other cities. Beneath its spacious portico the merchants of eight or nine different nations meet each other in the morning to interchange salutations and to negotiate their general business. The Exchange is not far from the Custom-House, which formerly had its main entrance adjoining the Praca. A RIO TEAM. Nothing can be more animated and peculiar than the scenes which are witnessed in this part of the Eua Direita during the business-hours of the day,—^viz.: from nine a.m. to three p.m. It is in these hours only that vessels are permitted to discharge and receive their cargoes, and at the same time all goods and baggage must be despatched at the Custom-House and removed therefrom. Conse¬ quent upon such arrangements, the utmost activity is required to remove the goods despatched, and to embark those productions of the country that are daily required in the transactions of a vast commercial emporium. There are the black-coated merchants The Musical Coffee-Carriers. 29 congregated about the Exchange, and here comes a negro dray. The team consists of five stalwart Africans pushing, pulling, 'Steer¬ ing, and shouting as they make their way amid the serried throng, unmindful of the Madeira Islander, who, with an imprecation and a crack of his whip, urges on a thundering mule-cart laden with boxes. Now an omnibus thunders through the crowd, and a large four-wheeled wagon, belonging to some company for the trans¬ portation of “goods,crashes in its wake. Formerly all this labor was performed by human hands, and scarcely a cart or a dray was used in the city, unless, indeed, it was drawn by negroes. Carts and wagons propelled by horse-power are now quite common; but for the moving of light burdens and for the transportation of furni¬ ture, pianos, &c. the negro’s head has not been superseded by any vehicle. COFFEE-CARRIERS. While we are almost stunned by the sounds of the multitude, we tave a new source of wonderment. Above all the confusion of the Eua Direita, we hear a stentorian chorus of voices responding in quick measure to the burden of a song. We behold, over the heads of the throng, a line of white sacks rushing around the corner of the Eua de Alfandega, {Custom-Rouse Street.') We hasten to that portion of Eua Direita, and now see that these sacks have each a living ebony Hercules beneath. These are the far-famed coffee- carriers of Eio. They usually go in troops, numbering ten or 30 Brazil and the Brazilians. twenty individuals, of whom one takes the lead and is called the captain. These are generally the largest and strongest men that can be found. While at work they seldom wear any other gar- ■ ment than a pair of short pantaloons; their shirt is thrown aside ] for the time as an encumbrance. Each one takes a bag of coffee ‘ upon his head, weighing one hundred and sixty pounds, and, when | all are ready, they start off upon a measured trot, which soon increases to a rapid run. As one hand is sufficient to steady the load, several of them fre¬ quently carry musical instruments in the other, resembling chil¬ dren’s rattle-boxes : these they shake to the double-quick time of some wild Ethiopian ditty, which they all join in singing as they ' run. Music has a powerful effect in exhilarating the spirits of the negro; and certainly no one should deny him the privilege of softening his hard lot by producing the harmony of sounds which are sweet to him, though uncouth to other ears. It is said, how¬ ever, that an attempt was at one time made to secure greater quietness in the streets by forbidding them to sing. As a conse¬ quence, they performed little or no work; so the restriction was I in a short time taken off. Certain it is that they now avail them¬ selves of their vocal privileges at pleasure, whether in singing and shouting to each other as they run, or in proclaiming to the people the various articles they carry about for sale. The impression made upon the stranger by the mingled sound of their hundred voices falling upon his ear at once is not soon forgotten. We now turn from the busy throng of the Eua Direita, and in a few minutes we ascend the steps of a stately building, over whose portico we read, in huge green letters,— ALFANDEGA. We will not stop to trace the origin of this word and many others : in the Portuguese tongue beginning with AZ, to their Moorish origin, but will immediately inform the reader that it is the first word he learns in Brazil, and one which, in various languages, most tra¬ vellers in foreign countries have occasion to remember. This is the Custom-House. We enter a vast hall of fine architecture, lighted by a graceffil dome. There are hundreds of despatchers, merchants, and officers. But what a contrast to the noisy multi- The Custom-House. 31 tude of the Eua Direita! All are uncovered, and, as each enters the hall, the hat is removed and not replaced until the portico is again reached. What a capital discipline for Anglo-American visitors and for English and North American shipmasters, whose head-coverings seem to he a portion of their corporeal existence! I once heard Albert Smith, in one of his delightful conversaziones, say that in foreign lands an Englishman considers it a part of the British constitution not to take off his hat except when “ God save the Queen” may accidentally fall upon his ear. The Brazilian is very strict in the outward observance of politeness; and, as he would never enter a private residence without removing his hat, so he considers that he should not enter any of the edifices belong¬ ing to the Government of his Emperor without showing the same respect. In the centre of the hall, on an elevated platform, is the chief- collector, who is constantly engaged in signing despatches and various other custom-house papers, which are noiselessly handed him by suh-oflScers and clerks. The collector-in-chief, who presides over the Alfandega of Eio de Janeiro, is Senhor S. Paio Yianna, of Bahia, who, though strict and almost rigorous in the administra¬ tion of his office, is a gentleman of great intelligence and amenity of manner. He takes a deep interest in the finances of the empire, and his annual statement is clear and full of important information to the commercial statistician. His predecessor was Sr. Eerraz, to whom is greatly due the immense reforms that have taken place m the custom-house of Eio de Janeiro. Formerly it was most corruptly administered: bribery was the rule and not the excep¬ tion. To this day some most wonderful stories are told of the year 1844, when the treaty between England and Brazil expired, by limitation, in the month of November. Bales, hags, and boxes went through the Custom-House with astonishing rapidity; and there is a tradition that the entire cargo of a schooner entered the rear of the Alfandega, and in a remarkably short time emerged from the Portao Grande, {Great Door.) But there is no longer opportunity for such abuses; and the largest custom-house of the empire is as well conducted as those of Germany or France. At the left of the chief-collector, in the rear of a row of sup¬ porting columns,—is the guarde mor, —Sr. Leopoldo Augusto da 32 Brazil and the Brazilians. Camara Lima, who is known to every ship-captain as Senhor Leopoldo. This gentleman, who speaks the English language most fluently, has been arrayed on the liberal side of Brazilian politics for the last twenty years, and was in the front rank of those who condemn the African slave-trade, which was so completely abolished in 1850. The vast warehouses of the Alfandega extend quite to the sea¬ side.* Here conveniences are constructed for landing goods under cover. Once out of boats or lighters, they are distributed and stored in respective departments, until a requisition is formally made for their examination and despatch. The removal of the various articles within the Custom-House, as well as their transportation to the great door of exit, is facilitated by means of small iron railways extending to every portion of the many buildings. That troublesome delays should occasionally occur in the despatch of goods and baggage is not surprising to any one acquainted with the tedious formalities required by the laws; nor would it he strange, if, among the host of empregados or sub-officers connected with this establishment upon very limited pay, some are occasionally found who will embarrass your business at every step until their favor is conciliated by a direct or indirect appropriation of money to their beneflt; but this is more rare than formerly. Most of the large commercial houses have a despatching-clerk, whose especial business it is to attend upon the Alfandega; and the stranger who is unaccustomed to the language and customs of the country will always avoid much inconvenience by obtaining the services of one of these persons. From my own experience in passing books and baggage through the different custom-houses of Brazil, I am prepared to say that a person who understands and endeavors to conform to the laws of the country may expect in similar circumstances to meet with kind treatment and all reason¬ able accommodations. If, however, a glance at your watch tells you, in the midst of your labors and difficulties, that three o’clock * In the “View of Rio de Janeiro from the Island of Cobras,” merely the water-front of the Alfandega is seen extending above the entire width of the palm- tree in the foreground. Lessons in Portuguese. 33 is near at hand, and you undertake to urge the sub-collector to ex¬ pedite matters, you are sure to receive in reply, ^‘Faciencia, senhor.” This is our second lesson in Portuguese; and the third soon follows in response to our demand, “When can these things be de¬ spatched?” ‘‘Amanhaa” (to-morrow,) is promptly given. But should you succeed in getting through the portUo grande about the time that huge door is being closed up for the day, you will witness a lively scene. Boxes, bales, and packages of every species of goods, cases of furniture, pipes of wine, and coils of rope, lie heaped together in a confusion only equalled by the crowd of clerks, feitors, and negroes, who block up the whole Eua Direita in their rush to obtain possession of their several portions, and in their vociferations to hasten the removal of their merchandise. We are perhaps wishing to expedite the tall Mina blacks whom wo have engaged to transport our luggage to its place of desti¬ nation. By signs manual our meaning is comprehended, but we receive a very cool “Esperou urn pouco, senhor,” (Wait a little, sir,) which completes our studies in Portuguese for the day. And what a lesson we have received! Faciencia, amanhda, and esperou urn pouco! These words in action stare the nervous, impatient, tearing, fretting Anglo-American, everywhere throughout Brazil. The Hon. Ex-Governor Kent, whose name is associated with the Northeastern boundary and with the politics of New England, was for four years a resident of Eio de Janeiro as TJ.S. Consul, and for a portion of the time as acting Charg4 d’Affaires. It was his deliberate opinion that Brazil was the best place in existence to cool a fervid, speech-making, community-exciting Yankee. I have laughed heartily at his dry humorous manner, as he has unfolded con arnore this subject:— “ There is to a quietly-disposed, mild man, past the meridian of life, who has seen many of the rough sides of humanity, something agreeable and pleasant in the tranquil, calm, noiseless habits of the Brazilians. To live a whole year and never attend a caucus or an indignation-meeting, to hear nothing about elections, to see no gatherings of the people, to read no placards calling upon the sove¬ reigns to rise and vindicate their rights, to listen to no stump- speeches or dinner-orations, never once to be importuned to walk or ride in a political procession, to see not one torchlight-pageant in 34 Brazil and the Brazilians. honor of a victory which has saved the country and the offices,—^in short, to live without politics,—is, to one who is inclined to quiet, or who has been wearied out in the service, soothing and delightful.” Though the nation, by steamships and railroads and general prosperity, is daily becoming more active, yet it may he still pre¬ dicated that the Brazilian is not accustomed to be startled and shocked by other people’s miseries and woes. With a free and well-supported press, his nature demands no thrilling evening editions, filled with long and minute accounts of the last steamboat disaster, fearful accidents, or horrible murders. As a general thing, he thinks the moral, physical, and political worlds will turn on their own axes without his interference. Hence it was, doubtless, that some of the far-seeing and really wide-awake statesmen of Eio proposed a fine of five dollars to be imposed upon each citizen who did not come up to the polls of the municipal election and de¬ posit his vote. Almost every one who arrives at Eio is expecting letters that have anticipated him by the English steamer, and, as soon as his trunks are relieved from the Custom-House, he makes his way to the Correio Geral, or General Post-Office, in the Eua Hireita. You pass by a large vestibule, with a stone floor, occupied by several soldiers, either on guard or sleeping on benches at the extremities of the room, and upon inquiry you ascertain that the Postmaster General and the larger portion of his employees are in the rooms above. We enter the front-door of the large apartment adjoining this vestibule. On the right, behind a high counter, are the letters and newspapers of the Post-Office, distributed, not in boxes, accord¬ ing to alphabetical order, but in heaps, according to the places from whence they have come; as, for instance, from the Mines, from St. Paul’s, and other important points. Corresponding to this, on the sides of the room, are hung numerical lists of names, arranged under the head of Cartas de Minas, de S. Paulo, &c. The letters, with the exception of those belonging to certain mercantile houses, and to those who pay an annual subscription to have their correspondence sent them, are thrown together promiscuously, and he who comes first has the privilege of looking over the whole mass and selecting such as belong to himself or his friends. This method has been somewhat modified since the establishment of The Post-Office. 35 steam-lines to Europe. On the day that the steamer arrives an immense crowd gathers at the Post-Office; hut the letters, instead of being investigated by all upon the counter, are carefully kept in the hack-part of the hall, where four persons at a time are ad¬ mitted. Although in such a method of letter-delivery there is an apparent liability to frequent mistakes, yet in my own experience losses of letters never occurred. The whole system is, however, clumsy and inconvenient for a city of three hundred thousand in¬ habitants. I was informed at Eio that some years since Mr. Gor¬ don, of Boston, who was then TJ.S. Consul, offered to the Brazilian Government to put their chief Post-Office on the same footing of efficiency that existed in the United States. Mr. Gordon was ad¬ mirably qualified for this, having been for a number of years the postmaster of the largest distributing and seaport office in New England. His offer was not accepted; for the Brazilians, though more progressive than most South American people, still inherit many characteristics from their Portuguese ancestors, and a pro¬ minent one is dislike of change. The little progress that the mother-country has made during the last few centuries is admirably illustrated in the following well-known story:—Once upon a time Adam requested leave to revisit this world: permission was granted, and an angel commissioned to conduct him. On wings of love the patriarch hastened to his native earth; but so changed, so strange, all seemed to him, that he nowhere felt at home till he came to Portugal. “ Ah, now,” exclaimed he, “ set me down; every¬ thing here is just as I left it.” The larger mails, departing coastwise, are very frequent, regular, and swift. This may also be said of the mail to Petropolis by steamboat, railway, and stage-coach; but, as a general thing, the inland transportation of letters is very slow. But when the D. Pedro II. Eailway and similar constructions reach far into the interior, there will be of course corresponding improvement in this respect. The inland mails to the distant provinces depart once in five days, and return at corresponding intervals. Their transmis¬ sion through the country is slow and tedious, being performed on horseback or by foot-carriers, at an average, throughout the empire, of twenty miles in twenty-four hours. Charges for postage are moderate, and a traveller to any portion of the country is permitted 36 Brazil and the Brazilians. to carry as many epistles as his friends will intrust to him, provided they have the Government stamp affixed to them. There is, however, one exception to the general cheapness of postage. It sometimes happens that books or packages whieh ought to have passed through the Custom-House find their way to the Post-Office, and then the expense is extravagant. If a person is dissatisfied with the amount eharged, he can appeal to the deci¬ sion of the inspector-in-chief, and perhaps, after a proper explana. tion, the affair may be accommodated. In general, the civilities which a person will receive at the Post-Office of Eio de Janeiro are in happy contrast with the sullen and boorish indifference some¬ times experienced at similar places in the United States. From the Post-Office we next seek the large commercial trapiche (warehouse) of Messrs. Maxwell, Wright & Co. This establishment has long been known as the. leading commission-house of Eio de Janeiro. It was built up under the supervision of the vigilant and prompt Mr. Joseph Maxwell, of Gibraltar, and various members of his family, in connection with the Messrs. Wright of Baltimore. Few Americans and Englishmen have gone to Eio without receiving attentions from some one of the principals or employees of this house. At the abundantly-spread table in the dining-room of the trajpiche, many have made their first acquaintance with Brazilian dishes and with the refreshing fruits of the tropics. In September, 1854, Sr. Jose Maxwell, the senior partner of this important firm, died; and probably the funeral of no other private citizen in the capital or the empire was ever attended by such a throng as that which followed to the grave the remains of this kind father, respected citizen, and honored merchant. We pass, by the Eua do Eosario, again into the Eua Direita, and continue our promenade up the Eua do Ouvidor, which is the com¬ bined Eue Yivienne, Eegent Street, and Broadway of Eio. It is not, however, either long or broad, but the shops upon it are bril¬ liant and in good taste. There is no part of the city so attractive to the recently-landed foreigner as this street, with its print-shops, feather-flower stores, and jewellery-establishments. The diamond, the topaz and emerald can here be purchased in any number, and are temptingly displayed behind rich plate-glass. The feather and insect-flowers manufactured in Brazil are original and most beauti- Feather-Flowers. 37 ful. The early Portuguese found that the Indians adorned them¬ selves with the rich plumage of the unsurpassingly brilliant birds of the forest. In the Amazonian regions the aborigines have not lost either the taste or the skill of their ancestors, and, like the cultivators of roses, they are not content with the gorgeous colors which nature has painted, but by artificial means produce new varieties. Thus, on the Rio Negro, the Uaupe Indians have a head¬ dress which is in the highest estimation, and they will only part with it under the pressure of the greatest necessity. This orna¬ ment consists of a coronet of red and yellow feathers disposed in regular rows and firmly attached to a strong plaited band. The feathers are entirely from the shoulders of the great red macaw; but they are not those that the bird naturally possesses, for the Indians have a curious art by which they change the colors of the plumage of many birds. They pluck out a certain number of feathers, and in the various vacancies thus occasioned infuse the milky secretion made from the skin of a small frog. When the feathers grow again they are of a brilliant yellow or orange color, without any mixture of green or blue as in the natural state of the bird; and it is said that the much-coveted yellow feather will ever after be reproduced without a new infusion of the milky secretion. In the National Museum on the Campo St. Anna, many of the curious head-dresses and feather-robes of the aboriginal tribes attract the attention of the visitor. There are few curiosities more esteemed in Europe and the United States than the feather-flowers of Rio de Janeiro and Bahia. They are made from the natural plumage, though from time to time the novice has palmed off upon him a bouquet, the leaves of which, instead of being from the parrot, have been stolen from the back of the white ibis and then dyed. This deception can, how¬ ever, be detected by observing the stem of the feather to be colored green, which never is the case in nature. No one travelling in the Bnglish steamers should postpone his purchases of those beautiful souvenirs of bright birds and Brazil until he arrives at Madeira, for the numerous pedlars of that island offer an inferior article *Rade from artificially-colored feathers. Bahia is the cheapest mart for this kind of merchandise. No ornament can surpass the 38 Brazil and the Brazilians. splendor of the flowers made from the breasts and throats of hnmming-birds. A lady whose bonnet or hair is adorned with such plumage seems to be surrounded with flashes of the most gorgeous and ever-varying brilliancy. The carnations and other flowers made from a haj)py combination of the feathers of the scarlet ibis and the rose-colored spoonbill are also very natural, and are highly prized. In these shops we may also find fish-scale flowers, and those manufactured from the wings of insects, and breast-pins which are made by setting a small brilliant beetle in gold. From the Eua do Ouvidor we turn into the Eua dos Ourives, (Goldsmiths’ Street,) where are scores of shops filled with large quantities of silver and gold ornaments, from a spur to a crucifix. We now wend our way through the Largo do Francisco do Paula to the Largo do Eoscio, (or Theatre Square, as it is termed by the English,) where we take an omnibus for Botafogo. The Brazilian omnibus is very much like its prototype in all parts of the world, with this single and very important exception :—it is not elastic. A New York or Philadelphia omnibus is proverbially “never full;” but the same kind of vehicle in Eio can be filled, and, when once complete, the conductor closes the door, cries “ Vqmos embora,” (Let us be off,) the driver flourishes his long thong and sets his four- mule team into a gallop. Away we go, rattling across gutters as if there were none, and rushing through narrow streets as if negro water-carriers had no existence. It is curious to behold the heavy- laden slaves clearing the street and dodging into open shop-doors as an omnibus appears in sight. Few accidents occur; and, when they do, prompt reparation is made. On one occasion I was in a “gondola” in the narrow Eua S. Jose. Our four long-eared beasts were plunging on at a fearful rate, and, being much more un¬ manageable than horses, could not be pulled up until the fore-wheel crunched upon the legs of a poor old mullatress. She was severely but not fatally injured, and was instantly cared for. The gondola- driver, however, I never saw again holding the reins. The House of Correction, or one of the many prisons, was, without doubt, his abode for the next few months. The streets, with their diminutive sidewalks, are so narrow that in many of them only one vehicle can pass at a time. I was more splendor of tbe attjMie iVom tlu br^3ARt» wid throats of i horaming-birds- A ladj whose- t.-v hnk' is adorned, with ■ such plumage seems to be surroun kd .i ith f.nsbes of the most^ i gorgoous^^|NiiJ'#vor-vuryi^ brillittnoj. The f^yruarJons and other flowers mjyife fVom a happy eombrc-aiion ct tha f'^athers of the^ scarlet ilns an^ the roae-coiored spooubili ate .d«io very natural, | and: are highly priaed. In tKc««e shops we awiy also find fish* -^h flowers, and those] loanufacturcd from, tbe wings of insects, and ^ ra^t-pins which are ', made 1^ tjettinf: a small brilliant beetle in jjf >id From the Kua do Ouvidor we turn inUi the ks* doe Ourives, ': (Goldsmiths’ Street,) where are score* of .*>15- ' ^«d with larger quantities of silver ami gold ornaments, firoat a ^? c": York or Philadelphia omuibas i- j ■ ■ = '-f^Vidly ^ . Ter full j” i ^ n .'lui same kind of vehicle in Ibo ran -i a«d - wen once ^ the conductor closoa the door crl*.-. • r - t (Let, us bt) off,) the driver flouiishes hi- kmp rin md -et- ids four* i ntalo team into a gaU»>p. Away we gt>, Skcr^.H .t;>»ttc.rs as ^ if there were none, and rushing through naurr e' iilPIk^ta m if negro water-carriers had no existence. It is enrtotu: tu 1 ske heavy-i laden slaves clearing the street and dodging ,.>>>jvdoors .j as an omnibus appears in sight. Few aceid.t}rt# wed. when ) they do, prompt repwavion is mae j ^ ti&e foj 'vwheel erunohed upon the legs of a p^n^r old severely j ' bul aot fatally ipjiU' d and was instnuth -asv; .* ^ The gondola-] 'trtver, however, I never saw »ga:» Iji-tkiag The House ! of Correction, or one o4' the nn:.y '.a h T^-. . : ut doubt, his abode for the next few months k, The streets, with their diminative ^ekfwaii- -, -o ^^riow tiw^t ; in many of them only one vehicle can ^:a«s at a t.irae. I was ipore ! i k S'l Narrow Streets and Police-Eegulations. 39 than once reminded of Pompeii and Herculaneum, not only in some of the commonest utensils and mechanic implements, in the open shop-windows, and in the house of the Brazilian, who demands a fine parlor, (the atrium,') and yet will sleep in a windowless alcove like a dungeon’s cell; but in nothing was the resemblance more striking than in the narrow ruas, which, doubtless, had their origin in the desire to procure shade. Mr. George S. Hillard, in his thought-begetting “ Six Months in Italy,” says of the narrow thoroughfares of Pompeii, “As each vehicle must have occupied the space between the curbstones, we are left without any means of conjecturing what expedients were resorted to, or what police- regulations were in force, when two carriages, moving in dilferent directions, met each other.” If this accomplished author had visited Eio de Janeiro previous to his excursion to the buried cities of Magna Grecia, the mystery would have been solved. In the narrow Euas Ouvidor, Eosario, Hospicio, Alfandega, S. Jose, and others, carriages and omnibuses never meet; and so admirable are the police-regulations that no mistakes ever occur. At the corner of each of these streets where it is crossed by another, we see painted, with great distinctness, an index immediately under the name of the street. Thus, two of the streets mentioned above are adjacent to and parallel with each other, and are crossed by the Euas Direita and Quitanda. Upon their Eua Direita corners we behold the following:— EUA DO EOSAEIO. EUA DO OUYIDOE. Now, if I am in a carriage at the point where the Euas Direita and Eosario cross each other, and I wish to visit a shop at the corner of the latter street and the Eua Quitanda, although it is more direct for me to ascend by the Eua do Eosario, yet my Jehu knows that 40 Brazil and the Brazilians. if he should go contrary to the index he would be subjected to a heavy fine and forfeiture of certain privileges as a coachman. He therefore whirls through the Direita, up the Eua do Ouvidor, and < along the Quitanda, travelling the three sides of the square, and thus avoiding all collision. J I_I L Rua da Quitanda. n I I r In the city of Hew York there has been for many years every imaginable proposition for the relief of Broadway, and there is scarcely a citizen or visitor in that vast emporium who has not on more than one occasion been subjected to great inconvenience by the regular ‘‘blockade” instituted every day in the lower part of that immense thoroughfare, the whole of which might have been avoided by the simple application of the Brazilian plan, and thus making the innumerable omnibuses, drays, carts, and carriages descend Broadway, and those vehicles that are uptownward ascend Greenwich Street. But onward rushes our omnibus at a rapid pace. We whirl by the Carioca Fountain, and, before we can give a second look at the green sides of the Antonio Hill, we are bowling along under the garden-walls of the lofty Adjuda Convent. All seems dismal, with the exception of the foliage that appears above the high enclosure. A turn brings us into the Largo da Ajuda, and at once we have the wonderful view—to Horthern eyes at least—of the Passeio Publico, {Public Promenade,') and before us the verdant slopes of the Santa Theresa Hill. From beneath the tropic-trees The Passeio Publico, 41 which cover the latter, neat white cottages are peeping, and, for a residence, no elevation within the city is preferable to Santa Theresa. The Passeio Publico, which we are passing, was a favorite resort of mine at Eio; and at all times—whether at night, when it is brilliantly illuminated, or in the brightest hour of the (Jay—it is one of the pleasantest promenades within the precincts of the municipality. Here are overhanging trees, blooming para- AQUEDUCT, LARGO DA LAPA, AND PASSEIO PUBLICO, FROM THE SANTA THERESA. Bites, rare plants, shady walks, and cool fountains. On the side which fronts the bay is a large terrace, from which is a magnifi¬ cent prospect of the Gloria Hill, the distant Sugar-Loaf, and, far beyond, the rolling ocean. Having passed this public garden, we are in the square called Largo da Lapa. The palatial building on our right was purchased a few years ago for the National Library, and was formerly one of the most splendid private mansions in Eio. Over a superbly-paved street our omnibus is hurrying; but from 42 Brazil and the Brazilians. time to time an open gate or a tall Cape of Good Hope pine-tree tells ns that gardens are in the rear of forbidding-looking walls. We dash along what is called the “Coast of Africa/'—a long row of low houses on our right; while on our left the bay is beneath us, and therefore, the street being unshaded, the appropriateness of the hot cognomen. That large three-story building, formerly the English Embassy, is a foundling hospital. The Chafariz of St. Theresa is built up against a portion of the living rock of the jutting hill whence it derives its name. After passing the flower-gardens of the Barao do Meriti and the Gloria Hill, our passengers begin to descend at the various streets which cross the Catete, which is the widest thoroughfare in this portion of the capital. Each per¬ son, as he rises to depart, lifts his hat, and the compliment is returned by every individual in the omnibus, though all may be entire strangers. Ho one ever enters a large public conveyance in Eio without saluting those within and receiving in return a polite acknowledgment of his presence. Yery frequently a pinch of snuff is offered to you by your unknown neighbor. I have seen gentle¬ men but recently returned from Brazil enter a New York omnibus and deferentially salute the inmates: the polite strangers were received with a smile of derision or looked upon with a stare of contempt. Each omnibus has painted in large characters upon its sides its capacity; thus, “ 14 pessoas” means that the vehicle is registered at the Bureau de Police to contain that number of persons, and one passenger more than the registered number would subject the company to a heavy fine. I have never seen more passengers within than the figures on the side indicated. I have more than once mentioned the “gondola,"—^that name associated with love-romance and Venice, “moonrise high, mid¬ night, and the voice of song." When I first heard that melli¬ fluous term in Brazil, I fancied that the sharp and graceful little barges of the Queen of the Adriatic had been transported to the bright waters of Eio de Janeiro; but I soon discovered my mis¬ take, and ascertained that this sweet Italian word was used to designate most unpoetic four-wheeled vehicles, drawn by as many kicking, stubborn mules! The gondola in every respect resembles the omnibus, save that no conductor accompanies it. You prepay The Gondola. 43 Senhor Bernardo or a Senhor somebody else at the Largo do Pa90; and if there are any way-fares, these are received by the driver. The gondola does not have the convenience which the New York omnibus possesses, in the shape of the leather strap by which the passenger causes the driver to pull up at the will of the former. In lieu of this, passengers make a very free use of canes, umbrellas, and fists, battering at a terrible rate the end of the gondola nearest the driver 3 or occasionally the leg of the latter is rather more warmly than affectionately embraced by the individual sitting next to the farther window. Sometimes the gondola cannot be “propelled’^ by its living oars; and, under such circumstances, when a Scotch¬ man, a Yankee, or a Frenchman will relieve himself of many hard words at the unfortunate Jehu, the Brazilians remain perfectly calm, not once descending to see what is the matter, and con¬ versing with one another as philosophically as if nothing had hap¬ pened. On one occasion I was witness to a scene which will scarcely be credited. As a gondola full of passengers was turning out of the Eua dos Ourives, it unfortunately “stuck.” The driver shouted at his mules, thrashed them with his long raw-hide thong, tchewed* at them, and stamped his footboard, all to no purpose: the animals could not start the vehicle. Not one passenger got out, but all looked from the windows as if this was a part of the programme for which they had paid their dous testoes, (five English pence,) and they determined to have their money’s worth. The poor driver was in deep distress : quite a crowd collected, but no one offered to aid him, until he, by sundry vintems, allured the ser¬ vices of several Africans, whose broad shoulders applied to the wheels, in conjunction with the pulling of the mules, moved gon¬ dola, passengers, and all. Having something of a philological turn, I inquired why these public conveyances were called gondolas. I was not long in ascer¬ taining that a monopoly had been granted to certain omnibus com¬ panies, which was considered onerous, but the municipal govern¬ ment could not in conscience abolish the contract or confer a new * A sound unrepresentable by letters, similar to that made in the United States in scaring chickens, by which all classes, high and low, in Brazil, call the atten¬ tion of others. 44 Brazil and the Brazilians. charter upon another omnibus association; however, all scruples were finally overcome by granting privileges to a gondola company to carry passengers! We will end our ride at the Ponta do Catete, and will thence make our way to the Hotel dos Estrangeiros, at the commencement of the Caminho Velho de Botafogo; or we may walk a few steps farther, and enter Johnson’s Hotel, on the Caminho Hovo. The Hotel dos Estrangeiros is a large house kept on the French plan; the Hotel Johnson is where Englishmen “most do congregate,” and w’here one can find more comfort than at any other establish¬ ment for the accommodation of the public in the city. Both are surrounded by verdure, whether we consider the neighboring gar¬ dens, or the adjacent hills, whose sides are covered with luxuriantly- foliaged trees and clambering vines. The stranger at Eio de Janeiro is usually surprised at the scarcity of inns and boarding-houses. There are several French and Italian hotels, with apartments to let; and these are chiefly supported by the numerous foreigners constantly arriving and temporarily residing in the place. But among the native popula¬ tion, and intended for Brazilian patronage, there are only eight or ten inns in a city of three hundred thousand inhabitants, and scarcely any of these exceed the dimensions of a private house. It is almost inconceivable how the numerous visitors to this great emporium find necessary accommodations. It may safely be pre¬ sumed that they could not, without a heavy draught upon the hospitalities of the inhabitants, with whom, in many instances, a letter of introduction secures a home. In the lack of such a resort, the sojourner rents a room, and, by the aid of his servant and a few articles of furniture, soon manages to live, with more or less frequent resorts to some caza de pasto or restaurant. Most of the members of the National Assembly keep up domestic esta¬ blishments during their sojourn in the capital. As a consequence of this lack of hotels and boarding-houses, some of the commercial firms maintain a table for the convenience of their clerks and guests. This was once much more common; but, since 1850, pro¬ bably the greater portion of those formerly thus accommodated club together, rent a house in Botafogo, Praia Grande, or on the Santa Theresa, and keep up an establishment of their own. First Night in the Tropics. 45 Having thus been cicerone of the reader in his rapid whirl through this city of the tropics, I know of no fitter termination to the day than for him to imagine himself in one of the vast rooms of the Hotel dos Estrangeiros. For many days, in a narrow berth, you have been rudely rocked by the billows, and this is the first night on terra firma and a com¬ fortable bed. The windows of your apartment are wide open, and, as you close your eyes, the land-breeze, murmuring softly, bears upon its wings not only the sweet, fresh smell of the earth, but, stealing in its course from the adjacent gardens the fragrance of jessamines, the delicate scent of the fiora-pondia, and the odor of the opening orange-blooms, it loads the evening air with the richest aroma. The distant booming of the waves, as they break upon the Praia do Flamengo, is a soothing melody, which lulls you to dreams of scenes not more lovely than those around you, where are “ Larger constellations burning, mellow moons and happy skies, Breadths of tropic shade, and palms in cluster, knots of paradise,”— a land where “Slides the bird o’er lustrous woodland, swings the trailer from the crag, Droops the heavy-blossom’d bower, hangs the heavy-fruited tree,— Summer-isles of Eden lying in dark purple spheres of sea.” CHAPTEE III. DISCOVERT OF SOUTH AMERICA — PINZON’S VISIT TO BRAZIL — CABRAL — COELHO -AMERICCS VESPUCIUS — THE NAME “BRAZIL”-BAT OF BIO DE JANEIRO— MARTIN AFFONSO DE SOUZA—PAST GLORT OF PORTUGAL—COLIGNT’S HUGUENOT COLONT — THE PROTESTANT BANNER FIRST UNFURLED IN THE NEW WORLD — TBEACHERT OF VILLEGAGNON — CONTEST BETWEEN THE PORTUGUESE AND THE FRENCH—DEFEAT OP THE LATTER—SAN SEBASTIAN FOUNDED—CRUEL INTOLE¬ RANCE—REFLECTIONS. Although the bay and city of Eio de Janeiro are fraught with interesting associations to the general student of history, and still more to the Protestant Christian as that portion of the New World where the banner of the Eeformed religion was first unfurled, yet I have thought it best to introduce here a brief account of the early discovery and settlement of Brazil. Guanihani—that outpost of the New World—was beheld by European eyes six years before the discovery of South America. In 1498, Columbus landed near the mouth of the Orinoco. He recorded, in enthusiastic language, “ the beauty of the new land,” and declared that he felt as if “ he could never leave so charming a spot.” The honor, however, of discovering the Western hemi¬ sphere south of the equator must be awarded to Yincent Yanez Pinzon, who was a companion of Columbus, and had commanded the “Niila” in that first glorious voyage which made known to the Old World the existence of the New. Pinzon sailed from Palos in December, 1499, and, crossing the equator, his eyes were glad¬ dened, on the 26th of January, 1500, by a green promontory, which he called Cape Consolation. This is how known as Cape St. Augustine, the headland just south of the city of Pernambuco. He sailed thence northward, discovering the vast mouths of the Amazon, and touched at various points until he reached the Orinoco. When Pinzon beheld the palm-groves and densely-foliaged 46 Discoveries of Pinzon and Cabral. 47 forests, and had scented the spicy breezes which were wafted from the shore, he supposed that he was visiting India-beyond-the- Ganges, and believed that he had already sailed past the renowned Cathay. In the name of Castile he took possession of the goodly land; but, before he reached Spain, Pedro Alvares Cabral, a distin¬ guished Portuguese navigator, had claimed the territory for his own monarch. On the return of Yasco da Gama to Portugal, in 1499, with the certainty of having discovered the route to the Indies by the Cape of Good Hope, the king Dom Emanuel determined to send a large fleet to those famous regions, with instructions to enter into commercial relations with the Eastern sovereigns, or, in case of refusal, to make war upon them and sub¬ due them. The command of this expedition was intrusted to Cabral, and, on the 9th of March, the large fleet, with its fifteen hundred soldiers and mariners, sailed amid grand military and religious ceremonials, the king himself honoring the occasion by his august presence. With this handful of men, intended for the coercion of the Orient to the commercial notions of Portugal, Cabral directed his course to the Cape de Yerdes, and thence, in order to avoid the calms which prevail on the African coast, he ran so far to the westward, that, without any intention on his part, he discovered, on the 21st of April, 1500, the same land which, ninety days previously, had been visited by Pinzon. Cabral’s discovery was, however, in the present province of Espirito Santo, near Mount Pascal, which is eight degrees south of Cape St. Augustine. Some Brazilian writers grudgingly mention the voyage of Pin¬ zon; others ignore him altogether, wishing seemingly to ascribe all the glory to one of their own Portuguese ancestors. Doubtless Cabral was led by the trade-winds and by the currents—of which he was not aware—to the coast of Brazil, and thus made his for¬ tunate discovery. To-day, vessels sailing from Europe for the East Indies can (as is well demonstrated by Lieutenant Maury’s wind and current charts) make the swiftest voyages by taking advan¬ tage of the wonderful trade-winds, steering first toward South America and afterward in the direction of the Cape of Good Hope. Liuzon set forth from Palos with the intention of making Western discoveries; Cabral sailed from Lisbon with instructions to pro¬ ceed to the Eastern discoveries of Yasco da Gama; but, because a 48 Brazil and the Brazilians. happy accident (some say a fierce storm) forced his fieet to Brazil, and that, too, months after the landing of the Spanish navigator at Cape St. Augustine, there is neither reason nor justice in the national pride which endeavors to take away the priority of dis¬ covery from Yincent Yanez Pinzon. On Easter Sunday mass was celebrated; and on the Ist of May this solemnity was repeated, and, in the presence of thousands of the aborigines, a huge cross was erected, bearing the insignia of Dom Emanuel, and the land, to which they gave the name of Vera Cruz, was solemnly taken possession of in the name of the King of Portugal.* It was the Padre Erei Henrique, of Coimbra, who conducted the religious ceremonies, and in which he was piously joined (so reads the chronicle) by os indigenos imitando os gestos e movimentos dos Portugezes, (the savages imitating the gestures and movements of the Portuguese.) Two convicts were left with the natives, and one of these after¬ ward became of great use as an interpreter. Cabral despatched Caspar de Lemos to Lisbon, to inform the monarch of the dis¬ covery and appropriation of the new land of the True Cross, and then pursued his route to the East Indies. The Pope of Eome laid down a rule regulating the proprietorship of countries dis¬ covered by Spain and Portugal, and thus was disposed the question between Pinzon and Cabral. The king Dom Emanuel was deeply interested in the intelli¬ gence brought him by Caspar de Lemos, and, in May, 1501, sent out to his new dominions three caravellas under the command of Con^alo Coelho.f In one of these vessels was Americus Yes- pucius. This expedition partook more of the character of failure than of success, and was replaced, in 1503, by a second, which, consisting of double the number of ships employed in the first, sailed, according to some authorities, under Christopher Jacques ;f according to others, under the same Con§alo Goelho,| accompanied * Historia do Brazil, by Gen. J. I. de Abreu Lima. Rio de Janeiro, 1843. f Ibid. vol. i. chap. ii. J Epitome da Hist, do Braail, (by Jose Pedro Xavier Pinheiro. Bahia, 1854,) chap. i. p. 27. The ]SiAME “Brazil.” 49 again by Americas. Four of these vessels were lost, with the commander-in-chief; but the lucky Florentine escaped, and lived to deprive, indirectly, the new territory of the name conferred upon it by Cabral.<^> The two remaining ships entered a bay, now supposed to be the spacious Bahia de Todos os Santos, and afterward coasted south¬ ward two hundred and sixteen leagues, and there remained five months anchored near the land, and maintained amicable relations with the natives. Here they erected a fortress, and left in it twenty-four men. As the most valuable part of the cargo which Americas Ves- pucius carried back to Europe was the well-known dyewood, Gcesal- pinia Braziliensis, —called, in the Portuguese language, pau brazil, on account of its resemblance to hrazas, “coals of fire,”—the land whence it came was termed the “ land of the brazil-woodand, finally, this appellation was shortened to Brazil, and completely usurped the names Vera Cruz or Santa Gruz.^^^ This change was not effected without protestations on the part of some,—^not because their taste for euphony was shocked, but on the ground that the cause of religion required a sacred title to the fairest possession of faithful Lusitania in the Hew World. One of the reverendis- simos declared that it was through the express interposition of the devil that such a choice and lovely land should be called Brazil instead of the pious cognomen given to it by Cabral. Another— a devoted Jesuit—poured forth a jeremiad on the subject, con¬ cluding, with emphasis, by stating what a shame it was that “the cupidity of man, by unworthy traflSc, should change the wood of the cross, red with the real blood of Christ, for that of another wood which resembled it only in color” ! Other voyages were undertaken at the order of Spain and of Portugal,—thus making known the whole coast of Eastern South America from the Amazon to the Straits of Majellan. Among the navigators at the head of these expeditions were De Solis and Ma¬ jellan, (Magalhaes.) In 1515, De Solis sailed on his Southern voyage, and discovered the Eio de la Plata, which at first bore his own name. On his way thither, he entered the bay now known as Eio de Janeiro. Fernando de Majellan, a Portuguese in the service of Charles I. of Spain, sailed, in 1519, to discover the western passage to the Indies. 4 50 Brazil and the Brazilians. On the 13th of December he entered the bay previously visited by De Solis, and remained there until the 27th of the same month, and gave to it the name of Bahia (bay) de Santa Luzia, —the day of his entrance being the anniversary of that saint. He afterward coasted along the continent until he entered those straits which still bear his name, and which were for a century the only known highway to the Pacific. Majellan was the first to circumnavigate the globe. The usual account of the origin of the term Bio de Janeiro, so inappropriately given to a bay, has already been referred to. The facts seem to be adverse to the generally-accepted explanation that Martin Affonso de Souza discovered this sheet of water—which he supposed to be a river—on the 1st of January, 1531. It is incon¬ testable that it was entered twice at least several years previous to his departure from Portugal. Martin Affonso de Souza was a Portuguese gentleman of noble lineage, and of high estimation in the court of Dom John III. The king, having received information of the visits of Spaniards to the coasts which he considered his own, determined to send an expedition, commanded by De Souza, to Brazil. De Souza had plenary powers on land and on sea, and was to fortify and distribute the new territory. He was the first donatory of Portugal in Brazil, and sailed from Lisbon on the 3d of December, 1530. In a few w^eeks he sighted Cape St. Augustine, near which he encountered three French vessels. He gave them battle, came off victorious, and took them in triumph to the pre¬ sent harbor of Pernambuco. After refitting, he came to Bahia de Todos os Santos, where was the little settlement of the shipwrecked Diogo Alvares Correa, (Caramuru,) whose romantic history is nar¬ rated in another portion of this work. After some delay, he again sailed southward, and, on the 30th of April, 1531, entered the bay which had already been named Santa Luzia and Bio de Janeiro. By refiecting for a moment upon the time (December 3, 1530) when Martin Affonso de Souza departed from Lisbon, and the various events and delays of the voyage, we can easily perceive that it would be an impossibility to sail more than five thousand miles, (and his were not modern clipper-ships,) fight and capture three vessels, refresh successively at two different ports, and then reach the Bay of Eio de Janeiro on the 1st of January, 1531.^®^ Aside from this, we have the direct and simple statement of Pero Past Glory of Portugal. 51 Lopes de Souza, brother to the commander, which not only settles the date of their arrival, but the fact that the bay or supposed river was previously known as Bio de Janeiro, —^viz.: “ Saturday, 30th of April, at four o’clock in the morning, we were in the mouth of Eio de Janeiro.”<*> Martin Affonso de Souza formed no settlement on the shores of the magnificent bay which he had entered, but contented himself with remaining there for a few months, where he constructed three brigantines, and then sailed to the coast of the present province of Sao Paulo. At a place which possessed no great natural ad¬ vantages he commenced the first European colony (Vespucius’s handful of men and Caramuru’s wigwams cannot be called the earliest settlements) in Brazil, and named it St. Vincent. St. Vin¬ cent no longer exists, unless its existence may be predicated in the few miserable houses and the broken fountain which mark the spot where was laid the first stone of the proudest colony of Por¬ tugal. On the margin of that spacious and protected harbor which De Souza rejected for an exposed arm of the sea, has sprung up the first commercial city of South America, and the third in the New World. It will not be uninstructive to glance at the position, at that time, of the kingdom which sent forth Diaz, Vasco da Gama, Cabral, Coelho, Christopher Jacques, Vespucius, and De Souza, upon new and hazardous voyages of discovery. The territory of European Portugal was then no greater than at present; but her ambitious monarchs and her daring navigators had pushed their conquests and discoveries not only along the whole western and eastern coasts of Africa, but to “ the farthest Ind.” Bartholomew Diaz beheld the Cape of Good Hope six years before Columbus discovered America; and Vasco da Gama doubled the same cape ere the great Genoese landed at the mouth of the Orinoco. Por¬ tugal had flourishing colonies in Angola, Loango, and Congo, before Cortez had burned his ships in the Mexican Gulf. Before the Honorable East India Company was dreamed of, Portuguese vice¬ roys and Portuguese commercial enterprises swayed it over mil¬ lions in Hindostan and Ceylon. They trafficked with the distant I’eguans and the little-known Burmese, on the banks of the Irra- waddy, three hundred years before Judson proclaimed, near the 52 Brazil and the Brazilians. same river, the gospel of the blessed Saviour. Centuries before the English possessed Hong-Kong or the Americans had opened Japan by commercial treaties, Portugal owned Macao, held intercourse with the curious Chinese, traded with the Japanese, and, througi her priests, led more than half a million of those almond-eyed 1 islanders to embrace the doctrines of Eome. Of her immense acquisitions by conquest and discovery, that of Brazil was not to be the least in its importance and future destiny. When we look at what Portugal was and what she is, we can only exclaim, ‘‘Howi are the mighty fallen \” Portugal has been weighed in the balance I and found wanting. Shorn of all her possessions in the East except ■ a territory (comprising Goa and a few unimportant islands) not so largo as the State of South'Carolina, her commerce is now scarcely known in the Indian Seas. Her dominion west of Asia is limited to her own small European kingdom, to languishing colonies in , Africa, and to a few islands in the Atlantic. She owns not an inch of territory in the Western World, where once she had a quarter I of the continent. She had not the conservative salt of a pure Chris-J tianity to preserve her morality and her greatness. Like Spain, she became at once the patron and the protectress of the Inquisi¬ tion ; and, though the Portuguese are far more tolerant than the Spaniards, yet the Government of Portugal held on to that cursed engine of Eoman intolerance until 1821. The contrast between Holland and Portugal forces itself upon the consideration of all. They are both nearly of the same European area and population, both were great maritime nations in the sixteenth century, and both made extensive conquests in the East. But, while neighbor¬ ing states have created a mercantile marine since the era referred to, Holland, in this respect, still ranks as the third power ia Europe and the fourth in the world, and her internal prosperity has not declined. Her credit has always maintained the highest place among the nations of the earth, while Portugal has been more than once on the verge of bankruptcy. Holland to-d^y governs twenty-two millions of people, who are prosperous and advancing, whether in the Eastern or the Western hemisphere. Portugal, in all her dominions, rules less than one-third of that number. The former is distinguished for tolerance and intelb' gence; the latter, under the blighting shadow of the Papacy, haS; ^ Coligny’s Huguenot Colony. 53 even in the latter half of the nineteenth century, manifested nar¬ rowness and bigotry,and her people, as a whole, have been the most ignorant of Europe. The last few years have, however, we trust been the precursor of a better era for Portugal. Her young and enlightened monarch has come to the throne with enlarged views, and it is fondly hoped that his subjects will be elevated, and that Portugal will assume a position more in accordance with the historical traditions of those days when her kings were energetic, and when her navigators laid at her feet the treasures of the world. Eeturning from this digression, let us again watch the progress of events in the new acquisitions of Portugal in the Western World. Other eyes than those of Spanish navigators were looking toward Brazil, and to that ver}^ portion of it which had been slighted by Martin Affonso de Souza. Among the adventurers from France was Nicholas Durand de Yillegagnon, a Knight of Malta, a man of considerable abilities, and of some distinction in the French service. He had even been appointed to the gallant post of com¬ mander of the vessel which bore Mary, Queen of Scots, from France to her own realms. Yillegagnon aspired to the honor of establish¬ ing a colony in the New World, and Eio de Janeiro was the chosen spot for his experiment. He had the address, in the outset, to secure the patronage of the great and good Admiral Coligny, ■whoso persevering attempt to plant the Eeformed religion in both North and South America was a leading feature in his life op to the time when St. Bartholomew’s Eve was written in characters of blood. on proposed to found an asylum for the persecuted Admiral Coligny’s influence secured to him a respect- ohle number of colonists. The French court was disposed to view ''^th no small satisfaction the plan of founding a colony, after the example of the Portuguese and Spaniards. t was in the year 1555 that Henry II., the reigning king, fur- ed three small vessels, of which Yillegagnon took the com- whU^ sailed from Havre de Grace. A gale of wind occurred Die ^ "were yet on the coast, and obliged them to put into this^t'^* ^hich they accomplished with considerable difficulty. By 6 many of the artificers, soldiers, and noble adventurers 54 Brazil and the Brazilians. had become sick of the sea, and abandoned the expedition so sooHj as they reached the shore. After a long and perilous voyage, Villegagnon entered the Bay of Nitherohy, and commenced fortifying a small island near the entrance, now denominated Lage, and occupied by a fort. His fortress, however, being of wood, could not resist the action of the water at flood-tide, and he was obliged to remove farther upward, to the island now called Yillegagnon, where he built a fort, at first named in honor of his patron, Coligny. This expedition was well planned, and the place for a colony fitly chosen. The native tribes were hostile to the Portuguese, but had long traded amicably with the French. Some hundreds of them assembled on the shore at the arrival of the vessels, kindled bonfires in token of their joy, and offered every thing they possessed to these allies who had come to defend them against the Portuguese. Such a reception inspired the French with the idea that the continent was already their own, and they denominated it La France Antarctique. It was upon this island that they erected their rude place of worship, and here these French Puritans offered their prayers and sang their hymns of praise nearly threescore years and ten before a Pilgrim placed his foot on Plymouth Eock, and more than half a century before the Book of Common Prayer was borne to the banks of the James Eiver. On the return of the vessels to Europe for a new supply of colo-. nists, considerable zeal was awakened for the establishment of the | Eeformed religion in these remote parts. The Church of Geneva became interested in the object, and sent two ministers and four¬ teen students, who determined to brave all the hardships of an unknown climate and of a new mode of life in the cause. It is interesting to reflect that when the Eeformation was yet in its infancy, the subject of propagating the gospel in distant parts of the world was one that engaged the hearts of Christians in thn city of Geneva while Calvin, Farel, and Theodore de Beza were ■ still living. It would be difficult to find an earlier instance of ■ Protestant missionary effort. " As the situation of the Huguenots in France was any thing but happy, the combined motive of seeking deliverance from oppression and the advancement of their faith appears to have prevail®^ The Treachery of Yillegagnon. 55 extensively, and induced many to embark. When we look at the incipient movements of this enterprise, without the knowledge of its conclusion, there seems as much reason to hope that the principles of the Eeformation would have taken root here, as they did afterward in North America, where they have produced a harvest of such wonderful results. But misfortunes seemed to attend every step of the enterprise. At Harfleur, the Papist populace rose against the colonists, and the latter, after losing one of their best officers in the conflict, were obliged to seek safety in retreat. They had a tedious voyage, suffering at one time from a violent storm; and, having neared the Brazilian coast, had a slight encounter with the Portuguese. However, they were received by Villegagnon with apparent cor¬ diality, and effectual operations began to be undertaken for their estahlishment. But it was not long before certain untoward circum¬ stances occurred which developed the real and villanous character of their leader. Having gained over to his complete influence a certain number who cared not for spiritual piety, Villegagnon, under pretence of changing his religion and returning to the true faith, com- naenced a series of persecutions. Those who had come to Antarctic J ranee to enjoy liberty of conscience found their condition worse than before. They were subjected to abusive treatment and great hardships. This unnatural defection consummated the premature of the colony. The newly-arrived colonists demanded leave to return, which was granted, but in a vessel so badly fhrnished that some refused to embark, and the majority, who persisted, endured the utmost misery of famine. Villegagnon had given them a box of letters, wrapped in sere-cloth, as was the custom. ®ong them was one directed to the chief magistrate of the port ^ ere they might chance to arrive, in which this worthy friend ^^the Guises denounced the men whom he had invited out to 1 to enjoy the peaceable exercise of the Eeformed religion, as ^reties worthy of the stake. The magistrates of Hennebonne, th Is^nded, happened to favor the Eeformation, and thus ®^^ignity of Villegagnon was frustrated, and his treachery 80 fliose who had feared to trust themselves to a vessel ly stored, and so unfit for the voyage, three were put to 56 Brazil and the Brazilians. death by this persecutor. Others of the Huguenots fled from him to the Portuguese, where they were compelled to apostatize, and to profess a religion which they abhorred. The homeward-bound colonists were reduced to the greatest extremity, and, from want of food, they not only devoured all the leather,—even to the covering of their trunks,—^but in their despair they attempted to chew the hard, dry brazil-wood which hap¬ pened to be in the vessel. Several died of hunger; and they had begun to form the resolution of devouring each other, when land appeared in view. They arrived just in time to undeceive a body of Flemish adventurers ready to embark for Brazil, and also about ten thousand Frenchmen, who would have emigrated if the object of Coligny in founding his colony had not thus been wickedly betrayed. Though the Portuguese were so jealous of the Brazilian trade that they treated all interlopers as pirates, yet, by some oversight, they permitted this French colony to remain four years unmolested; and, had it not been for the treachery of Yillegagnon to his own party, Eio de Janeiro would probably have been, at this day, the capital of a French colony or of an independent State in which the Huguenot element would have been predominant. The Jesuits were well aware of this danger, and Hobrega, their chief and provincial, at length succeeded in rousing the court of Lisbon. A messenger was commanded to discover the state of the French fortifications. On the ground of his report, orders were despatched to Mem de Sa Barreto, governor of the colony, and resident at San Salvador, to attack and expel the intruders who remained. Having fitted out two vessels-of-war and several mer¬ chantmen, the governor, taking the command in person, embarked, accompanied by Nobrega as his prime counsellor. They appeared off the bar at Eio early in 1560, with the intention of sui-prising the island at the dead of night. Being espied by the sentinels, their plan was foiled. The French immediately made ready fo^ defence, forsook their ships, and, with eight hundred native archers, retired to their forts. With reinforcements from St. Yincente, Mem de Sa won the land¬ ing-place, and, routing the French from their most important holds, so intimidated them that, under cover of the night, they fled, some to their ships and some to the mainland. | Defeat of the French. 57 The Portuguese; not being strong enough to keep the position they had taken, demolished the works, and carried off the artillery and stores which they found. A short time after this, new wars, made by the native tribes, broke out against them, and were prose¬ cuted at different points with great ferocity for several years. In the mean time, the French recovered strength and influence. Pre¬ parations were again made to extirpate them. A party of Portu¬ guese and friendly Indians, under the command of a Jesuit appointed by Nobrega, landed near the base of the Sugar-Loaf, and, taking a position now known as Praia Yermelha, maintained a series of indecisive skirmishes with their enemies for more than a year. Occasionally, when successful, they would sing in triumphant hope a verse from the Scriptures, saying, “ The bows of the mighty are broken," &c. Well might they call the bows of the Tamoyos mighty; for an arrow sent by one of them would fasten a shield to the arm that held it, and sometimes would pass through the body, and continue its way with such force as to pierce a tree and hang quivering in the trunk. Nobrega at length came to the camp, and at his summons Mem de Sa again appeared with all the succors he could raise at San Salvador. All was made ready, and the attack deferred forty-eight hours, in order to take place on St. Sebastian’s Day. The auspicious mornmg came,—that of January 20, 1567. The stronghold of the French was stormed. Not one of the Tamoyos escaped. Southey most justly remarks, never was a war in which so little exertion had been made, and so little force employed on both sides, attended by consequences so important. The French court was too busy in burning and massacring Huguenots to think of Brazil, and ® ^guy, after his generous plans had been ruined by the villanous treachery of Villegagnon, no longer regarded the colony: the day ha from his country was over, and they who should a^ve colonized Eio de Janeiro were bearing arms against a bloody Fortu^«^^^^^^^^ enemy, in defence of every thing dear to man. unaid^H^ almost as inattentive to Brazil; so that, few and earnest' Antarctic French, had Mem de Sa been less Ijjg in his duty, or Nobrega less able and less indefatigable in perhim^^tb^^^^’ former would have retained their place, and e entire country have this day been French. 58 Brazil and the Brazilians. Immediately after his victory, the governor, conformable to his instructions, traced out a new city, which he named San Sebastian, in honor of the saint under whose patronage the field was won, and also of the king of the mother-country. The hame of San Sebas¬ tian has been supplanted by that of Eio de Janeiro. In connection with the event just narrated, thore remains on record a melancholy proof of the cruelty and intolerance of the victors. According to the annals of the Jesuits, Mem de Sa stained the foundations of the city with innocent blood. “Among the Huguenots who had been compelled to fly from Villegagnon’s per¬ secution was one John Boles, a man of considerable learning, being well versed both in Greek and Hebrew. Luiz de Gram caused hin to be apprehended, with three of his comrades, one of whom feigned to become a Eoman Catholic; the others were cast into prison; and there Boles had remained eight years, when he was sent for to he martyred at Eio de Janeiro, for the sake of terrifying his country¬ men, if any should be lurking in those parts.’' The Jesuits are the only historians of this matter. They pre¬ tend that Boles apostatized, having been convinced of his errors by Anchieta, a priest greatly celebrated in the annals of Brazil. But, by their own story, it is not very probable that a man who for eight long years had steadfastly refused to renounce the religion of his conviction would now yield. Boles doubtless proved a stub¬ born unbending Protestant, and for this sulfered a cruel death. And, notwithstanding the statement that he was to be slain as an example to his countrymen, “ if any should be found lurking in those parts,” it was not the custom of Eome to put to death those who renounced their errors and came into her protecting fold. When Boles was brought out to the place of execution, and the executioner bungled in his bloody office, “Anchieta hastily inter¬ fered, and instructed him how to despatch a heretic as speedily as possible,—^fearing, it is said, lest he should become impatient, being an obstinate man, and newly reclaimed, and that thus his soul would be lost. The priest who in any way accelerates the execu¬ tion of death is thereby suspended from his office; but the biogra¬ pher of Anchieta enumerates this as one of the virtuous actions of his life.” Though Eio de Janeiro was thus founded in blood, there is n® Reflections. 59 Boman Catholic country in the world freer from bigotry and in- tolerence than the Empire of Brazil. Thus failed the establishment of Coligny’s colony, upon which the hopes of Protestant Europe had for a short time been concen¬ trated ; and Kio de Janeiro will ever be memorable as the first spot in the Western hemisphere where the banner of the Reformed religion was unfurled. It is true that the attempt was made upon territory which had been appropriated by Portugal; still, a question might arise as to the right of priority in the discovery of this por¬ tion of Brazil, for it is certain that the Spaniard, De Solis, and also Majellan, Ruy Faleiro, and Diogo Garcia, Portuguese navigators in the service of Spain, entered the Bay of Nitherohy long before Martin Affonso de Souza. In whatever way this may be settled, the fact of the failure of this Huguenot eifort is full of food for reflection; and we can fully sympathize with the remarks of the author of “ Brazil and La Plata,’^ in regard to the treachery of Villegagnon, and the consequent defeat of the aims of the first French colonists:— “With the remembrance of this failure in establishing the Re¬ formed religion here, and of the direct cause which led to it, I often find myself speculating as to the possible and probable results which would have followed the successful establishment of Protest¬ antism during the three hundred years that have since intervened. With the wealth, and power, and increasing prosperity of the United States before us, as the fruits at the end of two hundred years’ colonization of a few feeble bands of Protestants on the compara¬ tively bleak and barren shore of the Northern continent, there is DO presumption in the belief that had a people of similar faith, similar morals, similar habits of industry and enterprise, gained an abiding footing in so genial a climate and on a soil so exuberant, long ago the still unexplored and impenetrable wilderness of the Ulterior would have bloomed and blossomed in civilization as the wse, and Brazil from the sea-coast to the Andes would have become one of the gardens of the world. But the germ which might have and^ crushed by the bad faith and malice of Villegagnon; D ^ as I look on the spot which bears his name, and, in the eyes of cstant at least, perpetuates his reproach, the two or three ^Dry palms which lift their tufted heads above the embattled 60 Brazil and the Brazilians. walls, and furnish the only evidence of vegetation on the seem, instead of plumed warriors in the midst of tlmir dt like sentinels of grief mourning the blighted hopes of the past/' But we should not look too ‘^mournfully into the past;" for though, in the mysterious dealings of Providence no Protestant nation, with its attendant vigor and progress, sways it over that fertile and salubrious land, may we not to a certain extent legiti¬ mately consider the tolerant and fit Constitution of the Empire, and its good government, the general material prosperity, and the advancement of the Brazilians in every point of view far beyond all other South American nations, as an answer to the faithful prayers with which those pious Huguenots baptized Brazil more than three centuries ago ? CHAPTER IV. SABLT STATE OP BIO — ATTACKS OP THE PRENCH — IMPROVEMENTS UNDER THE VICEROTS — ARRIVAL OP THE ROYAL FAMILY OF PORTUGAL — RAPID POLITICAL CHANGES—DEPARTURE OF DOM JOHN VI.—THE VICEROYALTY IN THE HANDS OF DOM PEDRO—BRAZILIANS DISSATISFIED WITH THE MOTHER-COUNTRY-DE¬ CLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE—ACCLAMATION OF DOM PEDRO AS EMPEROR. For one hundred and forty years after its foundation, the city of San Sebastian enjoyed a state of tranquil prosperity. This quietness was in happy contrast with the turbulent spirit of the age, and especially with the condition of the principal towns and colonies of Brazil; nearly all of which, during the period referred to, had been attacked by either the English, the Dutch, or the French. In this interval the population and commerce of the place greatly increased. At the commencement of the eighteenth century the principal gold-mines of the interior were discovered by the Paulistas, the inhabitants of San Paulo. These gave the name of Minas Geraes {G-eneral Mines) to a large inland province, which became then, ^ it still remains, tributary to the port of Rio de Janeiro. Gold- digging was found to produce here elfects similar to those which resulted from it in the Spanish countries. Agriculture was nearly abandoned, the price of slaves—who had been early introduced— became enormous, and the general prosperity of the country retro¬ graded ; while every one who could rushed to the mines, in hope ° enriching himself. We even find that the curious and ^ normal condition of California in 1848 had its counterpart three centuries ago in Brazil. obr^^^ Governor of Rio, forgetful of his official character and ^gations, went to Minas Geraes and engaged with avidity in the for treasure. The fame of these golden discoveries sounded 61 62 Brazil and the Br^^zilians. abroad, and awakened the cupidity of the French, who, in 1710^ sent a squadron, commanded by M. Du Clerc, with the intent of capturing Eio. The whole expedition waF*ingloriously defeated by the Portuguese, under Francisco de Castro, Governor of Eio de Janeiro. This officer possessed no military ability, but blun¬ dered into a victory over the French, and permitted horrid cruelties to be practised upon the prisoners. France was not slow to resent the inhumanity with which her men had been treated, M. Duguay Trouin, one of the ablest naval officers of the times, sought permission to revenge his countrymen and to plunder Eio de Janeiro. Individuals were found ready to incur the expenses of the outfit, in prospect of the speculation. The project was approved by Government, and an immense naval force was placed] at Trouin’s disposal. This expedition was eminently successful. The tactics of the imbecile Castro did not succeed: the city was stormed, taken, and afterward ransomed for a heavy sum. It was during the bombard¬ ment that the convent of San Bento was battered by the balls, the marks of which are still visible. The plunder and the ransom were so great, that, notwithstand¬ ing, on the return-voyage of the French, a number of their vessels went down with twelve hundred men and the most valuable part of the booty, there remained to the adventurers a profit of ninety- two per cent, upon the capital they had risked in the outfit. From the time that Duguay Trouih’s squadron weighed anchor on their homeward voyage, no hostile fleet has ever entered the harbor of Eio de Janeiro. Great changes, however, have taken place in the condition of that city. In 1763 it superseded Bahia as the seat of government, and became the residence of the viceroys of Portugal. The more substantial improvements of the capital were under¬ taken at this period. The marshes, which covered a considerable portion of the spot where the town now stands, were drained and diked. The streets were paved and lighted. Cargoes of African slaves, who had hitherto been exposed in the streets for sale? exhibiting scenes of disgust and horror, and also exposing inhabitants to the worst of diseases, were now ordered to b® 63 Improvements under the Viceroys. removed to the Yallongo, which was designated as a general market for these unhappy beings. Fountains of running water were also multiplied. The great aqueduct which spans the Eua dos Arcos was then constructed; and in these and various other ways, the health, comfort, and prosperity of the city were promoted under the successive adminis¬ trations of the Count da Cunha, the Marquis of Lavradio, and Luiz de Vasconcellos The system of government maintained during these periods Rghout Brazil was absolute in the extreme, and by no means u ated to develop the great resources of the country, l^ever- it -w^as anticipated by the more enlightened statesmen of the colony would some day eclipse the glory of of ^lone, however, could foresee the proximity ^ouse ^ which were about to drive the royal family (the ® of Braganza) to seek an asylum in the Hew World, and to 64 Bkazil and the Beazilians. establish their court at Eio de Janeiro. The close of the eighteenth century "witnessed their development. The French Eevolution and the leading spirit which was raised up by it involved the slumbering kingdom of Portugal in the troubles of the Continent. Napoleon determined that the court of Lisbon should declare itself against its ancient ally, England^j and assent to the Continental system adopted by the Imperial ruler of Prance. The Prince-Eegent, Dom John YI., promised, but hesi¬ tated, delayed, and finally, too late, declared war against England. The vacillation of the Prince-Eegent hastened events to a crisis. The English fleet, under Sir Sidney Smith, established a most rigorous blockade at the mouth of the Tagus, and the British ambassador left no other alternative to Dom John YI. than to surrender to England the Portuguese fleet, or to avail himself of the British squadron for the protection and transportation of the royal family to Brazil. The moment was critical: the army of Napoleon had penetrated the mountains of Beira; only an immediate departure would save the monarchy. No resource re¬ mained to the Prince-Eegent but to choose between a tottering throne in Europe and a vast empire in America. His indecisions were at an end. By a royal decree he announced his intention to retire to Eio de Janeiro until the conclusion of a general peace. The archives, the treasures^ and the most precious effects of the crown, were transferred to the Portuguese and English fleets; and, on the 29th of November, 1807, accompanied by his family and a multitude of faithful followers, the Prince-Eegent took his de¬ parture amid the combined salvos of the cannon of Great Britain and of Portugal. That very day Marshal Junot thundered upon the heights of Lisbon, and the next morning took possession of the city. Early in January, 1808, the news of these surprising events reached Eio de Janeiro, and excited the most lively interest. What the Brazilians had dreamed of only as a remote possible event was now suddenly to be realized. The royal family might be expected to arrive any day, and preparations for their reception occupied the attention of all. The Yiceroy’s palace was imme¬ diately prepared, and all the public ofiices in the Palace Square were vacated to accommodate the royal suite. These not being deemed sufficient, proprietors of private houses in the neighborhood Arrival of the Royal Family. 65 vvere required to leave their residences and send in their keys to the Viceroy. Such were the sentiments of the people respecting the hospi¬ tality due to their distinguished guests, that nothing seems to have been withheld; while many, even of the less opulent families, voluntarily offered sums of money and objects of value to administer to their comfort. The fleet having been scattered in a storm, the principal vessels had put into Bahia, where Dom John VI. gave that carta regia which opened the ports of Brazil to the commerce of the world. At length all made a safe entry into the harbor of Rio, on the 7th of March, 1808. In the manifestations of joy upon this occasion, the houses were deserted and the hills were covered with spec¬ tators. Those who could procured boats and sailed out to meet the royal squadron. The prince, immediately after landing, pro¬ ceeded to the cathedral, and publicly offered thanks for his safe arrival. The city was illuminated for nine successive evenings. In order to form an Idea of the changes that have occurred in Brazil during the last fifty years, it must be remarked, that, up to the period now under consideration, all commerce and intercourse with foreigners had been rigidly prohibited by the narrow policy of Portugal. Vessels of nations allied to the mother-country were occasionally permitted to come to anchor in the ports of this mam¬ moth colony; but neither passengers nor crew were allowed to land excepting under the superintendence of a guard of soldiers. The policy pursued by China and Japan was scarcely more strict »od prohibitory. had^ ^^1 possibility of trade, foreign vessels—whether they put in to repair damages or to procure provisions and water— “Mediately on their arrival were invested with a custom-house ties ' their remaining was fixed by the authori- according to the supposed necessities of the case. As a conse- (juence of • gold _ oppressive regulations, a people who were rich in and diamonds were unable to procure the essential implements domestic convenience. ’ A wealthy planter, “^'ghr^n^^ display the most rich and massive plate at a festival, to furnish each of his guests with a knife at ®iugle tumbler at the same time might be under the 5 66 Brazil and the Brazilians. necessity of making repeated circuits through the company. The printing-press had not made its appearance. Books and learning were equally rare. The people were in every way made to feel their dependence; and the spirit of industry and. enterprise were alike unknown. On the ai-rival of the Prinee-Eegent the ports were thrown open, j A printing-press was introduced, and a Eoyal Gazette was pub¬ lished. Academies of medicine and the fine arts wore established. The Eoyal Library, containing sixty thousand volumes of books, was opened for the free use of the public. Poreigners were in¬ vited, and embassies from England and France took up their residence at Eio de Janeiro. From this period, decided improvements were made in the con¬ dition and aspect of the city. New streets and squares were added, and splendid residences were arranged on the neighboring islands and hills, augmenting, with the growth of the town, the picturesque beauties of the surrounding scenery. The sudden and continued influx of Portuguese and foreigners not only showed itself in the population of Eio, but extended inland, causing new ways of communication to be opened with the interior, new towns] to he erected, and old ones to be improved. In fact, the whole face of the country underwent great and rapid changes. The manners of the people also experienced a corresponding mutation. Th§ fashions of Europe were introduced. From the seclusion and restraints of non-intercourse the people emerged into the festive ceremonies of a court, whose levees and gala-days drew together multitudes from all directions. In the mingled society which the capital now offered, the dust of retirement was brushed off, antiquated customs gave way, new ideas and'modes of li^® were adopted, and these spread from circle to circle and ft’Oi® town to town. 'Business assumed an aspect equally changed. Foreign co® mercial houses were opened, and foreign artisans established the® selves in Eio and other cities. ^ , This country could no longe:^ remain a colony. A decree promulgated in December, 1815, declaring it elevated to the nity of a kingdom, and hereafter to form an integral part | United Kingdom of Portugal, Algarves, and Brazil. It is sea . i Rapid Political Changes. 67 ossible to imagine the enthusiasm awakened by this unlooked-for change throughout the vast extent of Portuguese America. Mes¬ sengers were despatched to bear the news, which was hailed with spontaneous illuminations from the La Plata to the Amazon. Scarcely was this event consummated when the queen, Donna Maria I., died. She was mother to the Prince-Regent, and had been for years in a state of mental imbecility, so that her death had no influence upon political affairs. Her funeral obsequies were performed with great splendor; and her son, in respect for her memory, delayed the acclamation of his accession to the throne for a year. He was at length crowned, with the title of Dom John VI. The cere¬ monies of the coronation were celebrated with suitable magnifi¬ cence in the Palace Square, on the 5th of February, 1818. Amid all the advantages attendant upon the new state of things in Brazil, there were many circumstances calculated to provoke political discontent. It was then that bitter feelings toward the natives of Portugal sprapg up, which, though modified, still exist throughout the Empire, and made, at a later date, the severance of Brazil from the mother-country more easy of accomplishment than the separation of the thirteen colonies of North America from the crown of Great Britain. There had always been, to a greater or less extent, a certain rivalry between the native Brazilian and the Portuguese; but now it found a new cause of excitement.' The (government felt itself bound to find places for the more than twenty thousand needy and unprincipled adventurers who had followed the royal family to the New World. These men cared little for the welfare of Brazil, either in the administration justice or in acts for the benefit of the public. Their greatest •nterest by far was manifested in the eager desire to fleece the ^untiy and enrich themselves.) Honors were heaped upon those razi ians who had furnished house and money to the Prince- was ^ nothing to give them but decorations, he ch' ^'D'rounded by knights who had never displayed either wh learning. The excitement thus aroused in a country ere titulary distinctions were hitherto almost unknown was intense. Ti' aspired to become a cavalheiro or a com- ”^^ndador, and tne most degrading sycophancy was practised to 68 Brazil and the Brazilians. obtain the royal favor. Men who had been good traders in im¬ ported articles, or successful dealers in mandioca and coffee, once knighted, could never again return to the drudgery and debasing associations of commercial life, and must live either on previously- acquired fortunes or seek Goverament employment. On this ground the native Brazilians and the newly-arrivCd Portuguese fought their first battles. They were rivals for place, and, once in office, the Brazilian was as open to every species of bribery and corruption as the most venal hanger-on of the court from Lisbon.i The Brazilians, however, had one advantage over their adversaries. The natives sympathized most fully with their recently-knighted brethren, and listened to their complaints with a willing ear. These things, together with the wretched state of morals that prevailed at the court, were calculated to increase the jealousy of what the Brazilians considered a foreign dominion over them. The independence of the English North American colonies and the successful revolutionary struggle of some of the neighboring Spanish-American provinces still more augmented the uneasiness of the people; and a consciousness of this increasing discontent, and a fear that Brazil might be induced to follow the example of her revolting Spanish neighbors, doubtless had a powerful influence upon the Government in making the con¬ cessions named. Tranquillity followed the erection of Brazil into a constituent portion of the kingdom; but it was of short duration. Discontent was at work. The intended revolt at Pernambuco in 1817 was betrayed to the Government, and the insurgents were prematurely compelled to take up arms, and suffered defeat from the troops sent against them by the Count dos Arcos. Prom this time there seems to have been a systematic exclusion of native Brazilians from commands in the army^ Murmurs were gradually disseminated; but they found no echo— as in the case of the North American colonies—from the press, which had, with common schools, followed in the immediate wake of the English colonists. The ^rst, and at that time the only, printing-press in the country, was brought from Lisbon in 1808, and was under the direct control of the royal authorities. Its columns faithfully recorded for the Brazilian public the health of Departure of D. John VI. all the European princes. It Avas filled with oificial edicts, birth¬ day odes, and panegyrics on the royal family; but its pages were unsullied by the ebullitions of the democracy, or. the exposure of their grievances. As has been well said by Armitage, “ to have judged of the country by the tone of its only journal, it must have been pronounced a terrestrial paradise, where no word of com¬ plaint had ever yet found utterance.” But at length the time arrived when the monotony of the Court Gazette was interrupted, and the people soon found voices for their grievances, and in the end substantial redress. The revolution which occurred in Portugal in 1821, in favor , of a Constitution, was immediately responded to by a similar one in Brazil. After much excitement and alarm from the tumultuous move¬ ments of the people, the King, D. John YI., conferred upon his son Dom Pedro, Prince-Eoyal, the office of Eegent and Lieutenant to llis Majesty in the Kingdom of Brazil. He then hastened his de¬ parture for Portugal, accompanied by the remainder of his family and the principal nobility who had followed him. The disheartened monarch embarked on board a line-of-battle ship on the 24th of April, 1821, leaving the widest and fairest portion of his dominions to a destiny not indeed unlooked for by his majesty, but which ^as fulfilled much sooner than his melancholy forebodings antici¬ pated.* J^pid as had been the political changes in Brazil during the last ten years, greater changes still were about to take place. Dom Pedro, who now enjoyed the dignity and attributes of Prince- gent and Lieutenant of His Majesty the King of Portugal, was this period in the twenty-third year of his age. He possessed ®®ny of the essentials of popularity. His personal beauty was sit! “^^^ked than his frank and affable manners, and his dispo- ch capricious, was enthusiastic. He had decision of ® er, and was one who seemed to know when to seize the the last ready to sail, the old king pressed his son to his bosom, herself frj, exclaimed, “Pedro, Brazil will, I fear, ere long separate •dlew it to ^ ^®rtugal; and if so, place the crown on thine own head rather than into the hands of any adventurer.” 70 Brazil and the Brazilians. proper moment for calming the populace, as when at Eio, while the King was in the Palace of San Christovao, only three miles away, he, upon his own authority, gave to the people and the troops a decree whereby an unreserved acceptance of the future Constitution of the Portuguese Cortes was guaranteed. He also knew well how to guard his prerogative. The Prince’s consort was by lineage and talent worthy of his hand, for Leopoldina was an archduchess of Austria; in her veins coursed the blood of Maria Theresa, and it was her sister Maria Louisa who was the bride of Napoleon. She was not possessed of great personal beauty, yet her kindness of heart and her unpretentious bearing endeared her to every one who knew her. Dom Pedro had left Portugal when a mere lad, and it was believed that his highest aspirations were associated with the land of his adoption. In the office of Prince-Eegent he certainly found scope for his most ardent ambition; but he also discovered himself to be surrounded with numerous difficulties, political and financial. So embarrassing indeed was his situation, that in the course of a ] few months he begged his father to allow him to resign his office | and attributes. rer demanded justice from the House of Deputies, and the Andradas most loudly demanded vengeance on the Portuguese aggressors. The journal under their control, called the “ Tamoyo,” (from a tribe of Indians who were the bitter foes of the early Por¬ tuguese settlers,) was equally violent. It even went so far as to insinuate that if the Grovernment did not turn aside from its anti¬ national course, its power would be of short continuance, and, as a warning to the Emperor, the example of Charles I. of England was alluded to in no unmeaning terms. But Dom Pedro I. was no weak and vacillating Stuart. He pos- aeesed more of the spirit of Oliver Cromwell or of the First Ha- ' i poleon. The Assembly, through the three brothers, was induced to declare itself in permanent session. The Emperor, finding that they (the Andradas) still maintained their predominance, mounted on horseback, and, at the head of his cavalry, marched to the Chamber, planted his cannon before its walls, and sent up General Moraep to the Assembly to order its instantaneous dissolution. The Assembly w.a&^b.JeQk§a up. The three Andradas w^e. flgized,,_a,a , well as the Deputies Eocha and Montezumaj ^an(l5y^^g,jyithoq^J_,tyi^ or kamTn ation, transpor Te^ 't^J^yance., Thus ended, for a brief period at least, the political career of the eloquent,^ patriotic, and factious Andradas. The Emperor issued a proclamation, stating that he had taken the measures recounted above, solely with the view of avoiding toarchy; and the public were reminded that “ though the Emperor had, from regard to the tranquillity of the Empire, thought fit to dissolve the said Assembly, he had in the same decree convoked another, in conformity with the acknowledged constitutional rights his people.’' A Special commiss ion of ten individual.S rn yu s c onyen ^ on the.. I 1 8 23, for th,e. purpose pf fornti ng such a Con - 8t i^tion as flight meet with thejm^jerial^^^ The members •8 commissioiTTm^^dia^y commenced^Sm^ under the ^^nal superintendence of D. Pedro I., who furnished them the os of the document which he wished to be framed, and gave ^ ^orty days for the accomplishment of the object. The ten c ouncil lpxg, as a body, were ba,d|y qualifie d for the im- task before them; yet several of their number 76 Brazil and the Brazilians. for the excellence of their private characters, and two only foy their erudition. One of these two, Carneiro de jOampps, was for. tunately intrusted with the drawing up of the Constitution, and to him it has been said Brazil is principally indebted for a number of the most lib eiai]Lltfof code,—^provisions which he insisted on introducing in opposition to the wishes of many of his colleagues. | It is evident that the drafting-committee of ten could not foresee how liberal were the provisions of this Constitution, for most of them were staunch royalists; yet various providential circum¬ stances conduced to the production of a just and liberal instrument ' of government. [See Appendix B.] Its most important features may be stated in a few words. iThe government of the monarchical, hereditary^ constitutional, -ttwh^TlSpresentative. The religion o f the State is the Eoman Ca- tfiolicf^SuT airbther denominations are tolerated. .Tudj cia) ^prch ^ cee^mgs are public, and there is the right of habeas corpi« and trial by jury. The legislative power is in the General Asse^ly, which answers to the Imperial Barliament of England or tp the Confess“61 the tfnited States. The se nators are elected fpr life, and the representatives for four years. The pr esidents of the provinces are g^p ppj nted hY the Emperor. There is a legislaHve Assembly to each j^rqyince for IcmaHaws, taxation, and government: tTiuZ^^Sr^^l js The se nators and representa¬ tives of the General Assembly are chosen through the intervention of electors, as is the President of the United States, and the pro¬ vincial legislators are elected by universal suffrage. The press is free, and there is no proscription on account of color. The Constitution thus framed was accepted by the Emperor, and on the 25th of March, 1824, was sworn to by his Imperial High¬ ness, and by the authorities and people throughout the Empire. It is an instrument truly remarkable, considering the source whence it emanated, and we cannot continue the subsequent history of the country without devoting to its merits a few passing reflections. This Constitution commenced by being the most liberal of ail other similar documents placed before a South American people. In its wise and tolerant notions, and in its adaptation to the nation for which it was prepared, it is second only to that which governs the The Brazilian Constitution. 77 Saxon Confederacy of North America. States and indi- may Rtter, in their charters of government, fine sentences re ard to equality and right; but if they fail in practicability Ind in securing those very elements of justice, stability, and pro- the eloquent phrases are but “as sounding brass or a tinkling ^^bal ” Brazilian Constitution has, to a great extent, secured equality, justice, and consequently national prosperity. She is to-day governed by the same Constitution with which more than thirty years ago she commenced her full career as a nation. While every Spanish-American Government has been the scene of bloody revolutions,—while the civilized world has looked with horror, wonder, and pity upon the self-constituted bill of the people’s rights again and again trampled under foot by turbulent faction and priestly bigotry, or by the tyranny of the most narrow-minded dictators, —the only Portuguese-American Government (though it has had its provincial revolts of a short duration) has beheld but two revolutions, and those were peaceful,—one fully in accordance with the Constitution;* the other, the proclamation of the ma¬ jority of Dom Pedro II., was by suspending a single article of the Government compact. M^co, which, in extent of territory, population, and resources, i* more pEoperiy comparatle to Brazil than any other Hispano- American country, established her first Constitution only one month (February, 1824) earlier than the adoption of the Brazilian charter of government and rights. But poor Mexico has been the prey of every unscrupulous demagogue who could for the moment command the .“.rmy. Her Constitution has repeatedly been over¬ thrown ; the victorious soldiery of a hardier nation placed her at the mercy of a foreign cabinet; her dominion has been despoiled; her commerce crippled and diminished by her own inertness and narrow policy; personal security and national prosperity are unknown, and her people are this day no further advanced than wken the Constitution was first set aside in 1835. frazil, on the other hand, has been continually progressing. ® head of the Empire is in the same family, and governs under of Dom Pedro I. in favor of his son, Dom Pedro II., the present 78 Bkazil and the Brazilians. the same Constitution that was established in 1824, Her commerce i doubles every ten years; she possesses cities lighted by gas, long lines of steamships, and the beginnings of railways that are spread- ^ ing from the sea-coast into the fertile interior; in her borders education and general intelligence are constantly advancing, 1 This great contrast cannot be accounted for altogether on the I ground of the difference between the two people and between 1 their respective forms of government, . It is doubtless true that • a Monarchy is better suited to the Latin nations than a Eepubli^; an(r*if"is equally apparent that there is a very great dissimilarity ■ between the Spaniard and his descendants, and the Portuguese and I his descendants. The Spaniard affects to despise the Portuguese,'^ and the latter has of late years been underrated in the eyes of the world,* The child of Castile, take him where you will, is ambi¬ tious, chivalric, bigoted, vain, extravagant, aiid lazy. The son of Lusitania is not wanting in vanity, but is more tolerant and less turbulent than his neighbor, and is a being both economical and industrious. The reasons, under Providence, of the great divergence in the results of the Brazilian and Mexican Constitution may be summed up briefly thus:—Brazil, Avhile providing a hereditary monarchical head, recognised most fully the democratic element; while acknow¬ ledging the Eoman Catholic religion to be that established bj^ the State, she guaranteed, with the single limitations of steeples and bells, the unrestricted right of worship to all other denominations; she established public judicial proceedings, the habeas corpus, and the right of trial by jury, Mexico, in the formation of her Constitution, copied, that of the United States, but departed from that document, in the two most important ]>artieulars, as widely as the oft-quoted strolling actors deviated from the original tragedy when they advertised “ Hamlet” to be played minus the role of the Prince of Denmark, The Mexican Constitution established an exclusive^religion with all the rigorous bigotry of Old Spain; and public judicial proceedings and the inter¬ vention by juries were omitted altogether. The starting-point of * “Strip a Spaniard of all his virtues, and you make a good Portuguese of him.”— Spanish Proverb, The Rule of Dom Pedro I. 79 Brazil and Mexico were entirely different: the former, happy in a suitable form of government and in liberal principles from the beginning, has outstripped the latter in all that constitutes true national greatness. Brazil did not, however, attain her present proud position in South America without days of trial and hard experience. Corrupt and unprincipled men were in greater numbers than those who jMJSsessed stern and patriotic virtue. The people were ignorant and unaccustomed to self-government, and were often used by unscrupulous leaders to the advancement of their own purposes. The administration of Dom Pedro I. continued about ten years, and, during its lapse, the country unquestionably made greater advances in intelligence than it had done in three centuries which intervened between its first discovery and the proclamation of the Portuguese Constitution in 1820. Nevertheless, this administra¬ tion was not without its faults or its difficulties. Dom Pedro, although not tyrannical, was imprudent. He was energetic, but inconstant; an admirer of the representative form of government, but hesitating in its practical enforcement. Elevated into a hero during the struggle for independence, he appears to have been guided rather by the example of other poten¬ tates than by any mature consideration of the existing state and exigencies of Brazil; and hence, perhaps, the eagerness with which he embarked in the war against Montevideo, which certainly had Its origin in aggression, and which, after crippling the commerce, checking the prosperity, and exhausting the finances of the Empire, ended only in the full and unrestrained cession of the province in dispute. It may be remarked, that the defeat of the Brazilians in the an a Oriental, though a seeming disgrace, was one of the greatest essings that could have been bestowed upon the Empire. It appears that that war and its disastrous results were the means preserving Brazil from making such modifications in her Consti¬ tution as might, if effected, have terminated in the overthrow some of her most valuable institutions. The non-success of her was^R annihilated the thirst for military distinction which prmging up • and the energies of the rising generation were cquently turned more toward civil pursuits, from which resulted 80 Brazil and the Brazilians. social ameliorations that tended to consolidate the well-being of the State. In addition to the imprudence and inconstancy of the Emperor it was said—and not without truth—that his habits were extrava- gant and his morals extremely defective.* And yet, the main cause of his personal unpopularity seems to have consisted in his never having known how to become the man of his people,—^in his never having constituted himself entirely and truly a Brazilian. He was often heard to express the sentiment that the only true st rengt h of a governmio,nt lay in j^ublic opinion; yet, unfortunately, he did not know how to conciliate the public opinion of the people over whom it was his destiny to reign. At the period of the Eevo- lution, he had, under the excitements of enthusiasm, uttered senti¬ ments calculated to flatter th^^ascent spirit of nationality, and his sincerity had been credited; yet his subsequent employment of a foreign , foxc^^is continued interference in the affairs of Portugal, ^is institution of a secret cabinet, a® his appointoent of naturalized Portuguese to the highest offices of the State, to the apparent ex¬ clusion of natives of the soil, had, among a jealous people, given rise to the universal impression that the monarch himself was still a Portuguese at heart. The native Brazilians believed that they were beheld with sus¬ picion, and hence became restive under a Government which they regarded as nurturing foreign interests and a foreign party. Oppor¬ tunities for manifesting their dissatisfaction frequently occurred, and these manifestations were met by more offensive measures.^ At length, after fruitless efforts to suppress the rising spirit of re¬ bellion in different parts of the Empire, Bom Pedro found himself in circumstances as painful and as humiliating as those which forced his father, Dom John VI., to retire to Portugal. Opposi¬ tion which had long been covert became undisguised and relentless. The most indifferent acts of the Emperor were distorted to his pre¬ judice, and all the irregularities of his private life were brought * The older citizens of Rio de Janeiro have not yet forgotten the place that the Marchioness of Santos held in the first Emperor’s afiTections; and his slighting treatment of his own spouse—a daughter of the high house of Hapsburg—^ notorious. It has been said that, though a bad^usband, he was a good father. Popular Agitation. 81 before the public. Individuals to whom he had been a benefactor deserted him, and, perceiving that his star was on the wane, had the baseness to contribute to his overthrow. The very army which he had raised at an immense sacrifice, which he had maintained tb the great prejudice of his popularity, and on which he had unfortunately placed more reliance than upon the people, betrayed him at last. various popular agitations, which had the continual etfect of widening the breach between the Imperial party and the patriots. the p(^ulace of B io de Janejrp.. Mg^mbled jix t he Campo de Santa An p fi on the 6th o f Apr il, 1831,,.^ d began to call out for the dis¬ missal of the new ministry, and for the reinstatement of some indi¬ viduals who had that very morning been dismissed. Dom Pedro I., on being informed of the assemblage and its objects, issued a pro¬ clamation, signed by himself and the existing ministry, assuring them that the administration was perfectly constitutional, and that its members would be governed by constitutional principles. A justice of the peace was despatched to read this to the people; yet scarcely had he concluded, when the document was torn from his hands and trampled under foot. The cry for the reinstatement of the cabinet became louder; the multitude momentarily increased in numbers; and, about six o’clock in the afternoon/, three justices of the peace (in Spanish America it would have been a battalion of soldiers) were despatched to the Iniperial residence to demand that the “ ministry who had the confidence of the people”—as the late cabinet were designated—should be reappointed. The Pmperor listened to their requisition, but refused to accede to the request. He exclaimed, “I will do every thing for the people, but nothing by the people !” Ho sooner was this answer made known in the Campo, than the Daost seditious cries were raised, and the troops began to assemble there for the purpose of making common cause with the multi¬ tude. Further representations were made to the Emperor, but 'W’CTe unavailing. He declared he would sutfer death rather than consent to the dictation of the mob. The battalion styled the Emperor’s, and quartered at Boa Yista, siho t flieir comrades in the Campo, where they arrived out eleven o’clock in the evening; and even the Imperial guard 6 82 Brazil and the Brazilians. of honor, which had been summoned to the palace, followed. The I populace, already congregated, began to supply themselves with arms from the adjoining barracks. The Portuguese party, in the mean time, judging themselves proscribed and abandoned, durst not even venture into the streets. The Emperor, in these trying moments, is said to have evinced a dignity and a magnanimity unknown in the days of his prosperity. On the one hand, the Empress was weeping bitterly, and apprehending the most fatal consequences; on the other, an adjutant from the combined assemblage of the troops and populace was urging him to a final I answer. 1 Dom Pedro I. had sent for the Intendant of Police, and desired|l him to seek for Yergueiro, a noble patriot, who had always been a I favorite of the people, and who combined moderation with sterling | integrity. Yergueiro could not be found. The envoy from the j troops and populace urged his Majesty to give him an immediate j decision, or excesses would be committed under the idea that he J (the envoy) had been either assassinated or made prisoner. The 1 Emperor replied, with calmness and firmness, “I certainly shall not appoint the ministry which they require: my honor and the ; Constitution alike forbid it, and I would abdicate, or even sulfer ' death, rather than consent to such a nomination.” The adjutant • started to give this reply to his general, but he was requested by Dom Pedro (who seemed to be struggling with some grand resolve) to stay for a final answer. Nothing could be heard from Yergueiro. The populace were growing more impatient, and the Emperor was still firmer in his convictions of that which his position and the Constitution required of him in a moment so critical. But at length, like the noble stag of Landseer, singled out by the hounds, he stood alone. Deserted, harassed, irritated, and fatigued beyond description, with sadness, yet with grace, he yielded to the circumstances, and took the only measure consistent with his convictions and the dignity of his im¬ perial office. It was two o'clock in the morning when he sat down, without asking the advice of any one, or even informing the mi¬ nistry of his resolution, and wrote out his abdication in the follow¬ ing terms:— “ Availing myself of the right which the Constitution concedes Abdication of Dom Pedro I. 83 to me I declare that I have voluntarily abdicated in favor of my dearly-heloved and esteemed son, Dom Pedro de Alcantara. Boa Vista, 7th April, 1831, tenth year ') of the Independence of the Empire.” / He then rose, and, addressing himself to the messenger from the Campo, said, “Here is my abdication: may yon be happy! I shall retire to Europe, and leave the country that I have loved dearly and that I still love.” Tears now choked his utterance, and he hastily retired to an adjoining room, where were the Empress and the English and French ambassadors. He afterward dis¬ missed all his ministers save one, and, in a decree which he dated the 6th of April, proceeded to nominate Jose Bonifacio de Andrada (who, with his brothers, had been permitted to return from exile in 1829) as the guardian to his children. It was a striking illustration of the ingratitude with which he was treated in the hour of misfortune, that from all those upon whom he had conferred titles and riches he was obliged to turn away to the infirm old man whom, at a former period, he had re¬ jected and cruelly wronged. Finally, after arranging his house¬ hold affairs, he embarked in one of the boats of the English line- of-battle ship the Warspite, accompanied by the Empress,* and his eldest daughter, the late Queen of Portugal. It^^ fortunate for Brazil that she had enjoyed that which no country had ever experienced,— i.e. a transition- state. She was not hurried from the colonial condition—an era —into self-government, which can only be the normal state of nations in their manhood. She had, as we have seen, the monarch of Portugal, with all his prestige, to be her first leader in national existence; afterward the son of the king, who, by peculiar circumstances, was for a time the idol of the people, aided Brazil in coming to a maturity far better fitted for representative-govern¬ ment institutions than any of the neighboring states which had ^ leved their independence at an earlier date. Had the transition n more violent, the permanence of such institutions would have cen endangered. Dom Pedro was certainly, in the hands of God, second Empress was a Bavarian princess whom D. Pedro had married in 84 Bkazil and the Bkazilians. a prominent agent in giving to Brazil that form of government which this day so wisely rules the Empire. With all his faults, B. Pedro I. was a great man, and possessed some noble aspirations, coupled with a promptness of action which will be remembered long after his errors have been forgotten. None hut a great man could “have returned to Europe and have fought the battle of constitutional monarchy against absolutism, as he did in the contest with his brother, Dom Miguel. His brief though chivalric and heroic devotion to the cause of civil and religious freedom in Portugal demands our highest admiration; and the suc¬ cessful placing of the young Queen Donna Maria upon the throne of that country gave quiet to the kingdom, and was one more triumph in Europe of the liberal over the absolute. 1 As time rolls on, the true merits of D. Pedro I. are more recog» nised by the Brazilians. Statues and public monuments are erected to his memory; and, though it may not be wholly applicable, yet ] there is no fulsome adulation, too common in that Southern clime,; when they entitle him “ 0 Washington, do Brazil” , ' He loved the country of his adoption; and a few days after the memorable night of his abdication, as he gazed for the last time upon the city of Eio de Janeiro, the magnificent bay, and the lofty Organ Mountains, he poured from a full heart the following touch¬ ing farewell to his son, Dom Pedro II., in which not only is parental tenderness manifest, but a deep solicitude for the land whose des¬ tiny at one time seemed so closely linked with his own:— “My beloved son and my Emperor, very agreeable are the lines which you wrote me. I was scarcely able to read them, because copious tears impeded my sight. Now that I am more composed, I write this to thank you for your letter, and to declare that, as long as life shall last, affection for you will never be extinguished in my lacerated heart. “To leave children, country, and friends is the greatest possible sacrifice; but to bear away honor unsullied,—there can be no greater glory. Ever remember your father; love your country and my country; follow the counsel of those who have the care of your education; and rest assured that the world will admire you, and that I will be filled with gladness at having a son so worthy of the land of his birth. I retire to Europe: it is necessary for the tran- Depakture of Dom Pedro I. 85 quillity of Brazil, and that God may cause her to reach that degree of prosperity for which she is eminently capable. “Adieu, my very dear son! Eeceive the blessing of your affec¬ tionate father, who departs without the hope of ever seeing you D. Pedro de Alcantara. again. “On board the Warspite frigate, April 12, 1831.” / On the following day D. Pedro I. went on board the English corvette Yolage. Before nightfall the Pao de Assucar was cleared, and the ex-Emperor left Brazil forever. Having thus briefly narrated the history of the Empire to the abdication of the first Emperor, we will again turn our attention to Eio de Janeiro, where most of the preceding events occurred. The establishment of the regency, and the various changes and progress under the new monarch, D. Pedro II., will be found in Chapter XII. CHAPTEE YI. THE PKAIA DO FLAMENGO—THE THKEE-MAN BEETLE—SPLENDID VIEWS—THE MAH 1 WHO CUT DOWN A PALM-TKEE—MOONLIGHT KIO “TIGERS’'—THE BATHERS-^ GLORIA HILL—EVENING SCENE—THE CHURCH—MARRIAGE OP CHRISTIANITT AND ' HEATHENISM-A SERMON IN HONOR OF OUR LADY—FESTA DA GLORIA—THE * LABANGEIRA8—ASCENT OF THE CORCOVADO—THE SUGAR-LOAF. My residence at Eio de Janeiro was on the Praia do Fla- mengo,—a beach so named from its having been in early days frequented by this beautiful bird. Let the reader imagine the beaches of Newport, Ehode Island, or of the battle-renowned Hastings, transferred to the borders of London or New York, so that, by taking omnibus at Charing Cross or Union Square, in fifteen minutes he will be on the hard white sands and in the pre¬ sence of the huge ocean-waves, and he will have an idea of Praia do Flamengo. Entering one of the “ Gondola Fluminens'* at the Palace Square, we rattle through various streets until we arrive at the foot of the Gloria, where, if we wish an up-hill ramble, we descend from our vehicle and pass over the picturesque eminence, and are soon cooled by the full blowing sea-breeze; or, if we prefer a more level promenade, we leave our conveyance at the Eua do Principe. The noisy wheels, and the equally noisy tongues, have hitherto prevented any other sounds from occupying our attention; but now the majestic thunder of the dashing waves breaks upon our ear. The eye is startled by the foam-crested monsters as they rear up in their strength and seem ready to devour the whole mansion-lined shore in their furious rage. The very ground quakes beneath us, and the air is tremulous with the powerful con¬ cussion. But no danger is to be apprehended. The coast, a few feet from the sands, is rock-bound, and along the whole beach public and private enterprise have erected strong walls of heavy stone. Sometimes, however, old Neptune has asserted his rights with The Three-Man Beetle. 8T such tremendous energy, that masses of rock, weighing tons, have been wrested from their fastenings. In May, 1853, a storm pre¬ vailed for several days, and a strong wind blew in the waves of the ocean with great directness against the protecting walls, and the strife was one of the fiercest that I have ever witnessed in contend¬ ing nature. As they struck the parapet they dashed eighty feet in height, thus showering and flooding the gayly-painted residences, and at the same time, in their retreat, undermining the land-side of the wall, so that for hundreds of feet between the Eua da Princeza and the Eua do Principe the municipality had a heavy job for some favorite contractor. (The paving of the streets was a never-failing source of amusement to me during myfirstyearatEio. Look at the pavers in the Eua S. Jose. The paving-ram is the “three-man beetle” of Shakspeare. A trio of slaves are called to their work by a rapid solo exe¬ cuted with a hammer up¬ on an iron bar. The three seize the ram: one—^the "fnaestro, distinguished by a ^at—wails forth a ditty, which the others join in chorus, at the same time lifting the from the ground and bringing it down with a heavy blow. A rest of a few moments the three-man beetle. occurs, and then the ditty, chorus, and thump are resumed: but, as may be imagined, the streets of Eio are by no means rapidly paved.) The damage done to the Praia ^0 Flamingo required more than one year for reparation. A battle between the sea and the land like that of 1853 does not often occur: the rule is peacefulness and amiability, for the huge waves 88 Brazil and the Brazilians. themselves, that seem to foam so angrily, are only joyous in their giant sport, and, once touching the myriad sands, kiss them in their gentlest mood, and hasten silently back to their boisteroT^ companions. The front of my house looked over the bay to Jurujuba and Praia Grande, and also commanded a view of the long Plamengp Beach, the Babylonia Signal, the lofty Sugar-Loaf, and the entrance to the harbor. Par up the bay were verdant isles, and beyond all towered the lofty Organ Mountains, sometimes gleaming in sun. shine, and sometimes half veiled in mist, but always the grandes'^ feature in the landscape. From my back-windows, on my right, I could see the precipitous southern side of the Gloria, and on my left, beyond the red-tiled roofs, upreared the tall Corcovado, whose Eio face is covered with forests. Beneath me was the garden of my neighbor, a plodding Portuguese from Braga. This individual| was originally one of those industrious ignorant poor from the mother-country, who in Brazil and elsewhere, by dint of regularitj^ and economy, acquire property, but rarely taste. He had a beauti¬ ful stately palm-tree in the centre of his garden. Night after night have I listened to the music of the cool land-breeze as it played through the long, feathery leaves. The sight of it'Vl’as re¬ freshing when the rays of the noonday sun made the more distant landscape quiver. It was a “thing of beauty,’' and “a joy,” but not “forever.” Early one morning I heard the click of an axe; and, rushing to my window, I beheld Sr. M. directing a black, who, with sturdy blows, buried the sharp instrument deep into the trunk of the noble tree, and each succeeding stroke made the graceful summit and the clustering fruit piteously tremble. “ The ruthless axe that hew’d its silvered trunk Cut loose the ties that, tendril-like, had bound My love unto the tree; aud when it sunk. My heart sank with it to the ground.” “Woodman, spare that tree,” sung by the voice of an angel, would not have stayed the work of destruction; and thus the prince of the tropic forest fell by igno¬ minious hands. Sr. M., the regicide, went that morning to hi8 toucinho (bacon) and came secca establishment in the Eua do Eosario,- r I' The “Tigers” of Eio de Janeiro. congratulating himself, as he stuffed his nostrils with areia preta,* that he had gained a few more feet of sunshine for his cabbage-hed, by cutting down a palm-tree that a century would not reproduce. At evening, the view from the balcony in front of my residence was most charming. On a bright night the heavens were illumined by the Southern Cross, by Orion, and other stellar brilliants; and sometimes, when clouds obscured the lesser celestial lights, the bosom of the bay seemed like a sea of fire. But the most glorious nocturnal sight was to watch the full moon rise above the palm- crowned mountains beyond the Ba y of San Frand sco Xav ier. ^Mild rays of light would herald the approaching queen, and soon her full round form, emerging, threw upon the distant waters of Juru-. juba her silver sheen, while the dashing waves that burst along the whole length of the Praia do Plamengo seemed gorgeous wreaths of retreating moonlight. We are in the height of enjoy¬ ment. Perhaps we murmur “ On such a night as this,” &c., and speak something about chaste Dian “moving in meditation, fancy free,” when we are suddenly brought to the sad realization that we are in a sublunary sphere. We rush from the balcony spasmodically, and instantaneously snatch cologne-bottles, bouquet, ammonia, or any thing that will relieve our olfactories. The also have opportunities for watching the moon rise. Eight 0 clock has arrived, and these odoriferous—not to say savage—^beasts come stealthily down the Eua do Principe, and for the next two liours make night hideous, not with yells, but with smells which have certainly been expatriated from Arabia Infelix. A Curious story is generally told the newly-arrived stranger at of a Fluminensian who on a visit to Paris became exceedingly ^ • Every restorative was applied in vain, until a French physician ^ell acquainted with the capital of Brazil was called in, and decided once that it was impossible to hope for the recovery of the hiterally, black sand ,—a favorite snuff, t Th „ . ® ®®werage of Rio was formerly very defective, and slaves, nicknamed and ' ®°uveyed each night to the water’s edge the accumulated offal of the city, next tide swept it out to sea. 90 Brazil and the Brazilians. patient unless he could breathe again his native air; hut, as he could not return to Rio, the physician instantly prescribed that there should be concocted in the sick-chamber a compound of the most “villanous smells." To make a long story short, the invalid recovered! But at the date of writing this nuisance is much more tolerable than formerly, for hermetically-sealed casks have been introduced, and carts at convenient hours collect them, and their contents are conveyed to some very distant point from the city. Soon Rio will have a good system of sewerage, the plans for which were laid before the Minister of the Empire in 1854. When this is accom¬ plished, no tropic city will surpass it as an abode both healthful and agreeable. The Praia do Flamengo, saving this drawback when the wind is in a wrong direction, is one of the most delightful suburbs for the residence of a foreigner. One hour after the tigers have finished their labors, the atmosphere is as free from any thing dis¬ agreeable as if naught but the fragrance of orange-flowers had been wafted from the Gloria and the neighboring gardens; and the morning light shines upon a pure white beach. For five months in the year the Praia do Flamengo is the favorite resort of bathers of both sexes. During the bathing- season, (from November to March,) a lively scene is witnessed every morning. Before the sun is above the mountains a stream of men, women, and children pour down to enjoy a bath in the clear salt water. The ladies w^ho come from a distance are at¬ tended by slaves, who bring tents and spread them on the beach for the senhoras, who soon put on their bathing-robes and loose their long black tresses. Men and women, hand in hand, enter the cool, sparkling element, and thus those not skilled in natation resist the force of the huge waves which come toppling in. The senhoras are neatly dressed, in robes made of some dark stuff; but there is not as much coq[uetry as in a French watering-place, where the ladies study the becoming for the sea as well as for the ball¬ room. The gentlemen are required by the police-regulations to be decently clad, which still does not impede those who prefer a swimming-bath to the douche of the billows. It is a merry sight to behold Brazilian girls and boys evincing for The Bathers of Praia do Flambngo. 91 once some activity,—running on the sand, and screaming with pleasure whenever a heavier wave than before has rolled over a party and sends them reeling to the beach. The prostrate bathers drive their feet convulsively into the sand to prevent being carried back by the receding breakers. Now and then some mischief- makers shout “Shark! shark!” and away dash the senhoras to the shore, to he laughed at by the urchins who raised the cry. There are some traditionary tales about these rough-skinned cannibals, but I never heard a well-authenticated instance of a repast furnished by the bathers of Praia do Plamengo to the dreaded “ wolf of the seas.” By seven o’clock the sun is high, and all the busy white throng have departed. Here and there, however, may be seen a curly head popping up and down among the waves, its woolly covering defying the fear of coup de soldi. The negresses that accompany the ladies generally enter the water at the same time as their mistresses. On moonlight nights the sea is alive with black specks, which are the capita of the slaves in the vicinity, who splash and scream and laugh to their hearts’ content. They all swim remarkably well, and it is pleasant to hear their cheerful voices sounding as merrily as if they knew not a sorrow. The people of Eio are fond of bathing, and on this account are * called canocas, which some translate “ducks.” Many walk miles to enjoy it. There is a floating bath in the harbor, not far from Hotel Pharoux, for those whose courage is great enough to brave the element which is there called sea-water, but which a truthful narrator, previous to the improved sewerage, would stigmatize by another name. Hor are the bipeds the only animals that derive benefit from the ablutions on Praia do Plamengo. The horses and mules have nilotted to them a certain portion of the beach, where at an early hour they are bathed and brushed. It is a comfort to know that fbe poor creatures have this chance of cleanliness; otherwise they ^ould suffer greatly from the laziness of their keepers. Gentlemen ^bo care for their horses endeavor to procure English grooms, for ^ black is proverbially a bad care-taker for any animal. The beautiful horses imported at great expense from the Cape of Good Hope are soon destroyed under the hands of the negroes. It i^ 92 Beazil and the Beazilians. considered that the climate of Brazil is unfavorable to them, and one can hardly believe that these pampered, delicate animals are of the same race, half English, half Arabian, which at the Cape of Grood Hope will endure a journey of sixty or seventy miles a day without other refreshment than a feed of oats and a roll on the sand.* For all useful purposes the horses of the country are better, but they are not so swift or graceful as the imported animals. It was but a few paces from my front-door to the southern entrance of the Gloria. Here, when the surf was not too high, boats could land, and often were our evenings enlivened by the presence of some of the intelligent officers from the men-of-war whose station was beyond the Fortress Yillegagnon. Once within the gateway at the foot of the hill, we behold a narrow, level strip of ground, occupied by one or two secluded residences and a beautiful private flower-garden. The base of the black rock which rises perpendicularly on the side facing the sea is hidden by large waving banana-trees and overhanging creepers^!| The diversifled summit of the hill is checkered with every evidence of city and country agreeably blended. Narrow paths wind around the hill at different altitudes, leading to the many beautiful residences and gardens by which it is covered to the summit. On either side of the paths are seen dense hedges of flowering mi¬ mosas, lofty palms, and the singular cashew-tree, with its bottle¬ shaped, refreshing fruit, and occasionally other large trees, hung with splendid parasites, while throughout the scene there prevails a quiet and a coolness which could scarcely be anticipated within the precincts of a city situated beneath a tropical sun. The prettiest residence on the hill was that of the British Consul, Mr. John J. C. "Westbrook,—a gentleman whom I always found most ready to co-operate in any work of charity or benevolence brought to his notice, irrespective of nationality. Among the dwellers on the Gloria were two families, (English and Swiss,) who in their tastes and accomplishments were far beyond the mere shopkeeping class so often found in a foreign land. 1° * When Napoleon was at St. Helena he was supplied with these horses, and their fire exactly suited his style of riding. The old English generals whose duty it was to accompany their “ perverse prisoner” had often reason to complain of the pace of the Cape horses. Evening-Scene on the Gloria. 93 their pleasant society one was often compensated for the home- circle left far over the billow. The Englishman was an amateur- naturalist of the very first ability, while both families possessed the best periodical and standard literature of England and of France. After the fatigues of the day it was a delightful recrea¬ tion to spend the even¬ ing amid such compa¬ nions and surrounded by such glorious sce¬ nery. On many moon¬ light evenings I could enter into the feelings entertained by Dr. Kid¬ der years before, and, as he expressed it, could realize “the en¬ chantment of an even¬ ing-scene so felicitous¬ ly described by Von JIartius.” “ A delicate transpa¬ rent mist hangs over the country; the moon shines brightly amid heavy and singularly- grouped clouds. The outlines of the objects illuminated by it are cashew-tree. clear and well defined, ^hile a magic twilight seems to remove from the eye those which ^e in the shade. Scarce a breath of air is stirring, and the neigh- ^ug mimosas, that have folded up their leaves to sleep, stand Motionless beside the darl^ crowns of the mangueiras, the jaca- tree, and the ethereal jambos. Sometimes a sudden wind arises, ^ud the juiceless leaves of the cashew rustle; the richly-flowered ^mijama and pitanga let drop a fragrant shower of snow-white ossoms; the crowns of the majestic palms wave slowly above the cut roof which they-overhang like a symbol of peace and tran- 94 Brazil and the Brazilians. quillity. Shrill cries of the cicada, the grasshopper, and tree-frog make an incessant hum, and produce by their monotony a pleasing melancholy. At intervals different balsamic odors fill the air, and flowers, alternately unfolding their leaves to the night, delight the senses with their perfume,—now the bowers of paullinias, or the neighboring orange-grove,—then the thick tufts of the eupatoria or the bunches of the flowering palms, suddenly bursting, disclose their blossoms, and thus maintain a constant succession of fra- grance; while the silent vegetable world, illuminated by swarms of fire-flies as by a thousand moving stars, charms the night by its delicious odors. Brilliant lightnings play incessantly in the horizon and elevate the mind in joyful admiration to the stars, which, glow¬ ing in solemn silence in the firmament, fill the soul with a presen¬ timent of still suhlimer wonders.'’ Often, while enjoying the scene which the great German natural¬ ist has so eloquently depicted, I was called away from my medita¬ tions by the clangor of the bells in the tower of the Gloria Church. Though the worship of Him who made the beautiful nature around me should he ever more elevating than the mere contemplation of the grand and wonderful in the material world, yet the sound of those bells filled me with painful reflections. Whenever I entered that pretty church of Nossa Senhora da Gloria, whenever I gazed upon the kneeling throng and on the evidences of a corrupted Christianity, I could not believe that God was worshipped “in spirit and in truth." In the interior, the octagonal walls are lined for several feet with large Butch tiles, representing landscapes and scenes con¬ nected with classic heathenism. Actseon and his dogs start the timid deer, or pursue the flying hare; Cupid, too, with arrows in hand, joins the sport. Over the chief altar Hossa Senhora da Gloria, robed like a fashionable lady in silks and laces, looks down upon the scene beneath. She has received many jewels from her devotees, and no gem is esteemed tqo costly to win her favor. She wears brilliant finger-rings, and diamond buttons fasten the sleeves of her gown. Her bosom and ears are graced with diamond necklaces and rich pendants. An immense diamond brooch sparkles on her breast: this was vowed to the Virgin by Bonna Januaria, the consort of Prince de Joinville, in prospective compen- The Marriage of Heathenism and Christianity. 95 gation for restoration of Her Highness’s health. The flowing curl** that cluster around Our Lady’s brow are a*lso ofiFerings, clipped by some anxious mother from the glossy locks of a favorite child.* Tet us enter the vestrj^ in the rear of the church. Here we behold a few specimens of what may be seen in every church in Brazil, and which was formerly to be witnessed in almost every heathen temple in old Italia before the days of Constantine the Great. In the many particulars in which we can trace with certainty the marriage between Christianity and heathenism, none is more curious than the system of ex votos. The ancients who were affected with ophthalmia, rheumatism, boils, defective limbs, &c. &c., prayed to their gods and goddesses for recovery, and at the game time offered on the shrine of the favorite divinity, or sus¬ pended near the altar, votive tablets, upon which were inscribed a description of the disease and the name of the invalid. Grateful acknowldgements and miraculous cures were also thus made public for the edification of the faithful worshippers and for the confusion of the incredulous. Thus, also, in Brazil every church is filled with votive tablets, telling of wonderful cures by Hossa Senhora and innumerable saints with verj^ hard names. 'The pious pagans,, however, did not limit themselves to mere written thanksgivings and descriptions of the parts affected, but bung up in their temples the handiwork of their mechanicians and artists,—representations in painting and in sculpture of hands, legs, eyes, and other portions of the afflicted body. In the Gloria Church also may be seen any quantity of wax models of arms, feet, eyes, noses, breasts, &c. &c. Where the disease is internal, and the seat of pain cannot well be modelled, the subject is gene- * “This wooden deosa has a splendid head of hair. It is the last of a series of rapes of locks committed on her account. When the brother of Sr. P. L-a, a yoimg gentleman of my acquaintance, was seven years old, his hair reached more than half-way down his back. His mother, having great devotion to Nossa Senhora, sheared off the silken spoils, and offered them as an act of faith to her, httle thinking how literally she was copying the practice of heathen dames. The locks were sent to a French hairdresser, who wrought them into a wig. It was tl>on brought to the church and laid in due form before Our Lady, when the priest ^▼erently removed her old wig and covered her with the flowing tresses of the geiras Absalom.”— Ewbank's Sketches of Life in Brazil. 96 Brazil and the Brazilians. ralized by representing a bedridden patient: peril by represented by a shipwreck. All proclaim one story,—viz.; miraculous cure wrought by Nossa Senhora and other saints^ through the ex voto offering. We have very early instances of the same mode of procedure among the heathen. The lords of the Philistines, who had seized in battle the ark of the Covenant, were with their people smitten- and, when returning the ark to the children of Israel, the pagan Philistines made golden ex votos to accompany their dreadful cap- tive: (1 Sam. vi. 4.) Mr. Ewbank, who appears to have devoted much attention to comparative archaeology and mythology, makes the following quotation from Tavernier, one of the early Eoman Catholic travel- lers in India:—“When a pilgrim goes to a pagod for the cure of disease, he takes with him a figure of the member affected, made of gold, silver, or copper, and offers it to his god.” In the second volume of Montfaucon (also a Roman Catholic writer) there is a long account of ex votos, “some of which were offered to Neptune for safe voyages, Serapis for health, Juno Lucina for children and happy deliveries : pictures of sick patients in bed, and eyes, heads, limbs, and tablets without number, were offered to Esculapius and other popular medical saints among the heathen.” This sad spectacle of modern heathenism at Rio de Janeiro is somewhat ameliorated by the fact that, whenever the ex votos are found in a church consecrated to Nossa Senhora or to some saint, the offerings are mostly brown and dusty with age. Occasionally a fresh pair of eyes or breasts are to be seen, but new wax models are less frequent in the capital than formerly. There musf^how- ever, be a demand for them from some portion of the Empire; for one-third of the wax and tallow chandlers (where these objects are obtained) at Rio have an ex voto branch in their manufactories. At Tijuca, Mr. M., a planter, informed me that he had just seen one of his neighbors whose arm had been so disabled that its use was lost, until he was advised by some one of the living “saints” to go to a chandlery and purchase a wax model of his unruly mem¬ ber to offer to the Yirgin. SufS.ce to say the arm was completely restored. On the Sabbath I often passed over the Gloria Hill on my return A Sbemon in Honor of Our Lady. 97 the shipping or from the hospitals, where I had been holding rvice or visiting the sick. During a festival I mounted the liill as usual, and as I walked beneath the broad platform upon which the church stands, I heard strains of music that were most unlike the solemn chants and the grand anthems of the Eomish communion. They were polkas and dances, performed by some military band that had been hired for the occasion! I have re¬ cently been informed that this abuse, as well as some others, has been remedied through the direct interposition of the Emperor. Dr. Kidder thus gives an account of some of the religious exer¬ cises at the Gloria, which is applicable to Brazilian church-services in general:— “Preaching is not known among the weekly services of the church; but I twice listened to sermons delivered here on special occasions. A small elevated pulpit is seen on the eastern side of the edifice, and is entered from a hall between the outer and inner walls of the building. In this, at one of the services which occuiTcd during Lent, the preacher made his appearance after mass was over. The people at once faced round to the left from the principal altar, where their attention had been previously directed. The harangue was passionately fervid. In the midst of it the speaker paused, and, elevating in his hand a small wooden crucifix, fell on his knees, and began praying to it as his Lord and Master. The people, most of whom sat in rows upon the floor, sprinkled with leaves, bowed down their heads, and seemed to join him in his devotions. He then proceeded, and, when the sermon was ended, all fell to beating their breasts, as if ’ x imita¬ tion of the publican of old. “In the second instance, the discourse was at the annual festa of Our Lady of the Gloria, and was entirely eulogistic of her cha- J^ter. One of the most popular preachers had been procured, he seemed quite conscious of having a theme which gave him 'uiHmited scope. He dealt in nothing less than superlatives:— ‘The glories of the Most Holy Yirgin were not to be compared ^ith those of creatures, but only with those of the Creator.’ Ske did every thing which Christ did but to die with him.’ Jesus Christ was independent of the Father, but not of his Daother.’ Such sentiments, rhapsodically strung together, left no 7 98 Brazil and the Brazilians. place for the mention of repentance toward God or faith toward the Lord Jesus Christ throughout the whole sermon.’' In 1852, on the occasion of a very solemn festival in honor of Our Lady, one of the most eloquent padres of Eio was called upon to pronounce the discourse in the Church of Our Lady of Mount Carmel, which adjoins the Imperial Chapel. In the evening of the day referred to, a Roman Catholic gentleman gave me an account of the sermon, one sentence of which I translate for the benefit of the reader:—“ The magi of the East and the kings of the Orient came on painful journeys from distant lands, and, prostrating themselves at the feet of Nossa Senhora, ofiPered her their crowns for the bestowment of her hand; but she rejected them all, and gave it to the obscure, the humble but pious St. Joseph !” During a festival, the faithful (and others, for that matter) can obtain any amount of pious merchandise, in the shape of medidas and bentinhos, —^pictures, images, and medals of saints and of the Pope, &c. &c. These are “exchanged”—never sold—in the church, and fetch round prices. ' A medida is a ribbon cut the e xact height of the presiding La d[y or saint of the place of wor- ship. These, worn next to the skin, cure all manner-of-dtSOTfli!^ and gratify the various desires of the happy purchasers. There are certain colors esteemed appropriate to different JSTossas Senhoras; and once I ascertained the important- fact, that, when some pious Fluminense has made a vow to Nossa Senhora, great care must he taken not to permit the wrong color to be used. A lady-member of my family, wishing to make a small present to one of her friends, —a young Roman Catholic mother,—sent a neat pink dress for the little one; but the package was soon returned, with many regrets that the kind offering could not be received, for a vow was upon the mother which had particular reference to her child. She had vowed to a Nossa Senhora (whose favorite colors were like the driven snow and the heavens above) that if her boy recovered from his sickness he should be clothed in nothing but white and blue for the next six months! At the end of that time, it was added, the present could be accepted. * Bentinhos are two little silken pads with painted figures of Our Lady, &c. upon them. These are worn next to the skin, in pair8> being attached by ribbons, one hentinho resting upon the bosom Beazilian Pyrotechny. 99 and the other upon the back. These are most eflScaeious for protecting the wearer from invisible foes both before and behind. I visited the Gloria Church during one of these festivals, and the ‘‘exchange” of pictures and medidas was immense. The price, however, was not always paid in money. I found that wax candles offered to the Virgin were esteemed equal to copper or silver coin. The heat and crowd of the church on this occasion were such that I sought the esplanade in front; and the contrast of the cool night-air and the sweet odors that wafted up from the gardens beneath was as agreeable as refreshing. The multitude, I soon ascertained, were not confined to the church. Groups were collected around the fountain, and thou¬ sands were congregated in the ascent called the Ladeira da Gloria, or whiling away their time by eating doces, smoking, and con¬ versing in the Largo. They were awaiting the fireworks which were to close the festival. The Brazilians are exceedingly fond of pyrotechny, and every festival begins and ends with a display of rockets and wheels. The grand finale surpasses any thing in this line that is ever witnessed in North America; and I doubt if there is a single country in the world, except China, where pyrotechny is so splendid and varied as in Brazil. Not only are there wheels, cones, suns, moons, stars, triangles, polygons, vases, baskets, arches with letters and the usual devices known among ns, but, elevated upon high poles, are human figures as large as life, representing wood-sawyers, rope-dancers, knife-grinders, bal¬ let-girls, and whatever vocation of life calls for especial activity. By ingenious mechanism these effigies go through their various parts with remarkable and lifelike celerity. There is nothing gauche. The figures are well dressed, even to the gloves of the represented ladies. The wood-sawyer makes the sparks fly, and the knife-grinder whirls a wheel that sends forth a perfect “glory” of scintillations! There is no festa throughout the year that is more enjoyed by the pleasure-loving Fluminenses than that of Nossa Senhora da Gloria. The evening before, the usual number of rockets are sent ^Pj—-probably to arouse the attention of the Virgin to the honor that is about to be paid her on the following day, lest, in the mul- 100 Brazil and the Brazilians. tiplicity of her cares, she should forget the approach of this anni. versary; for she must have a very wonderful memory if she call to mind each fete-day at which her especial company is requested seeing that every fourth church in Eio is dedicated to a Nossa Senhora of some kind. Early on the morning of this festival, the approach to the white temple is crowded with devotees in their gayest attire; for there is nothing in this celebration that requires the usual sombre black. The butterflies themselves, and the golden-breasted humming-birds that flit among the opening jessamines and roses around, are not more brilliant than the senhoras and senhoritas of all ages who flutter about, robed in the brightest colors of the rainbow, and with their long black tresses elaborately dressed and adorned with natural flowers, among which the carnation is pre-eminent. They enter the church to obtain the benefit of the mass; and happy they who have strength and lungs and nerve enough to force a way up to the altar through the crowds whom nature has clad in per¬ petual mourning. Once arrived at this desired spot, they squat upon the floor, and, after saying their prayers and hearing mass, they amuse themselves with chatting to the circle of beaux who, on such occasions, are always in close attendance upon the fair objects of their adoration. For be it remarked that most of the praying, as in France, is done by the women j and probably for that reason each man is anxious to secure an interest in the atfections of some fair devotee, in order that she may supply his own lack of zeal. After patiently displaying their charms and their diamonds for some hours, a thrill of excitement passes through the throng, and Ralvos of artillery announce the approach of the Imperial party, who, when the weather permits, leave their carriages at the foot of the hill, and slowly ascend the steep path that leads to the church. This has been previously strewn with flowers and wild- cinnamon-leaves. On some occasions, troups of young girls in white, from the dif¬ ferent boarding-schools, are in waiting at the top, to kiss the hands of their Majesties. This is the prettiest part of the exhibition,^ the Emperor, with his stately form, and the Empress, with her good-humored smile, passing slowly through the lines of bright- The Larangeiras. 101 eyed girls who are not without a slight idea of their own prominent part in the graceful group. After the ceremonial in the chapel, the Imperial party descends to the house of the Baron de Marity, a rich Portuguese merchant, who has a fine house hard by, where a splendid collation is pre¬ pared, and the evening is terminated by the fireworks and a ball. The pyrotechnic display is on the road opposite his house; and woe betide any unfortunate wight who would induce a spirited horse to pass that way. There is no other road into the city from Botafogo; so that he may as well take a philosophical resolution, and enjoy, as best he may, the Catherine wheels and the fiery maidens pirouetting in the midst of surrounding sparks. A distinguishing feature of these gatherings is, that, amid all the thousands present, no scene of rudeness or quarrel is ever witnessed. Perfect good-nature reigns around; and if, in the inevitable pressure, any person is trodden upon or jostled, an instant apology is made, with the hat removed fropa the head. As water is the only beverage, there is nothing to inflame the bad passions of the multitude, The slaves are not merely respectful in their manners, but evince a joyous sense of liberty for the day; and they ambitiously seek the best places for sight-seeing, which their less active masters in vain wish to attain. At midnight all is over, and the quiet stars shine down upon the church-crowned and verdure-robed Gloria. When we descend the Ladeira da Gloria and turn to our left, we are m a finely-paved—and in some places macadamized—thorough¬ fare called the Catete, a wide and important street, leading from the city to Botafogo. About half-way between the town and the last-mentioned suburb, we enter the Largo Machado, which is the commencement of the Larangeiras, or the valley of orange-groves. There were formerly many trees of the Laranga da terra* or native orange, in this lovely spot; and, although the most of them have ‘llsappeared, their places have been filled with their sweeter rela- the Laranga selecta, and the night-air is laden with the rich perfume of their flowers. Some of the prettiest gardens—which, ' . ®®'^dDer is of the opinion that the Laranga da terra, or bitter orange, is not ‘“'hgenous. 102 Brazil and the Brazilians. instead of thick stone walls, are surrounded by open iron railing —and the most beautiful residences in Eio nestle in this qnigj valley. A shallow hut limpid brook gurgles along a wide and deep ravine, lying between two precipitous spurs of the Corcovado Mountain. Passing up its banks, you see scores of lavandeiras, or washer¬ women, standing in the stream and beating their clothes upon the boulders of rock which lie scattered along the bot¬ tom. Many of these washerwomen go from the city early in the morning, carrying their huge bun¬ dles of soiled linen on their heads, and at even¬ ing return with them, puri¬ fied in the stream and bleached in the sun. Fires are smoking in various places, where they cook their meals; and groups of infant children are seen playing around, some of whom are large enough to have toddled after their mothers; but most of them have been carried there on the backs of the heavily-burdened ser¬ vants. Female slaves, of every occupation, may be seen carry¬ ing about their children in the manner represented by the cut on page 167. One is reminded by their appearance of the North American Indian pappoose riding on the mother’s back; but the different methods of fastening the respective infants in permanent positions produce very different effects. The straight board on which the young Indian is lashed gives him his proverbially-erect form; but the curved posture in which the young negrols legs are bound The Ascension of the Corcovado. 103 und the sides of the mother often entails upon him crooked limbs for life- XJp the valley of the Larangeiras is a mineral spring, which at certain seasons of the year is much frequented. It is denominated Jigoa Ferrea, —a name indicating the chalybeate properties of the water. Near this locality you may enter the road which leads up the Corcovado. An excursion to the summit of this mountain is one of the first that ^ould be made by every visitor to Eio. You may ascend on horseback within a short distance of the summit; and the jaunt should be commenced early in the morning, while the air is cool and balmy, and while the dew yet sparkles on the foliage. The inclination is not very steep, although the path is narrow and uneven, having been worn by descending rains. The greater part of the mountain is covered with a dense forest, which varies in character with the altitude, but everywhere abounds in the most rare and luxurious plants. Toward the summit large trees become rare, while bamboos and ferns are more numerous. Flowering shrubs and parasites extend the whole way. I once made the excursion in company with a few friends. Our horses were left at a rancho not far from the summit, and a few minutes’ walk brought us through the thicket. Above this the rocks are covered with only a thin soil, and here and there a shrub nestling in the crevices. What appears like a point from below is in reality a bare rock, of sufficient dimensions to admit of fifty persons standing on it to enjoy the view at once, although its sides, save that from which it is reached, are extremely pre¬ cipitous. In order to protect persons against accidents, iron posts have been inserted, and railings of the same material extend around the edge of the rock. This has been done at the expense of the Government. If we except this slight indication of art, all around exhibits the wildness and sublimity of nature. The elevation of the mountain—twenty-three hundred and six feet is just sufficient to give a clear bird’s-eye view of one of the behest and most extensive prospects the human eye ever beheld. The harbor and its islands; the forts, and the shipping of the bay; tbe whole city, from S. Christovao to Botafogo; the botanical garden, the Lagoa das Freitas, the Tijuca, the Gavia, and the 104 Brazil and the Brazilians. Sugar-Loaf Mountains, the islands outside the harbor, the wide, rolling ocean on the one hand and the measureless circle of mountains and shores on the other, were all expanded around and beneath us. The atmosphere was beautifully transparent, and 1 gazed and gazed with increasing interest upon the lovely, the magnificent panorama. From the sides of this mountain various small streamlets flow toward the Larangeiras. By means of artificial channels, these are thrown together to supjDly the great aqueduct. In descending, we followed this remarkable watercourse until we entered the city, at the grand archway leading from the Hill of Santa Theresa to that of San Antonio, as depicted on page 63. Hor is this section of the route less interesting to those fond of nature. From time to time negroes are met, waving their nets in chase of the gorgeous butter¬ flies and other insects which may be seen fluttering across the path and nestling in the surrounding flowers and foliage. Many slaves were formerly trained from early life to collect and preserve specimens in entomology and botany, and, by following this as a constant business, gathered immense collections. These are favorite haunts for amateur naturalists, who, if imbued with the characteristic enthusiasm of their calling, may still find them as interesting as did Yon Spix and Von Martins, whose learned works upon the natural history of Brazil may be compared with those of Humboldt and Bonpland in Mexico and Colombia. The aqueduct is a vaulted channel of mason-work, passing some¬ times above and sometimes beneath the surface of the ground, with a gentle declivity, and air-holes at given distances. The views to be enjoyed along the line of this aqueduct are, beyond measure, interesting and varied. How you look down at your right upon the valley of the Larangeiras, the Largo do Machado, the Catete, the mouth of the harbor, and the ocean; anon, verging toward the other declivity of the hill, you may survey the Carapo St. Anna, the Cidade Hova, the splendid suburb of Engenho Velho, and, in the distance, the upper extremity of the bay, surrounded by moun¬ tains and dotted by islands. At length, just above the Convent of Santa Theresa, you will pause to contemplate a fine view of the town. But for the Hill of S. Antonio and the Morro do Castello the greater portion of the city would here be seen at once. The Eecollections of Sr. Domingos Lopez. 105 T rise however, that is perceptible between these eminences is ® haps sufficient, and the eye rests with peculiar pleasure upon ^is unusually-happy combination of the objects of nature and of art. probably no city in the world can compare with Eio de Janeiro in the variety of sublime and interesting scenery in its immediate vicinity. The semicircular Bay of B otafogo and the group of mountains surrounding it form one of thn "most picturesque views ever beheld. We are on the Corcovadoj before us stands the far-famed Sugar-Loaf; and far behind us appears an immense truncated cone of granite. When seen at a distance, this mountain is thought to resemble the foretopsail of a vessel, and hence its name, the G-avia. Between this and the Sugar-Loaf remains a group of three, so much resembling each other as to justify the name of Tres Irmaos, or Three Brothers. The head of one of the brothers stretches above his juniors, and also looks proudly down upon the ocean which laves his feet. At the base of the Sugar-Loaf is Praia Vermelha, a fertile beach, named from the reddish color of the soil. It extends to the fortress of S. Joao on the right, and to that of Praia Yermelha on the left, of the Sugar-Loaf. The latter is a prominent station for new recruits to the army; and many are the poor Indians from the Upper Amazon who have here been drilled to the use of arms. This also was the scene of a bloody revolt of the German soldiery in the time of the Pirst Emperor. ^The beach of the ocean outsi de.Ajhe ~Sugar-Loaf is called (JlJjgna. A few scattered huts of fishermen and a few ancient dwellings belonging to proprietors of the land accommodate all the present inhabitants of this locality. Once it used to be far more populous, according to the recollections of Senhor Domingos Lopez,—a garrulous sexagenarian with whom Dr. Kidder became acquainted on one of his visits there, and who detailed to him the iRonstrous changes that had transpired since his boyhood, when Ibe site of S. Erancisco de Paulo was a frog-pond, and all the city beyond it not much better, although built up to some extent with low, mean houses. The sand of this beach is white, like the surf which dashes upon it. Whoever wishes to be entertained by the low but heavy thunder of the waves, as they roll in from the green Atlantic, cannot find a more fitting spot; and he that has once 106 Brazil and the Brazilians. enjoyed the sublime companionship of the waves, that here rush to pay their homage at his feet, will long to revisit the scene. In beholding the Sugar-Loaf for the first time, I was seized with an almost irresistible desire to ascend its summit. This wish was never carried into action. As my countrymen, however, have shared largely in this species of ambition, I shall be more ex- cusable. It is said by some, that a Yankee midshipman first conceived and executed the hazardous project of climbing its rocky sides. Nevertheless, this honor is disputed by others in behalf of au Austrian midshipman. Belonging to whom that may, it was re¬ served for Donna America Yespucci, in 1838, to be the first lady who should attempt the exploit; but the Donna failed to accomplish what her ambitious mind determined. Several persons of both sexes have, since this failure, made the attempt, and, at the peril of life and limb, some have succeeded in scrambling to the very top. On the 4th of July, 1851, Burdell, an American dentist, accompanied by his wife, a French coiffeur et sa dame, and a young Scotch¬ woman, made the ascent. From the latter I received an account of that adventurous night, when at times they seemed ready to dash into the foaming ocean beneath. Their toil and danger were of no small magnitude, and, when success finally crowned their foolhardiness, they sent up rockets and built a bonfire, to the asto¬ nishment of the gazing Fluminenses. The last ascent of this sin¬ gular mountain, which is almost as steep as Bunker Hill Monument, was performed by a young American, who, without a companion or the usual appliances and skill of a seafaring man, worked bis way up to the very summit, under the full blaze of a burning sun. He was, however, so disgusted with his adventure, that he begged his friends never to mention the subject. The Fao de Assucar has an interest in the mind of all who visit the capital of Brazil. It is the first and the last object that greets his gaze as he enters or quits the magnificent Bay of Bio de Janeiro. CHAPTEE VII. brotherhoods—HOSPITAL OP SAN FRANCISCO DB PAULA—THE LAZARUS AND THE rattlesnake—MISERICORDIA—SAILORS* HOSPITAL AT JURUJUBA—FOUNDLING- HOSPITAL—RECOLHIMENTO FOR ORPHAN-GIRLS-NEW MISERICORDIA-ASYLUM ROR the insane—J0S£ d’aNCHIETA, founder op the MISERICORDIA- monstrous LEGENDS OP THE ORDER-FRIAR JOHN D*ALMEIDA—CHURCHES- CONVENTS. To turn from the contemplation of nature to the works of man is not always the most pleasing transition; and Bishop Heber’s well-known and oft-cited lines— “ Though every prospect pleases, And only man is vile”— seem doubly true in South America, where the grand and the beautiful are so wonderfully profuse and in such strong contrast with the shortcomings of earth’s last and highest creature. But the philanthropy and practical Christianity embodied in the hos¬ pitals of Eio de Janeiro are in happy dissimilitude with the mummeries and puerilities which the Eoman Catholic Church has fostered in Brazil. These institutions, in their extent and effi¬ ciency, command our highest respect and admiration. Among the hospitals of the capital there are a number which belong to different Irmandades or Brotherhoods. These fraternities are not unlike the beneficial societies of England and the United States, though on a more extended scale. They are generally composed of laymen, and are denominated Third Orders,—as, for example, Ordem Terceiro do Carmo, Da Boa Morte, Do Bom Jesus do Calvario, &c. They have a style of dress approaching the cleri¬ cal in appearance, which is worn on holidays, with some distin¬ guishing mark by which each association is known. A liberal entrance-fee and an annual subscription is required of all the mem- crs, each of whom is entitled to support from the general fund in 107 108 Brazil and the Brazilians. sickness and in poverty, and also to a funeral of ceremony -when dead. The brotherhoods contribute to the erection and support of churches, provide for the sick, bury the dead, and support masses for souls. In short, next after the State, they are the most efficient auxiliaries for the support of the religious establishment of the country. Many of them, in the lapse of years, have become rich by the receipt of donations and legacies, and membership in such is highly prized. The extensive private hospital of S. Francisco de Paulo belongs to a brotherhood of that name. It is located in an airy position, and built in the most substantial manner. Each patient has an alcove allotted to him, in which he receives the calls of the phy- sician and the necessary care of attendants. When able to walk, he has long corridors leading round the whole building, in which he may promenade, or from the windows enjoy the air and a sight of surrounding scenes. There are also sitting-rooms in which the convalescent members of the fraternity meet to converse. The Hospital dbs Lazaros is located at St. Christovao, several miles from the city, and is entirely devoted to persons afflicted with the elephantiasis and other cutaneous diseases of the leprous type. Such diseases are unhappily very common at Eio, where it is no rare thing to see a man dragging about a leg swollen to twice its proper dimensions, or sitting with the gangrened member ex¬ posed as a plea for charity. The term “ elephantiasis” is derived from the enormous tumors which the affection causes to arise on the lower limbs, and to hang down in folds or circular bands, making the parts reseml^le the legs of an elephant. The deformity is frightful in itself; but the prevailing belief that the disease is contagious imparts to the beholder an additional disgust. It was an act of true benevolence by which the Conde da Cunha appropriated an ancient convent of the Jesuits to the use of a hospital for the treatment of these cases. It was placed, and has since remained, under the supervision of the Irmandade do Santis- simo Sacramento. The average number of its inmates is about eighty. Few in whom the disease is so far advanced as to require their removal to the hospital ever recover from it. Not long since a person pretended to have made the discovery that the ele¬ phantiasis of Brazil was the identical disease which was cured Elephantiasis and the Rattlesnake. 109 mong the ancient Greeks by the bite of a rattlesnake. He pub¬ lished several disquisitions on the subject, and thus awakened public attention to his singular theory. An opportunity soon offered for testing it. An inmate of the hospital, who had been a subject of the disease for six years, resolved to submit himself to the hazardous experiment. A day was fixed, and several physicians and friends of the parties were present to witness the result. The afflicted man was fifty years old, and, either from a confident anticipation of a cure, or finni despair of a happier issue, was impatient for the trial. The serpent was brought in a cage, and into this the patient introduced his hand with the most perfect presence of mind. The reptile seemed to shrink from the contact, as though there was something in the part which neutralized its venom. When touched, the ser¬ pent would even lick the hand without biting. It became neces¬ sary at length for the patient to grasp and squeeze the reptile tightly, in order to receive a thrust from his fangs. The desired infliction was at length given, near the base of the little finger. So little sensation pervaded the member that the patient was not aware he was bitten until informed of it by those who saw the act. A little blood oozed from the wound, and a slight swelling appeared when the hand was withdrawn from the cage; but no pain was felt. Moments of intense anxiety now followed, while It remained to be seen whether the strange application would issue for the better or for the worse. The effect became gradually manifest, although it was evidently retarded by the disease which liad preoccupied the system. In less than twenty-four hours the Lazarus was a corpse ! The most extensive hospital in the city, and indeed in the Em- Pme, is that called the Santa Casa da Misericordia, or the Holy House of Mercy. This establishment is located upon the sea-shore, under fhe brow of the Gastello Hill, and is open day and night for the ^ception of the sick and distressed. The best assistance in the power of the administrators to give is here rendered to all, male ^ofi female, black or white. Moor or Christian,—none of whom, the most wretched, are under the necessity of seeking influ- ou^or recommendations in order to be received. om the statistics of this establishment it appears that more no Beazil and the Brazilians. than seven thousand patients are annually received, of whom mJ than one thousand die. In this hospital are treated vast numbers of English a3 American seamen, the subjects of sickness or accident on 1 arrival, or during their stay in the port. There are few natii of the world which are not represented among the inmates of tfl Miserieordia of Eio de Janeiro. Free access being always grants to its halls, they furnish an ample and interesting field for bene\ lent exertions in behalf of the sick and dying. THE JURUJUBA HOSPITAL. The years 1850, '51, '52, and '53 were those of great mortality among foreigners on account of the first and only known visit of the yellow fever to Eio de Janeiro and the coast of Brazil. number of deaths among the natives was much exaggerated, and in no portion of the Empire was the mortality ever so great as lO those parts of the United States which have so often been visited by the same disease. In 1854, '55, and '56, no cases of the yello^ The Yellow Fever Hospital at Jurujuba. Ill fever occurred, and its appearance and disappearance have been equally mysterious. The reader curious in such matters will find this subject treated in the appendix. Xew hospitals were arranged for the reception of foreign mari¬ ners stricken down with this fell malady; but none have been so well appointed, so well regulated, and so eminently successful, as the hospital at Jurujuba, under the supervision of an able medical committee, of which Dr. Paulo Candido is the chief. The principal visiting and attending physician is Dr. Correo de Azevado, a gen¬ tleman of great affability and experience, speaking ten different languages with fluency, and who is a universal favorite among his patients from all parts of the world. Every day during the year the little steamer “ Constancia,” bearing Dr. Azevado and his assistants, passes through the entire shipping, receiving the sick, and then transports them to the southern shores of the St. Xavier’s or Jurujuba Bay. The hospital is situated in the midst of perpetual verdure, and where the ocean and land breezes are uncontaminated by the many impurities of a vast city. Here are excellent and kind nurses, who co-operate with the physicians in promoting the recovery of the invalids. Jurujuba Hospital was for me a place of frequent visitation during the prevalence of the dreaded yellow fever. How many a poor wayfarer of the deep have I seen here and on shipboard, far away from country, home, and relatives, go down to the grave! How often, too, have I witnessed the power of that “ hope which Boaketh not ashamed,” as I have caught from dying lips the last loving messages sent to a distant father, mother, or sister, or as I ^ave listened to the triumphant hymn which proclaimed the vic- ^By over the last foe to man! Although there was free transit to all who wished to go to the hospital, I never met a single Brazilian or Portuguese priest in my ■^any visits to Jurujuba. It could not he pleaded in extenuation that it was an institution for English and American mariners, for a ^®By large proportion were Portuguese, Spanish, French, and hiliau sailors. The only Eoman Catholic ecclesiastic of any grade that I ever saw at Jurujuba was one of the devoted Italian puchins who seem at Eio to be ever on errands of mercy, ”’^gh tropic heats and rains, while the lazy, lounging, greasy. 112 Bkazil axd the Brazilians. acclimated frades of San Antonio, San Bento, and of Carmo, at ease in their huge conventual buildings, situated in the loveli^ and healthiest portions of the city. T* Before the erection of Jurujuba Hospital nearly all the necessitous foreign invalids were accommodated in the Misericordia. The benevolence of this latter hospital is not confined to those within its infirmaries, but extends to the different prisons of the city, most of whose inmates receive food and medicines from the provisions of the Misericordia. Besides the public hospital, the institution has another for found¬ lings, and a Eecolhimento, or Asylum for Female Orphans, The Foundling-Hospital* is sometimes called Casa da Roda, in allusion to the wheel in which infants are deposited from the streets and by a semi-revolution conveyed within the walls of the building. This wheel occupies the place of a window, facing the thorough¬ fare, and revolves on a perpendicular axis. It is divided by par¬ tition into four triangular apartments, one of which always opens without, thus inviting the approach of any who may be so heartless as to wish to part with their infant children. They have only to deposit the foundling in the box, and by a turn of the wheel it passes within the walls, they themselves going away unobserved. That such institutions are the offspring of a mistaken philan¬ thropy is as evident in Brazil as it can be in any country. Not only do they encourage licentiousness, but they foster the most palpable inhumanity. Out of three thousand six hundred and thirty infants exposed in Eio during ten years anterior to 1840, only one thousand and twenty-four were living at the end of that period. In the year 1838-39, four hundred and forty-nine were deposited in the wheel, of whom six were found dead when taken out; many expired the first day after their arrival, and two hun¬ dred and thirty-nine died in a short period. The report of the Minister of the Empire for the oificial year 1854-55 gives the following alarming statistics and the comments of the minister:— * The Foundling-Hospital is at present the large three-story building seen on the right-hand side of the “ View of the Gloria Hill from the Terrace of the Passeio Publico.” Foundling Hospital and Misericordia. 113 «In 688 infants were received, in addition to 68 already in the establishment. Total, 656: died, 435; remaining, 221. «In 1853, the number of foundlings received was 630, and of deaths 515.(0 “There was, therefore, less mortality in the past than in the former year. Still, the number of deaths is frightful. “ Up to the present time it has not been possible to ascertain the exact causes of this lamentable mortality, which with more or less intensity always takes place among such infants, notwithstanding the utmost effort and care that has been used to combat the evil.” Well might one of the physicians of the establishment, in whose company a gentleman of my acquaintance visited several depart¬ ments of the institution, remark, “Monsieur, c’est une boucherie!” What must be the moral condition or the humane feelings of those numerous persons who deliberately contribute to such an ex¬ posure of infant life ? One peculiar circumstance connected with this state of things consists in the alleged fact that many of the foundlings are the offspring of female slaves, whose masters, not wishing the trouble and expense of endeavoring to raise the chil¬ dren, or wishing the services of the mothers as wet-nurses, require the infants to be sent to the engeitaria, where, should they survive, they of course are free. A large edifice for the accommodation of foundlings is being erected on the Largo da Lapa. The Asylum for Female Orphans is a very popular establishment. It is chiefly supplied from the Foundling-Hospital. The institution not only contemplates the protection of the girls in its care during their more tender years, but provides also for their marriage, and confers on them dowries of from two to four hundred milreis each. On the 2d of July, every year, when the Eomish Church cele¬ brates the anniversary of the Visitation of St. Elizabeth, by pro¬ cessions, masses, and the like, this establishment is thrown open to e public, and is thronged with visitors, (among whom are their penal Majesties,) some of whom bring presents to the recolhidas, ^nd some ask for them in marriage. I^nildings of the Misericordia are upon a grand scale, and View of it to those entering the harbor is, architecturally con- j truly magnificent. It is constructed of stone, and is six feet in length. There is only the half of the immense 8 114 Brazil and the Brazilians. fountains, its spacious apartments, kind attendants, and beautifu^ situation,—this hospital is, as has been well said, “a credit to the^ civilization of the age, and a splendid monument of the munifr cence and benevolence of the Brotherhood of Mercy.” The Lunatic Asylum, or, as it is officially called, the Hospicio de Pedro II., situated on the graceful Bay of Botafogo, is a splendid, palace-like structure, inaugurated in 1852. The accommodation^ for the insane is here upon a scale of comfort and splendor only^ equalled by the Misericordia, whose noble dome lifts itself above structure presented to the eye as we look at the sketch below 1 graved from a daguerreotype; and the reader will be astonished! the size of this noble beneficiary edifice when he is informed t] it is a double building, and that its twin-brother is in the rej it; but it is so connected as to form several airy quadrangi courts. "With its modern improvements, insuring superior ventij tion, light, and cleanliness,—with its flower-gardens and shrubbei for the recreation and exercise of the convalescent,—with its ( Jose de Anchieta. - 115 the Prai^ Santa Luzia. The French Sisters of Charity are the nurses here as well as in the house of the Brothers of Mercy. The Emperor, after whom the hospital at Botafogo is named, is one of its most Kberal supporters. The annual expenses of the Misericordia are about one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. A small portion of its receipts are pro¬ vided for by certain tributes at the Custom-House, another portion by lotteries, and the balance by donations and the rent of properties which belong to the institution through purchase and legacies. The Foundling-Hospital and Eecolhimento have been in existence about a hundred years. The original establishment of the Miseri¬ cordia dates back as far as 1582,j a.'taid took place under the auspices of that distinguished . Tesuit. .lose de Anchieta. About that time there arrived in the port a Spanish armada, consisting of sixteen vessels-of-war, and having on board three thousand Spaniards, bound to the Straits of Majellan. During the voyage very severe storms had been experienced, in which the vessels had suffered greatly, and sickness had extensively broken out on board. An¬ chieta was at the time on a visit to the college of his order, which had been founded some years previously, and whose towers still . surmount the Castello Hill. Moved by compassion for the suffering Spaniards, he made arrangements for their succor, and in so doing laid the foundation of an institution which has continued to the present day enlarging its charities and increasing its means of alleviating human suffering. It is impossible to contemplate the results of such an act of philanthropy without a feeling of respect toward its author. How many tens of thousands, during the lapse of more than two hundred and fifty years, have found an asylum within the walls of the Misericordia of Eio de Janeiro,—how many thousands a grave! •Ajichieta was among the first Jesuits sent out to the Hew World, ^ud his name fills a large space in the history of that order. His earlier labors were devoted to the Indians of S. Paulo, and along that coast, where he endured great privations and exerted a power¬ ful influence; but he finally returned to Eio de Janeiro, and there ®nded his days. His self-denial as a missionary, his labor in acquiring and method- a barbarous language, and his services to the State, were 116 Brazil and the Brazilians. sufficient to secure to him an honest fame and a precious memory- but in the latter part of the ensuing century he was made a candi. date for saintship, and his real virtues were made to pass for little in comparison with the power by which it was pretended that he had wrought miracles. Simon de Vasconcellos, Provincial of Brazil, and historian of the province, composed a narrative of his life, which is one of the greatest examples of extravagance extant. It may be interesting to pass from the Santa Casa da Misericor- dia, so happily associated with his name, up the steep paved walk which leads to the old Jesuits’ College on the Morro do Castello, where Anchieta died. Here we may contemplate the huge anti¬ quated structure, which, although long since perverted from its original use, remains, and is destined to remain perhaps for ages to come, a monument of the wealth and power of the order founded by Ignatius de Loyola, whose name the college bore. It is sickening to turn our attention from the good which Anchieta did, to the absurd inventions in regard to the founder of the Misericordia after he had been for a hundred years slumbering in the tomb. It is only one of those monstrous legends invented by the priests, approved by the Inquisition, and ratified by the church, which were for centuries palmed off upon the credulity of the people, as a means of advancing the interests and the renown of rival monastic orders. Mr. Southey remarks :—“ It would be impossible to say which order has exceeded the others in Europe in this rivalry, each having carried the audacity of falsehood to its utmost hounds; but in Brazil the Jesuits bore the palm.” Of this few will doubt who read the following. “ Some,” says Vasconcellos, ‘‘have called him [Anchieta] the second Thaumar tourgos; others, the second Adam,—and this is the fitter title; because it was expedient that, as there had been an Adam in the Old World, there should be one in the Hew, to be the head of all its inhabitants and have authority over the elements and animals of America, such as the first Adam possessed in Paradise. “There were, therefore, in Anchieta, all the powers and graces, with which the first Adam had been endowed, and he enjoyed them not merely for a time, but during his whole life; and for this The Wonderful Gifts of Anchieta. 117 reason, like our common father, he was born with innocence, impassibility, an enlightened mind, and a right will. “Dominion was given him over the elements and all that dwell therein. The earth brought forth fruit at his command, and even gave up the dead, that they might be restored to life and receive baptism from his hand. The birds of the air formed a canopy over his head to shade him from the sun. The fish came into his net when he required them. The wild beasts of the forest attended him in his journeys and served him as an escort. The winds and waves obeyed his voice. The fire, at his pleasure, undid the mis¬ chief which it had done, so that bread which had been burnt to a cinder in the oven was drawn out white and soft by his inter¬ ference. “He could read the secrets of the heart. The knowledge of hidden things and sciences was imparted to him; and he enjoyed daily and hourly ecstasies, visions, and revelations. He was a saint, a prophet, a worker of miracles, and a vice-Christ; yet such was his humility, that he called himself a vile mortal and an igno¬ rant sinner. “His barret-cap was a cure for all diseases of the head. Any one of his cilices, [wire shirts,] or any part of his dress, was an eflScacious remedy against impure thoughts. Water poured over one of his bones worked more than two hundred miracles in Per¬ nambuco, more than a thousand in the South of Brazil; and a low drops of it turned water into wine, as at the marriage in Some, of his miracles are commended as being more Galilee, lanciful and in a more elegant taste [sic] than those which are re¬ corded in the Scriptures.” The book in which these assertions are made, and which is stuffed with examples of every kind of miracles, was licensed by ^ censors of the press at Lisbon,—one of whom declares, n , as long as the publication should he delayed, so long would the nithful be deprived of great benefit, and God himself of glory! wh’ h who has collected and attested all the fables has ignorance had propagated concerning Anchieta, P^o^ueed a far more extraordinary history of Friar Joana successor in sanctity. It was written immediately •^eida’s death, when the circumstances of his life were fresh 118 Brazil and the Brazilians. in remembrance, and too soon for the embellishment of machinnj to be interwoven. This remarkable person, whose name appears originally to hav® been John Martin, was an Englishman, bom in London during thj reign of Elizabeth. In the tenth year of his age he was kidnapp®(j by a Portuguese merchant, apparently for the purpose of preserving him in the Catholic faith; and this merchant, seven years after, ward, took him to Brazil, where, being placed under the care of the Jesuits, he entered the company. Anchieta was his superior, then an old man, broken down -with exertion and austerities and subject to frequent faintings. Almeida used to rub his feet at such times, in reference to which he was accustomed to say that, whatever virtue there might be in his hands, he had taken it from the feet of his master. No volup¬ tuary ever invented so many devices for pampering the senses as Joam d’Almeida did for mortifying them. He looked upon his body as a rebellious slave, who, dwelling within-doors, eating at his table, and sleeping in his bed, was continually laying snares for his destruction; therefore he regarded it with the deepest hatred, and, as a matter of justice and self-defence, persecuted, flogged, and punished it in every imaginable way. For this pur¬ pose he had a choice assortment of scourges,—some of whipcord, some of catgut, some of leathern thongs, and some of wire. He had cilices of wire for his arms, thighs, and legs, one of which was fastened around the body with seven chains; and another he called his good sack, which was an under-waistcoat of the roughest horse¬ hair, having on the inside seven crosses made of iron, the surface of which was covered with sharp points, like a coarse rasp or a nut¬ meg-grater. Such was the whole armor of righteousness in which this soldier of Christ clad himself for his battles with the infernal enemy. It is recorded among his other virtues that he never dis¬ turbed the mosquitos and fleas when they covered him; that, what¬ ever exercise he might take in that hot climate, he never changed his shirt more than once a week; and that on his journeys he pnt pebbles or grains of maize in his shoes. His daily course, of life was regulated in conformity to a paper drawn up by himself, wherein he promised “to eat nothing o® Mondays, in honor of the Trinity,—to wear one of his cilice0> Friar Joam d’Almeida, 119 according to the disposition and strength of the poor beast, as he called bis body, and to accompany it with the customary fly¬ flapping of his four scourges, in love, reverence, and remembrance of the stripes which our Saviour had suffered for his sake. Tues¬ days, his food was to be bread and water, with the same dessert, to the praise and glory of the archangel Michael, his guardian angel, and all other angels. Wednesdays, he relaxed so far as only to follow the rule of the company. On Thursdays, in honor of the Holy Ghost, the most holy sacrament, St. Ignatius Loyola, the apostles, and all saints, male and female, he ate nothing. Fridays, he was to bear in mind that the rules of his order recommended fasting, and that he had forsworn wine except in cases of neces¬ sity. Saturday, he abstained again from all food, in honor of the Virgin, and this abstinence was to be accompanied with whatever might be acceptable to her; whereby exercises of rigor as well as prayer were implied. On Sundays, as on Wednesdays, he observed the rules of the community.^’ The great object of his most thankful meditations was to think that, having been born in England,* and in London, in the very seat and heart of heresy, he had been led to this happy way of life. In this extraordinary course of self-torment. Friar Joam d’Almeida attained the great age of fourscore and two. When he was far advanced in years, his cilices and scourges were taken from him lest they should accelerate his death; but from that time he was observed to lose strength, as if his constitution was injured by the change: such practices were become necessary to him, like a per¬ petual blister, without which the bodily system, having been long accustomed to it, could not continue its functions. He used to entreat others, for the love of God, to lend him a whip or a cilice, exclaiming, <‘What means have I now wherewith to appease the Lord ? What shall I do to be saved Such are the works which ^ corrupt church has substituted for faith in Christ and for the duties of genuine Christianity. Nor must this be considered as a mere case of individual mad¬ ness. While Almeida lived, he was an object of reverence and On one side of his portrait is the figure of England, on the other that of Brazil, under them these ■words:—“ Hinc Anglus, hinc Angelus.” 120 Brazil and the Brazilians. admiration, not only to the common people of Eio de Janeiro, but to persons of all ranks. His excesses were in the spirit of his reli. gion, and they were recorded after his death for edification and example, under the sanction of the Superiors of an order which at that time held the first rank in the estimation of the Roman Catholic world. During his last illness the convent was crowded with persons who were desirous to behold the death of a saint. Nothing else was talked of in the city, and the Fluminenses accosted each other with condolences as for some public calamity. Solicitations were made thus early for scraps of his writing, rags of his garments or cilices, and, indeed, any thing which had belonged to him 5 and the porter was fully employed in receiving and delivering beads, cloths, and other things which devout persons sent, that they might be applied to the body of the dying saint and imbibe from it a healing virtue. ^He was bled during hiJrillness, and every drop of the blood was carefully received upon cloths, which were divided as relics among those who had most interest in the college. When the bell of the college announced his death, the whole city was as greatly agitated as if the alarm of an invasion had been given. The governor, the bishop-administrator, the magistrates, nobles, clergy, and religious of every order, and the whole people, hastened to his funeral. Every shop was shut. Even the cripples and the sick were carried to the ceremony. Another person died at the same time, and it was with great difficulty that men could be found to bear the body to the grave. An official statement of the proceedings of the day was drawn up, to be a perpetual memorial; and the admiration of the people for Friar Joam d’Almeida was so great, especially in Eio de Janeiro, that they used his relics in diseases with as much faith as if he had been canonized, and with as much success. For a while they in¬ voked no other saint, as if they had forgotten their former objects of devotion! The practical rules of our Saviour, in the Sermon on the Mount, in regard to cheerfulness and absence of ostentation in religion, are very far from coinciding with the above practices; and one would judge that there was no need of a Mediator for the man who thus worked out his own salvation. Churches, Chapels, and Convents. 121 There are within the city of Eio and its suburbs about fifty churches and chapels. They are generally among the most costly and imposing edifices of the country, although many of them have but little to boast as regards either plan or finish. They may be found of various form and style. Some are octagonal, some are in the form of the Eoman and some of the Grecian cross, while others are merely oblong. The Church of the Candellaria* was originally designed to be a cathedral for the diocese of Eio de Janeiro. It was commenced about seventy years ago, but is not yet entirely finished. Like nearly every other building for eccle¬ siastical purposes in the country, it stands as a memento of past generations. The erection of a new church in Brazil is not an event of frequent occurrence. The chapels of the convents are in several instances larger, and probably more expensive, than any of the churches. That of the Convent of San Bentof is one of the most ancient, having been repaired, according to an inscription it bears, in 1671. The exte¬ rior of the edifice is rude but massive; its windows are heavily barred with iron gratings, more resembling a prison than a place of worship. The sides of the chapel are crowded with images and altars. The roof and ceiled walls exhibit paintings designed to illustrate the history of the patron saint, the relics of whose miracles are here carefully preserved. Unnumbered figures of angels and cherubs, carved in wood and heavily gilded, look down upon you from every corner in which they can be fastened: in fact, nearly the whole interior is gilt. The order of the Bene¬ dictines is by far the richest in the Empire, possessing houses and lands of vast extent, though the number of monks is at present qnite small. In the convent proper, a large square area is sur¬ rounded by corridors open on one side, and exhibiting the doors of the several dormitories of the monks on the other. An accessible apartment is devoted to the library, composed of about six thou- ®^d volumes. The sombre and melancholy air which pervades^ The tall spires of this church maybe seen in the general “View ^ Mo tie- - from the Island of Cobras,” rising above the right of the central palm-tree. The turrets of this convent are those seen farthest to the right, in Ihe “ View” ®n:ed to in the note above. ~ 122 Brazil and the Brazilians. this monastic pile is in perfect contrast with the splendid seen! be enjoyed in front of it, and with the neat and modern app< ance of the Naval Arsenal, located at the foot of the eminence! which it stands.* A striking peculiarity in the aspect of Eio de Janeiro is deri^ from the circumstance that all the most elevated and comman(^ sites of the city and 1 vicinity are occupied churches and convenl Of these may be next tioned the Convent St. Anthony, a mendica^ order, whose shovel-hi monks, although sworn eternal poverty, have coi trived to obtain a very valuable site and to ei a most costly edifice. Thi building, since they can pos¬ sess nothing themselves, belongs,very conveniently, to the Pope of Eome. In it are two immense cha¬ pels and a vast cloister, with scarcely enough friars to keep them in order. FRADEs OF ST. ANTHONY. u hill opposite that of S. Antonio is the nun¬ nery of Santa Theresa, occupying a situation more picturesque, perhaps, than that of either of the monasteries mentioned; and yet, as if to render the appearance of the building as offensive as possible in the midst of scenery ever breathing the fragrance of opening fiowers and smiling in beauty, its contracted windows are * On the island of Cobras, nearly opposite the Convent of S. Bento, is an i®' mense copper ring near the water’s edge, put down by the celebrated Captain Cook in his last voyage. 123 The Lady Boardeks of Ajuda Convent. t only barred with iron gratings, but even these gratings are set ^th bristling spikes. The Convent of Nossa Senhora da j!\Jftida, which is overlooked from the Hill of Santa Theresa, completes the list of monastic insti¬ tutions in the capital of Brazil. In this last-mentioned were for- jnerly many inmates who had not taken the veil. , The jealousy of the Portuguese and their descendants was such, that in other years it was not uncommon for a gentleman, when making a visit to the mother-country, to incarcerate—or, more politely, “ procure lodgings” for—his wife in the convent, where she remained during his entire absence. I have understood that this shameful practice has been forbidden by the present Emperor)) The monasteries may all be considered unpopular, and could never again be erected at any thing like their present expense. The churches of all descriptions are generally^ open every morn¬ ing. At this time masses are said in most of them. Ordinarily but few persons are in attendance, and these are principally women. Upon the great holidays, several of which occur during Lent, the churches are thronged, and sermons are occasionally delivered; but nothing like regular preaching on the Sabbath or any other day is known in any part of the country. CHAPTEE YIII. ILLUMINATION OF THE CITY—EARLY TO BED—POLICE—GAMBLING AND LOTTKEIM —MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT—VACCINATION—BEGGARS ON HORSEBACK—PRISONS— SLAVERY-BRAZILIAN LAWS IN FAVOR OF FREEDOM — THE MINA HERCULES — ENGLISH SLAVE-HOLDERS—SLAVERY IN BRAZIL DOOMED. The streets of few cities are better lighted than those of Eio de Janeiro, The gas-works on the Atterrado sends its illuminating streams to remote suburbs as well as through the many and intri¬ cate thoroughfares of the Cidade Yelha and the Cidade Nova. They have not the convenient fiction which city governments so often palm off upon themselves in the United States,—viz,: that the moon shines half the year; for in Eio, whether Cynthia is in the full, or whether shorn of her beams by unforeseen storms, the lamps continue to shed their brilliant light. The coal for the gas comes from England, After ten o’clock at night few people are seen in the streets. The Brazilians are eminently an “early to bed, early to rise” people. When the great bells ring out the hour of ten, every slave “heels it;” and woe be to him that is caught out after the tocsin tolls the time when the law prescribes that he should be in his master’s house; for, if dilatory, the police seize Jose and commit him to durance vile until his owner ransom him by a smart fine. The same rule does not hold good in regard to freemen; yet one would think that it was equally in force without regard to class, for the Fluminensians, as a general thing, retire at ten P-M- Nothing is more surprising to a stranger from the North, to whom the night is so attractive, with its coolness, its fragrance, and its bril¬ liancy, than to find the streets and the beautiful suburbs of the city almost as tenantless and silent as the ruins of Thebes or Palmyra- The police of Eio de Janeiro is military, and is well disciplio®*^ by officers of the regular army. They are fortified with plen^J 124 The Policeman and his Duties. 125 of authority, and take care to use it. Great difficulties have some¬ times occurred between the constabulary and foreigners, where, on some occasions, the former have been to blame; hut it was good for “Young America,” when going ‘‘round the Horn” on his way to California, to be held in wholesome restraint by these “yellow Brazilians,” whom he affected to despise. The police is armed. During the day you may see them singly or in pairs, having their positions in convenient localities for watching the slaves and all others suspected of liability to disorder. How the policeman, with three or four of his com¬ panions, strolls along by Hotel Pharoux to have an eye upon the foreign sailors; or again, with a single con- fme, he takes his stand by the Carioea fountain; or, again, his undress-cap, his blue uniform, his sword, and his brace of pistols, are wholesomely displayed at a corner venda, where the tamanca^-shod Sr. Antonio from Payal sells cachaga, (rum,) pig¬ tail tobacco, came secca, ®iandioc-flour, red Lisbon ^De, and black beans. Tl^e above-mentioned sta¬ ples are the articles of stock and consumption for policeman and venda. the low grocer and the low lass that patronize him. Sometimes he will get a little higher in e provision-line, and add butter, brought from Ireland, lard the United States, onions from Portugal, sardines, a few hams, sausages. Then, too, he is somewhat of a lumber-merchant; A sort of wooden-soled slipper much worn by the lower class of whites and the blacks. 126 Bkazil and the Brazilians. for he purchases a few bundles of finely-split wood, which, together with charcoal, is the small accompaniment of the kitchen-battery in Brazil. At these vendas is the only hard drinking (except that done by English and Americans) in Eio, and that imbibing is hy the slaves. Often Congo or Mozambique becomes eloquent under the effects of cachaga, and then the policeman is an effectual arbiter I have found few cities more orderly than Eio de Janeiro; and the police are so generally on the alert, that, in comparison with Mew York and Philadelphia, burglaries rarely occur. I felt greater personal security at a late hour of the night in Eio than I would in Mew York. Yet there are occasions when the police receive a strong hint through the public press for their remissness. The following, taken from a late Gorreio Mercantile is an illustration:— “Might before last, after eight o’clock, an individual named Mauricio was attacked by a hand of capoeiras,'^ who fell upon him with clubs, striking him upon the forehead, and gashing his thigh in such a manner as to injure the artery. The victim, bathed in blood, was taken to the drug-store of Sr. Pires Ferao, and there received the necessary succors, which were afforded him by Dr. Thomas Antunes de Abreu, who rushed to the aid of the poor man as soon as he was called. Mo police-authority appeared to take cognizance of this criminal deed!” Such outrages are exceptions, and a few articles based on facts like the above soon arouse the police to their duty. There are some offences against the good of society which the police occasionally winked at during my residence in Eio,— gambling. The jogo seems an inveterate habit of some Brazilians; and when I have been cooped up with them in quarantine I have had opportunities for watching how every class represented in the Lazarro, from the padre down, gave itself up to the gambling- passion. At Eio the laws are very stringent against gambling- houses; and there are times when their owners are earnestly ferreted out by the police. But in the Eua Princeza, during 18^2 and ’53, a certain lawyer each Saturday night constituted bis house a rendezvous where gamblers met,—the regular professional * Africans, who with daggers run a muck in the streets, but not often at th® present day in Rio. See page 137. Gambling and Lotteries. 127 blackleg, (including the lawyer,) and the young pigeon who came to be plucked. When I went to my religious services at nine o’clock on Sabbath morning, their carriages would be still standing before the door, and their sleepy servants yawning and swearing on every side. Policemen regularly marched down the Catete at all hours of the night and in the daytime yet month after month passed, and the den was not broken up until their operations were for a time suspended by the suicide of one of the parties concerned. There is another species of gambling most deleterious in its effects, which is countenanced and supported by the Government. I refer to lotteries. They are not “ sham’' concerns, but prizes are put up, and, if drawn, paid. If it is a church, a theatre, or some other public building, to be erected, the Government grants a lotteiy. There are always six thousand tickets at 201000 (twenty milreis) each; the highest prize is 20,000$000, (or about ten thou¬ sand dollars,) and the second prize is half that sum: there are then two thousand more tickets, which draw prizes of 20$000 (ten dol¬ lars) and upward. Everywhere in the city are offices for selling the tickets, and in the country there are equestrian ticket-venders who go from house to house with the risking billets. There is no fraud in awarding the prizes, and there is such a rage for this kind of gambling that the tickets are sold in a few days. The effects are ^d; for the poorest whites and the shabbiest blacks will rake, ®y day as well as by night. Sometimes regular rows of blazing tapers are so arranged in front of the principal altars as to present the appearance of semicones and pyramids of light streaming from 148 Brazil and the Brazilians. the floor to the roof of the edifice. These tapers are all of wax, imported from the coast of Africa for this express No animal-oils are used in the churches of Brazil: that which sap. plies the lamps is made from the olive or from the palm-nut. ^he tapers are manufactured from vegetable and bees’ wax. Nothing is more imposing than the chief altar of the Candellaj«i^ Church, when illuminated by a thousand perfumed tapers, whicli shed their light amid vases of the most gorgeous flowers. ])j. Walsh states that on a certain occasion he counted in the chapel of S. Antonio eight hundred and thirty large wax flambeaux burning at once, and the same night, in that of the Terceira do Carmo seven hundred and sixty; so that, in consideration of the number of chapels from time to time illuminated in a similar way, his estimate hardly appears extravagant. Sometimes, on the occasion of these festivals, a stage is erected in the church, or in the open air near by, and a species of dramatic representation is enacted for the amusement of the spectators. At other times an auction is held, at which a great variety of objects, that have been provided for the occasion by purchase or gift, are sold to the highest bidder. The auctioneer generally manages to keep the crowd around him in a roar of laughter, and, it is presumed, gets paid in proportion to the interest of his entertain¬ ment. Epiphany is celebrated in January, and is styled the day of kings. The occurrence of this holiday is not likely to escape the mind of the most indifferent, for in the morning your butcher kindly sends your beef gratis. The festa on that day is in the Imperial Chapel, the Emperor and Court being in attendance to give it a truly royal character. The 20th of January is St. Sebas¬ tian’s day, on which it is customary to honor the “glorious patriarch” under whose protection the Indians and the French were routed, and the foundations of the city laid. The members of the municipal chamber, or city fathers, take especial interest in this celebration, and by virtue of their office have the privilege of carrying the image of the saint in procession from the Imperial Chapel to the old Cathedral. The Intrude, answering to the Carnival in Italy, extends through the three days preceding Lent, and is generally entered upon by The Intrudo. 149 le with an apparent determination to redeem time for ^ ent in advance of the long restraint anticipated. however, is no more celebrated as it was when I vent to Bio. It was then a saturnalia of the most liquid ' t r and every one,—men, women, and children,—gave them- ® eg up to it with an abandon most strongly in contrast with usual apparent stiffness and inactivity. Before it was sup- ^^ssed by the police it was a marked event. It was not with ^hov'ers of sugar-plums that persons were saluted on the days of the Intrudo, but with'showers of oranges and eggs, or rather of ^axen balls made in the shape of oranges and eggs, hut filled with Tvater. These articles were prepared in immense quantities beforehand, and exposed for sale in the shops and streets. The shell was of sufficient strength to admit of being hurled a consi¬ derable distance, but at the moment of collision it broke to pieces, bespattering whatever it hit. Unlike the somewhat similar sport of snowballing in cold countries, this jogo was not confined to boys or to the streets, hut was played in high life as well as in low, in-doors and out. Common consent seemed to have given the license of pelting any one and every one at pleasure, whether entering a house to visit or walking in the streets. In fact, whoever went out at all on these days expected a duck¬ ing, and found it well to carry an umbrella; for in the enthusiasm of the game the waxen balls were frequently soon consumed: then came into play syringes, basins, bowls, and sometimes pails of water, which were plied without mercy until the parties were thoroughly drenched. Men and women perched themselves along the balconies and windows, from which they not only threw at each other, but also at the passers-by. So great indeed were the excesses which grew out of this sport that it was prohibited by law. The magis¬ trates of the different districts formally declared against the Intrudo from year to year, with but little effect until 1854, when a new chef de police with great energy put a stop to the violent Intrudo and its peltings and duckings. It is now conducted in a dry but humorous manner, more in the style of Paris and Borne. The origin of the Intrudo was for a long time considered to have some remote connection with baptism; but Mr. Ewbank has been 150 Bkazil and the Brazilians. the first to trace clearly its beginning, and in a very interestin archaeological article follows it np to India, that storehouse ^ many of the practices of the Latin Church. The procession on Ash-Wednesday is conducted hy the thij^ order of Franciscans from the Chapel of the Misericordia, througj^ the principal streets of the city, to the Convent of S. Antonio Not less than from twenty to thirty stands of images are borne along on the shoulders of men. Some of these images are single- others are in groups, intended to illustrate various events of scrip, tural history or Eoman Catholic mythology.' The dress and orna, ments of these efiigies are of the most gaudy kind. The platforms upon which they are placed are quite heavy, requiring four, six and eight men to carry them; nor can all these endure the burden for a long time. They require to be alternated by as many others, who walk by their side like extra pall-bearers at a funeral. The streets are thronged with thousands of people, among whom are numbers of slaves, who seem highly amused to see their masters for once engaged in hard labor. The senhors indeed toil under their loads. The images pass into the middle of the street, with single files of men on either side, each one bearing a lighted torch or wax candle several feet in length. Before each group of images marches an angel (anjinho) led by a priest, scattering rose-leaves and fiowers upon the path. As the reader may be anxious to know what kind of angels take part in these spectacles, I must explain that they are a class created for the occasion, to act as tutelary to the saints exhibited. Little girls, from eight to ten years old, are generally chosen to serve in this capacity, for which they are fitted out by a most fantastic dress. Its leading design seems to be to exhibit a body and wings; wherefore the skirt and sleeves are expanded to enormous dimen¬ sions, by ineans of hoops and cane framework, over which flaunt silks, gauzes, ribbons, laces, tinsels, and plumes of diverse colors. On their head is placed a species of tiara. Their hair hangs in ringlets down their faces and necks, and the triumphal air with which they march along shows that they fully comprehend the honor they enjoy of being the principal objects of admiration. Military companies and bands of martial music lead and close up the procession. Its march is measured and slow, with frequent The Anjinho. 151 as well to give the burdened brethren time to breathe, pauses, people in the streets and windows opportunity to ;::®‘dwonde. Pew Lm to look on with any ^ery elevated emotions. could see the same or kindred images in the churches when they please; and, if the design is to edify the people, a less troublesome and at the same time more effec¬ tual mode might easily be adopted. There appears but little solemnity con¬ nected with the scene, and most of that is shared by the poor brethren who tug and sweat under the platforms: even they occasionally endeavor to enliven each other’s spirits by entering into conversa¬ tion and pleasantry when relieved by their alter¬ nates. When the Host is carried out on these and other occasions, but a small proportion of the people are seen to kneel as it passes, and no compulsion is used when any are disinclined to manifest that degree of reverence.* * In 1852 John Candler and Wilson Burgess, two philanthropic Englishmen belonging to the Society of Friends, went to Brazil for the purpose of presenting to the Emperor “an address on slavery and the slave-trade.” Their singular cos¬ tume attracted much notice in the streets; “ and on one occasion,” they say in their narrative, “ as we were walking in the Rua Direita, a Brazilian gentleman accosted us in imperfect English, informing us that he had been in England, and knew the Quakers. ‘ They [the Brazilians] ask me,’ he continued, ‘ who you are; I tell them Friends,—very good people.’ Finding him disposed to be familiar, we told 152 Brazil and the Brazilians. INo class enter into tlie spirit of these holiday parades with zeal than the people of color. They are, moreover, spe^'^^ complimented from time to time by the appearance of a colo ^ saint, or of hlossa Senhora under an ebony skin. vem o ^ jparente” (There comes my kindred,) was the exclamation heai^ by Dr. Kidder from an old negro, as a colored effigy, with hair and thick lips, came in sight; and in the overflow of hig Joy the old man had expressed the precise sentiment that is addreggeii by such appeals to the senses and feelings of the Afrieans. Palm Sunday in Brazil is celebrated with a taste and effect that cannot be surpassed by any artificial ornaments. The Braziliang are never indifferent to the vegetable beauties by which they are surrounded, since they make use of leaves, flowers, and braneheg of trees on almost every public occasion; but on this anniversary the display of the real palm-branches is not only beautiful, hut often grand. Holy Week, by which Lent is terminated, is chiefly devoted to religious services designed to commemorate the history of bur Lord; but so modified by traditions, and mystified by the excess of ceremonies, that few, by means of these, can form any proper idea of what really took place before the crucifixion of Christ. The days are designed in the calendar as Wednesday of darkness, Thursday of anguish, Friday of passion, and Hallelujah Saturday. Maunday Thursday, as the English render it, is kept from the noon of that day till the following noon. The ringing of bells and the explosion of rockets are now suspended. The light of day is excluded from all the churches; the temples are illuminated within him we were seeking the National Library. ‘ I will go with you,’ he said. Taking us by the arm, he took us by a narrow paved court-way which we had just avoided. A Roman Catholic church, in which high mass was performing, opened by its principal entrance into the court, and a number of persons stood bareheaded before the doors. We requested him not to take us that way, as we could not take off our hats in honor of the service, and we desired not to give offence. ‘ Nevermind,’ was his rejoinder; ‘leave that to me.’ On coming to the people he took off his own hat, and as we passed through them he said, ‘ These are my friends; you must give dispensation;’ and we were suffered to go on without molestation. Such dispensation is not permitted in Portugal .”—Narrative of a recent visit to Brazil by John Candler and Wilson Burgess. London, 1853: Edward Marsh An Imposing Procession. 153 ^ in the midst of which, on the chief altars, the Host men stand in robes of red or purple silk to watch jg expos® gimrches the effigy of the body of Christ is laid under In one hand exposed, which the crowd kiss, * ^ money on a silver dish beside it at the same time. At (jeposihog promenade the streets and visit the churches. loA an occasion for a general interchange of presents, and . \ ned greatly to the benefit of the female slaves, who are ed to prepare and sell confectionery for their own emolument. Friday continues silent, and a funeral-procession, hearing a repre- tation of the body of Christ, is borne through the streets. At • 11 occurs a sermon, and another procession, in which anjinhos, decked out as has already been described, hear emblematic devices gUudino’ to the crucifixion. One carries the nails, another the ham¬ mer a third the sponge, a fourth the spear, a fifth the ladder, and a sixth the cock that gave the warning to Peter. Never are the balconies more crowded than on this occasion. There is an interest to behold one’s own children performing a part, which draws out hundreds of families who otherwise might remain at home. There is no procession more beautiful and imposing than this. As I gazed at the long line of the gown-clad men, hearing in one hand an im¬ mense torch, and leading by the other a brightly-decked anjinho ,— as from time to time I saw the images of those who were active or silent spectators of that sad scene which was presented on Calvary eighteen hundred years ago,—as I beheld the soldiers, helmet in hand and their arms reversed, marching with slow and measured tread,—as I heard the solemn chant issuing from the voice of child¬ hood, or as the majestic minor strains of the marche funebre wailed upon the night-air,—the assthetic feelings were powerfully moved. But when a halt occurred, and I witnessed the levity and the utter indifference of the actors, the effect on myself vanished, and I could at once see that the intended effect upon the multitudes in the street and in the neighboring balconies was entirely lost.* * In Brazil, all veneration is taken away by the familiarity of the most sacred things of our holy religion. At Bahia I learned, through a number of Roman Ca¬ tholic gentlemen, of an occurrence which took place in 1855, in the province of Sergipe del Rey. It was at a festival, and there was to be a powerful sermon 154 Brazil and the Brazilians. Hallelujah Saturday is better known as “Judas’s day,” on a of the numerous forms in which that “inglorious patriarrd made to suffer the vengeance of the people. Preparations been made beforehand, rockets are fired in front of the church a particular stage of the morning service. This explosion indfll that the hallelujah is being chanted. The sport now begins ^ with in every part of the town. The effigies of poor Judas bee the objects of all species of torment. They are hung, strangledJ drowned. In short, the traitor is shown up in fireworks and i tastic figures of every description, in company with drs serpents, and the devil and his imps, which pounce upon him. KILLING JUDAS. Besides the more formal and expensive preparations that made for this celebration by public subscription, the hoys and tl negroes have their Judases, whom they do feloniously and preached on the crucifixion. A civilized Indian, by the promise of muito cachaj^ (plenty of rum,) consented to personify our Saviour on the cross. His position was a trying one, and at the foot of the crucifix stood a bucket filled with rum, in which was a sponge attached to a long reed. The individual whose duty it was to refresh the caboch forgot his office while carried away by the florid elo¬ quence of the Padre. The Indian, however, did not forget his contract, and, to th* astonishment as well as amusement of the audience, shouted out, “0 Senhor JuddOt Sekhok Judeio, mats fel /” (0 Mr. Jew, Mister Jew, a little more gall!) Collections and Collectors. 155 drag about with ropes, hang, beat, punch, stone, burn, and ^'‘'“"^^to^heir hearts’ content. being over, Easter Sunday is ushered in by the quick and strains of music from fine bands or large orchestras; by churches with unwonted splendor; and by the illuini jigcharge of rockets in the air^ and of artillery from the folTnd batteries. * Whitsunday the great feast of the Holy Spirit is celebrated. ration for this, begging-processions go through the streets, while in advance, in order to secure funds. In these expedi- * collectors wear a red scarf (cajpa) over their shoulders: they make quite a display of flags, on which forms of a dove are embroidered, surrounded by a halo or gloria. These are handed in gt windows and doors, and waved to individuals to kiss: they are foUowed by the silver plate or silk bag, which receives the donation that is ex- ^ y- [ from all those, at least, who kiss the emblem. The public are duly no¬ tified of the approach of these august personages by the music of a band of tatterdemalion negroes, or by the songs and tambour¬ ine accompaniments of sprightly boys who some¬ times carry the banner. Collections of this stamp are very frequent in the cities of Brazil, inasmuch as some festa is always in anticipation. Generally a miniature image of the saint whose honor is con¬ templated is handed around with much formality, as the great argument in favor of a donation. The devotees hasten to kiss the image, and sometimes call up their 156 Brazil and the Brazilians. children and pass it round to the lips of each. These c and a class of females called beatas, at times become as troubl as were the common beggars before they were accommodat^**'* the House of Correction. Occasionally but one or two of these ’ viduals go around, crying out, with a most nasal twang, in the and at every corner, “ Esmolas [alms] para nossa Senhora’’ of tv or that church. On the preceding page we behold a pair of these semi-ecclegi astic gentlemen-beggars who may be seen returning along thePr^j^ da Santa Luzia after one of their collecting-excursions. The expeditions for Espirito Santo assume a very peculiar grotesque character in remote sections of the Empire. The late Senator Cunha Mattos describes them, in the interior, under the name of fulioes cavalgatas. He mentions in his Itinerario havin met one between the rivers of S. Francisco and Paranahiba, com posed of fifty persons, playing on violins, drums, and other instru ments of music, to arouse the liberality if not the devotion of the people; and also prepared with leathern sacks and mules, to re- ceive and carry off pigs, hens, and whatever else might be given them. Among the Indians in the distant interior, the live animals are frequently promised beforehand to some particular saint; and often when a traveller wishes to buy some provisions,he is assured, “That is St. John’s pig;’^ or, “Those fowls belong to the Holy Ghost.” The procession of Corpus Christi is different from most of the others. The only image exposed is that of St. George, who is set down in the calendar as the “defender of the Empire.” How this “godly gentleman of Cappadocia” became the defender of Brazil I have not been able to ascertain; but his festival—falling as it does on Corpus Christi day—is celebrated with great pomp. It is a daylight affair, and occurs in the pleasantest season of the year. St. George is always carried around the city on horseback. He is ruddy and of a fair countenance, with a flowing wig of flaxen curls floating on his shoulders. He flourishes in armour and a red velvet mantle. For the day some devout person of his name lends the saint his jewels; but when the festival is over he is stripped of his glories and put away for the moths till the following year. He is not remarkable for his horsemanship: his stiff legs stick out on Santa Priscilliana. 157 and two men hold him to the saddle. If his prototype ^cb side> a ^g^^ter equestrian, the dragon would have been un- ‘“LToVepre-tday, -n pror walks bareheaded, and carrying a candle, in this 3 Emprn Tbet in imitation of the piety of his ancestors, and is attended processio^^^^ cavaleiros, or knights of the military orders, and ^unicipal chamber in full dress, with their insignia and badges ^ce Whenever the Emperor goes out on these occasions, the ^Vbitants of the streets through which he is to pass rival each in the display of rich silk and damask hangings from the windows and balustrades of their houses. In 1846 a certain Brazilian had the distinguished honor of trans¬ porting from Borne to Bio the holy remains of the v . martyr-virgin St. Prised- ' liana. This was deemed a , ' most auspicious acquisition for the city by some, but by others it was highly condemned as an egregious humbug. Nevertheless, she was inaugurated. In order that the bones might not appear as repulsive as those of the renowned “eleven thousand virgins” in the Church of St. Ursula at Cologne, the frail remains of St. Priscilliana were en¬ cased in wax by some clever artist at Borne at the time her saintship was said to have been removed from the catacombs where she had been buried more than a thousand years! St. Priscilliana’8 likeness was engraved, and the picture was exchanged and the above engraving is a fac-simile of the one 158 Bkazil and the Brazilians. “exchanged” while I resided in Eio de Janeiro. She is represe with a sword stuck unpleasantly through her delicate neck -ttri.- rtci +1^ "D-i qT^ r\4^ T?i/% To To+T 1 + +To4- 4-V. * tti !, as the Bishop of Eio de Janeiro* hath it, that the Enn ^Peio, Julian the Apostate had her put to death in this manner! erudite bishop does not give us any of his authorities; hut the fait^j are expected never to entertain the least doubt when a high prelate speaks. I know not what miracles she has performed at Eio very little is heard concerning her at present, and it is certain that she did not prevent the yellow fever and cholera from visiting the capital of the Empire. It may, however, be asserted, on the other hand, that this was not the department of St. Priscilliana; as St Sebastian is supposed to have the city under his especial charge. When the cholera visited the coast of Brazil, though not so fatal as in Europe and the United States, yet its ravages were somewhat extensive among the slaves, who had escaped the yellow fever which in former years had attacked the whites. When the cholera made its appearance at Eio, the city was in a universal wail of terror: charms and amulets were eagerly sought after, and superstitious preventives were invented every hour. Prayers of saints were worn next to the skin, as they are among the Moham¬ medans of Arabia or the heathen of India. Badly-executed pic- tures of St. Sebastian were “exchanged” for a few vintems, and a star, with a prayer to the Virgin Mary, called “The miraculous Star of Heaven,” was considered a certain safeguard to any person who possessed it. Advertisements like the following appeared in the daily papers:— ORACAO PARA BENZER AS CASAS contra a epidemia reinante, ornada de emblemaa religiosos, troca-se por 80 rs., na Rua dos Latoeiros n. 69. “A Frayer for blessing residences against the reigning epidemic, adorned with religious emblems, is exchanged for four cents at No. 59 Eua dos Latoeiros.” * Pastoral letter published March, 1846, at Rio de Janeiro. Also Noticia EistoriM da Santa Priscilliana in the Annuario do Brazil for 1846. 159 Panic from the Cholera. edinff announcement, however, must have been from ® jjey-making fellow without church-policy in his head, iooi® advertised his holy ware as troca-se instead of vendes^- PALAVRAS SANTISSIMAS ARHEAS SA I^H.SErA contra o terrivel flagello da peste, com a qual se tern appla- cado a Divina Justi 9 a, como se vio no caso que succedeu no real mosteiro de Santa Clara de Coimbra em 1480. Vende-se na Rua da Quitanda n. 174. Pre 90 , 320 rs. [Translation.] “Holy words and arms of the Church against the terrible scourge of the pest, with which Divine Justice chastises, as seen in the ease which succeeded in the royal monastery of St. Claire of Coimbra in 1480. To he sold at No. 174 Eua da Quitanda. Price, 16 cents.” What Dr. Paulo Candido, Dr. Meirelles, Dr. Sigaud, Dr. Pacheco da Silva, and other eminent physicians, thought of such remedies we know not; but we believe that both they and many of the people of Eio de Janeiro looked upon this religious quackery in the right light. Nevertheless, there was, in the general alarm, a great summoning of the church militant, and the newspapers of Septem¬ ber, 1855, are full of long-sentenced notices of penitential proces¬ sions. Such appeals to the faithful were not in vain. The images were removed and carried through the streets; and torchlight-proces¬ sions of immense length—^in which marched delicate ladies bare¬ foot—were of frequent occurrence. With all these precautions, the pestilence did not cease, though business went on as usual. Common sense, however, had not left Eio, notwithstanding the panic which prevailed. The secular authorities, urged on by the able editor of the principal newspaper of the city, at last forbade all processions, as the exposure consequent thereon tended to promote the spread 160 Brazil and the Brazilians. of disease; so the saints had no more promenades by lamnV and the young ladies kept their bare feet at home. ® ^ It is pleasing to contemplate at this crisis the conduct c monarch. The Emperor and his family remained at their of 4, near the city, in order to inspirit the people, although it Palacg usual time of removal to their mountain-residence of Petroi the >P0li8. His Majesty visited the hospitals, and superintended the sauatoj regulations, besides contributing largely to the fund for the poor. sick We cannot devote more space to religion in Brazil,—this interest, ing hut painful subject,—painful to every true Christian and ^vell wisher to his race. If we look at Brazil in the point de vue religi^y^ we are overwhelmed at the amount of ignorance and superstition that prevails. Let any one read Mr. Bwhank’s Sketches, and they will see, archseologically considered, how close is the relation be¬ tween heathen Eome and Christian Home. If we grant that this corrupt church at one time had the only light and knowledge there is no necessity that we should remain in modified darkness or use the glimmer of lamplight when we may have the clear efful. gence of the noonday sun. May that light beam upon Brazil! r CHAPTEE X. dueling—BRAZILIAN HOUSES—THE QIEL—THE WIFE—THE MOTHER— tHK romb BISH jealousy —DOMESTIC DUTIES—MILK-CART ON LEGS—BRAZILIAN LADY S _gjR troubles —THE MARKETING AND WATERING—KILL THE BIXO — auptES and ice—FAMILY RECREATIONS—THE BOY—THE COLLEGIO— BOSTON BMON-SCHOOLS—HIGHEST ACADEMIES OF LEARNING-THE GENTLEMAN—DUTIES jHB citizen—ELECTIONS—POLITICAL PARTIES—BRAZILIAN STATESMEN—NO¬ BILITY—ORDERS OF KNIGHTHOOD. The German, the Englishman, and their descendants, have no characteristic more marked than the home-feeling. The fireside- circle, with its joys and cares, does not belong to the Gaul or to the Italian. The Southern European has much in his delicious climate to make him an out-of-door being. The old Eoman was one who lived in public. His existence seemed to be a portion of the forum, the public bath, the circus, and the theatre. “ Without books, maga- lines, and newspapers, without letters to write, and with a fine climate always attracting him into the open air, there was nothing to call him home but the requisitions of eating and sleeping.” The city of Pompeii probably contained not more than twenty-five thousand inhabitants, and only one-sixth of its space has' been ex¬ humed. In that small district there have been found public edifices merely for theatrical entertainment, which will seat seventeen thousand spectators. Most of the nations descended from the Eo- mans are, like them, without the endearing associations connected with the word home. There is, however, an important exception to this rule in the case of the Portuguese nation, which in every other respect is more Eoman than any living people. The home and the family exist; and doubtless the Lusitanians owe this to the Moors, who engrafted upon the Latin stock something of Oriental exclusiveness. The Portuguese and their American descendants h) this day watch with a jealous eye their private abodes, and, spending many of their hours within those precincts which are 11 161 162 Brazil and the Brazilians. their castles, the home-attachments and family associations \ been cherished and perpetuated. I propose in this chapter to consider the residence and the fau^-i .+/-V +Vi +rk +.1^0^. ocrck ji * -to trace the education of the children to that age when the^ -ygo forth to occupy the position of adult years. The city-home is not an attractive place; for the carriage-hoiig^ and stable are upon the first floor, while the parlor, the alcoves, agj} the kitchen are in the second story. Not unfrequently a small area or court-yard occupies the space between the coach-house and the stable, and this space separates, on the second floor the kitchen from the dining-room. The engraving represents one of the older city-residences at Eio. The access to the staircase is through the great door whence the carriage thunders out on festas and holidays. At night it is shut by iron bars of prison-like dimensions. Every lock, bolt, . or mechanical contrivance seem as if they might have come from the Pompeiian department of the Museo Borbonico at Naples. The walls, composed of broken bits of stone cemented by common mortar, are as thick as those of a fortress. In the daytime you enter the great door and stand at the bottom of the staircase; but neither knocker nor bell announce your presence. You clap your hands rapidly together; and, unless the family is of the highest class, you are sure to be saluted by a slave from the top of the stairs with ‘‘Quern 6T’ (Who is there T) If you should behold your friends in the balcony, you not only, if intimate, salute by removing the hat, but move quickly the fingers of your hand, as if you were beckoning to some one. The furniture of the parlor varies in costliness according to the degree of style maintained; but what you may always expect to find is a cane-bottomed sofa at one extremity and three or four Ladies and Music. 163 rranged in precise parallel rows, extending from each end *^**^tovvard the middle of the room. In company the ladies are 0^ ** to occupy the sofa and the gentlemen the chairs. town-residences in the old city always seemed to me gloomy description. But the same cannot he said of the new and of the lovely suburban villas, with their surroundings ^^'^embowering foliage, profusion of flowers, and overhanging Some portions of the Santa Theresa, Larangeiras, Bota- Catumby, Bngenho Yelho, Praia Grande, and San Domingo, ^^nnot be surpassed for their beautiful and picturesque houses in the Brazilian style. There are various classes of society in Brazil as well as else¬ where and the description of one would not hold good for another; but having sketched the house, I shall next endeavor to trace the inmates from infancy to adult life. The Brazilian mother almost invariably gives her infant to a black to be nursed. As soon as the children become too trouble¬ some for the comfort of the senhora, they are despatched to school; and woe betide the poor teachers who have to break in those viva¬ cious specimens of humanity ! Accustomed to feontrol their black nurses, and to unlimited.indulgence from their parents, they set their minds to work.to contrive every method of baffling the efforts made to reduce them to order. This does not arise from malice, but from want of parental discipline. They are affectionate and placable, though impatient and passionate,—full of intelligence, though extremely idle and incapable of prolonged attention. They readily catch a smattering of knowledge : French and Italian are easy to them, as cognate tongues with their own. Music, sing¬ ing, and dancing suit their volatile temperaments; and I have rarely heard better amateur Italian singing than in Eio de Janeiro and Bahia. Pianos abound in every street, and both sexes become adept performers. The opera is maintained by the Government, as it is in Europe, and the flrst musicians go to Brazil. Thalberg triumphed at Rio de Janeiro before he came to Mew York. The manners and address of Brazilian ladies are good, and their carriage is graceful. It is true that they have no fund of varied knowledge to make a conversation agreeable and instructive;; but they chatter nothings in a pleasant way, always excepting a rather high tone 164 Brazil and the Brazilians. of voice, which I suppose comes from frequent co^^flT«o»^J„ . Congo or Mozambique. Their literary stores com novels of Balzac, Eugene Sue, Dumas pere et fils, gossipping pacotilhas and the folhetim of the newspapers, they fit themselves to become wives and mothers. Dr. P. da S-, a gentleman who takes a deep interest i^ matters of education, and whose ideas are practically and succegj. flilly applied to his own children, who possess solid acquirement as well as graceful accomplishments, once said to me, “I desire all my heart to see the day when our schools for girls will be such a character that a Brazilian daughter can be prepared, by ber moral and intellectual training, to become a worthy mother, capable of teaching her own children the elements of education and the duties which they owe to God and man: to this end, sir, I am toiling.’^ Such schools are increasing, and some are very excel, lent; but, in eight cases out of ten, the Brazilian father thinks that he has done his duty when he has sent his daughter for a few years to a fashionable school kept by some foreigner: at thirteen or four¬ teen he withdraws her, believing that her education is finished. If wealthy, she is already arranged for life, and in a kittle time the father presents to his daughter some friend of his own, with the soothing remark, ^‘Minha filha, this is your future husband.” A view of diamonds, laces, and carriages dazzles her mental vision, she stifles the small portion of heart that may be left her, and quietly acquiesces in her father’s arrangement, probably consoling herself with the reflection that it will not be requisite to give her undivided affections to the aflianced companion,—that near resem¬ blance of her grandfather. Mow the parents are at ease. The care of watching that ambitious young lady devolves on her hus¬ band, and thenceforth he alone is responsible. He, poor man, having a just sense of his own unfitness for such a task, places some antique relative as a duenna to the young bride, and then goes to his counting-house in happy security. At night he returns and takes her to the opera, there to exhibit the prize that his contos* * A conto of reis is one thousand milreis,—equal to five hundred dollars. The Brazilian never reckons a man’s wealth by saying, “ He is worth so many thousand snilreis;" but, “He has so many contos.” The Wife and Mother. 165 ed and to receive the congratulations of his friends on jjftve gai ^jfe that he has bought. ‘^'Tis an old tale;” lovely y^^ ^ monopoly of such marriages. ^ , ^oTTip round of errors recommences: her children feel Then tne ^ t of the very system that has rendered the mother a d^e e e ^ .QV./:. ooUi^a •fr.-r.-fV. Gn v»« ttci f»- k./I frivolous festas, and outward being. She sallies forth on Sundays and L-in-arm with her husband or brother, the children pre- arm-in- ’ according to their age, all dressed in black silk, with neck generally bare, or at most a light scarf or cape thrown *”^r^thein, their luxuriant hair beautifully arranged and orna¬ mented, and sometimes covered with a black lace veil: prayer- book in hand, they thus proceed to church. Mass being duly gone through and a contribution dropped into the poor-box, they return home in the same order as before. It is often matter of surprise to Northerners how the Brazilian ladies can support the rays of that unclouded sun. Europeans glide along under the shade of bonnets and umbrellas; but these church-going groups pass on without appearing to suffer, seldom using even a small parasol. You remark, in these black-robed, small-waisted young ladies, a contrast to the ample dame who follows them. A Brazilian matron 166 Brazil and the Brazilians. generally waxes wondrously broad in a few years,—^probably to the absence of ont-doOr exercise, of which the national h deprive her. It cannot be attributed to any want of t^- for we must always remember that Brazilian ladies rarely wine or any stimulant. On “ state occasions,” when healths ^ drunk, they only touch it for form’s sake. During many yeai^^jj residence, I cannot recall a single instance of a lady bein 'S evea suspected of such a vice, which, in their eyes, is the most horribl reproach that can be cast upon the character. Estd bebido, (Bg • drunk,)—pronounced in the high and almost scolding pitch of Brazilian woman,—is one of the severest and most withering jg. preaches. In some parts of the country the expression.for a dram is um baieta Inglez, (an English overcoat;) and the term for an in toxicated fellow, in the northern provinces, is Elle estd bem Ingkz (He is very English.) The contrast between the general sobriety of all classes of Brazilians and the steady drinking of some foreigners and the regular blow-out” of others is painful in the extreme. Wives in Brazil do not suffer from drunken husbands; but many of the old Moorish prejudices make them the objects of much jealousy. There is, however, an advance in this respect; and, far more frequently than formerly, women are seen out of the church the ballroom, and the theatre. nevertheless,—owing to the prevailing opinion that ladies ought not to appear in the streets unless under the protection of a male relative,—the lives of the Brazilian women are dull and mono- tonous to a degree that would render melancholy a European or an American lady. At early’- dawn all the household is astir, and the principal work is performed before nine o’clock. Then the ladies betake them¬ selves to the balconies for a few hours, to loll about generally,” to gossip with their neighbors, and to look out for the milkman and for the quitandeiras. The former brings the milk in a cart of novel construction to the foreigner,—or at least he has never seen such a vehicle used for this purpose before going to Brazil. The cow is the milk-cart! Before the sun has looked over the mountains, the vacca, accompanied by her calf, is led from door to door by a Portuguese peasant. A little tinkling bell announces her presence. A slave descends with a bottle and receives an 167 The Miek-Cart and Quitandeira. tion of the refreshing fluid, for which he pays about plotted p Qjje would suppose that all adulteration is thus , The inimitable -idea- Tworfd the -‘Child is 6iliertothem».”“‘*;« Ix)odon world the pump is ,::;rtothecow,-Judg. from the results, O-e. the milk sold in that vast metropolis.) Alas! man¬ kind is the same in Brazil that it is in London. Milk may be obtained pure from the cow if you stand in the balcony and watch the operation; otherwise your bottle is filled from the tin can carried by the Opor- toense, and which can has oftentimes a due propor¬ tion of the water that started from the top of Corcovado and has gurgled down the aqueduct and through the fountain at the corner of the street. The quitandeiras are the venders of vegetables, oranges, guavas, maracujas, (fruits of the “passion-flower,’') mangoes, doces, sugar¬ cane, toys, &c. They shout out their stock in a lusty voice, and the different cries that attract attention remind one of those of Dublin or Edinburgh. The same nasal tone and high key may be noticed in all. Children are charmed when their favorite old black tramps down the street with toys or doces. Here she comes, with her little African tied to her back and her tray on her head. She sings,— ‘ Cry meninas, cry meninos, Papa has money in plenty, Come buy, ninha, ninha, come buy!”— 168 Brazil and the Brazilians. and, complying with the invitation, down run the little mejjj and meninas to huy doces doubly sugared, to the evident destrn of their gastric juices and teeth. Be it remarked, en passant tK no profession has more patronage in Eio than that of dentistry! At length there appears at the head of the street that charm of a Brazilian lady’s day,—^the pedlar of silks and muslins. He nounces his approach by the click of his covado, (measuriug-stict heads. He walks up-stairs THE BRAZIL sure of a welcome; j they need nothing of hU, wares, the ladies have need of the amusement of looking them over. The negroes deposit the boxes on the floor and retire. Then the skilful Italian or Portuguese displays one thing after another; and he manages very badly if he cannot prevail on the economical lady to become the possessor of at least one cheap bargain. As to payment, there is no need of haste: he will call again next week, or take it by instalments,— just as the senhora finds best; only he should like senhora to have that dress, —^it suits her complexion so well; he thought of the senhora as soon as he saw it; and the price,—a mere nada. Then, too, be has a box of lace, some just made,—a new pattern for the ends of towels,—insertion for pillow-cases, and trimmings for under¬ garments. Some families have negresses who are taught to manufacture this lace,—^the thread for which is brought from Portugal,—and The Housekeeper’s Troubles. 169 owners make considerable profit by exchanging the pro- their lace-cushions for articles of clothing. One kind of 1 , ;« which they excel is called crivo. It is made by| out the threads of fine linen and darning in a pattern. ^*^^towels that are presented to guests after dinner are of the elaborate workmanship, consisting of a broad band of crivo bv a trimming of wide Brazilian thread-lace. 'These Italian and Portuguese pedlars sell the most expensive d beautiful articles. A Brazilian lady’s wardrobe is almost * holly purchased at home. Even if she do not buy from the oscato she despatches a black to the Eua do Ouvidor or Eua da Quitanda, and orders an assortment to be sent up, from which she selects what is needed. The more modem ladies begin to wear bonnets, but these are always removed in church. Almost every lady makes her own dresses, or, at least, cuts them out and arranges them for the slaves to sew, with the last patterns from Paris near her. She sits in the midst of a circle of negresses, for she well knows that “ as the eye of the master maketh the horse fat ” so the eye of the mistress maketh the needle to move. She answers to the description of the good woman in the last chapter of Proverbs:—“ She riseth up while it is yet night, and giveth a portion to her maidens; she maketh fine linen [crivo and lace] and selleth it;” and, though her hands do not exactly lay hold on the spindle and distaff, yet “she looketh well to the ways of her house¬ hold, and eateth not the bread of idleness,” always excepting that taken on the balcony. "We may infer that the habits of servants were the same in Solo¬ mon’s time as in Brazil at the present day, judging by the amount of trouble they have always given their mistresses. A lady of high rank in Brazil declared that she had entirely lost her health in the interesting occupation of scolding negresses, of whom she possessed some scores, and knew not what occupation to give them in order to keep them out of mischief. A lady of noble family one day asked a friend of mine if she knew any one who desired to give out washing, as she (the senhora) had nine lazy servants at home for whom there was no employment. She piteously told her story, saying, “We make it a principle not to sell our slaves, and they are the torment of my life, for I cannot find enough work to 170 Brazil and the Brazilians. keep them out of idleness and mischief.’’ Another, a marchion said that her blacks “would be the death of her.” ^ Slavery in Brazil, setting aside any moral consideration of the. question, is the same which we find the “world over,”—^viz.; j|.- an expensive institution, and is, in every way, very poor eeonoia^ When I have looked upon the careless, listless work of the bon^' man, and have watched the weariness of flesh to the owner, I sometimes thought the latter was most to he pitied. Any cruelty that may be inflicted upon the blacks by the whites is amply avenged by the vices introduced in families, and the troublesome anxiety given to masters. One of the trials of a Brazilian lady’s life is the surveillance of the slaves who are sent into the streets for the purpose of market- ing and carrying water. The markets in Eio are abundantly supplied with all kinds of fish and vegetables. Of the former there are many delicate species unknown in the North. Large prices are given for the finer kinds. One called the garopa is much sought for as a piece de resistance for the supper-table on a ball-night. Fifty milreis (about twenty-five cents) are given on such occasions. A fish is always the sign of a casa de pasto, or common restaurant, at Eio. The market near the Palace Square is a pleasant sight in the cool of the morning. Fresh bouquets shed a fragrance around, and the green vegetables and bright fruits contrast well with the dark faces of the stately Mina negresses who sell them. “ What is the price of this?” “What will the senhor give?” is the common reply; and woe betide the first eiforts of-a poor innocent ship’s- steward in his early attempts at negotiation with these queenly damsels, whose air seems to indicate that with them to sell or not to sell is equally indilferent and beneath their notice. The indigenous fruits of the country are exceedingly rich and various. Besides oranges, limes, cocoanuts, and pineapples, which are well known among us, there are mangoes, bananas, fruitas da conda, maracuja, pomegranates, mammoons, goyabas, jambos, ara§as, camhocas, cajus, cajas, mangahas, and many other species whose names are Hebrew to Northern ears, but which quickly convey to a Brazilian the idea of rich, refreshing, and delicate fruits, each of which has a peculiar and a delicious flavor. Maeketing. 171 r uch a variety to supply whatever is to be desired, in view ^'tbe necessaries or luxuries of life, none need complain. ^ rticles are found in profusion in the markets, and also j about through the town and suburbs by slaves and free who generally carry them in baskets upon the head. ^roeSj^^bo purchase have only to call them by a sup- , whistle, (something like pronouncing imperfectly the word ^ ^hicb they universally understand as an invitation to walk display their stock. THE EDIBLE PALM, (EUTERPE E D U L I S.) In an outer circle of the market mentioned you find small shops filled with birds and animals. Here gay macaws and screaming parrots keep up a perpetual concert with chattering apes and diminutive monkeys. At a little distance outside are huge piles of oranges, panniers of other fruits ready to be sold to the retailer and ibe quitanddras, wicker-b&skets filled with chickens and bundles of 172 Brazil and the Brazilians. palmito for cooking. It makes one sad to think that the proc of these palmito-sticks has destroyed a graceful palm, edulis;) but what is there that we, are not ready to saerifi^;^ ^ that Maelstrom, the stomach? One of those beautiful sketched at Constancia, fifty miles from Eio. It was not straieu as we usually find it, but gracefully curved; and, as it lifte^ slender form and tufted summit above the tropic forest, it present^ a picture of such uncommon loveliness, that day after day I visi^ the spot to drink my fill of beauty. Here comes the black cook, Jose, or Caesar, basket on counting with his fingers, and bent on beating down to the lo^ price the white-teethed Ethiopian who pr^. sides, in order that he may have a few vin- terns, filched from h« master, to spend, as ha returns home, in fia purchase of a littla cachaga, “para matar 0 bixo” (“to kill the beast.”) What thk much-feared animal is has never been ascer¬ tained; but certainly, judging from the pro¬ tracted effort that is required to kill him, he must he possessed of remarkable tenacity of life,—a sort of phoenix * among animals! The fish, vegetables, fruit, and indispensable chickens, being purchased to his satisfaction, he next goes to the street appropriated to the butchers. Here he buys some beef, lean but not ill-flavored, an apology for mutton easily mistaken for patriarchal goat, or a soft, pulpy substance, considered a great delicacy, (appropriately termed, by the Emerald Islanders, Eating and Drinking. 173 —the flesh of an unfortunate calf that had time to look at the blue sky ere it was consigned to the knife- Then he proceeds to the venda to purchase the j^tcber wends home, in high good-humor, to little dose many families a cup of strong coffee is taken at sunrise, nhstantial meal later in the morning. Dinner is usii , and substantial meal later in the morning. Dinner is usually about one or two o’clock,—at least where the hours of foreigners have not been adopted. Soup is generally presented. and afterward meat, flsh, and pastry at the same time. Except at dinners of ceremony, an excellent dish, much relished by foreigners, always finds a place on a Brazilian table. It is compounded of the feijao or black beans of the country, mingled with some came secca (jerked beef) and fat pork. Farinha, or mandioca-flour, is sprinkled over it, and it is worked into a stiff paste. This farinha is the bread for the million, and is the principal food of the blacks throughout the country, who would consider it much deteriorated by being eaten in any other manner than with the fingers. It is an excellent and nutritious diet, and with it they can endure the hardest labor. Coffee or mate are often taken after dinner, and the use of tea is becoming more common. The “cha nacional” bids fair to rival that of China; but the mate, though not generally used in the Middle and Northern provinces, is considered more wholesome than tea, being lees exciting to the nerves. Some families have supper frequently offish; but in others nothing substantial is taken after dinner, and they retire very early to rest. Eio is as quiet at ten o’clock p.m. as European cities at two in the morning. Even the theatre-goers make but little noise, as they are generally on foot,—at least if they reside in the city. So much do the places of public amusement depend on the pedestrians, that if the evening is decidedly rainy it is usual to postpone the performance until another night. It must be remembered that half an hour’s rain transforms the streets of Eio into rushing canals, all the drainage being on the surface. On a drenching day, the pretos de ganho, or porters, who lounge at the corner of every street, make a good harvest by carrying people on their backs across these impromptu streams. Sales are often announced with this condition :—“The weather permitting.” One of the greatest delights for the black population of Eio is 174 Beazil and the Brazilians. the necessity of carrying water from the chafariz or public « tain, or from the water-pipe which is at the corner of almost street. Blackey lazily lounges out with his harril under big ^ and happy is Congo if he espies a long queue of his compata awaiting their turn at the stopcock. Here the news of their m world is told amid bm of Ethiopian laugbtei a small flirtation i ried on with Hosa Joaquinha from the i street; or perhaps tbei is an upbraiding leetm administered by jetty damsel from Angoy whose voice, to his c(J sternation, is by no means^ pianissimo. There is an- other out-door afiair much more congenial: i.e. many a sly attempt to kill the bixo is made at the ad¬ joining venda while tha water pours into the bar- rils of the earlier comers. Some mistresses, bow- THE ANGOLIAN'S REPROACH. ever, who And that theu cooks have always to wait for the water, make arrangements with the water-carriers, who perambulate the streets with an immense hogshead mounted on wheels and drawn by a mule. This vehicle, during a flre„(nota frequent occurrence,) is required to supply the flre-engines. These men are generally natives of Portugal or the Azores, and seem eminently qualified by nature to be hewers of wood and drawers of water. They carry the water up-stairs and pour it into large earthen jars, which bring to mind the waterpots at the marriage of Cana in Galilee. The huge earthen vases are arranged on stands in places where there is a current of air, and the liquid element in them thus acquires a coolness which, though not equal Family Recreations. 175 'ced water of the United States, possesses a delightful, to the 1 Brazil an expensive luxury, brought solely ^gidi^rth ^jnerica, and not in general use even in Rio, and, of fr®® unknown in the country. i Boston apples and ice are both in fuorse, ggtieeih; but the latter was rejected, as altogether un- t^® upon its introduction in 1838, and the first cargo was tal loss to the adventurers. At the present time both com- * (j a good price; and in the month of January the quitandeiras be heard crying out lustilj^, “ Magaas Americanas,” (American ) which they sell for five or six vintems each. THE IL H EO WATER-VENDER. The Fluminensian lady has occasionally some respite from slave¬ watching and household cares, when the senhor takes her to Petro- polis or Tijuca, or perhaps gives her a few weeks of fresh air at Constancia or Nova Fribourgo. Such visits are not, however, so frequent as one would wish, and the senhora must content herself with festas, the opera, and a ball, as a relief from her usual round of duties. An evening-party in Rio generally means a ball. Fami¬ liar intercourse with the higher families is difficult of attainment by foreigners; but when the stranger is admitted he is received en famille, and all ceremony is laid aside. In such home-circles the evenings are often spent in music, dancing, and games of romps. 176 Brazil and the Brazilians. Here men of highest position are sornetimes seen unbendh stiif exteriors, and joining heartily in innocent mirth, called ‘^pilha tres” is a favorite, and is quite as wild and i game “pussy wants a corner.” An American gentleman informed that on one occasion he joined in this play with a Minister of tli Empire, the Yiscountess, (his wife,) two Senators, an ex-Minigtgj plenipotentiary, three foreign Charges d’Affaires, and the lading and children of the family. Ho one feared any loss of dignity ty thus laying aside, for the moment, his ordinary gravity, and all seemed to enjoy themselves in the highest degree. / The Brazilians have large families, and it is not an uncommon thing to find ten, twelve, or fifteen children to a single mother, f saw a gentleman—a planter—in the province of Minas-Geraes, wlio was one of twenty-four children by the same mother. I afterward was presented to this worthy matron at Eio de Janeiro. I am persuaded that there is much of the home-element among the Brazilians. Family fete-days and birthdays are celebrated with enthusiasm. Though the standard of general morality is very much lower than that of the United States and England, I believe it to be above that of France, and there is a home-feeling diffused among all classes, which tends to render the Brazilian a more order-loving man than the Gaul. With a pure religion his excel¬ lencies would make him infinitely superior to the latter. The education of the Brazilian boy is better than that of his sister. There is, however, a great deal of superficiality: he is made a “little old man” before he is twelve , years of age,—having his stiff black silk hat, standing collar, and cane; and in the city he walks along as if everybody were looking at him, and as if he were encased in corsets. He does not run, or jump, or trundle hoop, or throw stones, as boys in Europe and Horth America. At an early age he is sent to a collegio, where he soon acquires the French language and the ordinary rudiments of education in the Portuguese. Though his parents reside in the city, he boards in the collegio, and only on certain occasions does he see his father or mother. He learns to write a “good hand,” which is a universal accomplishment among the Brazilians; and most of the boys of the higher classes are good musicians, become adepts in the Latin, and many of them are taught to speak English with creditable fiuency. ttpROFESSORES,” COLLEGIOS, AND SCHOOLS. ' 177 ation was formerly a great anniversary, when the little jbe exa® gtarched up in their stillest clothes and their minds jjied” for the occasion. The boys acted their parts, and rofessores, in exaltation of their office, read or delivered ^pgggjjgg to the admiring parents; and the whole was gome patron of the school crowning with immense ^ound ((good boys” who stood highest during the session. wreaths ^ vacation of a few weeks, and commenced The collegio • with its boarders, the “very young gentlemen students. *^*”the8e things have greatly changed for the better, and many ®iLioB are ably conducted. The principals of these establishments, when gifted with good gdministrative capacities, reap large sums. One with whom I as acquainted had, after a few years’ teaching, 20,000$000 (ten thousand dollars) placed out at interest. The professores do not always reside in the collegio, but teach by the hour for a stipulated gum and are thus enabled to instruct in a number of schools during the day. The English language has become such a desideratum at Rio that every collegio has its pro/cssor Inglez. There has recently been a great improvement in the collegios as well as in the public schools. The professores were sum¬ moned, by a commission under the Superintendent of Public Instruction, to appear at the Military Academy, and there to be examined as to their qualifications for giving instruction. If they passed their examination, which was most rigid, they re¬ ceived a license to teach, for which they had to pay a certain fee. The principals also were required to undergo an examina¬ tion, if the commission should think it proper; and they were not permitted to carry on their collegios without a certificate. The educational authorities also asserted their right to visit these pri¬ vate academies at any hour of the day or night, to examine the proficiency of the scholars at any time during the term, to investi¬ gate their sleeping-apartments, their food, and whatever apper¬ tained to their mental or physical well-being. This was not a mere threat, but schools were actually visited, and some were reformed more rapidly than agreeably. The system of “cram¬ ming” was in a measure broken up, and the Empire thus took Qnder its control the instruction given in the private as well as in 12 178 Bkazil and the Brazilians. the public aulas. This educational innovation at the capi^ . owing to the energetic measures taken by the Yisconde de T borahy, and Dr. Manuel Pacheco da Silva, who is at present tU President of the first classical institution of Eio de Janeiro Imperial College of D. Pedro II. The note of reform was sounded every duty connected with teachers or scholars was fupy • ’ vestigated, and the revolution was made, notwithstanding complaints of professores who were degraded as incompetent^ and parents who found their children rigidly examined and only promoted in the public schools after convincing proofs of real progress. There is a common-school system throughout the Empire, more or less modified by provincial legislation. The General Government during the years 1854-55 educated 65,413 children: there were probably as many more of whom we have no Government report who were educated by private tuition and under provincial authority. When, therefore, we consider the number of slaves and Indians in Brazil, and also when we reflect that the common-school system is in its infancy, it is an encouraging proportion. There are great defects in these elementary schools, but each year they are improving. There seems to be an inquiry among the educated men and the statesmen as to the plan best adapted to the country. This inquiry is not always confined to the highest class of citizens. Once in the interior I was aroused from my slumbers by a loud knocking at the door. I hastily opened it, and saw a respectably- dressed Brazilian, who informed me that he was a school-teacher, and, learning that an American was in the village and would leave that morning, he had made bold to come at this early hour (the sun was just peeping over the palm-trees) to ask me if I could either give him an account of the American system of teaching, or could send him documents on that subject. In the same place another teacher spoke to me of Horace Mann’s reports on the com¬ mon schools of Massachusetts! : Great ignorance prevails in a large portion of the population, and, though many years may elapse before a tolerable degree of know¬ ledge will be properly diffused, yet the beginning has been made, and the French proverb is true in this as in other things, “Cfe n’esf que le premier pas qui coute.” (It is only the first step that costs.) CoLLEGio OF Pedro IL 1T9 city of instruction can be divided into the following In the primary, the secondary, (instrugao secundaria,') and classesschools, (collegios.) The College of Pedro II., the tl“^ Kaval Academies, the Medical College, and the jlilitaiy c^l Qf Joseph, are also under the direction 5’heolog^t^te^ private schools are nearly five thousand ^^^brough some one of these estahlisnments the juvenile Brazilian nds the hill of knowledge. An institution already referred to, *\icb of lafo awakened more interest than any other in the . , Brazil, was organized in the latter part of 1837, under name of Collegio de Dom Pedro II. It is designed to give a complete scholastic education, and corresponds, in its general plan, to the lyceums established in most of the provinces, although in endowment and patronage it is probably in advance of any of those. There was at the opening an active competition for the professorships, eight or nine in number. All of them are said to have been creditably filled. The concourse of students was very considerable from the first organization of the classes. A point of great interest connected with this institution is the circum¬ stance that its statutes provide expressly for the reading and study of the Holy Scriptures in the vernacular tongue. For some time previous to its establishment, copies of the Scriptures had been used in the other schools and seminaries of the city, where they were not likely to be less prized after so worthy an example on the part of the Emperor’s College. The Eev. Mr. Spaulding (who was the clerical colleague of Dr. Kidder at Eio de Janeiro) had an application to supply a professor and an entire class of students with Bibles; to which he cheerfully acceded, by means of a grant from the Missionary and Bible Societies The Military and Naval Academies are for the systematic in¬ struction of the young men destined to either branch of the public service. At fifteen years of age, any Brazilian lad who under¬ stands the elementary branches of a common education, and the French language so as to render it with facility into the national idiom or Portuguese, may, on personal application, be admitted to either of these institutions. I have never witnessed a more in¬ teresting scene than the assembling of these young men for their 180 Brazil and the Brazilians. morning recitations. It carried me back to the N’orti\erQ versities, so much vigor and spirit did the Brazileiro Uii manifest in their sports and repartees, or in their explanatio ** each other of difficult points of geometry and ^ were soon to be brought before their professors. The regular army of Brazil is about twenty-two thousand me The national guard consists nominally of more than four hundred thousand men. The Naval Academy is located on board a man-of-war at anehof in the harbor, and introduces its pupils at once to life upon the water. The Imperial Academy of Medicine occupies the old Jesuitg' College, on the Morro do Gastello, and is attended by students in the different departments, to the number of more than three him dred. A full corps of professors, several of whom have been edu. cated in Europe, occupy the different chairs, and, by their repute- tion, guarantee to the Brazilian student an extensive course of lectures and study. The institution is in close connection with the Hospital da Misericordia, which at all times offers a vast field for medical observation. The Theological Seminary of St. Joseph has less attraction for the Brazilian youth than any other educational establishment at Eio. The young Brazileiro, (of course we speak of the gentleman’s son,) after leaving his collegio, enters the Medical Academy, or, having a warlike inclination, becomes a middy or a cadet, or he possibly may enter the Seminary of St. Joseph. If he has a legal turn, he is sent to the Law Schools at S. Paulo or Pernambuco. The young Brazilian likes nothing ignoble : he prefers to have a gold lace around his cap and a starving salary to the cares and toils of the counting-room. The Englishman and German are the wholesale importers, the Portuguese is the jobber, the Frenchman is the coiffeur and fancy dealer, the Italian is the pedlar, the Portu¬ guese islander is the grocer, the Brazilian is the gentleman. Every place in the gift of the Government is full of young attaches, from the diplomatic corps down to some petty office in the custom¬ house. The Brazilian, feeling himself above all the drudgery of lifej 1 Sf a man' of ‘Msure^ aad looks ‘ down -in perfect contempt upon The Brazilian Gentleman. 181 short, he has a high estimation of himself and his 2 ig theme of conversation may be the opera, the next ■who is always grumbling, fretting, and busy. The jjjo fore is an exquisite. He is dressed in the last sports a fine cane, his hair is as smooth as brush can 't bis moustache is irreproachable, his shoes of the smallest ”^*^^/ssiest pattern, his diamonds sparkle, his rings are unexcep¬ tionable : some young lady whose father has so many contos. ^In^spite of all drawbacks, many of these men, in after-life,— bother in the diplomatic circle, in the court-room, in the House 'f Deputies, or in the Senate,—show that they are not deficient in talent or in acquirements. They can almost all turn a sentence well rhyme when they choose, or make a fine ore rotundo speech, echoed by the apoiados of their companions. Some, few become fine scholars, and more of them are readers than are generally supposed. Many of them travel for a year or two, and are educated in Europe or in the United States. The interest which the Brazilians, with D Pedro II. at their head, are now manifesting in learned societies, —whose ranks are recruited from the very class mentioned,—de¬ monstrates that the “little old men” of twelve have not all turned out “froththough too much of the vain, the light, and the super¬ ficial must be predicated of the Brazilian, who looks upon cards, balls, and the opera as essential portions of his existence. From such men you would not expect much of the “sterner stuff” which enters into the structure of great statesmen. Nevertheless, the country has made wonderful progress; and it must be added, that flfom time to time there have arisen from the lower ranks of society men of power, who have become leaders. There is nothing in the origin or the color of a man that can keep him down in Brazil. It must be borne in mind that the Brazilian thus described is not the portrait of the large majority of the citizens of the Empire, but of one from the higher classes as generally found in the cities. There are exceptions; but the same religion and the same mode of thinking have, to a greater or less degree, given a similarity to all who comprise the upper ranks of society, and from whom come the magistrates, ofl&cers, diplomatists, and legislators. Their greatest defect is not the want of a polished education, but of a sound morality, a pure religion. Without these, a man may be 182 Brazil and the Brazilians. amiable, refined, ceremonious; but their absence makes him ‘ sponsible, insincere, and selfish. As nations are made up of viduals, it should be the ardent desire of every Christian philanthropist that this Southern people, which have so favor k set out in their national career, may have that which is far hi than mere refinement or education. The duties of the Brazilian citizen are clearly defined in Constitution and by-laws of the Empire. Each male citizen has attained his majority is entitled to a vote if he possess j income of one hundred milreis. Monks, domestics, individuals not in the receipt of lOOfOOO rent, and, of course, minors, are exclude^ from voting. Deputies to the Assembleia G&ral are chosen, throng electors, for four years. The Senator, who holds his position for life, is elected in a manner somewhat different from the Deputado Electors, chosen by popular suffrage, cast their ballots for candi. dates aspiring to the senatorial ofiice. The names of the three who stand highest on the list are handed to the Emperor, who selects one; and thus he who has been chosen through the people electors, and the Emperor, takes his chair for lifetime in the Bra¬ zilian Chamber of Peers. There seems to have been great wisdom in all these conservative measures, and their excellencies are the more enhanced when we examine the various laws and qualifica¬ tions that pertain to elections and candidates in the States of Spanish America. The Chamber of Deputies consists of one hundred and eleven members, and the Senate, according to the Constitution, must contain half that number. The provincial legislators are chosen directly by the people. An election in Brazil is not very dissimilar to an election in the United States. Eio de Janeiro is divided into ten or twelve parishes (Jreguezias) or wards. A list of voters in each parish is posted up for some weeks before an election, and the Government designates clerks and inspectors for the various freguezias. The elections are held in churches. Upon an American expressing to a Brazilian his surprise in regard to this seeming inconsistency in a Eoman Ca¬ tholic country,—where the importance put upon the visible temple is as great as if it were the very gate of heaven,—no satisfactory reply was obtained. The only theory by which the Fluminensian attempted to account for it was on the supposition that when the Elections and Political Parties. 183 'onal Government was adopted it was deemed advisable the heads of their opponents. ballot-box, in the shape of a hair trunk, is surrounded by the j ks and inspectors; the vote is handed to the presiding officer; name of the voter is checked, and the ballot is then deposited. Groups of poople, active electioneerers and vote-distributers, may be seen in and around the church, like the crowds of the ‘‘unterri- ged” near the polls in the United States. The Government has great power in the elections through the numerous office-holders in its employ; but ofttimes it suffers a defeat. The supreme authori¬ ties have the right to set aside an election in cases of violence or fraudulent procedure. The parties are the ins and the outs, or Government and Opposition. The party-lines were formerly more closely drawn, under the names of SaQuaremas, and Luzias, (the Progressives.) These names are derived from two unim- ^firtaHtTyS^lTmas in the provinces of Eio de Janeiro and Minas- Geraes, where the elections were hotly contested. These parties for some years contended for power and principle, and so warm were their struggles that at times they seemed to battle more for rule than for the success of principles. The Luzias endeavored to promote the welfare of Brazil by adopting regulations for which th^^,a^yia^Kiafi.^did not think the country yet prepared. Both struggleHlKFmany^ears, and alternately held the reins of government: at last the Saquarema party triumphed, and since 1848 has been at the head of affairs; but its principles have been much modified. At present the two parties are nearly reconciled, there being few dissidents. This is owing to the wise policy of the Saquaremas. They have made good use of their great influence; they have adopted some of the ideas of their opponents; and they have pro- 184 Brazil and the Brazilians. moted to Government employment a number of the Luzias ^ho were men of acknowledged ability and probity. This reconciliation was mostly owing to the political tacti of the late Marquis of Parana, who was a most skilful politicj and a fluent speaker. He was an instance of a man of tale^j reaching by his industry and energy the highest position in gift of the monarch and people. He knew well how to employ intrigue, and his moral character was by no means spotless; yet his death, in September, 1856, party-spirit was laid aside, the fanitg of the man were covered, and the energy and talent of the stateg. man only were remembered. Among the distinguished politicians and orators of Brazil may be counted the (Peclco deJkaiiiQ LXima.j '^K^ was educated at the Portuguese University of Coimbra, and has dedicated more than thirty years of his life to the service of his country. He was Prgnnti diirini;‘-"*^>'«rT^ of the Emperor , and has been at various times a member of the Cabinet. The Marquis d’Abrantes, (Miguel Calmon du Pin,) a skilful diplo- matist, consummate financier, and a distinguished orator, was at different periods a member of the Cabinet, and made himself still better known by a volume giving an account of his diplomatic mission in Europe. The Marquis d’Abrantes is the President of one of the most useful and important societies in Brazil ,—A Sociedade Auxilia- dora da Industria Nacional ,—a voluntary company of gentlemen whose object is to advance the agricultural and mechanical and mineral interests of the country, by importing model implements, by correspondence with agriculturalists and manufacturers in all parts of the world, by combating indifference and indolence and every unprofitable routine of cultivation, and by developing the resources of the country. Among the veteran statesmen may be mentioned Senator Ver- gueiro, (once Eegent during the minority of D, Pedro II.,) who has materially advanced the prosperity of his country by promoting, at his own expense, European immigration. A fuller sketch of this noble octogenarian is found in another chapter. The Visconde. do Uruguay (Paulino Jose Soares de Souza) has long been a leader in Brazilian politics, and was Minister of Foreign Affairs when the cruel Dictator Eosas was overthrown by the Brazilian Statesmen and Nobility. 185 ibined Brazilian and Argentine armies and was expelled from CO®' os AVI’®®' Yisconde de Itaborahy (Joachim Jose Eodriges Torres) is a financier, who has been frequently a member of the Cabinet; • to him that are due the reforms in the public treasury and ^ cation of a national bank. He has recently been engaged in ^ f* the interests of education, and in reforming public in- promoting *^The Yisconde de Abaete (Antonio Paulino Limpo de Abreo) has been many times Minister of Foreign Atfairs, and is a brilliant and persuasive orator. ^Tbe Yisconde de Sepetiba, (Aureliano de Souza Oliveira,) who has also been frequently a member of the Cabinet, was one of the first who promoted the organization of companies to execute dif¬ ferent enterprises of internal improvement. The present (1857) Mmister of Marine (Joao Mauricio Wan- derly) was President for three years of the province of Bahia, and directed its affairs with so much energy and prudence that he fully earned the honor of being called by the Emperor to take part in the Cabinet. Zacarias de Goes e Yasconcellos, former President of the new province of Parana, is a brilliant orator, and was called to a place in the Cabinet which went out in 1853. Luis Pedreira do Coutto Ferraz, though comparatively a young man, has been called to places of high honor and trust, and in 1854-55 filled the important post of Minister of the Empire. The Marques de Caxias—the Minister of War in the Cabinet which has so long been at the head of affairs—was, at the death of the Marques of Parana, placed by the Emperor over the Depart¬ ment of Finance. He is a gentleman of ability, affable in his manners, and distinguished as the commander-in-chief of the Bra¬ zilian forces which aided in the complete overthrow of Eosas. The Yisconde de Jequitinhonha, (Montezuma,) as a politician, diplomatist, and lawyer, ranks among the first men of the Empire. Brazil has always been well represented in foreign lands, and her diplomatic corps is not, like that of the United States, recruited from mere political partisans, but its members are fitted for their 186 Brazil and the Brazilians. posts by education, discipline, and graduation, in the same matuj as the diplomatic ranks of England and France. Among them no one stands higher than Senhor Carvalho Moreiro, who represented Brazil in the United States from 1852^* 1855. This gentleman distinguished himself as an advocate at de Janeiro, and in addition to his legal acquirements and abilitj ^ he is a man of varied culture and enlarged views. ^ These are only a few of the leading men of the Empire an^ want of space alone prevents the mention of many more. Titles of nobility have been often used in the foregoing paggg and demand a further explanation. ’ Nobility in Brazil is not hereditary, but bene merito, and has no landed interest or political influence. If a Brazilian has distin- guished himself by his statesmanship, his valor, or his philanthropy and he receives patent of nobility from the Emperor, his son does not thereby become noble. The title is lost to the family at the death of its possessor. While it serves as a reward of merit higher than that of a member of some order of knighthood, it does not build up a potent aristocratic circle which places itself beyond the reach of common-born mortals. The titles of nobility are six,—^viz.: Marques, Count, Yiscount com grandeza, Baron com grandeza, Yiscount, and Baron. There are six orders of knighthood, three of which have been established under the present Emperor. These, as well as the titles of nobility, are doubtless great safety-valves for the ambition and vanity of a people who have never yet learned the lesson of sim- plicity. They are, at most, harmless; and, if they make the Bra¬ zilians happy and promote the welfare of the country, it does not become the most rigid republican to complain, or to wish to square every other Government by his Procrustean bed. CHAPTEE XI. DOMINGO—SABBATH-KEEPING—MANDIOOA-PONTE DE AREA- jjjqX—the ABMADILIO-COMMERCE OP BRAZIL—THE FINEST STEAM- VOTAGE IN THE WORLD—AMERICAN SEAMEN’S FRIEND SOCIETY—THE ENG- gH CBMETERT—ENGLISH CHAPEL—BRAZILIAN FUNERALS—TIJUOA-BENNETT’S BCADES EXCURSIONS—BOTANICAL GARDENS—^AN OLD FRIEND—HOME. Rio DE Janeiro, sometimes called A Corte (the Court) by the Brazilians? while situated within the province of the same name, jfl only the capital of the Empire. Praia Grande, on the opposite side of the bay, is the capital of the province of Eio de Janeiro. The latter city is in a neutral district, like the District of Columbia in the United States, and all the laws of this metropolis, as those of Washington, emanate from the General Government. Feny-boats, resembling the small steamers on the Thames, run half-hourly between the Court and Praia Grande, touching at the neat little village of San Domingo. The passage is made in thirty minutes, and gives a fine view of the entrance to the harbor, the whole water-line of Eio, and the various anchorages for the ship¬ ping. Praia Grande and San Domingo stretch around a semicircular bay, and probably contain about sixteen thousand inhabitants. On account of the quietness and cheaper rents, many prefer this side of the water to the urbs flumini^ as a place of residence. I here frequently held religious services, and the Sabbath seemed more like a day of rest than in Eio, where so many shops are open and the people generally given to amusement. In regard to the holy keeping of the day of rest the Brazilians are no more scrupulous than their, co-religionists in France or Italy. Military parades are as frequent upon that day as any other j and operas, theatres, and halls are probably more crowded than during the evenings of secular time. The foreign wholesale establishments are closed; 187 188 Beazil and the Brazilians. but many of the native shopkeepers, and nearly all of the g French dealers, make as great a display, in the morning at •/lo-CT T+ •tVfcnO-f 1-1 r\TllT£kTT£kT* \r\£X O/I i 4. J_ _ ■» >the meiitg ^ fe^r I Monday or Saturday. It must, however, be admitted to * ** credit of the Brazilians that they have made great improve^ in this respect. Formerly there was no closing of the f " places of business on Sunday, and that day, until within j years, was the favorite of the week for holding auction-sales, the authorities suppressed by edict; and in 1852, a number of Brazilian jobbers, by an agreement, (convenio,) for a while ab. stained from Sunday dealings; but this move was by no means apparent as the suppression of the auctions. In the discnssioa which arose in regard to Sabbath-keeping, the Bishop of Bio Janeiro, and the leading journals, took an active part. Notwith standing all these ameliorations, the Lord’s day is one of amuse- ment and business, so far as Brazilians are concerned; and its profanation is such as to shock even those who are not accustomed to the decent observance of that portion of time in England, Scot¬ land, or the United States. In Praia Grande and S. Domingo there are beautiful chacaratf (country-seats,) and quiet, shady nooks, whose delicious fragrance and coolness contrast refreshingly with the hot landing-place of the steam ferry-boat. Twenty minutes’ walk from the praia (beach) will bring us into the sparsely-inhabited environs, where we may see the coffee-tree, with its cherry-like berries, the noble dome-shaped mangueira, whose fruit is esteemed so highly by the English in the East Indies, and orange-trees, whose rich, yellow burdens never become weari¬ some to the eye or cloying to the palate. There, too, we may see fields of the mandioca, which plant has been and is as much asso¬ ciated with the sustentation of life in Brazil as wheat in more northern climes. This vegetable, (Jatropha manihot L.,) being the principal farinaceous pi’oduction of Brazil, is deserving of particular notice. Its peculiarity is the union of a deadly poison with highly- nutritious qualities. It is indigenous to Brazil, and was known to the Indians long before the discovery of the country. Southey remarks:—‘‘If Ceres deserved a place in the mythology of Greece, far more might the deification of that person have been expected who instructed his fellows in the use of mandioc.” It is difficult The Mandioca Root. 189 hoW savages should have ever discovered that a whole- ^o he prepared from this root. • mode of scraping it to a fine pulp with iis or with an instrument made of small sharp stones set -T-ater-sb®*^®^ 1 piece of bark, so to form a The pulp was thenrubbedorground ^ithastone,thejuice carefully expressed, the last remain¬ ing moisture evapor¬ ated by the fire. The operation of prepar¬ ing it was thought nnwholesome, and the slaves, whose busi¬ ness it was, took the flowers of the nhambi and the root of the arwcu in their food, «to strengthen the heart and stomach.” The Portuguese soon invented mills and presses for this purpose. They usually pressed it in cellars, and places where it was least likely to occasion accidental harm. In these places it is said that a white insect was found generated by this deadly juice, itself not less deadly, with which the native women sometimes poisoned their husbands, and slaves their masters, by putting it in their food. A poultice of mandioc, with its own juice, was considered excellent for imposthumes. It was administered for worms, and was applied to old wounds to eat away the diseased flesh. For some poisons, also, and for the bite of certain snakes, it was sovereign antidote. The simple juice was used for 190 Brazil and the Brazilians. cleaning iron. The poisonous quality is confined to the root- the leaves of the plant are eaten, and even the juice made innocent hy boiling, and be fermented into vinegar or • ^ sated till it became sweet enough to serve for honey. The crude root cannot be preserved three days by any care, and the slightest moisture spoils the flour. Pigo obse ^ that he had seen great ravages occasioned among the troop^^’ eating it in this state. There were two modes of preparation which it could more easily he kept. The roots were sliced * ^ imdtr water, and then hardened before a fire. When wanted % . they were grated into a fine powder, which, being beaten up water, became like a cream of almonds. The other method wjj to macerate the root in water till it became putrid, then hang up to he smoke-dried; and this, when pounded in a mortar pi^ duced a flour as white as meal. It was frequently prepared in this manner by savages. The most delicate preparation was by pressing it through a sieve and putting the pulp immediately in an earthen vessel on the fire. It then granulated, and was excellent when either hot or cold. The native mode of cultivating it was rude and summary. The Indians cut down the forest-trees, let them lie till they were diy enough to burn, and then planted the mandioc between the stumps. They ate the dry flour in a manner that baffled all attempts at imitation. Taking it between their fingers, they tossed it into their mouths so neatly that not a grain was lost. No European ever tried to perform this feat without powdering his face or hU clothes, to the amusement of the savages. The mandioc supplied them also with their banqueting-drink. They prepared it by an ingenious process, which savage man has Often been cunning enough to invent, but never cleanly enough to reject. The roots were sliced, boiled till they became soft, and set aside to cool. The young women then chewed them, after which they were returned into the vessel, which was filled with water, and once more boiled, being stirred the whole time. When this process had been continued sufflciently long, the unstrained con¬ tents were poured into earthen jars of great size, and buried up to the middle in the floor of the house. The jars were closely stopped, and, in the course of two or three days, fermentation took Tapioca. 191 They bad an old superstition that if it were made by men gQQd for nothing. When the drinking-day arrived, wou j^indled fires around these jars, and served out the jn half-gourds, which the men came dancing and ^va^m receive, and always emptied at one draught. They (jingingte parties, but continued drinking as long as one the liT^or remained, and, having exhausted all in one removed to the next, till they had drank out all in the town, bouse, were commonly held about once a month. De Lery one which lasted three days and three nights. Thus, in every age and country, gives proof of his depravity, by converting the gifts of a bountiful Providence into the means of bis own destruction. ^ jfandioca is difficult of cultivation,—the more common species requiring from twelve to eighteen months to ripen. Its roots have a great tendency to spread. Cut slips of the plant are inserted in large hills, which at the same time counteract this tendency, and fnmish it with a dry soil, which the mandioca prefers. The roots, when dug, are of a fibrous texture, corresponding in appearance to those of the long parsnip. The process of preparation is first to boil them, then remove the rind, after which the pieces are held by the hand in contact with a circular grater turned by water¬ power. The pulverized material is then placed in sacks, several of which, thus filled, are subjected to the action of a screw-press for the expulsion of the poisonous liquid. The masses thus solidi¬ fied by pressure are beaten fine in mortars. The substance is next transferred to open ovens, or concave plates, heated beneath, where it is constantly and rapidly stirred until quite dry. The appearance of the farinha, when well prepared, is very white and beautiful, although its particles are rather coarse. It is found upon every Brazilian table, and forms a great variety of healthy and palatable dishes. The fine substance deposited by the juice of the mandioca, when preserved, standing a short time, constitutes the tapioca of commerce, so well known in the culinary departments of North America and Europe, and is now a valuable export from Brazil. Another species, called the Aipim, (manihot Aipim,) is common. It is destitute of all poisonous qualities, and is boiled or roasted. 192 Brazil and the Brazilians. and is but little inferior to the potato or the lari Itaiu the advantage of requi^jj ** I chestnut. It has further .— - eight months to ripen, although it cannot be converted ■ ' farinha. Not far from Praia Grande is the foundry, engine-manufacto and ship-yard of Ponte da Area, where four or five hund*^’ mechanics and laborers, under European and Brazilian eupe vision, are turning out works of importance and magnitude the year 1854, besides kettles, stills, and boilers, this establigij. ment constructed four steamers with their engines, and two steamers and a bark were upon the stocks. But the most attractive part of this side of the water is peaceful and beautiful Eua da Inga and the Praia de Carahy. wind through a thoroughfare—if it can be so called—overhung by graceful shade-trees; and on either side, almost hidden by hedges of mimosa, creeping and flowering vines, huge plants and cacti in gorgeous bloom, are the vermilion roofs and the blue arabesques of Brazilian cottages. In a few minutes we reach the Praia de Carahy, where the fanning sea-breeze dashes the waves in foaming brightness against the shell-paved beach. The scene beyond is indescribable in its beauty and its grandeur; and the view of the surrounding mountains and Eio de Janeiro nestling at their base has often reminded me of the observations of Mr. Hillard in regard to Naples and Edinburgh, when he says, “The works of man’s hands are subordinate to the grand and commanding features of nature around and above them: . . . . the magnificent lines and sweeps of the landscape eat up the city itself.” When I gazed from the craggy cliff of Inga upon the rolling surf beneath,—the graceful lake-like Bay of Jurujuba on our left, the islet of Boa Yiagem before us, crowned with its picturesque chapel, dear to mariners and kissed by the breeze-swayed palm- tree, and as with silent wonder I beheld far across the water the giant groupings of the Pao de Assucar, the Tres Irmaos, the wide- topped Gavia, the columnar Corcovado, and the distant Tijuca,*- I could realize the emotions of the same polished and forcible writer when acknowledging the utter impossibility of describing the Italian scene to which the Brazilian landscape is equal m beauty and superior in sublimity. What Mr. Hillard has said of 3 '4 f L The View prom Inga. 193 ' us environs of Naples is doubly true of the view from tbeg*" «\Vhat words can analyze and take to pieces the parts and lug*" f this matchless panorama, or unravel that magic web of (jetail® -^hich palaces, villas, forests, gardens, the mountains sea are woven ? What pen can paint the soft curves, the ^ undulations, the flowing outlines, the craggy steeps, and the'’’ beio'hts, which, in their combination, are so full of grace, at the same time, expression ? Words here are imperfect in- ^ and must yield their place to the pencil and the graver. no canvas can reproduce the light and color which play around enchanting region. No skill can catch the changing hues of the distant mountains, the star-points of the playing waves, the films of purple and green which spread themselves over the calm waters the sunsets of gold and orange, and the aerial veils of rose jind amethyst which drop over the hills from the skies of morning ^d evening." Such scenes can he felt, not described. If we now turn from the white beach ’and the magniflcent fisfa de Inga, and seek the reddish-colored hills which are beyond the Bay of lurujuba, we shall in our rambles frequently meet portions of the earth freshly thrown up. This has been done by the armadillo; for the pointed snout and the strong claws of this little buckler- clad animal admirably adapt him for bur¬ rowing, which operation he performs with such astonishing rapidity that it is almost impossible to get at him by digging. The hunters, in such a case, resort to fire, and smoke the armadillo out of his den. Not being able to stand the fumes of burning wood, the little fellow rushes through the new-made aperture, rolls himself up, is easily captured, and his delicate flesh is soon consigned to the kitchen. This power of enveloping himself so completely in his shell that he appears like » round stone or a cocoanut, is a provision of a kind Providence. The armadillo cannot run with any degree of rapidity, and, when attacked by birds of prey, he rolls himself up like a hedgehog, and offers only a solid uniform surface impervious to beaks and talons. 13 THE ARMADILLO. 194 Brazil and the Brazilians. Or again, if set upon by a dog or some small quadruped, be lows himseir^ and rolls down a hill. I have before me a spe of the armadillo that -was seized ^ doubled-up state and thrust imme( into boiling water, which has prea^^ him in that position. So little does i semble the live animal or his elongated appearance, that no friend whom I have shown him could diving what.it was, nearly every one taking bii^ to be some strange Brazilian nut. gravings afford a perfect likeness of from two different points of view: neithj, head nor tail can be made of him, unfeu the triangular piece is his os ftnntis. In returning to Eio de Janeiro, it jj often an agreeable variety to make tlif passage in afalua.* This is a species boat with lateen sails, and may be rf twenty or forty tons’ burden. They are manned by a captain, whp steers, takes the three-cent fare, and scolds the poor blacks. Whe^ it is calm, the more than half-naked negroes slowly pull at long oars, which are so heavy, that, in order to obtain a “pur¬ chase,” they are obliged to step up on a sort of bench before them, and thus, rising and falling to a monotonous African ditty, they form one of the peculiar sights of Eio. Many of the pooMr classes go as passengers on these faluas; but they are mostiy used for the transportation of light cargoes to various towns oa the bay. If we take a falua to the Saude, we pass through vast quantities of shipping. The great interests of Brazilian commerce draw an immeia# number of vessels from all portions of the globe. Brazil itself poi- sesses the second navy of the Western World, and her steam- frigates and her sloops-of-war rendered essential service in IM overthrow of the tyrant Eosas at Buenos Ayres. Since 1839, Brazil has had steamship-lines running along the The sail-boats in the engravings on pages 60 and 201 faluas . The Commerce of Brazil. 195 f her four thousand miles of sea-coast, but it was not until steam-communication was established to Europe. It was at ft® Eoyal British Mail Steamship Company, whose tb®® from Southampton, began their monthly voyages; vessels jjQ jggg than eight different lines of steamers, . jjgr vvith England, Prance, Hamburg, Portugal, Belgium, Sardiniu- Tl^® United States, which hitherto has been the commercial rival of Great Britain in Brazil, has not a single • of steamers to any portion of South America; and, while 1 nd is reaping golden harvests, the balance of trade is each accumulating against us. With all this so evident, it does strange that the General Government of the Union, which has aided in extending our mercantile interests by subsidies to steamships running to other lands, has been so tardy in regard to South America, and especially unmindful of Brazil. England’s commerce with Brazil since the establishment of her first steam¬ line in 1850 has increased her exports more than one hundred per cent. "While the United States has required thirteen years to make the same advance. Her entire commerce with Brazil, imports and exports, has advanced two hundred and twenty-five per cent, since her first steam-line was established. Each year the balance of trade is increasing rapidly against us. In 1856, the United States exported to Brazil $5,094,904, while in return the United States imported from Brazil $19,262,657, or, in other words, our last year’s trading with Brazil left against us the cash balance of $14,167,753, which we had to pay at heavy rates of exchange. England, in 1855, sold Brazil $23,000,000, and bought of her in return only $15,000,000, thus leaving the latter her debtor. Why is there such a disastrous account against us ? British steamers, energy, and capital, and our neglect, have thus advanced the commerce of England. Our Government and our merchants, notwithstanding their boasted enterprise, have done next to nothing to foster the trade with Brazil. Purchasing as we do half her coffee crop and the greater portion of her India-rubber, there onght to be an effort on our part to introduce effectually the many productions of our country which we can furnish as well as Great Britain. Our common cottons are better than the imitations of the same manufactured at Manchester, England, and yet labelled 196 Beazil and the Brazilians. “Lowell drillings” and “York Mills, Saco, Me.” We can f many kinds of hardware and other items cheaper and better^^*^ England. The few efforts made by single individuals (as in the”***^ of Mr. N. Sands,—^Filgueiras, Sands & Co.) to introduce the 1 ^ saving machines of our country have already resulted in the blishment of four different Brazilian houses in Eio de Janeiro one can purchase various articles under the comprehensive name f Genros Norte Americanos. In 1856, the United States purchased on®, third of all the exports of Brazil, but the imports from the IJnite^j States into the Empire were not one-tenth of the Brazilian import®. This subject demands investigation from individuals and from om Government. It does not fall within my province to extend this to greater length in this portion of the work, but the statistician and the political economist, as well as those who are engaged in com merce, will find in the Appendix much information in regard to onr business-relations with Brazil; and in this connection it is but just and due to one who has consecrated his life to the promotion of the commercial interests of both countries, that I should mention the efforts of Dr. Thomas Eainey. This gentleman, though young in years, but old in experience, visited Brazil in 1854 for the purpose of travelling through this extensive Empire. On arriving at Para, on the Amazon, he was so struck with the immense resources of the country, the trade which, default of exertions on the part of the United States, was seeking an outlet five thousand miles away, while our own land was two thousand miles nearer, that he studied the Portuguese language for the purpose of investigating the facts in the case. So impressed was he with the glaring truth that the trade of all Brazil was gliding from us, and that nothing but steamship-intercourse could restore it, that he gave up his intended prolonged explorations of the interior, and devoted him¬ self to the endeavor to connect our country by steam with this growing Empire. He perceived that it could be easily accomplished by running a mail steamship-line via the West Indies to the mouth of the Amazon, and there connecting with the various Brazilian lines which, having their head-quarters at Eio de Janeiro, touched not only at every important seaport town and city, but extended to the fertile regions of the La Plata. He conceived that such a line might be made subservient to the interests of both the largo A Steamship Line to Brazil. 197 fields' f commerce comprehended in the West Indies and Northern South America. He did not, however, look upon the g of mere dollars and cents, but as one of essential welfare Western Continent. At a pecuniary loss to himself, he has ' the Blatter elled twice from Washington to Eio de Janeiro, visiting i n and the West Indies,—going before the executive heads ^ d the statesmen of each Government, and has called their atten- to the important facts which he has elucidated after patient •'vestigation. It was a favorite idea that the interests of this ^ntinent should be united; that the policy of the North and South American States should be essentially American, and not European; jpd that to this end they should be locked in the closest embraces of steam, by which alone they could cultivate those intimate rela¬ tions of friendship and that mutual confidence which would result in the improvement of commerce and the material advancement of the New World. And as Brazil is the second country of the Western World and the leader of the South American States, a connection with her will be beneficial, not only to the commercial enterprise of both countries, but will be advancing the higher and better interests of humanity in every nation of our whole continent. Our communication with Brazil, and consequently with all South America, is now exceedingly difficult. We have no means of sending letters and passengers except by sailing-vessels, which are slow, unreliable, and but little disposed to accommodate the interests of rivals. Nearly all passengers and letters now go to Liverpool, thence to Southampton or the Continent, and thence to Brazil, La Plata, and the Windward Islands,—a distance of nearly nine thousand miles. Our commercial men not only have to send by this most unnatural transit, but are compelled to submit also to the most harassing disadvantages, and are almost at the mercy of European rivals. It is therefore to be regretted that the last Con¬ gress, in the pressure of the business preceding the inauguration, did not have time to act upon the report laid before that body. It 18, however, only a work of time, and no doubt another year will not roll round before this line, so important to the interests of our country, will be established. In the mean time the able report and the joint bill reported unanimously by the committees of the 198 Brazil and the Brazilians. Senate and the House of Eepresentatives, show the high ciation of the persevering etforts of Dr. Eainej; and the rearf^^^ •C -tn. i n y^-mrwi i- 4-T-k y-k yr. .back ride. It is diflScult to speak calmly of the scenery horse, There, unfurled before you, like a fairy panorama. the bay with its islands, the distant mountains blending with clear blue sky,—a dark precipitous cliff on the right, pouring down its tiny cascades in silvery lines, that relieve its barren stern¬ ness and on the left a high hill, covered with glossy-leaved coffee- lants : on the plain below rises a single mound, and beyond is the learning city,—its white edifices peacefully encircling the green bills of Conception, San Bento, and Antonio. Nothing but a large oil-painting can convey any just idea of this view; and it was here that an English painter took his stand for a tropic landscape of surpassing beauty. After a long gaze you tur^ away only half satisfied, and imme¬ diately lose sight of all on that side of the mountain, but soon dis¬ cover the open sea beyond the opposite descent. A few minutes more brings you to the residence of Mr. Bennett, an intelligent English¬ man, who has erected in this beautiful spot a boarding-house, where many of the foreign residents pass the hot months. Here, while only eight miles from the Praca do Commercio, far from the heat and noise of the busy city, we could spend our days and nights in ease and comfort. No mosquitoes fright away sleep with their fierce war-whoops; no cockroaches—or baratos, as they are called— crawl over your feet as you sit in the piazza. But do not imagine that there is total stillness. On the contrary, the air is vocal with the sounds of that portion of animated nature which loves to dis¬ turb nocturnal hours. Pre-eminent above all is the staccato music of the blacksmith-frog, whose substantial body a man’s hands could not enclose, and every sound that he produces rings upon the ear like the clang of a hammer upon an anvil, while the tones uttered by his congeners strikingly resemble the lowing of distant cattle. Not far from Bennett’s are the coffee-plantations of Mr. Lescene ^d of Mr. Moke, which are among the very first that were culti- 206 Brazil and the Brazilians. vated in Brazil; and, as they are the only fazendas near to no stranger should omit an early walk to the lovely valley they are found. The excursions from the boarding-house are most varied interesting. To climb the Pedra Bonita and gaze upon the ^ tain-landscape and the far-oif meeting of sky and ocean is delightful work of a few hours. The charm of Tijuea is while its climate is unchanging June, and its verdure trop' BE! ETT'S, TIJUCA. possesses the sparklijjg cascades and thundering waterfalls of Switzerland. If we wander from Bennett’s toward Eio, and turn to our left, a few moments will bidng us to a limpid stream which hangs like a ribbon down the mountain-side, and sends up “Brave notes to all the woods around, When morning beams are gathering fast, And hush’d is every human sound.” This beautiful fall is said to come from a height of three hundred feet, and reminded me of the leaping brooks of the Talley of the Ehone, or the graceful cascade of Arpenaz, that swings from an Alpine cliff into the sweet vale of Maglan. Or again, if we ride for a half-hour in the opposite direction from the mountain boarding-house, we reach a wild and verdant spot, where, dismissing Excursions. 20T climb up through banana-fields and forest, and reach ^ -Icf waters of the Gascata Grande. Here the Tijuca Biver tB® sixty feet or more over a rocky inclined plain, presenting, the volume is increased, an imposing appearance; but, when ^^^^tream is supplied by the clear springs of the Serra, it down in a transparent sheet, revealing the shining rock ^^^ath The river pursues its way over a rock-bed down the ^"ontain, and loses itself in the lake which mirrors the giant (javia- jjj. Ewbank, who is usually very correct in his facts, has curiously departed from his accustomed precision in the statement that it was “ in this secluded retreat that the Bishop of Bio lay concealed during the troubles with the French Protestants of Coligny’s time/' No “ Bishop of Bio” was in existence “ during the troubles of Coligny’s^ time,” The only bishopric in Brazil for many years was that of Bahia. The,French were finally expelled from the Bay of Bio de Janeiro in 1567, and it was not until this ffas effected that the city of San Sebastian or Bio de Janeiro was founded. Mr. Ewbank was doubtless misled by some one informing him that the remains near the Gascata Grande were those of walls erected for the bishop when the French took possession of Bio. This is perfectly correct; for in 1711, after the disastrous defeat of the French commander Du Clerc, (in 1710,) Du Guay Trouin came with an avenging squadron to Bio de Janeiro, and on such a scale were his preparations that the inhabitants fled to the mountains of Tijuca, and there remained until the city was taken and sacked, and did not return before Trouin had sailed away with his heavy ransom. But if Mr. Ewbank has been led into error so far as a date is concerned, he has more than made up for it by his beautiful and graphic painting of the bright Falls of Tijuca, as it appeared to him when taking a picnic-dinner upon the glistening stones:—“Our table extended into the channel; and there we banqueted and reclined amid scenery far excelling that which Pliny’s Laurentinum dining-chamber opened on. Shielded from the sun by nature’s parasols, far from the busy scenes of artificial life, not a carking care to trouble us, and our spirits airy as our dresses, we laughed and talked and dipped our cups in the crystal stream as people did 208 Brazil and the Brazilians. in tlie golden age. Flora adorned thfe hanging shrubbery 3 from the distance, looked on; zephyrs played round — naiads—if naiads there be—^frisked in the falls and threw and us as they glided by.’^ From Tijuca there is a very fine excursion around the base of th Gavia, high up whose steep sides are certain curious tieroglypj^j which have long occupied the attention of the learned. characters seem like Eoman letters; but the best explanation of their existence upon this precipitous wall is that nature has chiselled them by rains and sun, and, perhaps in times remote by- little shrubs, whose seeds, deposited by wandering birds, have grown in the crevices until their swelling roots have aided the rain in prying off friable portions of the rock. This excursion can be extended upon the wave-washed beacb around to the Botanical Gardens, above which, from one of the lesser hills, is a prospect not excelled by the views of Como and Maggiore. The abrupt Corcovado presents a new face as it looks down upon the calm Lagoa das Freitas. The stately palms of the Jardim Botanico seem from our elevation like the trees of a child’s toy garden. The Serra, across the Bay of Eio, takes every shade of purple and blue during the daytime, and, as the sun at eventide darts his rays athwart the Pao de Assucar and the Irmoes, the dis¬ tant white fortress of Santa Cruz stands out from waters and moun¬ tains of rose. A lady friend, who sketched for me the opposite en¬ graved scene, accompanied the gift with this remark in regard to the exquisite tints of that tropic region:—“Tears of familiarity never destroyed for me the loveliness and marvellousness of these hues, which a painter woidd hesitate to put upon canvas for exhi¬ bition to the inhabitants of a less genial zone.” There is less difficulty, however, in transferring to the sketch-book the bold out¬ lines of those peculiar-shaped mountains which abound throughout almost every league of the capital province of the Empire; and the many scenes presented in this portion of “ Brazil and the Bra¬ zilians,” which were taken to support no argument of mine, will expose the absurdity as well as the inaccuracy of the descriptions given, even in the latest American edition of McCulloch, of “ the neighborhood of Eio de Janeiro,” which “consists in a great mea¬ sure of plains”! An Old Fkiend. 209 3 otanical Gardens, to which we can now easily descend, is ^ romantic spot, and is reached from the city by a **^**^t which leads through Botafogo and under the shadow vado. It a flower-garden, but rather a Jardin des Core exotics, from the tiniest parasite up to the loftiest ^^”^^ome under our inspection. Here you may behold groves of on and clove trees, acres of Chinese tea, the Nogaras da bread-fruit, cacao and camphor trees, besides many others lb‘at are objects of great curiosity. There was one tree, half hidden by the dome-shaped mangueiras, that I often visited with peculiar emotions of pleasure. It was a small North American maple. As I looked upon that little tree,—an exotic in this distant land, where no wintry blasts would strip it of its foliage, where not even an autumnal frost would robe it in those gorgeous hues which the flowers of this summer clime hardly surpass,—could sympathize with the Bedouin of the desert who, upon beholding the palm-tree m the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, was transported far over moun¬ tain and sea to the country of his nativity. The most surprising sight to the Northern stranger in the Botanical Gardens is the long avenue of the Palma Eeal, (^Oreodoxa regia,') which we enter from the great gate, and which, in its regularity, extent, and beauty, is 14 210 Brazil and the Brazilians. unrivalled. It is a colonnade of natural Corinthian columns graceful, bright-green capitals seem to support a portion^ ------ blue dome that arches above, But the sun’s last rays are empurpling the granite peaks us, and, after a gallop through the villa-lined San Clemente ^ reach Botafogo. The lamps are already twinkling, and thr^* their light upon the edge of that graceful little bay where the regatta holds its annual festivity. Five minutes more, we dismo^^ at the Hotel dos Estrangeiros; and thus we have accomplished th entire circuit of the city San Sebastian de Eio de Janeiro. CHAPTEE XII. ^PO SANTA ANNA—THE OPENING OP THE ASSEMBLEA GEKAE—HISTOKT OP ^ ENTS SUCCEEDING THE ACCLAMATION OP DOM PEDKO II.-THE BEGENCY- OSSTITUTIONAL BEFOBM-CONDITION OP POLITICAL PAKTIES BEFOKE THE VOLUTION OP 1840 —DEBATES IN THE HOUSE OP DEPUTIES—ATTEMPT AT PBOBOGATION—MOVEMENT OP ANTONIO CABLOS—DEPUTATION TO THE EMPEBOE PBEMANENT SESSION—ACCLAMATION OP DOM PEDEO’s MAJOBITT—THE ASSEM¬ BLY’S PBOCLAMATION—BEJOICINGS—NEW MINISTEY—PUBLIC CONGBATULATIONS BEAL STATE OF THINGS—MINISTEEIAL PBOGEAMME—PBEPABATIONS FOB THE CORONATION—CHANGE OF MINISTEY—OPPOSITION COME INTO POWEB—COBONA- riON POSTPONED — SPLENDOB OP THE COEONATION—FINANCIAL EMBAEBASS- _DIPLOMACY—DISSOLUTION OP THE CAMAEA—PEETEXT OF OUTBBEAKS- COUNCIL OP STATE—EESTOBATION OP OEDEE—SESSIONS OF THE ASSEMBLY— IMPEBIAL MAKEIAGES—MINISTEEIAL CHANGE—PBESENT CONDITION. The usual carriage-route to and frona Gamboa is through the Campo de Santa Anna. Many important public buildings are upon the side of this large square. The Church of S. Anna, an extensive garrison, the Camara Municipal, the National Museum, the Palace of the Senate, the Foreign Office, and one of the large opera-houses, are to be found on different portions of the park. It presents an animated scene on the 3d of May, when the session of the As- Bemblea Geral is opened by the Emperor in person. The procession from St. Christovao to the Palace of the Senate is not surpassed in Bcenic effect by any similar pageant in Europe. The foot-guards, (halberdiers,) with their battle-axes,—the dragoons and the hussars in picturesque and bright uniforms,—the mounted military bands,— the large state-carriages, with their six caparisoned horses and liveried coachmen and postillions,—the chariot of the Empress, drawn by eight iron-grays,—the magnificent Imperial carriage, drawn by the same number of milk-white horses decked with Prince-of-Wales plumes,—and the long cavalcade of troops,—form a pageant worthy of the Empire. The six coaches-and-six are for 211 212 ]|razil and the Brazilians. the officers of the Imperial household. Her Majesty Bona Th is surrounded by her maids of honor in their robes and traj^^ green and gold. Believing that some fair readers will be with the details of Dona Theresa’s toilette, one who is betfe^*^ quainted than I am with ladies’ costume says that the habi liJ^ of the Empress, on state-occasions, is an under-dress of white heavily embroidered with gold, with a profusion of rich lace faHj * deeply over the corsage and forming its sleeves. These are loo^^ up with diamonds magnificent in size and lustre. The train ig green velvet, with embroideries in gold corresponding with of the skirt. Her head-dress, with the hair worn in long rin^et, in front, is a wreath of diamonds and emeralds in the shape of flowers rising into the form of a coronet over the forehead, from which a white ostrich-feather falls gracefully to the shoulder A broad sash, the combined ribbons of different orders,—scarlet, purple, and green,—crosses the bust from the right shoulder to the waist, above which a mass of emeralds and diamonds of the fiat water sparkles on her bosom. Her smile is one of engaging sweet ness, which is not assumed on mere state-occasions, but is sees habitually, whether this Neapolitan princess is accompanying her august spouse in an afternoon ride, or whether with a single attendant she grants a private audience to those who desire to pay their homage to her majesty. The Emperor is indeed a Saul,—^head and shoulders above his people j and in his court-dress, with his crown upon his fine, fair brow, and his sceptre in his hand, whether receiving the salutes of his subjects or opening the Imperial Chambers, he is a splendid specimen of manhood. His height, when uncovered, is six feet foiu inches, and his head and body are beautifully proportioned: at a glance one can see, in that full brain and in that fine blue eye, that he is not a mere puppet upon the throne, but a man who thinks. The opening of the Chambers is always performed by His Majesty in person. He reads a brief address from the throne, setting forth the condition and necessities of the Empire, and then, pronouncing the session aberta, descends from the dais, followed in procession to his Imperial carriage by all the dignitaries of court and mem¬ bers of the Assembly. The cortege returns to San Christovao through streets that are decorated with hangings of crimson silk Opening of the Assemblea Geral. 213 The brocade. There is not the enthusiasm attending this is manifested at the inauguration of a new Presi- States, but the circumstances are different: the ^ riHress of the Emperor corresponds to the annual message „ .. rf'the iDgs iDonar< president, and there is no occasion for the jubilatic proceed- '"vhich are the concomitant parts of an inauguration. The •cbial principle is deeply imbedded in the heart of the Bra- and in adaptation to them and their country, it is ^'filiitely superior to republicanism. '"it is appropriate, in connection with the opening of the Assemblea gppjl to give a sketch of the events succeeding those which broiwht the present Emperor to the throne of Brazil. I^he min istry jyhich was the, faygrite. of tbe.people. Upon the refusal of the monarch to this request, repeatedly and respect¬ fully urged through proper magistrates, several divisions of the urmy and the national guard joined the populace. An adjutant ^ sent to the Palace of San Christovao for a final answer, which was given in the abdication of the monarch under circumstances which command our highest admiration. The Adjutant (Miguel de Frias Yasconcellos) returned at full gallop from San Christovao with the decree of abdication in his band. It was received with the liveliest demonstrations of joy, and the morning air rang with ‘‘vivas” to Dom Pedro the Second. At an early hour all the Deputies and Senators in the metropolis, together with the ex-Ministers of State, assembled in the Senate- House and appointed a provisional Eegency, consisting of Vergueiro, Francisco de Lima, and the Marquis de Caravellas, who were to administer the government until the appointment of the permanent Regency provided for by the Constitution. The son in favor of whom this abdication was made was not six years old: neverthe¬ less, he was borne in triumph to the city, and the ceremony of his acclamation as Emperor was performed with all imaginable enthu¬ siasm. During the progress of these events, the corps diplomatique had assembled at the house of the Pope’s nuncio, to determine on what course they should take in the progressing revolution. Mr. Brown, the American charge d'affaires, declined being present at 214 Brazil and the Brazilians. this meeting, apprehending that its special design was to the common interests of royalty. Those who met, however, a protect to present an address to the existing authorities, in which agreed after stating that the safety of their several countrymen was perille^t • the midst of the popular movements then taking place, they ^ manded for them the most explicit enjoyment of the rights immunities conceded by the laws and treaties of civilized nations. They furthermore resolved to wait upon the ex-Emperor in a bodi to learn from his own lips whether he had really abdicated! These measures were highly offensive to the new Goveri ■nnient, being considered in the light of an uncalled-for interference. Government was at the same time highly pleased with the course pursued by Mr. Brown, and also by Mr. Gomez, the charge from Colombia, who dissented from the policy of the monarehial diplo. matic agents. The Minister of State remarked that their conduct was that of “true Americans.’’ The 9th of April was appointed as the first court-day of Lom Pedro II., while the ex-Emperor still remained in the harbor. A Te Deum was chanted in the Imperial Chapel. The troops appeared in review; and an immense concourse of people, wearing leaves of the “arvore nacional” as a badge of lojmlty, filled the streets. They detached the horses from the Imperial carriage, so that they might draw their infant sovereign with their own hands. When he had been conveyed to the palace he was placed in a window, and the unnumbered multitude passed before him. After this he received the personal compliments of the corps diplomatique, none of whom were absent, notwithstanding the recent excursion on board the "Warspite. The new Government courteously offered Dom Pedro I. the use of a public ship. He declined it, on account of the delay and ex¬ pense that would be necessary to its outfit; remarking, at the same time, that his good friends, the Kings of Great Britain and France, could well afford him the conveyance for himself and family which had been offered by their respective naval commanders on that station. On the 17th of Ju ne the Asseipblea Geral proce eded t o the eleo- tionTFthe^era^jpigDtrBegency. The indiyid]flaIs.-,dl^Jt&^^^®^^^^’ CostX'(^rvalho . and J oao Braulio Muniz. The General i The Rehency. 215 ’ed during this session by exciting debates on the subject ^ Antonio Carlos de Andrada presided in the Chamber of Jose Bonifacio, who had been appointed by the ex-Em- pepatxes^^^^^ children, was recommissioned by the Assemblea, ^ b^d having decided that the former appointment was invalid. e ting his charge, that distinguished Brazilian declared that ^ ^ould receive no compensation for the services he might render I*® important capacity,—which declaration he maintained in I'spirit of a true patriot. Notwithstanding the magnitude of the revolution that had so sud- j nly transpired, the public tranquillity was scarcely at all disturbed, On the 7th of October official despatches arrived, bringing the ongratulations of the Government of the United States upon the jjew order of things. This was the first demonstration of the senti¬ ments of other nations that was communicated at the Brazilian court, and as such was received with peculiar satisfaction. J n the month of April, 1832, two military rio ts occurred in Ri o de Janeiro, and in July lOtfovdJig llin IMininff^^'^ofjustice, in his public report, seized the occasion to denounce the venerable Jose Bonifacio, on suspicion of his having ' cohmved at the preceding^ '^sturhances. The report of a committee in the Camara dos Depu- tados demanded his dismission without a hearing. The Camara agreed to this by a bare majority, but the Senate dissented, and that plot for degrading Andrada failed. The Regents sent in their resignation to the General Assembly. A deputation from the i Chamber of Deputies besought them to remain in office. They I consented, but immediately organized a new ministry. I The next year, however, the opposition triumphed, not in verify- 1 ing these unjust accusations, but in deposing the old patriot as tutor to the young Emperor. The year 1834 was celebrated on account of the important changes that were made in the Constitution of the Empire. One of these created annual assemblies in the provinces, instead of the general councils before held. The members of the provincial assemblies were to be elected once in two years. Another abo¬ lished the triple Regency, and again conferred that office upon a single individual, to be elected once in four years. 216 Brazil and the Brazilians. After the election for Sole Begent took place, the Senate del Minas, Feijo was installed Sole Eegent on the l ^th of O ct^K On the 24th he issued a judicious proclama^n to^lJe^*’ zilian people, setting forth the principles that he intended to observ in his administration. The agitated question of the Eegency being settled, affairs as- sumed a more permanent aspect. Several foreign nations, at this juncture, advanced their diplomatic agents to the highest grade The United States were desired to do the same, but did not consent In 1836 the Government, among other suggestions for the public good, proposed to employ Moravian missionaries to catechize the Indians of the interior. This measure, together with every other ori- ginated by this administration, was opposed with the utmost rancor and bitterness by Yasconcellos, a veteran politician of great abili- ties and uncommon eloquence, but of doubtful principles and bad morals. Notwithstanding the arts and power of Yasconcellos, the leading measure of the administration prevailed. This was a loan of two thousand contos of reis (£200,000) for the temporary relief of the treasury. Open and active rebellions were at this time in progress in Eio Grande do Sul, and also in Para. Their influence, however, was scarcely apparent at the capital, where eveiy thing seemed quiet and prosperous. The General Assembly was slow in making provision to suppress these outbreaks, and when they were about to adjourn P eijo prolo nged the session a month, “that the members might do their duty.” Movements for the abolition of the Eegency, and the installation of the young Emperor, had already commenced, even at this early day. At times, and in favorable circumstances, they became more apparent. Feijo’s administration was not calculated to be popular. His character partook of the old Eoman sternness. When he had once marked out a course for himself, he followed it against all opposi- Condition of Parties. 217 • 'ncline^ to ostentation himself, he did not countenance it tioD* neither practised nor abetted the usual arts of flat- jp others- He sometimes changed his ministers, but lering the P or never. At length, so embarrassed did he jjjs advis®!’ ijetween the rebellion of Eio Grande and the factious • that checked his measures for repressing it, that he mi^ed to retire from his office. d®*®'' . of September, 1837, Feijo a bdicated the Eeggftcy, ■ '- - "“edro Arau’'' t ,p osition party came^ P of the Empire, assumed the ®egen^ by virtue of a On the ] and the ^ then c orovision of the _ ^ +>ip new order of affairs. No commotion took place, and mover m me ^ •'"‘[^^eviH^tthat the strength of the new Government consisted union A different policy was adopted toward the boy Emperor. Feijo had been distant and unceremonious; the new administration hecame over-attentive. More display was made on public occasions, jnd the inclinations of a people passionately fond of the pomp and circumstance of royalty began to be fully gratified. In October, 1838 the votes of the new election were canvassed, and Lima was installed Eegent. His term of office was to cover the minority of the Emperor. Whether the Eegent himself expected such a result or not, it soon became apparent that the dignity of his office was quite eclipsed by the new honors with which the young sovereign was complimented. The frequent changes of ministry hitherto had embarrassed the diplomacy of the Brazilian Government, and had caused much dissatisfaction to foreign powers, who were unwilling to see their claims neglected from any cause. By degrees, how¬ ever, the foreign as well as the internal affairs of the Government became more permanently adjusted. The year 1840 was signalized in Brazil by a new and startling political revolution, which resulted in the abolition of the Eegenpy. The Emperor, Dom Pedro II., was now in his fiftee nth year ; and the political party opposed to the Eegent and the existing ministry espoused the project OT 'aeciafing Kis minority expired, and of elevating him at once to the fulF possesion of his 'Hirdne. This project had been occasionally discussed during the last five years. But it had always been characterized as premature and absurd. It 218 Brazil and the Brazilians. was argued that the Constitution limited the minority Qf sovereign to the age of eighteen years, and that was earlv ' for any young man to have the task of governing so vast an p pire. On the other hand, it was urged that, as to responsibiUt ^ Constitution expressly provided that none should attach itself^* the Emperor under any circumstances. Hence an abolition of Eegency would, as matter of course, devolve the powers of tb regent upon some other officer. There would be one difference however. The Eegent, as such, enjoyed the privileges of rovah' itself, being also perfectly irresponsible. This circumstance -waa urged as a great and growing evil. However desirable it was for a sovereign to possess the attribute of irresponsibility, it was a dangerous thing for a citizen, accidentally elevated to office to have the power of dispensing good or evil without expecting to answer for his conduct. As these subjects were discussed, much feeling was aroused; but the best-informed persons supposed that the Eegent would be able to defeat the plan laid for his overthrow. The debate upon the motion in the House of Deputies to declare the Emperor of age began early in July, and at first turned principally upon constitutional objections. The legislature had, in fact, no power to amend or overstep the Constitution. But the plan was arranged, minds were heated, and the passions of the people began to be enlisted. Violence of language prevailed, and personal violence began to be threatened. Antonio Carlos de Andrada, already described as a man of great learning and elo¬ quence, but at the same time fiery and uncontrollable, stood forth as the champion of the assailing party, accusing the Eegent and / his ministry of usurpation, especially since the 11th of March, when / the Imperial Princess, Donna Januaria, became of age. His efforts were powerfully resisted, but his cause rapidly gained favor both in the Assembly and among the people. Galvao, until recently attached to the other party, made an impressive speech on the side of immediate acclamation as inevitable. Alvares Machado demanded that party trammels should now be abandoned. “The cause of the Emperor was the cause of the nation, and ought to receive the approbation of every lover of the country.” 219 pEBATBS IN THE HOUSB OF DEPUTIES. ^ jj, young bnt powerful member from Matto Grosso, fol- denunciatory speech, in which he stigmatized and all his acts, in the most opprobrious language. ibc ^ • the heat of his harangue, he suddenly exclaimed, “ Viva de sua Majestade Imperial!” The crowded galleries ** ***b*'therto observed the most religious silence; but this exclama- ^ drew forth a burst of enthusiastic and prolonged applause, no longer able to make himself heard, drew his hand- from his bosom to respond to the vivas from the gallery. Hembers of the other party sitting near him imagined they saw a er gleaming in his hand, and, not knowing whose turn might first began to flee for their lives. One seized Navarro to him quiet; but he, not perceiving the reason of the assault, furiously repelled it. For a few moments the most intense and uncontrollable excitement prevailed; but order was soon restored. Crowds of people now assembled out of doors, demanding the elevation of the young Emperor. Some went so far as to proclaim his public squares of the city. The ministerial party desperately resisted these strange movements in the House, but they were unable to stave off the debate. Limpo de Abreo, (afterward Yisconde de Abaete,) an ex-minis¬ ter, was in favor of the Eevolution, but he wished it to be a deli¬ berate and consistent one,—at least preceded by the report of a committee justifying the step. After much opposition to the mea¬ sure, the committee was appointed, and a momentary calm ensued. During the night both parties reviewed their positions. The clubs and lodges held their sessions, and the opposition met in caucus. The Regent and his ministry were also in conclave. Yaseoncellos, the Senator from Minas-Geraes, the veteran politician, but a man who had long been obnoxious on account of great moral delin¬ quencies, was called in as their counsellor. The session of the Chamber of Deputies next day was opened in the midst of the deepest anxiety. The galleries were crowded with people. The report of the committee was anxiously looked for, and indeed imperiously demanded, but did not appear. Navarro accused the majority of the committee of treacherously intending delay. He urged the immediate and unceremonious declaration of the Emj)eror’s majority. He appealed to the galle- 220 Brazil and the Brazilians. ries, and received a deafening response of vivas to Dom p j Indescribable confusion ensued. The President of the Ch ^ attempted to call up the order of the day; but it was imv, The absorbing question must be discussed. The more moder the Opposition wished the young Emperor’s elevation deferre^jj*^ his birthday,—the 2d of December. The more violent exclai vehemently against any delay whatever. The debate was tracted to an unusual length. In the midst of it a messe^^ entered, bearing documents from the Eegent. They were read^ the Secretary. The^first was a nomination of Bernardo Pereira / Vasconcellos as Minister of the Empire! ^t the mention oftli! name of Yasconcellos, irrepressible sensatfbns of indignation wer* apparent throughout the House. The Secretary proceeded to read the second document, which proved to be an act of prorogation adjourning the General Assembly over from that moment to the 20th of November following. 1 Confusion and indignation were now at their height. The people in the galleries could not be restrained. They poured down a tor- rent of imprecations upon the administration, mingled with vivaa to the majority of Dom Pedro II. Antonio Carlos, Martin Fran- cisco, (the two Andradas,) Limpo de Abreo, sprang to their feet, and one after the other entered their vehement protests against this act of madness on the part of the Government. They charged the Eegent with treason, and declared that every Brazilian should resist his high-handed measures. They represented Lima as clutching, with a death-grasp, the power that was about to escape from his hands. They denounced him as a usurper, willing to sacrifice the monarch and the throne, at the hazard of lighting up the fiames of civil war in every corner of the Empire. Yasconcellos was portrayed as a monster whose name was significant of every vice and crime, and withal the worst enemy the Emperor had; but it was into his hands that the young monarch was now betrayed! The President of the House attempted to enforce the Act of Pro¬ rogation, but was prevented. Antonio Carlos de Andrada now started forth, and called upon every Brazilian patriot to follow him to the halls of the Senate,—situated upon the Campo de Santa Anna, and nearly a mile distant. His friends in the House, and the people en masse, accompanied him. The multitude increased Acclamation of Dom Pedro II. 221 tep arrival of the Deputies at the Senate, the eveiy instantly resolved themselves into joint session, and deputation, with Antonio Carlos at its head, to wait Emperor and obtain his consent to the acclamation, open absence of the deputation, several of the Senators en- pttiing ^ passions of the people. The multitude with- ^ increased to the number of several thousand. No soldiers ed' but the cadets of the Military Academy, in the heat of juvenile enthusiasm, rushed to arms and prepared to defend their sovereign. # p ently the deputation returned, and announced that, after its V had represented to the Emperor the state of affairs which isted at the present crisis. His Majesty had consented to assume the reins of government, and had ordered the Eegent to revoke his obnoxious decrees and to pronounce the Chambers again in ses¬ sion Thunders of applause followed this announcement. The enthusiasm of the people knew no hounds. The country was saved, and no blood was shed! The citizens proceeded to congratulate one another upon this peaceful triumph of public opinion. } The discussions of the Assembly turned upon the manner of con¬ summating the revolution which had thus singularly commenced. Lima was now stigmatized as the e^c-Eegent, and was pronounced incompetent to reassemble the body which he had tried to pro¬ rogue. The Marquis of Paranagua, President of the Senate, declared that neither House was now in session, but that the mem¬ bers of both composed an august popular assemblage, personifying the nation, demanding that their Emperor be considered no longer a minor. It was finally resolved to remain in permanent session until His Majesty should appear and receive in their presence the oath prescribed by the Constitution. The Assembly consequently remained in the Senate-House all night. A body of the National Guards, the alumni of the Military Academy, and numerous citizens, also remained to guard them. At daylight the people generally began to reassemble. By ten 0 clock not less than eight or ten thousand of the most respectable citizens surrounded the palace of the Senate. At that hour the President of the Assembly made a formal declaration of the objects of the present convocation. The rolls of both Houses were then 222 Brazil and the Brazilians. called, and the legal number, both of Senators and of D, being found present, the President arose and said:— “ I, as the organ of the Eepresentatives of this nation in Assembly convened, declare that His Majesty Dom Pedro from this moment in his majority, and in the full exercise of ** constitutional prerogatives. The majority of His Majesty ^ Dom Pedro II.! Viva Senhor Dom Pedro II., constitutional 1 ?^ peror and perpetual defender of Brazil!! Viva Senhor II.! !r Millions of vivas from the members of the Assembly, from th spectators in the gallery, and from the multitude in the Campo no» rent the air in response, and were prolonged with indescribable enthusiasm and delight. Deputations were appointed to wait upo® His Majesty when he should arrive, and to prepare a proclamation for the Empire. At half-past three o'clock the Imperial escort ap. peared. His Majesty was preceded by the dignitaries of the palace and followed by his Imperial sisters. On beholding the young Emperor, the enthusiasm of the crowd exceeded any former limit Nothing but a reiteration of vivas could be heard in the Campo during the w'hole ceremony. His Majesty was received with all possible formality, and conducted to the throne, near which the members of the diplomatic corps were already seated in their court-uniform. The Emperor now knelt down and received the oath prescribed by the Constitution; and, after the auto de jura- mento was read aloud and solemnly signed, the following proclama¬ tion, already drafted by Antonio Carlos de Andrada, and approved by the Assembly, was now uttered:— ‘‘Brazilians 1 —The General Legislative Assembly of Brazil, re¬ cognising that happy intellectual development with which it has pleased Divine Providence to endow his Imperial Majesty Dom Pedro II., recognising also the inherent evils which attach them¬ selves to an unsettled government,—witnessing, moreover, the unanimous desire of the people of this capital, which it believes to be in perfect accordance with the desire of the whole Empire,—viz.: to confer upon our august monarch the powers which the Constitu¬ tion secures to him; therefore, in view of such important con¬ siderations, this body has, for the well-being of the country, seen fit to declare the majority of Dom Pedro II., so that he may enter Public Congratulations. 223 ^ perpetual defender of Brazil. Our august monarch B b _ __ _ , „ „ the full exercise of his powers as constitutional BJDJX?’ our presence the solemn oath required by the Coosthah hopes of the nation are converted into ^ era has dawned upon us. May it be one of ted union and prosperity! May we prove worthy of so flointerrap the ceremonies of the occasion had been completed, His to the city palace, accompanied by the National and the people. In the evening a numerous and splendid ^ t'on took place, and the joy of the whole city was manifested a spontaneous and most brilliant illumination. *Xo the astonishment of every one, the revolution was now com- te The Eegency was.abolished; perfect tranquillity prevailed; and Dom Pedro II.—the boy who, when six years old, had been acclaimed sovereign of a vast Empire—was now at fifteen invested with all the prerogatives of his Imperial throne. The youthful Emperor was very tall for his age, but not of the handsome pro¬ portions for which he is now so distinguished. His mind was of an exceedingly mature cast. As a student he was, it may be said without any exaggeration, most remarkable in his tastes, applica¬ tion and rapid advancement. The study of the natural sciences —not a mere smattering of them, but the most thorough and abstruse investigation—was his delight; and his facility for ac¬ quiring language was such, that this day he can converse in the principal tongues of Europe. It was therefore no empty phrase which Antonio Carlos do Andrada used when he spoke of the “happy intellectual development’’ of His young Imperial Majesty. He was not a mere “boy Emperor.” The preceding year had witnessed the inauguration of steam- navigation along the whole Brazilian sea-coast, so that the news of the recent events at Eio de Janeiro was soon made known in every town of the extensive Atlantic board, and by special couriers in a few weeks the most remote parts of the wide Empire were sending up their vivas for Dom Pedro II. Congratulations were the order of the day. Every society, every public institution, every province, and nearly every town, 224 Brazil and the Brazilians. from the capital to the remotest parts of the Empire, hast the reception of the news, not only to celebrate the event''** I extravagant rejoicing, hut also to send a ‘deputation to utter * ^ I presence of the Emperor, their most profound sentiments of ^ his elevation to the sovereignty, and their cherished hopes ^ ^ ^ prosperity and happiness. ^ ^ Thus was accomplished, without bloodshed, the third Popal^ revolution of Brazil. The Constitution, with the exception of article relating to the majority of the Emperor, remained intact^ nn regard to the peculiar form of rule of the preceding years, it may be said that there can be no doubt that the govern. ment of the Eegency was a benefit to Brazil. During the entim period of its existence it had to struggle with serious financial difficulties, and also with the formidable rebellion of Rio Grand* do Sul, besides temporal outbreaks in other provinces. Keverth*. less, improvement became the order of the day, and, in varion* ways, was really secured. The personal rule of the Emperor commenced under auspicions circumstances. He was the object of an enthusiasm which ha» never waned. The two leaders of his first Cabinet were Antonio Carlos and Martin Francisco Andrada. Their elder brother Jose Bonifacio, was no more. In 1833, upon his deposition as tutor to the Emperor, he withdrew from public life, and retired to the beautiful island of Paqueta in the Bay of Rio de Janeiro, where he died in 1838: Antonio Carlos at the very outset frankly and lucidly set forth the principles upon which the ministerial action would be based under the new order of things. Those principles were safe and consistent; and from the known energy of the Andradas, together with their associates, it may be presumed that no efforts were spared to put them in practice. The nation at large was exhilarated with the idea of the glorious revolution that had transpired; but the legislature, tired by its recent paroxysms, soon fell back into its old method of doing busi¬ ness. The first leading measure of the opposition was the appoint¬ ment of a Council of State, the members of which were to hold the ofilee of special advisers to the Emperor. It became an immediate and protracted subject of discussion, but did not succeed till late ifl Preparations for the Cokonation. year. Things throughout the Empire moved on i: 225 course, save that, when the subject of the Emperor’s jjjgir ora novelty, that of his approaching coronation became deration ^ of universal interest and of unbounded anticipation, jjjg part of the year 1841 was fixed upon for the corona-^ preparations for that event .were set on foot long in advance • a Expectants of honors and emoluments attempted to other in parade and display. Extraordinary embassies jjval ea from the different courts of Europe, in compliment irere ^ the Brazilian throne. •While diplomatists and politicians were intent upon sharing the ' of this occasion, the ■ artisans and shopkeepers of the me- ^ lis displayed quite as much tact in securing the profits of it. Exorbitant prices were demanded for every article of ornament jod luxury; but those articles had now become necessary, and jgpiring poverty, not less than grudging avarice, was compelled to submit to extortion. Before the next session of the General Assembly difSculties had ocOTrred which seriously embarrassed the administration. Several of the prosdnces had resisted the new appointments of presidents, and in so doing had manifested tendencies to revolution. But the most serious evil grew out of the long-standing rebellion in ! ^io Grande do Sul. In the anxiety of the Cabinet to bring this inter- niTw^ to a close, Alvares Machado had been appointed an agent of the Government to treat witk the rebel's. Much confidence had been reposed in his personal influence with those in revolt, and he had been invested with extraordinary and unconstitutional powers. But, with all the facilities offered them, the insurgents refused to compromise. Machado was then appoi nted President of the pro - ^ce. In this office, instead of wielding a rod of iron, as his predeces¬ sors had done, or had attempted to do, he adopted conciliatory measures, and rather entreated a negotiation. This attitude was *hgniatized as dishonorable to the Empire, and such an outcry was made in regard to it as to excite general alarm lest the interests of the throne should be betrayed. This outcry was aimed at the mjmstry. A change was demanded, and was at length obtained, the 23d of March the Andradas and their friends, with a single 226 Brazil and the Brazilians. exception, were dismissed; and thus those who had brought the new order of things were supplanted, just ^n time for thei ponents to secure the decorations and the emoluments that soon to be distributed. Mortifying as this eircumstanee may have l)een in some of • bearings, it eaused no grief to the Andradas in view of their P«N sonal wishes. They could point to the early days of their politicjj prosperity, in proof of their disinterested devotion to their count They could now, as then, retire in honorable poverty, preservi the elaim of pure patriotism as a more preeious treasure th^ wealth or titles. Theirs was the distinction that would cause pos. terity to inquire why they did not reeeive the honors they had deserved. Other men were welcome to the ignominy of wearing titles they had never merited. When the General Assembly convened in May, it was found ex- pedient to postpone the coronation. Thus, for two months longer this anticipated fete continued to be the all-engrossing topic of conversation and of preparation in every circle, from the Emperor and Princesses down to the lowest classes. That anxiously-looked- foE-jg yent transpired - at length, on the 18t h of July, 1841. It wag magnificent beyon d the e xpectations of the most sanguin e. The splendor of the day itself,—the unnumbered thousands of citizens and strangers that thronged the streets,—the tasteful and costly decorations displayed in the public squares and in front of private houses,—the triumphal arehes,—^the pealing salutes of music and of cannon,—the perfect order and tranquillity that prevailed in the public processions and ceremonies of the day, together with nearly every thing else that could be imagined or wished,—seemed to com¬ bine and make the occasion one of the most imposing that ever transpired in the New World. The aet of consecration was per¬ formed in the Imperial Chapel, and was followed by a levee in the palaee of the eity. The illuminations at night were upon a splen¬ did scale, and the festivities of the occasion were prolonged nine successive days. So far as pomp and parade could promote the stability of a Government and secure a lasting respect for a crown, every thing was done for Brazil on that day that possibly could be done with¬ out greater means at command. There were cireumstances, how- The Council of State. 227 nnected with the monarchial pomp and the lavish expendi- f this coronation, which could not fail to be very emharrass- those who had to struggle with them. ^The finances of the ^ ^ere at the very lowest ebb, and constantly deteriorating, ^.^^^oney ased in support of this grand fete, including an expense hundred thousand dollars for an Imperial crown, was bor- and added to an immense public debt. In addition to this, government was far from being stable and settled. Its ^^ncils were divided, and its policy vacillating, j The existence this state of things formed a principal pretext for the splendid demonstration alluded to. It was thought to be an object of the first importance to surround the throne with such a degree of lender as would forever hallow it in the eyes of the people. After the coronation, the sessions of the General Assembly were resumed. On the 23d of November a law was passed establishing the Conselho de Estado. This body was modelled upon the double basis of the ordinary and extraordinary Privy Councils of Great Britain. Among the gentlemen composing this Council wore Lima, Calmon, Carneiro Leao, and Vasconcellos. The very individuals who opposed the Andradas at the period of the young Emperor's eleva¬ tion, and who were then put down by acclamation, had, in the short space of a year, not only managed to get back into public favor, but also to secure life-appointments of the most influential kind. Vasconcellos, it is true, sought no titles. They were playthings which he could easily dispense with for the gratification of his fellow-partisans. But he loved power, and neither mortifications nor defeat diverted him an instant from its pursuit. He finally gained a position which probably suited his inclinations better than any . other, and in which, as the master-spirit of the body, his influence must be widely felt. On the 1st of January, 1842, the Honorable Hr. Hunter,* * United States Charge d’Affaires at Rio de Janeiro, presented to His Majesty the Emperor his credentials as envoy-extraordinary and minister- * No foreign diplomatist in Brazil left warmer friends than the late Honorable • Hunter, of Rhode Island. His accomplishments as a scholar and his affa- as a gentleman won the hearts of all. 228 Brazil and the Brazilians. plenipotentiary, to which rank he had been advanced. Tjjjg pliment was speedily reciprocated by the appointment Honorable Mr. Lisboa as the minister of Brazil at Washington In continuance of the present historical sketch of Brazil’ affairs, it is painful to add that the year 1842 was marked'^ repeated and serious disturbances in different parts of the Enipij,^ They commenced with the elections for deputies. Yarious fraudj had been enacted, by suddenly changing the day, hour, and places of elections. What was worse, bodies of troops and armed men were introduced to influence votes, while crowds of voters were brought in from other districts. In short, bribery, corruption, and force triumphed over the free exercise of public opinionj It jg not to be presumed that one party was guilty of these measures alone; but it appeared, in the issue, that the opposition had suc¬ ceeded and that the ministerial party was in the minority. conduct of the ministry was such—though they acted with some degree of plausibility in regard to preventing the regular meeting of the Assembly and in issuing a decree for an extraordinary session—^that the sounds of rebellion were heard in parts of the Empire which hitherto had been the most faithful and the most tranquil. San Paulo and Minas-Geraes were in commotion and disorder. The utmost consternation prevailed, and even at the capital an incendiary proclamation was posted up at the corners of the streets, calling upon the people to free the Emperor from the domination which had been imposed upon himj and to rescue both the throne and the Constitution from threatened annihilation. It is interesting to note that the Brazilians, in their internal commotions, put the blame in the right place, and have ever rallied around D. Pedro. He, on the other hand, has always proved, by his character and by his measures, worthy of their devotion. The power of the Emperor of Brazil is not like that of the monarch of Eussia, but is as limited as that of the sove¬ reign of the British realm. The Government was now driven to extreme measures. The militia was called out, and martial law was proclaimed in the three disturbed provinces. The supremacy of the law was main¬ tained. The prospects of the Empire were for a short time very gloomy and unpromising, but by degrees the storm blew over. The Imperial Marriages. 229 ^ g gradually restored without actual hostilities or the loss lives The worst consequences of the rebellion were expe- ^fniftoy^ districts where it occurred, although public con- fjeDced national revenue suffered severely, fidence^le^tio^g occurred with more quiet- nd on the 1st of January, 1843, the Emperor opened the Assembly in person, and a new ministry was appointed, that time to this there has been a softening down of parties t’ons • and, though there has always been a certain amount * gQjruption and unscrupulousness in the political affairs of the on no great disturbances have affected its welfare, and there been a constant tendency to obedience to law. In connection ^th this, financial difficulties were diminished and national prosperity increased. ^ The most remarkable public events that transpired at Eio during the year 1843 were the Imperial marriages. They were celebrated with great rejoicings and all possible splendor. As early as July, 1842, the Emperor Dom Pedro II. had rati¬ fied a contract of marriage with Her Eoyal Highness the Most Serene Princess Senhora Donna Theresa Christina Maria, the august sister of His Majesty the King of the Two Sicilies. The marriage was duly solemnized at Naples, and, on the 5th of March, a Brazilian squadron, composed of a frigate and two corvettes. Bailed from Eio de Janeiro to the Mediterranean, to conduct the s to her future home. In the mean time, on the 27th of March, a Erench squadron arrived, under the command of His Eoyal Highness Prince de Join- ville, son of Louis Philippe. This was Joinville’s second visit to Brazil. Soon after his arrival he. made matrimonial propositions to Her Imperial Highness Donna Francisca, the third sister of the Emperor. The customary negotiations were closed with despatch. On the 1st of May the marriage was solemnized at Boa Yista. On the 13th of May the Prince and his Imperial bride sailed for Europe. The Empress Donna Theresa arrived at Eio on the 3d of Sep¬ tember, and was received not only with magnificent ceremonies, but also with sincere cordiality on the part of the Brazilians. It may be mentioned here that the eldest sister of D. Pedro II., 230 Brazil and the Brazilians. Donna Maria, Queen of Portugal, had previously taken as royal consort. Prince Fernando Augusto, of Saxe-Coburg and on the 28th of April, 1844, Her Imperial Highness B Januaria was also married to a Neapolitan prince,_the of Aquilla, brother to the Empress of Brazil and the King of th* Two Sicilies. Thus, in the course of a single year, the Imperil family of Brazil contracted honorable and flattering alliances the courts of Europe. In 1844, Brazil was rejoiced by the birth of the Imperial Prince Dom Afibnso; but his untimely death the following year brought mourning upon the nation. In 1846, the Princess Isabella (the present heir-presumptive) was_ born, and, in 1847, her sister, the Donna Leopoldina. In case of the death of these princesses, and the demise of the Emperor without other issue, the Constitution provides that the eldest child (Donna Januaria) shall be heir to the Imperial throne. In 1850, the slave-trade (which had continued despite solemn treaties) was effectually put down; and^ soon after, a number of the leading dealei’s in the inhuman trafiic—men who had hitherto held high position in society—were banished. The same 5 ’'ear witnessed the flrst steamship-line to Europe; and now the Empire is united to the Old World by no less than eight lines. For the last ten years the progress of Brazil has been onward. , Her public credit abroad is of the highest character. Internal improvements have been projected and are being executed on a large scale; tranquillity has prevailed, undisturbed by the slightest provincial revolt; party spirit has lost its early virulence; the attention of all is more than ever directed to the peaceful triumphs of agriculture and legitimate commerce; public instruction is being more widely diffused; and, though much is yet required to elevate the masses, still, if Brazil shall continue to carry out the principles of her noble Constitution, and if education and morality shall abound in her borders, she will in due time take position in the first rank of nations. CHAPTEE XIII. OF BBAZK* — HIS BEMAKKABIB TALENTS AND ACQTTIEESfENTS — NEW HISTOBICAL society—THE FIBST SIGHT OF D. PEDEO II.-AN EMPEEOB T, AN AMEBICAN STEAMSHIP — CAPTAIN FOSTEE AND THE “CITY OP BOARI' Ai’ ,iitsbdbo ,_D. PEDEO II. WAS EECEIVED BY THE “SOVEEEIGNS”-AN HIBITION OP^AMEBICAN AETS and MANUFACTUEES-DIFFICULTIES OVEBCOME VISIT OF THE EMPEEOB-HIS KNOWLEDGE OF AMEBICAN AUTHOBS-SUCCESS iEO.VO THE PEOPLE — VISIT TO THE PALACE OF S. CHBISTOVAO — LONGFELLOW, bahtboene, and WEBSTEE. W^E naturally turn with interest and a laudable curiosity to look the character and abilities of the monarch who has been called by Providence to the head of a growing nation. The Emperor of Brazil, by the various limits of the Constitution, has not the scope for kingcraft that is the heritage of Alexander II. or the achieve¬ ment of Napoleon III. The life of some crowned heads is only an official one; very few of the Dei gratia rulers possess intrinsic merit: they are educated, refined, and may or may not he affable. In the eye of the legitimist their chief distinction is the blood which has coursed through the veins of generations of kings. He who is situated half-way between the legitimist and the red republican regards with a greater or less degree of veneration the repre¬ sentative of executive power which he beholds in the ruler, and is possibly excited to a certain admiration by the amiable and bene¬ volent character which he who sits upon the throne may possess. But it is very rare, in the history of nations, to find a monarch who combines all that the most scrupulous legitimist would exact, who is limited by all the checks that a constitutionalist would require, and yet has the greatest claim for the respect of his sub¬ jects and the admiration of the world, in his native talent and in his acquisitions in science and literature. These rare combinations meet in Dorn Pedro II. In his veins courses the united blood of 231 232 Brazil and the Brazilians. the Braganzas, the Bourbons, and the Hapshurgs. By | he is related to the Eoyal and Imperial families of Bn i France, Eussia, Spain, and Naples. His father (Dom Bedro^ was an energetic Braganza; his mother (Donna Beopoldin^\ Hapsburg, and sister-in-law to Napoleon I. His relatives, it •* be seen, are of every grade,—from the constitutional monarch the most absolute ruler. His powers, modified by the Brazilian Constitution, have already been con^deredj and it remains to point out his chief and Com. manding title to the regard of his nation and the world. He has devoted much time to the science of chemistry, and hig laboratory at San Christovao is always the scene ^of new expeti ments. Lieutenant Strain, the noble hero of the Darien Expedi tion,—whose science is as well known as his kindness and bravery —informed me that, on a visit to Eio de Janeiro more than ten years ago, he found the Emperor a thorough devotee to the studies of natural phenomena. Dr. Eeinhardt—who has spent many years in Brazil as a naturalist—^visited the capital of the Empire when D. Pedro II. was not yet out of his teens: the latter heard that an American savant was about to enter upon a scientific exploration of the Empire, and sent for him to aid him in performing certain new chemical experiments, accounts of which had been perused by his Majesty in the European journals of science. Dr. Eeinhardt further added, that the young monarch, in his enthusiasm, paid no attention to the time that flew by as they, in a tropic clime and a close room, were cooped up for hours over fumigating chemicals. It is well known at Eio de Janeiro that he is a good topo¬ graphical engineer, and his theoretical knowledge of perspective is sometimes put in practice; for the German Prince Adalbert, in the published account of his visit to Brazil, states that the Emperor presented him with a very creditable painting from the Imperial palette. He has a great penchant for philological studies. I have heard him speak three different languages, and know, by report, that he converses,in three more; and, so far as translating is con¬ cerned, he is acquainted with every principal European tongue His library abounds in the best histories, biographies, and encyclo¬ pedias. Some one has remarked that a stranger can scarcely start a subject in regard to his own country that would be foreign to IV {The. Annual Openintj of the Assemhlea Gerul by D. F^ro II.) ijHB Accomplishments of D . Pedro II. 233 n There is not a session of the Brazilian Historical po® which he is absent; and he is familiar with the modern Soci®^^ of England, Germany, and the United States, to a degree absolutely surprising. When Lamartine’s appeal for was wafted over the waters, it was the Emperor of ****^^^who rendered him greater material aid than any other, by for five thousand copies of his work, for which he . j ffie sensitive litterateur one hundred thousand francs. ^ favorite modern poet is Mr. Longfellow, for whom he has an ^bounded admiration. jn literature and science he is not, however, confined to large but a portion of each morning is allotted to the perusal f foreign periodicals and journals, as well as the publications fBrazil. That which emanates from his own pen is rarely seen; but I have before me some original lines by the monarch, which a member of the diplomatic corps at Eio copied from the album of one of the Imperial household. They were doubtless never intended for the public eye; but the justness of their sentiment in English, if not the mellifiuousness of their Portuguese, is appre¬ ciable by every reader of this work. (See Appendix.) In 1856, the Honorable Luther Bradish, the accomplished and dignified presiding officer of the New York Historical Society, at the June meeting of that association, proposed Dom Pedro II. as an honorary member of that learned body. The proposition was seconded by Marshal S. Bidwell, Esq., and I need hardly add that the vote was carried by acclamation. The same society, on a sub¬ sequent evening, was briefly addressed by the Eev. Dr. Osgood, whose remark in regard to the Emperor of Brazil is as true as it is forcible:—Dom Pedro II., by his character, and by his taste, application, and acquisitions in literature and science, ascends from his mere fortuitous position as Emperor, and takes his place in the world as a man.” The Brazilian ruler receives his talents in a direct line: Dom Pedro I. was a man of great energy and ability, and Donna Leo- poldina was not without some of that power which characterized Maria Theresa. The early studies of Dom Pedro II. were con¬ ducted' by the Franklin of Brazil,—Jose Bonifacio de Andrada; uud we know not how much his tastes for science may have been 234 Brazil and the Brazilians. influenced by that ardent admirer of the study of nature mind early became imbued with such pursuits, and, when up to manhood, as we have already seen, he omitted no tunity for making additions to his store of knowledge. The first time that I saw the Emperor he was in citizen’ accompanied by the Empress. They were in a coach-and-six 8dre^ ceded and followed by horse-guards. He likes a rapid moveml P»». and, whether on horseback or in a carriage, his chamberlains guards are kept at a pace contrary to the usual manifestaf of activity among the Brazilians. Two of the dragoons preced* the coach at full gallop, and, at the blast of their bugles, the street is cleared of every encumbrance in the shape of promen aders anj vehicles. It has, however, occurred to me that the neek-musclei of their Majesties must be exceedingly fatigued after their frequent city and suburban rides, for the humblest subject who salutes them is reciprocated in his attention. Their usual afternoon-drive it through the Catete and Botafogo to the Botanical Garden. A combination of circumstances brought me afterward into i much closer relation with his Majesty than as a mere spectator of his fine form when he passed rapidly by. In 1852, during the temporary absence of Mr. Ferdinand Coxe, the Secretary of the United States Legation at Eio de Janeiro, I was chosen to fill hie place, and finally, after his resignation, I was appointed Acting Secretary. In September, 1852, it became my duty to go to the Palace of San Christovao in company with Governor Kent, who, in the absence of the Minister-Plenipotentiary, held the post of Charg< d’Affaires in addition to that of American Consul. The occasion that demanded this official visit of Governor Kent was, in accord¬ ance with court-etiquette, to thank his Majesty for having accepted the invitation of the American Captain Foster to visit the “ City of Pittsburg." This large merchant-steamer was on its way to California via the Straits of Majellan, and, while stopping for coals in the harbor of Eio de Janeiro, the captain invited the Emperor and his court to an excursion on board the splendid specimen of American naval architecture under his command. The Emperor having signified his acceptance, all was made ready, and, at eleven o’clock, the guns of the forts and of the men-of-war told that the Imperial party were embarking in the state-barges for the steamer. ON AN American Steamer. 235 The Bmpbbor « jjjost beautiful, and Captain Foster spared no pains in fine steamer in a manner worthy of his guests. Flags were suspended from every mast, the standards of 8*^ American Eepuhlic and the South American Empire I'aon while a full orchestra from the flower-strewn in unison, i;fie national anthems of Brazil and the Union. gent^ < barges reached the “City of Pittsburg,” Captain with the American Charge d’Affaires by his side, received -or and, when welcoming him on board, placed the the Ewp®* ’ at his Majesty’s order. jteanic jj accompanied by the Empress, and also by Cabinet Ministers, the Imperial household, and the chief ^cers of the army and navy. All were in full court-dress, with jhe exception of their Majesties. The excursion was of unusual interest. The fine steamer of twenty-two hundred tons ploughed her way through the various anchorages until she reached the men-of-war; the cannon of the (hrts saluted her as she passed, and the vessels-of-war not only lent forth their booming salvos, but the yards were manned, and th« sailors shouted their loud vivas to D. Pedro II. In the mean while the Emperor examined the “ City of Pittsburg” from the coal- bonkers to her engine; and, as it fell to my duty to make many of the explanations, it afforded an opportunity for observing the man and forgetting the unbending features of the Emperor. He was not content with beholding the mere upper-works of the machinery, but descended into the hot and oily quarters of the lower part of the ship, where the most intricate portion of the engine was situated: a half-hour was afterward devoted to studying the engraved plan of the machinery, which was further explained by the chief engineer of the steamer, and by Mr. G-rundy, an English engineer, who has long been connected with the Brazilian navy. When the investigation of the engine was concluded, the Emperor wished to visit the forward-deck. Mow, Americans are the vainest P®ople in the world, and we were all afraid that on this part of the vessel Bom Pedro would not only be shocked with the ap- P®wance of some very rough specimens of humanity on their way to the gold-regions of the Pacific, but that the said specimens would not give His Majesty the reception which was due to his station as 236 Brazil and the Brazilians. the Executive head of the most powerful South America^ ment. The Emperor’s attention, however, could not be a different point; and the captain, fearing and trembling to the forward-deck. There, upon the taffrail, sat represen^**.^ of the New York “Mose,” the Philadelphia “Eiller,” and the more “Plug-ugly.” The captain’s heart sank within him- proud of his ship, proud of his illustrious guest, but be had little to be proud of in some of his passengers,—espeeiali unkempt and unterrified, who were even more picturesque^ their voyage than upon election-day. The Emperor now^^ proached the sovereigns,—ay, near enough to have them “b t*:! the wind and his nobility.” Then occurred a scene, rich be ^ description, which could never have taken place with others Americans for actors. One of the unshaven, whose tobacco W up to this time, occupied the greater portion of his mouth* thoughts, suddenly tumbled from the taffrail, discharged his into the ocean, and, hat in hand, yelled forth, in a well-uK eaniag but terrific voice, “Boys, three cheers for the Emperor of Brazils!” In a twinkle of an eye every Californian was upon bh feet; and never, in their oft-fought battles for the “glorious Dem^ cracy,” did they send forth such round and hearty huzzas as th^ did that day to D. Pedro II. The suddenness, the earnestness tin good intention, and the enthusiasm of the whole procedure wen most mirth-provoking. • The captain’s fears subsided: his pons oH. norum was crossed, and he took breath and laughed freely. Thi Emperor returned the impromptu salute with great respect, and, for the occasion, with becoming gravity. The Empress and her suite were not less pleased with the con- modious saloons and richly-decorated cabins of the steamer than her Imperial spouse had been with all its mechanical appoint¬ ments. The “ City of Pittsburg” was at the command of the Emperor; but on we steamed, notwithstanding a portion of the court became exceedingly sea-sick. His Majesty was too well pleased with hie new fioating-dominion to resign it so soon; and thus we passed ten miles beyond the Sugar-Loaf before the order was given to return. The panorama of coast-mountains never appeared to me more magnificent than on that bright September day. I ^ f ugoVEREIGNS” RECEIVE AN EmPEROR. 237 ' bad prepared a sumptuous collation, but there was seemed more difficult to surmount than the ^ ipjj 0 Imperial pair were not even in the habit of ^Itb their suite, and, except on rare state-occasions, eminent " * plenipotentiary had never been invited to partake of a same room with their Majesties, There was no pre- collation having been given on the deck of an American above all, on board of a mere commercial ship. Mo *dtbe idea of consulting the Emperor about an affair ap- ^ 1 ' so trifling as to the manner in which he desired to eat, fore Captain Foster, who is as modest as he is hospitable, *** the whole matter into his own hands and made a precedent. **^^«City of Pittsburg’^ was constructively a part of the United and the captain was determined to do the honors of his States, 1 coontiy i 8 be would have done them on the banks of the Hudson. Ibeir llajesties were accommodated with an entire table to them- gelves which, like six others in the ship, was separated from its fellows by the space of two feet. The American party occupied the adjoining table; the ministers and noblemen were seated at another in a different part of the saloon, while the chamberlains jiood near the Emperor. Perhaps D. Pedro had no objection to the proximity of the Americans, considering that they were all “sovereigns.” Captain Foster, who spoke French, proposed, with a dignity becoming the occasion, the health of their Majesties; and all passed off as easily and as happily as if there had been a thousand and one ceremonies and precedents to have been supported and followed. We entered the harbor amid the booming of cannon, and at sunset the Imperial party again embarked in the state-barges, having spent what they afterward declared to have been one of the most agreeable days of their lives. Again and again have I heard their Majesties express their remembrance of that excur¬ sion; and none of Captain Foster’s personal friends felt a deeper sympathy for him than did H. Pedro II. and Donna Theresa when they learned, through the public journals, the sad fate of the “City of Pittsburg” in the harbor of Yalparaiso. In 1854, I returned for a few months to the United States, ^^tng often had occasion while in Brazil to remark the igno- 238 Brazil and the Brazilians. ranee which prevailed in regard to my own country, and the reci¬ procal ignorance of the people of the United States in regard to Brazil, I desired to do all that was in the power of a single indi¬ vidual to remove erroneous impressions and to bring about a better understanding between the two countries. There were higher objects in view than the mere diffusion of knowledge and the promotion of commerce; and, now that two years have elapsed since this little effort was undertaken, I have the satisfaction of knowing that new avenues of reciprocity have been opened, that school-books have been prepared for Brazil in the American style, and that thousands of dollars’ worth of some of the articles dis¬ played have been ordered since 1855. I shall here introduce, even at the hazard of some repetition, the greater part of a letter addressed to the ‘‘ New York Journal of Com¬ merce” and the ^‘Philadelphia Ledger,” which gives an account of the effort to which I have referred. It is on my part due to others to premise that many did not fully understand the proposed enter¬ prise, and, after hearing of its success, regretted that they had not had an opportunity of being represented in the “Exposition” at the capital of Brazil. “Rio de Janeiro, May 23, 1855. “ Messrs. Editors :—[After a few preliminary remarks, I wrote as follows:] The motives which prompted me to undertake this affair were simply the good of the United States and Brazil When laboring for several years as a missionary-chaplain at Eio de Janeiro, I found great ignorance in regard to our country, its pro¬ gress, and its producing-resoui’ces. I also discovered a reciprocal ignorance in the United States concerning Brazil. In the latter country we were known as a bold, hardy race, which consumed two-thirds of the Brazilian coffee-crop, for which we sent, in return, flour and a few articles of no great note. In the United States, Brazil was often classed among the Spanish countries of America; few people were aware that the Portuguese language was spoken, and that here was the only monarchy in America, and the only other constitutional Grovernment on the Western continent which has marched forward in tranquillity and material prosperity. I here found English, German, and French goods and publications, with some few exceptions, the mode ,—and this, too, when many of the j; osiTioN OF Ameeican Manufactures at Eio. 239 e articles ^ere to be bought cheaper in the United States; and 4 - 'npd that our ships often came in ballast for coffee, " it cash at most exorbitant rates of exchange, when p«r*"6 gig brought cargoes at a profit in payment for the ‘''hCaples of Brazil. B azil I found a very great wa^jat of school-books. In Chili (Grenada I saw Spanish books published by Messrs. Ap- I desired to see the same for the youth of Brazil, where pletoD^re^^ attention is awakening to the subject of education. I ^ , l^gyg scientific societies which rank, in dignity and devo- ^•^to with the New York Historical Society, and like Rations of our own land. (ijt was my ardent wish, first, to see this seven millions of lerant people possessing sound morality and true religion. It as my desire to see men of science and learning in Brazil with the kindred spirits of our vigorous land; to behold good school-books in the hands of Brazilian children; and to see our manufactures taking their stand in this country, which is so great a consumer. «In 1854, on account of the ill health of a member of my family, I was compelled to leave suddenly my field of labor for the United States. There, after several months, it became evident that I should have to abandon the land of my adoption. It was, how¬ ever, necessary for me to return to Brazil, in order to settle up my affairs. It was then that, through the public journals, I offered my services to convey to Eio de Janeiro, free of charge to the donors, any articles that might be sent to my address. These objects I solicited for the Emperor, for scientific and literary asso¬ ciations, and for exposition to the public. I was a clergyman, and I thought that no one could accuse me of speculation. For two months was I, more or less, engaged at my own expense in making solicitations in person, as well as by the press and by letters. I regret to say that many persons who should have been interested in such an enterprise did not choose to respond to the solicitations of an unknown name, and thus the Exposition was not so rich >n some departments as it otherwise would have been, although I with pleasure record that there were some infiuential men who lent the weight of their names to the project. 240 Brazil and the Brazilians. “At length a number of artists, publishers, merchants, and facturers were induced to send specimens of books, engrj*^ sculpture, and manufactures; but these were few in cornparj^^^ those who might have contributed to their own future benefit ^ “ Messrs. Corner & Sons, of Baltimore, generously placed bark at my disposal for a free passage. In the month of the good bark ‘Huntingdon’ left Baltimore with my packa board. Eobert 0. Wright, Esq., of that city, and his first Mr. W. E. Jackson, did every thing in their power to facilitate * enterprise, and to them more than to others I am indebted f the successful consummation of my desired object. In April arrived at Eio de Janeiro, and for three weeks I had such vexati^* and delay that I almost despaired of a prosperous termination. Through the kindness of Senhor Carvalho de Moreiro, then Br». zilian Minister at Washington, and by a letter from Hon. William Trousdale, the American Minister here, my boxes and package* were admitted free of duty. The custom-house regulations of thi* country are exceedingly strict, and I had to give an account of every thing that I had brought for the statistical purpose of the Minister of Finance. As I had no list of the articles nor of their values, as many of the boxes contained one hundred different tightly-made packages, and as there were many objects of a fragile nature, and as every thing had to be opened by officers who might not be the most careful, I suffered mentally and physically both before and after the examination. It was no easy matter to undo so many parcels, and it was hard to restore again some fine speci¬ mens after a clumsy underling had put a nail through them. “The chief collector of the custom-house believed, from the day that I arrived until the day of the examination, that I was medi¬ tating some plot against the finances of the country, and openly told some of the merchants that I intended to sell these thinga [That gentleman afterward became a very warm and an attentive friend.] But when I had patiently assisted in opening for examiner tion box after box, and we came to one containing the splendid photographs of Fredericks & Gurney, the chief examiner said to one of the others, ‘ Go call the second collector.’ He came, and, after expressing his astonishment at such perfection in photography, he sent for the collector-in-chief. This latter gentleman left hifl Obstacles Overcome. 241 the large public hall of the cuBtom-house, and found his the store-room. His admiration knew no bounds when he p ^ large life-sized photograph of Webster,—the last likeness ^ t statesman. From this time onward, his suspicions in ceased. He looked with great pleasure into maps, and delighted in a critical examination of the bank-note engraving of Danforth & Wright and that of & Carpenter, who had contributed some most beautiful of this mingling of the beautiful with the useful in art. ^^**\ainination and noting down the contents of the boxes went I* very ' swiftly from the time of this visit of the chief collector. THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. “One week after the custom-house was cleared, I received an order from the Minister of the Empire, granting me a large hall in the h'ational Museum, for the purposes of an Exposition. The same *^7 I went to the palace, and communicated to the Emperor that ^ •'^hould be ready to receive him at eleven a.m. next day, (May 16,) 16 242 Bkazil and the Brazilians. i/u njg more amiability than bis usual serious countenance indicate^ I soon discovered, from a remark which he made, that I ’ **** debted to His Excellency Senhor Carvalho de Moreiro for explanation to His Majesty of my project, which was on a ^ far more philanthropic than commercial. ^ “ That night sleep did not visit me, so busily was I engage^ the arrangement of the whole affair. The next day, at five a' ** before eleven, (His Majesty is noted for his punctuality,) I the well-known bugle-blast of the Imperial horse-guards j and, befo my assistants had time to withdraw, the coaches containing boj, Pedro II. and the chamberlains drew up at the Museum. “By the aid of some kind friends, I had so disposed the six hajj. dred different objects that the exhibition was not wanting in ^ imposing appearance. The American and Brazilian fiags fell jj, graceful folds over the portrait of Washington and the likenesse* of the Emperor and his father. The maps of Colton and others, and engravings from Hew York, Philadelphia, and Boston, covered the walls. Books and small manufactured articles occupied tables- beautifully-designed wall-papers and sample-books of mousseline de laines were suspended; and large agricultural implements were arranged on platforms provided for the occasion. “His Majesty commenced at one end, and with great earnestness and interest examined every thing in detail. He made many in¬ quiries, and manifested a most intimate knowledge with the pro¬ gress of our country. He was filled with admiration at the specimens of books, steel engravings, chromo-lithography, (of Philadelphia,) and agricultural implements. Every now and then you might have heard him calling to some of his noblemen or chamberlains to come and admire with him this or that work of the useful or beautiful arts. He was not, however, indiscriminate in his praise, but was perfectly frank in his criticism. “ Being himself a thorough student of physical science, and a good engineer, he examined with minuteness the splendid edition of the United States Coast Survey, from the bureau of the United States Coast Survey, Washington; and he appreciated at their just value the various scientific works that occupied a conspi¬ cuous table. half an Admiration for Mr. Longfellow. 243 hour he pored over Touman’s Atlas of Chemistry, d its thorough excellence and sin ^ ^nrk on physiology, I heard him nplicity. While exa- ^ on physiology, I heard him remarking upon the fliiniDg a Craniology by the late Dr. Morton; and he in- japerior'*'^ possessed the writings of that eminent student ^rniedme „ .... frame. He was also well read in the immense tomes /♦Kfl ijULUO'^ of ins-taking, erudite, and conscientious Schoolcraft, whose af the pa ^horigines of Horth America were sent out by the f the Bureau of Indian Atfairs at Washington. ^^8 Majesty was deeply interested in the various maps, geo- and school-books sent out by Colton, Appletons, Wood- Brace, T. Cowperthwait, and Barnes. The finely-illustrated blications of the various benevolent societies of our land were ^nt out for the Imperial family, and attracted deserved attention. Xhe Emperor was much pleased with the only specimens of wood- engraving, which were forwarded by Mr. Yan Ingen, of the firm of Van Ingen & Snyder, whose skill has illustrated this work. «The earnest examination which he gave the machinery, manu- fretures, and agricultural implements justified the reputation which Bom Pedro II. enjoys in this respect. Howell’s wall-papers, after drawings by the students of the Philadelphia Academy of Design, and the beautiful silk manufactures of Horstmann and Evans,—which ought to be classed among works of art,—called forth much praise. “He next approached the table where were the books presented by the Appletons and Parry & McMillan. Taking up the 'Eepub- lican Court,’ he said, ‘1 am astonished at such perfection in bind¬ ing.’ I replied, ‘And none of those volumes were bound expressly for your Majesty.” The binding of Appletons’ books was superb. He opened the ‘Homes of the American Authors,’ and surprised me by his knowledge of our literature. He made remarks on Ir¬ ving, Cooper, and Prescott,—showing an intimate acquaintance vith each. His eye falling on the namo of Longfellow, he asked me, with great haste and eagerness, ‘Avez-vouz les poemes de Monsieur Longfellow f It was the first time that I ever saw Horn Bedro II. manifest an enthusiasm which, in its earnestness and simplicity, resembled the warmth of childhood when about to possess itself of some long-cherished object. I replied, ‘ I believe 244 Brazil and the Brazilians. not, your Majesty/ ‘Oh,’ said he, ‘I am exceedingly sorry, for I have sought in every bookstore of Eio de Janeiro for Longfellow, and I cannot find him. I have a number of beautiful morceaux, but I wish the whole work; I admire him so very much.’ That evening I found, among the hooks sent by Parry & McMillan, the ‘ Poets and Poetry of America.’ In this volume is a biographical sketch of Longfellow, as well as some of the choicest selections from his pen. This, with T. Buchanan Bead’s ‘Mew Pastoral,’ were afterward commented on and received with the most visible pleasure by His Majesty. “I was absent from the part of the hall where Dom Pedro II. was looking at some steel engravings, (bank-notes,) and when I returned I found him engaged in a discussion with his first chamberlain as to John Quincy Adams,—the chamberlain (as the majority of even well-educated foreigners) supposing that John Quincy Adams was the elder Adams. The Emperor insisted that John Quincy Adams was not the early advocate of liberty and the ‘comrade,’ as he termed him, of Washington,—but that he was the son of John Adams, and, like his father, was a President of the United States. And soon after he gave a very thorough re-examination of the ‘Eepuhlican Court,’ and pointed out to the chamberlain the distinguished mother of John Quincy Adams. He was very anxious to see a portrait of Jefferson. One of my assistants found a very neatly-engraved portrait of the sage of Monticello from the burin of Toppan & Carpenter. When he received it, you should have heard him, without pedantry or affectation, expatiate with great minuteness, correctness, and judgment on the character of Jefferson as compared with that of Washington. “Approaching some very fine lithographs published by Williams & Stephens, of Mew York, I introduced His Majesty to ‘Young America,’ that handsome but independent-looking lad, and to ‘Uncle Sam’s Youngest Son, Citizen Enow-Mothing.’ I thought that I had now a subject of which His Majesty really knew no¬ thing; but I found that I was mistaken, as he recounted to some one the pranks that this young fellow had been playing, and added that he was a citizen of some power and knowledge, judging from the recent (1855) elections in the United States. of the J environs o Success of the Exposition. 245 whole day was occupied in the examination and ex- of the American collection. days after the Exposition was closed, I had the many destined for the Imperial family taken to the large palacete Jtarqnis d'Abrantes, situated in one of the most charming ■'* jjio,—^viz.: the shore of the Neapolitan-shaped Bay of His Majesty was spending some weeks here for the fit of sea-bathing. I passed the guards at the gate, and as I ded the steps the Emperor saw me, and; meeting me at the thanked me heartily for what I had done. I desired him to Die to remain a few moments until the boxes arrived, as I nst give him some explanations as to the secret lock of the most xcellent trunk sent him by Peddie & Morrison, of Newark, N. J. With his permission I went into the beautiful garden, where were the richest and rarest of flowers in a land of perpetual bloom, jhe air was truly loaded with sweet fragrance. There were foun¬ tains and statuary, many brilliant-plumaged birds, and) indeed, every thing in nature and in art to please and to gratify those alive to the beautiful. When looking upon a scene so enchanting I coaid only desire that this land, for which God has done so much in a natural point of view, might possess the solid mental and moral advantages which belong to our more rugged North through the instrumentality of education and religion. “ The blacks soon arrived with the heavy boxes and the nicely- finished plough, (sent by B. Myers, of Newark, N. J.,) all of which, by the order of the chamberlain, were placed in the ante-room, where His Majesty again examined and admired them. The first thing that he inquired for was ^My Longfellow,’ (in the ‘Poets and Poetry of America;’) the next, ‘Youman’s Atlas of Chemis¬ try he then asked for the beautiful specimens of chromo-litho- graphy, (by Sinclair & Duval, of Philadelphia,) and finally in¬ quired after the steam fire-engine which made its travels from Cincinnati to Boston last spring. I furnished him with a plan of it which had been given me by a clerk in the Baltimore Sun oflSce. He instantly took it, and began to explain its operations to * French savant who was visiting the palace. Eor one hour he engaged in a review of the products of our country. He ®^led the Empress, who also expressed her gratification in the 246 Brazil and the Brazilians. highest terms as I displayed the beautiful books sent for herself and the princesses. Her Majesty was not only pleased with what had drawn forth the praises of her Imperial spouse, but she, as well as her maids of honor, displayed the woman in the delight manifested at the fancy soaps and other articles of toilette sent out by H. P. & W. C. Taylor, of Philadelphia, and Colegate & Co., of New York. Many thanks were given to me for those who had been so kind in remembering the Imperial family of Brazil, and I left the palace, feeling that, so far as the head of the Brazilian Government was concerned, all was most successful. “With His Majesty’s subjects the enterprise was not less fortu¬ nate. On the 17th and 18th the Museum was visited by some thousands, and astonishment and admiration were constantly upon the lips of the Brazilians. Each evening I was completely worn out by answering the many questions that were propounded from every side. I have no doubt that a proper exhibition of American arts and manufactures, arranged by business-men and those who have means to carry it out, would redound a thousandfold to the benefit of American commerce. For, during my walks among those who were examining the various articles, I heard remarks which convinced me that it only required to have our country’s productions known to cause a large importation. During and since the Exposition, I have had many orders for books, en¬ gravings, wall-papers, and Manchester prints; and this morning I had an application for a sugar-crushing machine, and a large lithographic printing-press. My reply in all cases has been, ‘I am not a commercial man; I am not here for that purpose; I have no pecuniary interest whatever in this matter: but there are houses here which have correspondents in America.' “ Upon the evening of the 16th, the Statistical Society of Brazil held its meeting in the same hall where were the products of the United States. The Yiscount Itaborahy presided, and invited me to address the Society. I was very glad to have the opportunity of explaining my plans to such a body of gentlemen, and found them most sympathetic: they freely expressed their desire to see the United States and Brazil more closely united. These remarks were reported for the press, and my motives were thus more widely made known to the people. A Pleasing Incident. 24T ontributions from Washington, from the Bureau of the V and from the Patent-Office, and the splendid work \orth American Indians, to which Schoolcraft has devoted were looked upon by the Historical and other Societies as jjij life, ^requisition to their libraries. In this connection I * omit to mention some important medical works sent out incott, Gramho & Co., which were presented to the Imperial bj-hipP ]y[edicine. From these associations I received letters growing that the contributions of the various donors ^ ^ ustly appreciated. The Brazilian Historical and Geographical published in the daily press the list of historical and other rks and library-catalogues that had been thus added to their oJn increasing literary stores. til have already occupied too much of your space, and I must rtiU beg leave to add a few remarks. «I do not claim the ‘Exposition’ to have been a perfect collection of what the Hnited States can produce. It was far from it; but, from the interest it has created in this city of three hundred thousand inhabitants, from the independent approbatory remarks of the daily press, and from the desires which come from all quar¬ ters that the exhibition should continue, I think that a favorable impression has been made, and I also believe that, from this little affair, we may legitimately argue that there is a most favorable qmning here for the various manufactures, &c. of our country. It would require patience and capital, and perhaps the hazarding of something at first; but I believe that the end would more than recompense the adventurers. One or two Americans, a few years ago, commenced the importation of American agricultural imple¬ ments, &c., and now there is quite a commerce in this line. If im¬ portation should he extended, and this people could know what we produce, our commerce would he most rapidly increased. Specu¬ lators are not wanted, but moral, sound, enterprising business-men, who will furnish the best articles at the lowest price. “In conclusion, without wishing to excite expectations which will not be realized, or without desiring to overestimate any thing which has been done in this Exposition, I can only say that, how¬ ever far short I may have come in my efforts, ray intentions have been good, and, when I shall leave Brazil, to return to the work of 248 Brazil and the Brazilians. my Master in my own land, I shall have at least the consolation of having endeavored to bring about a closer relation between the strongest Government of South America and the great Eepublic of the North. “I remain, gentlemen, very respectfully, “ Tour obedient servant, “ J. C. Fletcher.” A pleasing incident connected with this affair grew out of the late arrival at Eio of one of the presents destined for the Emperor. After the “Exposition,” I departed from the city and became en¬ gaged in my legitimate labors in another part of the Empire. In the month of July I returned from the Southern provinces, and found that the Messrs. Merriam, of Springfield, Massachusetts, had sent out a superb edition of Webster’s unabridged quarto Dictionary. I had also a few more books which were to be placed in the Em¬ peror’s own library. An account of the presentation of these volumes was given in a private letter to Mr. J. P. Blanchard, of Boston, from which I extract the following:— “The gift of Messrs. Merriam arrived during my absence in the Southern provinces; but so soon as I returned I procured it from the custom-house, and in due time conveyed it to the palace. Of course it was too late for the Exposition in the National Museum; but, as your State had been very poorly represented in May, I was glad to have this specimen of Massachusetts publication, and this monu¬ ment of the patient and faithful labors of a man who has done so much to define and classify our mother-tongue. “It was within two days of my departure for Bahia and Per¬ nambuco that I stole a few hours to go out to the Imperial Quinta of Boa Vista,—^the Palace of S. Christovao. It is usual to go thither in a coach drawn by at least two horses; but, finding a nice new tilbury and a bright mulatto driver, I entered his vehicle, and, with ^Webster’s Dictionary,’ Hawthorne’s ‘Mosses from an Old Manse,’* and Longfellow’s ‘Hyperion,’ I was soon whirling, through the garden-lined streets of Engenho Velho, to the palace. The Palace of S. Christovao is situated in one of the most picturesque environs of Eio de Janeiro. It stands in bold relief against the lofty green mountains of Tijuca, and is surrounded by the beautifully-foliaged r -^bbster, Hawthorne, and Longfellow. 249 the tropics. It has every adjunct that can make it a neefi j-esideuce. As we rolled through the long avenue of j gaw the coach of one of the Ministers bowling along servants in livery. My establishment looked small in ^itb ^ hrilliant equipage; but I felt that the three I bore with me would delight His Majesty more than !r:e:^::iag-oftheco.H. jggcended after the Minister had entered, and was conducted ante-room by a chamberlain, to whom I made known the t of my visit and the nature of my volumes. Not wishing my precious load to any servant, I carried the three tomes light burden) before me. After passing many corridors, I came large, wide gallery, which overlooked a courtyard where bright fountains were playing and the choicest and most fragrant lowers were blooming. i‘I had supposed that it was a day fbr private audience; but the long gallery was filled with gentlemen in waiting,—noblemen, Judges of the Supreme Court, Ministers, Charges, and officers en ^ande tenue, and some of them covered with decorations. I then learned from Senhor Leal, and from the Neapolitan Charge d’Affaires, that the 13th of July was the anniversary of the Imperial Princess Leopoldina, and these gentlemen had come to felicitate their Ma¬ jesties on the return of this anniversary. I took my stand at the extreme end of the waiting train, thinking that I had better have chosen a day when His Majesty was less occupied. Presently Horn Pedro II. appeared, his fine manly form towering above every other. He was dressed in black; and, with the exception of a star which sparkled upon his left breast, his costume was simple, and its good taste was most apparent when contrasted with the brilliant uniforms of the court. “I conjectured that His Majesty would first receive the con¬ gratulations of the glittering throng that stood between him and the plainly-dressed clergyman. Judge, then, of my surprise when, merely bowing, he passed by the many titled gentlemen and repre- wntatives of foreign courts, and came directly to the ‘Webster,’ ‘Hawthorne,’ and ‘Longfellow.’ With a pleasant smile, he addressed and led me to an open arch that overlooked the flowers and the limpid fountain. There he examined the books and bestowed high 250 Brazil and the Brazilians. eulogium upon the Dictionary,—not only for the beautiful which it had been prepared by the publishers, but for the^V*^ encyclopedic character of the work. He spoke of ]y[r. as an author of whom he had heard, and was glad to r- ^ ‘Mosses from an Old Manse.’ I called his attention particu] to the ‘ Celestial Eailroad,’ which caused an allusion to Bun ‘guide and road-book to the Celestial City.’ Since the of May he had procured all the poetical works of Mr. I - but had not yet added to his library any of his (Mr. Longfellow ' prose compositions. He therefore considered ‘Hyperion’ a interesting acquisition. “His Majesty conversed for a long time on the objects for whidj I came to Brazil, and expressed his gratitude for the souvenir which he had received from citizens of the United States i stated to him that I would visit the Northern provinces and thea return to my native land. He expressed the customary wishes of a bon voyage, &c., but, with great earnestness, said to me, in con. elusion, ‘Mr. Fletcher, when you return to your country, have the kindness to say to Mr. Longfellow how much pleasure he has given me, and be pleased to tell him combien je Vestime, combienje Vaiml —^how much I esteem him, how much I love him.’ ” Thus ends, so far as my own personal effort is concerned, that which I undertook to do. It has been the feeble effort of a single individual to make his country better known, and to advance the interests of a Higher than any earthly government. If the results will not prove gigantic, my intentions, I trust, have not been other than pure and good. CHAPTBE XIV. UTBBATUEE—THE JOURNALS OF BIO DB JANEIRO—ADVERTISEMENTS- I OF THE PRESS—EFFORT TO PUT DOWN BIBLE-DISTRIBUTION—ITS jgillUAN I -BS TEBKDOM ( —NATIONAL LIBRARY—MUSEUM—IMPERIAL ACADEMIES OF FINE ARTS- —ADMINISTBA- I( ^i« T1E8_BRAZILIAN HISTORICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL INSTITUTE— Ties OF BRAZILIAN LAW—CURIOUS TRIAL. The Brazilians, having a ruler with such literary and scientific tastes, will assuredly make more progress in this direction than formerly. On account of the restrictive policy of Portugal, no printing- press was introduced into this country until 1808. The general taste for reading is mostly confined to the newspapers and the translations of French novels. Authors are by no means numerous in the Empire; but there have been within the last few years a number of very creditable provincial histories, scientific disquisi¬ tions, and one or two attempts at the general history of Brazil. The bookstores abound with French works on science, history, and (too often) infidel philosophy. There is, however, a Government bookmaking which is prolific in the most interesting details. I refer to the annual Relatorios or Reports of the Ministers of the Empire, Finance, Justice, Foreign Affairs, War, and the Navy. These are well written and well printed, and contain the most valuable matter for the statesman, the statistician, or the general reader. The Eelatorio of the Minister of Justice must demand an amount of labor unknown to officials in the United States or in England; for every case that goes before a jury in each of the twenty provinces must come under his revision and must be placed in its proper table. The crime, age, eex, and nationality of the criminal are given, together with the punishment. In addition to this, matters of prison-discipline and tbe varied interests of ecclesiastical affairs are not forgotten. 252 Bkazil and the Brazilians. im and also of a Brazilian and Foreign Quarterly. The last-iuo^*!^*^ prise, and promises to be of utility to the country; evoJT interesting and valuable, and would prize them accordingly. The press being free, I doubt whether any journals in the IJnite<| States, England, or the Continent, contain so many communij^ tions from subscribers as those of Eio de Janeiro. As all of theg® communicacoes must be accompanied with the cash, journalism in Brazil is a lucrative “institution.’’ Some of the editorials of th® Jornal do Commercio and the Correio Mercantil will compare favor ably with those of New York or London. The Correio has an able corps-editorial, and is an exceedingly readable paper. In the Appendix will be found a leader from the Jornal do Commercio which was elicited by a most provoking and uncalled-for note on the African slave-trade, which was sent by the British Minister at Rio de Janeiro to the Brazilian Secretary of State. The appearance of the newspapers of Eio is like that of the Parisian journals, only the Brazilian dailies are larger, in clearer type, and upon superior paper. The bottom of each sheet contains the light reading, in what is called the folhetim; and each Sunday the Correio Mercantil has several columns of pacotilha, (gossip.) The Jornal do Commercio, the Mercantil, and other journals, are printed on linen paper manufactured at the corte. The newspaper-press in Rio is quite prolific. It issues four dailies, several tri-weeklies, and a varying number of from six to ten weeklies and irregular sheets. During the session of the National Assembly, verbatim reports of the proceedings and de¬ bates of that body are published at length—like those of the English Parliament and the American Congress—on the morning after their occurrence. The Eio Mercantile Journal —which has been ably edited for a number of years by Mr. I. Levy—is a valuable commercial monthly in the English language. In 1853, Mr. Nathaniel Sands commenced The Jouenals of Rio de Janeiro. 253 entitled 0 Agricultor Brazileiro, which was devoted to j agricultural information. I have found this the niost interesting and able in its matter, reliable in its and equal to any similar publication in North America statistics; therefore with regret that I record its want of 'piij'QpB* ^ ^ and consequent cessation; but, as the Brazilian fazendeiros It the two existing volumes and examine their valuable in- X- n I have no doubt that the planter-public will call for a . jjj of such a work tinder the same or a kindred name. **Moch taken by some of the journals to give commercial telligcnce fully and correctly; while none of the sheets are filled ^th stereotyped advertisements. One of the most enterprising typographias is that of Sr. Paulo Brito a mulatto of great energy and liberal sentiments. The press of the Pous de Decembro turns out fine specimens of work. The niatter of the advertising-columns of the various newspapers is renewed almost daily, and is perused by great numbers of general readers for the sake of its piquancy and its variety. Several pecohar customs may be noticed, growing out of the Church and Brotherhood advertisements mentioned in a previous chapter, and the patronage of the numerous lotteries authorized by Govern¬ ment. Persons frequently form companies for the purchase of tickets, and those at a distance order their correspondents to pur¬ chase for them. In order to avoid any subsequent transfer or dispute, the purchaser announces, through the newspaper, the number of the ticket bought and for whose account,—as, for example :— “M. F. S. purchased, by order of J. T. Pinto, two half- tickets, Nos. 1513 and 4817, of the lottery in behalf of the theatre of Itaborahy.” “The treasurer of the company entitled ‘The Friends of Good Luck’ has purchased, on the company’s account, half-tickets Nos. 3885 and 5430, of the lottery of the cathedral of Goyaz.” Following this custom, individuals who wish to publish some pert thing usually announce it as the name of a company for the purchase of lottery-tickets, although that name extends sometimes through a dozen lines of rhyme. The Brazilians have a most effectual way of collecting debts, which onght to be made known for the benefit of creditors in other portions of the world. The recipe is found in the following advertisement:— 254 Brazil and the Brazilians. “Senhor Jose Domingos da Costa is requested to pay, at No. 35 Eua de S. Jose, the sum of six hundred milreis; and in case he shall not do so in three days, his conduct will be exposed in this journal, together with the manner in which this debt was contracted.” Another will show that the clergy are not always spared:— “ Mr. Editor :—Since the vicar of a certain parish, on the 8th instant, having said mass with all his accustomed affectation, turned round to the people and said, with an air of mockery, ‘ As we have no festival to-day, let us say over the Litany,’ &c., I would respond, that the reverend vicar knows well the reason why there was no festival. Let him be assured, however, that when intrigue shall disappear the festival will take place; but, if he is in a hurry, let him undertake it at his own expense, since whosoever says the paternoster gets the benefit.* “(Signed) An Enemy to Hypocrites.” A school-teacher, after announcing his terms for tuition, thus continues and concludes,—^the italics being his own:— “The first-class day-scholars are instructed in the different branches of science and literature, including the English, French, Portuguese, and Latin languages. Second-class pupils receive a plain education, consisting of reading, writing, grammar, arith¬ metic, and Christian doctrine. “ The director, not being in the habit of making splendid advertise¬ ments or puffs in the daily papers, or of throwing dust in the eyes of the public, can only promise that, being the father of a large family and knowing what care and attention children require as to their morals and education, he will do his duty toward them accordingly.” The last specimen which I give illustrates the early marriages which frequently take place in Brazil; but I defy any other country to furnish the like of the following advertisement, which appeared in the Jornal do Commercio of Eio de Janeiro in 1852. It is so unique that I furnish the original as well as the translation :— “Preeisa-se de uma senhora branca de afianqada conducta, e com intelligencia bastante para fazer companhia a uma menina casada * “ Quern rese o Pater noster come o pao.” Freedom of the Press. 255 de menor idade, aqual precisa de algumas instruccoes proprias de seu estado. Quern estiver nestas circumstancias annuncie por esta folha para ser procurada.” Wanted. — A. white lady of faithful character and with suflScient intelligence to be the companion [or, literally, “ to make the com¬ pany”] of a young bride who is a minor, and who is in need of some instructions appropriate to her state. Whoever possesses these qualifications may make known her address in the columns of this journal.” Yarious allusions to the entire freedom of the press have already been made; and it may he mentioned, in this connection, that there was an interesting example of its use for advertisements for pro¬ moting the Bible in Brazil, and also its employment to put down an effort for the diffusion of the Sacred Scriptures. My co-author, (Dr. Kidder,) in the early part of his religious labors in Brazil, com¬ menced by circulating the Bible. I prefer to give his experience in* his own words. After speaking of the general influence of the mother-country upon Brazil, he says,— “Portugal has never published the Bible or countenanced its circulation save in connection with notes and comments that had been approved by inquisitorial censorship. The Bible was not enumerated among the books that might be admitted to her colo¬ nies when under the absolute dominion. Yet the Brazilians, on their political disenthralment, adopted a liberal and tolerant Con¬ stitution. Although it made the Eoman Catholic apostolic religion that of the State,.yet it allowed all other forms of religion to be held and practised, save in buildings ‘having the exterior form of a temple.’ It also forbade persecution on the ground of religious opinions. By degrees, enlightened views of the great subjects of toleration and religious liberty became widely disseminated among the people, and hence many were prepared to hail any movement which promised to give them what had so long been sys¬ tematically withheld,—the Scriptures of truth for their own perusal. Copies exposed for sale and advertised in the news¬ papers found many purchasers, not only from the city, but also fromrthe distant provinces. “At the mission-house many copies were distributed gratui¬ tously; and on several occasions there was what might be called 256 Brazil and the Brazilians, a rush of applicants for the sacred volume. One of these occurred soon after my arrival. It was known that a supply of books had been received, and our house was literally thronged with persons of all ages and conditions of life,—^from the gray-headed man to the prattling child,—^from the gentleman in high life to the poor slave. Most of the children and servants came as messengers, bringing notes from their parents or masters. These notes were invariably couched in respectful, and often in beseeching, Ian- guage. Several were from poor widows who had no money to buy books for their children, but who desired Testaments for them to read at school. Another was from one of the Ministers of the Imperial Government, asking for a supply for an entire school out of the city. «Among the gentlemen who called in person were several prin¬ cipals of collegios, and many students of different grades. Ver¬ sions in French, and also in English, as well as Portuguese, were sometimes desired by amateur linguists. We dealt out the pre¬ cious volumes according to our best judgment, with joy and with trembling. This being the first general movement of the kind, we were at times inclined to fear that some plan had been concerted for getting the books destroyed, or for involving us in some species of difficulty. These apprehensions were contradicted, however, by all the circumstances within our observation; and. all who came made their errand on the ground of its intrinsic importance, and listened with deep attention to whatever we had time or ability to address to them concerning Christ and the Bible. ‘‘It was not to be presumed, however, that so great an amount of scriptural truth could at once be scattered among the people without exciting great jealousy and commotion among certain of the padres. Nevertheless, others of this class were among the applicants themselves. One aged priest, who called in person, received by special request copies in Portuguese, French, and English, on retiring, said, ‘ The like was never before done in this counfry.' Another sent a note in French, asking for L’Anci&i^ le Nouveau Testament. In three days two hundred copies were dis¬ tributed, and our stock was exhausted; but applicants continued to come, till it was estimated that four times that number had been called for. All we could respond to these persons was to infor®'^ r Failure of Opposition to the Bible. 257 them where Bibles were kept on sale, and that we anticipated a fresh supply at some future day. « We were not disappointed in the opposition which was likely to be called forth by this manifestation of the popular desire for the Scriptures. A series of low and vile attacks were made upon us in a certain newspaper, corresponding in style with the well- known spirit and character of their authors. Indeed, in immediate connection with this interesting moveinent a periodical was started, under the title of 0 Gatholico, with the avowed object of combating us and our evangelical operations. It was an insignificant weekly, of anonymous editorship. After extravagant promises, and re¬ peated efforts to secure permanent subscribers, it made out to struggle against public contempt for the space of an entire month. Yielding to the stress of circumstances, it then came to a pause. An effort was made to revive it some time after, with the more imposing title of 0 Gatholico Fluminense. Thus its proprietors appealed as strongly as possible to the sympathy and patriotism of the people, by the use of a term of which the citizens of Eio de Janeiro are particularly proud. Under this heading it barely suc¬ ceeded in surviving four additional numbers, in only one of which was the least mention made of the parties whose efforts to spread the pure word of God had given it origin. “This species of opposition almost always had the effect to awaken greater inquiry after the Bible; and many were the indi¬ viduals who, on coming to procure the Scriptures, said their atten¬ tion was first called to the subject by the unreasonable and fanatical attempts of certain priests to hinder their circulation. They contemned the idea, as absurd and ridiculous, that these men should attempt to dictate to them what they should not read, or set up an Inquisitorial crusade against the Bible. They wished it, and if for no other reason, that they might show that they possessed religious jiberty, and were determined to enjoy it. They poured inexpressi- contempt upon the ignorance, fanaticism, and even the immo- which characterized some of the pretended ministers of ^®^igion, who dreaded to have their lives brought into comparison the requirements of God’s word. Those of our friends who were consulted on the subject almost invariably counselled us to take no notice of the low and virulent 17 258 Brazil and the Brazilians. attacks made upon us, with which the people at large had no sym¬ pathy, and of which every intelligent man would perceive the un¬ worthy object. Such articles would refute themselves, and injure their authors rather than us. “ The results justified such an opinion. One gentleman (a Portu¬ guese) in particular said to us, with emphasis, ‘ Taking no notice of these things, you ought to continue your holy mission, and scatter truth among the people.’ With this advice we complied, and it is now a pleasing reflection that our energies and time were devoted to vastly higher and nobler objects than the refutation of the baseless but rancorous falsehoods which were put forth against us. We knew full well that this opposition was not so much against us as against the cause of the Bible, with which we were identified, and we were content to ‘stand still and see the salvation of the Lord.’ And most delightful it was to witness the results of that overruling Providence which can make the wrath of man tributary to the divine praise. “The malignity of this worse than infidel opposition to the truth excited the curiosity of numbers to examine w*hether indeed the word of God was not ‘ profitable for instruction and for doc¬ trine.’ The results of such an examination upon every candid mind may be easily conjectured. Thus the truths of inspiration found free course to hundreds of families and scores of schools, where they might be safely left to do their own office upon the minds and hearts of the people. “ Some instances of the happy and immediate effects of circulating the Bible came to our knowledge; but it is reserved for eternity to reveal the full extent of the benefit. While subsequently tra¬ velling in distant provinces, I found that the sacred volumes put in circulation at Eio de Janeiro had sometimes gone before me, and wherever they went an interest had been awakened which led the people to seek for more.” There are other means than newspapers for the progress of the Brazilians in knowledge and belles-lettres. In addition to the various colleges and academies described in another chapter, there are a number of public institutions and as¬ sociations whose object is the cultivation of literature and science, and the diffusion of knowledge. National Libkary. 259 The Bibliotheca Nagional contains 100,000 volumes. These con- eist chiefly of the hooks originally belonging to the Eoyal Library of Portugal, which were brought over by Dom John YI. The collection is annually augmented by donations and Government aid. It was thrown open to the public by the Portuguese monarch, and has ever since remained under suitable regulations, free of access to ail who choose to enter its saloon and read. This library is open daily fl’om nine a.m. till two P.M., and was formerly en¬ tered from the Eua detraz do Carmo; but the Government has recently purchased the commodious private residence of Sr. Yianna, which is beautifully situated in the vicinity of the Passeio Publico, where the accommodations will doubtless he superior to those which it has hitherto possessed. When it was located in the old lilyary-buildings, it presented an interesting sight to the visitor. Tables covered with cloth, on which were arranged writing- materials, and frames designed to support large volumes, extended through the room from end to end. The shelves, rising from the floor to the lofty ceiling, were covered with books of every language and date. You might here call for any volume the library contained, and sit down to read and take notes at your pleasure. The newspapers of the city and various European magazines were always ready for the reader. Not only this apart¬ ment, but also various alcoves and rooms adjoining it on either hand, were filled all around with books. This collection has also been inereaseid by valuable private donations, among which that of the books of the late Jose Bonifacio de Andrada deserves especial mention. The publicity of such a library cannot fail to have a beneficial •nfluenee upon the literary taste and acquirements of the students of the metropolis,—which, by degrees, will extend itself to the whole community. While the student at Eio may find in the National Library nearly all that he can desire in the field of ancient erature, he may also easily gain access to more modern works ^0 the subscription-libraries. Th T? • oe English, the German, and the Portuguese residents have Severally established such libraries for their respective use. That the English is somewhat extensive and valuable. •^mong the Goverament institutions must be classed the National 260 Brazil and the Brazilians. Museum, on the Campo de Santa Anna, which is gratuitously thro-wn open to visitors; and great numbers avail themselves of this plea, sant and instructive resort. The collection of minerals has been much augmented in value by a donation from the heirs of Jos« Bonifacio de Andrada. They presented to the Museum the entire cabinet of their father, who in his long public career had rare opportunities for making a most valuable collection. At an early period of his life he was Professor of Mineralogy in the University of Coimbra, Portugal, where he published several works that gained him a reputation among the scientific men of Europe. Through his life he had been industrious in ga¬ thering together models of machines and mechanical im¬ provements, toge¬ ther with choice engravings and coins; and bis heirs certainly could not have made a more mag¬ nanimous disposal of the whole than to confer them upon the nation. The department of mineralogy is arranged, but con¬ tains many more foreign than native specimens. The same lack of Bra¬ zilian curiosities formerly prevaile<^ in other depart¬ ments, although in that of aboriginal relics there has been fro® the establishment of the Museum a rich collection of ornaments Brazilian Historical and Geographical Institute. 261 and feather-dresses from Para and Matto Grosso. There is a con¬ stant enlargement and improvement in every respect. Still, it may be said that while the cabinets of Munich and Yienna, Paris, St. Petersburg, London, and Edinburgh have been enriched by splendid collections from Brazil, in various departments of natural history, yet in the Imperial Museum of Eio de J aneiro but a meagre idea can be formed of the interesting productions—mineral, vege¬ table, and animal—in which the Empire abounds. It was here that I saw a very fine living specimen of the great harpy eagle, from the forests of the Amazon. There is an Imperial Academy of the Pine Arts, which was founded in 1824, by a decree of the National Assembly. It is at present organized with a Director and four Professors,—viz.: of paint¬ ing and landscape, of architecture, of sculpture and of design, and a corresponding number of substitutes. This institution is open to all who wish to be instructed in either department, and about seventy students are annually matriculated,—the greater proportion in the department of design. This Academy also provides funds for the support of a certain number of its most meritorious alumni at Eome, where they have ample opportunity for studying the classic productions of ancient and modern art. The Conservatorio de Musica is a State Academy where instruc¬ tion'in instrumental and vocal music is given to both sexes by competent professors. There is also a Conservatorio Dramatico, to whose censorship were submitted, in 1854, two hundred and fifty plays, of which one hundred and seventy were approved, fifty-four Were amended or suppressed, and thirty-three were of such a cha- *‘acter as not only to be suppressed but to merit unqualified rebuke. The Sociedade Statistica and the Sociedade Auxiliadora da Indus- both enroll many public-spirited men and good writers. But association which in its character, dignity, and numbers is first in all South America is the Brazilian Historical and Geo- S^aphieal Institute, organized at Eio de Janeiro in 1838, which has fione more than any other society to awaken the spirit of Brazilian literary enterprise. This association adopted as its fundamental pl^'U the design of collecting, arranging, and publishing or pre- ^rving documents illustrative of the history and geography of *'^2il- Several distinguished persons took a deep interest in it 262 Brazil and the Brazilians. from the first. The Government also lent a fostering hand. The General Assembly voted an annual subsidy in aid of its objects, and the Department of Foreign Affairs instructed the attaches of the Brazilian embassies in Europe to procure and to copy papers of interest that exist in the archives of different courts, relative to the early history of Brazil. By this movement individual exertions were aroused, and the spirit of inquiry was excited in different parts of the Empire as well as abroad, and interesting results have already been accomplished. During the first year of its existence, this Institute numbered near four hundred members and correspondents, and had collected over three hundred manuscripts, of various length and value. The most important of these it has already given to the world, together with some valuable discourses and essays furnished by its members. The first Friday of each month is devoted to the sittings of this association; and none of its members and patrons are so punctual or take so deep an interest in all its proceedings as Dom Pedro II. Its organ is a Quarterly Eeview and Journal, which publishes the proceedings of the society at length, together with all the more important documents read before it. We have been particularly interested in the articles it has contained upon the aboriginal tribes of South America, and also in its biographical sketches of dis¬ tinguished Brazilians. On the whole, it may be questioned whether the Portuguese language contains a more valuable collection of miscellany than is thrown together in the pages of the Bevista Trimensal ou Jornal do Instituto Historico Brazileiro. Almost all the leading men of Brazil belong to the learned pro¬ fessions. Such a thing as an eminent mechanic or merchant hold¬ ing high position in the State I believe to be unknown. There are certain officers who hold their appointment and receive pay under Government, in accordance with a rule which deserves par¬ ticular mention. The professors of some of the public institutions, and perhaps the attaches of some of the Government bureaux, receive a certain annual salary. It may not be large; but, after holding office for a stipulated number of years, the employee, if conduct has been without reproach, can retire, and is paid from the Imperial Treasury a sum equal to the added salaries of his whole Administration of Justice. 263 term of service. This is a strong inducement to the faithful dis¬ charge of duty, and perhaps operates to keep unscrupulous dema- gocrues from seeking office as a reward for party exertions. It is thus that the under-officers in the Brazilian Government acquire a full knowledge of the difficult routine of the various Departments; and the changes of ministry leave no difficulties for the new Cabinet to surmount in carrying on the machinery of government. The Brazilian mode certainly seems more in accordance with common sense than the rotation-in-office principle which prevails in the United States. In another chapter will be found the course of study pursued in the chief law-school of the Empire. The administration of justice is much simpler than in England or the United States, There are almost the same magistrates and judges, under different names. The delegado or suhdelegado is the justice of the peace; the juiz municipal answers to the circuit judge or the presiding officer of the Court of Common Pleas; the Juiz dos Orphoes is the Judge of Probate; t\\Q Juiz de Bireito is the Judge of the Supreme Court. There are district supreme judges in all the provinces, and there is a Supremo Tribunal de Justicia, which corresponds to the Supreme Court of the United States. From the experience of Governor Kent with the Brazilian tri¬ bunals, and from the interesting letters of Eev. Charles N. Stewart, I cull the following facts in regard to the mode of conducting a criminal trial at Eio de Janeiro. The party accused is first brought before the suhdelegado in whose district the crime has been com- Diitted. He is verbally examined, and his replies, as well as the questions, are all recorded. The accused is asked his age, profes¬ sion, &c. as minutely as the magistrate thinks proper. He is not compelled to answer, but his silence may lead to unfavorable in¬ ferences. The examination of the prisoner is followed by that of fbe witnesses, who are sworn by placing the hand upon the Bible, "fbe administration of the oath is of the most solemn and impres¬ sive character, and in this respect at least the Brazilians read us a v^bolesome and a needful lesson. All rise—court, officers, bar, and spectators—and stand in profound silence during the ceremony. hen the jury retires there is also a great manifestation of respect, ''■hll standing until the twelve have left the court-room. 264 Brazil and the Brazilians. The subdelegado, after the preliminary examination, decides whether the accused shall be held for trial, and submits the papers with his decision to a superior officer, who usually confirms it, and the accused is imprisoned or released on bail. In civil cases, unless of very great importance, the jurj’- does not form a part of the judicial administration. The jury consists of twelve men. ‘‘ Forty-eight are summoned for the term; and the panel for each trial is selected by lot, the names being drawn by a boy, who hands the paper to the presiding judge. In capital cases challenges are allowed without the demand of cause. The jury being sworn and empannelled, the prisoner is again examined by the judge—sometimes at great length and with great minuteness —not only as to his acts, but as to his motives. The record of the former proceedings, including all the testimony, is then read. If either party desire, the witnesses may be again examined, if pre¬ sent ; but they are not bound over, as with us, to appear at the trial. Hence, the examination of the accused and the witnesses at the preliminary process is very important and material. In many instances, the case is tried and determined entirely upon the record as it comes up .”—Brazil and La Plata. When the record is read, witnesses are produced on the side of the Government, and the prosecuting-attorney addresses the jury. The testimony, or the witnesses of the defendant, are then intro¬ duced, and his advocate addresses—sometimes at great length— the twelve on whose decision hangs the destiny of his client. The prosecutor replies if he deem it best; after which the judge briefly charges the jury and gives them a series of questions in writing, the answers to which constitute the verdict; and thus, it will be seen, special pleading and legal skirmishing is in a great measure defeated. The decision in each case is by majorit}^, and not by unanimity, as with us. A case begun is generally finished without an adjournment of the court, though it should continue through the day and the entire night. The arrangement of the court-room is somewhat different from that in the United States. The judge, with his clerk, sits on one side of the hall, and the prosecuting-attorney on the other. The jury, instead of being in a “box,” are seated at two semicircular tables placed at the right and at the left of the judge. The lawyers Trial by Jury. 265 Jo not stand when they address the jury, but, like the professores on examination-day, the collegios always make their speeches ex cathedra. The lawyers not engaged in the suit which may be before the court occupy a kind of pew which resembles the box for criminals in English and American halls of justice. The following verdict of a jury was returned in a case of homi¬ cide which occurred in Eio in 1851. The trial came off in the spring of 1862, and the “ return” is translated ft’om one of the daily newspapers printed at the capital, and gives a clear and concise notion of the nature of the questions propounded by the judge, and the ease with which a jury can come to a speedy conclusion in regard to the guilt or innocence of any accused individual:— Questions propounded by the Judge to the Jury, and the Verdict rendered, in the Second Trial of B. In this case the first jury fully acquitted the respondent. The presiding judge appealed to the Court of Eelacao, consisting of all the judges, twelve in number. This court, on hearing, sustained the appeal and ordered a new trial. Questions. 1. Did the defendant, B., on the 23d of September of the last year, kill, by discharging a pistol, the Italian, C., in D.'s hotel ? Answer. Yes; (by twelve votes.) 2. Did he commit the offence in the night-time ? Ans. Yes; (by eight votes.) 3. Did the defendant commit the offence with superiority of ^rras, in a manner that C. could not defend himself with a proba¬ bility of repelling the attack ? ■Ins. Yes; (by eleven votes.) 4- Did the defendant commit the offence proceeding with con¬ cealment or surprise ? Ans. Ko; (by seven votes.) Are there any circumstances extenuating the offence in favor of the defendant ? Ans. Yes; (by eight votes.) By Act 18, § 3, of the Criminal Code:^—ujp defendant commits the crime in defence of his Proper person;” and ditto, § 4 of same article :—“If the defendant 266 Brazil and the Brazilians. commits the offence or crinje in‘retaliation or revenge of an injury or dishonor which he has suffered.’’ 6. Do the jury find that the respondent commits the act (or offence) in defence of his person ? Ans. Yes; (by seven votes.) 7. Was the defendant certain of the injury (or evil) which ho intended to avoid (or escape from) ? Ans. Yes; (by seven votes.) 8. Was the defendant absolutely without other means less prejudicial ? Ans. No; (by eight votes.) 9. Had the defendant provoked the occasion for the conflict ? Ans. No; (by eight votes.) 10. Had the defendant done any wrong which occasioned the conflict ? Ans. No; (by eight votes.) 11 and 12, (like 9 and 10,) in reference to the family of the de¬ fendant, if they had provoked, &c.; and answered. No, (by twelve votes each.) Upon this verdict the court adjudged B. guilty, and sentenced him to twelve years’ imprisonment at hard labor and the costs. An appeal was again taken to the same Court of the EelacSo. He was pardoned by the Emperor, October, 1852, upon application of the Minister-Plenipotentiary of his (B.’s) country and by the petition of others. The following is a curious case of some legal interest:—In Eebruary, 1853, a black man was put on trial before the jury on charge of having a pocket-knife, (jack-knife, as we call it.) It did not appear that the black had done or threatened any injury; but the crime was, having a prohibited article. During the trial, a white man appeared and claimed the negro as his slave. This claim was made part of the case on trial, and the jury were directed to determine whether he was free or the slave of the claimant. They found, by the judge giving the casting vote, that he was free, and, by ten votes, that he was guilty of the crime. S® was sentenced to one month’s imprisonment as a freeman. Thus, he obtained a judicial sentence which secured his freedom, and Complaints of Corruption. 267 had to stay one month as a lodger in jail. A lucky jack-knife to him! It is impossible, in a work like this, to enter fully into the merits and demerits of the mode of administering law in Brazil. Prom time to time many charges of corruption have been brought, by rumor, against those who administer it, and doubtless, in some cases, corruption has existed. Those who have had property awaiting certain decisions of the Juizes dos Orphoes have com¬ plained that it was much reduced before judgment was rendered. Foreigners have also murmured at what they termed unfairness, and have hinted that some of the magistrates have not been above bribery. It would not be altogether just to compare the administration of law in Brazil to that of England; but I hazard nothing in saying that in no country of South America is there greater personal security and a fairer dispensation of justice than in this Empire. Each year the various codes are becoming better digested; and the number of eminent men in the legal profession has placed it, in point of mental ability, in the first rank of the learned vocations. CHAPTEE XV. THE CLIMATE OF BBAZIL—ITS- SUPEKIOEITT TO OTHER TROPICAL COUNTRIES—COOIt' RESORTS — TRIP TO ST. XlEXIO-BRAZILIAN JUPITER PLUVIUS — THE MULATTO IMPROVISOR-SYDNEY SMITH’S “IMMORTAL” SURPASSED-A LADY’s IMPRESSIONS OF TRAVEL-AN AMERICAN FACTORY-A YANKEE HOUSE-THE RIDE UP THE ORGAN MOUNTAINS—FORESTS, FLOWERS, AND SCENERY—SPECULATION IN TOWN- LOTS—BOA VISTA — HEIGHT OF THE SERRA DOS ORGOES-CONSTANCIA—THE “HAPPY valley” — THE TWO SWISS BACHELORS — YOUTH RENEWED — PROSAIC CONCLUSION — TODD’s “STUDENT’S MANUAL”-THE TAPIR — THE TOUCAN—THE FIRE-FLIES—EXPENSES OF TRAVELLING-NOVA FRIBOURGO—CANJA GALLO— PETROPOLIS. Those whose tropical experience has been in the East Indies or the western coast of Africa can have no just conception of the delightful climate of the greater portion of Brazil. It would seem as if Providence had designed this land as the residence of a great nation. Nature has heaped up her bounties of every description : cool breezes, lofty mountains, vast rivers, and plentiful pluvial irri¬ gation, are treasures far surpassing the sparkling gems and the rich minerals which abound within the borders of this extended territory. No burning sirocco wafts over this fair land to wither and desolate it, and no vast desert, as in Africa, separates its fer¬ tile provinces. That awful scourge, the earthquake,—which causes strong men to become weak as infants, and which is constantly devastating the cities of Spanish America,—disturbs no dweller in this Empire. While in a large part of Mexico, and also on the west coast of South America,—from Copiapo to the fifth degree of south latitude,—rain has never been known to fall, Brazil is refreshed by copious showers, and is endowed with broad, flowing rivers, cataracts, and sparkling streams. The Amazon,—or, as the aborigines term it, Para, “ the father of waters,”—with his mighty branches, irrigates a surface equal to two-thirds of Europe; and the San Francisco, the Parahiba do Sul, the vast affluents of the 268 The Climate of Brazil. 269 La Plata, under the names of the Paraguay, Parana, Culba, Para- nahiba, and a hundred other streams of lesser note, moisten the fertile soil and bear their tributes to the ocean through the southern and eastern portions of the Empire. Let any one glance at the map of Brazil, and he will instantly be convinced that this land is designed by nature for the sustenance of millions. Now, there must be some reason for this bountiful irrigation, this fertility of soil and salubrity of climate. Lieutenant Maury—who seems almost literally to have taken “the wings of the morning” and to have flown to the uttermost parts of the sea—has shown conclusively why it is that Brazil is so blessed above corresponding latitudes in other lands. South America is like a great irregular triangle, whose longest side is upon the Pacific. Of the two sides which lie upon the Atlantic, the longest—extending from Cape Horn to Cape St. Eoque—is three thousand five hundred miles, and looks out upon the south¬ east ; while the shortest—^looking northeastward—has a length" of two thousand five hundred miles. This configuration has a power¬ ful effect upon the temperature and the irrigation of Brazil. The Ba Plata and the Amazon result from it, and from those wonderful ^inds, called the trades, which blow upon the two Atlantic sides of the great triangle. These winds, which sweep from the north¬ east and from the southeast, come laden, in their journey over the ocean, with humidity and with clouds. They bear their vapory burdens over the land, distilling, as they fly, refreshing moisture '^pon the vast forests and the lesser mountains, until, finally caught by the lofty Andes, in that rarefied and cool atmosphere they wholly condensed, and descend in the copious rains which per¬ petually nourish the sources of two of the mightiest rivers of the ■'^orld. The prevailing winds on the Pacific coast are north and south. No moisture is borne from the ocean to the huge barrier /fountains within sight of the dashing waves, and hence the findity of so much of the hypothenuse of the triangle. I have old the western and eastern coasts of South America within y days of each other, and the former seemed a desert com- PS'fed with the latter. tropic country is so generally elevated as Brazil, ^’^gh there are no very lofty mountains except upon its extreme 270 Brazil and the Brazilians. western border, yet the whole Empire has an average elevation of more than seven hundred feet above the level of the sea. This great elevation and those strong trade-winds combine to produce a climate much cooler and more healthful than the cor¬ responding latitudes of Africa and Southern Asia. The traveller the naturalist, the merchant, and the missionary do not have their first months of pleasure or usefulness thrown away, or their con¬ stitutions impaired by acclimating fevers. The mean temperature of Brazil—which extends from nearly the fifth degree of north latitude to the thirty-third' of south latitude (almost an intertropical region)—is from 81° to 88° Fahrenheit, according to different seasons of the year; At Eio de Janeiro,— on the authority of Dr. Dundas,—the mean tempera¬ ture of thirty years was 73°. In December, (which corresponds to June in the Northern Hemisphere,) maximum, 89^°; minimum, 70°; mean, 79°. In July, (coldest month,) maximum,. 79°; mini¬ mum, 66°; mean, 73 i°. I can add, from my own observations for several years, that I never saw 90° attained in the summer-time, and the lowest in the winter (June, July, and August) was 60°, and this was early in the morning. The heat of summer is never so oppressive as \hat which I have often experienced, in the hot days of July and August, at New York and Boston, where frequently the high point of 104° or 105° Fahrenheit has been reached. It must, however, be conceded that three months of weather ranging between 73° and 89° would be intolerable if it were not for the cool sea-breeze on the coast which generally sets in at eleven a.m., and the delicious land- breeze which so gently fans the earth until the morning sun has flashed over the mountains. In the interior the nights are always cool; and it may be added that, one hundred miles from the sea- coast, the climate is entirely different. Eio is happily situated in its accessibility to the elevated re^ons. An hour’s ride leaves you among the cascades and coolness of Tijuca; six hours by steamer, railway, and coach lift you up the mountain-city of Petropolis; or twelve hours will bring yo“ amid the sublimities of the Serra dos Orgoes and the silent and refreshing shades of Constancia, where, at Heath’s, we may be away from the dust, din, and diplomacy which are the constant Trip to St. Alexio. 271 concomitants of the commercial and political capital of Brazil. Again, we may vary our route and ascend the mountains to the elevated uplands upon which are situated the prosperous towns of Nova Fribourgo and Canta Gallo, with their adjacent flourishing coffee-plantations. All of these are delightful resorts, and are be¬ coming each summer more and more frequented. Not far from the usual route to Constancia is the sweet little valley of St. Alexio, where an American has erected a cotton- factory in the midst of tlie most beautiful tropic scenery. To gome it might be a profanation that these wilds should he startled by any other sounds than the leaping streams from the Serra, or the songs of birds and the shrill music of the cicada; but perhaps there are few who would not be content to behold industrj^ taking the place of indolence, though they might yield to none in love for the beautiful. I visited St. Alexio a number of times, and enjoyed the kind hospitality of its director, who through many obstacles had at last triumphed in establishing the first successful cotton-manufactory in the province of Eio de Janeiro. My last visit to St. Alexio was made under such circumstances of weather that I am constrained to give it as an instance of what must be expected at certain seasons of the year. Though in the province of Rio de Janeiro there is no “rainy season,” properly so called, yet many visitors to the capital will not soon forget the drenching rains, made doubly perceptible by the uncouth water¬ spouts (see those in the engraving of the “ Senate-House ”) which formerly poured more than a miniature cascade upon the passers- by. But of these spouts it may now be said their “occupation’s gone,” and by a city ordinance they will soon be where Intrudo IS,—among the curiosities of Eio that have only a historical existence. The usual mode of getting to St. Alexio is by steamer to Tiedade, and thence by carriage to the secluded valley some eight Or ten miles from the landing-place. On the occasion of the visit ^’eferred to, I was accompanied by a number of friends, among ^bom was Mr. M., the worthy director and one of the owners of the “Pabrica.” left the Quai dos Mineiros (not far from the Convent of San 272 Brazil and the Brazilians. BeDto) in the little clumsy steamer that plies between Eio and the upper end of the hay. The morning was bright, hut we were soon overtaken by a thunn^er-storm. Such rain! In temperate zones we fancy that we know what is meant by rain. Quite a mistake! It is child’s play when compared to the pouring tor¬ rents of the tropics. There was no cabin, and the curtains but half performed their oflSce. In rushed the water over our clothes under our feet, and out at the scuppers, like holy-stone day on board ship. When we were sufficiently wet, the rain abated and the curtain rose. And well that it did so; for the bad weather had driven in all the motley crowd of troupeiros usually occupying, along with their more respectable animals, the forward-deck of the boat; and the hot steam arising from the greasy cattle-drivers, the unkempt muleteers, and the damp darkies, was not the most agreeable to the lady portion of our company. The time was begu^d in looking at the glorious scenery and in listening to the improvisation of a mulatto who was going to a festa in Maje, there to sell his wit and his doces. He told long stories in verse, and imitated different voices with admirable skill. When asked to improvise on Paqueta, the lovely insular gem that we were passing, he immediately dashed off in a strain of poetry, describing the beauties of the island, and then descanted on the faults and failings of its inhabitants, and in a satiric strain worthy of J uvenal lashed the proceedings of the people who frequented the religious festas that are annually held on its bright shores. He concluded with a eulogy’’ on Jose Bonifacio de Andrada, who here ended his days. In short, had Corinne heard him, jealousy would have saved her the trouble of dying for love. Jesting apart, the man’s talent was of a high order, and the harmonious and flowing verse showed the adaptation of the Portuguese language to rhythmical composition After a hasty repast at a rude inn near the landing-place of Piedade, we prepared for the road. Up came our equipage. I must, in justice to our woM^hy host, say that his nice American vehicle had received some injury, so that he could only send his mules and engage the best convey^ance afforded by the village of Maje. We felt some slight remorse at the destruction of life A Lady’s Impressions of Travel. 273 entrance into the venerable vehicle must have caused, as it geemed to have served as a temporary refuge to some gay, locked-out rooster. But we ought not to speak ill of the aged. Guiltless alike of paint and washing, it far outdid Sydney Smith’s “ Immor¬ tal ” which, doubtless, was kept in perfect cleanliness by his tidy Yorkshire servants. However, the sight of a good team reconciled us to the rudeness of the vehicle. Four fine mules plunged along through mud and water: I then understood how philosophical it was to avoid the trouble of washing a carriage. The Hyde Park turn-out of Count D’Orsay or the Earl of Harrington, in one short mile, would have been on a par with ours. We forded juvenile rivers and newly-made brooks; we lumbered up hill and down dale; now the coachman made a skilful detour close to a hank to avoid a deep mud-hole on the other side, and now he was obliged to pass under some tree whose overhanging branches gave us a capital douche. After some miles of this travel we stopped at a venda to give the animals breath and water before the gallop down the slope. Soon we were off again. “ On, on we hasten’d, and we drew Their gaze of wonder as we flew!” And there was as black a tempest gathering for us poor Giaours as ever threatened to wet that uncomfortable, sword-waving rider of the “blackest steed!” Down came night and Brazilian rain! What had formerly been the hood of the carriage was transformed into a sort of a kitchen-sink, with a hole in the middle, through which poured the water. Luckily, we had an umbrella: this was inserted in the hole, and thus the stream was averted from our de¬ voted heads. In the midst of all this our driver gave a loud whistle, and thereupon out rushed four dark figures from a hut by the roadside. ■A. lady of the party afterward described her romantic impressions this scene as follows:— “What my companions felt I know not; but it was quite allow- ^t»le for nae, a poor, weak woman, to give myself over as robbed, at least, ‘murthered!’ One man jumped on the box with a stick in his hand, and the others followed behind, uttering a varies of unearthly yells and undesirable epithets, but all addressed ^ the mules; and, as I knew that the skins and skulls of those 18 274 Brazil and the Brazilians. beasts were thicker than mine, I was consoled. It was a party sent to push us up a steep hill; for be it known to ail who ar* ignorant of the idiosyncrasy of these animals, that, when once they consider the task assigned to them unreasonable, no persuasion can induce them to set shoulder to the work. No doubt they cry to Jupiter, but he will not help them; and so they stand still or allow the vehicle to draw them backward; and on the edge of a precipice this is not a pleasant way of travelling. So, after each mule had clearly learned from the yelling quartette the estimation in which he was held, we gained the summit. How gladly rolled down into that beautiful valley where the factor;^ raises its white walls! We afterward beheld it under a bright sun, and Southey’s remark that ‘even nature herself abhors a factory, and refuses to clothe its walls with climbers,’ is here contradicted, A Grove of Sensitive Trees. 275 the lovely glen in whose bosom this building reposes would lend grace to any structure. «How hearty was our welcome from the pretty Virginia hostess who met us as we entered, all forlorn! Eight gayly we recounted our fright and adventures, and it was the old story over again:— “ ‘ She loved us for the dangers we had pass’d, And we loved'her that she did pity them.’ “Byron could not bear to see a lady eat,—it is so unethereal. Strictly speaking, it is a singular process,—throwing sundry morsels into a hole in your face and using your chin as a mill. Of course, it was only the masculine part of the company who partook of the Westphalia ham, broiled chicken, and other dainties prepared by the good hostess. Such proceedings did not agree with the poetical feelings of my more celestial nature I” The following morning we surveyed the locality. The pro¬ prietor’s house stands at a short distance from the factory, and both were actually framed in the United States, brought out in pieces, and put together in Brazil. The pine used for the house has, in spite of predictions to the contrary, proved superior in durability to Norwegian pine. A meadow of bright green slopes away from the house toward a clear, rapid brook, which, after rains, may well be called a river; but in dry weather it is easily traversed on the stones that strew its bed. Mr. M. had long and painful researches to find a stream that never dries up even in the hottest season. At last he discovered this little river, and here took up his abode. The hills rise around, covered with the most luxuriant growth; here and there a stately palm rises like a chief¬ tain above its fellows; farther on, the mountains stretch away and blend with the clear blue of the heavens. On the branches sing bright-plumaged birds, that seem, in the early morning, to call on the sensitive-plant trees to awake from their night’s slumber. It ^^8, indeed, hard for me to realize that the little sensitive-plant ^hich I had looked upon at home as among the most delicate of f^oties is here reproduced in almost giant forms. Its family abounds Brazil, and the grove that surrounds the residence of Mr. M. is *^ctually composed of trees which quietly fold their leaves in repose Vespers, only to be awakened by the morning sun and the sing- 276 Brazil and the Brazilians. ing-birds. The city-friends of Mrs. M. used to offer their condo, lence that she was so far removed from society in that retired vale- but they were always cut short in their proffered sympathy by information that no sense of lonelineSs prevailed in that sweet spot. There one may find companionship in those majestic moun¬ tains ‘‘precipitously steep/' the flowering woods, the forest-voices and the gushing music of brooks and fountains. The remembrance of St. Alexio is like that of a pleasant dream, or the sunny memories of the secluded vales and sparkling waters at the base of the Bent du Midi ,—not a day’s ride from the upper end of the Lake of Geneva. Mr. M. deserves the greatest credit for his persevering efforts which placed here this first successful cotton-manufactory in the province. Others had endeavored to establish similar fabricas, to be driven by steam-power, in the city; but they were failures. Not only had Mr. M. to contend with nature, but probably his worst annoyances came from a dilatory Government. As to operatives, the • factory is supplied from the German colony of Petropohs. Another has paid a just tribute of merit to Mr. M.; and I can heartily subscribe to the sentiments therein contained:—“ Though it is only in the more common fabrics in cotton that the manufac¬ turer can yet compete with British and American goods, yet he Blooming Forests op the Serra dos Orgoes. 277 pir. M^-] deserves a medal of honor from the Government, and the patronage of the whole Empire, not only for the establish¬ ment of the manufactory, but for the living example—set before a whole province of indolent and sluggish natives—of Yankee energy, ingenuity, indefatigable industry, and unyielding It is a comfortable day’s ride from St. Alexio to Constaneia,— though the usual manner of procedure is to start at mid-day from Eio in the steamer, arrive at Piedade at three o’clock, where mules and guides are awaiting those who have been prudent enough to announce by letter to the “jolly Heath” their intention of spending a few days amid the Serra dos Orgoes. A few hours across the lowlands bring us through the town of Maje to Frechal, (or Frexal,) where the weary and the lazy often spend a night in a dirty inn, surrounded by crowds of children, (the proprietor is the father of twenty-three meninos,) and by vast troops of mules, which, laden with colfee, are on their way to the steamer at Piedade. But for those who love a dashing ride up the mountains, on a road in some places paved as the old Eoman causeways,— those who wish to feel an evening atmosphere which in coolness and chilliness reminds one of the temperate zone,—the Barreira will be the resting-place. Here is the toll-gate of this fine moun¬ tain mule-path, which must have been built at an immense cost, as several miles are paved like the streets of a city. We zigzag up the steep sides of the Serra, looking down upon the tops of majestic forest-trees whose very names are unfamiliar, and whose appearance is as curious as picturesque and beautiful. I>r. Gardner, who made a most thorough investigation of the flora of the Organ Mountains, has recorded in his interesting travels the vegetal riches of this lofty range, and those who would revel in descriptions of palms, Cassice, Zauri, Bignonias, Myrtacae, Orchi- Bromeliacece, ferns, &c. &c. must turn to the pages of a work ■^hich, though necessarily deficient in the history, politics, and present condition of Brazil, is the most unassuming and charming book ever written on the natural aspect of the tropic land under consideration. the months of April and May, (October and November in Brazil,) only the autumnal tints of our gorgeous North American 278 Brazil and the Brazilians. woods can compare with the sight of the forest of the Serra dos Orgoes. Then the various species of the Laurus are blooming, and the atmosphere is loaded with the rich perfume of their tiny snow, white blossoms. The Cassice then put forth their millions of golden flowers, while, at the same time, huge trees—^whose native names would be more unintelligible, though less pedantic, than their botanic terms of Lasiandra, Fontanesia, and others of the Melos- toma tribe—are in full bloom, and, joining rich purple to the brightest yellow, present, together with gorgeously-clothed shrubs ‘‘flowers of more mingled hue than her [Iris’s] purpled scarf can show.” From time to time a silk-cotton-tree (the Ckorisia speciosa') shoots up its lofty hemispherical top, covered with thousands of beautiful large rose-colored blossoms, which grate¬ fully contrast with the masses of vivid green, purple, and yellow that clothe the surrounding trees. Floral treasures are heaped on every side. Wild vines, twisted into most fantastic forms or hanging in graceful festoons,—passion-flowers, trumpet-flowers, and fuchsias in their native glory,—tree-ferns, whose elegance of form is only surpassed by the tall, gently-curved palmito, which is the very embodiment of the line of beauty,— orchids, whose flowers are of as soft a tint as the blossom of the peach-tree, or as brilliant as red spikes of fire,—curious and eccentric epiphytes draping naked rocks or the decaying branches of old forest-mon- archs,—all form a scene enrapturing to the naturalist, and bewilder¬ ing with its richness to the uninitiated, who still appreciate the beauty and the splendor that is scattered on every side by the Hand Divine. The overpowering sensation which one experiences when entering an extensive conservatory filled with the choicest plants, exotics of the rarest description, and odor-laden flowers, is that (multiplied a thousandfold) which filled my mind as I gazed for the first time upon the landscape, with its tiers of mountains robed in such drapery as that described above; and yet there was such a feeling of liberty, incompatible with the sensation expressed by the word “ overpowering,” that it is impossible to define it. Iii the province of Minas-Geraes, from a commanding point, I once beheld the magnificent forest in bloom; and,,as the hills and undu¬ lating plains stretched far away to the horizon, they seemed to be enveloped in a fairy-mist of purple and of gold. Speculation in Town-Lots. 279 The Barreira is situated in a spot of great wildness and sublimity; for the Organ-peaks, that rise thousands of feet above, seem like the aiguilles which start fantastically from the glaciers of Mont plane; and the rushing,* leaping, thundering cascades are com¬ parable to the five wild mountain-torrents, “fiercely glad,” that pour into the Yale of Chamouny. I was once at the Barreira during a tropic storm, and the foaming, roaring rivers, which hurried down with fearful leap from the very region of dread lightning and clouds, madly dashed against the huge masses of granite, as if they would have hurled them from their mighty fastenings, and tore their way into the deep valley beneath with sounds that reverberated among the giant peaks above, giving me a new com¬ mentary on the sublime description in the Apocalypse:—“And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters and as the voice of a great thunder.” From the Barreira we ascend by zigzags to the uplands, where is situated the former fazenda of Mr. March. His residence— so often visited by Langsdorf, the celebrated Eussian voyager, Burch ell, the African traveller, and G-ardner, the botanist—^is now to be numbered among the things that were; for the spirit of enterprise and money-making has laid out in this elevated valley a new resort for the Fluminenses, and speculation in town-lots among the Organ Mountains was rife as I left the shores of Brazil. I hope that it may prove a successful enterprise; for here the wearied and jaded from the city will find coolness, salubrity, and quiet in the midst of the most imposing scenery. Before reaching March’s and the former mountain-home of Mr. -u, (whose hospitality many a visitor to Brazil will have occa¬ sion to remember,) we climb along the very sides of one of the most precipitous of the Organ-pipes. Hence is a view of commanding extent,—of mountain, plain, bay, and ocean,—embracing, it is said, a panorama of more than two hundred miles in circumference, in tbe midst of which, though distant, the capital of the Empire is seen gleaming amid its verdant and lofty environs. The point for beholding this landscape is appropriately called Boa Vista, (“beautiful view.”) So enraptured was the Eev. Charles N. Stewart with the grandeur of the scene, that he doubts if—in its combination of mountain, valley, and water—it has a rival; and 280 Brazil and the Brazilians. adds that, in his wide experience in various continents, he only remembers one other prospect that approximates to it,—viz.: the pass “through the mountains of Granada, followed by the first view of the ‘Vega,’ with the city, the walls, and the towers of the Alhambra, and the snow-covered heights of the Nevada above all, gloriously lighted by the glowing hues of the setting sun.” At the elevation of Boa Vista the climate is very much cooler than at Eio. In the month of June the thermometer has been known to fall as low as 32° Fahrenheit just before daybreak; but this is rare: 40° in the niorning and 70° in the warmest portion of the day is the winter regime; and, in the summer, 60° and 80° are the two extremes. In January and February, (the July and August of the Southern tropics,) violent thunder-storms often occur,—generally in the afternoon,—and then pass over, leaving the evening delightfully cool. Here and at Constancia nearly all the European fruits and vege¬ tables thrive; and, as at Madeira and Tenerifife, the apple and the orange, the pear and the banana, the vine and the coffee-plant, may be seen growing side by side. Mr. Heath receives quite an income from the productions of his vegetable-gardens; and, at Eio, the fine cauliflower, (so difficult of cultivation in the tropics,) the best asparagus, and most of the artichokes, peas, carrots, &c. come from Constancia, and are esteemed as rare in that land as the carefully-cultivated hothouse pineapple in England. Two English shillings per head are given for the largest Constancia cauliflower at Eio. This kind of garden, it has seemed to me, might be in¬ creased in number in the upper region of the Serra, where are many fertile little valleys, all well irrigated by small streams of cool and limpid water. If they could be managed with the care, industry, and perseverance which Mr. Heath has brought to bear upon such cultivation^ they could not but bring a lucrative return to their proprietors, and would confer a great benefit upon the growing city of Eio de Janeiro. Like the mountains of Tijuca and the curious elevations around Eio, the whole of the Organ range consists of granite. The alluvial soil is very deep and rich in the valleys, and underneath it exists the same red-colored, slaty, ferrugineous clay wliich is so common throughout Brazil. parrots glides swiftly over the tall and gracefully-bending bamboos, which are a distinctive feature in the landscape. This giant of the grass-tribe has frequently been found in these mountains from eighty to one hundred feet in height and eighteen inches in dia¬ meter. They do not, however, grow perpendicularly, nor often ®*^gly} but, in vast groups, shoot up fifty and sixty feet, and then eurve gently downward, forming most cool and beautiful domes. ■^8 we look back, we have a view of the Organ-pipes, and the ^®peet which they present is entirely different from that ragged, The Altitude of the Mountains. 281 The scenery becomes more tame as we leave Boa Yista, and we seem to be far removed from the climate of the plains, though around us the palms, ferns, cacti, tillandsias, &c. tell us that we are not beyond the limits of Capricorn. Creeping and drooping plants, bright flowers and foliage, still abound. Occasionally, howling monkeys hold a noisy caucus over your head, or a flock of bright 282 Bkazil and the Brazilians. pointed, and diminutive appearance which they show when seen from the bay. From our nearness and our altitude they seem like sharp naked mountains rising above a sea of foliage. The range from which they are detached is still more lofty, and is most massive in its character. Few persons have ascended these moun¬ tains, and those have either been naturalists or daring hunters. Dr. Gardner made probably the most Aiorough scientific explora¬ tion, and up these heights Heath has often pursued the clumsy tapir or the lithe jaguar. The sloth, howling monkeys, the Bra¬ zilian otter, a little deer, (Gervus nemorivagus,) and two kinds of peccari, may still prove attractions to the naturalist and the sports¬ man ; but every year they are becoming more rare. Of birds there are many varieties, remarkable for their brilliant plumage, and a few are much sought after for their delicacy, the jacu and jacutinga being the most esteemed. The difficulties of the ascension of these mountains consist of the thickets of underwood, the serried ranks of great ferns and trailing bamboos, in addition to the steepness of the Serra. The paths of the tapir, however, render the undertaking much more feasible than it otherwise would be. Dr. Gardner, after two attempts,—the latter made several years after the first,—attained the highest summit of the range. These mountains—^known in geographies as a portion of the Brazilian Andes, the Serra do Mar, and the Organ Mountains—have been variously estimated to pos¬ sess an altitude ranging from five thousand seven hundred feet up to eight thousand feet. The naturalist mentioned above made the only calculations of their height that have come under my observa¬ tion ; and, though they are only approximate, I give them, in this note, as interesting from the manner in which he reached his con¬ clusions. According to him, the elevation of the highest peak is seven thousand five ljundred feet above the level of the sea.* * In the first ascent, Dr. Gardner accidentally broke his barometer before he had made a single observation; but, when on his last excursion he attained the highest summit, with the aid of the thermometer he made the estimate in the manner thus recorded:—“At mid-day the thermometer indicated 64° in the shade, and I found that water boiled at a heat of 198°; from which I estimate the height of the moun¬ tain above the sea-level to be 7800 feet. A register of the thermometer—kept CONSTANCIA. 283 I’rom March’s an hour’s brisk trotting will bring us within sight of Constancia. Mr. Heath, when expecting guests, is almost HEATH’S, (CONST A N'CI A.) sure to meet them at an inner gate of his estate, about a half-mile from his residence, the main building of which rises from the midst during our stay in the upper regions of the Serra and observed on the level of Mr. March’s fazenda —gave a mean difference of temperature between the two places of 12° b'. Baron Humboldt estimates the mean decrement of heat within hie tropics at 1° for every 844 feet of elevation, and considers this ratio as uniform to the height of 8000 feet, beyond which it is reduced to three-fifths of that quantity, as far as the elevation of 20,000 feet. It has, however, since been found that, in general, the effect of elevation above the level of the sea, in diminishing ^®perature, is, in all latitudes, nearly in proportion to the height, the decrement being p of for every 352 feet of altitude: this would give 4400 feet for the elevation of the highest peak of the Organ Mountains above Mr. March’s fazenda; as this is 3100 feet above the level of the sea, we have for the total greatest ®levation 7500 feet.”— Gardner's Travels in Brazil, second edition, p. 405. 284 Brazil and the Brazilians. of the little cottages like a huge Bernese chalet. The smaller buildings are filled, in the summer-time, with hoarders who come up to enjoy the cool air of Constancia and the bracing douche of the cascade which rushes down from the hill opposite. In this quiet cul-de-sac the Northerner is reminded, by the moss-roses and violets, of his own far-off land in spriijgtime. Not far from the front-door, as we approach the main edifice, is a large clump of roses of a diminutive kind, growing in wild profusion. The tube¬ rose, the Cape jessamine, and the delicate heliotrope, fill the air with sweets; and these and the arbors, with their honeysuckles, attract the tiny humrning-birds, who sparkle in the sunshine like winged emeralds of richest hue. Who that has been to Constancia will forget the material com¬ forts with which Heath surrounds one ? It is one of the few resorts for health and recreation that I have visited where the proprietor seems more like a host entertaining his friends than a landlord fleecing his hoarders. His anecdotes keep up a constant cheer¬ fulness, while his adventures among the forests and the mountains of Brazil are full of instruction. He accompanied Gardner on many of his excursions, and has been a perfect Nimrod. When the felis-onga abounded, the neighbors were sure to send for Heath to avenge depredations upon their folds; and many a well-sent bullet from his rifle has brought the beautiful jaguar—the monarch of the feline tribe in the Western World—to terms, which no troops of hounds or Brazilian guns could have effected. He informed me that many years ago his first visit to Constancia was in hunting the tapir which had made such havoc in the fields of Indian corn belonging to March’s fazenda, of which he was then the major-domo. The number of these huge animals that he has in former years killed in one season at Constancia has been thirty-two. This was merely in the line of duty; for, if he had made a business of it, he could have “bagged” more tapirs, jaguars, peecari, &c. in one year than ever Gordon Gumming or Gerard did of their giant game in the wilds of Kaffraria or Algeria. It has often been a subject of wonder to me that of the tapir, the largest animal of South America, so little should ho known. It also derives an interest from the fact that, though one of its species exists in the Old World, it was not discovered until long after the The American Tapir. 285 Tapir Americanus; for the Malay tapir, diifering but little from its Occidental congener, was never described until the governorship of Sir Stamford Eaffles in Java. The tapir forms one of the connecting-links between the ele¬ phant and the hog. Its snout is lengthened into a kind of pro¬ boscis, and, with the exception of the trunk of the elephant, which it resembles, is the longest nasal appendage belonging to any quadruped. It is, however, devoid of that clever little-finger with which nature has enriched the trunk of the land-leviathan. This curious animal has many fossil relatives, but only three living species (two of them belonging to South America) have as yet been discovered. THE TAPIR. The tapir is extensively distributed over South America east of tlie Andes, but especially abounds in the tropical portions. It seems to be a nocturnal vegetarian,—sleeping during the day, and, sallying forth at night, feeds upon the young shoots of trees, buds, ^Id fruits, maize, &c. &c. It is of a deep-brown color throughout, S'Pproaching to black, between three and four feet in height, and from five to six in length. The hair of the body, with the excep- froo of the mane, is scanty, and so closely depressed to the surface that it is scarcely perceived at a short distance. Its muscular 286 Brazil and the Brazilians. power is enormous; and this, with the tough, thick hide (almost impervious to musket-ball) which defends its body, enables it to tear through thiekets in whatever direction it chooses. The jaguar frequently springs upon it, but is often dislodged by the activity of the tapir, who rushes through the bushes and underwood and endeavors to brush off his enemy against the thick branches. Its ordinary pace is a sort of trot; but it sometimes gallops, though awkwardly and with the head down. It is very fond of the water and high up on the Organ Mountains are pools where it delights to wallow. Its disposition is peaceful, and, if not attacked, it will neither molest man nor beast; but, when set Upon by the hunter’s dogs, it can inflict terrible bites. Mr. Heath informed me that each time it seizes a dog with its teeth the flesh is cut completely from the bone of the canine intruder. The flesh of the tapir is dry, and is often eaten by the Indians of the interior, by whom it is hunted with spears and poisoned arrows. It takes to the water, and is not only a good swimmer, but appears almost amphibious, being enabled to sustain itself a long time beneath the surface: hence it has sometimes been called Hippopotamus terrestris. The largest which Mr. Heath ever shot weighed fourteen Portuguese arrobas, (about four hundred and fifty pounds,) though doubtless much larger exist in the Amazonian regions. Haturalists divide the American tapir into two species,—that of the lowlands and that of the moun¬ tains,—^the latter, found on eastern slopes of the Andes, differing but little from the one already depicted and described. The peccari is often met with in the woods of Brazil; and this little native swine is the most pugnacious fellow imaginable. Neither men nor dogs inspire reverence; for he will attack both with impunity. It is gregarious in its habits, and will, with its companions, charge most vehemently, no matter how great the odds. It is, I believe, one of the very few animals that has no fear of the detonation of fire-arms. There are many beautiful and secluded walks and rides in the vicinity of Constancia, and frequently Mr. Heath accompanies his guests in the wild and romantic spots which here abound. I once climbed with two companions to the top of the mountain seen on the right in the sketch of Constancia, (page 283;) and, though I have made many ascensions among the Alps and the Apennines, I Todd’s “Student’s Manual”—The “Happy Valley.” 287 have never experienced so much fatigue and difficulty as on that occasion. We were the first, with one exception, to stand upon that height and behold the wondrous view around. I afterward made a sketch of the Organ Mountains at a point some miles dis¬ tant from Heath’s, and where the peaks presented the appearance of irregular saw-teeth; and I could then appreciate better than before the Spanish and Portuguese terms {Serra and Sierra ,—a saw) for mountains. The sketch alluded to (though not engraved) was made on the fly-leaf of a book which I reread in the Serra dos Orgoes, and which has since circumnavigated with me the Continent of South Ame¬ rica. That book was an English edition of Todd’s “Student’s Manual,”—a work which delighted my boyhood, which gave me new resolution in college, and whose cheerful style, beautiful illus¬ trations, and healthy thought cause it to be a most agreeable com¬ panion when no longer under tutors and governors. Mr. Heath once took our company, through a little belt of forest, to a valley not more than two miles distant from Constancia. From the edge of the woods we looked down upon a dell whose narrow end was next to us. Beyond, on either side of the moun- tain'-spui’s which formed the valley, were the dark-green coffee- trees and the pretty shrubs of the Chinese tea-plant. Far beneath ns, almost embowered amid giant hananeiras and orange-trees, we perceived the red tiles of a cottage. We descended by a little path to this half-hidden habitation, and were introduced to the pro- pnetors, two Swiss brothers, who, after having served in the Eng¬ lish army, retired upon a good pension, and here, in quiet, were enjoying life in one of the healthiest and most delightful places upon tile earth. The elder brother had not been to the city for eighteen years. He had visited the United States when a younger man, but that portion which constitutes the northern border of Hew York. While we were conversing with them, a flock of wild par- ’^ots came swooping into the open windows, screaming with delight ^they ate the sunflower-seeds which these benevolent old bachelors scattered for them. The edges of the coffee-ferreno (where berries are spread out to dry) were lined with large orange- whose boughs bent downward with their golden burden; *^Dning roses had festooned themselves upon shrubs, trees, and 288 Bkazil and the Brazilians. outhouses, diffusing grateful fragrance from the thick clusters of buds and blossoms; purling brooks mingled their noisy, gleesome music with the more softened cadence of a distant waterfall, and the whole scene had so much of peace and felicity pervading it^ that the “ Happy Yalley’^ of Dr. Johnson’s imagination seemed here to find its counterpart in reality. I paid many pleasant visits to this pretty spot, and the lovely valley grew upon me by the hour. In the cottage of the two Swiss I found the best current periodicals, in French, German, English, and Portuguese, all of which languages they speak with fluency. The contrast was, however, most striking, as we con¬ versed about Grindenwald, Martigny, the Eiga, and the shores of Lake Leman, (accurate paintings of which hung on the walls,) and then looked forth upon a landscape of perennial bloom and of unchanging verdure. They took me to their garden, where they were, for their pleasure, cultivating moss-roses (which grow with difficulty in Brazil) and vines brought from the warmer parts of their native Switzerland. During one of my visits they informed me that they had pur¬ chased this plantation from a gentleman now residing in the State of Indiana, and they were equally surprised when I informed them that that State was my terre natale. They had kept up an active correspondence with the former proprietor, whom they represented as a lover of music and Goethe, but that since 1849 they had re¬ ceived no intelligence from him, and they feared that he had fallen victim to the cholera, which had swept through the Mississippi Valley during the year mentioned. They desired me to write to a friend to see if Mr. E. were dead or alive: accordingly, I wrote to one of the professors of South Hanover College, Indiana; and my correspondent ascertained that Mr. E. was still in the land of the living. Professor T. visited him, and found Mr. E. a venerable German of more than threescore years and ten; but his love fo^ music had not abated, and he was ready to battle for Goethe at a moment’s notice. He had not forgotten his friends in Brazil, but, from some cause unknown, had not written to them; and hence their apprehensions. When, however, he heard the description the “Happy Valley” in the sunny land of the Southern Cross, the vision of its roses, golden fruits, fadeless green, and murmuring Prosaic Conclusion. 289 brooks came so vividly before him, that, aged as he was, his youth seemed renewed, and he resolved to return once more to that which was his beautiful home in the New World. I know not if he carried his resolution into effect, but I can readily imagine how powerfully one may be stirred up by the memory of beauty which is inseparable from that peaceful dale in the Serra dos Orgoes. It seems a lame and prosaic conclusion to the romance of the little valley for me to state what I am about to record. The Swiss brothers in 1855 sold their secluded home, with its brooks, roses, and quiet, one of them got married, and both have come down to the new town on the site of March’s old fazenda; and I fear that the elder brother, once brought within sight of the grow¬ ing Imperial city, will be tempted to pass over the forty intervening miles of mountain, plain, and water, and in the busy haunts of men enter deeper into speculations and forget the tranquillity of the “Happy Yalley.” In one of my early walks on Heath’s plantation, I was very much struck with a tall tree that shot up near the pathway. Its trunk was a little inclined,—otherwise remarkably straight; but its chief attraction was the long and venerable moss which hung from the wide-spreading branches and was gently swayed by the per¬ fume-laden morning-breeze. I sat down to sketch it, and while thus engaged I was startled by a loud chattering; and in an instant a flock of brilliantly-colored birds, in curious flight, came from the neighboring wood and alighted upon the solitary tree. Though their motion on the wing was exceedingly clumsy, they Were most nimble as they leaped from limb to limb. They kept up a continual chattering, as if they had met together to arrange ^heir plans for the day. I soon perceived that, notwithstanding their brilliant plumage, which made the lofty tree seem laden with large golden oranges, they were as uncouth in appearance as they l^ad been awkward in flight. Their bill was apparently of most dis¬ proportionate length, which did not, however, hinder their active °iovements among the gnarled branches and pendent moss. Pre- sently, having settled upon their arrangements for the day, they took a unanimous vote, which was uttered in such a viva voce scream tliat the very mountains resounded with wild, unearthly notes. 19 290 Brazil and the Brazilians. This was my first acquaintance with the toucan, which in appearance is one of the most eccentric members of the feath( tribe. The feathers of the breast of the ramphastos dicolorus of the most brilliant orange, chrome, and deep-rose colors, ao4 form a prominent feature in the feather-dresses and ornaments^ the wild Indians of the interior. In the sixteenth eentury thf “high-born” dames of the courts of Europe esteemed as their mos^ THE MOSS-CO' RED TREE. gorgeous and picturesque robes those trimmed with the breast- feathers of the toucan. Its tongue is long, stiff, and is tipped and edged with little, hairlike feathers. It has a singular manner of taking its food. I have watched one in a tame state eating Indian corn; and it would take one graift in its huge bill, throw up its head, elevating its long appendage, and by a series of quick jerks the grain would be tossed along the stiff tongue into the throat. The Toucan. 291 The toucan belongs to climbing-birds, and is classed with par¬ rots, woodpeckers, and cuckoos. Its foot, provided with two toes in front and two behind, is admirably adapted to the purposes of climbing and clinging. Its bill is by no means solid, and might be termed honey-combed in its structure, and hence is light. This long and heavy-looking instrument seems to be very sensitive and well supplied with nerves, as its owner may be often seen scratch¬ ing the curious organ with its foot. Waterton speaks of one species of the toucan in Northern Brazil (the toucans are only found in Tropical America) which “seems to suppose that its beauty can be increased by trimming his tail, which undergoes the same operation as our hair in a barber’s shop; only with this dilference,—that it uses its own beak (which is ser¬ rated) in lieu of a pair of scissors. As soon as his tail is full- grown, he begins about an inch from the extremity of the two longest feathers in it, and cuts away the web on both sides of the shaft, making a gap about an inch long: both male and female adorn their tails in this manner, which gives them a re¬ markable appearance amongst all other birds.” The toucan is a most grotesque specimen of ornithology, and the Aracari, {Pteroglossus,) with his ^age bill and goggle-eyes, ap¬ pears like a melancholy Jaques, the toucan. Or a spectacled G-erman idealist, ■w^ho has banished himself far from the haunts of men, to speculate on the miseries of human nature and the exalted excellence of the “populous solitude of bees and birds And fairy-form’d and many-color’d things.” The student of natural history can find much to gratify him in the Organ Mountains. There are many beautifully-colored snakes, (only a few of which are very venomous,) a vast variety of lizards, 292 Bkazil and the Bkazilians. curious fix)g8 and toads,—as some one has remarked,—from the small tree-kind, not more than an inch long, to those marsh ones which are nearly large enough to fill a hat. Beautiful butterflies vie with the fiowers which from time to time they taste, or their brilliant wings are refiected from the small pools on whose banks they alight in countless numbers. Large wasp-nests as well as tropical leaves adorn the branches of trees. In some places, beetles like gems attach themselves to the foliage and fiowers of low shrubs, and at night the air is lighted up with fire-fiies which Gardner compares, in brilliancy, to “stars that have fallen from the firmament and are fioating about without a resting-place." One evening I walked from Heath’s toward the “Happy Valley,’’ but, not prolonging my promenade far in that direction, I entered a forest and pursued my way to the edge of a precipice, or rather a crater-like hollow whose centre was a thousand feet below me and whose sides were covered with trees. The night was dark, and it had fallen so suddenly after the brief twilight, that, so far as anticipation was concerned, I was unprepared for it. Before re¬ tracing my steps I stood for a few moments looking down into the Cimmerian blackness of the gulf beneath me; and, while thus gazing, a luminous mass seemed to start from the very centre. I watched it as it fioated up, revealing, in its slow fiight, the long leaves of the Euterpe edulis and the minuter foliage of other trees. It came directly toward me, lighting up the gloom around with its three luminosities, which I could now distinctly see. This was the pyrophorus noctilucus, so well known to every traveller in the Antilles and in Tropical America. It is of an obscure, blackish brown, and the body is everywhere covered with a short, light- brown pubescence. When it walks or is at rest, the principal light it emits issues from the two yellow tubercles; but, when the wings are expanded in the act of fiight, another luminous spot is dis¬ closed in the hinder part of the thorax. These luminosities—sup¬ posed to be phosphoric in their composition—are so considerable that the fire-fiy is often employed in the countries where it prevails as a substitute for artificial light. In the mountains of Tijuca I have read the finest print of “Har¬ per’s Magazine’’ by the light of one of these natural lamps placed under a common glass tumbler, and with distinctness I could tell The Fire-Fly and the Iguana. 293 jjje hour of the night, and discern the very small figures which max’ked the seconds of a little Swiss watch. The Indians formerly used them instead of flambeaux in their hunting and fishing expedi¬ tions; and when travelling in the night they are accustomed to fasten them to their feet and hands. In some parts of the tropics they are used by the senhoritas for adorning their tresses, or their robes, by fastening them within a thin gauze-work; and through them their bearers become indeed “ bright particular stars.’’ It was of this fire-fly (which resembles, in every thing but color, the «snapping-bug” of the Mississippi Yalley) that Mr. Prescott, in his “Conquest of Mexico,” narrates the terror which they inspired in the Spaniards in 1520. “The air was filled with ^cocuyos,’ (pyrophorus noctilueus,') a species of large beetle which emits an intense phosphoric light from its body, strong enough to enable one to read by it. These wandering fires, seen in the darkness of the night, were converted by the besieged into an army with matchlocks.” Such is the report of an eye-witness,—old Bernal Diaz. In one of my rides toward Canta Gallo, I saw in the road the large lizard called the iguana. There is nothing to me disgusting in this clean-looking reptile, whose skin, composed of bright, small scales, resembles the finest bead-work. I had often seen them at Eio spitted and hawked about the city; for the flesh is esteemed a great delicacy,—^resembling in its appearance and taste that bonne bouche for epicures, a frog’s hind-leg. The usual pic¬ tures of the iguana do not render it full justice; they represent it as horrid in appearance as the imaginary baleful-breathed, javelin- tongued dragon from which good St. George delivered so many devoted virgins. The iguana is from three to five feet in length, and is oviparous. A lady member of my family possessed one which was a great favorite, and she has kindly furnished me with some notes on her pet. I insert them verbatim. “Pedro [the iguana] afforded me much amusement. From his close resemblance to the snake-tribe, it was difficult for strangers to rid their mind of the impression that he was venomous. Such 18 not the case with iguanas. Their only means of defence is their very powerful tail; and a sportsman told me that he has had a 294 Brazil and the Brazilians. dog’s ribs laid bare by a stroke of an iguana’s tail. My poj pet, however, was not warlike, having been long in captivity. was given me as a ‘Christmas-box’ by a friend, and soon beeatne^ tame enough to go at liberty. He was about three feet long, and subsisted upon raw meat, milk, and bananas. He had a basket in my room, and when he felt the weather cool would take refuge between the mattresses of my bed. There, in the morning, be would be found in all possible comfort. One evening we missed him from all his usual hiding-places, and reluctantly made up our minds that he was lost; but, on rising in the morning, two inches of his tail hanging out of the pillow-case told where he had passed a snug night! My little Spanish poodle and he were sworn foes. The moment Chico made his appearance, he would dash forward to bite Pedro; but Chico thought, with many others, that ‘the better part of valor is discretion.’ So he made otf from the iguana as fast as his funny legs could carry him. Then Pedro waddled slowly back to the sunny spot on the floor and closed his eyes for a nap. When the winter (a winter like the latter part of a Northern May) began, he became nearly torpid, and remained without eating for four months. He would now and then sun himself, but soon re¬ turned to his blanket. “ I frequently took him out on my arm, and he was often spe¬ cially invited; but I cannot say that he was much caressed. It was in vain that I expatiated on his beautiful bead-like spots of black and white, on his bright jewel eyes and elegant claws. They admired, but kept their distance. I had a sort of malicious pleasure in putting him suddenly down at the feet of the stronger sex, and I have seen him elicit from naval officers more symp¬ toms of terror than would have been THE IGUANA. drawn forth by an enemy’s broadside or a lee shore. But, alas for the ‘ duration of lovely things!’ During the summer-months Travelling Expenses. 295 be felt 1^1® forest-spirit strong within him, and he often sallied forth in the beautifal paths of the Gloria. On one of these occa¬ sions he met a marauding Frenchman. PedrO,^ the caressed by me and the feared by others, knew no terror. The ruffian struck him to the earth. It was in vain that a little daughter of Consul B. tried to save him by crying, ‘11 est d Madame:^ another blow fractured bis skull! My servant ran up only in time to save his body from an ignominious stew-pan; but life was extinct. The assassin fled, and Eose came back with my poor pet’s corpse. On my return he was presented to view with his long forked tongue depending from his mouth. He was sent, wrapped in black crape, to a neighbor who delighted in fricasseed lizards, but who, having seen him petted and caressed, could not And appetite to eat him ! “ Thus ended the career of poor Pedro, after a life of pleasant captivity; and perhaps it might be said of him, as of many others, ‘He was more feared than loved!’ ” From Constancia to Nova Fribourgo, or Morro Queimado, is a mountain and forest path, which is sometimes taken by travellers who wish to visit the villa named above. The route most frequently traversed is by steamboat from Eio de Janeiro, on the bay as far as the Macacti Eiver, and up this stream to the Engenho de Sampaio. Thence we may go by carriage or mule-back to the flourishing town of Porto das Caixas, which is the general rendezvous for the troops of mules that bring coffee and sugars from the Swiss colonies of Nova Fribourgo and Canta Gallo and a large section of the neighboring country. Here are also debarked the goods which return from the capital in exchange for produce. In addition to its commercial importance, it is distinguished as the family-residence of the Visconde de Itaborahy, (Senhor Joaquim Jose Eoderigues Torres.) The traveller will here And a very good hospedaria, (inn,) kept by a Frenchman, whose prices, though not so moderate as in the interior of the country, may, with other expenses, be interesting to voyageurs who may come after me. I And in my nofe-book the following entry for myself and companion:— “ Hospedaria de M. Boulanger. —Two dinners, two candles, two beds, coffee for two, two breakfasts, and the stabling of two mules, —7$200,” (equal to about sixteen English shillings.) At the excellent boarding-house of Mr. Lowenroth, at Hova 296 Brazil and the Brazilians. Fribourgo, you pay 2$ (one dollar) per diem for every thing. Xt Canta Gallo, thirty miles farther in the interior, I paid 6$000 (thir- teen and sixpence English) per diem, for myself, guide, and three mules. At Pedro Schott’s, (a regular Tete noire chalet of rude con¬ struction,) situated in a wild, secluded spot half-way between the bay and Nova Fribourgo, for two dinners, two beds, two lights, and the stabling of two mules,—4$500, (ten shillings twopence.) At Constancia and at Petropolis you pay 4$000 (nine shillings) per diem, the price of a first-class hotel in the United States. It must be remarked, however, that wine is never extra, and, as this is ob¬ tained at a cheap rate direct from Lisbon and Oporto, it is placed upon every table. On going into the fertile province of Minas- Geraes, I found that for myself and company we were charged at Petropolis 16$000, (nearly nine dollars,) and the next night at a little inn called Eibeirao we paid for the same accommodations 4^000, (two dollars and twenty cents.) Upon the sea-coast I have always found the living expensive to the foreigner. Farther in the interior the prices diminish. At the Ponta do Jundiahi, in the pro¬ vince of S. Paulo, dinner for myself and guide, and feed for three animals, the price was but 1$500 (three shillings and fivepence Eng¬ lish.) The common Brazilian travels at a rate one-fourth cheaper than either the North American or the European. He rarely stops at the hospedaria, but, when he considers the day’s journey ended, whether at two o’clock p.m. or six p.m., he rides under a rancho, gives a few handfuls of milho (maize) to his mule, and afterward turns him out to pasture. He then—if he has no servant with him —joins with others occupying the same rancho, Q,n6.feij6es, and car'ne secca, greased with a little toucinho, and well stiffened with farinha de mandioca, form a substantial supper, which has as an adjunct coffee, red Lisbon, or water from the running brook. I have found sleep as sweet on a raw hide spread in the dust of a rancho as in the soft bed of the best New York hotel. The ranchos (mere tile- covered sheds) are found all over the country, and, like the cara¬ vanserais of the East, are often erected by the authorities; but in many instances they have been built by some vendeiro, who charges nothing for the shelter thus afforded to the troupeiros and the thou¬ sands of sacks of coffee and sugar on their way to the seaboard marts. The vendeiro, however, does not count without his host, for JSTova Feibourgo and Canta Gallo. 297 troupeiros need feijoes, came, farinha, caeha§a, and coffee for them- selves, and milho for their mules. Then an extra girth, a saddle- blanket, a pointed knife, and an iron spur, are often wanted; and the Portuguese vendeiro thus accumulates property, and in time becomes a fazendeiro, but does not give up the shop, which always brings him a good return. Those who intend travelling long journeys in Brazil would do well to purchase their own mules. Horses and mules (the latter are much more serviceable) may be hired at the rate of from 5$000 to 10$000 (eleven to twenty-two English shillings) for each fifty miles, or for a certain sum the trip. The coffee-plantations of the elevated uplands of Nova Fri- bourgo and Canta Gallo rank among the best in the province of Eio de Janeiro: many of them are owned by Swiss and Frenchmen who came to Brazil at the invitation of Dom Joao VI., in 1820; but the colony of which they formed a part fell through, and the most energetic men have become proprietors. The Baron of Hew Fri¬ bourg has immense plantations in the vicinity of H. Fribourgo, where he not only employs slaves, but many emigrants from Por¬ tugal, the Azores, and Madeira. His residence in the villa whence he derives his title is a large mansion built in good taste. A Pro¬ testant chapel of small dimensions is presided over by an old Lutheran clergyman who came to Brazil with the early German colonists. I could, however, perceive that there was but little Christian vitality among this people. Lutherans of the old Church-and- State School are among the very last men to propagate the gospel. There is more hope of some of the new pastors in the more recently- established German colonies. At Hova Fribourgo are a number of excellent schools, the chief of which is the Institute Collegial of Mr. John H. Freese. This gentleman has devoted many years to instruction in this cool and healthful spot, and many hundred young Fluminenses have here received an education in English and French, as well as in the Portuguese language. I have met with the scholars of Mr. Freese in different parts of the Empire, and they always manifested a general intelligence beyond the alumni of other similar institutions. His Nocoes G-eraes dcerca da Educagdo da Mocidade Brazileira show that he has given much attention to the subject of education. 298 Bkazil and the Brazilians. Between N. Fribourgo and Canta Gallo the scenery is remarkably Alpine, and such is the cultivation that one is readily reminded of the sweet valleys of Switzerland. In the neighborhood of Canta Gallo I found a number of intelligent German, Swiss, and French gentlemen, whose colfee-plantations bring them most lucrative incomes. I was not a little surprised at a kind offer of a German, NEAR THE VILLAGE OF NOVA FRIBOURGO. who manifested the beginning of his hospitality by asking me if I would not take ein grog, and was as astonished at my refusal as I had been at his offering. At the plantation-house of Mr. D., a Swiss from Zurich, I was surrounded by many reminiscences of his fatherland; and when I gazed upon his finely-cultivated fields, which stretched before his mansion, I could almost believe myself in some of the green vales of the Oberland, large paintings of which graced the walls of the Extent of the Bay of Rio de Janeiko. 299 salon. The illusion was rendered more complete when night had hidden every palm-tree and flowering cactus, and I heard only the sounds of the French and German languages, or from the' piano the simple notes of the Banz des Vaches, sweet nocturnes, and the majestic strains of Mendelssohn and Beethoven. I could scarcely believe myself a hundred miles in the interior of Brazil. I, how¬ ever, realized that I was not in the land of Tell when I returned to Canta Gallo preceded by a negro in livery, who bore (on horse¬ back) a flaming torch, whose flashes of light revealed overhanging mimosas, bignonias, and long, bending bamboos. The old hotel-keeper at Canta Gallo is a tall Frenchman who was one of the body-guard of Napoleon I., which fact his mellifluous Frangais, as well as rude fresco-paintings, soon inform you. In returning from this excursion, there is a magniflcent view of the whole bay, extending as it does within its mountain-walls one hundred miles in circumference. The most important ports upon the borders of this bay are Maje, Piedade, Porto da Estrella, and Iguassu. At these several places great quantities of produce are delivered by troops from the interior and embarked in steamers and falluas for the capital. A glance at the map shows the Bay of Rio de Janeiro to contain numerous islands, of various form and extent. Ilha do Governador, or Governor’s Island, is much the largest, measuring twelve miles from east to west. Most of these islands are inha¬ bited, and under tolerable cultivation. If any thing can add to the imposing scenery of this magnificent bay, it is the vast number of small vessels that are seen constantly traversing it, dotting the green surface of the water with their whitened sails. From morn¬ ing to evening may be seen, plying in every direction, open and covered boats, canoes, lanchas, falluas, and smacks. One of the most attractive residences for the people of Rio during the hot season is the newly-formed colony of Petropolis, situated about three thousand feet above the level of the sea. An agreeable steamboat-transit amid the picturesque islands brings you to Maua, the terminus of the first railroad formed in Brazil, and for which the Empire is indebted to the enterprise of that enlightened and patriotic Brazilian, Evangelista Ireneo da Souza, who, on the opening of this railway was created Baron of Maua by 300 Brazil and the Brazilians. the Emperor. The road is about ten miles long, and leads to the foot of the mountains, where carriages, each drawn by four mules, receive the travellers. The ascent is by an excellent road, which was built by the Government at an enormous expense, and reminds one of the Simplon route. In some parts the side of the moun¬ tain is so steep that three windings are compressed into a space small enough to allow of your being heard as you speak to the persons in the carriages going the opposite direction. When you reach the summit, before descending into the v^lcy in which stands the town, a magnificent prospect opens before you. All the bay and city of Eio, with the plains of Maua, across which lies the diminutive railroad, are mapped out below. In the year 1837, Dr. Gardner writes, ‘^We passed through the small, miserable village of Corrego Secco.” This is now Petro- polis. All the neighboring land was at an earlier date obtained by the Emperor D. Pedro I. with a view to forming a German colony. This design was interrupted by his abdication, but has been car¬ ried out by his son, the present Emperor. It now contains ten thousand inhabitants, and on every side are beautiful residences of wealthy Eio families who resort thither during the summer. Nothing can exceed the beauty of the vicinity. Eoads, bordered by villas, stretch away from the centre, between hills still covered with virgin forest. Many of these, inhabited by the German colonists, bear the name of places in Fatherland, and the mind is pleasantly transported to scenes in the Old World. The highroad to the mining-district is through Petropolis, and troops of mules, laden with colfee, sugar, and sometimes gold, are perpetually pass¬ ing down to the head of the bay, where their loads are transferred to falluas and steamers to be transported to the city. The palace of the Emperor stands in the centre of the town, and when finished and surrounded by cultivated grounds, will present ;a beautiful appearance. Small streams intersect the streets and are crossed by bridges, adding much to the singular aspect of the place. There are Eoman Catholic and Lutheran churches, large hotels, and many shops. Here the Baron de Maua has a mansion plea¬ santly situated at the meeting of two mountain-brooks. Many foreigners have villas here and there,—the English generally seeking the heights. Petkopolis, the Mountain-City. 301 The colonists belong to a low class of Germans, and brought with them few arts and but little education. It seems difficult in any tropical climate to prevent the morals and industry of emi¬ grants from deteriorating, and this is particularly to be observed in slave-countries. The degraded colonist, while setting himself above the African, engrafts the vices of the latter upon the European stock, and thus sinks to a lower grade than the negro. The German in Brazil has the want of a sound moral people sur¬ rounding him, to sustain and elevate him: therefore it is no marvel if he sink lower and lower in the scale of civilization. Much, however, is being done for the Germans of Petropolis. Dr. Hoff¬ mann, as the pastor of the church and superintendent of the schools, takes a deep interest in the welfare of his countrymen both spi¬ ritually and intellectually. SWISS VALLEY, NEAR PETROPOLIS. It is not possible to obtain a view of the entire town of Petro¬ polis at one glance, because it is scattered in various valleys among the hills. More rain falls here than in Eio, and the tiny rivulets often become rushing streams, and the mule-troops labor on through miles of mud. This moisture keeps the air cool and freshens the flowers that cluster round the white-walled cottages which gleam from their dark-green background. The accompany- 802 Brazil and the Brazilians. ing view is taken in the Swiss valley, where, as you listen to the German accents of the villagers, fancy might induce you to believe yourself in Europe, did not the waving palm and rustling banana remind you that you dwelt under a tropic sun. Petropolis is annually becoming of greater importance. Its salubrious and delightful climate will make it a large and fashion¬ able resort for the Capital of the Empire, and perhaps the day is not distant when it will become the second city in the province. It stands at the entrance to the fertile province of Minas-Geraes, and, should some plan be devised for constructing a railway up the mountains, its growth will be most rapid. If the Baron of Maua would pay a visit to the United States and examine the Pennsyl¬ vania railways, or the Baltimore and Ohio Eailroad, he may be encouraged to persevere. Mr. Cathcart invented a locomotive for the Madison (Indiana) and Indianapolis Eailroad which climbs a grade of four hundred feet to the mile; and this powerful machine might overcome every difficulty. The mountain-barrier once passed, and a portion of the rich interior regions of Brazil would then be brought within a short distance of the seaboard.* * Another railway is now being built from the capital into the interior, the fol¬ lowing notice of which is in a late number of the “National Intelligencer”:- “The present Emperor of Brazil, in furtherance of the enlightened policy adopted from the beginning of his reign, has taken under his protection the construction of a great line of iron-rails, which is to connect the richest provinces of his Empire. This main line—called ‘Dom Pedro II. Railroad’—is so planned as to be extended and gradually ramified in every direction for the accommodation of travellers and transport of the produce of the various parts of the country. The first section of it is now being built by Mr. Ed. Price, an English contractor, and will soon be com¬ pleted. The second—fourteen and a quarter leagues in extent, through a moun¬ tainous region, including the Tunnel of Mendes, the construction of which tunnel alone is estimated at $420,000—has been already surveyed and traced out by our own countryman, Colonel Charles F. M. Garnett, chief engineer of the company, with the assistance of his corps of engineers. “The Brazilians desire our co-operation in the completion of the national enter¬ prise they have now in view. Every inducement is offered to us, not only in regard to the liberal compensation assured to our contractors by the ample funds possessed by the company, but also in taking into consideration the facilities that our country¬ man, Colonel Garnett, would afford to Americans acting in the undertaking sub¬ mitted to his direction.” CHAPTEE XVI. PEEPARATIONS FOR THE VOYAGE TO THE SOUTHERN PROVINCES—THE PASSEN¬ GERS—UBATUBA—EAGERNESS TO OBTAIN BIBLES—THE ROUTINE ON BOARD — ABORIGINAL NAMES—SAN SEBASTIAN AND MIDSHIPMAN WILBERFORCE—SANTOS— BRAZILIANS AT DINNER—INCORRECT JUDGMENT OF FOREIGNERS—S. VINCENTE- ORDER OF EXERCISES—MY CIGAR—PARANAGUX—H.B.M. “CORMORANT” AND THE SLAVERS—MUTABILITY OF MAPS—RUSSIAN VESSELS IN LIMBO—THE PRIMA DONNA —^AN ENGLISH ENGINEER-ARRIVE AT SAN FRANCISCO DO SUL. Although I had resided several years in the Empire, I had never visited its Southern provinces. In June, 1855, duty as -well as inclination gave me the privilege which I had so long desired. Having been kindly provided by Brazilian, German, and English friends at Eio with letters of introduction, and being particularly fortified by a strong carta de recommendacdo from the venerable Senator Vergueiro, (one of the last of the constitutional patriots,) I had every facility for seeing Southern Brazil to advantage. Wishing to have ample leisure, I procured my passport, several days before my departure, at the proper bureau. One of the first lessons learned by the traveller in Brazil is patience and conformity to all existing formalities. Ho matter how absurd the regulation, as, for instance, that which requires one to obtain a passport in leaving the city of Eio de Janeiro for the provinces, (where it is never demanded,) you must submit. Protestations only bring a shrug of the shoulders from the snuff-taking official, and woe be to you if the hour for closing the bureau slips around before you have i)btained the necessary document. To be perfectly en regie, the departing citizen or stranger must have his name registered either in the custom-house or printed in some public journal three days before his passport is granted, in order that his creditors may have an opportunity of knowing his movements. But the passport sys¬ tem, as well as quarantines, never prevented the adit or exit of rogues or pestilence. 304 Beazil and the Bkazilians. In addition to this, I had prepared, the day before, my baggage, consisting of a trunk and a number of large boxes of books, and ■ I bad made arrangements with an under-clerk of a mercantile house I to have these put on the steamer at an early hour. Believing ■ myself perfectly secure, I was busily engaged in writing up to 9 within half an hour of the time of departure. On entering the I mercantile establishment referred to, I found that my baggage was I still quietly resting where I had left it the day previous. There was just time to hurry it down to the Consulado in a cart. Off we started, and, on reaching this place, we went through a set of formalities in shipping the boxes; then, taking a boat, (for vessels there do not lie in docks,) we arrived at the steamer, and had the mortification to he informed by the Brazilian second mate that the ] objects of our haste could not he received on board at that hour without a special permit from the office of the steamer, which was in a street one mile distant from the Consulado. The blacks rowed me quickly to the shore, where I jumped into a tilbury and rattled through the streets to the much-coveted bureau of the Southern Steam-Packet Company. I obtained the permit, and, with as great celerity in returning as in coming, I was soon on board. I leave to the reader to judge how much easier and more reasonable the whole matter would have been in England or the United States, even if blame were to be attached to me for not attending to my own luggage and seeing it fairly on the steamer the day before. Once on board, I found that there had been no need of my great fretting, for the engine snorted and, hissed more than an hour before we left the moorings. Our passports were all examined by the police-officer, and our personal identities were verified by the agent of the packet, in order to discover if all the passengers had paid their fare: the captain took his stand upon the wheel-house, and to his “ Small turn ahead” we moved through the assembled shipping of the loading, discharging, and man-of-war anchorages, until a “Stop her” brought us under the guns of Villegagnon. Here we received the last visit of the agent, and then the Govern¬ ment officials boarded us to see that all was right and-^you imagine that we steamed out of the bay, in which imagination you would be egregiously mistaken; for we lay before Yillegagnon for Ubatuba. 305 two mortal hours, tossing up and down in a delightful swell which rolled in directly from the blue Atlantic. Something had been left behind by the captain’s wife, which (of more value than a band- box) proved to have been a large package of money “ expressed” to the South; and hence our delay. It was after five o’clock when we passed the giant sentinels of the Sugar-Loaf and Santa Cruz. The passengers, with the excep¬ tion of myself, a Frenchman, and a Lombard, were either Bra¬ zilians or Portuguese. The captain, though a Baltimorean, had renounced his allegiance to the United States, and had been natu¬ ralized in Brazil. Night soon came on, and a heavy rolling sea compelled me to take to my berth,—not, however, before I had seen the Brazilians horribly sea-sick; and all of them have such a bilious look that one would anticipate for them an unusual degree of suf¬ fering upon the “vasty deep.” Early the next morning I could see from my cabin-window the mountains of the coast. The same magnificent scenery which so delights the traveller in the vicinity of Eio de Janeiro is reproduced all the way to Eio Grande do Sul, only the mountains vary in form, and in some places the palm-trees are more luxuriant. When I came upon deck, we were just entering the beautiful Bay of Ubatuba. Two vessels were riding at anchor; and, for a small place, there is considerable trade in cotfee, which is brought down from the interior and thence shipped to Eio. The village of Ubatuba stretches along a circular beach, and its bright houses are thrown out in prominent relief by the verdant mountains that lift themselves in the background. The storm had ceased; and I rarely have witnessed a lovelier scene than was pre¬ sented by this Southern landscape. The captain, seeing the calm¬ ness of the water, had the good sense, at this juncture, to invite the passengers to a most substantial breakfast, for which each one on board had been fully prepared by his night’s tribute paid to the angry waves. Every eye beamed with pleasure (doubtless the breakfast had had something to do with it) as the vision of beauty before us came in review. Good-nature and kindness is a predominant characteristic of the Brazilian j but even a churl would have been alegre under our present circumstances. 20 306 Brazil and the Brazilians. We only exchanged mails and took in oranges, (a hundred of the most luscious could be purchased for an English threepence,) and, bidding farewell to Ubatuba, in a short time we were sailing close to woody islands or the green shore. The sea was smooth, the passengers were all upon deck, and the best of feeling pervaded the whole company. Wishing to profit by the occasion, I descended to my trunk and brought up a Portuguese Bible, which I offered to a passenger on the conditions laid down in the rules of the American Bible Society. -Only a few moments elapsed ere I had disposed of all the volumes of the Sacred Word which were at my convenience, and on every side my fellow-voyagers were reading with eagerness a book they had never seen before. From time to time I was called on for explanations, and I was renewedly con¬ vinced of the freedom from bigotry which is a distinguishing nega¬ tive quality of the Brazilians. An officer of the Imperial navy had just returned from the Brazilian squadron at the river Plate, and, in seeking the hosom of his family at Santos, wished the Scrip¬ tures as a present for his children, and, when purchasing them, he remarked, “ Though I am a man forty-five years of age, I have never before seen A Santa Biblia in a language which I could understand.” Ubatuba differs in a certain respect from a number of neigh¬ boring towns, inasmuch as it rejoices in one of the euphonious aboriginal terms which were found throughout the country at its discovery. Not many leagues from this village is the large town of Angra dos Beis and the island denominated Ilha Grande dos Magos, which names were given by Martin Affonso de Souza, Although several of these harbors and islands had been previously discovered and probably named, yet—owing to the circumstance that Souza became an actual settler, combined with the fact that in following the Eoman calendar he flattered the peculiar prejudices of his countrymen—^the names imposed by him have alone remained to posterity. The 6th day of January, designated in English as that of the Epiphany, is termed, in Portuguese, JDia dos Beis Magos, (Day of the Kings or Eoyal Magi.) The island of S. Sebastian and the port of S. Vincente were named, in like manner, on the 20th and 22d days of the same month. The Indian names of Brazilian towns are among some of the most flowing and fine-sounding Midshipman Wilberforce and the Mosquitos. 307 found in any language :—as Itaj^arica, Pindamonhangaba, Inomerim, Guaratingitd, Parahiha and its diminutive Parahibuna, &c.,—the h in each case non est litera. It was only a few hours’ run from Ubatuba to our next stopping- place. We were constantly passing one of the boldest and most picturesque coasts that I have ever seen. Near the island and the town of San Sebastian, (the latter on terra firma,') I was continually reminded of the banks of the Ehine and of the lake and mountain scenery of Switzerland, though here perpetual verdure crowns cliff and crag, and the valleys were covered with plantations of coffee and sugar, and the orange-groves were prodigal of their golden fruit. The shore was steep and high, and well-wooded promon¬ tories stood out with minute distinctness in the bright, pure atmo¬ sphere. The island of San Sebastian is only separated by a narrow strait from the mainland, and it seemed to me, as I gazed upon it, like one of the fabled Hesperides. The steep rocky sides of its mountain-ridge are interspersed with belts of forest, from whose thick-foliaged bosom cascades of Alpine magnitude dashed their foaming treasures hundreds of feet below. It was in a hamlet on this romantic island that Wilberforce— a rollicking, fun-loving Eng¬ lish midshipman—says he saw the traces of Portuguese hands in a neat white church which rose from the midst of mud houses. “ The anti¬ quity of the building,” he writes, “was not the sole proof of its origin. The pre¬ sence of a church is in itself sufficient to show whether Portuguese or Brazilians have founded the village. It is said that the first build¬ ing that Portuguese settlers erect is a church: the first that Brazilians build is a grog-shop.” And then he significantly adds, “We order these things better in England, and build both at 308 Brazil and the Brazilians. the same time.” I cannot say that the*remarks of Midshipman Wilberforce are altogether exact; for it is a fact that the Brazilians' already have too many churches for the priests, and also that they do commence the nucleus of their village by a venda, which not only serves as a drinking-house, but as a place for lodging and eating. The Brazilians are a temperate people, as I have already observed, and are not given to drunkenness as the Northern nations; therefore grog¬ shop” is not the correct term to express the foundation of a Brazilian settlement. Eeli- gion and the venda are not always insepa¬ rable; for you will frequently find a little cross erected near its entrance, and some¬ times an alms-box aflSxed to the door, on which is painted “white souls and black” lifting up from the fiames of purgatory hands of supplication; and hard must be the heart that can resist the piteous spectacle. The midshipman is, however, entirely just in his observations on mosquitos and the very vicious sand-flies called horachudas. Both his indignation and poetry arise at the trouble they gave him; for he eloquently bursts forth in the following:—“Any one who should write an ode to Brazilian scenery [near San Sebastian] would probably begin,— ‘“Ye mountains, on whose woody heights The greedy borachudah bites; Ye forests, in whose tangled mazes The dire mosquitos sting like blazes 1’— and so on to the end of the canto. Things that would be poetical in themselves are sadly spoiled by the introduction of such utili¬ tarian adjuncts as mosquitos. Greedy animals! I am ashamed of you. Cannot you once forego your dinner and feast your mind with the poetry of the landscape ?” San Sebastian is twelve or fourteen miles long, and of nearly equal width. It is well cultivated and somewhat populous. Like Ilha Grande, it was a rendezvous for vessels engaged in the slave- Santos. 309 trade. Such craft had great facilities for landing their cargoes of human beings at these and contiguous points; and if they did not choose to go into the harbor of Eio to refit, they could be furnished at this place with the requisite papers for another voyage. For no other object was the vice-consulate of Portugal established in the villa opposite. The sun was setting as our little steamer issued from the Bay of S. Sebastian, and before daylight was gone we neared the Alcatra- zes, two rocky islands of curious shape, conspicuous objects well known to all travelled Paulistos. Before retiring to my cabin I had an interesting conversation with a Portuguese who was proud of his little native peninsular kingdom, and boasted of her great deeds and past prowess, but spoke not of her present glory. The Lombard passenger enter¬ tained me with sketches of the Milanese revolt of 1848, and with warlike chansons, in which the name of Carlo Alberto II Ee di Sardegna was ever prominent. The next morning we arrived at Santos, situated a few miles up a river of the same name, which is the chief port of the fiourishing province of St. Paul’s. Here I landed my two boxes intended for the interior, and which I hoped would reach their destination before I returned to Santos, so that I could ride swiftly after them and not be delayed as I had been in similar excursions in the rural part of the province of Eio de Janeiro. I had some difficulty with the custom-house; and no one but strangers who have gone through this experience in Brazil can imagine the various annoy¬ ances to which every species of goods is subjected. There are no objections to the books because they are Bibles, but you must pay duty (small, it is true) a second time upon them. 1 thought because I had paid duties once at Eio that that was sufficient; but here they have a provincial tariff from which no one is exempt. I had letters from Senator Yergueiro to his two sons, who have a mercantile house here, and also the father and the sons have im¬ mense plantations in the interior; and it was to one of these plantations that I determined to go, and, while doing good, be enabled to see for myself the condition of the thousand European colonists which the enterprising Yergueiros have under their charge. 310 Brazil and the Brazilians. Senhor Jose Yergueiro, the principal of the Santos house, (Yer- gueiro & Filhos,) was absent, and his brother, the fourth son of the Senator, was indisposed. But at his order every kindness was shown me by the clerks of the establishment; and through one of them my hooks were soon, liberated from the custom-house. I declined their invitation to dine at the Trapiche, for I had already accepted the kind offer of my Brazilian cornfagnons de voyage at the hotel of Senhor Francisco. Senhor F. was said to be a perfect polyglot; but I found, by trying him in three languages, that he only spoke a Smattering of each. The dinner was plentiful and excellent. I found that the convivial qualities of the Brazilians were as remarkable as those of John Bull,—not that there was drinking to any excess, but they ate heartily, and cheered most lustily at every toast or sentiment, with which it seemed our feast was as plentifully provided as with substantial food and doces. The Brazilians are great toasters; and I have seen a table at which twenty or more persons were assembled, and each proposed at least one sentiment, while some proposed during the sitting the health of as many as six different individuals. Some of these toasts would be concluded by a song vociferated by the whole com¬ pany as loudly as if German students had been the performers. The company at Senhor Francisco’s consisted of merchants, physicians, a number of Government civil officers, and one colonel of the regular army. Wine in abundance was placed upon the table; yet it was used in great moderation by those who did par¬ take of it, while others seemed to abstain from it altogether. In settling the bill, ($1 each,) not one of them would allow me to share a penny Of the expense ; and throughout the whole repast, it being known that I was a Protestant clergyman, they were most re¬ spectful in their bearing, and all approved of the work in which I was engaged. I have been thus particular in mentioning this little incident, because some writers and visitors in Brazil, but who cer¬ tainly have never seen beyond a ship-chandlery, hotel, or at furthest some coast-city, have complained that Brazilians are in¬ hospitable, selfish, and altogether distrustful of strangers. As to inhospitality, away from the great towns it cannot be predicated of them; and even in Eio and Bahia, the largest cities of Brazil, I have met with the very warmest welcomes from Brazilians whom Hospitality and Kindness. 311 I had never seen until I handed them my letters of introduction. Among the pleasantest memories of my life will be the recollection of the kind hospitality manifested towards me by Brazilians at the metropolis, where more than elsewhere coldness is said to abound. As to selfishness and distrust of strangers, they possess the one in ^ common with human nature, and of the other they do not possess more than is manifested by Englishmen or Americans when ap¬ proached by the newly-arrived foreigner without letters of recom¬ mendation. From the hotel of Senhor Francisco we went on board of our steamer. That evening a knot of our passengers, together with the captain and his mate, sat up to a late hour conversing in regard to the demoralizing literature which floods the land from France. They listened with great attention to remarks which were in favdr of laying the axe at the root of the tree; and a corrupt religion was measured by the only true standard,—that great Eule of Faith given to us by God in His word. The next day our steamer did not leave Santos until noon, so that I had an opportunity of going again to the warehouse of Senhor Vergueiro & Filhos. I was glad to find that the youngest Yergueiro was able to be in his counting-room, though Senhor Jose had not yet returned from the interior. He regretted much that I could not then accept the hospitality of their house, stating that his father had written to them requesting that they would pay me every possible attention, but hoped that on my return from San Francisco do Sul I would give them a long visit. All this was said in a manner so unaffected and cordial as to preclude all idea of formality or insincerity. At twelve o’clock the “vapor” left Santos, and we were soon steaming down the river. Santos is situated upon the northern portion of the island of S. Yicente, which is detached from the continent merely by the two mouths of the Cubatao Eiver. The principal stream affords en¬ trance at high-water to large vessels, and is usually called Eio de Santos up as far as that town. At its mouth, upon the northern bank, stands the fortress of S. Amaro. This relic of olden time is occupied by a handful of soldiers, whose principal employment is to go on board the vessels as they pass up and down, to serve as a 312 Brazil and the Brazilians. guard against smuggling. The course of the river is winding and its bottom muddy. Its banks are low and covered with mangroves, so that the foreground is not very inviting; but from the wheel- house a fine prospect of back-country and distant mountains pre¬ sented themselves on the north. The captain pointed out the site of St. Yincent,—the first regularly-established colony in Brazil. How Martin Affonso de Souza could have chosen this place in pre¬ ference to the present situation of Eio is indeed hard to account for, except on the ground that the Tamoyo Indians were too numerous around the Bay of Nitherohy. The sea becoming rough, I took to my old and sovereign remedy against nausea,—^viz.: a good berth,—and did not rise until I found that the sun was high above the mountains, and that we were enter¬ ing the intricate harbor of Paranagua. Before crossing the bar, we saw outside a Brazilian schooner tossing up and down at anchor. The captain, with his glass, perceived that it was one chartered by the Steam-Packet Company, and was loaded with coals from which he was to obtain his fuel for the remainder of the voyage. It was of the utmost importance, then, that the schooner should cross the bar. With the present wind it would be impossible. The steamer’s head was put for the schooner. It was with difficulty that any one became aroused, and then the utmost indifference was mani¬ fested by the captain of the little sailing-vessel at a proposition which would have made an English or a Yankee skipper dance with joy,— i.e. to be towed in. His drawling reply was, o Senhor quizer,” (If the gentleman wishes it.) This was perfectly in accordance with the general want of energy which characterizes a certain class of Brazilians. The vessel was attached to the P-, and we were soon over the bar, steering up the difficult channel. A number of letters which I wrote to a friend during this voyage were preserved and afterward returned to me; and I have thought it best from time to time to introduce portions of them which possess at least the interest of being penned amid the scenes which they describe. The following was written from the next port south of Paranagua. “San Francisco do Sul, \ “ Province OF Santa Cathabina. J “ This is not that San Francisco of wonderful growth, of adven¬ turers, and of golden dreams. As to gold, there is none; as to Order of Exercises on the Steamer. 313 adventurers, only two runaway sailors; and as to rapid growth, that is reversed, for here there are plenty of houses to let,—aplenty ‘hurrying [the only haste to he discovered] on to indistinct decay.* “But I will go back for a day or two in my journey. “I left Santos on the 15th. It is delightful to travel on a Bra¬ zilian steamer, provided that you are not in a hurry. They take things so easy: I mean both steamers and people. And let me say that, of all the travellers with whom I have ever voj^aged, the Bra¬ zilians are the most good-natured and agreeable after you have made their acquaintance. They are very obliging, yet from time to time can display as much selfishness as other ‘humans’ on a vessel,—^that little world in miniature, where all that is bad is easily brought to light. Facienza is the motto of these steamers. When you arrive at a town, after having been ‘terribly’ pitched about and sea-sick, you may now count upon a good twenty-four or thirty- six hours on land. It is a great luxury. The passengers desert the vessel, (although good dinners are provided on shipboard,) and off' they rush to the hotels; or, in default of this, they seek the Casas de Pas to, and feast to such an extent that you would deem them half famished. “ The ‘ order of exercises’ on board the steamer at sea may be easily stated. Each morning at six o’clock the cabin-boy wakes you up by giving you a cup of coffee, (noir,) and thirty or forty minutes afterward a large bowl of mingau, (arrowroot, or, maize- mush,) well sprinkled with cinnamon and sugar, is placed on the table, and a strapping big fellow, fortified with a ladle, is ready to serve you with all the grace and celerity which appertains to the same kind of presiding genii that you meet with at the Faubourg du Temple in Paris. At ten o’clock a huge breakfast consisting of roast and boiled beef, pork, fresh fish, pirao, (a dish of mandioca,) &c. &c., is placed before you. Fall to, help yourself, and your neigh¬ bors will do the same without any ritardo; and, when satisfied or fatigued with this operation, vary the business by imbibing the tea which the steward has just brought simmering in. Now mount the deck. If the sea is not heavy, pipes, cigars, and promenades are the next in the programme. The scenery on shore is my cigar; and up to the present time there has been no diminution of my enjoyment in this respect. If any thing, the mountains are still 814 Brazil and the Brazilians. more fantastic and varied than at Eio, and the bays and islets are perfectly picturesque. The passengers are full of pranks and jokes for an hour or so, and then they take a nap or read. I will venture to assert there never was before so much Bible-reading on board of a Brazilian vessel. On account of the warmth of the climate, each of these coast-steamers have, all around the upper deck, little cabins, or, more properly, respectable dog-houses, with a sliding, door. Although there are comfortable berths below, these upper apartments are the choicest to be had; for, night or day, you are always sure of fresh, pure air. My fellow-passengers were stretched around in these little cabins with the sliding-doors pushed back, and VIEW OF PAI I AGU A. I thus nad an opportunity of seeing them as I walked the deck. I was often called upon to explain the Scriptures, and rejoiced in the opportunity of scattering the seed, which, though sown in ap- The “Cokmorant” and the Slavers. 315 parently unpropitious ground, the Master can cause to spring up an hundredfold. “We arrived at Paranagua on the Saturday morning after leav¬ ing Eio, and now I can say that I have been in the newest Bra¬ zilian province,—^that of Parana. The entrance of the bay is a perfect puzzle, and the mountains beyond the city are both lofty and picturesque. While the sun was streaming down upon the deck of our steamer, I took a rough sketch of a portion of the outer harbor, which I herewith enclose to you, premising the im¬ possibility to do justice to this whole coast without the power of a Constable, a Turner, or a Calame. “Paranagua was formerly a celebrated rendezvous for scoundrels of all nations engaged in the slave-trade; and when the British Government, a few years ago, ordered its cruisers to make a vigorous demonstration on the Brazilian coast, the ‘Cormorant,* of the Eoyal Navy, steamed up these sinuosities, entered the har¬ bor, and cut out a whole nest of slavers. The fort was well situated near the bar, and H. B. M, ‘ Cormorant’ must pass that point. After a slight resistance before yielding their vessels, the pirate captains and crews ran around by land to the fort and manned the guns, anxiously awaiting the ‘ Cormorant’ as she should proceed to sea, dragging her trophies after her. Proudly she again ploughed through the winding approach to the ocean. The guns of the fort were well pointed,but H.B.M. ‘Cormorant’ proved to be as much of a sagacious fox as a rapacious bird, for, perceiving the trap laid for her, she prepared a most ‘ artful dodge.’ Her crew very adroitly placed the largest slaver between herself (the man-of-war) and the fort, and then onward steamed the ‘Cormorant.’ Bang went the cannon of the fortress: the balls touched not the bird of prey; but, in the twinkling of an eye, she slipped beyond the slaver, discharged the heavy guns from her bows, and the dislodged cannon of the fort told how capital had been the aim of H.B.M.’8 gunners. The slavers,however, prepared to respond; but the discreet ‘Cormorant’ cunningly retired behind the big vessel, though but for an instant. She sailed once more onward, and discharged her farewell shot with such telling effect upon the old fort that the inmates made no further attempt to hinder the ‘Cormorant,’ which soon gained the open sea, and in a few moments, by skilful scuttling, put the slave- 816 Brazil and the Brazilians. vessels beyond the reach of o trafico, as you know the Brazilians call the accursed slave-trade. “Most of our passengers went ashore here, many of them bound for Curitiba, the capital of this new province. Their great kind¬ ness 1 shall not soon forget; and 1 am happy to think that they will carry the Bible, perhajjs for the first time, where probably few have ever seen the records of salvation. “I also went ashore. Paranagua is a pretty and a clean town,— a little in decay I thought at first j but a second inspection told me that I had not done justice to the only port of Parana. This town contains about three thousand inhabitants, and annually exports mate to the amount of one million of dollars. Mate is the dried leaves and young stems of a species of oak which is gathered in the interior and brought down in raw-hide cases, exceedingly tightly packed, and is hence shipped for the Spanish-American Republics. “I found a number of large wholesale stores doing a good busi¬ ness with those who brought hither the products of the back- country. One of these merchants invited me to go to the house of his brother for the purpose of examining a map of the province, which I had in vain sought for in the metropolis, the boundaries not having as yet been definitely fixed. Fancy my feelings when, after threading a number of streets, I entered a house where a recent fioor-scrubbing made every thing appear damp, and a large map was brought forth which seemed to have imbibed as much of humidity as possible without being wet; and, though it was perfect in every part save one, that part was just what I wished to see,— viz.: the boundary between Parana and S. Paulo. Moisture, mil¬ dew, and mice had carefully eradicated every design of the engineer and every scratch of the engraver, so that I was left to return, mourning over the mutability of maps and the carelessness of man in Paranagua. “In one of the streets the ruins of a church attracted my atten¬ tion ; and I was informed that it was an edifice nearly completed by the Jesuits when they were expelled. You can scarcely travel a hundred miles along the Brazilian sea-coast (which stretches, with its bays and inlets, nearly four thousand miles) without encountering, in some rich valley or upon some picturesque emi- The Eussians and the Peima Donna. 317 nence, the immense churches, chapels, and convents of this order, whose members entered Brazil when its prosperity was at its height and when its ambition was hindered by no external circum¬ stances. I have been more surprised at the hugeness of some of the conventual edifices in Brazil than at any thing of the kind I have ever seen in France, Germany, or Italy. “As the little canoe in which we went from the steamer to the town neared the inner harbor, where vessels were moored close to the shore, I perceived two which looked remarkably desolate and forlorn. They were Eussian vessels which were found near this port at the commencement of hostilities, and, fearing to be nabbed by some H.B.M. ‘Bulldog,’ ‘Grabber,’ or ‘Jowler,’ slid into this out-of-the-way place. It appears very singular to see these Northern birds of the ocean clipped of their wings here. They are truly out of place; for their yards are taken off, the topmasts are down, and, with their stiff hulks, awnings of canvas in the house- roof style, and with their general want of rigging, they seem like the ‘Fury’ and ‘Hecla’ in their Greenland clothes, or rather as if the winter-hound Bay of Archangel we.re their resting-place, and it and the surrounding shores were suddenly clad by the ‘Hand divine’ with the warmth and fiowers and verdure of this perpetual- summer land. “When, on my return, I reached the steamer, I found that a lady whose peculiar taste in dress had attracted the attention of all on board was attended by a number of ‘spruce gentlemen’ whose well-trimmed moustaches and highly-polished patent-leather shoes indicated that they belonged to a class very different from the poncho-clad passengers bound to Curitiba and the Sertoes. It was not long before I ascertained that the lady in question was the ‘bright particular star’ of a theatrical company then travelling the provinces, and that the gentlemen were from the same establish¬ ment, they having arrived some days previous to their prima donna assoluta. “The passengers who were destined for Santa Catharina re¬ mained that night upon the steamer; but the next day, (Sunday,) at an early hour, all left, with the exception of myself, to pass the hours of sacred time at Paranagua, where a grand festa was to take place in honor of some saint. One of the greatest inducements was 318 Brazil and the Brazilians. to attend the theatrical performances of the strolling actors, who were to give dignity and honor to the occasion by stupid and vulgar comedies. You will think, perhaps, ‘What is the use of disseminating the word of God among such a people?’ I will reply, ‘Be not weary in well-doing;’ and it is God’s own word. My duty is to scatter it far and wide, to preach it by precept whenever I can, and by example always, and then leave the rest to Him. I have already found more than one notable instance in Brazil, where a Bible, left under circumstances just as untoward, has produced its fruits. “I spent my day on board, but had very little quiet while the steamer was receiving her cargo of coals from the schooner along¬ side, from which—in some manner very unaccountable to the skipper—there were many tons short. I had all to myself, a large table well spread with viands; but, being of a social nature, I invited the engineer (a common-sense and wide-awake fellow of the Manchester machine-shop stripe) and the Brazilian second mate to join me. I find out from the Englishman that there are many of his countrymen and their children at the Saude, [a division of the municipality of Eio de Janeiro,] uncared-for either morally or intellectually. They are too far from the Eng¬ lish church to attenjd service : but this plea of distance perhaps is only put forward to hide the real one of indifference. How, can you not put something in train for them ? They are workmen, and he says that both adults and children are not doing what they ought, one class running to cacha^a and the other to ignorance, and ‘Sunday is no Sunday.’ Hext year there are a thousand English and Irish laborers coming out for the Pedro Segundo Eailway, and, on account of the distance and the pulpit-duties of Mr.-, a clergyman, he cannot have facilities for attending to their minds or souls. [In regard to the matter here referred to, some English ladies and an American theological student (then on a visit to Brazil) took it up, and interested both English and American merchants in the plan. They furnished the means, and, just as all was well organized, a competent man was found in an English mate, then on his homeward voyage from Australia, and intending to devote the remainder of his days to God in some other employment than Letters of Introduction. 319 that of following the ocean, and was persuaded to take charge of the new school, which in a short time was in full operation, and disseminating its ameliorating influences upon both parents and children-] “ The next day (Monday) we left Paranagua. After a flne run of eight hours along a coast abounding in repetitions of Corco- vados and Peaks of Tijuca, we entered the safe Bay of San Fran¬ cisco do Sul. “Letters of introduction are great things in Brazil, They have smoothed the way for me everywhere previous to arriving at this port, and I here And no exception to the general rule expressed in the line above. Mr. V., the agent of the steamer, received me very kindly, and my boxes were soon despatched and landed upon the beach, which was filled with fishermen, mulatto women, half- naked children, and an indescribable lot of sundries in the shape of timber, rice spread out to dry, canoes drawn up, &c. &e. In another hour the steamer had rounded the promontory, and was soon out of sight on its way to Desterro. So, for the present, 1 will say,—^Adeos.” CHAPTEE XYH. THE PROVINCE OP PABANiC—MESSAGE OF ITS FIRST PRESIDENT—MAt£, OR PARA¬ QUAT TEA—ITS CULTURE AND PREPARATION—GROWS IN NORTH CAROLINA—SAN FRANCISCO DO SDL—^EXPECTATIONS NOT FULFILLED—CANOE-VOTAQE—MY COM¬ PANIONS NOT WHOLLY CARNIVOROUS—A TRAVELLED TRUNK—THE TOLLING-BELL BIRD—^ARRIVAL AT JOINVILLE—A NEW SETTLEMENT. The province of Parana, whose chief port, Paranagua, I had just left, merits a still further mention. It commenced its full provincial career about the year 1853, though for a number of years previously projects had been entertained in the General Assembly at Eio to set off the comarca of Curitiba from San Paulo as a distinct province. As to its limits, they are essentially those of the old district of Curitiba. Its first President, Zacarias de Goes e Yascon cellos, was Minister of Marine in 1852-53, and is one of the instances so frequent in Brazil of a young man who, rising rapidly by his talents, attains the highest positions of State. He is probably the youngest person ever called to take a seat in the Imperial Cabinet, where by his eloquence and by his readiness at response (for the ministers are interpellated as formerly in France and as now in England) he rose to an eminent place among the statesmen of Brazil. In 1854, he opened for the first time the Provincial Assembly of Parana, and his Eelatorios (messages) of that year and the follow¬ ing, now both before me, display ability and research. He places the population at 62,000, only one-sixth of which is composed of slaves; and, if his statistics be correct, the province of Parana must enjoy a salubrity beyond any other portion of the world,—^the births exceeding the deaths between two and three hundred per cent. He enforces upon the legislators the duty of making the com¬ mon-school education far more obligatory than it is. “Primary Education and Paraguay Tea. 321 instruction/’ he urges, ‘‘is more than a mere right of the child, a duty discharged toward him; it is a rigorous obligation. It is thus that you (the representatives) should consider and dispose of the subject in the legislation of the new province. “ The people oblige themselves to be vaccinated. They respond to this without fail, for vaccination is a preservative from fatal pestilence. * “Now, primary instruction is, so to speak, a moral vaccine, which preserves the people from that worst of pestilences,—^ignorance,— from those crude notions which bring man to the level of the brute, and which change him into the fit and facile instrument for rob¬ bery, assassination, revolution, and, in fine, for all evil. “Primary education is more: it is a kind of baptism with which man is regenerated from the dark ignorance in which he is born, and truly effects his entrance into civil society and into the enjoy¬ ment of those rights and privileges which are his heritage.” When we consider what are the views of Eoman Catholics in re¬ gard to baptism, we can see the force of the remarks of Senhor Zacarias. The President does not merely confine his attention to the early training of the youth of his provincial charge, but his remarks in reference to the various branches of agriculture show him to be a man of enlarged views, and that he is as ready to combat indo¬ lence as ignorance. He alludes to the fact that wheat was for¬ merly not only an article of cultivation in the fertile comarca of Curitiba, but that it was exported. This branch of agriculture is now almost abandoned, and, according to his statements, because a large portion of the population, eschewing the labor required in the production of the cereals, rush to the virgin forests, and there, stripping the evergreen leaves and the tender branches of the Ilex Paraguayensis, easily convert them into the popular South American beverage known as the yerha mate or herva Paraguaya, and thus amass fortunes or obtain a livelihood without the intervention of persevering industry or great exertion. Large quantities of this kind of tea are annually exported from the province of Parana. Senhor Zacarias would not have the tea¬ bearing Ilex uprooted to produce the same effect as the vigorous Marquis de Pombal brought about by the destruction, in the last 21 322 Brazil and the Brazilians. century, of the vineyards of Portugal; but he -wishes to control its gathering, to moderate the inclinations and the causes that push the people into this branch of labor for a few months and then leave them indolent for the remainder of the year. The mate of Paraguay, .doubtless from prejudice, is eonsidered superior in quality to that of Parana; but the inhabitants of the interior neighboring Spanish provinces prefer the former to the latter, as they are accustomed to use the beverage without sugar; while in the cities of Buenos Ayres and Montevideo the former is the favorite, and is almost always sweetened before consumption. In the interior of the province of San Paulo, after my visit to Santa Catharina, I met with an American physician, a man of great scientifie tastes and acquirements, who has taken up his residence in South America for the purpose of researeh in his favorite study of botany. In the eourse of many interesting eon- versations with him in regard to the various vegetable riehes and wonders of the surrounding regions, I was not a little pleased to find that he was perfeetly aequainted with the mode of prepara¬ tion, as well as the class and family, of the plant in question. Mate, as I have already mentioned, is the name of the prepared article of the tree or shrub whieh is eommonly known to botanists as the Ilex Paraguayensis. It is classified by Yon Martins as be¬ longing to the Rhamnee family, and he gives it the scientific name of Cassine Gongonha. The Spaniards usually denominate it Yerba de Paraguay, or mate. While in Paranagua, I observed many raw-hide cases which the blacks were unloading from mules or conveying to the ships riding at anchor in the beautiful bay. Upon inquiry, I learned that these packages, weighing about one hundred and twenty pounds each, consisted of mate. This substance, so little known out of South America, forms truly the principal refreshing beverage of the Spanish Americans south of the Equator, and millions of dollars are annually expended in Buenos Ayres, Bolivia, Peru, and Chili in its consumption. This town of Paranagua, containing about three thousand inhabitants, exports every year nearly a million of dollars’ worth of mate. In Brazil and in Paraguay it can be gathered during the whole year. Parties go into the forest, or places where it abounds, and Paraguay Tea in North Carolina. 323 break off the branches with the leaves. A process of kiln-drying is resorted to in the woods, and afterward the branches and leaves are transported to some rude mill, and there they are by water-power pounded in mortars. The substance, after this operation, is almost a powder, though small stems denuded of their bark are always permitted to remain. By this simple process the mate is prepared for market. Its pre¬ paration for drinking is equally simple. A small quantity of the leaf, either with or without sugar, is placed in a common bowl, upon which cold water is poured. After standing a short time, boiling water is added, and it is at once ready for use. Americans who have visited Buenos Ayres or Montevideo may remember to have seen, on a fine summer evening, the denizens of that portion of the world engaged in sipping, through long tubes inserted into highly- ornamented cocoanut bowls, a liquid which, though not so palata¬ ble as iced juleps, is certainly far less harmful. These citizens of Montevideo and Buenos Ayres were enjoying with their bombilhas a refreshing draught of mate. It must be imbibed through a tube, on account of the particles of leaf and stem which float upon the surface of the liquid. This tube has a fine globular strainer at the end. Great virtues are ascribed to this tea. It supplies the place of meat and drink. Indians who have been laboring at the oar all day feel immediately refreshed by a cup of the herb mixed simply with river-water. In Chili and Peru the people believe that they could not exist without it, and many persons take it every hour of the day. Its use was learned from the natives; hut, having been adopted, it spread among the Spaniards and Portuguese, until the demand became so great as to render the herb of Paraguay almost as fatal to the Indians of this part of America as mines and pearl- fisheries had been elsewhere. It grows wild, and never has been successfully cultivated, although attempts were made by the Jesuits of Paraguay to trans¬ plant it from the forests to their plantations. These attempts have been considered by many without result; still, there are others who consider that the experiment justifies further efforts, and are urging this day the domestication, so to speak, and the cultivation, of mate under a regular system. 324 Brazil and the Brazilians. But that which astonished me most in the doctor’s conversation was the statement that a shrub similar to the Ilex Paraguayensis was indigenous to the United States, and that a decoction of its leaves and branches was actually used as a beverage in the region where it grew. His life had been full of adventure in every portion of the globe; and, when he was a younger man, he roamed over each Southern and Western State, hunting for the weed which was vulgarly sup¬ posed to cause the “ milk-sickness.” Although he did not find the cause of that disease, which has so damaged many a speculation in Western towns and villages, yet he made the acquaintance of a little tree in North Carolina, from the leaves of which many of the country-people of the old North State “make tea.” If I re¬ member rightly, he informed me that it was the Ilex euponia; but scientific readers must not hold me responsible for this name, as my note-book may probably mislead me. A few years afterward. Dr.-was in this, the most glorious field for a botanist in the world,—this Southern Brazil, whose magnificent flora has been the wild delight of every favored follower of Linnaeus who has been permitted to enter it. In the course of his rambles he encountered the Ilex Paraguayensis, and immediately saluted it as his old ac¬ quaintance (under features but little different) of North Carolina. Some months elapsed, and he visited Paranagua; and he was almost as much surprised at another discovery, which was not, however, in the botanical line. He found, in this out-of-the-way part of Brazil, an American woman engaged in the delightful art of preparing feijoes and toucinho (pork and beans) for natives and foreigners who might patronize her establishment. In conversa¬ tion with Dr.-in regard to the mate, she exclaimed, “Why, doctor, this is the same truck we use in Caroliner to make tea.” Here was a most striking confirmation of the true conclusion of science. Now, if this tree or bush really abounds in North Carolina, why may not the enterprise of some of her citizens add to the exports (laid down in every geography as tar, tobacco, turpentine, and lumber) mate? Brazil and Paraguay are reaping their millions from a shrub which grows spontaneously, and the subject is really worth investigation in the United States. San Francisco do Sul. 325 Eeturning from the new province of Parana, attention will be now directed to the province of Santa Catharina. San Francisco is an ancient town which has evidently seen better days. The arrival of a stranger with such a peculiar cargo as mine created quite a sensation in the usually-stagnant society of this northern portion of the province of Santa Catharina. All the idlers, gossipers, men of business, and even the Fadre, came to see the new books. The priest found no objection to them, and two hours had not elapsed before they were all disposed of, and I made my arrangements to ascend the river San Francisco do Sul to the German and French colonies founded on the lands once belonging to the Prince de Joinville. In the mean time, with Mr. Y. and two new acquaintances, both Germans, 1 strolled around the town, which is finely situated on an island separated from the mainland only by a very small stream. Before us stretched a bay three miles in width and six in length. It is well protected from the ocean, and in it is discharged the river San Francisco do Sul, which flows from the mountains that rear their green summits far in the distance. That lofty ridge, in its highest elevation, is more than four thousand feet above the level of the sea, and from its inland base to the rich plain where Curitiba is situated there is a gradual ascent of twenty miles. With an energetic people, this district—which in regard to fertility and climate is one of the finest in the world—would bloom with a cultivation not surpassed by the rich fields of Lombardy or the model farms of Midlothian. Great' hopes were entertained at the beginning of this century that San Francisco do Sul would become a flourishing mart, on account of the road which would open the high plains to the com¬ merce of the bay. Furthermore, there was great activity at that time, the chief occupation of the inhabitants consisting in ship¬ building and in the cutting of timber. Yessels of large dimensions were formerly built here, as well as coasters, at the order of mer¬ chants from Eio, Bahia, and Pernambuco. The wood used was so strong, holding the iron so firmly, that ships built of it were of the most durable quality, and were in greater esteem with the Portu¬ guese and Spaniards than those built in Europe. In 1808, Mr. Mawe, one of the earliest English voyagers in Brazil, wrote that. 326 Bkazil and the Brazilians. on account of its ship-building, “the harbor of San Francisco do Sul is likely to become of considerable value to Brazil; and if it be connected with Curitiba, the cattle of which have been found superior to those of Eio Grande, there is every probability that at no distant day the Portuguese navy will touch here to be supplied with salt provisions.” As I looked upon the silent streets of San Francisco,—as I be¬ held its bay innocent of any vessel except the smallest coasters, and its once-busy shipyards containing but two small mandioca sloops upon the stocks,—I thought how wide a difference there was between the reality of the present and the speculations of half a century ago in regard to the commercial activity and future growth of the town, situated upon the waters of Babitonga, by which name the natives called the bay. It was thought that the establishment of a colony of Europeans in the vicinity of the de¬ caying town would resuscitate it; but thus far there has been no such result, and I fear that many a year will elapse before this can be accomplished. I determined to start for the colony at an early hour the next morning, and to this end Mr. V. kindly sought for a canoe belong¬ ing to a gigantic slave who rejoiced in the appropriate name of Jose Grande. After nightfall the African made his appearance, and it was settled that we should commence our trip at three and a half o’clock in the morning. Mr. Y. regretted that the circumstance of his boarding prevented his offering me his hospitality, but recommended me to a hotel, or, more properly speaking, a regular country-inn, which had just been opened by a German from the colony of Donna Francisca. My experience in that establishment was at the time detailed in a letter to a friend at Eio:— “Herr Sneider, mine host, and all his family, spoke scarcely any thing but German, and as much of English and Portuguese as can be compressed into ‘ yes’ and ‘ Sim, Senhor.’ By-the-way, I have picked up a certain quantum of that same jaw-breaking language of Goethe and Schiller, which I have neglected since my university days for the tongues of Southern Europe. My supper was perfectly German; for it closed with beer, which, in default of barley, had been made from rice, that abounds in this vicinity. Herr Sneider’s Inn. 327 Having finished my repast, I gave orders that, as they had pre¬ pared supper enough for three men, the remainder should be arranged for my breakfast in the canoe, as it would be entirely too early to partake of that meal before embarking. “ We then had a mutual-instruction society,—an exchange of Eng¬ lish and German. How many children there were I cannot say; but there was any quantity of blooming fresh frauleins from nine¬ teen years and downward, together with a number of healthy, rosy boys. It had been so long since I had looked upon blue-eyed and fair-haired children that they were quite a curiosity. Having occasion to see Mr. Y. before retiring, I said to them, ‘ I go now to Mr. V.’s: when I return, I wish to have a large room and a good clean bed.’ A patron of the inn informed me that I should be thus accommodated in every particular. “When I again entered Herr Sneider’s, I was told that my room was ready, and, upon my signifying my intention to go to bed, the whole family,—Herr S., Erau S., Frauleins S., and the boys,—to my astonishment, followed me to the apartment, which proceeding I did not fancy, because it did not seem quite convenable, taking into view the feminine portion of the procession. I, however, concluded to be led to my quarters, of which I entertained the highest ex¬ pectations. These expectations were realized so far as the size of the chamber was concerned; but, unfortunately, mine was not the only bed in it, for there were four or five others, filled with snoring occupants. I determined to be gracious and make no complaint, for assuredly my clean sheets would make up for a little too much of society. So, pulling down the supposed coverlet, I found that it was a feather-bed for a regular Prussian winter. These Germans, when they left Fatherland, could conceive of no country where winter and snow could not even be exotic. I discovered also that, instead of the good, healthy, and hard Brazilian mattress, there was a second huge feather-bed; and I must thrust myself between these. When my eyes got beyond the first, I found my clean sheets to be of the color of the dirty Minas cotton which so plentifully (or scantily, as the case may be) clothes the slaves throughoxit the Empire. A closer inspection informed me that they had seen whiter days, and had also made the acquaintance of many other lodgers, which fact I roundly asserted, and to which they partly 328 Brazil and the Brazilians. assented. I, however, resolved to make the best of it, when they would let me,—for they hung around as if they would never give me the opportunity of going to rest. A young Gernlan ship- chandler had his bed in the same room, and, without ceremony, commenced to divest himself before the company preparatory to sleep. This I could hardly do, and seated myself and began to read. Finally the family left me, with many schlafen Sie wohl. Having read as long as I wished, I determined to enter my bed, fortified with a pair of pantaloons, (I had not forgotten the sheets,) which after a time, proving rather uncomfortable with feather-beds, I threw to one side. But this operation caused the young ship-chandler much concern; for, hearing me moving around in the dark, and supposing me ill, he screamed for the family, and the scene which ensued is indescribable with pen: only the pencil of Eembrandt could depict the depth of shadow and the rich chiaro-oscuro, and that of Teniers the ruddy, jolly features of the group of young Germans thus aroused to see what was the matter with the American, who by this time was snugly ensconced in his bed and almost bursting with laughter. “I slept badly, and at half-past three o’clock heard the pon¬ derous step of Jose Grande. Following him through the deep gloom that hung around, we (for I had given a bright German lad permission to go with me) entered the canoe, which was soon shoved from the shore, and were propelled by Jose toward Donna Francisca. Young Germany and myself la}’ down in the bottom of the narrow ‘dug-out.’ “The morning w’as dark and drizzly, and a feeling of loneliness crept over me as I lay listening to the pattering raindrops and the dripping oar disturbing the oppressive silence. I thought of those so dear to me, but who now were separated from me by thousands of miles of ocean; but I was less lonely when I breathed a prayer for them and felt in my heart the ever-cheering sentiment of poor Pringle:— “ ‘A still small voice comes through the wild, (Like a father consoling his fretful child,) Which banishes bitterness, wrath, and fear,— Saying, “Man is distant, but God is near!” ’ A Travelled Trunk. 329 I tried to sleep, but it was impossible; so, after three hours, I said to Jose, ‘We will breakfast.’ On opening the budget, I found two plates, four pieces of meat, and—nothing else,—not even a knife and fork; but, as I am neither a lion, a vulture, nor even a Guacho of Corrientes, I could not breakfast on flesh alone. The rain had now ceased, and I proposed to Jose to land and to purchase some¬ thing from one of the farm-houses on shore. ^Ndo tern nada, senhor,’ (‘They have nothing,’) was Jose’s sage reply. ^Nevertheless, at my request, he put into a pretty cove at the foot of a mountain, and sallied forth for a bargain. He soon returned, accompanied by a sickly-looking boy, bringing oranges, bananas, and enough farinha for four men. Young Germany and myself fell to work while Jose’s strong arm was sending us over the glassy waters. At Eio de Janeiro I had often looked with admiration upon the slaves in the boats stufiing and throwing farinha into their mouths; but I never then dreamed that I should employ my digits for the same purposes. I must admit, however, that there was neither grace¬ fulness nor dexterity on my part; for mj’-face became powdered with the effort to ‘pitch in’ the farinha d la Brazilienne. We had one other compagnon de voyage, but not an eating one. Faithful old trunk! What sketches thou mightest give of Europe, America, (North and South,) and of the African Isles!—what scenes thou hast witnessed in three' zones, on the Atlantic and the Pacific Oceans, in the Straits of Majellan and on the Isthmus of Panama, in the Mexican Gulf, and, lastly, on the Eio San Francisco do Sul! Each time that I open thee, and see there imprinted ‘W. S. Chase^ trunk and harness maker. Providence, E.I.,’ my thoughts run over the past, and I recall the bright summer-day that I bought thee, when on the eve of my first voyage ‘ over the seas and far away.’ Thou callest up a host of memories,— ‘ the fond recollections of former years,— And the shadows of things that have long since fled Flit over the brain like the ghosts of the dead.’ “Speaking of sketches, I send you one which I took of myself and fellow-voyagers. They are after (a very long way, indeed) a compound of Gainsborough and Turner, with a slight addition of Wilkie and Kenny Meadows thrown in.” 330 Brazil and the Brazilians. The river became narrower, and every moment some large aquatic bird would be startled by our voices or by the dash of the oar. Now it would be a beautiftil white ibis, then a blue heron or a band of dancing cranes. From the mangrove-bushes and the ASCENDING THE RIO S. FRANCISCO DO SUL. more distant woods we could hear the sometimes harsh and some¬ times musically-solemn sound of the uruponga, or tolling-bell bird, making the air resonant with its peculiar and solitary note. I had listened again and again to these birds in my journeys in different parts of Brazil, but I never had the good fortune to see but one, and that was in the province of San Paulo. The sound which the uruponga (what a sweet aboriginal onomatope!) sends forth varies little, but it can always be said to bo metallic. To hear it from afar, it is not unlike the tolling of a bell; but, when distance does not mellow the cadence, it is more like striking an anvil or the filing of a large piece of iron. To listen to it in a Brazilian forest at mid-day, ringing forth its mournful knell when every other songster is mute, powerfully disposes one “ To musing and dark melancholy.” Wallace says, in his account of the Amazonian regions, “We had the good fortune one day to fall in with a small flock of The Tolling-Bell Bikd. 331 the rare and curious bell-bird, {Casmarhynchos carunculata,') but they were on a very thick, lofty tree, and took flight before we could get a shot at them. Though it was about four miles off in the forest, we went again the next day, and found them feeding on the same tree, but had no better success. On the third day we went to the same spot, but from that time saw them no more. The bird is of a pure white color, the size of a blackbird, has a broad bill, and feeds on fruits. From the base of the bill above grows a fleshy tubercle, two or three inches long and as thick as a quill, sparingly clothed with minute feathers: it is quite lax, and hangs down on one side of the bird’s head. The bird is remarkable for its loud, clear, ringing note,—^like, a bell,— which it utters at mid-day, when most other birds are silent.’’ Waterton, in his wanderings in Demerara, often alludes to the campanero, (uruponga.) In one passage he says, “It never fails to attract the attention of the passenger: at a distance of nearly three miles you may hear this snow-white bird tolling every four or flve minutes, like the dis¬ tant convent-bell. From six to nine a.m. the forests resound with the mingled strains of the feathered race; after this they gra¬ dually die away. From eleven to three all nature is hushed in midnight silence, and scarce a note is heard saving that of the campanero.” No bird has been more misrepresented by artists than the uruponga. The mistake has been in copying stuffed specimens. The accompanying illustration URUPONGA, OR TOLLING-BELL BIRD. 332 Brazil and the Brazilians. is one of many that represents the uruponga with a stiff horn in the unicorn style. The body is well enough, but the rhinoceros- appendage is utterly at variance with nature. The little engraving is a correct likeness of this singular bird, whose small, flexible, and drooping appendage is very similar to that which is a part and parcel of every turkeycock. I was struck by the fact that, though the aquatic birds were at first startled by us, they did not seem to have much fear. They flapped their great wings and moved slowly from us a few paces, and then speedily resumed their former position. On, on sped our canoe under the sturdy strokes of Jose, The scenery was still more striking and beautiful. A background of high mountains was prefaced by gentle eminences and by a woody margin of bright-green trees. Even the tall African, whom no one would have suspected of a taste for these glorious views, ex¬ claimed, from time to time, muito bonito, senhor!” (“It is very beautiful, sir.”) By the way, Jose gave me his idea of Protestants, —viz,: people who were not baptized, and were destined to mferno. After some hours’ rowing, the river became exceedingly narrow, so that the trees, with their rich parasites, completely overarched us. This was near the new village of Joinville, in the colony of Donna Francisca. We jumped ashore, tied our canoe to the stump of a recently-fallen tree, and tramped over—or, rather, through—a road which was like a sponge soaked with water. Here, indeed, was the beginning of a new town in the wilderness,—^houses stuck down in the woods, and plenty of mud and children: but for the difference of the flora, I would have believed myself beyond the Missoui’i, on the borders of Kansas. On every side the forest was to be seen, and here and there an opening, in the centre of which was the cabin of the colonist. The smallness and newness of the houses, the deadened trees, the muddy streets, and the general appearance of every thing, reminded me of a pioneer settlement in the West. It was curious to see men from the Ehine, and some from the environs of Berlin, here planted amid wild woods, in cottages of the rudest construction, thatched with palm- leaves. The “Hotel” of Herr Palma was my goal, and a hearty welcome The Welcome. 333 awaited mo; for the letters of Mr. Y., in addition to the pros¬ pect of gain from the stranger, prompted it. The German cannot forget his native land; and one glance showed me that, though hard work must necessarily be the morning, noon, and night regime of the colonist in these woods, yet here were all the appliances for amusement,—a ballroom, a gallery for the orchestra, and a ten-pin alley. Mine host sent immediately for the schoolmaster, so that I might receive every mark of honor and distinguished village- consideration. CHAPTEE XVIII. . COLONIA DONNA FEANCISCA—THE SCHOOL-TEACHEE — THE CEEEGYMAN—A TDEK— BIBLE-DISTEIBDTION-SUSPECTED-A B C-THE FALLEN FOEEST-THE HOUSE OF THE DIEECTOE-A EUNAWAY-THE VILLAGE CEMETEEY-MOEAL WANTS- OECHIDACEOUS PLANTS-CHAELATANISM-SAN FEANCISCO JAIL-THE BUEIAL OF THE INNOCENT, AND THE MONEY-MAKING PADEE-THE PEOVINCE OF STA. CATHA- EINA-DESTEEEO-BEAUTIFUL SCENEEY-SHELLS AND BUTTEEFLIES-COAL-MINES -PEOVINCE OF EIO GEANDE DO SDL — HEEDS AND HEEDSMEN-THE LASSO- INDIANS-FOEMEE PEOVINCIAL EEVOLTS-PEESENT TEANQUILLITY ASSUEED BY THE OVEETHEOW OF EOSAS. The Colonia Donna Prancisca is a new enterprise, whose origin may be stated in a few words. In 1843, Prince de Joinville mar¬ ried Donna Francisca, the sister of the Emperor of Brazil. With her hand he received, as a dower, a large forest-estate in the pro¬ vince of Santa Catharina. A few years ago, at some of the watering-places of Germany, the Prince met with Senator Schroeder, of Hamburg, who proposed to him a plan for making his dower profitable,—viz.: to grant a certain portion of land to a company, who should form a colony upon it. The Prince granted nine square leagues, reserving a certain number of acres for himself in the most ■ desirable situations. The company was formed, and agreed to bring out some sixteen hundred colonists within a given time. From March, 1851, to March, 1855, the number, according to con¬ tract, had arrived. The greater portion of the colonists are from German Switzerland, though France and Germany are represented by a respectable minority. The village of Joinville contains about sixty houses; in the surrounding country there are one hundred and twenty buildings, and others in construction. After deducting deaths, there are something like fifteen hundred inhabitants in this colony; while there are a considerable number of French, and French Swiss, in an adjoining colony founded by Prince de Joinville 334 The Teacher and the Clergyman. 335 on his own lands. Two-thirds of all the colonists are doubtless Protestants, while the other third are Romanists. What will be the success of the colony remains to be seen. The colonists, with few exceptions, are not of the first class who seek the New World; and doubtless the company, wishing to fulfil their contract as to numbers, were not by any means careful in the selection of the emigrants. They are obliged to pay for their land, which is much dearer than in the United States, and, having the thick forests to fell, are soon out of funds. Their distance from any market, and the impossibility of obtaining remunerating crops until the hard labors of the pioneer are performed in the unbroken wild wood, operate powerfully against all but the most courageous hearts. With lands, however, (which the company has now ob¬ tained,) away from the low district bordering the river, the prospect will be brighter. I am nevertheless convinced that the best means of colonizing Brazil is not by private speculation in village-lots and farming-grounds. Herr Palma returned, accompanied by the school-teacher. The latter was a dandified-looking gentleman, dressed in the latest Parisian fashion, but withal a person not wanting in ability or in acquirements; for at his rooms I found chemical apparatus, with which he was constantly experimenting, and I also ascertained that he was an engineer and an artist of no ordinary merit. He offered his services to go with me to the Lutheran clergyman, and to be at my disposition generally. To the clergyman' I had no letters. In a few moments I was at his house, which was most scantily furnished: indeed, I have rarely seen in the backwoods of the United States a minister surrounded with so little comfort, or so few of the necessaries of life. He spoke neither French nor Portuguese, and his stock of English exceeded very little my stock of German; so that I had great difficulty in making him compre¬ hend my mission. I attempted to be more explicit through the teacher, to whom I spoke in French, which he translated into Ger¬ man. Still he did not seem to comprehend, and I left his house feeling somewhat discouraged at my reception, especially when I contrasted it with the warm co-operation which I had received from the Lutheran clergyman at Petropolis. In the mean time a rumor ran through the village that a 336 Brazil and the Brazilians. stranger with Bibles had arrived, and when I returned to the little inn I had as much as I could do to attend to the visitors. Among them was an accomplished and refined lady, the daughter of an LL.D. of Hamburg, and wife of the head-director of Prince de Joinville’s colony, which must not be confounded with the Ham¬ burg colony in Joinville. Hy German Bibles and Portuguese Testaments were soon exhausted, but I had some still left at San Francisco, for which they paid me the money, and I sent them the next day after my return. The clergyman now joined us. He was a little more cordial this time. I invited him and the school-teacher to take tea with me. During the repast, the latter left us a few moments, and then returned; but while he was absent, the clergyman said to me, “ How did you become acquainted with the teacher ? He is a turn¬ coat’’ I then understood his reserve, and non-comprehension of my remarks which I had made in the presence of the pedagogue at the parsonage. The teacher was born in Bulgaria,—was a Mohammedan : he afterward went to Germany, and finally came to Brazil with some Belgian savants whose object was scientific exploration. The young man became attached to a Brazilian girl twelve years of age, renounced his religion, became a Eomanist, and married her. I could still further appreciate the cautious movements of the clergyman, when he informed me that he him¬ self was a Bohemian by birth, was educated in Yienna, and was the means of turning some seventy Papists to Protestantism, and on this account he was expelled from Austria. Although I received the kindest of treatment from the schoolmaster, truth compels me to say that among the people of the village he has the reputation of being Eoman Catholic only in theory, for in practice he was as much of a Turk as if he resided in the heart of the Ottoman Empire. The company around me was a mixed one, some being Eomanists, others Protestants. In the course of the evening an honest-look¬ ing Bernese Swiss came into the room. I saluted him, and spoke of the Bible, but observed that he viewed me with a cautious eye. Soon I saw him and the pastor go out together. They returned in a few minutes; and a short time after the Bernese took me aside and said, “I am convinced that you have a good object in view. I r Suspected of being a Jesuit. 337 was afraid you were a Jesuit/’ (he had not forgotten the Sender- bund in his own country;) ‘^but the pastor assures me that you are not. I wish to do good. I once hoped to be a missionary, but early circumstances prevented, and therefore I must be content to work through others: so please accept this small sum of money, and all that I wish you to do is to spread the good news of the blessed Saviour.” After he went away, the pastor handed me another small sum, which the same Bernese had given him for me. The total was only nine francs; but that sum is equal to one hun¬ dred francs in the United States. I afterward sent him, from San A GERMAN EMIGRANT’S CABIN AT DONNA FRANCISCA. Prancisco do Sul, sufficient Bibles in return for his gift, and hope that he will thus be more immediately made the instrument of spreading “the good news of the blessed Saviour.” It was late when my visitors retired. The next morning, at 22 338 Brazil and the Brazilians. an early hour, mounted upon a wild-looking horse, and dashing through mud and mire, I went to breakfast with the director of the Hamburgese (the Joinville, not the Prince’s) colony. As I rode along, I saw on either hand the small cottages of the colonists, (distinguished from Brazilian houses by their chimneys,) reared amid the overshadowing, broad-leafed banana-trees, in this land of no winter. But they have a hard lot, for the forest-land is difficult to clear; the soil is not so rich for cereals and other productions which they have been accustomed to cultivate, and, above all, the people are poor, and, many of them being from the lowest classes in Germany, quite a number give themselves up to drink. It was on this latter account that the pastor solicited German temperance- tracts. As I passed one house, in the midst of hundreds of palms and other magnificent trees, I heard the sweet sound of a mother teaching her little one to lisp its ABC. It was a new sight for me to behold the primeval forest of the tropics being prostrated under the fell swoop of the woodman’s axe. On every side, noble palms and rare and gigantic parasites were hurled in wild confusion to the ground. Hear the house of Mr. H., I saw one of these wood-kings lifting his solitary head amid his fallen companions. The monarch was crowned and fes¬ tooned with magnificent orchidse and clambering wild vines. His own bright-green foliage spoke of life and vigor; but the dripping dew-drops seemed like falling tears mourning the desolation around. But, to make this world a fit habitation for man, nature, as well as man, must make her sacrifices: so utility recon¬ ciled me. The little long-tailed birds (closely resembling the whidah-birds of Africa) that I had often seen pining in cages were here in glorious freedom, playing before me, gracefully floating from fern to fern, or swinging in fearless glee upon the pendent parasitic vanilla which loaded the morning air with its rich perfume. The house of Mr. H. was prettily situated, and, in this remote corner of the world, it was as interesting as it was strange to con over, in his little parlor, the last London “Illustrated Hews,” “La Presse,” and the Paris “Illustration.” Madame H., from La Belle France, demonstrated that others besides American women The Village Cemetery. 339 could enter the backwoods and undergo with contentment the hardships and the excitements of a pioneer life. When Mr. H. and myself were ready to return to the village, our horses were brought to the door; but mine had the bad taste to break his halter, and, snorting a loud adieu, away he went, career¬ ing along the road toward Joinville. His free movement, crested mane, and distended nostril, made him look for all the world like one of the steeds on the Elgin marbles; only he was minus his rider. As he disappeared from sight, he flung his heels high in the air, and gave a series of farewell kicks and other antics which were enough to provoke laughter from even brooding melancholy. Mr. H. kindly furnished me with another horse, and the last that I saw of my steed was just as we reached' Joinville. He had entered a small sugar-plantation, and was enjoying a most delightful repast of the tender young cane. Before entering the village, we turned aside from the road, ascended a forest-crowned hill, upon whose sides was the rural cemetery where were buried the colonists of the Hamburg settle¬ ment. It was a sad yet beautiful spot. The morning sun had risen high above the forests, yet the dense foliage was still sparkling with matinal freshness. Each day and each year the sun will shine upon that remote little cemetery; but those who there sleep will never again behold the morning glories of this 340 Brazil and the Brazilians. bright land. The earth was yet fresh that covered the remains of one of the finest men of the colony : a few wreaths immortelles had been hung with rustic taste by some kindly hand near the humble grave; but no father or mother or gentle sister would ever shed the silent tear over the sleeping dead. From the same hill we had a fine view of the village. The living and the dead are thus brought near each other; but man is a forgetful creature, and the lessons of cemeteries and new-made graves are as easily forgotten in this retired nook as amid the busy hum of the vast city. Before leaving the colony, I visited the school, which is sustained by the common-school fund of the province, and I found that the Bulgarian had not been neglectM of his little charge, which he instructed in both German and Portuguese. In wandering through Joinville, I called upon a colonist who has a brother in New York, and, while in his house, a gentle¬ manly-looking man entered. By his conversation I ascertained that he was a physician. So soon as he knew who I was, and in what capacity I had visited the colony, he took me warmly by the hand, and I learned that he was one of those physicians who care for the souls as well as for the bodies of their patients. My inter¬ course with him was very pleasant; for, in addition to his piety, I found him a gentleman of cultivated mind, having been educated at the University of Halle; and that which particularly interested me was that he had, apart from his professional studies, attended the lectures of Tholuck. He, as well as the Lutheran clergyman, highly approved of the proposition of another German pastor in the Empire, which is to have an ordained missionary colporteur to go from colony to colony throughout Brazil, with Bibles and tracts, encouraging such communities as have pastors; by the printed Word and reli¬ gious works rallying those who are without a clergyman; and performing the rites of marriage where, for want of a minister, this—so essential to the purity of a community—has been to a great extent neglected. There are German colonies scattered here and there throughout the whole length of the Brazilian sea-coast, and there is, from the nature of the case, a loud call upon the evangelical Germans of our Okchidaceous Plants. 341 land to care for the spiritual welfare of their countrymen in Brazil. I believe that such a work, carried on by a few of the Lutheran churches of the United States, would redound in great good. They could thus direct the operations of the man who should be called to this labor better than a large benevolent society that has fifty other lands in view. Such an enterprise is of the most imperious necessity, not only for keeping alive evangelical piety, but the knowledge of Protestant Christianity. On returning to the hotel, I found that a large basket of orchi¬ daceous plants of the rarest species had been prepared according to my order, which I sent as a present to a kind friend at Eio de Janeiro. The lot, with the basket, cost but three dollars: in England they would have brought a fabulous price, considering the rage that now exists among royal and noble horticul- turalists for these curious subjects of Flora’s kingdom. They can be easily trans¬ ported over the ocean, if care be taken that all contact with salt water be avoided. I found that there was a naturalist not far from Eio who often sent orchidse to England. Brazil is exceedingly rich in parasites and air-plants; but none among the vast variety is more graceful than the vanilla, which is found in greater or less. abundance from the northern limit of the Empire to the province of St. Catharine’s. Its little star-like flower, its pretty leaf, and its delicious fragrance, make it an object of beauty an never understand why the va THE VANILLA. of admiration. I. however, could lla-bean should be imported into 342 Beazil and the Brazilians. Eio from Mexico and Central America via Mew York, when the plant itself abounded in Brazil. I left the colony with sincere regret that I could not remain longer and see more of the people; but, according to the announce¬ ment, the steamer which was to take me back to Santos was to arrive the next morning. So I bade farewell to my newly-made friends, and, after several hours’ hard rowing in the cramped-up, narrow canoe, arrived at San Francisco do Sul. The steam-packet was not in the harbor on the appointed day, and I passed the time very agreeably with Mr. Y. and a number of G-ermans, one of whom was a young physician educated at Breslau, but was about to retire in disgust from the colony and from Brazil. He was certainly more adapted to a formed than to a forming society. He alleged, as his principal reason, that Brazil was a great field for charlatanism; that pretenders and quacks could always succeed better than the regular scientifically edu¬ cated. He instanced the case of a barber of the Schleswig-Holstein army, who emigrated to the new province of Parana and is now the physician in highest repute in that region. I was further informed that this ci-devant knight of the razor had recently ap¬ peared in the theatre at Paranagua with a decoration bespangling his breast, pretending that it was conferred in Europe for his dis¬ tinguished surgical services ! My Breslau friend was evidently a cultivated man, and well read in his profession, but home-sickness was doubtless the disease that made him look at every thing with distorted vision; for I doubt if there can be found on the Western Continent a country where the G-overnment and the medical faculty are more strict than in Brazil. There are successful charlatans under the very eyes of the medical schools in Paris, and it is not therefore strange that examples occur in a vast, thinly-populated country. Often, leaving my companions, I would stray alone into the foliaged walks which are found on every side, and there I could be as retired as if a thousand miles from the haunts of man. A favorite place was the ruins of an old convent on the summit of a vine-clad hill, near which were the new foundations of an hospital erected as an expiatory offering by some rich lady of San Francisco: she having died, her pious work, I The Bukial of the Innocent. 343 fear, will soon be in the same condition as that of the Jesuits. In one of my rambles I paid a visit to the jail, the only occu¬ pant of which was a German who, in a fit of anger, had struck the director of the Hamburg colony. How, it is perfectly allow¬ able in Brazil to call a man very hard names and cheat him as much as you please with impunity; but to strike a man is beyond all bounds of decency, and the jail or some other punishment is sure to follow. The prisoner seemed very happy under the cir¬ cumstances, having a finer room than that which I occupied at Herr Sneider’s, and perfect freedom to go where he pleased at certain hours of the day. From the jail I entered the large church, situated near the centre of the village. The floor was so constructed of wood that it could be lifted up in sections, which was always done when interments took place. Here for nearly two centuries people had been buried who died with the fond hope of being brought nearer to heaven by having their bodies within these precincts made by man’s hands. An old negro was digging a grave, and each time his heavy hoe (the spade is rarely used) went down, it ruthlessly crunched and smashed through skulls and ribs and whatever else is fragile in our poor human frame. The fragments were pitched up as common clay. I was disturbed in my meditations of this scene by the fat, jolly, round padre, who, with a giggling face, gave orders, in a loud and any thing but solemn voice, to an assistant who was bearing a coffin to the centre of the church. It was a small coffin, yet it was large enough. It was uncovered, and in it lay, in the slumber of death, a little girl of twelve months. A sweet smile was upon her features; her tiny hands were clasped together, and her eyes were open and beaming with such a lovely expression that they seemed to be gazing into heaven. The tinsel and the ornaments with which the body was bedecked I scarcely saw. Three women, clad in deep mourning, and with mantillas of richest broadcloth trailing from their heads to the ground, swept noiselessly through the church, giving one lingering look at the innocent dead. The priest ap¬ proached and saluted me. I had seen him upon my arrival, and made bold to make a few inquiries in regard to the child. He in- 344 Brazil and the Brazilians. formed me that he was just preparing to say mass for it: I, however, took up the words of our Saviour, and said, “ Of such is the king¬ dom of heaven,” and that the little one redeemed by the Saviour was already an angel in the realms of light, and that there was no need of saying mass for such, even waiving the question of right to say mass'for any one. He replied with an e verdade, senhor, but, notwithstanding, went on to his work,—because he made by it money,—because the church is corrupt, and man seeks out new inventions rather than follow the plain precepts of truth. After speaking with him against intermural burials, I espied a pulpit, and asked him if he preached: he answered, “Sometimes, especially at the festas.” To all my remarks on preaching the righteousness of Christ only, he bowed, grinned, uttered many e verdades and muito obrigados, (it is very true; I am much obliged to you;) and I left, profoundly convinced that a moral earthquake will be necessary to shake off the indifference of the Brazilian priesthood before their minds will be directed aright. The steamer entered the bay, and I turned my face northward. The province of St. Catharine, in which the colony of Donna Francisca is situated, is the smallest in the southern part of the Empire. In fertility and salubrity it is second to none. Its re¬ sources, however, have been developed only fifty or sixty miles from the coast: beyond this, the aborigines still abound, and farther in the interior they are warlike, and cherish a deadly hatred to the white man. Yet I would not convey, through this statement, the impression that the province is a howling wilderness; for the towns on the sea-coast, the villages, and the fiourishing small plantations, more remote from the littoral, and the numerous colonies founded by the Imperial and provincial governments, by private companies and by single individuals, on the belt of land stretching from the Eio San Francisco do Sul to the Mampituba, all speak of a certain amount of civilization and progress. The population is estimated at ninety thousand. The capital of the province is often called Santa Catharina, though its proper and full name is ITossa Senhora do Desterro, which may be translated either “ Our Lady of the Desert” or of “ Banishment.” It is situated upon the island which gives the name to the province, and its harbor, though small, is compared with that of Eio de r Santa Cathabina. 845 Janeiro for excellence and beauty. Desterro is the seat of a considerable trade; yet the planters are not engaged in grand agricultural operations, as in the provinces farther north. The coffee exported thence enjoys a high reputation, and is of a superior quality. The island of Santa Catharina is mountain¬ ous and finely wooded, and the scenery with which the city of Des¬ terro is surrounded has been the admiration of every traveller who has been privileged to visit this picturesque region. A friend who resided many years ago in the islands of the Pacific, on visiting St. Catharine’s wrote home his im¬ pressions, stating that the general aspect of all around him was so like the South Seas that he felt as if he were suddenly trans¬ ported thither and were again amid the scenes of bygone years. He added, “The palm-tree tossing its plumed branches in the wind, the broad leaves of the banana rustling in the breeze, the 346 Bkazil and the Brazilians. perfume of the orange-blossoms and Cape jessamine, the sugar¬ cane, the coffee-plant and cotton-bush, the palma Christi and guava, the light canoe upon the water, and the rude huts dotting the shore,—all hurried me in imagination to the Marquesas, the Society, and the Sandwich Islands/' There is a commerce here in artificial flowers made from beetles’ wings, fish-scales, sea-shells, and feathers, which attract the attention of every visitor. These are made by the mulheres (women) of almost every class, and thus they obtain not only pin-money, but some amass wealth in the traffic. The wreaths, necklaces, and bracelets made from the scales of a large fish are not only curious, but are exceedingly beautiful. Their effect at night is that of the most brilliant set of pearls, and they are as much superior in splendor to the small specimens of fish-scale flowers manufactured in Ireland, and exposed in the Sydenham Palace, London, as the diamond surpasses the glisten of cut- glass. Not only tropic fruits and flowers are here to be found in profu¬ sion, but the choicest horticultural productions of Europe can be cultivated to perfection; and such is the salubrity of the air, that Desterro is often visited by invalids from the more northern pro¬ vinces, and even from more distant countries. The natural history of Santa Catharina is peculiarly interesting. Among the shells abounding on the coast there is a species of Murex, from the animal of which a beautiful crimson color may be ex¬ tracted. It is, however, the department of entomology which has excited the most lively admiration of the naturalists who have visited the province. The butterflies are the most splendid in the world. Langsdorff says they are not like the tame and puny lepidopters of Europe, which can be caught by means of a small piece of silk. On the contrary, they rise high in the air, with a brisk and rapid flight. Sometimes they light and repose on flowers at the tops of trees, and rarely risk themselves within reach of the hand. They appear to be constantly on their guard, and, if caught at all, it must be when on the wing, by means of a net at the ex¬ tremity of a long rod of cane. Some species are observed to live in society, hundreds and thousands of them being sometimes found together. These generally prefer the lower districts and the banks Coal-Mines and Rio Grande do Sul. 84T of streams. When one of them is caught and fastened by a pin on the surface of the sand, swarms of the same species will gather round him, and may be caught at pleasure. It has been rumored for many years that mines of coal exist within the bounds of the province; but, notwithstanding some examinations by order of Government, no satisfactory discoveries have yet been made. Doctor Parigot, who was employed to make surveys in the province in 1841, reported the existence of a car¬ boniferous stratum, from twenty to thirty miles in width and about three hundred in length, running from north to south through the province. The best vein of coal he opened he pronounced half bituminous, and situated between thick strata of the hydrous oxide of iron and bituminous schist; but hitherto there has been no very encouraging result from these explorations. In the neighboring province of Rio Grande do Sul, coal of a better kind, though some¬ what argillaceous, has been found in the mountains at a place called Herval, not far from S. Leopoldo. It is hoped, however, that a further descent into the mines will bring to light.a better quality, —a great desideratum, as the coal for the consumption of all the steamers and steam-manufactories in Brazil is imported from England. The province of Sao Pedro do Mio Grande do Sul (more com¬ monly known as simply Bio Grande do SuT) constitutes the extreme southern portion of the Empire of Brazil. It is so called from the first parochial Church of St. Peter, (S. Pedro,) and the river called Grande, (see on the map Barra do Rio Grande,) near whose margins it was erected. In many of the ofiieial papers of the Em¬ pire, this province occurs as S. Pedro, to distinguish it from Rio Grande do Norte. In the salubrity of its climate and the fertility of its soil it resembles the Republic of Uruguay, upon which it borders. It is admirably adapted for European immigration, and the most successful of all the colonies established by the Imperial Government is that of S. Leopoldo, founded in 1825, which to-day numbers a busy and prosperous population of more than eleven thousand souls. All the cereals and fruits of Central Europe can be cultivated in this province, and formerly immense quantities of wheat were grown, so that not only was there sufiScient for home-supply, but 348 Brazil and the Brazilians. for exportation. This branch of agriculture has now so dwindled that flour is, to some extent, imported from the United States. The great wealth of Eio Grande do Sul consists of that which constituted the riches of the patriarchs,—^flocks and herds. The Guachos of Buenos Ayres are not more expert on horseback or more skilful in the use of the lasso than are the Eio Grandenses, whose occupation from childhood is the care and culture of the herds of cattle which roam the vast eampinas or prairies. It has been estimated that in the province of Eio Grande do Sul, not mentioning parts of Santa Catharina and S. Paulo which are devoted to the same purposes, five hundred thousand cattle are slaughtered annually for the sake of preserving their hides and flesh, while as many more are driven northward for ordinary con¬ sumption. Most of the came secca, or jerked beef, in common use throughout Brazil, is prepared here. After the hide is taken from the ox, the flesh is skinned off in a similar manner from the whole side, in strips about half an inch in thickness. The meat, in this form, is stretched in the sun to dry. But very little salt is used in its preservation, and, when sufficient!}’' cured, it is shipped to all the maritime provinces, and is the only kind of preserved beef used in the country. Stacks of this meat (emitting no very agree¬ able odor) lie piled up, like cords of wood, in the provision-houses of Eio de Janeiro. In the financial year 1853-54, Eio Grande do Sul exported the value of near $3,000,000 in hides, horns, hair, and wool, $1,000,000 of which were imported into the United States. The character of the people is somewhat peculiar, owing to their circumstances and mode of life. They are generally tall, of an active and energetic appearance, with handsome features, and of a lighter skin than prevails among the inhabitants of the northern portions of the Empire. Both sexes are accustomed, from child¬ hood, to ride on horseback, and consequently acquire great skill in the management of those noble animals upon which they take their amusements as well as perform their journeys and pursue the wild cattle of their plains. The use of the lasso is learned among the earliest sports of boy¬ hood, and is continued until an almost inconceivable dexterity is acquired. Little children, armed with their lasso or bolas, make Lassoing Wild Cattle. 349 war upon the chickens, ducks, and geese of the farmyard, until their ambition and strength lead them into a wider field. For the pursuit of wild cattle the horses are admirably trained, so that, when the lasso is thrown, they know precisely what to do. Sometimes, in the case of a furious animal, the rider checks the horse and dismounts, while the bull is running out the length of his raw-hide rope. The horse wheels round and braces himself to sustain the shock which the momentum of the captured animal must inevitably give. The bull, not expecting to bo brought up so THE LASSO. suddenly, is thrown sprawling to the ground. Eising to his feet, he rushes upon the horse to gore him; but the latter keeps at a distance, until the bull, finding that nothing is to be accomplished in this way, again attempts to fiee, when the rope a second time brings him to the ground. Thus the poor animal is worried, until he is wholly within the power of his captors. Nor is it only in Eio Grande do Sul or San Paulo that scenes of this kind may be observed. They were formerly witnessed in Eio de Janeiro itself. At the Matadoura publico, situated on the Praya d’Ajuda, before the municipal butcheries were removed to the spa¬ cious abattoirs at San Christovao, vast numbers of cattle were daily slaughtered. Among the droves that reached the capital from the 350 Brazil and the Brazilians. distant sertoes was occasionally an ox so wild and powerful that he was not disposed to surrender life without a desperate struggle. He would break from his enclosure and dash into the streets of the city, threatening destruction to whoever opposed his course. A horse, accoutred with saddle and bridle, and with a lasso fastened to him by a strong girth, stood ready for the emergency, and was mounted in an instant to give pursuit. The chase was widely dif¬ ferent in its circumstances from that which occurs in the open campos; but perhaps no interest was lost in the rapid turning of corners of streets, the heavy clatter of hoofs upon the pavement, and the hasty accumulation of spectators. In a short time, usually, the noose of the lasso whirled around the horns of the fugitive, an area was cleared, and the scene already described was enacted, until the runaway ox was killed on the spot or led away in triumph to. the slaughter. The lasso is, moreover, in frequent use in the Campo de Santa Anna, in the same city, where vast herds of mules are frequently congregated for sale. The purchaser has only to indicate which animal out of the untamed multitude he would like to examine, and the tropeiro soon has him “ slippernoosed’’ at the end of his long rope, by which he holds or leads him at will. This portion of Brazil was inhabited at the period of the settle¬ ment by two peculiar tribes of savages. On the eastern part of Tranquillity Secured by the Fall oe Rosas. 351 Rio Grande do Sul and in St. Catharine’s were the Garijos, who were said to he the most humane of all the aborigines, and were the most accessible to European manners and cultivation. North of the province under consideration were the Guaycurus ,—Indian ca¬ valry,—so called because the Portuguese found them ready to give battle on horseback. Where they obtained these horses is an un¬ explained mystery, but doubtless they were procured either through the Spaniards on the Pacific coast, or from some of the earliest settlements on the La Plata. I have in my possession an old picture of Guaycurus charging regulars, and their position reminds one of that resorted to by the wild Camanches of New Mexico. Eio Grande do Sul is in population and commerce the fifth or sixth province in the Empire. Until the rapid augmentation of exports from Para, she occupied with certainty the fifth place. For a series of years Eio Grande was in open rebellion against the Imperial Government, to which fact allusion has already been made. The effect of this struggle was the proclamation of free¬ dom to the slaves by both parties, so that the number of those in bondage was greatly diminished. The proximity of this pro¬ vince to the Spanish-American Governments doubtless did much, before the Empire of Brazil was fhlly established in strength, to incline it to republican notions, and it was thought at one time that Eio Grande would sever itself from the Empire, and, like the Banda Oriental, or Uruguay, (once a province of Brazil,) become an independent State. But, between generous concessions and vigorous measures, Eio Grande was brought hack to allegiance, and to day none of her sister-provinces excel her in loyalty to the existing regime. Brazil, however, has taken effectual means and preventives that her southern border be no longer disturbed. The tyrant Eosas* was overthrown through the aid of the Brazilian * Allusion having been made to the part which Brazil took in the overthrow of the Nero-Borgia of the New World, the following note from Mr. Hadfield’s work will give an outline of the history of affairs in the Argentine Confederation:— “In January, 1831, the provinces of Buenos Ayres, Entre Rios, Corrientes, and Santa F4, entered into a federal compact, to which all the other provinces at subsequent periods became parties. The union was a voluntary alliance. No general Constitution was promulgated, and the adhesion of the several members 352 Brazil and the Brazilians. army and navy, and Uruguay is now in effect under her protection, and is hound to keep the peace. When Paraguay can he ap¬ proached on some reasonable diplomatic basis,—when Brazil shall have thrown off all the restriction which now hampers the com- was left to be secured by the resources of the person who might obtain the direc¬ tion of affairs. This Argentine Confederation, like the Republic which it had suc¬ ceeded, soon fell into a state of anarchy; and it was not till the election of General Rosas as governor or captain-general, with almost absolute power, in 1836, that even temporary quiet was secured. By this arrangement the provincial Govern¬ ment of Buenos Ayres was invested with extraordinary powers, and temporarily charged with the transaction of all matters appertaining to the common interests of the confederation, and the carrying out of its business with foreign nations. Rosas had previously served as governor and captain-general of Buenos Ayres for the usual term of three years, and had obtained unrivalled influence in that pro¬ vince, chiefly through his military powers as displayed against the Indians, His decision and energy secured for a while internal peace, and the provinces began to recover from the effects of the long-prevalent anarchy. But cruelty and despotism marked his sway at home, and his ambition, which continually prompted bim to endeavors to extend his power over the whole country watered by the Plata and the Paranfii, led him into disputes with foreign powers; and these ultimately brought about his downfall. His commercial policy had for its object to secure for Buenos Ayres the monopoly of the trade of the Plata, his political policy to obtain a like territorial superiority. “On the death of Francia, Dictator of Paraguay, Rosas refused to acknowledge the independence of that power, insisting that it should join the Argentine Con¬ federation. At the same time he refused to allow the navigation of the Parand by vessels bound to Paraguay. Lopez, the new Dictator of Paraguay, therefore entered into alliance with the Banda Oriental, now called Uruguay, with which Rosas was at war. These powers applied for assistance to Brazil, The war was prolonged until the whole country on both sides of the Plata and the Parang was in a state of confusion. On the earnest appeal of the merchants and others interested, Great Britain volunteered her mediation, but it was rejected by Rosas, who marched his troops within a few miles of Montevideo, which his fleet at the same time block¬ aded. The Emperor of Brazil now interfered, and sent a special mission to request the interposition of the courts of London and Paris. The British and French Governments, in February, 1845, decided on sending plenipotentiaries to the Plata to offer their mediation, and to announce their intention to enforce a cessation of hostilities, if needful, by an armed intervention. The offer was rejected by Rosas, but readily accepted by his opponents. The united fleet of England and France at once commenced operations by seizing the fleet of Rosas which was blockading Montevideo, and the island of Martin Garcia, which commands the entrances of the Parang and the Uruguay. The harbor of Buenos Ayres was at the same time declared under blockade, and the combined fleet prepared to open the Parand and to convoy as far as Corrientes any merchant-vessels that might desire to ascend that river. Rosas on his part made hasty preparations to intercept the fleet by planting batteries with parks of heavy artillery at Point Obligado, and placing three strong chains across the river, supported by twenty-four vessels and ten fire¬ ships. On the 19th of November, 1845, the combined fleet, consisting of eight Hope of Future Development. 353 meree of the mighty affluents of the La Plata that are within her borders,—a development and a prosperity will accrue to the southern'portion of the Empire which will be productive of great results for Brazil and that part of America south of the tropic of Capricorn. sailing and three steam vessels, forced the passage with trifling loss to itself, but entirely destroying the batteries and considerably injuring the army of Rosas. On the return of the fleet, with a convoy of one hundred and ten vessels, it was en¬ countered at San Lorenzo by a very powerful battery, which Rosas had erected in an admirable position, in the full expectation of destroying a large number of the merchant-vessels and of crippling the naval force. The battery commanded the river, and was difficult of attack by the steamers; but it was speedily silenced by a rocket-brigade which had been the previous night secretly landed on a small island in the river. The combined fleet escaped with trifling loss; the rocket-brigade lost not a man; but four of the merchant-vessels, which, through unskilful pilotage, ran ashore, were burned to prevent them falling into the hands of Rosas. The loss to the Argentine army was very great. Again plenipotentiaries were sent out by the combined powers, but Rosas refused to yield; and England withdrew from the blockade in July, 1848. It was, however, continued by France until January, 1849. On the final withdrawal of the two great powers in 1850, Brazil determined on active interference. The power of the Dictator, General Rosas, essentially despotic, and devoted to the maintenance of the supremacy of Buenos Ayres, had moreover become intolerable to the provinces, which desired a federal and equal union- Accordingly, toward the close of 1850, Brazil, Uruguay, and Paraguay entered into a treaty, to which Corrientes and Entre Rios, as represented by General Urquiza, became parties, by which they bound themselves to continue hostilities until they had effected the deposition of Rosas, ‘ whose power and tyranny’ they declared to be ‘incompatible with the peace and happiness of this part of the world.’ Early in the spring of 1851, a Brazilian fleet blockaded Buenos Ayres, and soon after an Argentine force commanded by Urquiza crossed the Uruguay. The struggle was now virtually terminated. General Oribe, who commanded the army of Rosas at Montevideo, made a show of resistance, but it was merely to gain time in order to complete his arrangements with Urquiza, and he soon after capitu¬ lated. His soldiers for the most part joined the army of Urquiza, who—at the head of a force amounting, it is said, to seventy thousand men—crossed into Buenos Ayres. A general engagement took place on the plains of Moron, February 2, 1852, when the army of Rosas was entirely defeated. Rosas, who had commanded in person, succeeded in escaping from the field; and, in the dress of a peasant, he reached in safety the house of the British minister at Buenos Ayres. From thence, with his daughter, he proceeded on board H.B.M. steamer Locust, and on the 10th of February sailed in the Conflict steamer for England.” 23 CHAPTEE XIX. JOtTHNET TO SAN PAULO—NIGHT-TBAVELLINO—SEKBA DO CDBATAO—THE HEAVEN OP THE MOON — FBADE VASCONCELLOS — ANT-HILLS-TBOPEIBOS — DUBIOUS ITEMS OF TBADE—TPIBANGA—CITT OP SAN PAULO—LAW-STUDENTS AND CON¬ VENTS—MB. MAWE’S EXPEBIENCE CONTBASTED—DESCBIPTION OP THE CITY— EESPECT FOB S. PAULO-THE VISIONABT HOTEL-KEEPEB. On my return from the province of Santa Catharina I again touched at Paranagua, and, with the usual slowness which charac¬ terized Brazilian coast-travelling a few years ago, I came leisurely to Santos, and thence proceeded to the city of San Paulo. A young Brazilian had the intention of accompanying me to the capital of the province; but when I informed him that it was my determina¬ tion to start for the interior the day of my arrival at Santos, he at first laughed at me, considering it an impossibility, and intimated that I would gladly accept the proffered hospitality of friends. When he found me unmoved in my resolution, he dropped his smiles, and looked at me with that pity which is bestowed upon the hopelessly insane. At half-past five o’clock in the evening I set out alone. I have often heard exclamations of surprise, from those who have never been in Brazil, at the very idea of journeying without a com¬ panion in a land which their imaginations have pictured as the abode of brigands and wild beasts. Though I have compassed many leagues solus, I have never met with the former, and the latter have been quite harmless. My horse, in size, in his trap¬ pings, and in general appearance, was befitting a Calmuck Tartar. He had never made the acquaintance of a curry-comb, but got over the fine road which leads to Cubitao with a speed worthy of a bet¬ ter-looking animal. It was dark before I reached the bridge which spans the Eio do Cubitao; and, not feeling exactly sure of a hospe- daria, I rode up to a little way-side venda, and my inquiries were answered very satisfactorily in French. The same man I saw upon 854 A Zigzag Road. 355 my return, and learned from him that he came to Brazil twenty years ago under the impression that gold was as plentiful as paving- stones. He directed me to an inn kept by a German beyond the bridge. Having given my name at the Begistro, and having paid a slight toll, I clattered over, and was soon at the house of the Ger¬ man. I felt half inclined to push onward over the mountains, so as to make San Paulo before mid-day of the morrow. I however con¬ cluded to refresh myself and horse, and gave orders for supper. The refreshment, so far as sleep was concerned, was a minus quan¬ tity, and at an early hour I was astride my steed and on my way up the Serra. The road which traverses this range of mountains is probably the finest in Brazil, with the exception of the Imperial highway to Petropolis. When Dr. Kidder visited this portion of the Empire, there existed a very excellent road, made at great ex¬ pense; yet, owing to its steepness, it was peifectly impassable for carriages. His description of that route is as follows:— “ It embraces about four miles of solid pavement and upward of one hundred and eighty angles in its zigzag course. The accom¬ plishment of this great work of internal improvement was esteemed worthy of commemoration as a distinguished event in the colonial history of Portugal. This appears from a discovery made on my return. Halting on the peak of the Serra, my attention was drawn to four wrought stones, apparently imported. They corresponded in size and form to the mile-stones of the United States, and had fallen prostrate. One lay with its face downward, so embedded in the earth as to be—^to me at least—immovable. From the others, having removed with the point of my hammer the moss and rubbish by which the tracery of the letters was obscured, I deciphered as follows:— “MARIA I. REGINA, NESTE ANNO, 1790. OMNIA YENCIT AMOR SYBDITORYM FES SE ESTE CAMINHO NO FELIS GOYER- NO DO ILL® E EX® BERNARDO JOSE DE LORENO, GENERAL DESTA CAPITANIA. 356 Brazil and the Brazilians. “ A solid pavement np this mountain-pass was rendered essential from the liahility of the road to injury hy the continued tread of animals, and also from torrents of water which are frequently pre¬ cipitated down and across it in heavy rains. Notwithstanding the original excellence of the work, maintained as it had been by frequent repairs, we were obliged to encounter some gullies and slides of earth, which would have been thought of fearful magni¬ tude had they not been rendered insignificant in comparison with the heights above and the deep ravines which ever and anon yawned beneath precipitous embankments. At these points a few false steps of the passing animal would have plunged both him and his rider beyond the hope of rescue. Our ascent was rendered more exciting by meeting successive troops of mules. There would first be heard the harsh voice of the tropeiros urging along their beasts, and sounding so directly above as to seem issuing from the very clouds: presently the clattering of hoofs would be dis¬ tinguished, and at length would be seen the animals, erectis auribus, as they came borne almost irresistibly down by their heavy burdens. It was necessary to seek some halting-place while the several divisions of the troop passed by, and soon their resounding tread and the echoing voice of the guides would be lost in the thickets beneath.” The above description of the road was strictly true fifteen years ago; but now, by judicious engineering, the grades are not nearly so steep, and at a vast expense the whole is finely macadamized. Still, the ascent is too precipitous for heavily-laden carriages. But this will soon be remedied. English engineers are surveying a route into the interior which may extend as far as the province of Goyaz; and it is the fond hope of the Yergueiros that the time is not distant when the coffee of Campinas, Limeira, and Itu will be brought upon wheels to Santos. In the engraving the pre¬ sent comparatively greatly-winding highway is in strong contrast with the almost perpendicular road made by the early Jesuits before the one of which Dr. Kidder speaks. The Jesuits’ Eoad is the dark line seeming to divide the conical mountain into equal parts. As I pushed up with my sorry-looking steed, the Serra became enveloped in mist, so that I could scarcely see a rod before me; but The Heaven of the Moon.” 357 upon my return the mountains were not only bathed in glorious sunlight, hut the plains beneath and the distant ocean seemed brought near, as by magic. There was a wildness and sublimity in the landscape which I have not seen surpassed in the vicinity of Eio de Janeiro. From the summit of the mountain the dark and rugged gorges were not even clothed with the abundant foliage which is found everywhere else. Streams burst forth from some of the loftiest peaks, and thundered down into the deep ravines beneath. THE BRIDGE AND SERRA DO CUBITAO. The Jesuit Yasconcellos made the ascent of this Serra two hun¬ dred years ago, and his description of the scenery is sketched with a masterly hand; but his estimate of the altitude was certainly extraordinary:— “The gi-eater part of the way you have not to travel, but to get on with hands and feet, and by the roots of trees; and this among such crags and precipices, that I confess my flesh trembled when I looked down. The depth of the valleys is tremendous, and the number of mountains, one above another, seems to leave no hope of reaching the end. When you fancy you are at the summit of one, you find yourself at the bottom of another of no less magni¬ tude. True it is, that the labor of ascent is recompensed from time 858 Brazil and the Brazilians. to time; for when I seated myself upon one of these rocks, and cast my eyes below, it seemed as though I was looking down from the heaven of the moon, and that the whole globe of earth lay beneath my feet. A sight of rare beauty fbr the diversity of prospect, of sea and land, plains, forests, and mountain-tracks, all various, and beyond measure delightful. This ascent, broken with shelves of level, continues till you reach the plains of Piratininga, in the second region of the air, where it is so thin that it seems as if those who newly arrive could never breathe their fill.’’ Dr. Kidder thus criticizes Yasconcellos:— “The last sentence is as erroneous as the preceding are graphic and beautiful. I should not, however, deem it necessary to correct the statement, had not Southey, upon its authority, represented this ascent to continue eight leagues to the very site of S. Paulo, which is upon the plains of Piratininga. The truth is, that from the summit of the Serra, before stated to be three thousand feet above the sea, the distance to S. Paulo is about thirty miles, over a country diversified with undulations, of which the prevailing declination, as shown by the course of streams, is inland. Never¬ theless, so slight is the variation from a general level, that the highest point within the city of S. Paulo is estimated to be pre¬ cisely the same altitude with the summit mentioned. What incon¬ venience would be exj^erienced from rarefaction of the atmosphere at such an elevation may be easily determined.” It however appears to me that the estimated altitude of the -Serra, made by the good frade Yasconcellos, was a just one accord¬ ing to his standard; for, even considering that he did not have the asthma, to go up a steep mountain, (“the heaven of the moon” in elevation,) not by travelling, “ but to get on with hands and feet, and by the roots of trees, and this among such crags and precipices,” was assuredly sufiicient to make one pant and feel as if he were “in the second region of the air” and “could never breathe his fill.” I once encountered a tall, lank Californian on the Isthmus of Panama. It was at the end of a hot and sultry day: the pedestrian gold-digger had set his face toward the Pa¬ cific, while I was seeking the port of Aspinwall. I accosted him, and inquired the distance to Obispo, (at that time the terminus of the Panama Eailway.) “Stranger,” said he, “they call it five Mules and Muleteers. 359 miles; but I can assure you that it is about five hundred, for I never have been so tired in all my life.” He estimated distance as Frade Vasconcellos estimated the altitude of the Serra de Cubatao. Having once attained the summit of the mountain, I galloped over the upland plains, feeling more uncomfortable from the cold than ever before in Brazil. At ten o’clock I reached the hotel of M. Lefevre, a Frenchman from Eoussillon, at whose well-provided table my chilliness was soon removed. The plains between this and San Paulo, where there was no cul¬ tivation, were dotted by termite-ant-hills of such a size and form as to remind one of the pictures of a Hottentot village. In some places the industrious little creatures had literally ploughed up the ground for many yards around. The earth composing the outer shell of these insect-habitations becomes so indurated by the action of the sun that they retain their original erect position and oval form for scores of years. The country over which I passed, save that the earth has a marked ferruginous appearance, resembles Vhat are called the “oak-openings” of the western parts of the United States. In the vicinity of the village of San Bernardo there are considerable plantations of coffee and Chinese tea. I was constantly meeting with troops of mules laden with coffee, on their way to Santos, or passing others x’etuming from the sea¬ board to the interior. It may be here remarked, that ordinary transportation to and from the coast is accomplished with no incon¬ siderable regularity and system, notwithstanding the manner. Many planters keep a sufficient number of beasts to convey their entire produce to market; others do not, but depend more or less upon professional carriers. Among these, each troop is under charge of a conductor, who superintends its movements and transacts its business. They generally load down with sugar and other agricultural products, conveying, in return, salt, flour, and every variety of imported merchandise. I was informed that two hundred thousand mules annually arrived with their burdens at Santos. A gentleman who had for many years employed these con¬ ductors in the transmission of goods stated that he had seldom or never known an article fail to reach its destination. The Paulista tropeiros, as a class, differ very much from the 360 Brazil and the Brazilians. Mineiros and conductors that visit Eio de Janeiro. They have a certain wildness in their look, which, mingled with intelligence and sometimes benignity, gives to their countenance altogether a peculiar expression. They universally wear a large pointed knife, twisted into their girdle behind. This faca de ponta is perhaps more essential to them than the knife of the sailor is to him. It serves to cut wood, to mend harnesses, to kill and dress an animal, to carve food, and, in case of necessity, to defend or to assault. Its blade has a curve peculiar to itself, and, in order to he approved, must have a temper that will enable it to be struck through a thick piece of copper without bending or breaking. This, being a favorite companion, is often mounted with a silver handle, and sometimes encased in a silver sheath, although it is generally worn naked. Many foreigners (among them Englishmen) have purchased these knives to take home as curiosities, not knowing that they were manufactured in Great Britain or in the northeastern part of France. Lady Emeline Stewart Wortley, in her interesting gossip¬ ing letters from the Hew World, states that she procured in Peru, as a great curiosity, a poncho of the country, so that she might show to her friends in England the peculiar costume and the manu¬ factures of the people who are descended from Castilian adven¬ turers and the subjects of Atahualpa. Before leaving South America, some kind friend engaged in commerce, not wishing Lady Emeline to be duped, broke her pleasant delusion by informing her that the poncho in question was from the looms of Scotland. It might also be mentioned that many of the beautiful water-vases seen by foreigners at Eio de Janeiro are manufactured at the pot¬ teries in Staffordshire, and are sent out in large quantities to South America. The mysteries of the supply of distant countries with the productions considered as peculiar to those lands would form a curious book, far more interesting than the “blue-books” of Old England, or the annual “Commerce and navigation” issued from the United States financial department.* * Paper manufactured in New England bears the stamp “Bath Post” and “ Paris.” Large establishments near New York import labels and wrapping-paper from France, to put in and around hats which go over the Union as made on the banks of the Seine. Staffordshire not only makes water-vases supposed in South America to Entkance to San Paulo. 361 Before the sun had set, I saAv in the distance the city of San Paulo. Its elevated position on a small table-land that springs up from the plain, and its many towers and steeples and old conventual buildings, give it an appearance far more imposing than a town of greater population. Before ascending the hill, I passed the pavi¬ lion erected on the margin of the Ypiranga to commemorate the declaration of Brazilian independence which was emphatically made by Dom Pedro I. when (September 7, 1822) in this place he exclaimed “ Indq)endencia ou Morte!” Such a spot should be hal¬ lowed in the thought of every Brazilian, as well as memorable throughout the world; and it is therefore not much to the credit of Brazil or to the province of San Paulo, fertile in patriots, that a more fitting monument, of “enduring brass or marble,” has not hitherto been erected commemorative of an event of such vast national interest. Eventide was setting in as I splashed through the Tiete, the first of the La Platan affluents that I had crossed; and I soon ascended to the city. When I entered the first street, I felt more convinced than ever that I was south of the tropic of Capricorn; for, though verdure unchanging can he seen everywhere, yet in the nights of June (which answers to December in the northern hemisphere) there is experienced a chilliness which renders overcoats comfort¬ able. Mine had been left behind by accident, and not only my feelings told me of its absence, hut, beholding several law-students well cloaked, I was forcibly reminded of my carelessness and my consequent suffering. I fell into conversation with the young “limbs of the law,” and found them exceedingly affable and com- niunicative, as they kindly guided me to the hotel of Senhor C. Observing a large convent near at hand, I remarked that a new country like Brazil had little need of a body of monks and friars. I was somewhat surprised at the earnest and ready reply of one, ■'vho, apparently uttering the sentiments of the party, said, “No, Senhor, we need none of them: they are a lazy set; and we approve of what the King of Sardinia has recently done in regard have been manufactured on the spot, but drives a good trade with statues of the Virgin, supposed to be the production of Italy and France, where they adorn so many houses of the peasantry. 362 Brazil and the Brazilians. to convents." Brazil has few monks in her splendid conventual buildings, and those few, with the exception of the Italian Capu¬ chins, are indolent, luxiirious, and licentious. The many edifices already secularized are used for state arsenals, provincial palaces, libraries, hospitals, &c. I could not but contrast my introduction to S. Paulo with the entrance of Mr. Mawe, who nearly half a century ago made the acquaintance of the same city. In my case I rode into town and went to the hotel in the same manner as I would have done in Boston, Liverpool, or Geneva. But Mr. Mawe’s experience with Brazil was immediately succeeding the opening of the country by royal decree in 1808. In his very readable “Travels" he says, “Our appearance at S. Paulo excited considerable curiosity among all descriptions of people, "who seemed by their manner never to have seen an Englishman before. The very children testified their astonishment,—some by running away, others by counting our fin¬ gers and exclaiming that we had the same number as they. Many of the good citizens invited us to their houses, and sent for their friends to come and look on us. As the dwelling we occupied was very large, we were frequently entertained by crowds of young persons of both sexes who came to see us eat and drink. It was gratifying to us to perceive that this general wonder subsided into a more social feeling: we met with civil treatment everywhere, and found great pleasure in a more refined and polished company than we had seen in the Spanish settlements.” Though San Paulo is still distinguished for its “refined and polished" society, it is hard at this day to conceive of the curiosity at seeing strangers which must have been one of the direct con¬ sequences of Portugal’s Japanese policy toward the colony of Brazil. S. Paulo is situated between two small streams upon an elevation of ground, the surface of which is very uneven. Its streets are narrow, and not laid out with regard to system or general regu¬ larity. They have narrow side-walks, and are paved with a feiTU- ginous conglomerate closely resembling old red sandstone, but dif¬ fering from that formation by containing larger fragments of quartz,—thus approaching breccia. Some of the buildings are constructed of this stone; but the material more generally used in the construction of houses is the Taipa Houses. 363 common soil, which, being slightly moistened, can be laid up into a solid wall. The method is to dig down several feet, as would be done for the foundation of a stone house, then to commence filling in with the moistened earth, which is beaten as hard as possible. As the wall rises above ground, a frame of boards or planks is made to keep it in the proper dimensions, which curbing is moved up¬ ward as fast as may be necessary, until the whole is completed. These walls are generally very thick, especially in large buildings. They are capable of receiving a handsome finish within and with¬ out, and are usually covered by projecting roofs, which preseiwe them from the effect of rains. Although this is a reasonable pre¬ caution, yet such walls have been known to stand more than a hundred years without the least protection. Under the infiuence of the sun they become indurated, and are like one massive brick, impervious to water, while the absence of frost promotes their stability. From San Paulo I wrote to one of my friends at Eio a letter, from which I take the following extracts:— “ June 26, 1855. “I am in a cold room,—such cold as I have not before ex¬ perienced in Brazil. The moon is shining coldly j men creep about in cloaks, (I wish I had one,) and the only thing that possesses caloric is the candle which throws its dim light upon this paper. I ought, however, to except the stirring strain of a distant bugle, that really fills the night-air with a warming melody. “ Here I am stopped, because people do nothing d’appressado (in a hurry) in Brazil. I put my two boxes ashore at Santos on the 14th, and they were not sent forward until the 23 d j and to-day I passed the rancho where the troop encamped last night. This evening they have reached a point two miles beyond San Paulo,—at which rate they will attain their destination—^Limeira —about the 14th of July, the day on which I hope to sail from Eio for the northern provinces. But if possible I shall hire extra mules, overtake my boxes, transfer them to my animals, and push on so as to reach the colony of Vergueiro (more than one hundred miles from here) by Saturday night. “Tell Senhor Fernando Eoche that his friendy Senhor Seraphim, has been most useful and kind to me, running over the whole town 364 Brazil and the Brazilians. to procure for me the requisite animals. Do you think that an American or an English merchant would have done as much, late at night, for a stranger three hours after his arrival ? “I fear you will find me quite complaining, and place me in the category of those travellers who, like Smollett, were always scold¬ ing and grumbling about the inconveniences of the country in which they were ‘voyaging.’ I assure you that I take things as much like a philosopher as possible,—eating all kinds of food in all sorts of places, and sleeping where I would have scruples about making a daylight examination. Fancy, I slept, or at least at¬ tempted it, last night in a dirty German hospedaria, with a wild parrot overhead and my Calmuck horse haltered just the other side of a thin partition: so, between the music of one biting his chain, and the other crunching his milho, (Indian corn,) I got a very small share of ‘nature’s sweet restorer.’ “Yesterday 1 left Santos, although I was informed that it was impossible to start for the interior the same day that I arrived; yet my kind friends, the Vergueiros, enabled me to keep my word which I gave on board the steamer, to the effect that night should see me on my way. To-day I rode thirty-two miles, which you know, as Paulistas travel, is a good day’s journey. As I drew near to San Paulo and gazed upon the green prairies dotted by herds, the white houses surrounded by trees, and in the background the distant mountains, I seemed to behold, as in years gone by, the like scenes of Burgundy, Piedmont, and Northumberland. “I felt a more profound respect for San Paulo than for any South American city that I have yet visited. It was larger than I anti¬ cipated, and its houses, with their overhanging eaves, give it an appearance not-unlike that of Yevay, on the Lake of Geneva. These eaves, I should say, extend over the streets five or six feet, protecting the passers-by from the rain and sun, and giving a Swiss picturesqueness to the whole. “My feelings of respect, however, arose not from the size of the city, nor from its picturesqueness, but because there is a more in¬ tellectual and a less commercial air about the people than you see elsewhere in Brazil. You do not hear the word dinheiro constantly ringing in your ear, as at Eio de Janeiro. There are no less than five hundred law-students in the legal college here established, and The Law-Students. 365 their appearance really recalls the Dane law-school of Harvard University and the students of Heidelberg. The genus student is the same the world over,—full of pranks, fun, and mischief. The week of my arrival, several scores of these fellows had ^kicked up a row’ (as one of them elegantly expressed it) at the theatre, so that the President of the province ordered a strong police-force to be present at the next representation, and it was not without dif¬ ficulty that order was preserved. “In entering the city, I fell in with a number of these young legalists, who conducted me to the hotel where many of their classmates were whiling away their time at billiards; and, judging from the sound of rolling balls and -lucky hits’ at this late hour, one would suppose they will have little opportunity for preparing their morning lesson. The hotel-keeper is a young Brazilian, educated at-’s, in Hova Fribourgo, and speaks very good English. He has too many projects, however, to succeed. His last plan is to establish a sort of Surrey Zoological Gardens, for concerts, exhi¬ bitions, and recreation generally, at Eio de Janeiro. His chosen spot for this purpose is on the Praia Vermelha, not far from the Sugar-Loaf. Speaking of gardens, I am reminded of plantations, and will only say that to-day I saw immense plantations of what I had first supposed to be coffee, but which proved to be genuine Chinese ^ green tea.’ “But now to bed: if rolling billiard-balls will let me sleep, I will be refreshed for the journey of to-morrow. “P.S. Wednesday morning.—I have a horse, a conductor, and two mules, and shall be off in a few moments. You will next hear from me at Limeira.” CHAPTEE XX. HISTOBT OP SAN PAOLO—TEBKESTBIAL PABADISE—BEVEBSES OP THE JESUITS-— ENSLAVEMENT OF THE INDIANS—HISTOBICAL DATA—THE ACADEMY OP LAWS- COUBSE OP STUDY—DISTINGUISHED MEN—THE ANDBADAS—JOs£ BONIFACIO— ANTONIO CABLOS—^ALVABES MACHADO—VEKGUEIBO—BISHOP MOUBA—A VISIT TO FEIJO—PBOPOSITION TO ABOLISH CELIBACY—AN INTEBESTING BOOK—THE DEATH OP ANTONIO CABLOS DE ANDBADA-HIGH EULOGIUM — MISSIONABY EFFOBTS IN SAN PAULO—EABLY AND PBESENT CONDITION OP THE PBOVINCE— HOSPITALITIES OP A PADBE—^ENCOUBAGEMENTS—THE PEOPLE-PBOPOSITION TO THE PBOVINCIAL ASSEMBLY—BESPONSE—BESULT—ADDENDA—PBESENT ENCOU- BAGEMENTS. The history of San Paulo takes us back to an early period in the settlement of the Xew World by Europeans. It has already been remarked that, in 1531, Martin Affonso de Souza founded S.Yicente, the first town in the captaincy, which for a long time bore the same appellation. There had previously been shipwrecked on the coast an individual by the name of Joao Eamalho, who had ac¬ quired the language of the native tribes and secured influence among them by marrying a daughter of one of their principal caciques. Through his interposition, peace was secured with the savages and the interests of the colony were fostered. By degrees the settlement extended itself inland, and in 1553 some of the Jesuits who accompanied Thome de Souza, the first captain-general, found their way to the region styled the plains of Piratininga, and selected the elevated locality on which the city now stands, as the site of a village, in which they commenced to gather together and instruct the Indians. Having erected a small mud cottage on the spot where their college was subsequently built, they proceeded to consecrate it by a mass, recited on the 25th of January, 1554. That, being the day on which the conversion of St. Paul is celebrated by the Eoman Church, gave the name of the apostle to the town, and subsequently A Terrestrial Paradise. 367 to the province. St. Paul is still considered the patron saint of both. A confidential letter, written by one of these Jesuits to his brethren in Portugal, in addition to many interesting particulars on other subjects, contains the following passage, which may serve to show how the country appeared to those who saw it nearly three hundred years ago. This letter exists in a manuscript book taken from the Jesuits at the time of their expulsion from Brazil, and still preserved in the National Library at Eio de Janeiro. Its date is 1560. No part of it is known to have been hitherto rendered into English previous to the translation made by Eev. Dr. Kidder. “ For Christ’s sake, dearest brethren, I beseech you to get rid of the bad idea you have hitherto entertained of Brazil: to speak the truth, if there were a paradise on earth, I would say it now existed here. And if I think so, I am unable to conceive who will not. Eespecting spiritual matters and the service of God, they are prospering, as I have before told you; and as to temporal affairs, there is nothing to be desired. Melancholy cannot be found here, unless you dig deeper for it than were the foundations of the palace of S. Eoque. There is not a more healthy place in the world, nor a more pleasant country, abounding as it does in all kinds of fruit and food, so as to leave me no desire for those of Europe. If in Portugal you have fowls, so do we in abundance, and very cheap; if you have mutton, we here have wild animals, whose flesh is decidedly superior; if you have wine there, I aver that I find my¬ self better off with such water as we have here than with the wines of Portugal. Do you have bread, so do I sometimes, and always what is better, since there is no doubt but that the flour of this country (mandioca) is more healthy than your bread. As to fruits, we have a great variety; and, having these, I say let any one eat those of the old country who likes them. What is more, in addition to yielding all the year, vegetable productions are so easily cultivated (it being hardly necessary to plant them) that nobody can be so poor as to be in want. As to recreations, yours are in no way to be compared with what we have here. “Now, I am desirous that some of you should come out and put these matters to the test; since I do not hesitate to give my opinion, that, if any one wishes to live in a terrestrial paradise, he should not stop short of Brazil. Let him that doubts my word come and 368 Brazil and the Brazilians. see. Some will say, What sort of a life can that man lead who sleeps in a hammock swung up in the air ? Let me tell them, they have no idea what a fine arrangement this is. I had a bed with mattresses, but, my physician advising me to sleep in a hammock, I found the latter so much preferable, that I never have been able to take the least satisfaction, or rest a single night, upon a bed since. Others may have their opinions, but these are mine, founded upon experience.'’ The Jesuits, unhappily, did not find this paradise to be perennial. Their benevolence, and their philanthropic devotedness to the In¬ dians, brought down upon them the hatred of their countrymen, the Portuguese, and of the Mamalucos, as the half-breeds were denominated. These two classes commenced at an early day the enslavement of the aboriginals, and they continued it through suc¬ cessive generations, with a ferocious and bloodthirsty perseverance that has seldom found parallel. As the Jesuits steadfastly opposed their cruelties, the Portuguese resorted to every means of annoy¬ ance against them. They ridiculed the savages for any compliance with the religious formalities in which they were so diligently in¬ structed,—encouraging them to continue in their heathen vices, and even in the abominations of cannibalism. Nevertheless, these mis¬ sionaries did not labor without considerable success. The Govern¬ ment was on their side, but was unable to protect them from the persecutions of their brethren, who, although calling themselves Christians, were as insensible to the fear of God as they were regardless of the rights of men. Prom the pursuit of their ima¬ gined interest, nothing could deter them but positive force. As the Indians were driven back into the wilds of the interior, through fear of the slave-hunters, the Jesuits sought them out, and carried to them the opportunities of Christian worship and instruction. It was thus that a commencement was made to the celebrated Eeduc- tions of Paraguay, which occupy so wide a space in the early history of South America. Sometimes the Paulistas would dis¬ guise themselves in the garb of the Jesuits, in order to decoy the natives whom they wished to capture. At other times they as¬ saulted the Eeductions, or villages of neophytes, boasting that the priests were very serviceable in thus gathering together their prey. Historical Data. 369 Voluntary expeditions of these slave-hunters, styled bandeiras. spent months, and sometimes years, in the most cruel and deso¬ lating wars against the native tribes. Instigated by the lust of human plunder, some penetrated into what is now the interior of Bolivia on the west; while others reached the very Amazon on the north. As the Indians became thinned otf by these remorseless aggressions, another enterprise presented itself as a stimulant to their avarice. It was that of hunting for gold. Success in the latter enterprise created new motives for the prosecution of the former. Slaves must be had to work the mines. Thus, the exter¬ mination of the native tribes of Brazil progressed, for scores of years, with fearful rapidity. One result of these expeditions was an enlargement of the territories of Portugal and an extension of settlements. By the growth of these settlements four large provinces were populated. They have since been set otf from that of S. Paulo, in the following order:—Minas-Geraes, in 1720.; Eio Grande do Sul, in 1738; Goyaz and Matto Grosso, in 1748. During the period when Portugal and her colonies were under the dominion of Spain, a considerable number of Spanish families became inhabitants of the captaincy of S. Paulo; and when, in 1640, that dominion came to an end, a numerous party disposed itself to resist the Government of Portugal. They proceeded to proclaim one Amador Bueno, king; but this individual bad the sagacity and patriotism peremptorily to decline the dignity his friends were anxious to confer upon him. The Paulistas have been subsequently second to none in their loyalty to the legitimate Government of the country; unless, indeed, the unhappy disturb¬ ances that occurred among them in the years 1841-42 be con¬ sidered as forming an exception to this remark. It is now one of the most prosperous provinces of the Empire. My colleague remained many days in the provincial capital, and gives the following account of its institutions and great men :— “ The Academy of Laws, or, as it is frequently denominated, the University of S. Paulo, ranks first among all the literary institu¬ tions of the Empire. I enjoyed an excellent opportunity for visit¬ ing it, being introduced by the secretary and acting president. Dr. Brotero. This gentleman—whose lady is a native of the United States—deserves honorable mention, not only for the zeal and 24 370 Brazil and the Brazilians. ability with which he administers the affairs of the institution of which he has since become the president, but also as an author. He has published a standard work on the Principles of Natural Law, and a treatise upon Maritime Prizes. “The edifice of the Curso Juridico was originally constructed as a convent by the Franciscan monks, whom the Government com¬ pelled to abandon it for its present more profitable use. Being larger and well built, a few alterations rendered it quite suitable to the purposes for which it was required. The lecture and recita¬ tion rooms are on the first floor, the professors’ rooms and library on the second; these, together with an ample court-yard, compose the whole establishment, save two immense chapels still devoted to their original design. In one of these I found several very decent paintings, and also an immense staging, upon which work-' men were engaged finishing the stucco-work upon the principal arch of the vaulted roof. Both chapels abounded with mytho¬ logical representations- of the patron saint, both in images and colors. The library of the institution, containing seven thousand volumes, is composed of the collection formerly belonging to the Franciscans, a part of which was bequeathed to the convent by the Bishop of Madeira; the library of a deceased bishop of S. Paulo; a donation of seven hundred volumes from the first director; and some additions ordered by the Government. It was not over¬ stocked with books upon law or belles-lettres, and was quite defi¬ cient in the department of science. The only compensation for such deficiencies was a superabundance of unread and unreadable tomes on theology. Among all these, however, there was not to be found a single copy of the Bible—^the fountain of all correct theology—in the vernacular language of the country; a rarer volume than which, at least in former years, could scarcely have been mentioned at S. Paulo. This particular deficiency I had the happiness of supplying by the donation of Pereira’s Portuguese translation, bearing this inscription :— “AO BIBLIOTHECA DA ACADEMIA JURIDICA DE S. PAULO DA SOCIEDADE BIBLICA AMERICANA PELO SEU CORRESPONDENTE D. P. Kidder. The Academy of Laws. 371 “The history and statistics of the institution were kindly com¬ municated to me by the secretary, in a paper, from which the following abstract is translated :— “The Academy of the Legal and Social Sciences of the city of S. Paulo was created by a law dated August 11, 1827. It was for¬ mally opened, by the first professor, Dr. Jose Maria de Avellar Brotero, on the Ist day of March, 1828,—Lieutenant-General Jose Arouche de Toledo Eendon being first director. “The statutes by which it is governed were approved by law, November 7, 1831. “The studies of the preparatory course are—Latin, French, English, Ehetoric, Eational and Moral Philosophy, Geometry, His¬ tory, and Geography. “The regular course extends through five years. The several professorships are thus designated :— “First Year. —1st professorship. Philosophy of Law, Public Law, Analysis of the Constitution of the Empire, and Eoman Law. “Second Year. —1st professorship. Continuation of the above sub¬ jects, International Law, and Diplomacy; 2d professorship, Public Ecclesiastical Law. “Third Year. —1st professorship. Civil Laws of the Empire; 2d professorship. Criminal Laws, Theory of the Criminal Process. “Fourth Year. —1st professorship. Continuation of Civil Law; 2d professorship. Mercantile and Maritime Law. “Fifth Year. —1st professorship. Political Economy; 2d professor¬ ship, Theory and Practice of General Law, adapted to the Code of the Empire. “The age of sixteen years and an acquaintance with all the pre¬ paratory studies are requisite in order to enter the regular course. No student can advance without having passed a satisfactoiy examination on the studies of the preceding year. When the examinations of the fifth year are passed acceptably, the Academy confers the degree of Bachelor of Arts; and every Bachelor is entitled to present theses on which to be examined as a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. “In examinations on the course, students are interrogated by three professors for the space of twenty minutes each. Com¬ petitors for the Doctorate are required to argue upon their 372 Brazil and the Brazilians. theses with nine professors successively, each discussion lasting half an hour. At the end of each examination, the professors, by secret ballot, determine the approval or rejection of the candidate. “In order to explain the peculiarities of the above course of study, it should be remarked that, in its arrangement, the Uni¬ versity of Coimbra was followed as a model. The education im¬ parted by it may be formal and exact in its way, but can never he popular. The Brazilian people look more to utility than to the antiquated forms of a Portuguese university; and I apprehend it will be found necessary, ere long, in order to secure students at the University of S. Paulo, to condense and modernize the course of instruction.’' In 1855, the prosperity of the Law-Academy was no longer.a matter of doubt, as at that time there were two hundred and ninety-six students in the five classes, and three hundred more in the preparatory course, which, by recurring to their list of studies, I find {minus the Greek language) to be very similar to the studies in most colleges in the United States. Under Senhor Brotero, the institution at San Paulo has become exceedingly popular, and, doubtless, is far more practical than in the first years of its exist¬ ence. It is here and at the Pernambuco Law-School (which con¬ tains three hundred and twenty students in the regular course) that the statesmen of Brazil receive that education which so much better fits them for the Imperial Parliament and the various legis¬ lative assemblies of their land than any preparatives that exist in the Spanish-American countries. “My sojourn at S. Paulo,” continues Dr. Kidder, “was rendered increasingly interesting by repeated interviews with several distin¬ guished citizens of the province. One evening, while walking in company with several gentlemen in the extensive gardens of Senhor Eaphael Tobias d’Aguiar, a popular ex-president of the province and one of its largest land-proprietors, the conversation turned upon the different foreign travellers in Brazil. Mawe was recol¬ lected by some; but St.Hilaire, the French botanist, enjoyed the highest consideration of all, as having accomplished his task in the most thorough manner. “Senhor Eaphael related a very interesting anecdote, communi- Distinguished Men. 373 cated to him by St. Hilaire. A poor man in England, in reading the work of Mr. Mawe, had become so enthusiastic with the idea of the vegetable and mineral riches of Brazil, that, in order to get to the country, he actually came out in the capacity of a servant. After reaching Eio de Janeiro, he had by some means found his way up the Serras into the interior, where his industrious exer¬ tions had been rewarded with success, and where the botanist found him actuallj^ possessed of a fortune.. “Among the distinguished men of S. Paulo, I will first mention the Andradas,—three brothers, whose family residence is Santos. These brothers were all educated at the University of Coimbra, in Portugal, and received the degrees of Doctors in Jurisprudence and Philosophj^, and the younger that of Mathematics. “Jose Bonifacio, the eldest, after his graduation, travelled several years in the northern countries of Europe,—devoting himself mean¬ while to scientific researches, the results of which it was his inten¬ tion to publish in Brazil. On his return to Portugal he was created Professor of Metallurgy in Coimbra, and of Medicine in Lisbon. While engaged in these professorships, he published several trea¬ tises of much merit, among which was a dissertation on ‘The Necessity of Planting New Forests in Portugal, and particularly of Fir-Trees along the Sandy Coasts of the Sea-Shore.’ His valor was called out by the invasion of Portugal, when he organized and headed a body of students who determined to do what they pould toward repelling the army of Napoleon. In 1819 he returned to Brazil in time to take a leading part in the revolution of inde¬ pendence. “Antonio Carlos returned to Brazil soon after having completed his education. In the year 1817, while executing the oflftce of Ouvidor in Pernambuco, he was arrested as an accomplice of the conspirators in a revolt which broke out at that time. He was sent to Bahia and thrown into prison, where he remained four years. As a proof of his philanthropy as well as of his indomitable energy of mind, it must be mentioned that he spent this long period almost exclusively in instructing a number of his fellow- prisoners in rhetoric, foreign languages, and the elements of science. Being at length liberated, he returned to San Paulo, where he was shortly afterward elected deputy for that province 374 Brazil and the Brazilians. in the Cortes of Lisbon. He assumed his duties in that body, and remained in it until the increasing insults and aggravations which were heaped upon the Brazilians, without the hope of redress, forced him and several of his colleagues, among whom was Feijo, to withdraw and embark secretly for England. Having arrived at Falmouth, they published a solemn d.eclaration of the motives which induced them to desert the Cortes and to quit Lisbon. Thence they returned to -their native country. “Martin Francisco, the younger brother, had won high dis¬ tinctions as a scholar, and, from early life, was the frequent subject of political honor. At the first organization of the Imperial Government he was created Minister of Finance, and in this capacity did the country important service,—his elder brother being at the same time Minister of State and of Foreign Affairs. At this period the three brothers were all elected mem¬ bers of the Assembly which convened to prepare a Constitution for the Empire. “ Before the discussions of that body were brought to a close, the Emperor was induced, by the coalition of two minor parties, to dismiss the Andrada Ministry and to appoint Boyalists as their successors. The powerful opposition which the brothers imme¬ diately arrayed against those by whom they had been supplanted made the position of the new Ministry and that of the Emperor also extremely embarrassing. Attacks produced recrimination, until the Emperor at length resolved upon the rash and desperate expedient of dissolving the Assembly by force, which he succeeded in accomplishing, and then apprehended the three brothers Andrada and a few others who were leaders of the opposition. They were all, without the least examination or trial, conveyed on board a vessel nearly ready for sea, and transported to France. “ Their time in Europe was not idly spent. Already acquainted with all the more important modern languages, they devoted them¬ selves to literary pursuits and the society of the learned with all the enthusiasm of students. “In the year 1828, the two younger brothers returned to Eio, and, after a short detention in the prison of the Ilha das Cobras, received a fall pardon from the Emperor. Jose Bonifacio came out in 1829 from France. Jose Bonifacio—Antonio Carlos de Andrada. 375 “The French admiral, who had known him in Europe, sent im¬ mediately to offer him every attention; but Andrada requested him to make no demonstration, as he was very uncertain how he might be received. But as soon as the arrival of the ship was known, Calmon, the Minister of Finance, went immediately on hoard to offer his congratulations and every kind civility. On Andrada’s interview with the Emperor, it is said that the latter proposed an embrace, and that all the past should be forgotten. Andrada replied, with Eoman firmness, that the embrace he would most cheerfully give, hut to forget the past was impossible. “ The Emperor then proposed to him to enter into the Ministry, hut he declined, assuring His Majesty that he only returned to Brazil to live in retirement. Nevertheless, Jose Bonifacio, in his old age, was the individual to whom the Emperor, on his abdica¬ tion, confided the guardianship of his children. He had then proved the faithlessness of many of those officious partisans who had urged him forward in his attempted overthrow of the men who were his earliest and most devoted friends. The Emperor had learned, by painful experience, how to appreciate real patriotism. “Antonio Carlos and Martin Francisco had no sooner returned to their native province, than they were immediately restored by their countrymen to important offices, and have ever since retained a prominent position in the national councils. They have, more¬ over, continued the same ardent and fearless advocates of their principles that they were in early life. “It has been said, and perhaps justly, that ‘the Andradas, when in power, were arbitrary, and, when out of place, factious; but their views were ever great, and their probity unimpeachable.’ Their disinterestedness was manifest, and is deserving of eulogy. Title and wealth were within their reach; but they retired from office undecorated, and in honorable poverty. In many of their acts they were doubtless censurable; yet, when the critical circum¬ stances of Brazil at the period are taken into consideration, surely some apology may be made for their errors. When old age re¬ quired Jose Bonifacio to withdraw from public business, he retired to the beautiful island of Paqueta, in the Bay of Eio de Janeiro. He died in 1838; and, if there is any one fact that more loudly 376 Brazil and the Brazilians. than another upbraids the lack of literary enterprise in Brazil, it is that no memoir of so distinguished an individual has made its appearance, or, so far as I could learn from his brothers, was ever contemplated. ‘‘Both Antonio Carlos and Martin Francisco are distinguished, powerful orators. The latter is clear, expressive, and chaste in his diction; the former is fluent, impetuous, and sometimes extra¬ vagant. Antonio Carlos is particularly fond of the arena of debate, and few questions come before the Provincial or National Assembly which are not subjected to the searching analysis of his acute mind and to the often-dreaded ordeal of his flaming rhetoric. His speeches abound in beautiful illustrations from the French, Spanish, Italian, and English poets; and, when discussing questions of jurisprudence and diplomacy, his references display a critical acquaintance with standard English authors upon those subjects. As a random speci¬ men of his style of eloquence, I will translate a paragraph from his speech in the General Assembly at Eio de Janeiro, in 1839, on the much-debated question whether foreign troops should be hired to compose the standing army of the Empire. “After having gone through with an elaborate argument, he says, ‘I am unwilling to weary the house. T have proved that the measure is anti-constitutional, that it is injurious to the dignity of Brazil, that it is useless, that it is impolitic, and that it will be oppressive to the nation. “‘Now I must close. It pains me to think that such a measure can possibly be approved. Such is the aversion I cherish toward it, that I am caused to fear that, if it should pass, some of our citizens will wish themselves alienated from the land of their birth; alienated, I was about to say, from a degraded nation. But this tongue cannot utter such a reproach, nor this heart anticipate such an injury, to the Brazilian people. “‘Every night, when I seek rest upon my humble couch, the first act of devotion I render to God is a thanksgiving that I was born upon this blessed soil,—in a country in which innocence and liberty were natives, but from which they temporarily fled away on the approach of those iron fetters of social bondage which Cabral, the accidental discoverer, imported in connection with the limited civilization of Portugal. Antonio Carlos and Alvares Machado. 377 “ ‘ Eis, descobreis Cabral os Brazis nao buscados, C’ os salgados vestidos gotejando, Pesado beijas as douradas prayas, E 4s Gentes quo te hospedao, ignaras Do Vindouro, os grilhoes lan 9 as, Miserandos ! Entao a liberdade, As azas nao manchadas de baixa tyrannia Soltou isenta polos ares livres. “^So it was an infamous series of oppressive laws and shameful proscriptions was imposed upon our poor ancestors, and would have rested upon us to-day, had not the grand achievement of our national independence set us free! Allow me to remark a startling coincidence. To-morrow will he the anniversary of that indepen¬ dence,—an event ever to be remembered. To-day an effort is made, which, if successful, will throw clouds and gloom over it, and thus efface the brightest picture in our history. ‘“How is it that we, who were able to shake off the yoke of foreign bondage without the aid of mercenary troops, are supposed to he incompetent to crush rebellion within our own borders? Shameful reflection! Is Bento Gonsalves some European adven¬ turer? No! he is a Brazilian, like us; and least of all can he withstand Brazilians. “‘My heart is overflowing, hut my tongue fails to express my thoughts. If this measure pass, I shall have nothing left me to do but to hide my head, and to weep and sigh, in the language of Moore,— “ ‘Alas for my country! her pride is gone by, And that spirit is broken which never would bend: O’er the ruin her children in secret must sigh,— For ’tis treason to love her, ’tis death to defend.’ “ An intimate friend and political associate of Antonio Carlos is Senhor Alvares Machado, another aged Paulista, also celebrated for his prompt and often passionate eloquence. A brief extract from one of his speeches in the Chamber of Deputies forcibly expresses the provincial pride which the Paulistas cherish to¬ gether with their sentiments of independence. ‘How,’ said he, ‘ can the present administration expect to intimidate us, who never succumbed to the founder of the Empire? We spoke the language 378 Bkazil and the Brazilians. of liberty, of justice, and of truth, to a king and the descendant of kings. “ ‘ On one occasion it was proposed to construct our constitution after the monarchial model, and to accomplish this intrigues were set on foot in all the provinces. What then was our language? “ Sire,’’ said we to the monarch, “ despotism may be planted in the province of S. Paulo, hut it will he upon the bones of the last of her inhabitants.” ’ “Another prominent member of the provincial legislature of S. Paulo was Yergueiro, a Senator of the Empire. This gentle¬ man, a Portuguese by birth, has long been conspicuous in Brazil. Previous to the independence of the colony, he was one of the deputies to the Cortes of Lisbon, and had there distinguished him¬ self above most of his colleagues for the open and explicit manner in which he defended the interests and privileges of the land of his adoption. Subsequently, while in the Brazilian Senate, he main¬ tained his reputation as a skilful debater and a sincere friend of liberal institutions. During the scenes connected with the abdication of the first Emperor, he acted an important part, and, as has already been stated, was appointed at the head of the provisional Eegency. “During one of my visits to the* Provincial Assembly of S. Paulo, this gentleman made a long and interesting speech on the subject of the outbreak and disorders at Yilla Franca. “ The sessions, of this legislative body are held in an apartment of the old College of the Jesuits, which has long since been appro¬ priated to the uses of the Government. My attendance upon its deliberations was not very frequent, although several of my visits were quite interesting. Probably no provincial legislature in the Empire presented a greater array of learning, of experience, and of talent, than did this. At the period of which I am speaking, Martin Francisco de Andrada occupied the Presidential chair, while Senhores Antonio Carlos, Yergueiro, Alvares Machado, Eaphael Tobias, the Bishops of S. Paulo, of Cuyaba, and Moura, the Bishop- elect of Eio de Janeiro, with various other gentlemen of distinction, took part in the proceedings. “At the close of one of the sessions, I had the pleasure of meet¬ ing several of these gentlemen in a saloon adjoining the hall of A Proposition to Eecede from Rome. 379 debates, and of hearing from them the warmest expressions of American feeling and of a generous interest in the affairs of the United States. “Antonio Maria de Moura was considered the special representa¬ tive of the ecclesiastical interests in this legislature. This indi¬ vidual had gained a great degree of notoriety during a few years previous. He had been nominated by the Imperial Government to fill the vacant bishopric of Eio de Janeiro. The Pope of Rome was, for some i*easons, displeased with the nomination, and accord¬ ingly refused to consecrate him. This circumstance gave occasion for long diplomatic negotiations, and for a time threatened to in- termpt friendly relations between Brazil and the Holy See. For several years questions relating to this subject were frequently and freely discussed before the National Assembly. During these debates expressions were often used not the most complimentary to His Holiness, and facts of a startling character were brought to view. For example, a reverend padre, in speaking on the subject, alluded to a canonical objection to this candidate, which, he said, was very generally known,—viz.: the illegitimacy of his birth: ‘ that, however, was a trifling matter, it having been dispensed with in the case of two of the actual bishops of the Empire. But this gentleman had signed a report declaring against the forced celibacy of the clergy, and, when interrogated by His Holiness on the subject, had refused to give explanations.’* “ The longer this subject was discussed, the wider the difference seemed to grow. The Pope was unwilling to recede from his position, and the Brazilians resolved not to brook dictation from the Pope. “ The proposition to make the Brazilian church independent of His Holiness was more than once started, and it was finding increased favor with the people. But the question was regarded solely in its political bearings. Consequently, it became an object for the Government to settle it in the easiest way practicable. On the accession of a new ministry, measures were adopted to satisfy Moura and to induce him to step out of the way. Accordingly, * See Jornal do Commercio, June 80, 1839. 380 Brazil and the Brazilians. he was at length persuaded to waive his claim, and to resign an office which he could not be permitted to fill peaceably. The ques¬ tion was then easily disposed of. The Government made another nomination, which the Pope approved,—at the same time compli¬ menting the rejected candidate with the title and dignities of bishop in partibus infidelium. At the time I met him. Padre JMoura did not appear to be over thirty-five years of age. His demeanor was affable and his conversation interesting. He was understood to be the confidential adviser and assistant of the old Bishop of S. Paulo. He had been for a series of j^'ears engaged in political life, and vdll probably continue in similar engagements, since they will be in no wise inconsistent with the obligations of his office of bishop in partibus. “ I had the honor of more than one interview with the ex-Eegent Feijo. The first was in company with an intimate friend of his, in the lower room of a large house, where he was staying as a guest, in the city of S. Paulo. There were no ceremonies. His reverence appeared to have been lying down in an adjoining alcove, and had hastily risen. His dress was not clerical. In fact, his garments were composed of light, striped cotton, and appeared by no means new; while his beard was apparently quite too long for comfort in so warm a day. He was short and corpulent, about sixty years of age, but of a robust and healthful appearance. His countenance and cranium bore an intellectual stamp and conveyed a benevolent expression, although there might have been something peculiar in the look of his eyes, which gave rise to a remark made to me before I saw him, that he had ‘the physiognomy of a cat.’ His conver¬ sation was free and very interesting. My friend mentioned to him that I had made several inquiries respecting the customs of the clergy and the state of education and religion in the country. He proceeded to comment upon these several topics, and expressed no little dissatisfaction with the actual state of things, particularly among the clergy. He said ‘there was scarcely a priest in the whole province that did his duty as the Church prescribed it, and especially with reference to catechizing children on the Lord’s day.’ “He was on the eve of a journey to Itu and Campinas, and, being asked when he would set out, replied, Dizem no Domingo, (‘ Sunday Peoposition to Abolish Clerical Celibacy. 381 is talked of;’) thus indicating that even he himself had not too high a respect for the institution of the Sabbath-day. On another oc¬ casion I called on him at his own house in Eio de Janeiro, while he was in attendance on the Senate, of which he was a member, and for a long time president. It was in the morning, and I found him alone in his parlor, occupied with his breviary; while at the same time there lay on the table by which he was sitting a/am de ‘ponta, or pointed knife, of the species already described, enclosed in a silver sheath. I presented him with copies of some tracts that we had just published in the Portuguese langiiage for circulation in the country. He received them courteously, and again entered into conversation respecting various plans for the religious amelio¬ ration of Brazil. He, however, seemed to have little faith, and less spirit, for making further exertions, having been repeatedly baffled in his cherished projects for improvement. So little encourage¬ ment, indeed, had he met with from his brethren the clergy, that he was inclined’to compare some of them to the dog in the manger, since they would neither do good themselves, nor allow others to do it. “Feijo is a remarkable man. Like many others among the Bra¬ zilian clergy, he entered upon a political career in early life, and laid aside the practical duties of the priesthood. His abandon¬ ment of the Cortes of Portugal, to which he had been elected in the reign of Horn John YI., has already been mentioned. “After the establishment of the independent Government of Brazil, he became a prominent member of the House of Deputies. During a debate in that body he listened to what seems at first to have struck him as a very strange proposition,—^viz.: ‘that the clergy of Brazil were not bound by the law of celibacy.' Coming, however, as the statement did, from a gentleman of great learning and probity, it secured his candid attention. Subsequent reflection, while meditating upon the means of reforming the clergy, and examining the annals of Christianity, convinced him not only that the proposition was correct, but also that the most fruitful source of all the evils that affected this important class of men was a forced celibacy. Whereupon, as a member of the Committee on Ecclesiastical Affairs, he offered to the House his views on the sub¬ ject in the form of a minority report. 382 Brazil and the Brazilians. “In this report he proposed, 'that since celibacy was neither en¬ joined upon the clergy by divine law nor apostolical institutions, but, on the contrary, was the source of immorality among them; therefore, the Assembly should revoke the laws that constrained it, and notify the Pope of Eome of the necessity of revoking the ecclesiastical penalties against clerical matrimony; and, in case these were not revoked within a given time, that they should be nullified.’ “As a matter of course, such a report, coming from an ecclesias¬ tic of high standing, excited a great deal of attention. To the surprise of many, it was received with great favor by both priests and people. This circumstance, together with his own convictions of duty, prompted the author to develop his opinions at length and in a systematical treatise. Thus originated his celebrated work ; on Clerical Celibacy. From the remarks of a competent critic on J that work, we select the following:—'It is really a noveltj'' in the I literary world. We can, in truth, say no less than this:—that the ' book contains unquestionably the best argument ever advanced, in any Papal or Protestant country, against the constrained celibacy of j)riests and nuns. It sets forth all that a Protestant can say, and i what a Eoman Catholic priest, in spite of every early prejudice, is ^ constrained to say, against a cruel and unnatural law, enacted against the immovable law of the almighty Creator.’ ) ''The author is master in ancient as well as in modern Catholic lore,—in canon law, and in the writings of the fathers; and we should be no less amazed than instructed by seeing any one of his brother-prelates in America or in Europe come out with any thing like a rational answer to 'Feijo’s DEiUONSTRATiON or the Neces¬ sity OP Abolishing Clerical Celibacy.’ “Notwithstanding the violent attacks made upon him in con¬ nection with this startling attempt at innovation, yet he was sub¬ sequently elevated to the highest ofiices in the gift of the nation. He was, successively, appointed Minister of State, Eegent of the Empire, and Senator for life. “ He was, moreover, elected by the Imperial Government as Bishop of Mariana, a diocese which included the rich and important province of Minas-Geraes. He, however, did not see fit to accept this dignity, but, on resigning his Eegency, returned to his planta- The Death of Distinguished Men. 383 tion, a few miles from the city of S. Paulo, where he resided during my visit to that part of Brazil. “After that period his health declined, and a pension of four thousand milreis per annum was conceded to him, in consideration of his distinguished services in the past. In 1843 he died/' Since the above was written by my co-laborer in this work, many of the leading men whom he met at San Paulo have gone to their rest. Antonio Carlos, Martin Francisco de Andrada, and Alvares Machado, are no more. The constitutional Empire which, with self-sacrificing toil, they aided in erecting, and for which they suf¬ fered in the crucible of political persecution, exists on a firm foun¬ dation, and their labors are not forgotten, though as yet no lofty monument rears its form to tell of their true patriotism. Antonio Carlos de Andrada expired on the 5th of December, 1845, and from the Necrologia in the Annuario do Brazil for 1846 I extract the following testimonial to his talent, worth, and states¬ manship. It may he remarked that, if every foreigner who investi¬ gates the character of the deceased finds so much to command his admiration, we should pardon the high strain of eulogium pro¬ nounced by his countrymen upon one who, for so many years, nobly filled the first places in the gift of the monarch and the people. ‘‘The AssmiZea Geral of 1844 being dissolved, Antonio Carlos de Andrada was, in 1845, newly elected Deputy for his native province of San Paulo. But he had scarcely been informed of his election by the Paulistas, when he heard that he had been chosen Senator for Pernambuco, after having also received the popular votes of t]je provinces of Para, Minas, Ceara, and Eio de Janeiro. He took his seat thus late in life in the Senate-chamber,—a tardy recompense for his great merit. “In literature, in Parliament, and in the whole Empire, his death left a great void, which will long be felt by all his compatriots. “Mith no other ambition save that of serving his country,—the sole glory desired by his generous heart,—he neither desired nor sought for honors. “The Councillor Carlos Antonio de Andrada was of medium height and of a robust constitution: every feature of his face ex¬ pressed genius, feeling, and energy of mind. Of eas}^ and graceful raanners, mild and jovial in familiar conversation, he rendered 384 Brazil and the Brazilians. himself agreeable to every one who approached him. Severe for himself, he was indulgent to others, and ready to pardon an oifence or an injustice done to him. He was a devoted friend, and a gene¬ rous adversary to his competitors in public life: he never employed his power to injure others, but always to protect the weak. An excellent father, a loving husband, the best of brothers,—there was not a single domestic virtue which was not found in Antonio Carlos!’^ What matters it if to such a man no monumental stone be erected?— “ The fame is lost which it imparts: Who for his dust a tear would claim Must write his name on living hearts.” The conclusion of the eulogy to the deceased statesman is the highest encomium that could be pronounced upon a public man in a government where, too often, those in power have not scrupled to enrich themselves at the expense of the State. There is the noblest and most eloquent praise in the simple fact and statement,—^viz.: “Such was the Councillor Antonio Carlos de Andrada: he lived and died 'poor!” The following details of the missionary eiforts of my colleague and predecessor will be found, I doubt not, deeply interesting:— “Although two hundred years had elapsed since the discovery and first settlement of the province of San Paulo, it is not known that a Protestant minister of the gospel had ever visited it before. Although colonized with the ostensible purpose of converting the natives, and subsequently inhabited by scores of monks and priests, there is no probability that ever before a person had entered its domains, carrying copies of the word of life in the vernacular tongue, with the express intent of putting them in the hands of the people. “It is necessary to remind the reader, that, throughout the entire continent to which reference is now made, public assemblies for the purpose of addresses and instruction are wholly unknown. The people often assemble at mass and at religious festivals, and nearly as often at the theatre; but in neither place do they hear prineiples discussed or truth developed. The sermons in the former case are seldom mueh more than eulogiums on the virtues of a saint, with Hospitalities of a Padre. 385 exhortations to follow his or her example. Indeed, the whole sys¬ tem of means by which, in Protestant countries, access is had to the public mind, is unpractised and unknown. The stranger, there¬ fore, and especially the supposed heretic, who would labor for the promotion of true religion, must expect to avail himself of provi¬ dential openings rather than to rely on previously-concerted plans. The missionary, in such circumstances, learns a lesson of great practical importance to himself,—to wit, that he should be grateful for any occasion, however small, of attempting to do good in the name of his Master. The romantic notions which some entertain of a mission-field may become chastened and humbled by contact with the cold reality of facts; but the Christian heart will not be rendered harder, nor genuine faith less susceptible of an entire reliance on God. “The unexpected friendship and aid of mine aged host at San Bernardo, already mentioned, was not a circumstance to be lightly esteemed. Scarcely less expected was the provision made for me, at the city of S. Paulo, of letters of introduction to gentlemen of the first respectability in the various places of the interior which I wished to visit. At one of those places, the individual to whom I was thus addressed, and by whom I was entertained, was a Eoman Catholic priest; and it affords me unfeigned satisfaction to say, that the hospitality which I received under his roof was just what the stranger in a strange land would desire. “When on reaching the town w^here he lived I first called at his house, the padre had been absent about two weeks, but was then hourly expected to return. His nephew, a young gentleman in charge of the premises, insisted on my remaining, and directed my guide to a pasture for his mules. In a country where riding upon the saddle is almost the only way of travelling, it has become an act of politeness to invite the traveller, on his first arrival, to rest ®pon a bed or a sofa. This kindness, having been accepted in the present instance, was in due time followed by a warm bath, and afterward by an excellent but a solitarj?- dinner. Before my repast was ended, a party of horsemen passed by the window, among whom was the padre for whom I was waiting. After reading the letter which I brought, he entered the room and bade me a cordial welcome. He had arrived in company with the ex-Eegent Feijo, 25 886 Brazil and the Brazilians. with whom I had previously enjoyed an interview at the city of S. Paulo, and from whom he had received notices of me, as inquiring into the religious state of the country. My way was thus made easy to introduce the special topic of my mission. On showing me his library,—a very respectable collection of books,—he distinguished, as his favorite work, Calmet’s Bible, in French, in twenty-six volumes. He had no Bible or Testament in Portuguese. I told him I had heard that an edition was about to be published at Eio, with notes and comments, under the patronage and sanction of the Archbishop. This project had been set on foot in order to counter¬ act the circulation of the editions of the Bible-societies, but was never carried into effect. He knew nothing of it. He had heard, however, that Bibles in the vulgar tongue had been sent to Eio de Janeiro, as to other parts of the world, which could be procured gratis, or for a trifling consideration. Judge of the happy surprise with which I heard from his lips that some of these Bibles had already appeared in this neighborhood, three hundred miles distant from our depository at Eio. His first remark was, that he did not know how much good would come from their perusal, on account of the bad example of their bishops and priests. I informed him frankly that I was one of the persons engaged in distributing these Bibles, and endeavored to explain the motives of our enterprise, which he seemed to appreciate. ‘‘He said Catholicism was nearly abandoned here and all the world over. I assured him that I saw abundant proofs of its existence and influence; but he seemed to consider these ‘the form without the power.’ Our conversation was here interrupted; but, having an opportunity to renew it in the evening, I remarked that, knowing me to be a minister of religion, he had reason to suppose I would have more pleasure in conversing on that subject than upon any other. “I then told him I did not comprehend what he meant by saying that Catholicism was nearly abandoned. He proceeded to explain that there was scarcely any thing of the spirit of religion among either priests or people. He, being only a diacono, had the privilege of criticizing others. He was strong in the opinion that the laws enjoining clerical celibacj’’ should be abolished, since the clergy were almost all de facto much worse than married, to the infinite An Interesting Conversation. 387 scandal of religion; that such was their ignorance that many of them ought to sit at the feet of their own people to be in¬ structed in the common doctrines of Christianity; that the spirit of infidelity had been of late rapidly spreading, and infecting the young, to the destruction of that external respect for religion and the fear of God which used to be hereditary. Infidel books were common, especially Volney’s ‘Euins.’ I asked whether things wei’e growing bettei: or worse. ‘Worse,’ he replied; ‘ worse continually!’ ‘What means are taken to render them better?’ ‘None! We are waiting the interference of Providence.’ I told him there were many pious persons who would gladly come to their aid if it were certain they would be permitted to do the work of the Lord. He thought they w’^ould be well received if they brought the truth; meaning, probably, if they were Eornan Catholics. “I asked him what report I should give to the religious world respecting Brazil. ‘Say that we are in darkness, behind the age, and almost abandoned.’ ‘But that you wish for light ?’ ‘That we wish for nothing. We are hoping in God, the Father of lights.’ “I proceeded to ask him what was better calculated to counter¬ act the influence of those infidel and demoralizing works he had referred to than the word of God. ‘Nothing,’ was the reply. ‘How much good, then, is it possible you yourself might do, both to your country and to immortal souls, by devoting yourself to the true work of an evangelist!’ He assented, and hoped that some day he should be engaged in it. “I had before placed in his hands two or three copies of the New Testament, to be given to persons who would receive profit from them, and which he had received with the greatest satisfaction. I now told him that whenever he was disposed to enter upon the work of distributing the Scriptures we could forward them to him in any quantity needed. He assured me that ho would at any time be happy to take such a charge upon himself; that when the books were received he would circulate them throughout all the neighboring country, and write an account of the manner of their disposal. We accordingly closed an arrangement, which subse¬ quently proved highly efficient and interesting. When I showed some tracts in Portuguese, he requested that a quantity of fliem should accompany the remission of Bibles. On my asking 388 Brazil and the Brazilians. how the ex-Eegent and others like him would regard the circula¬ tion of the Scriptures among the people, he said they would rejoice in it, and that the propriety of the enterprise would scarcely admit of discussion. ‘ Then,' said I, ‘ when we are engaged in this work we can have the satisfaction to know that we are doing what the better part of 3 ’'our own clergy approve.’ ‘ Certainly,’ he replied: ‘you are doing what we ought to be doing ourselves.’ “Seldom have I spent a night more happily than the one which followed, although sleep was disposed to flee from my eyelids. I was overwhelmed with a sense of the goodness and providence of God, in thus directing my way to the very person out of hundreds best qualified, both in circumstances and disposition, to aid in pro¬ moting our great work. This fact was illustrated in the circum¬ stance that, although I had a most cordial letter of introduction to the vigario of the same village, which I left at his house, I did not see him at all, he happening to bo out v^hen I called. To use the expression of a gentleman acquainted with the circumstances, ‘he hid himself,’ as though fearing the consequences of an interview, and, by not showing at least the customary civilities to a stranger, greatly offended the gentleman who had given me the letter. The padre whose kindness I experienced had paused in his clerical course some years before, and was engaged in the legal profession, although he retained his title and character as a priest. In corre¬ spondence with this circumstance, there is scarcely any department of civil or political life in which priests are not often found. After the second night I was under the necessity of taking leave of him in order to pursue my journey. “At another village, a young gentleman who had been educated in Germany was often in my room, and rendered himself very agreeable by his frank and intelligent conversation. He repre¬ sented this to be one of the most religious places in the country, having a large number of churches and priests in proportion to the population. In one church particularly the priests were un¬ usually strict, and, in the judgment of my informant, quite fana¬ tical. They always wore their distinguishing habit, were correct in their moral deportment, required persons belonging to their circle to commune very often, and, moreover, discountenanced theatres. This latter circumstance was unusual; for, in addition How Suicide is Restrained. 389 to the clergy being often present at such amusements, there was even in that place the instance of a theatre attached to a church. introduced to this j’^oung gentleman the subject of circulating the Bible. He at once acknowledged the importance of the enter¬ prise, and expressed great desires that it should go forward; saying that the Brazilians, once understanding the objects of the friends of the Bible, could not but appreciate them in the most grateful manner. He proposed to converse with his friends, to see what could be done toward distributing copies among them. I put two Testaments in his hands as specimens. The next morning he told me that, having exhibited them the evening previous to a company of young persons, there had arisen a universal demand for them, and many became highly urgent not to be overlooked in the distri¬ bution. He consequently repeated his assurance that the sacred books would be received with universal delight, and requested a number of copies to be sent to his address. I was told that here also many of the rising generation had very little respect for reli¬ gion, through the influence of infidel writings and of other causes. The apology for almost any license was, ‘I am a bad Catholic.' The people generally assented to the dogmas of the Church, but seldom complied with its requirements, except when obliged to do so by their parents or prompted by the immediate fear of death. The rules requiring abstinence from meats on Wednesdays and Fridays, also during Lent, had been abolished by a dispensation from the diocesan bishop for the last six years, and the Provincial Assembly had just asked a repetition of the same favor. The deci¬ sion of the bishop had not then transpired, but many of the people were expressing a disposition to live as they should list, be it either way. “Just previous to my visit to this place, a young man of a re¬ spectable family, having sunk his fortune in an attempted specula¬ tion on a newly-arrived cargo of African slaves, had committed suicide. It was said to be the first instance of that crime ever known in the vicinity, and the result was an unusual excitement among all classes. I may here observe, that suicide is exceedingly rare throughout the whole of Brazil; and there can be but little question that the rules of the Church, depriving its victim of Chris¬ tian burial, have exerted a good influence in investing the subject 390 Brazil and the Brazilians. with a suitable horror and detestation. Would to Heaven a similar influence had been exerted against other sins equally damning but more insidious! The very abomination of moral desolation could exist in the same community almost unrebuked. ‘‘At a third village I was entertained by a merchant of truly liberal ideas and of unbounded hospitality. He also otfered to co¬ operate with me in the circulation of the sacred volumes, not only in his own town, but also in the regions beyond. “Having accomplished a journey of about two hundred miles under very favorable circumstances, I again reached the city of S. Paulo. I had not stayed so long in various places as I should have been interested and happy to do, in compliance with urgent invitations. I had, however, important reasons for not indulging my pleasure in this respect. My mind had dwelt intensely upon the state of the country, as shown by facts communicated to me from various and unexceptionable sources. I had anxiously in¬ quired how something for its good might be accomplished; whether there was any possibility of exceeding the slow and circumscribed limits of private personal communication of the truth. Hope, in answer, had sprung up in my mind, and was beginning to be cherished with fond expectation, “From the idea of distributing a couple of dozens of Testaments in several schools of the city, I was led to think of the practica¬ bility of introducing the same as reading-books in the schools of the whole province. This seemed to be more desirable from the fact, universally affirmed, that there then prevailed an almost entire destitution of any books for such use in the schools. The Mont¬ pellier Catechism was more used for this purpose than any other book; but it had little efficacy in fixing religious principles upon a proper basis, to resist the undermining process of infidelity. “Encouraged by the uniform thankfulness of those individuals to whom I presented copies, and also by the judgment of all to -whom I had thought proper to suggest the idea, I had finally resolved to offer to the Government, in some approved form, a donation of Testaments corresponding in magnitude to the wants of the pro¬ vince. Fortunately I had, in the secretary and senior professor of the university, a friend fully competent to counsel and aid in the prosecution of this enterprise. I laid the whole subject before him. Proposition to the Provincial Assembly. 391 He informed me that the proper method of securing the object would be by means of an order from the Provincial Assembly, (if that body should see fit to pass one,) directing the teachers of schools to receive said books for use. “Early next morning he called with me to propose the subject to various prominent members of the Legislative Assembly. We visited gentlemen belonging to both political parties : two priests, one a doctor in medicine and the other a professor in the Academy of Laws; the Bishop-elect of Eio de Janeiro, who was confidential adviser of the old Bishop of S. Paulo,—the latter also belonging to the Assembly; and at length the Andradas. Each of these gentle¬ men entertained the proposition in the most respectful manner, and expressed the opinion that it could not fail to be well received by the Assembly. The bishop, who was chairman of one of the committees to which it would naturally be referred, said he would spare no effort on his part to carry so laudable a design into effect. He, together with one of the padres referred to, had purchased copies of the Bible, at the depository in Eio, for their own use, and highly approved of the edition we circulated. “Our visit to the Andradas was peculiarly interesting. These venerable men, both crowned with hoary hairs and almost worn out in the service of their country, received me with gratifying expressions of regard toward the United States, and assurances of entire reciprocity of feeling toward Christians who might not be of the Eoman Church. They were acquainted with, and appre¬ ciated the efforts of, the Bible Societies: they, moreover, highly approved of the universal use of the Scriptures, especially of the New Testament. They pronounced the offer I was about to make to be not only unexceptionable, but truly generous, and said that nothing in their power should be wanting to carry it into full effect. Indeed, Martin Francisco, the president of the Assembly, on parting, said that it gave him happiness to reflect that their province might be the first to set the example of introducing the word of God to its public schools. Senhor Antonio Carlos, at the same time, received some copies of the Testament as specimens of the translation, which, with the following document, as chairman of the Committee on Public Instruction, he presented in course of the session for that day:— 392 Brazil and the Brazilians. ^‘^Proposition to the Honorable Legislature, the Provincial Assembly of the Imperial Province of S. Paulo. “ ‘Whereas, having visited this province as a stranger, and having received high satisfaction, not only in the observation of those natural advantages of climate, soil, and productions vs^ith which a benignant Providence has so eminently distinguished it, but also in the gene¬ rous hospitality and esteemed acquaintance of various citizens; and, “ ‘Whereas, in making some inquiries upon the subject of educa¬ tion, having been repeatedly informed of a great want of reading- books in the primarj^ schools, especially in the interior; and, “‘Whereas, having relations with the American Bible Society, located in New York, the fundamental object of which is to distri¬ bute the Word of God, without note or comment, in different parts of the world; and, whereas the New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ is a choice specimen of style, as well on sub¬ jects historical as moral and religious, in addition to embodying the pure and sacred truths of our holy Christianity, the knowledge of which is of so high importance to every individual, both as a human being and as a member of society; and, “ ‘Whereas, having the most unlimited confidence in the philan¬ thropic benevolence of said Society, and in its willingness to co¬ operate for the good of this country, in common with all others, and especially in view of the happy relations existing between two prominent nations of the New World: therefore I propose to guarantee, on the part of the said American Bible Society, the free donation of copies of the New Testament, translated into Portu¬ guese by the Padre Antonio Pereira de Figueiredo, in sufficient number to furnish every primary school in the province with a librarj’’ of one dozen,—on the simple condition that said copies shall be received as delivered at the Alfandega (Custom-House) of Eio de Janeiro, and caused to be distributed among, preserved in, and used by, the said several schools, as books of general reading and instruction for the pupils of the same. “ ‘With the most sincere desires for the moral and civil prosperity of the Imperial province of San Paulo, the above proposition is humbly and respectfully submitted. “ ‘D. P. Kidder. “ ‘City of San Paulo, Feb. 15, 1839.’ “The same day I received a verbal message, saying that the Assembly had received the proposition with peculiar satisfaction, and referred it to the two committees on ecclesiastical affairs and on public instruction. The following official communication was subsequently received:— Response and Results. S93 TRANSLATION. ‘To Mr. Kidder :—I inform you that the Legislative Assembly has received with especial satisfaction your oifer of copies of the 2few Testament, translated by the Padre Antonio Pereira de Figueiredo, and that the Legislature will enter into a deliberation upon the subject, the result of which will be cojnmunicated to you. “ ‘ God preserve you ! Miguel Eufrazio de Azevedo Marquez, Sec. “‘Palace of the Provincial Assembly, ■> S. Paulo, Feb. 20, 1839.’ j “Among other acquaintances formed at S. Paulo was that of a clergyman, another professor in the Law IJniversity. His con¬ versation was frank and interesting, and his views unusually liberal. He gave as emphatic an account as I have heard from any one of the unhappy abandonment of all vital godliness and of the unworthiness of many of the clergy. He approved of the enterprise of the Bible Societies, and cheerfully consented to pro¬ mote it within the circle of his influence by distributing Bibles and tracts, and reporting their utility. Exchanging addresses with this gentleman, I left him, entertaining a high estimation of his good intentions, and with ardent hopes that he might yet be greatly useful in the regeneration of his Church and in the salva¬ tion of his countrymen. “Thus were happily completed arrangements with persons of the first respectability and influence, in each principal place of the interior which I had visited, that they should distribute the word of God among their fellow-citizens. All the copies that I brought were already disposed of, and there was a prospect that the day was not distant when it could be said that a Roman Catholic Legis¬ lature had full}'- sanctioned the use of the Holy Scriptures in the public schools of their entire territory. I was told, on the best authority, that the committees of the Assembly were drafting a joint report, recommending compliance with the olfer by means of an order on the treasury for the funds needed in payment of the duties and the expense of distribution. “Such circumstances as the results of this short visit were so far beyond the most sanguine anticipation, that, on leaving, I found it difficult to restrain ray feelings of gratitude and delight for what mine eyes had seen and mine ears had heard. 394 Brazil and the Brazilians. ‘‘In conclusion, it becomes necessary to add that, owing to the agitations and intrigues common to most political bodies, action in reference to my proposition was delayed beyond the expectation of its friends. The last direct intelligence I had from the subject was received in conversation with the president of the Assembly, I met this gentleman on his subsequent arrival at Eio de Janeiro to discharge his duties as a member of the House of Deputies. He informed me that such were the political animosities existing between the two parties into which the Assembly was divided that very little business of any kind had been done during the session. The minority as a party, and individuals of the majority, favored the project, but, under the circumstances, did not wish to urge im¬ mediate action upon it. Meantime, through some slanders circu¬ lated by an English Catholic priest residing at Eio, the suspicions of the old bishop were excited lest the translation was not actually what it purported to be, but had suffered alterations. “An examination was proposed, but, either through inability or wilful neglect, was not attempted; and thus the superstitious humor of the old diocesan was counted among other things which caused delay. The president expressed a hope that on the next organization of the Assembly the proposal would be fully accepted. “I subsequently saw in a newspaper that the committee to whom the subject had been referred, or probably its chairman, in direct contravention of his voluntary promise to me, but in obedience to the old bishop’s idle fears, had filed in the secretary’s office a report unfavorable to the proposal. The proposition was probably never acted upon. To the credit of the province, it certainly was never formally rejected.” The dissemination of the truth, however, does not depend upon legislative acts or the aid of statesmen, though we may hail with pleasure every move of the “powers that be” for the advancement of knowledge and religion. The circulation of the Scriptures is not a matter of sectarianism; and all should rejoice in the diffusion of that “which” (as the barbarian chieftain in Northumberland said to his compeers when the first monk visited Britannia) “ teaches us the origin and the destiny of our souls.” I visited the province of S. Paulo more than sixteen years after the events narrated above, and I found the same willingness mani- Fruits of Former Labors. 395 fested by all ranks of societj'- in the reception of the word which my companion in authorship experienced among the Paulistas, and 1 was thus enabled to diffuse very many copies of Holy Writ. From time to time, in this pleasant portion of Brazil, I found much to encourage my labors among the humble and ignorant as well as among the more elevated and intelligent. It was not less pleasing occasionally to trace the workings of the seeds of truth sown so many years before by Dr. Kidder. I found that an eminent Brazilian had been won, by the perusal of A Santa Bihlia, to “wisdom’s ways,” and to become the earnest advocate of its circulation. Far in the interior of this province I met wdth two gentlemen who did not profess to be Christians, but who, as philanthropists, took a deep interest in the Bible cause. One of them told me that a Brazilian came to him a few days before with a Portuguese Bible, saying that he was “so rejoiced to have the Bible in his own vernacular.” My informant thinks this Biblia must have come either from my pre¬ decessor or from the Bibles left at the house of an American merchant in Eio de Janeiro. I was also informed by an English watchmaker at Campinas that he had met with a Brazilian who had in his pos¬ session a Portuguese Bible, and that he took great pleasure in carry¬ ing it with him to the Eoman Catholic church each Sunday. In a most fertile and densely-populated portion of the province I made the acquaintance of a physician who had resided in Brazil eleven years,—had travelled, for scientific purposes, through much of the Empire,—^had won the respect and esteem of the Brazilians by his affability as well as his professional ability. He therefore has a great influence. It is his opinion that Brazil, in a certain sense, is ready for a reformation; but that the inhabitants have bad such immoral priests, and are themselves so low in a moral point of view, that it would not be a vigorous breaking away from the trammels of Eomanism. They are, however, not bigoted, and are willing to read. He it was that gave me the instance of the padre who, by reading some of the works of Luther that had strayed from Germany into Brazil, preached such Protestant ser¬ mons that he was attacked by the bishop, and finally driven away from his parish, but not from his sentiments. It seemed to me, hen hearing of this incident, that the old German Eeformer was still hurling his inkstand. CHAPTEE XXI. AGEEEABLE ACQUAINTANCE-OLD CONGO’S SPURS—LODGING AND SLEEPING-COM¬ PANY-CAMPINAS-ILLUMINATIONS-A NIGHT AMONG THE LOWLY-ARRIVAL AT LIMEIRA-A PENNSYLVANIAN—A NIGHT WITH A BOA CONSTRICTOR—EVENTFUL AND ROMANTIC LIFE OF A NATURALIST—THE BIRD-COLONY DESTINED TO THE PHILADELPHIA ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES-YBECABA-SKETCH OF THE VERGUEIROS — PLAN OP COLONIZATION — BRIDGE OF NOVEL CONSTRUCTION — FUTURE PROSPECTS. On the morning of the 21st of June, I left the city of San Paulo for Limeira. Before starting, I called upon Messrs. E. and C., two English engineers who had come out to make the surveys for a car¬ riage-road into the interior. In the bookcase of Madam E. I found many an old friend. How curious it was to see Cheever’s “Windings by the Waters of the Eiver of Life,” Hamilton’s “Life in Earnest,” and other good booflks, in this distant city, whose very existence was perhaps unknown to the authors mentioned! I was loath to leave the agreeable company at Mr. E.’s; but my mules, horse, and conductor were all ready, and now, with this cavalcade, vamos. My conductor was an old darkey of sixty, whose vestments con¬ sisted of a roundabout, a pair of pantaloons, and an old straw hat. His naked, bony heels were ungarnished by the slightest sign of a spur. As I was to ride fast, in order to accomplish my journey in a given time, I saw that it would never do to have old Congo go unarmed as to his pedal ex¬ tremities; so, reining up at a hard¬ ware-store, I furnished the ancient with a pair of iron spurs, each spike of which was large enough for the gatf of a fighting-cock. With a bit of whip¬ cord he fastened them to his skinny ankles, and, mounting, we were soon en route, and in a few minutes cleared the city of San Paulo. At ten o’clock in this climate the sun is by no means cold. The Old Congo’s Spurs. 39T extra animals, once outside of the streets, had a great disposition to roam over the plains of Piratininga, and much of our time was lost in changing from one side of the road to the other in search of the fugitives. Under the influence of his unusual exercise and the warmth of the day, the juice of youth seemed to be oozing out of old Congo. He uttered prayers, at a most vociferous rate, to Santa Maria and Diaho. And I am sorry to record that most of his pious ejaculations were to the latter character, whose name, though not in the calendar, is more frequently used in Brazil than those of all the saints put together. Hearing the clatter of hoofs behind us, I turned round, and beheld two Paulistas galloping in the same direction with ourselves. In passing us, they both burst into a fit of immoderate laughter. I could not at first divine what so excited their cachinnatory powers, until one of them exclaimed, “ Olha as esporas.” Upon looking down, I perceived that the whip¬ cord which fastened the iron spikes to the heels of old Congo had slipped around, and the spur was standing out prominently in front of his instep. The old fellow, in his arduous chase after the wandering mules, had not perceived this, and went on belaboring and thumping the sides of his animal with his blunt, bony heels. After the ride of a league, I found my boxes; but Joachim Antonio da Silva, the muleteer who had them in charge, would not give them up until I made many assurances that all was right. And now once more forward! Previous to to-day, I had always had young negroes or German boys for my conductors, and I feared that the ambition of old Congo was dead, and that no hope of reward would resurrect it. He went very slow: the journey must be accomplished with those boxes in four days, or I could not come off victor. The trip was considered, by muleteers, one of eight days; so, in order to accele¬ rate the speed of my animals, I determined not to leave old Congo. We pushed on, as rapidly as possible, through a fine region of country, abounding in coffee and sugar plantations. I had much conversation with the old negro, who could remember when, more than half a century ago, he was stolen on the coast of Africa, but did not recollect ever having heard the story of the Creation and 398 Brazil and the Brazilians. Eedemption; so I employed myself in endeavoring to pour into his mind some light on that greatest of all subjects to man. He found it very interesting, and pronounced it ^‘muito honito” (very beau¬ tiful.) With all our pushing, driving, and changing animals, we only got over twenty-four miles,—which is a good day’s work for Bra¬ zilians, but did not satisfy me. By a bright moon we arrived at a house where we could find no ‘‘ entertainment for man or beast.” We rode on to a mere road-side hovel, and to our question. Tern lugar? we received the response, “We cannot receive 3 "Ou: we have no room.” This was from a slatternly-looking mulattress. Every thing was against us; but it was impossible for us to go farther. Old Congo, however, made a speech with such eloquence that the desired quarters were obtained. And such a room! No cabiii in Old Ireland, or clapboard shed in the “Far West,” could surpass it in ugliness and narrowness, to say nothing of dirt. The floor was mud, and the walls were of dried mud, ornamented with the mai’ks of the “daubing” fingers. It was six feet by eight, and here were stowed self, saddles, sacks, and Congo. No wonder that they said they had “no room.” We supped oif of beans, uncooked corn- meal, and eggs, whose durable qualities were not to be questioned. We (that is, I first and Congo afterward) stood up (for there was no chair in the house) to a table something like a horse-trough. I am capable of any thing. My bed was a mat spread on a board and graced by a pillow and a sheet. Such an article as a coverlet did not exist in that casa. The African had more sense than I had, for his poncho was large and heavy. By a dim light stuck into the mud wall, I read to poor old Congo the first passage of the Holy Word that he, doubtless, had ever heard in a language which he understood; then, praying in Portuguese, I lay down upon my board, and he upon the ground, which I think must have been a softer couch than mine. In a letter to a friend I thus detailed my experience:—“I piled on to me, in lieu of coverlet, my saddle¬ cloth and mackintosh. I was more sensitive to the cold than the night before, and sleep would not be wooed. I then put on my coat; but that did not keep off the cold nor the fleas, which were ^still so gently o’er me’ creeping. I kicked away until I could stand it no longer, and then (I scarcely dare write it to you) I How We Slept. 399 aroused old Congo from a sound sleep, and made him get into—no _on to my board, to warm me. It was not exactly the case of the aged monarch of Israel; for it was cruel to transfer the ancient darky from the comfortable bosom of mother-earth to the hard realities of a soft board and a cold young man. I profited nothing by it, for slumber came not to my eyelids, and the thought of cer¬ tain bixos rendered me still more wakeful, if such a thing were possible.” Before cock-crowing I ordered the mules to be saddled, and at daylight we were again on our way. I rode on, far in advance of my muleteer, and, passing a mile beyond the village of Jundiahy, I arrived at the hotel of Senhor Jose Pinto. I found a large party at a twelve-o’clock breakfast, which repast was perfectly d la Brazilienne. They supposed that I would wish matters in a different style, but I made them all at ease by sitting down, telling them that I was not a stranger, and manifesting my “at-homeness” by eating as heartily of their dishes as if I had been accustomed to them all my life. This opened their hearts, and thus gave me, both then and afterward, an opportunity of speaking of those higher interests which concern man here below. In two hours or more my baggage-mules came up. I perceived that, at this rate, it would be impossible for me to get on as I wished, or to complete all my arrangements at Limeira and Ybecaba and get back to Rio de Janeiro for my northern trip. Fortunately for me, I found at Jose Pinto’s the two Paulistas whose mirth bad been so excited at the revolution of the old African’s spurs. They were going far into the interior, and had an extra animal, which I hired, and pushed on, accompanied by them, leav¬ ing my old Congo to come up sem duvidade (without fail) two days after me. I had now a better opportunity of knowing something more of the moradores, or road-side dwellers, of which class my companions ■'^ere specimens. They sang for me fandango melodies, Ethiopian s-ms in bad Portuguese, and entertained me in various ways. In ^®turn, I gave them some information about the world outside of Brazil, not leaving out, in the end, a mention of the ‘‘Happy Rand.” Our resting-place was to be the important town of Campinas, 400 Brazil and the Brazilians. (or San Carlos,) more than one hundred miles in the interior. As we approached this town, I was struck hy the heauty and fertility of the surrounding country. The grand old mountains had been left far behind us, and around, as far as I could see, were extensive plains, or rather rolling prairies, and almost every acre occupied. There were most highly-cultivated coffee-plantations, from whose deep green could be seen, peeping here and there, the large white resi¬ dences of the planters. It was on the evening of t^ie 28th of June that we drew near Campinas, The clear beauty of the tropic night was made even more beautiful by the illumination of the city, hy the huge bonfires spread over the plains, and by the most bril¬ liant fireworks sent up from every street and from all the sur¬ rounding plantations. The sight and sounds were such that one, without any stretch of imagination, would have believed himself near some besieged city during a fierce bombardment. It w.as “St. Peter’s Eve;” and every man who had a Pedro attached to his name felt himself obligated to burn a huge heap of combustibles before his door, and to send up any quantity of sky-rockets and fire off innumerable pistols, muskets, and cannon. Under such a storm we entered Campinas. My two Paulistas led me through the narrow streets, and we finally arrived before a row of small whitewashed houses. These were the residences of the friends of my Paulistas; but I could not think of stopping there, and desired that some one would lead the way to an inn. They were all very kind, hut were so occupied with our tired animals that no one could be spared for the purpose. The hotel, if one can call it such, was at a great distance, and it was suggested that I had better stop with them, though it was muito mal, (very bad fare.) I thought that it could not be harder than the night before. I entered: this was the residence of Senhor Theohardo o Carpinteiro; or, in plain English, Theobald the carpenter. Senhor Theohardo, however, had not expended any of his skill upon his own house, for the floors and the walls were composed of the same substance as the street. The night before I had only been in the outer court. I now had an opportunity of seeing the inner temple, Senhor Theohardo was half Indian, half mulatto, and I think that, if he could have had an extra half, it would have been yellow Portuguese. He and his children had formed such a close alliance with the substance of Sr. Theobarda the Carpenter. 401 which his floors were made, that one could literally say that all (judging from their complexion) were of the “dust of the earth.” The kitchen, which served the purpose of parlor and dining-room, was without chimney, chairs, or any of the appliances of civilized life. A few earthen pots were the culinary utensils, and a fire in one comer of the room, in the style of the Patagonians, (indeed, 1 have seen the same kind among the Terra del Fuegians,) served for cooking, the smoke the meanwhile escaping as best it could. When I saw Mr. Theobardo, Mrs. T., and all the little T.s squatting around the fire, and the mellow light of the embers not softening their sallow features, which, excepting their flashing eyes, were un¬ relieved by a single trace of cleanliness or grace, I thought that Borrow, in his wildest adventures among the gypsies of Spain, could not have witnessed a group more wild, more dirty, or more picturesque. But I soon found that, although they had dirty faces, they had large hearts, and I reflected that my mission was to them as well as to the more elevated; so I made myself at home, and also put them at their ease. We talked about the United States, and finally I got out a Portuguese New Testament, and, collecting whites, and those who had all sorts of mixtures, from the white, through the red, down to the negro, I commenced read¬ ing the Holy Book. I had a most interested audience, who proba¬ bly for the first time heard the message of salvation. I shall never forget that night, and the kindness of the most lowly people I ever met with,—lowly, at least, as to this world’s goods; and it is my earnest hope and prayer that the truth may reach and enrich their souls. The room which they assigned to me was not quite so large as the one I had occupied the night before, and was shared between boards, planes, chisels, saws, harness, saddles, a Paulista, and my¬ self- Just as I was retiring, a huge wooden bowl, as large as a bath-tub, was brought to me filled with water. This was of their own accord: but who would have thought it, among these people who apparently never performed any ablutions ? That night slumber was sweet indeed; and the next morning I departed at an early hour, leaving my blessing and one milreis with fbe kind Theobardo. The former he accepted, but the latter he declined, until I forced it upon him as a lembranga. 26 402 Brazil and the Brazilians. Our route was still more picturesque than that of yesterday The fine road was overshadowed by trees and wild vines; and the carolling birds and singing Paulistas made the ten leagues appear short. Our party was enlarged by two young Germans on their way to Ybeeaha. All the houses by the road-sides, and even the huge churches, are built of (or, rather, rammed down with) mud or clay. The large conventual buildings of S. Paulo and the im¬ mense church of Campinas (whose walls are five feet in diameter) are composed of beaten earth. The whole feature of the country had changed: the sublime scenery of the coast was not here to be found, but, in its stead, that which reminded me of the United States. In the newness of the settlements and plantations, I could have easily believed myself in the northern part of Ohio. We were now constantly fording and passing over streams, which were the head-waters of the Eiver Plate. We pushed on until night, illumined by a full moon in an unclouded sky, brought us to the town of Limeira. Here I had before been informed I should find an American physician, Dr.- , formerly of Pennsylvania. I rode up to his house, and had a most welcome reception. I desired to journey on by moonlight to the plantation of Senator Vergueiro; but the doctor would take no re¬ fusal, and stated as a further inducement that another American had arrived that very day, and that we together would compose such a trio as had never before been seen in the distant villa of Limeira. Limeira is situated in a most fertile region, watered by streams that send their tribute to the mighty Parana. If Dr.-was surprised at my unexpected arrival, I was no less astonished to learn that another American had arrived that day, who was peram¬ bulating the province, practising his profession of dentist. In what nation pretending to civilization will you not find the Ame¬ rican dentist? I may be permitted to indulge a little patriotic pride when speaking of this profession, whose members more than any other of my compatriots may be found in almost any portion of the world. Their superior merits have been repeatedly acknow¬ ledged by Englishmen and Frenchmen of the same profession. The secret of their perfection and success has been owing to various causes, not the least of which is the regular dental colleges which American Dentists in Foreign Lands. 403 exist in the United States, being the first institutions of the kind ever founded, and until recently the only ones in the world. I have met with American dentists at Eio de Janeiro, Yalparaiso, and in jq’ew Granada. At Paris the dentists d la mode are Americans.* * A sickly schoolmate, with whom in years gone by I had dug out many a page of hard Latin, is now the most popular dentist in Berlin. On the continent, in interior cities, you will meet with Yankee teeth-replacers and teeth-extractors; and, if the professor or doctor has not the advantage of being a citizen of the great Kepublic, he publishes in emphatic characters in his advertisements that he has studied his profession in the United States, or fills molars d la mode Americaine. But to return to Dr.-. He gave me a hearty Pennsylvania welcome, and, as it was late, soon conducted me to my chamber. Now, this chamber was adjacent to a medicine-room, where were not only plenty of the bottled doses which flesh in Brazil is fre¬ quently ‘^heir to,” but also the apartment was adorned with many specimens of the rich floral and animal kingdoms of Brazil. There being no door to close the aperture that existed between this room and mine, I was frequently disturbed during the night by a strange noise, which could not proceed from unemployed physic or from the dried and stutfed specimens which were hung around in profusion. Yhen daylight returned, I ascertained that the singular noise had arisen from the rustling of a very fine boa-constrictor, that had slept (or rather attempted to sleep) within about eight feet of my bed. * American Dentists. —Mr. Walsh, the Paris correspondent of the Journal of Comiperce, in a late letter, says:— “A few days ago I had occasion to apply to the principal Paris bookseller in the department of medicine for some recent comprehensive and elegant work on Den¬ tistry. He wrote to me at once the following reply:—‘ I regret that it is not in my power to meet your wishes: there is nothing recent nor good in France on the art end science of dentistry. Our surgeons are obliged to borrow from the Americans their proficiency and treatises on this subject, acknowledging that your country- *nen are much further advanced than they themselves are in this important branch of the medical art. It is unnecessary for me to mention to you works published fifteen years ago.’ Your dentists may be gratified by this testimony. The success 0 the Americans of the profession who have settled in this capital is strong evi¬ dence of the justness of appreciation.” 404 Brazil and the Brazilians. This room-mate of mine had been presented to the doctor, and was one of the chief occupants of the medical apartment. The doctor’s life had been of that romantic kind which from time to time we find coupled with devoted study and hard reality. A great lover of nature, he early turned his attention to botany and geology. He roamed over the whole United States, and finally came with a few others to Brazil, many years ago, to explore the flora and mineralogy of this Empire. Being an enthusiastic natu¬ ralist, he fairly revelled in the glorious field of his favorite studies; but the sickness of one of the expedition brought him back to Eio de Janeiro, where he was induced by the American minister to fill the place of mineralogist on board of an American frigate which was on its way to examine the coal-fields of Borneo. I shall not soon forget the interesting account which he gave me of this ex¬ pedition, during which he visited Madagascar, the coasts of Zanzi¬ bar, China, Tonquin, Manilla, &c. &c. His reports adorn the publications of the Smithsonian Institute. After he had filled his accepted time of service on board the frigate, he returned to Brazil, penetrated the forest, and resumed, on his own account, further explorations; but, in order to obtain the necessary means, he first practised his profession as a physician. From other lips I learned the sequel of the doctor’s adventures in a field widely ditferent from that of botany. He opened his office on the plaza of an important town in the interior of San Paulo. On the opposite side of the square was a young Brazilian widow, endowed with the double attraction of wealth and beauty. It was not long before the doctor was approached by empenhos,"* and became duly informed that the bereaved Brazilienne thought that she could find in him a solace for all her affiictions. The doctor replied that he was already married to the virgin forests, and, not contemplating another marriage, ran away to his beautiful woods. * Empmho: this word is used in Brazil to express the idea, in politics, commerce, &c. &c., of soliciting aid, promotion, and favors not by direct approaches. Thus, A wishes a favor from D: A ascertains that B is very well acquainted with C, who is a most influential friend of D, and to whom D is under obligations. B goes to C, and C in turn to D, and thus the favor is obtained through intermediates. The verb empenhar means to lay, to pawn, to pledge, to persuade. Dinheiro, Diabo^ and Empmho are most frequently used in Brazil. Eomance op a Botanist. 405 On his return, however, a more powerful em'penho was brought to bear upon him. The doctor yielded,—was led to the church, and the fair Paulista married him. Their union was blessed by a fine, chubby boy, whom the patriotic physician named George Washing¬ ton, fondly hoping that this was the first child born in Brazil who bore the illustrious name. “But,” said he, “fancy my disgust when, the other day, I learned that some yellow Sertanejo had anticipated me, and had his clay-bank urchin baptized also George Washington!” At the earnest request of infiuential persons, he took up his residence at Limeira; but his plans for botanical researches, foiled for a time, have not been given up, and it is his intention at some future day to explore the dense sylva of the interior, where nature so luxuriantly abounds in the gigantic, the wonderful, and the beautiful. On the following morning after my arrival at Limeira, accom¬ panied by Dr.-, I went to the Fazenda de Ybecaba, the planta¬ tion of the Yergueiros. It was a clear and lovely day, and we rode along under an archway of forest-trees, many of them clad with the most curious epiphytes and orchidaceous plants. From time to time the doctor would point out some very remarkable subjects of this portion of Flora’s kingdom, and delineate their peculiarities and qualities as only one can whose heart is bound up in the beauties of nature. We halted in an open space, and my companion indicated with his finger one of the common palms of this region. In the tree itself there was nothing to render it worthy of attention above its fellows to those accustomed to its graceful form; but there was an accidental interest given to it which called forth the doctor’s enthusiastic admiration. He was not only a thoroughly-educated botanist and mineralogist, but was an amateur ornithologist, and loved to watch every trait of the gaudy and brilliant birds of Brazil. From the tufted crown of the palm there hung twenty nests of the large oriole called the Iguash; and the feathery inhabitants of this swinging town were hovering around and chattering like “children just let loose from school.” ■fhe doctor informed me that, though so many leagues intervened between Limeira and the sea-coast, he would cause the tree to be carefully cut down, sawed into sections, and trunk, top, and 406 Brazil and the Brazilians. nest trans]Dorted to Santos, and there shipped for Philadelj)hia. Its destiny, after it arrived at the City of Brotherly Love, was to be the Academy of Natural Sciences. The nests would also be sent, with several specimens of the Iguash. This whole project, however, was to he coupled with one condition, which was a sina qua non; i.e. the Directors of the said Academy of Natural Sciences were to re¬ erect the palm-tree, with its long nest-adornments, in the centre or in some conspicuous part of their edifice; for, unless this was guaranteed, the doctor added, “palm-tree, birds, and all would soon be consigned to oblivion.” It was a grand idea—and I doubt if it were ever before entertained by a naturalist—to transjaort a lofty nest-covered tree on the shoulders of men for more than two hun¬ dred miles, in order that it might be sent thousands of leagues over the ocean as a specimen of the wonders of vegetation and of the bird-architecture of this Southern Hemisphere. We resumed our route, and in a few minutes we over¬ took old Congo, who, true to his word, had driven and ridden well, and had got over more ground in forty-eight hours than he had on any previous occasion in five days. We emerged from the forest- bordered road, and saw in the distance the celebrated plan¬ tation of Senator Yergueiro. Though I had heard more of this establishment than of any similar one in Brazil, it did not fall behind my anticipation. We passed through the great gateway, and were welcomed by the screams of a flock of gayly-painted parrots, which were at times alighting, and at times whirling around the tops of a group of lofty trees. Two pairs of them rested upon different branches, and seemed to be in amiable confab in regard to the newly-arrived. Between Campinas and Limeira, and also at Ybecaba, I beheld the loftiest trees that I met with in any portion of the country. Three noble denizens of the forest have been left not far from the resi¬ dence of Senhor Yergueiro, and form a conspicuous object in the The Fazenda of Ybecaba. 407 landscape. In the distance could be seen the manor and the chapel, and on either side of them various out-buildings, which served as shops, store-rooms for coffee, and sheds for machinery. On our left were neat little cottages belonging to the colonists. The pecu¬ liarity of Ybecaba consists in the fact that free labor is employed in carrying on its vast operations; and those whom Senator Ver- gueiro and his sons have brought to displace the Africans are men of the working-classes from Germany and Switzerland. With en¬ larged views and true economy, we shall see in the sequel that they have adopted that plan which has not only been productive of great and profitable results to themselves, but that they have helped to elevate and greatly benefit the condition of those who were in narrow circumstances at home. The Vergueiros have solved the question, so often asked, “ What is the true mode for colonization in Brazil?" As we drew near the mansion we saw on every side of us evi¬ dences of thrift. For the first time away from Eio de Janeiro I saw carts whose wheels were not of the old primitive Eoman kind, but turned upon their axles like civilized cartwheels. And it may be mentioned that these, and all the agricultural implements and machiner}^, are manufactured on the plantation. When subse¬ quently examining the workmanship of carpenters, cabinet-makers, blacksmiths, and wheelwrights, from the Cantons de Yaud and Yalais, and from interior villages of Prussia, I perceived that not only had they not lost their skilfulness, but had actually gained under the supervision of their enlightened proprietors. Senhor Luiz Yergueiro received us with marked attention. The doctor was, of course, an old favorite; but Senhor Y-soon made me feel at home, and I afterward discovered that he took a deep interest in my visit to Brazil, from the account which he had read in the Correio Mercantil of my presentation, at Eio de Janeiro, of the various specimens of American arts and manufactures to the Emperor and to the different scientific societies of the metropolis. Every facility was given me for full investigation of the hooks of the plantation and the condition of the colony, which enabled me to make a just and fair comparison between this system of coloni¬ zation and those of Petropolis and Donna Francisca, and also to see 408 Brazil and the Brazilians. more clearly the results of contrasted free and slave labor. The whole of the day was thus occupied; but, before detailing any ac¬ count of that examination, it will be best to give a more full account of the family Yergueiro, whose venerable head has been mentioned several times in previous pages of this work. Nicholau de Pereira de Campos Yergueiro is a native of Portugal, and of noble descent. He arrived in Brazil before the King, Dom John YI. By profession a lawyer, he is a man of cultivated and disciplined mind. He early settled in the province of San Paulo, and took a conspicuous part in the political affairs of the country. From the very commencement of agitations for extending the rights of his adopted land, he stood in the foremost rank of patriots, shoulder to shoulder with the Andradas, Feijo, and others eminent in the struggle for Brazilian independence. His private virtues, his moderate and enlightened views, and his great firmness, made him an object of confidence on the part of the people. He was deputed to the Cortes of Portugal, having for his colleagues Jose Bonifacio de Andrada, and Feijo. He did not, however, escape to England with them when they were threatened by the Cortes, but demanded, fearlessly and firmly, his passport, and succeeded in obtaining it. He returned to Bio de Janeiro, and from that time to this has been a leader on the liberal side of politics, and is to-day called a Santa Lusia. From the era of Brazilian liberty until now, he has either been Deputy or Senator. On that trying night when the people in the Campo Santa Anna clamored for the reinstatement of the Ministry dismissed the previous day, Dom Pedro I., before resorting to the last expedient left to him by the Constitution, sent for Yergueiro, knowing that he was one who possessed the confi¬ dence of the populace, to desire him to form a ministry in accord¬ ance with their wishes. Yergueiro was not found, or the revolution would have either been stayed or put off to a more distant period. He has been repeatedly Minister of the Empire, has received eminent places from the people, but has steadfastly refused all title of nobility, and every honor from the Imperial Executive, except the Grand Cross of Santa Cruz. Before leaving for Southern Brazil, I called upon Senator Yer¬ gueiro at Bio de Janeiro. He was at that time present in the capital during the session of the Assemblea Goral, and resided in Senator Yergueiro and Family. 409 the beautiful suburb of Botafogo. It was in the evening that I entered his residence, and was received by his daughters, whom I found intelligent and possessing one accomplishment so often lacking in a Brazilian lady: they could converse. Not many moments elapsed before the venerable Senator entered. His hair was white, and his form was bowed under the weight of fourscore years; yet in the glance of his eye there was something which told that the soul was neither slumbering nor decrepid. His smiling countenance also proclaimed that neither the burdens of age nor of past and present public and private service had affected in the least degree the cheerfulness of his nature. Whether conversing about the copies of the sacred truth, or of my contemplated visit to Ybecaba,—whether addressing a playful remark to his family, or a word of information to me,—he was a most pleasant picture of a hale and happy old man, with his mental powers unimpaired, and with the hopefulness of youth. The aged statesman stands almost alone in the Brazilian Senate-Chamber; for the patriotic yet impetuous Andradas are gone; the eloquent, the irresistible, but unsafe Vasconcellos has long since been laid in the tomb; the old Marquis of Valenga has recently been followed to his “long home;” a new generation of Brazilians fill their places: nevertheless, Nicholau de Pereira de Campos Yergueiro still represents an admiring constituency, no longer, as in stormier times, battling for right, but as the advocate of every measure for the advancement of his beloved country. Few men in Brazil have been blessed with such sons; few, we may add, have taken such pains to have their children properly educated. Co-operating with their father, they have presented in their colony a model to their compatriots. His four sons were educated in Brazil, Germany, and England. The oldest, Senhor Buiz, studied law at the University of Gottingen. Senhor Jose (head of the Santos house) was trained in the military school of Prussia, and rose to the position of first lieutenant of the thirty-seventh Frussian infantry during the troubles between Belgium and Holland. The third son (who had charge of the Hio house of Yergueiro & Filhos) was educated as a commercial man in London and Ham¬ burg, and the younger brother had a thorough mercantile training 410 Brazil and the Brazilians. in the same cities. By their European education they have been 1 enabled to carry out more easily the plans of their father concern¬ ing emigration. In 1841, Senhor Yergueiro, in the teeth of public opinion, sent to Germany for forty families as colonists; but the General Govern¬ ment was so opposed to the old Senator during the troubles of 1842, in the province of San Paulo, that the colony was broken up. In 1846, he again commenced carrying out his project; and, in so doing, he has been completely successful. The Government itself through oiScial organs, has commended the system of Yergueiro as the system worthy of imitation. i That system may he stated in few words. Sr. Yergueiro has in ;; Europe an agent who communicates with cantonal and communal • \ authorities, and with private individuals, offering inducements to the able-bodied poor who wish to emigrate with their families to the New World. The emigrant, at his option, can defray his own ' expenses to Brazil, or, permitting Sr.Yergueiro to transport him, ;j he (the emigrant) agrees in such case to refund at his own time j and convenience the price of his passage at a small rate of interest. n The agent at Hamburg charters a vessel, and thus a large number j of colonists are enabled to seek a new home at a very moderate J outlay. Sr! Y. guarantees on his part to defray all the expenses of the j colonists from the sea-coast to his plantations, and, on their arrival j at their final destination, to furnish each head of a family with a J house, so many thousand coffee-trees, propoi'tioned to the number u of each family, and to supply all with provisions, articles of J clothing, &c. at wholesale prices. The colonist, on his part, agrees 'j to tend faithfully his allotted portion of coffee-trees, to share the ^ profits and expenses of the crop, and not to leave without giving 3 one year’s notice and paying his indebtedness (if any exist) for j passage-money advanced. 3 This contract is very simple, and is a safe investment for both 1 contracting parties. \ During the year 1854, the result of the coffee-culture on the plantation of Ybecaha was one million six hundred thousand pounds, of which one-half of the expenses and profits belong to the j laborers. " .-j A JS’ovEL Bridge. 411 I visited the cottages of the colonists, about one mile from the manor. As I passed along, I was constantly saluted by cheerful Swiss and German workmen, some of whom were surrounded by noisy and joyous fair-headed children, who capered about with as much life and glee as if at the foot of the Hartz or in the valleys of the Oberland. Before reaching the hamlet, (of which I present a sketch drawn by a young German at Ybecaba,) I crossed a small stream upon a bridge of a novel and cheap construction, which in its simplicity commends itself to every settler in Australia or Western America, ''vhere proprietors are many but laborers are few. It may be ®i^yled a “self-made” bridge. A number of logs are fastened longi¬ tudinally in the water, leaving, of course, spaces between them. the top of these are thrown large branches, and then finer brush; and on the surface is placed a certain quantity of clay and 412 Brazil and the Brazilians. loose dirt. A portion of the brook higher up is turned aside by a ditch through the light soil, and conducted over the log and brush- heap. In a few days this little side-stream has borne down an immense burden of red soil across the bridge, and has rendered the superstructure as firm as the road, while beneath, through branches and logs, the “river runs merrily by.” The ditch, the water through it having finished its work, is closed, and a solid passage-way is thus obtained.* At the hamlet I found an intelligent head-agent, who kept the hooks of the colonists, and gave to the latter orders for every pound of bacon, yard of cloth, &c. Without his signature they could not obtain these articles at the manor storehouse. The larger portion of the colonists were Eoman Catholics; but I did not leave before every opportunity was afforded for their obtaining the Scriptures, both in Portuguese and German. Some of the colonists have thriven remarkably, having in five years’ time gained five and seven thousand milreis, ($2500 and $3500.) The state of morals was certainly most creditable when comparing it with that of the countries whence they came. From 1847 to ’55, (the period of my visit,) among several hundred laborers of the humblest classes of German and Swiss, not an illegitimate child had been born. The Yergueiros encourage the marriage-institution as not only essential to purity, but for the interest of both planter and colonist. There are now about one thousand European workmen, including children. Tbecaba is a small plantation, containing hut five or six square miles; hut near by the V.s possess a, fazenda not so well cultivated, but three times as large. At Angelica they own a new plantation, well adapted to the culture of coffee, which is twelve leagues in circumference. Hitherto blacks have been employed upon this large estate; but it is the intention of the proprietor to introduce, * In some of the mining-districts there is a simple and philosophical mode of splitting ofiF the side of clayey mountains. Wells are dug into them, and, during the heavy rains, these, by means of gutters, become filled with water. The hydro¬ static pressure of the liquid columns forces off masses from the faces of mountains which would require hundreds of men for months to accomplish with the mattock and shovel. Condition op the Brazilian Colonies. 413 as soon as possible, free white laborers. I demanded of Sr. Luiz Vergueiro if it were ^ere philanthropy which prompted their efforts to introduce free labor: he replied, most promptly and de¬ cidedly, “We find the labor of a man who has a will of his own, and interests at stake, vastly more profitable than slave-labor.” I could not but contrast the happy and cheerful condition of these colonists with the discouraged residents in the colony Donna Francisca. Though the Germans of Petropolis have every advantage of a nearness to market, and a growing city which has many wants to be supplied, yet the condition of the colonists at Ybecaba is infinitely superior if we consider the prosperity of the individual. The settlement at Leopoldina in Eio Grande do Sul has been the only truly successful Imperial colony, that of Petropolis being under the Governo Provincial. By the report of the Minister of the Em¬ pire for 1854-55, 1 ascertain that, out of seventeen colonies founded by the Imperial Government and by the provincial authorities, only four can be called prosperous; and of but two can it be said, “muito prospera.”’ The remainder are placed under the heads “not prosperous,” “confounded with the population,” “in decay,” or “no information of its condition.” Of the twenty-four private efforts at colonization, twenty-one are reported prosperous, nearly all of which have been founded since 1852, and more or less on the Yergueiro system. These colonies are in five provinces, and the excellence of the “plan-Vergueiro” consists in this,—^viz.: its ap¬ plicability throughout the Empire on a great or small scale. Nine of the twenty-one senhors have each less than one hundred and twenty colonists, thus enabling the small proprietors to have, to a certain extent, the advantages of the larger landholders. Slavery (since the vigorous measures of 1850 were adopted against the slave-trade) has been doomed in Brazil. The Emperor and his Government are against this inhuman traffic, and the popular voice sustains them. The comparative ease with which a slave may obtain his freedom, and, by the possession of property, the rights of citizenship, will probably in twenty years put an end to servi¬ tude in this South American Empire. There must then be a supply of laborers from some other source than Africa. The mother- country, the Portuguese islands, Germany, and Switzerland will furnish that supply. Individual emigration as it exists from Europe 414 Brazil and the Brazilians. to the United States can never succeed in Brazil on a large scale '9 owing to the peculiar structure of the Gover^pment; but the system 9 inaugurated by Sr. Vergueiro & Sons is capable of indefinite exten- ,9 sion, while it protects the interests of both employer and em- j ployee. Though there inay be individual instances of oppression ' under a powerful and unjust proprietor, yet, as a whole, this plan will in the end prove a great blessing to Brazil and to the poorer classes of Europe. Already the Swabian, the Eribourgeois, the ' Yaudois, the Yalaisan, the Portuguese, and the Ilheo, look up like men in their new homes: they have no longer that appearance— too common in their native districts—of the crushed and cringing peasant who has no thought beyond the pinching want of to-day. ; As we look upon their joyous faces, we can readily believe what Sr. Jose Yergueiro said to me at Santos:—‘‘They breathe here the air of freedorp, sir,—such as they never snuffed in their native land.” ! Under such a system, they have not the pressing cares of the ,i pioneer; they are not the victims of speculating land-companies, | and, at the same time, though enjoying comparative ease, their own interest keeps them from indolence. At a year’s notice, when j they have learned, under the tuition and protection of a powerful k Brazilian, the cultivation of tropical productions, they can leave ^ and “set up” for,themselves if they choose. They can easily become naturalized; their children grow up as citizens attached to the soil; and, if nothing untoward occurs, Brazil, in half a 1 century, will have a host of small proprietors infusing a new life- | blood into the body politic. Under her mild Government there 1 will spring up a more hardy people, who will be the subduers of 1 the virgin forests and the pioneers in the vast, fertile, healthy, ^ but almost unexplored regions of Parana, Goyaz,iMato Grosso, and Minas-Geraes, where the head-waters of the Amazon and the La . Plata are interlaced or separated by a narrow dividing-ridge. ■ To the speedy and sure accomplishniPent of this desired consum- ; mation, Brazil should still more modify her laws, so that there may be every facility for the introduction of colonists. Already the Empire has done away with some of the most objectionable fea¬ tures; but much remains to be done. Every obstacle should be removed, and the Government, by a general act, should proclaim Hopes for the Future. 415 its policy as liberal in all the initiatory steps for the newly-arrived as it is generous in regard to the holding of property by foreigners. Such measures would promote immigration, and in time a new population would grow up in this beautiful country, worthy of its vast resources. Let a pure gospel be in the hearts of such a people, and Brazil, in the future, will be a land in every respect unsurpassed on the face of the earth. Sr. Vergueiro and his sons are making constant improvements in modes of cultivation, and are studying the best manner of applying Northern labor and skill to tropical agriculture. I before men¬ tioned the workshops of the mechanics, where agricultural imple¬ ments in wood and iron are turned out in a style equal to any thing of the kind made in Europe or North America. Among the various machines for facilitating the preparation of cofPee for market was one—the invention of Senator Yergueiro—which cleans no less than thirty-two thousand pounds of coffee per diem. We had been kindly invited to dine at the mansion-house, and it is unnecessary that I should particularize the component parts of a most sumptuous dinner. Suffice it to say that the “fat of the land” was there in profusion, and that the “feast of reason,” &c. was well sujjplied by Sr. Luiz Y., Dr.-, and the intelligent padre, who conversed fluently in both French and German. The doctor and mj^^self left Ybecaba at a late hour, and, after a pleasant ride by moonlight, reached Limeira. 1 CHAPTEE XXII. A NEW DISEASE-THE CULTURE OF CHINESE TEA IN BRAZIL—MODUS OPERANDI— THE DECEIVED CUSTOM-HOUSE OFFICIALS—PROBABLE EXTENSION OF TEA-CULTURE IN SOUTH AMERICA—HOMEWARD BOUND—MT COMPANION—SENHOR JOs£ AND A LITTLE DIFFICULTY WITH HIM-CALIFORNIA AND THE MUSICAL INNKEEPER — EARLY START AND THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER—THE SENHORES BROTERO OF S. PAULO—FOURTH OF JULY INAUGURATED IN AN ENGLISH FAMILY—“YANKEE doodle” on the plains OP YPIRANGA-LAME AND IMPOTENT CONCLUSION— ASTRONOMY UNDER DIFFICULTIES—DELIVERANCE—RETURN TO RIO DE JANEIRO. The next day after my visit to Ybecaba, I was employed in obtaining such information from Pr.-as one would be sure to find in a man of intelligence and observation who bad long resided in the country. I made many inquiries in regard to the various diseases of Brazil, and the remarks of this experienced physician confirmed my own oft-repeated opinion that few portions of the world could boast of so great a salubrity as this Empire. Probably no tropical country has been so exempt from a general disease as Brazil. It has only been within the last five years that the yellow fever invaded these healthy realms, and not until 1855 has that dreadful scourge, the cholera, touched these shores. The ravages of these two devouring pestilences—both of which were confined to a narrow belt of the sea-coast—have been greatly over¬ estimated. During the prevalence of the cholera in the vicinity of Bahia, I was in that city of one hundred and twenty thousand inhabitants. I have seen it gravely stated in American and Eng¬ lish journals that so great was the mortality and the panic there that there were not enough people left to bury the dead! Now, if the perpetrators of this horrible fiction had given the truth, they would have described a great deal of sickness among the blacks and much panic among the whites; that, out of a provincial population of nearly a million, 9,490 died from all diseases in the 416 r A New Disease. 417 political year 1855-6; the majority of cases being cholera, but that business went on as usual. I was in Eio de Janeiro during several yellow-fever seasons, and though—from personal knowledge, by visiting the hospitals and examining the list of the deceased—I ascertained that a truly large proportion of the foreigners in the city did fall before the terrific disease, yet, as a general thing, there were about as many natives that died of consumption each day as of the yellow fever. Though no general pestilence has swept through the land, yet there are peculiar diseases in difterent parts of the Empire. In some of the mountainous districts there exists the same swelling of the throat and neck which is known in Switzerland as goitre. The Brazilians call it papos; and Yon Martins says that he found in the valley of the Parahiba Eiver instances of this swelling larger than are seen in Europe, but not accompanied with the melancholy and idiotic appearance so often combined with the goitre in Switzer¬ land, Germany, and Northern Italy. At Limeira I became aware of a new disease, which, like the goitre, seems to be confined to certain localities. I was sitting in the ofiice of Dr.-, conversing with him in regard to Brazil, when I observed a Portuguese, about sixty years of age, enter, and demand, with great earnestness, if he thought that he could live. Soon after, a middle-aged Brazilian came, and, seeming to cling to the words of the physician as tenaciously as to a divine oracle, niade nearly the same interrogatory. Neither of these men ap¬ peared in ill health, and, if I had not heard them state that they bad great difficulty in swallowing, I would have considered them in a perfect sanitary condition. Upon inquiry, I ascertained from the doctor that these men had a disease which is widely prevalent in some portions of Interior Brazil, but he has never seen a notice of it in any medical work whatever. The Brazilians call it mal de engasgo. The first indication of its existence is a difficulty in swallowing. The patient can swallow dry substances better than fluids. Wine or milk can be drunken with more facility than water; still, both are attended with difficulty. To take thin broth 18 an impossibility. In some cases fluids have been conveyed to fbe stomach in connection with some solid. The person thus affected appears to be in good health, but in five or six years death 27 418 Bkazil and the Brazilians. ensues from actual starvation. The sufferings of such a one was described to me as most horrible. Some physicians in the province of San Paulo think it a paralysis of the oesophagus; but Dr.-, who has seen many cases of mal de engasgo, inclines to the belief that it is a thickening of the mucous membrane. As the oesophagus is in general the least affected by disease of any part of the body, and is very rarely paralyzed, he cannot believe that so wide-spread a disease as the mal de engasgo can proceed from paralysis. Living as he does in the interior, it is difficult to obtain a subject for dissection, or permission to make a post-mortem examination, and therefore he has had no oppor¬ tunity for a thorough investigation of the disease; but it is his intention to do so as soon as facilities present themselves, and then to lay the result before the medical world. He informed me that he was called to visit a man suffering from this malady eighty miles from Limeira, and to his astonishment he found in the same room no less than nine persons similarly affected. As yet no remedy has been found. The full extent of country over which the mal de engasgo prevails is not known ; but to this physician’s certain knowledge it exists from Limeira (two hundred miles from the sea-coast) to Goyaz,—a distance of four hundred miles. It is not found upon the coast; and a journey to the sea-board always benefits the afflicted patient. In 1855 I communicated the above facts in regard to the mal de engasgo to the New York “Journal of Commerce.” A few days after its publication, a physician of Brooklyn suggested, in the columns of the same journal, that there might be erysipelas at the bottom of the disease. He gave as an instance one of his own patients who suffered from symp¬ toms like those described, and which finally resulted in the discovery of erysipelas. I know that one case of similarity in a disease does not prove a general rule: still, the subject is worthy of investigation. One topic of our conversation possesses a far more general in¬ terest than the nature of a new disease: it was the cultivation of the Chinese tea in Brazil. There is probably no other country where the culture of this Asiatic shrub has been so successful away from its native region. The Portuguese language is the only European tongue which has The Culture of Chinese Tea. 419 preserved the Chinese name (cha) for tea; and as the stranger at Eio de Janeiro and other towns of the Empire passes the vendas, he is always sure to see a printed card suspended, announcing Gha da India and Gha Nagional: the former is the designation given to tea from China, and the latter to the same production grown in Brazil. In 1810, the first plants of this exotic were introduced at Eio de Janeiro, and its cultivation for a time was chiefly confined to the Botanical Garden near the capital and to the royal farm at Santa Cruz. In order to secure the best possible treatment for -the tea, which it was anticipated would soon flourish so as to supply the European market, the Count of Linhares, Prime Minister of Por¬ tugal, procured the immigration of several hundred colonists, not from the mingled population of the coast of China, but from the interior of the Celestial Empire,—^persons acquainted with the whole process of training the tea-plant and of preparing tea. This was probably the first colony from Asia that ever settled in the New World, of which we have authentic records. The colonists, however, were not contented with their expatriation: they did not prosper, and they have now disappeared. Owing in part, doubt¬ less, to characteristic differences in the soil of Brazil from that of China, and perhaps as much to imperfect means of preparing the leaf when grown, the Chinese themselves did not succeed in pro¬ ducing the most approved specimens of tea. The enthusiasm of anticipation, being unsustained by experiment, soon died away; and near the city of Eio de Janeiro the cultivation of tea has dwindled down to be little more than an exotic grown on a large scale at the Botanical Gardens. As a Government matter it was a failure; but several Paulista planters took up the culture, and, though they encountered years of discouragement, they have lived to see it, though as yet in its infancy, one of the most flourishing and remunerative branches of Brazilian agriculture. Between Santos and San Paulo, near San Bernardo, I saw large and productive tea-plantations. The manner of its culture differs nt little from that adopted in China. Tea is raised from the seed, "'^hich, being preserved in brown sugar, can be transported to any portion of the country. These little tea-balls are planted in beds, 420 Beazil and the Brazilians. and then, in the manner of cabbage-plants, are transported to the field and placed five feet apart. The shrubs are kept very clean by the hoe, or by the plough, which, though a recent introduc¬ tion, has on some plantations been eminently successful for this purpose. The shrubs are never allowed to attain a height of more than four feet; and the leaves are considered ready for picking the third year after planting. The culture, the gathering, and the preparation of tea are not difficult, and children are profitably and efficiently employed in the various modes of arranging it for market. The apparatus used is very simple, consisting of—-1. Baskets,in which the leaves are deposited when collected; 2. Carved framework, on which they are rolled, one by one; 3. Open ovens, or large metallic pans, in which the tea is dried by means of a fire beneath. Women and children gather the leaves and carry them to the ovens, where slave-men are engaged in keeping up the fire, stirring, squeezing, and rolling the tea,—which operations are all that it requires before packing it in boxes for home-sale or for ex¬ portation to the neighboring provinces. The tea-plant is a hardy shrub, and can be cultivated in almost any portion of Brazil, though it is perhaps better adapted to the South, where frosts prevail, and which it resists. If left to itself in the tropics, it will soon run up to a tree. The coffee-tree requires rich and new soil, and a warm climate unknown to frosts; but the tea-plant will flourish in any soil. Br.-, who visited various portions of China, is of the opinion that the.c^O'can be grown in any part of the United States from Pennsylvania to the Mexican Gulf. There are not many varieties of the plant, as is often sup¬ posed, black and green teas being merely the leaves of the same tree obtained at different seasons of the year. The flavor is some¬ times varied, as that of wines from the same species of grape grown on different soils. The plant is not deciduous, as in China, and in Brazil is gathered from Marcll to July, which in the Northern hemisphere would correspond to the interval between September and January. I was informed that several million pounds are now annually prepared in the provinces of San Paulo and Minas-Geraes, and its culture is on the increase. The Deceived Custom-House Officials. 421 Some years ago the tea-planters were greatly discouraged; for the cha was badly prepared, was sold too new, and hence the de¬ mand did not increase. But, since a greater experience in its cul¬ ture and preparation, a better article for this favorite beverage has met with corresponding encouragement. Formerly the culti¬ vators said that, if they could obtain sixteen cents per pound wholesale, it would be as remunerative as coffee. In 1855, twenty cents for the poorer article could be obtained; and for superior qualities—the greater portion of the crop—^forty cents per pound wholesale was readily commanded. The demand for it is constantly increasing. When rightly prepared, it is not inferior to that im¬ ported from China. Much, indeed, of the tea sold in the province of San Paulo as cha da India has merely made the sea-voyage from Santos to Eio de Janeiro, and there, after being packed in Chinese boxes, is sent back to the Paulistas as the genuine aromatic leaf from the Celestial Empire. I have seen foreigners in Brazil who esteemed themselves connoisseurs in tea deceived by the best cha national. A few years ago, Mr. John Eudge, of the province of San Paulo, sent some tea from his plantation as a present to his relatives in Eio de Janeiro. This was prepared very nicely, each separate leaf having been rolled by the slaves between the thumb and forefinger until it looked like small shot. It was thus invested with a foreign appearance, packed in small Chinese tea-caddies, and shipped at Santos for the capital. When the caddies arrived, they were seized at the custom-house as an attempt to defraud the revenue. It was on the other hand insisted that the boxes contained cha nagional, although, by some neglect, they did not appear upon the manifest. The parties to whom the tea had been sent offered to have it sub¬ mitted to inspection. The caddies were opened, and the custom¬ house officials screamed with triumph, adding to their former sus¬ picions the evidence of their senses, for the sight, the taste, the smell of the nicely-prepared tea proclaimed emphatically that it ^as cha da India, and that this was an attempt to defraud His Imperial Majesty’s customs. It was not until letters were sent to Santos, and in reply the certificates of that provincial custom¬ house had been received, that the collectors at Eio were satisfied ^at there was no fraud, and that the province of San Paulo 422 Brazil and the Brazilians. could produce as good tea as that brought around the Cape of Good Hope. A few years may suffice to show on the pages of the Commerce and Navigation” of Great Britain and the United States that tea enters largely into the articles of importation from Brazil. Fifty years only have elapsed since the first cargo of coffee was shipped from Eio de Janeiro, and now Brazil supplies two-thirds of the coffee of the world. The revolution in Hayti was the commencement of a new era for the coffee of Brazil. In 1846, Dr.- learned that several planters were about to root up their tea-shrubs. He besought them not to carry out their intention; “for,” said he, “there is to be a great revolution in China, [in 1845 he had been informed in the Celestial Empire of the existence of the Triad Society,] and the price of teas will be sure to go up in a few years.” The disheartened planters were encoui’aged to go on; and, only a short time before my visit to Limeira, one of these fazendeiros sent to Dr. —— several pounds of most excellent tea, at the same time assuring him (the doctor) of his deep grati¬ tude for having been prevented from the destruction of his planta¬ tion. He had found it exceedingly remunerative, and next year lie intended to enter into more extensive operations. Throughout the world the use of tea is becoming as universal as that of coffee, and any continued disturbance in China must bring into prominent notice the tea-culture of Brazil. The recolte is now almost entirely used within the Empire; but the adaptability of the culture to almost any portion of the immense territory, and the ease by which it can be carried on, will doubtless, in a very brief period of time, fully develop this new source of national wealth. It was on the morning of the 2d of July that I set out on my departure from Limeira. I shall never forget the kindness and attention of my generous host, as well as the welcome reception at the model plantation of Senator Yergueiro. The few days spent there so pleasantly gave me fresh hopes and great encouragement for the future of Brazil.* * At Limeira I met a German engineer, who, with his accomplished Hamburgese wife, (to whom I am indebted for the sketches of the bridge at CubitSo and the German colonist’s house) forms an agreeable society for Dr.-. Homeward Bound. 423 The moon was shining brightly as I bade farewell to the two Americans and turned my face, for the first time in months, home¬ ward. I rode on in silence for half an hour, and was then over¬ taken by a <‘lone horseman” going in the direction of Campinas, ■yye journeyed together, and at noon we halted near a clear, purling brook, and beneath the shade of lofty, overarching trees we shared a palatable dish of farinha de milho and fried chicken, which the good mulher of the Paulista had thoughtfully provided for his journey. I have often had occasion to speak of the kindness mani¬ fested by Brazilians of all classes toward strangers. The casual visitor to Brazil may, in the coast-cities, come in contact with shopkeeping Portuguese, whose fleecing propensities are not ex¬ celled by their brethren in London, Paris, or New York; and hence he may grandly generalize, in writing home to some obscure journal, that the Brazilians are the greatest set of rascals in the world. My travelling-companion was a carpenter, but was an adept in other ^crafts. My horse having east two of his shoes, we turned to a road-side venda and purchased the necessary articles, which Sr. Tomaso attached with all the skill of a practised blacksmith. ^Ye arrived at Campinas at four o’clock in the afternoon. I rode immediately to a hospederia; but the innkeeper seemed so perfectly indifferent as to custom that I bade him good-day, and sought the house of an English daguerreotypist, to whom I had letters. I had there a warm welcome, and the remainder of daylight was spent in rambling through this mud-built city in company with my host and an Italian physician to whom Dr.-of Limeira had given me a note of introduction. I found much to interest me in the vast cathedral, built wholly of taipa: the carved woodwork (reminding one of old European cloisters) was by some mulatto sculptors from Bahia, and would have done credit to the best Italian artists in that line. The physician, who was a fierce Mal¬ thusian, entertained me with long-winded speeches in support of kis favorite ideas, until I finally obtained a respite by leading him Oil to some wonderful snake-stories, which, though equalling in length (the stories, not the snakes) his Malthusian arguments, were far more interesting. I made arrangements at the house of a mule-dealer for an extra 424 Brazil and the Brazilians. animal, which was to carry me forward on the morrow, as my Eosinante gave evidence of exhaustion. My newly-engaged quad¬ ruped was to he forthcoming, together with a guide, at sunrise. The sunrise came, and two succeeding hours; but neither biped nor quadruped appeared. Finally, when almost in despair, the long-expected pair clattered up to the door. The usual apologies of '‘mules in pasture,’^ "difficult to catch,” &c., were offered and accepted. I soon perceived that my guide, instead of being a mere employee, was the son of the proprietor of the animals which we bestrode,—that he was not simply Jose, hut Senhor Jose,—and that he was musical withal. I, however, feared that his position as a gentleman might somewhat interfere with the orders for increased speed which from time to time I might find it necessary to issue. We rode on through a finely-cultivated region, large coffee- plantations stretching on either hand as far as the eye could reach, variegated with fields of waving sugarcane or groups of umbra¬ geous forest-trees. My companion enlivened the way by many songs to the Virgin and “to his mistress’s eyebrows;” but, when the sun had sunk beneath the horizon, Sr. Jose concluded that we had journeyed far enough for one day, and proposed that we should tarry for the night at the house of a planter near by. To this I strongly objected, as my contract was that I should be carried for a specific sum to a specific point, several leagues farther on. I found that he was no underling, to be crossed in his wishes; and he firmly resisted. I would have left him where he was, without further ado; but, knowing the difficulty of separating animals that have travelled in company, I thought best to compromise the^ matter by stating that we would remain here for the night, in which case, however, the compensation would be several milreis less than if we had accomplished the contemplated number of leagues. But he was not the man for a compromise: he demanded full pay for short work. I then determined, at all hazards, to push on without him. I found my perverse horse as stubborn as Sr. Jose. I endeavored to start him in the direction of San Paulo: he, how¬ ever, was resolved to travel only toward the plantation. I spurred the mule, which I rode, after him, endeavoring to head off the horse: this I found a most difficult task. Sr. Jose, meantime, sat motionless as a statue, secretly and maliciously enjoying my un- Sr. Jose and a Little Difficulty. 425 successful efforts. I was fatigued beyond measure; but my will' was unbi’oken, (as well as that of my horse,) and at last victory crowned my struggles, and, shouting to Sr. Jose Boa noite,” and triumphantly exclaiming, ‘'I know how to protect my rights,” I trotted off, Eosinante in advance, toward San Paulo. Glancing over my shoulder, I beheld my guide still statue-like bestriding his mule, and comparable to any thing else than a Patience on a monument smiling at grief.” Poetically speak¬ ing, he was planted. My way was now over a good road, though the overhanging forest obscured almost every ray of moonlight. My animal went gayly on, leaving, however, time enough for a few reflections. Among them the most prominent was, ‘‘Suppose Sr. Jose rides after me and salutes me in the back with his long knife,” {faca de ponta,) which looked innocent enough when reposing in its sheath or cutting an orange. In all my travels in Brazil I never carried a weapon of any kind, and this was the first time that I felt the least suspicion that all might not be perfectly safe. In the midst of these reflections and thoughts about that long knife, I had accomplished more than a half-league, when I heard the rapid movement of mule-hoofs. Sr. Jose came thundering up the hill, and overtook me. Instead, however, of a knife-salutation or loud words, he instantly, in the mildest possible voice, suggested that we should change beasts, as he was very much fatigued, and that the difference in the gait of the two animals would be a relief to both parties. We went on as cosily as if nothing had happened, and at eleven o’clock rode up to the house of one Sr. Joao Baptista, whose residence was christened with the mellifluous and auriferous name of California. We soon aroused Sr. J. Baptista, who, while we sipped our cha, tinkled on his guitar “ many a roundelay.” I informed Sr. J. B. th^,! the morrow was the dia da independencia in the United States, and requested the favor of “Hail Columbia.” Sr. J. B. declined, on the ground of not possessing the tune in question; but (like a skilful shopkeeper who, destitute of a certain article, suggests to his customer another which, in his estimation, is equally good not superior) Sr. J. B. proposed the Brazileiro, as being nearer the required national air than any thing else in his musical 426 Brazil and the Brazilians. treasury. Its spirit-stirring strains were quivering in my ear when I thought how difficult it would be to find in the back- woods of Wisconsin or Minnesota ac¬ complished musicians such as Sr. J. B. or Sr. Jose, who was also skilled in the art. The Brazilians, as a whole, are a musical people, and sometimes, during a storm, when I have been plodding on in darkness, I have been cheered by the sound of a violin, a guitar, or by human voices singing sweetly in concert. I could sleep but little, and that little was rudely interupted, (whether by a giant beetle or a stealthy bat I was unable to ascertain;) and I jumped from my hard bed at two o’clock on the morning of the Fourth of July, and aroused the household of Sr. J. Baptista and the sleepers in the neighboring rancho by screaming at the top of my voice the “Star-spangled Banner.” I bade my musical host and Senhor Jose adeos, mounted my Eosinante, and accomplished thirty-two miles before breakfast. My primary object had been to get to Santos, in order to take the steamer of the 6th for Eio; and a secondary consideration was to celebrate the Fourth of July at the house of Mr. E., the English engineer. I visited Senhor Brotero, the President of the Law-School for which San Paulo is so justly celebrated. Madame Brotero I found to be a countrywoman, from Boston. I also made the acquaintance of Senhor Brotero, Jr., to whom Senhor Octaviano, the accom¬ plished editor of the Gorreio Mercantil, of Eio, had given me a letter of introduction. This gentleman, who bids fair to be one of the leading men of S. Paulo, possesses enlarged views, and has had the advantage of extended travel in Europe and North America. It was a pleasant forenoon that I spent with Mr. and JMrs. B- and Mr. C., inaugurating with them the celebration of my nation s birthday. Mr. C., however, throw something of a damper upon Fourth of July Inaugurated at S. Paulo. 427 my patriotism by dropping in, ^^By-the-way, it is the birthday of George III.:" but chronology shows that Mr. C. was just four weeks out of the way, and his inappropriate remark in no manner marred the general harmony of the occasion. These and other friends pressed me not to hasten on at my rapid rate thinking that thirty-two miles before breakfast was sufficient for one day: but my purpose was to make twenty miles that night before I sought repose. Senhor Coelho (the maitre-d'MteX) had procured for me a fine mule. He was a lithe animal, and when I mounted he bounded YANKEE DOODLE ON TH'e PLAINS OF YPIRANGA. away as though he had wings. He clattered through the streets, descended the hill, splashed through a little affiuent of the La Plata, and, just as the sun was setting, went galloping gayly over the plains of Ypiranga. I soon came in sight of the pavilion erected over the spot where Dom Pedro I. exclaimed, Independencia ou Morte, and, being animated with Fourth-of-July sentiments, I gave vent to my patriotism in shouting, at a furious rate, “Yankee Poodle ” and “ Hail Columbia,” to the no small amusement and J^stouishment of the sable passers-by. I I'eached San Bernardo and passed through its silent streets. The atmosphere was laden with the perfume of some sweet night- 428 Brazil and the Brazilians. opening flower, and the sky overhead seemed joyous as my home- ward-bound spirits. My mule flagged not, and I was congratu¬ lating myself that my journey’s end would soon be accomplished, when, to my surprise, the spirited beast whirled suddenly to the right, and plunged into the stable-yard adjoining a large white house. I kicked, and cuffed, and spurred, all to no pui*pose. The noise which I made aroused two poncho-clad Brazilians, who came toward me, thus discoursing in Portuguese:—“Yes, it is he.” “Mo; let me look again.” “Yes, I am certain it is.” These little monosyllables are as brief and as elliptical in the language of Lusi- tania as in the plainest Saxon, and could give me no clue to the meaning of the locutors. I was not, however, long left in doubt, for one of them approached, and thus addressed me :—“Senhor, isto e meu animal.” (“This is my beast, sir.”) Supposing that he was mildly accusing me of theft, I replied that he must be mis¬ taken, for I had hired that mule at S. Paulo. “It may be,” he said; “but still he is mine.” I then ascertained that the man was the proprietor of my long-eared steed, and that he (the proprietor) had preceded me in company with a number of law-students who were on their way to Santos. Peeling by this time much fatigued, and considering the stubbornness that had come over my quadruped, I asked if I might lodge at the house for the night. The other personage now turned up his sombrero and informed me that there was no room in the inn, but possibly I might be accommodated a mile farther on. I could not make my mule stir; so these two benevolent individuals aided me in whipping and kicking the brute until he was fairly under way. I had, however, advanced only flve hundred yards, when master long-ears pulls me up again, and no dint of beating, pulling, pounding, and tugging could make him budge a peg on the “forward march.” He willingly beat a retreat, and the next moment I again stood before the white hospedaria from which I had been politely sent away a short time before. My two new-made acquaintances were soon by my side, and I once more begged for a room. One of them gave a negative answer; but, when I suggested that I was willing to pay a good price for my accommodations, he left me as if to consult some one. I then heard an emphatic female voice screech out, “iVao, Senhor. This reply was brought to me, and I sent back word that I had Lame and Impotent Conclusion. 429 letters from Senator Yergueiro, showing that I was a respectable person. It was of no avail, for at each fresh attempt to move the tender mercies of the woman to whom belonged that voice, I re¬ ceived a more emphatic “ JSfdo, senhor.” My last resort was to claim in “the sacred name of Brazilian hospitality, only room enough upon their floor for a stranger who is here stopped con¬ trary to his own will.” The reply was the same, “Wdo, senhor.^* “Then,” said I, “it is an outrageous shame. 'I have travelled through a number of your provinces, and have mingled much with the rich and the poor, but this is the first time that I have been unable to obtain shelter. Here I am, compelled before a large house to pass the night in the road.” My appeals and denun- eiations were equally unsuccessful; so I sat down upon a curb¬ stone, holding the bridle of my obsti¬ nate and tired ani¬ mal. Poor fellow! his fatigue was not equal to mine. I had ridden since morning nearly fifty miles, and had spent seven hours in San Paulo. Three or four days had elapsed since I had had a com¬ fortable sleep, and the night-air. was keen for Brazil, though it was as balmy as a May evening in the North¬ ern hemisphere. The ^®dy, however, was not suffering so much astronomy under difficult circumstances. as the mind. I felt this inhospitality to the quick. I sat with my head bowed down apon my left hand, turning my eyes from time to time toward the 430 Brazil and the Brazilians. stars and the waning moon. It was studying astronomy under difficult circumstances, so that I did not make much progress. While thinking of my condition, and feeling that it was worse and my treatment more outrageous, than when, a mere innocent student-traveller, I was once taken prisoner on suspicion by the Austrians in Lombardy, and led by an armed soldier through the streets of Pavia, I was aroused from my reflections by an old negress, who said to me, “Come here, senhor.” I followed her to a comfortable room, where she left me with a nice cup of tea and doce accompaniments. My mule was eared for, as well as myself, and when the morning sun awoke me I found that I was to have as my fellow-travellers the young law-students. I ascertained that this house was kept by a respectable Brazilian widow, who was making a large fortune by letting mules for riding or for the transportation of baggage, and that whoever employed her animals in S. Paulo would be entertained gratis at this otherwise inhospitable hospedaria. It so happened that the students and myself were not aware of this regulation, and had hired our mules of another man, who had guided them as far as this house. Here the young “legals’^ insisted on stopping. The Donna da Casa refused them accommodation, and they had taken possession vi et armis. It may be that, owing to senhora being somewhat embit¬ tered by such proceedings, had refused me when I pleaded the name of Senator Yergueiro and Brazilian hospitality. For assuredly there was plenty of room, when we consider that there were eight unoccupied beds in the house. It may be, also, that the senhora was suspicious of a stranger travelling alone at that hour of the night, as she had been deceived a few weeks before by an indi¬ vidual who pretended to have letters from a nobleman, but who turned out to be an unmitigated scoundrel. I was (justly, as I thought) indignant for a time, and entertained an idea that it would he right that the public should know through the Bio journals of such treatment to an estrangeiro; hut the more I reflected upon it, I became rather ashamed of my indignation. I had travelled thousands of miles in Brazil, and this was the flrst experience of the bitter; and how foolish it would be to lay it before the public! The widow had a perfect right to make such regulations as she chose concerning her household, and an Anglo- Return to Rio de Janeiro. 431 American who is firm for the independence of the home-castle is assuredly the last man who ought to complain. So I dismissed the whole subject, and have never recurred to it since, except to indulge in a laugh at my own ludicrous position in the stable- yard, and the tableau of the stubborn mide and the curbstone. Thus ended my Fourth of July, 1855. The next day I arrived with my student-friends at Santos, and, after enjoying for a few days more the hospitality of Casa Vergueiro, I steamed away in the comfortable old Paraense for Rio de Janeiro. Prom San Sebastian to the Sugar-Loaf we were pitched about in fine style by an angry sea; but the sun shone forth brilliantly as on the following day we lay under the guns of Yillegagnon, and the glorious panorama of the magnificent bay, sparkling in the freshness of morning, lost none of its splendor by comparison with the beautiful scenes which I had witnessed in Southern Brazil, and which I afterward found unequalled in the provinces of the North. CHAPTEE XXIII. THE BKAZIEIAN NORTH-EXTENT OP THE EMPIRE-THE FALLS OF ITAMARITY — GIGANTIC FIG-TREE-THE KEEL-BILL-A PLANTATION IN MINAS-GERAES—PETER PARLEY IN BRAZIL-SWEET LEMONS-BARONIAL STYLE-THE PAHRE-VESPER- HOURS— THE PLANTATION-ORCHESTRA-THE WHITE ANTS OBEDIENT TO THE CHURCH-THE GREAT ANT-EATER-THE PACA-THE MUSICAL CART-THE MINES AND OTHER RESOURCES OF MINAS-GERAES-COFFEE : ITS HISTORY AND CULTURE -THE PROVINCE OP GOYAZ—STINGLESS BEES AND SOUR HONEY—MATO GROSSO -LONG RIVER-ROUTE TO THE ATLANTIC-A NEW THOROUGHFARE-LIEUTENANT THOMAS J. PAGE-THE SURVEY OF THE LA PLATA AND ITS AFFLUENTS-FIRST AMERICAN STEAMER AT CORUMBA-STEAMBOAT-NAVIGATION ON THE PARAGUAY -OFFICERS OF THE AMERICAN NAVY-DR. KANE AND LIEUTENANT STRAIN — DIAMOND AND GOLD MINES THE HINDERERS OF PROGRESS — THE DIFFERENCE IN THE RESULTS FROM DIAMONDS AND COFFEE. Xowto the Xorth: not the Boreal Xorth, with hoaiy beard and glisten¬ ing spears and crunch¬ ing ice-batteries,—but a genial, sunny, laughing, flowery. Austral Xorth. We on the hither side of the equator are so wedded to experience, that it is difficult to con¬ ceive of a Xorth where “The fields are florid in eternal prime,” and where mighty rivers, with unabated force, sweep onward,— “And traverse realms unknown and bloom* ing wilds, And fruitful deserts, worlds of solitude; Where the sun smiles and seasons teem in vain.” Extent of the Empire. 433 I could never become accustomed to look for the sun and the equator in the direction which all past experience told me was the region of stern winter. I could not be reconciled to the idea that the southern front of my Brazilian residence was the coldest side, although I knew that reason and geography informed me that that portion of my house looked toward the Falkland Islands and the unexplored snow-continent of the Antarctic zone. But to the Brazilian North ! If by land, it will be many months of painful journeys up mountains and hills, through dense forests and jungles, over wide camjpos and broad rivers, before we reach the Serra Pacaranua, which divides Brazil and Venezuela. I have not seen the record of a single traveller who has ever accomplished this long terrestrial route. Eschwege, Eodriguez, Ferreira, Nat- terer, MaAve, Prince Maximilian, Spix and Yon Martins, St. Hilaire, Langsdorf, Pohl, Burchell, Gardner, Lieutenant Strain, the expedi¬ tion under Castlenau, and Wallace, have traversed large districts of Brazil; while—not to mention earlier fluvial explorations— Mawe, Smyth, Edwards, Herndon, Gibbon, and Wallace (the most thorough explorer) have examined the Amazon, and Lieutenant Page has the honor of being the first scientiflc investigator of the La Plata and some of its tributaries. Still, it is hazarding nothing to say that the greater portion of this extensive Empire has only been trodden by the foot of the wild Indian, or, at long intervals, by the most adventurous of the Portuguese traders. It is difiieult for us to comprehend even the dry tables of distances : how much more inconceivable the toil and the almost insurmountable obstacles to be endured and overcome in a vast country with a sparse popu- “fion, and, in certain portions, no roads save the paths of cattle »nd the tracks of the tapir! The distance, on a straight line rawn from the head-waters of the river Parima, on the north, to ® southern shores of the Lagoa Mirim, in Bio Grande do Sul,'is ^ Jiter than that from Boston to Liverpool. It is farther from Brazil western boundary which separates Peru and to E' ^ ^ direct route from London, across the Continent, full Las neither been explored nor surveyed, and its best be accurately ascertained; but, according to the ^ culations made in 1845 for the Diccionario Geographico 434 Bkazil and the Brazilians. Brazileiro, the Empire contains within its borders 3,004,460 square miles. The United States, by the latest computations of the Topo- graphical Bureau at Washington, has an area of 2,936,166 square miles. Brazil is therefore 68,294 square miles larger than the whole territory of the Union: in other words, we should have to add to the possessions of the United States an area equal to that of the adjacent States of New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Vermont, to make it of the same dimensions as the land of the' Southern Cross. European Eussia possesses an area of 2,142,504 square miles, and the remainder of Europe 1,687,626. It is by these figures and comparisons that we may arrive at an approxi¬ mate idea of the vastness of Brazil. It is not, however, its extent which should attract our attention so much as the fact that no portion of the globe is so available for cultivation and for the sustentation of man. It has already been seen that the internal resources of this Empire are commensurate with its favored position and its wide extent. It is neither the gold of its mines nor the diamonds that sparkle in the beds of its inland rivers that constitute the greatest sources of its available wealth. Although nature has bestowed upon Brazil the most precious minerals, yet she has been still more prodigal in the gift of vegetable riches. Embracing nearly five degrees north of the equator, the whole latitude of the southern torrid and ten degrees of the southern temperate zone, and stretching its longitude from Cape St. Augustine, (the easternmost point of the continent,) across the motintains of its own interior, to the very foot of the Andes, its soil and its climate oifer an asylum to almost every valuable plant. In addition to numberless varieties of indigenous growth, there is scarcel}^ a production of either India which might not be naturalized in great perfection under or near the equator; while its interior uplands, and its soil in the Far South, welcome many of the fruits, the grains, and the hardier vegetables of Europe. Every year this Empire is becoming more developed; yet it require two centuries of its present progress to bring it to an equal position with the United States. The signs of the times are, hov^- ever, that Brazil will not go on at the snail’s-pace which charac¬ terized her up to the abolition of the slave-trade; and the intern The Falls of Itamaritt. 435 improvements auspiciously begun under D. Pedro II. will rapidly unfold the resources of the country. Of the twenty provinces, four only are inland,—^viz.: Minas- Geraes, Goyaz, Mato Grosso, and Amazonas, (sometimes called Alto Amazonas.) It is in Mato Grosso (“dense forest’') and Goyaz that the head-waters of the Amazon and the La Plata have their origin, within a few miles of each other; while on the bor- ders of Minas-Geraes the sources of the San Francisco, the Tocan- tine and the La Plata take their rise from the same mountain- ridge. The usual route to the fertile province of Minas-Geraes is through Petropolis, and the traveller thither should not fail to make a little detour and visit one of the prettiest cascades in Brazil. Following for a few miles the highroad to the Minas, we turn to our right, and there, among the dells formed by the Serra da Estrella, we find the Falls of Itamarity. The name, in the Guarani language, signifies “shining stones," or “the rock which shines;" so called, doubtless, from the glittering appearance of the large mass of rock, the face of which is worn smooth by the water. Ita means “stone or rock." This cascade is composed of three distinct falls, formed by a stream of small size unless after heavy rains. The charm of this lovely spot consists in the surrounding woods and the mur¬ muring waters; so that we may truly say that “ tlie gush of springs And fall of lofty fountains, and the bend Of stirring branches, and the bud which brings The swiftest thought of beauty, here extend. Mingling, and made by Love unto one mighty end.” Garlands of parasites enfold the old trees in their graceful arms, and bands of verdant climbers depend from the highest boughs to e very ground. The torrent has undermined the banks and prostrated the trees that stood near the edges, and they now lie in w‘ h across the bed of the stream, mingled here and there The b^^ brought down by the force of the water. ri ge represented in the engraving was improvised for the ^nis^^ Ouseley, formerly British cr to Brazil. Such crossings are easily formed by felling a 436 Brazil and the Brazilians. few trees and binding them together with the supple vines abound. Nature soon heals her wounds and clothes them parasites, so that in a few weeks the artificial structure seem a work of her own hand. The road from Petropolis to Barbacena is exceedingly; turesque,—sometimes winding along the side of a mountain a A BRAZILIAN MOUNTAIN-ROAD. gives extensive views of plains beyond, and sometimes in deep valleys along the banks of babbling streams. Long troops of mules on their way to Estrella are constantly passing; but—tdj show the wildness of the region notwithstanding frequent vil-j lages and fazendas—we were startled every few moments flocks of wild parrots, and could hear in the trees the chattering of monkeys. At a place called Padre Correas, not far from Petropolis, is ^ celebrated wild-fig tree, whose branches extend over a circum- 437 Giant Fig-Tree and the Jacaranda. fercnce of four hundred and eighty feet, and four thousand persons, it is computed, can stand under its shade at noonday. Near by, on the height east of the hamlet, can also be seen two rows of the Brazilian pine, {Araucaria Braziliana,) so well known in the large conservatories of Europe and the United States. A sketch of one of these tufted pines is in the left background of the colored en¬ graving of the spoonbill. When one hundred miles farther in the interior, I saw mvcnj jacaranda (rosewood) trees. Their resemblance to the common locust of the United States is very striking. There are a number of species of the jacaranda, varying in tint from a deep rich brown to a beautiful violet. The latter kind I have never seen north of the equator, save in small specimen-pieces; but, at the Fazenda do Governo, Ur. Joaquin A. P. Da Cunha, the amiable proprietor, showed me, in his establishment for making sugar, a beam, fifty feet long and three feet in diameter, of the violet-tinted jacaranda. It had performed the menial office of a connecting-beam for fifty years, and its exterior was dusty; but, on chipping it, I found it to be of the most beautiful violet. The wood of Dr. Da Cunha’s pig-pen consisted of boards and sticks of rosewood: but let none of my readers imagine a highly-polished piano or a splendid centre-table; for exposure to the atmosphere renders the jacaranda as plebeian in appearance as the commonest weather-beaten j)ine. The rosewood-tree is cut down, deprived of its branches, and conveyed to market generally by floating it to some seaport-town, whence it is shipped to North America and Europe. It is of exceeding; hardness and durability,—cog-wheels made of this wood lasting longer than those constructed from any other ligneous substance. The United States annually piirchase of Brazil eighty thousand dollars’ worth of rosewood. As I was journeying in the province of Minas, I observed a flock of birds of which I had seen the same species at the foot of the Organ •Mountains, and which I then took to be the common blackbirds so well known in North America; but a closer inspection showed them o possess a bill of remarkable thickness. They had a clear and usical whistle, and I afterward discovered them to be the ani ,— genus of seansorial birds found only in Tropical America. They said called the keel-bill. They live in flocks, and it is at they have practical communism among them, many pairs 438 Brazil and the Brazilians. using the same nest, which is built on the branches of trees, and is of a large size. Here they lay and hatch in concert. I cannot enter into the details of my journey in Minas-Geraes, but I am reluctant to pass over a visit to one of the finest plantations in the province. The proprietor was a Brazilian, and the whole fazenda in its minutest details, was carried on in the manner peculiar to the country, without any admixture of foreign modes of govern¬ ment and culture. Twelve miles beyond the Parahibuna (an THE KEEL-BILL. afflueut of the Parahiba) we turned aside from the highway, and, after riding through a belt of enclosed forest-land, we saw before us the large plantation- house of Soldade, belonging to Senhor Commendador Silva Pinto. The approach to the mansion was between two rows of palm-trees, around whose trunks a beautiful bignonia (the venusta) entwined itself, and then threw its climbing bi'anches over the feathery leaves of the palms, thus forming a magnificent arch of flowers and foliage. The buildings, in the form of a hollow square, occupied an acre of ground. On two sides of the square was the residence of the Commendador and his family, while the remaining sides . consisted of the sugar-establishment and the dwellings of the slaves. We entered the court-yard by a high gateway, and then for the first time we perceived the venerable planter sitting in a second-story veranda, reading. So soon as he saw us he laid down his book, descended into the square, and with great affability bade us a warm welcome. The American party doubtless owed this hospitable reception to one of our companions. Dr. Ildefonso Gomez, a Brazilian whom almost every man of science visiting the Empir® has delighted to honor for his intelligence, for his eminent abilities as a naturalist, and for his integrity as a man. Servants flew about noiselessly at the commands of the Com¬ mendador : they gave us rooms, hot coffee, hot baths, &c. Then both they and their master did that which is most grateful to the weary traveller: they let us alone. When I had performed my ablutions and was recovered Peter Parley in Brazil. 439 fatigue, I went to the veranda where the Commendador had been reading. I picked up his book, and to my astonishment I here found that it was A Sistoria Universale do Senhor Pedro Parley, (Peter Parley’s Universal History!) Old Peter Parley in the inte¬ rior of Brazil! I knew that England had availed herself of those books Avhich have delighted Anglo-American childhood, and that hosts of counterfeiters and imitators had arisen, assuming that now, de plume; hut it was beyond my most sanguine expectations to have ever seen in the Portuguese language, and in an interior province of distant Brazil, the history of the Eastern and "Western Continents by Senhor Pedro Parley amusing and instructing youth and old age. It was no imitation. In reading the preface, I per¬ ceived that some priest had had to do with the translation, for it roundly asserted that Senhor Pedro Parley was um bom Catholico Bomano! which will doubtless be an important piece of informa¬ tion to the veritable Puritan-descended Peter. I looked from the veranda upon a scene of cultivation. Close at hand were one hundred and fifty hives with bees; gently-rounded hills were covered with grazing flocks and herds, cotton and sugar fields were in valleys, while Indian corn and mandioca in large tracts were far to our right. The orange-orchard was the largest that I ever saw in any land: it was computed that there were ten thousand bushels of six different kinds of the luscious fruit. The sweet lemon abounded to such an extent that it was estimated that there were five thousand bushels. A “sweet lemon” seems almost as much of a contradiction in terms as an honest thief; but it is a reality. Dr. Ildefonso Gomez informed me that this fruit, exactly resembling the acid one bearing the same name, was originally a sour lemon, but, by a disease and by grafting, a new species has been produced. The taste is not so rich as that of an orange, but is very quenching to the thirst, and the Brazilians at ^io consume great quantities of them. Hear S. Eomao, a little ^ftce on the head-waters of the San Francisco, the lemon-tree has come naturalized, and the cattle that pasture in the woods are so of the fallen fruit that when killed their flesh smells strongly ^il the articles mentioned above, not one finds its way to ^rket. They are for the sustenance and clothing of the slaves, 440 Bkazil and the Brazilians. of whom the Commendador formerly had seven hundred. These are engaged in cultivating coffee, (for this is the great coffee, region,) which is the only crop intended by the proprietor to bring back a pecuniary return. This senhor owns other plantations, but that of Soldade contains an area of sixty-four square miles. At dinner we were served in a large dining-room. The Com- mendador sat at the head of the table, while his guests and the ^ various free members of his family sat upon forms, the feitors (overseers) and shepherds being at the lower end. He lives in true baronial style, and I was reminded of the description by Mr, J. G. Kohl of castle-life among the noblemen of Courland and Livonia. A pleasant conversation was kept up during the long re¬ past, and at its close three servants came,—one bearing a massive silver bowl a foot and a half in diameter, another a pitcher of the same material containing warm water, while a third carried t towels. The newly-arrived guests were thus served in lieu of finger-basins, which are rarely seen outside the capital. The Commendador had a chapel in his mansion, and each morn¬ ing mass was performed by an amiable young Portuguese priest, who knew much more about music than the gospel. The padre had many questions to ask concerning the peculiar doctrines of Protestants, and I was surprised to find that he possessed no Bible. I presented him with a Hew Testament, and before my de¬ parture we had many most earnest and serious conversations in regard to vital piety and the solemn responsibility that was upon him to teach the truth as it is in Christ Jesus. With the approval of the Commendador, (which was heartily given,) explanations of the Scriptures were hereafter to constitute a portion of the chapel- service on Sundays. On these interior plantations there is a beautiful custom at ves¬ pers of offering a short prayer and wishing each other a good¬ night; not that they then retire, but boa noite is the form of a blessing. We were all sitting on the veranda as the last rays of the sun were gilding the hill and the distant forest. The chapel- bell struck the vesper-hour. The conversation was arrested: we all arose to our feet. The hum of the sugar-mill ceased; the shout of the children died away; the slaves that were crossing the court¬ yard stopped and uncovered the head. All devoutly folded their The Plantation-Orchestra. 441 bands and breathed the evening prayer to the Yirgin. I too joined in devotion to the blessed Saviour, the sole Mediator, and when the padre and others wished me the blessing in the name of Wossa Senhora, I returned the benediction em nome de JVbsso Senhop Jesus Christo. The noise of merry voices again rang through the court¬ yard; the day’s labor was finished; and soon night, with its dark¬ ness, silence, and repose, reigned over Soldade. Another custom I observed in various parts of Brazil, which, though a mere unmeaning form, is a custom both Christian and beautiful. I doubt, however, if one in a thousand attach any deeper significancy to it than we do to “good-morning.” At the close of the day the slaves enter the room where their master is, and, with their hands crossed, each addresses the fazendeiro in a pious salutation, the full form of which is, “I beseech your blessing in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ,” and the reply should be, “Our Lord Jesus Christ bless you forever;” but in time this prayer and benediction are abbreviated to the last words of each sentence, which are pronounced in a most rapid and business-like manner by both parties :—Jesus Christo sempre, (forever.) In the course of our conversation the Commendador told us that be had his “own music now.” He spoke of it very humbly. We desired to hear his musicians, supposing that we should hear a wheezy plantation-fiddle, a fife, and a drum. The Commendador said that we should be gratified in the evening. An hour after vespers I heard the twanging of violins, the tuning of flutes, short voluntaries on sundry bugles, the clattering of trombones, and all those musical symptoms preparatory to a beginning of some march, waltz, or polka. I went to the room whence proceeded these sounds; there I beheld fifteen slave musicians,—a regular band: one presided at an organ, and there was a choir of younger negroes arranged before suitable stands, upon which were sheets of printed or manuscript music. I also observed a respectable colored gentle- man (who sat near me at dinner) giving various directions. He the maestro. Three raps of his violin-bow commanded silence, nnd then a wave of the same, d la Julien, and the orchestra com- nienced the execution of an overture to some opera with admirable skill and precision. I was totally unprepared for this. But the *^6xt piece overwhelmed me with surprise: the choir, accompanied 442 Brazil and the Brazilians. by the instruments, performed a Latin mass. They sang from their notes, and little darkies from twelve to sixteen years of age read off the words with as much fluency as students in the Freshman year. I could scaroely believe my eyes and ears, and in order to try the accomplishments of the company I asked the maestro for the Stabat Mater: he instantly replied, “Sim, Senhor,” named to the musicians the page, waved his baton, and then the wailing and touching strains of Stabat Mater sounded through the corridors of Soldade. While at supper we were regaled by waltzes and stirring marches,—among the latter ^^Lafayette’s Grand March,” composed in the United States. The maestro regretted that they had it not in their power to play our three national airs; but I promised him that when an opportunity should afford I would take pleasure -in adding to his musical library “Yankee Doodle,” “Hail Columbia,” and the “ Star-spangled Banner.” One morning at three o’clock I was awakened by a servant, who informed me that the orchestra was about to play t\\Q Brazileiro in honor of O Senhor Commenda- dor’s guests; and in a few minutes the band, with the addition of big drum, little drum, and cymbals, startled the early birds by the national'anthem of Brazil, which was succeeded by “Lafayette’s Grand March.” Before our departure from Soldade, the hospitable proprietor furnished us horses, and we sallied forth to roam over the immense plantation. A portion of our party carried their guns, hoping to meet with game in our ramble. We rode over hills used as pas¬ ture-ground, which were literally dotted with the upright and fallen columns that had been erected by the termites, or white ant. These curious edifices and their still more curious architects have always had a great attraction for the naturalist. The hillocks are conical in their shape, but not with a broad base and tapering point as those built by the termites of Africa. Exposure to the sun has rendered them exceedingly hard, and doubtless many that are seen upon the uplands of S. Paulo and Minas-Geraes are more than a century old; for houses whose walls have been built from the same earth are still in existence which were built by settlers in the seventeenth century. Sometimes the termi dwelling is overturned by the slaves, the hollow scooped wider, an is then used as a bake-oven to parch Irrdian corn. In my ride over Literaby White Ants. 443 Soldade I saw a number of very large vultures, who, during the rain had taken refuge in the houses that had been vacated by the white ant. These insects do not, however, always dwell in columnar edifices of three and six feet in height. I have seen, in some portions of Brazil the ground ploughed up, to the extent of one hundred feet in circumference, by one nest of white ants. Again, they will climb trees, carrying building materials with them, and ei’ecting a small archway (resembling what carpenters call an “ inch- bead”) over them for protection against their sworn enemy, the black or brown ant, and on the loftiest branches they will con¬ struct their nest. In cities they are sometimes very destructive: hence every Brazilian lady keeps her fine robes in tin boxes, and each gentleman who pretends to a library must often look at it " to see if the cupim, or white ant, has not become a most penetrating reader of his volumes. My introduction to the cupim was in the house of our former Consul, ex-Governor Kent. A box of books Bent out by the American Tract Society was placed in a lower room, and the next* morning it was announced to me that the cupim had entered my property. I hastened to the room, and, turning over the box, beheld a little black hole at the bottom, and white, gelatinous-looking ants pouring out as though verj*- much disturbed in their occupation. I opened the box, and found that & colony of cupim had eaten through the pine wood, and then ^Bd pierced through ‘‘Baxter’s Call,” “Doddridge’s Eise and ‘ P'l . until they had reached the place where Bunyan’s. pu^‘^ when they were rudely deranged in their litei*ary had ■ occasion I saw a Brussels carpet, under which cupim themselves and had eaten out nearly all the canvas proprietor made the sad discovery. ^r. Kidde: at Campinas, witnessed the depredations of the white 444 Brazil and the Brazilians. j ants in tie taipa (clay-built) houses. They insinuate themselves into the mud walls, and destroy the entire side of a house hy peruj forations. Anon they commence working in the soil, and extend their operations beneath the foundations of houses and under- mine them. The people dig large pits in various places, with the intent of exterminating tribes of ants which have been discovered on their march of destruction. Mr. Southey states, on the authority of Manoel Felix, that some of these insects, at one time, devoured the cloths of the altar in the Convent of S. Antonio,_ at Maranham, and also brought up into the church pieces of shrouds from the graves beneath its floor; whereupon the friars prosecuted them according to due form of ecclesiastical law. What the sentence was in this case, we are unable to learn. The historian informs us, however, that, having been convicted in a similar suit at the Franciscan Convent at Avignon, the ants were not only excommunicated from the Eoman Catholic Apostolic Church, hut were sentenced by the friars “to the pain of removal, within three days, to a place assigned them in the centre of the earth.’’ The canon¬ ical account grave¬ ly adds that the ants obeyed, and carried away all their young and all their stores! The white and other ants have, however, enemies far more tangible than bulls of ex- communication, in the Myrmecophaga, or the great ant- GREAT ANT-EATER. euter, the Taman- dua, and the “little ant-eater, of w'hich the last two have a prehensile tail. The great ant-eater is a most curious animal, but well adapted to the purposes r The Great Ant-Eater. 445 for which it was designed by the Creator. Its short legs and long claws (the latter doubled up when in motion) do not hinder it from running at a good pace; and when the Indians wish to catch it they make a pattering noise upon the leaves as if the rain were falling, upon which the myrmecophaga cocks his huge bushy tail over his body, and, standing perfectly stili, soon falls a prey. In the northern part of Minas-Geraes a naturalist once came sud¬ denly upon the great ant-eater, and, knowing the harmless nature of its mouth, seized it by the long snout, by which he tried to hold it, when it immediately rose upon its hind-legs, and, clasping him around the middle with its powerful fore-paws, completely brought him to a stand. It was struck down with a club a number of times, but soon recovered and ran olff and not until a pistol-ball was lodged in its breast was the naturalist able to add it to his collection. It measured six feet in length without the tail, which, together with the long tufts of hair, measured full four feet more. When the great ant-bear sleeps, it lies on one side, rolls itself up so that its snout rests on its breast, places all its feet together, and covers itself with its bushy tail. When thus curled up, it is 80 exactly like a bundle of hay that any one might pass it care¬ lessly, imagining it to be a loose heap of that substance. When it walks or runs, the claws of the fore-feet are doubled up, causing one side only of the foot to rest upon the ground. The proper use of these powerful claws is to obtain the white ant. When the ant-bear wishes a meal, he attacks one of the hard hillocks already described, and with his huge fore-paws furiously tears out a portion of the walls, and, thrusting in his long, slender tongue, which is covered with a viscid saliva, and to which myriads of ants adhere, he opens his little mouth and draws it in: then, shutting his lips, he pushes out his tongue a second time, retain¬ ing the ants in his mouth until the tongue has been completely exserted, when he swallows them. Wallace says that the Indians of the Upper Amazon positively assert, that the great ant-eater sometimes kills the jaguar by tightly embracing the latter and msting its enormous claws into the jaguar’s sides. The aborij beli( ‘Sines also “ declare that these animals are all females, and ^ove that the male is the ‘curupira,’ or demon of the forest. 446 Bkazil and the Brazilians. The peculiar organization of the animal has probably led to thj error,” " As we descended the hills of Soldade on our return to the planta tion-house, one of our party fired at two pacas which were feeding near a little stream. Either the aim of the hunter was not goo<^ or the buckshot did not tell upon the hairy side of the animal and in a few moments he had swum the river and was hidden in the] thick copse of bushes and ferns. The paca, the capybara, and agouti abound in Brazil, and are of the same family as marmot! THE PACA. and beavers. The paca attracts the attention of the hunter both on account of the diffieulty of its capture (as it takes the water : and swims and dives admirably) and the esculent nature of its flesh. It is about eighteen inehes in height and two feet in length, and its color is brown, spotted with white. The hinder. limbs (being considerably bent) are longer than the anterior' ones, and its claws are well formed for digging and burrowing. They are easily domesticated, and make lively pets, eating readily j out of the hand of those it is accustomed to, but hiding from strangers. A friend bound to the United States had one on ship- board, which was a great favorite, and bade fair to weather the ^ voyage and visit the shores of North America; but either the The Musical Cart. 44T new paint, or some salt water that he drank in a st9rm, cut short the thread of his existence, and poor paca was consigned to the blue waves of the Atlantic. After leaving our kind host, we journeyed toward Barhacena, over roads that can be used for vehicles; hut the only movable article of that kind which we saw was the Roman cart, unimproved since the days of the Georgies. Indeed, all Roman carriages were of the same simple plan. The wheels did not turn on their axis, but axis and wheels turned together. We could often hear music of a most fortissime character, which they ground out as they moved slowly over the plantations. I was informed that the Brazilians construct these carts of a particular wood, having special reference to the musical qualities, which, when put into action under a heavy load and behind three yoke of cattle, resemble the concentrated powwow of a thousand belligerent tomcats. On the day of some THE MUSICAL CART. festa, I was travelling near the banks of the Parahiba, and miles away I heard the grinding of a cart. The distance had somewhat mellowed its music, and, after a long ride, I came up with it, and found a gay party of country Brazilians in their holiday attire riding upon the old Roman chariot, which was adorned with bed¬ covers of a bright pattern. The unbonneted senhoras seemed as much at home in their turn-out, and doubtless as proud of it, as the 448 Brazil and the Brazilians. most dashing lady of the Fifth Avenue in her cushioned coach which sways softly upon the most modern elastic springs. . The province of Minas-Geraes is the most important of all the inland divisions of the Empire, owing to its mineral and vegetal riches, its immense herds, its accessibility to market, and itg population. It contains eight hundred thousand inhabitants, and yet is so extensive that there are within its area of one hundred and fifty thousand square miles many forests,—a perfect wilder¬ ness, overrun with Indian tribes, and where the jaguar roams in undisturbed independence. Other portions are among the most improved and eligible parts of the Empire. One writer has remarked, with great emphasis, that, if there be one spot in the world which might be made to sur¬ pass all others, Minas is that favored spot. Its climate is mild and healthful; its surface is elevated and undulating; its soil is fertile, and capable of yielding the most valuable productions; its forests abound in choice timber, balsams, drugs, and dye-woods. But all these circumstances together have not given the pro¬ vince so much celebrity as the single fact of its inexhaustible mineral wealth. Its name signifies the general or universal mines, and, accordingly, mines of gold, silver, copper, and iron are found within its borders, besides quantities of precious stones. Several of the most valuable gold-mines not far from Ouro Preto have been wrought by an English mining company for the last twenty years. This enterprise has been unquestionably a source of profit to its stockholders, and has rendered great service to the country gene¬ rally, by introducing the most approved methods of mining and by giving an impetus to Brazilian industry. This company con¬ stantly employs a large number of miners from Cornwall, and has established quite an English village at its principal mine. The agricultural capacities of the province are very great. B yields coffee, sugar, tobacco, and cotton. It indeed produces some coarse manufactures of cotton. Its soil yields Indian corn in great profusion, and may be made to grow wheat. Upon its campin»®> or upland prairies, innumerable herds of cattle, and some flocks of sheep, are pastured. The milk of the cows is converged into * species of soft cheese, known as the queijo de Minas. Immense quantities of them may be seen at Eio de Janeiro, and from that r The History of Coffee. 449 port they are scattered along the coast, being very much esteemed as an article of food. The great staple, however, of Minas-Geraes, and of the whole Empire of Brazil, is coffee. What a history might be w'ritten of the voyages, the naturalization, and the uses of this member of the Bubiacece family! The coffee-tree is not, as is generally supposed, a native of Arabia, but its home is Abyssinia, and particularly that district called Kaffa, whence the name of the beverage-berry. To this day the coffee-plant is found grovdng as far as the sources of the White Nile. It was not taken to Arabia until the fifteenth century, when, being cultivated extensively, with great success as to quantity and quality, in the province or Kingdom of Yemen, and embarked from Mocha, the coffee of that portion of the world ob¬ tained a celebrity which it has never lost. When it W’as introduced by the Orientals into Europe w'^e know not; but as early as 1538 we find edicts against it, issued by the Mohammedan priests, on the ground that the faithful went more to the coffee-shops than to the mosque. The earliest notice that we have of it in France is in 1643, when a certain adventurer from the Levant established in Paris a coffee-house, which did not succeed. In a few years, how¬ ever, it became the mode among the aristocracy, through its inauguration by Soliman Aga, the Ambassador of the Sublime Porte at the Court of Louis XIV. Several of the high personages of the time resisted its introduction,—among them the celebrated Madame de Sevigne, who had declared that the popularity of coffee would be merely ephemeral; and, in the intensity of her admira¬ tion for Corneille, she predicted that Le Racine passerait comme le (Eacine will be forgotten as soon as coffee,) both of which predictions have proved rather detrimental to the prophetic reputa¬ tion of the renowned lady letter-writer. Before the middle of the seventeenth century it was in vogue in the principal capitals of Europe. An English merchant from Constantinople was the first to introduce it to the Londoners, and his wife, being a young and pretty Greek, was a most attractive saleswoman. It is said that the coffee-houses were greatly multiplied during the Protectorate, ^od that Cromwell, wishing to protect the interest of the taverns, ^nd doubtless urged on by the publicans, caused them to be closed. Previous to the eighteenth century, all the coffee consumed in 29 450 Bkazil and the Beazilians. Europe was brought from Arabia Eelix via the Levant, and the Pachas of Egypt and Syria took good care to increase their coffers by exorbitant transit duties. This exaction was broken up by the vessels of Holland, (first,) England, and France sailing around the Cape of Good Hope to Mocha. In 1699, Van Horn, first President of the Dutch East Indies, obtained coffee-plants and had them cultivated in Batavia, where they wonderfully prospered, and the berries'of Java obtained a reputation second only to those of Mocha. One of the Batavian shrubs was transplanted to the Botanical Gardens of Amsterdam in 1710, and by great care succeeded so well that a shoot was sent to Louis XIV. and placed in the Jardin des Plantes. Prom this last plant, slips were confided to M. Isambert to be taken to Martinique; but M. Isambert died before the arrival of the ship, and consequent^ the coffee-plants perished. In 1720, Antoine de Jussieu, of the Eoyal Botanical Gardens, sent, by Cap¬ tain Declieux, three more coffee-shrubs, also destined to Martinique. The voyage was long, the vessel was short of water: two of the plants died, but Captain Declieux shared his ration of water with the cafier, and thus succeeded in introducing it into the West Indies: that plant was the ancestor, it is said, of all the coffee- plantations in America. The honor of planting the first coffee-tree in Brazil belongs to the Franciscan Friar Yillaso, who in 1754 placed one in the garden of the San Antonio Convent at Eio de Janeiro. It was not, however, until after theHaytien insurrection that coffee became an object of great cultivation and commerce in Brazil. In 1809, the first cargo was sent to the United States, and all the coffee raised in the Empire in that year scarcely amounted to 30,000 sacks, while in the Brazilian financial year of 1855 there were exported 3,256,089 sacks, which brought into the country nearly $25,000,000. The United States, during the financial year ending June 30, 1856, imported, from all coffee-producing countries, 235,241,362 pounds of the beverage-berry, 180,243,070 pounds (i.e. nearly three-fourths of the whole) of which came from Brazil. The next highest country on the list is Venezuela, which sent us 16,546,166 pounds; and thirdly, Hayti, from which we imported about 13,500,000 pounds. The whole sum paid by the United States for coffee Tvas $21,514,196, of which Brazil received no less than $16,091,714. Coffee-Culture. 451 The great coifee-region, as has been mentioned, is on the banks of the Kio Parahiba, and in the province of San Paulo; but every year it is more widely cultivated, and a considerable quantity is now grown in provinces farther northward. It can be planted by burying the seeds or berries, (which are double,) or by slips. The trees are placed six or eight feet apart, and those plants which have been taken from the nursery with balls of mould around their roots will bear fruit in two years; those detached from the earth will not produce until the third year, and the majority of such shrubs die. In the province of S. Paulo, and the richest portions of Minas-Geraes, one thousand trees will yield from 2560 to 3200 pounds, in Eio de Janeiro from 1600 to 2560. In some parts of S. Paulo, one thousand trees have yielded 6400 pounds; but this is extraordinary. In the province of Eio de Janeiro, trees are gene¬ rally cut down every fifteen years. There are some cajiers on the plantation of Senator Yergueiro which are twenty-four years old, and are still bringing forth fruit. As a general rule, they are not allowed to exceed twelve feet in height, so as to be in reach. When the berry is ripe, it is about the size and color of a cherry, and resembles it, or a large cranberry: of these berries a negro can daily collect about thirty-two pounds. There are three gatherings in the year, and the berries are spread out upon pavements or a level portion of ground, (the terreno,) from whence they are taken when dry and denuded of the hull by machinery, and afterward con¬ veyed to market. Nothing is more beautiful than a coffee-planta¬ tion in full and virgin bloom. The snowy blossoms all burst forth simultaneously, and the extended fields seem almost in a night to lay aside their robe of verdure, and to replace it by the most delicate mantle of white, which exhales a fragrance not unworthy of Eden. But the .beauty is truly ephemeral, for the snow-white flowers and the delightful odor pass away in twenty-four hours. It is by toilsome jouimeys on mule-back that the coffee-sacks from Minas-Geraes generally reach a market^ and nothing so much flinders the general prosperity of this province as its lack of good roads and some feasible thoroughfare to a market. The province flS'Sj of late years, expended considerable sums upon the construc¬ tion of roads, but as yet it cannot send a single ton of its produce to market upon wheels. The journey from Ouro Preto, the capital, 452 Brazil and the Brazilians. to Eio de Janeiro,—a distance of about two hundred miles,— ig performed on the backs of mules and horses only, and ordinarily requires fifteen days. As to education, it is but just to say that Minas-Geraes, accord¬ ing to official statistics, takes the lead of all the provinces in this praisewoi-thy enterprise. The provincial Government has made large expenditures for the support of schools, and the people seem to have appreciated the benefit to be derived from them. Should the long-talked-of enterprise of steam navigation upon the Eio Doce and the Eio de S. Francisco ever prove successful, the interests of Minas-Geraes would, it is presumed, be greatly promoted. As to the navigation of the Eio San Francisco,—a river as large as the Volga,—a glance at the map will show its importance to Minas and all other provinces watered by it and its tributaries. The San Francisco is the largest river emptying into the Atlantic between the Amazon and the Eio de la Plata. It rises in the pro¬ vince of Minas, and waters the soil of Bahia, Pernambuco, Sergipe, and Alagoas, in its course to the ocean. From the mouth of the Eio das Velhas to the Falls of Paulo Affonso, not many leagues east of Joazeira, a distance of seven hundred miles, its waters are suitable for navigation, although, from the sparseness of population on its banks, and the lack of enterprise, it is but little used for this purpose. The Falls of Paulo Affonso are described by those who have seen them as an immense cataract, over which the river plunges, forming a spectacle of the utmost grandeur. The vapors arising from the ravine may be seen at a great distance. They resemble the smoke of a conflagration in the midst of the forest. The river does not again find a tranquil bed until near its em¬ bouchure, but for the space of seventy-five miles dashes with fury over a succession of rapids and smaller cataracts, which effectually interrupt the passage of vessels and forbid the hope of any arti¬ ficial connection between the upper and lower navigation. But these difficulties are about to be overcome in another man¬ ner: a railway from Pernambuco to Joazeira has already been projected, through the enterprise of the Messrs, de Mornay, who have obtained the concession of the first portion for its construc¬ tion from the city of Pernambuco to Agoa Preta, on the river Una> Eailroad to the S. Francisco. 453 a distance of seventy-four miles. From Bahia also another road has been projected northward to Joazeira. Now, from the latter point to the mouth of the Eio das Yelhas there is an uninterrupted steamboat navigation for seven hundred miles, and numerous tri¬ butary rivers increase the navigation to nearly two thousand miles. It is therefore from the Barra das Velhas that a railway will most probably be made to Eio de Janeiro, about four hundred and thirty miles in a straight line,—the whole comprising, by rail and by river, as Mr. Borthwick in his excellent report says, “a grand in¬ ternal communication between the capital and the most thriving provinces;” and such is its necessity that it is only a question of time. When such a system of internal improvements is completed, no province will be more benefited than Minas-Geraes. inhabitants of the forests of goyaz. Upon the west and north of Minas-Geraes is the largo province of Goyaz. Like most of the interior portions of Brazil, Goyaz was discovered and overrun at an early day by the Paulistas, in their search for mines and Indian slaves. It abounds in gold, diamonds, ^nd precious stones; but its remoteness from the sea-shore, and its ^0 of roads, canals, and steamboats upon its navigable rivers, are g^cat obstacles to the development of its resources. his province, bounded on the west by the Araguaia, may be considered as occupying the central portion of Brazil, and is not S nerally mountainous, although its surface is elevated and un- virgin forests are seen upon the banks of its era, in which most comical monkeys abound; but the larger 454 Brazil and the Brazilians. part of the province is covered with that species of low and stunted shrubbery which prevails in large portions of the province of Minas, and is designated by the terms catingas and carasqueiros. Its soil yields the usual productions of Brazil, together with many of the fruits of Southern Europe. Cultivation has progressed further in Goyaz than in Mato Grosso, though it is still extremely backward. The name of this province is derived from the Goyas, a tribe of Indians formerly inhabiting its territory, but now nearly extinct. Yarious other tribes still exist within its borders, several of which cherish a deadly hatred to the people who have invaded their domains and disturbed them in their native haunts. Settlements are often laid waste by the hostile incursions of these Indians. In Goyaz, as well as in other portions of the interior, the tra¬ veller will find plenty of honey made by stingless bees. I do not know that it holds true in Brazil, as in Nortli America, that the bee precedes by a few miles the onward march of civilization,— advances as the Indian and the wild beast prepare to take their departure,—and thus is the pioneer of a better state of things; but it gives of its sweets to sustain and cheer the settler and the voyageur in those vast and fertile solitudes. I suppose that the bees of Brazil are indigenous, and not like the honey-bee of the United States, which was unknown before the arrival of Europeans, and to which the Indians—having no term for it in their language —gave the name of “English flies.^' The greater portion of the Brazilian bees possess, in their absence of weapons, a peculiarity which many a stung sufferer would wish the Apis mellifica of Horth America possessed. Some of these bees make sour honey, which will compensate for sweet lemons.* * Dr. Gardner, in his visit to Goyaz, was entertained at a little place not far from Natividade, near the mountains which form the southwestern boundary of Piauhi. “The owner of the house,” he says, “returned from the woods, shortly after our arrival, with a considerable quantity of wild honey, some of which he kindly us, and we found it excellent: it was the product of one of the smaller bees so numerous in this part of Brazil. This was the season in which the people go to the woods in search of honey. It is so generally used, that, after leaving Duro, [where Goyaz, Piauhi, and Pernambuco are contiguous,] a portion was presente to us at almost every house where we stopped. These bees mostly belong to the genus Melipona, Illiq., and I collected a great many, which, with some other zoo- Goyaz—Stingless Bees. 455 In some portions of Goyaz society is very backward, but not altogether in the state which existed at the time (1817) of St. Hilaire’s visit. There is a powerful class of the inhabitants called vaqueit'os, or cattle-proprietors. These men possess vast herds of horned cattle, and their principal business is to mark, tend, and fold them. They understand^ the use of the lasso, and also of the long knife. However, their moral and intellectual condition is by no means perfect. logical specimens, were afterward lost in crossing a river. A list of them, with their native names and a few observations, may not be uninteresting;— “1. Jatahy .—^This is a very minute yellowish-colored species, being scarcely two lines long. The honey, which is excellent, very much resembles that of the common hive-bee of Europe. “2. MuUier branco .—About the same size as No.l, but of a whitish color: the honey is likewise good, but a little acid. “3. Tubi .—A little black bee, smaller than a common house-fly: the honey is good, but has a pecu¬ liar bitter flavor. “4. Manoel d’Abreu .—^About the size of the tubi, but of a yellowish color: its honey is good. “6. Atakira. —Biack, and nearly the same size as the tubi ,—the principal distinction between them consisting in the kind of entrance to their hives: the tubi makes it of wax, the atakira of clay. Its honey is very good. “6. Oariti .—Of a blackish color, and about the same size as the tubi: its honey is rather sour, and not good. 4 “7. Tataira .—About the size of the tubi, but with a yellow body and a black head: its honey is excellent. “ 8. MumbUco. —^Black, and larger than the tubi: the honey, after being kept about an hour, becomes as sour as lemon-juice. “9. Byiii.—Yery like the tubi, but smaller: its honey is excellent. “ 10. Tiubd.—Of the size of a large house-fly, and of a grayish-black color: its honey is excellent. “11. Sard .—About the size of a house-fly, and of a yellowish color: its honey is acid. “12. Vrussit .—About the size of a large humble-bee: the head is black and the body yellowish. It produces good honey. “13. Urussd preto .—^Entirely black, and upward of an inch in length: it likewise produces good honey. “ 14. Oanidra. —^Black, and about the same size as No. 13: its honey is too bitter to be eatable. It is said to be a great thief of the honey of other bees. ““IS. Chupi .—About the size of No. 10, of a black color. It makes its hive of clay on branches of and is often of a very large size. Its honey is good. <<17' No. 15, but always builds its hive rounder, flatter, and smaller. 17. EnchH .—This is a kind of wasp about the size of a house-fly: its head is black and the body ye ow. It builds its hive in the branches of trees: this is of a papery tissue about three feet in circum¬ ference. Its honey is good. 18. Enchd pequeno .—Very similar to the last, but always makes a smaller hive: it also produces good honey. oth * eleven of these honey-bees construct their cells in the hollow trunks of trees, and the th ® eunilar situations or beneath the ground. It is only the last three kinds that sting, all ^e o ers being harmless. The only attempt I ever saw to domesticate these bees was by a Cornish neT*^ District, who cut off those portions of the trunks of the trees which contained the eve ' tb *hem up under the eaves of his house. They seemed to thrive very well; but when- inhab'ta **°*'^^ it was necessary to destroy the bees. Both the Indians and the other Thev * country are very expert in tracing these insects to the trees in which they hive. ^ generally mix the honey—which is very fluid—with farinha before they eat it, and of the wax count”^^*^ ^ coarse kind of taper about a yard long, which serves in lieu of candles, and which the cient *^^**^-*^ bring to the villages for sale. We found this very convenient, and always carried a sufli- nhfoi . infrequently we were obliged to manufacture them ourselves from the wax Obtained by my own men.” 456 Brazil and the Brazilians. But, in the general improvement which is gradually pervading all Brazil, this province receives its share; and, when the railways are completed to Joazeira, Goyaz will be easily brought within a few hours of the great marts on the Atlantic seaboard. The various affluents of the Tocantins and of the Parahiha do Sul water this province, and afford it a certain species of communica¬ tion with the adjacent provinces; and yet in the middle and southern provinces I have met with travellers and mule-troops taking the long and fatiguing land-route to Eio de Janeiro and Santos. From Goyaz, the capital of the province, to Para, the distance is more than one thousand miles, and this journey has been performed the whole way by water, with the exception of a few leagues. This long river-route was accomplished as early as 1773, under the governorship of Jose d’Almeida de Vasconcellos Sobral e Carvalho, and we of the ISTorth are filled with wonder that this navigation does not become permanent and reliable. As Brazilian steamers have been running regularly upon the Amazon since 1853, we may hope in time to see the waters of the Tocan¬ tins and its tributaries furrowed by suitable vapores, and thus this rich province become fully developed. Mato Grosso is an immense province, containing a greater area than the original thirteen States of the Union. It is west of Goyaz, and borders upon Bolivia, the Argentine Confederation, and Paraguay. Mato Grosso may he reached from Para by ascending either the Tocantins, the Chingu, the Tapajos, or the Madeira Eivers. A glance at the map would lead one to suppose that the passage of the Madeira was not only the longest, but also that which would be in every way the most difficult. It is, however, better known than either of the others, and is the only one which has, to any extent, been a commercial thoroughfare. The distance in a right line from Para to Yilla Bella, or Mato Grosso, (one of the principal towns of the province,) is about one thousand miles. Not less than two thousand five hundred miles must he traversed in making the passage by water. Lieutenant Gibbon, U.S.N., has given a very interesting account of his descent (in 1852) of the Mamore Eiver, from the fort Principe de Beira to the Madeira, and thence to Para; but the best detailed Lieutenant Page’s Survey of the La Plata. 457 sketch of this long route and the numerous difficulties it opposes to either the traveller or the merchant is found in a memoir pub¬ lished by the Geographical and Historical Institute of Eio de Janeiro. Por the distance of fifteen hundred miles up the Amazon and the Madeira, to the Falls of St. Antonio, there is nothing in the ^ay but a powerful current. Much of the country through which the last-named river flows is very unhealthy. From the Falls of St Antonio a succession of falls and rapids extend upward more than two hundred miles. Nearly all this distance it is necessary to transport canoes and cargoes overland, by the most tedious and difficult processes imaginable. Precipices must be climbed, roads cut and huts built from time to time as a temporary shelter against the rains. In short, three or four months are necessarily consumed on this part of the route. Once above this chain of obstacles, there remain about seven hundred miles of good naviga¬ tion on the Mam ore and Guapore Eivers. Previous to steam-navi¬ gation on the Amazon the entire voyage occupied ten months, when made by traders carrying goods. Yast numbers of Indians and negroes are required as oarsmen and bearers of burdens. It is customary for several companies to associate together, and the supplies which must necessarily be provided beforehand occasion great expense and inconvenience. The downward voyage, as a matter of course, would be much more easily and quickly per¬ formed. Notwithstanding the tedium and the toil of this long and dreary passage, it is generally less dreaded than the overland route to Eio de Janeiro. On the latter, an interminable succession of mountains, the lack of any direct or suitable roads, the impos¬ sibility of procuring provisions by the way,—at least for great distances,—and the slow pace of loaded mules, are by no means trifling difficulties in the way of either despatch or pleasure. But by the enterprise and ability of Lieutenant Thomas J. Page, U.S.N., a new route by water to the capital of the Empire has been opened to Brazil and the world. This gentleman, acting Rnder orders of the United States Government, sailed from Nor¬ folk in 1853, in the U. S. steamer “Water-Witch,” four hundred tons’ burden and nine feet draft. The object of this expedition the survey of the river La Plata and its tributaries, for the 458 Brazil and the Brazilians. advancement of commerce and the promotion of science. Although some obstacles presented themselves at Eio de Janeiro, the Impe- rial Government finally granted its consent, and the Water-Witch went on its mission of peace; and no one can read Lieutenant Page’s report to the late Secretary of the Navy (Mr. Dobbin) without the deepest interest, and the conviction that the surveys and discoveries of the Commander and those under him are of the greatest importance to North America and Europe, as well as to Brazil and the South American States. The investigations of Lieutenant Page on the Parana, Paraguay, and also a number of their tributaries, show conclusively that these rivers can become the richest channels of commerce. Of the Para¬ guay he says:— “ This river differs from the Parana in several particulars. Its period of rising is generally the reverse; it contains but few islands, is confined between narrow limits, is more easy of navi¬ gation, because less obstructed by shoals, and the course of its channel is less variable; its width from one-eighth to three-fourths of a mile, its velocity two miles per hour, and its rise is from twelve to fifteen feet. In October it attains its maximum and in February its minimum state. From its mouth to Assuncion, a dis¬ tance of two hundred and fifty miles, there were found no less than twenty feet of water when the river had fallen about two feet. This depth of water remained unchanged for the distance of several hundred miles above Assuncion, and the Water-Witch had ascended the Paraguay seven hundred miles above this place be¬ fore she found less than twelve feet. At this time the river had fallen several feet. “The admirable adaptation of these rivers to steam-navigation cannot but forcibly strike the most casual observer. “ There are no obstructions from fallen trees, neither shoals nor rocks, to endanger navigation. At suitable points—in fact, at every point in Paraguay particularly—an abundance of the best wood may he procured immediately on the hanks; and, when populated, no difficulty will be found in obtaining a supply of it prepared for immediate use. By experiment carefully made, one cord of the Paraguay wood was ascertained fo be equal, m the production of steam, to a ton of the best anthracite coal- Dr. Kane and Lieutenant Strain. 459 «The left bank of the river, up to the distance of four hundred and fifty miles from Assuncion, is populated, but more and more sparsely as the northern frontier is approached. Between the most northern Paraguayan and the most southern Brazilian settlements— a distance of two hundred and fiftj^ miles—^there is no habitation of civilized man. Various tribes of Indians were met with at dif¬ ferent points, with some of whom we ‘held a talk,' and parted on such friendly terms, because of the numerous presents we made them in trinkets and tobacco, that they became somewhat trouble¬ some, following us along the banks on horseback, desirous that'we should repeat the visit on shore." This was the first steamer that ever ploughed the upper waters of the Paraguay. The arrival of the Water-Witch at Coimbra (Brazil) was hailed with the liveliest demonstrations of joy, and Lieutenant Page was received by the authorities with the most marked attention. His command, owing to the proper permission from the Imperial Government arriving too late, did not proceed higher than Corumba. Lieutenant Page is, however, of the opinion that Cuiba, in Mato Grosso, may be reached by small steamers. It is hoped that this energetic and intelligent oflicer may yet prose¬ cute his surveys for the benefit of the w^orld. It is interesting to reflect that while the American navy has been to a great extent, for nearly fifty years, exempt from the work of war, her gallant oflicers have won imperishable laurels in the oobler pursuits of scientific investigation. The names of Bache, ^ury. Strain, Kane, Gillis, Page, and the scores who have been employed on coast-surveys, have done more to benefit their country and mankind than all the naval battles of the nineteenth century. Since these pages were commenced, two whose names are men¬ tioned above have slept the “last sleep.” When scientific attain- °^6nts, self-sacrifice, and suffering shall be connected together, the ^oro of the Arctic regions and the hero of the Isthmus of Darien ^111 not be forgotten by the thousands who shall come after us. n both may be applied the language of Mr. George Eipley, of Kew ork, in regard to Kane:—“The admirable qualities which they displayed in the discharge of their official duties are a sure pledge permanent fame. Courage, wisdom, fertility of resource, power endurance, and devotion to an idea, are stamped upon their 460 Brazil and the Brazilians. intrepid career.” As Dr. Kane, though bent on an errand of mercy was the first American to attempt “to lift the dead veil of mystery which hangs over the Arctic regions,” so Lieutenant Strain, for the benefit of mankind, was the first American to explore the wonder¬ ful rivers of that region of fabulous fertility in the South. While a midshipman, he obtained leave to enter the interior of Brazil, and, accompanied by a small party of brave spirits, (among whom was Dr. Eeinhart,) he explored the province of San Paulo, tracing the rivers Tiete and Paranapanema nearly to their conflu- ence with the Parana. The dangers and hardships he encountered in this expedition were only inferior to those of the more recent and better-known expedition to the Isthmus of Darien. His ser¬ vices as an explorer were suitably acknowledged by the Imperial Government} and in Brazil I have heard high encomiums on Lieu¬ tenant Strain, and in his death science has lost a noble son.* It would be an interesting expedition, and great good would be accomplished, if the Government of Brazil would consent to send out, with England, France, and the United States, a joint scientific commission, to explore thoroughly the whole district of Central Brazil, from Bolivia to Bahia, with particular reference to the navigability of the waters, that here interlace, of those vast rivers which irrigate such a wide extent of territory. In the northern part of this province are countless hosts of monkeys, mostly of the howling kind. M. de Castelnau, on the * The career of this oflSicer after leaving Brazil may be briefly stated:—From South America he went to California. “In 1849, returning from the Pacific, he crossed the continent from Valparaiso to Buenos Ayres, of which he published a narrative entitled ‘ The Cordillera and Pampa.’ Subsequently, he was attached to the Mexican Boundary-Commission. An African cruise followed his return from Mexico, and not long after he led the fatal expedition across the Isthmus of Darien, which cost so many valuable lives, and undermined the health, and has now caused the death, of the leader. Rallying from the effects of the hardships of that adven¬ ture, he accompanied Lieutenant Berryman in the voyage of the steamer Arch'c to sound the course of the Atlantic telegraph. This was his last public service. But his energetic spirit could not brook inaction, and at the time of his death be was on his way to join the same ship from which he had been detached three years before to examine the Darien route; and on the same spot where he won so high * name among American explorers he yielded up his life .”—Providence (B-I-) Journal A Race of Indians “with Tails.’ 461 head-waters of the Amazon, found the written authentic account of a padre of very early times, who affirmed that there was here » race of Indians which he bad seen, who were dwarfish in size and had tails. He says that one was brought to him whose caudal extremity was “the thickness of a finger, and half a palm long, and covered with a smooth and naked skin;” and also he further sets his seal to the fact that the Indian cut his own tail once a month, as he did not like to have it too long. Was not the padre’s dwarf the Brachyurus cal- vus, with the short, ball¬ like tail, discovered a few years ago in this region by Mr. Deville ? Cuiba, the capital of Mato Grosso, has a healthy location upon a river of the same name. Although called a city, it is, in fact, but a village. Its houses are Dearly all built of taipa, with floors of hardened clay or brick. The region, immediately surrounding it is said to be so abundant ID gold, that some grains of it may be found wherever the earth 18 excavated. It is about one hundred miles from the diamond- district. Its soil is fertile, but it almost universally lacks cultivation. In ®DDie parts particular attention is given to grazing; but, gene- rally speaking, the inhabitants make no exertions to produce any thing that is not requisite for their own consumption. Indeed, ^^ey do not always reach the limit of their own necessities. The 462 Brazil and the Brazilians. province abounds in gold and diamonds; but, owing to the lack of skill employed in searching for them, the products of either, for latter years, have been very small. What is gained by the miners and the garimpeiros, as the diamond-seekers are called, together with a certain quantity of ipecacuanha, constitute the whole amount of exports from the province. These articles are gene¬ rally sent on mule-back to Eio de Janeiro, where manufactured goods in return are purchased and sent back over the tedious land- route. The first printing-press ever seen in Mato Grosso was procured at the expense of the Government in 1838. In matters of educa¬ tion this province is exceedingly backward. The schools are not only few in number, but great inconveniences are suffered from the lack of books, paper, and nearly every other material essential to elementary education. In addition to this low and unpromising state of education, that of religion appears, from the reports of successive presidents of the province, to be still worse. There are but few churches in existence: not more than half of these are supplied with priests; and all, without great expenses in repairing, will ere long be in ruins. Goyaz and Mato Grosso may be ranked together in the relation they bear to the other portions of the Empire and of the world. Both were originally settled by gold-hunters. The lure of treasure led adventurers to bury themselves in the deep recesses of these interminable forests. Their search was successful. Their most eager avarice was satiated. But agriculture was neglected; peo¬ ple could not eat gold, and in many instances those who were able to count their treasure by arrobas were in the greatest want of the necessities of life. The ground was not cultivated; nothing was exported; no flourishing towns were built. The gold-fever, abating, left society in a state so enfeebled that we see its effects even to¬ day. Gold and diamonds hindered the progress of Goyaz and Mato Grosso more than their dense forests and great distance from the sea-shore. It is instructive to look at the widely-different results of the mineral and vegetable riches of the Empire. Mexico and Peru, (before the discovery of Australian and Califo’’* nian treasure,) Brazil furnished the largest quantum of hard cur¬ rency to the commercial world. Here the diamond, the ruby, 462 Brazil and tub Brazilians. provi;,ci> abounds in gold and diamonds; but, owing to the | of skiU employed in seafching for them, the products of either^ latter years, have been verj^ snmll. What is gained by the min and the garimpeiroSy as the diamond-seekers are called, togethi with a certain quantity of ipecacuanha, constitute the wIm amount of exports from the province. These articles are j rally, sent on mule-back to Rio de Janeiro, where manufactun goods in return arb' purchased and sent back over the tedious lai route. The firet printing-press, ever seen in Mato G-rosso was prcx at the expense of the Government in 1838. In matters of educj tion this prov^ce is exceedingly backward. The schools are n(( only few in number, but great inconveniences are suifered from.tt lack of books, paper, and nearly every other material essential elementary education. In addition to this low and unpromisin state of education, that of religion appears, from the reports 4 successive presidents of the province, to be still worse. There a but few churches* in existence: not more than half bf these aJ supplied with priests; and ail, without great expenses in repairini will ere long be in ruins. Goyaf and Mato Grosso may be ranked together in the rolatj they boar to t^e other portions of the Empire and of the woj^ Both were ori^nally scfttled by goM-huntei*s. The lure of trf led adventuj^s to bury themselves in the deep recesses of the|i interminable forests. Their search was successful. Their ml 6 could not eat gold, and in many instances those who were al^ .SO count their treasure by arrobas were in the greatest want of t ne-j^sities of life. The ground was not cultivated; nothing exported; ho flourishing towns were built. The gold-fever, abati;^ 'of, society in a state so enfeebled that wo see its effects eve‘a,;i day. ;Gold and diamonds hindered the progress of Goya®;! Mato Grosso more than their dense forests and great distal from the sea-shore. It is instructive to look at the widely-diffeW results of the mineral and vegetable riches of the Empire. Mexico and Peru, (befoi-e the discovery of Australian and nian treasure,) Brazil furnished the largest quantum of hard *< rency to the'commercial world. Here the diamond, the ruby, ^ THE VARIEGATED BREAST PARROT. [CONURUS VERRICOLOR] upon. a.’braiidi of liie Coffee tree. Difference in Besults from Diamonds and Coffee. 463 sapphire, the topaz, and the rainbow-tinted opal sparkle in their native splendor. And yet so much greater are the riches of the agricultural productions of the Empire, that the annual sum re¬ ceived for the single article of coffee surpasses the results of eighty years’ yield of the diamond-mines. From 1740 to 1822, (the era of independence,) a period which was the most prosperous in diamond-mining, the number of carats obtained were two hundred and thirty-two thousand, worth not qiiite three and a half millions pounds sterling. The exports of coffee from Eio alone during the year 1851 amounted to £4,756,794! And when we add the sums obtained for the other great staples of sugar, cotton, seringa, (or the India rubber,) dye-woods, and the productions of the im¬ mense herds of the South, we have, it is true, a better idea of the sources of wealth in Brazil, but only a faint conception of the vast resources of this fertile Empire. Having thus glanced at all the interior provinces except Amazonas, we next turn our attention to the maritime provinces north of Eio de Janeiro. CHAPTEE XXIV. CAPE FKIO—WEECK OF THE FEIGATE THETIS—CAMPOS—ESPIEITO SANTO— ABOBfr GINES — OEIGIN OF INDIAN CIVILIZATION—THE PALM-TEEE AND ITS USES-^ THE TUPI-GUAEANI—THE LINGOA GEEAL—FEEOCITY OF THE AYMOEES—THE CITY OF BAHIA—POETEES—CADEIEAS—HISTOEY OF BAHIA—CAEAMUEU—ATTACK OF THE HOLLANDEES—MEASUEES TAKEN BY SPAIN—THE CITY BETAKEN—THE DUTCH IN BBAZIL—SLAVE-TEADE—SOCIABILITY OF BAHIA—ME. GILLMBB, AMB- EICAN CONSUL—THE HUMMING-BIED—WHALE-FISHEEY—AMEEICAN CEMETEEY— HENEY MAETYN VISIT TO MONTSEEEAT—^VIEW OF THE CITY—THE EMPEEOE’s BIETHDAY—MEDICAL SCHOOL—PUBLIC LIBEAEY IMAGE-FACTOEY — THE WON- DEEFUL IMAGE OF ST. ANTHONY—NO MIEACLE—ST, ANTHONY A COLONEL-^ VISIT TO VALEN9A-DAEING NAVIGATION — IN FURIS NATUBALIBUS —THE FAC- TOEY AND COLONEL CAESON—AMEEICAN MACHINEEY—SKILFUL NEGEOES — EETUEN HOME—COMMEECE WITH THE UNITED STATES. To reach the Brazilian North by sea has been no difficult task since 1839. At Eio de Janeiro, scarcely three days elapse unless some steamer, either foreign or nagional, embarks for the city of Bahia. Entering one of these, in a few hours we will be abreast of Cape Erio, which huge oval mass of granite marks the spot where the line of coast turns to the north and forms nearly a right angle. Some years ago, the English frigate Thetis, bound homeward at the expiration of a cruise in the Pacific, was wrecked upon Cape Frio. This vessel, on leaving the harbor of Eio, where she had touched, encountered foul weather. After struggling against it till it was presumed she had cleared the coast, she bore away on her course. The darkness of the night was impenetrable, and, the wind being strong, the ship was running eight or ten knots an hour, when, without the slightest warning or apprehension of danger by any one on board, she dashed upon this rocky bulwark. The officers and crew, in the shock and consternation of the mo¬ ment, had barely time to transfer themselves to contiguous por- 464 Espirito Santo. 465 tions of the promontory, before the shivered frigate went to the bottom. Most of those on board were saved by drawing them- Belves up, on shelves of the rock, out of the reach of the waves, where in the most constrained position, they were forced to remain throughout the dismal night. A good light-house has since been constructed upon Cape Frio, which at the present time renders the approach of the navigator nearly as safe by night as it is by day. We pass the Parahiba Eiver, twenty miles from the mouth of which is the flourishing town of Campos, formerly called S. Salvador. The vast region surrounding this town is known as the Campos dos Goyatakazes, or plains of the Goyatakaz Indians, the aboriginal inhabitants. It is a rich tract of country, and has, for beauty, been compared to the Elysian fields. Campos is situated on the western bank of the river; The town has regular and well- paved streets, with some fine houses. Its commerce is extensive, employing a vast number of coasting-smacks to export its sugar, its rum, its coffee, and its rice. The sugars of Campos are said by some to be the best in Brazil. Not many leagues beyond the disemboguement of the Parahiba we sail along the coast of Espirito Santo. This province embraces the old captaincy of the same name, and part of that of Porto Seguro. Although this portion of the coast was that discovered by Cabral and settled by the first Donataries, yet it is still but thinly inhabited, and has not made the improvements that may be found in most other parts. Its soil is fertile, and especially adapted to the cultivation of sugarcane, together with most of the inter- tropical productions. Its forests furnish precious woods and useful drugs, and its waters abound with valuable fish. But vast regions of its territory are only roamed by savage tribes, who still make occasional plundering incursions upon the settjements. Surveys have recently been instituted upon the rivers Doce and S. Ma- theus, and it is thought practicable to render those streams navi¬ gable to small steamers. Organized companies have had these enterprises in charge, and propose to open new and direct means of transport between the coast and the province of Minas-Geraes. Should this undertaking succeed'it will be of great importance, ^ot only to the provinces of Espirito Santo and Minas-Geraes, but 466 Brazil and the Brazilians. also to the city of Bahia, to which large quantities of the produce exported would be directly conveyed. The distance from Eio de Janeiro to Bahia is about eight hundred miles. There is no large city or flourishing port on the coast, nor is there a single direct or beaten road through the interior. The only author who has ever travelled over this portion of Brazil by land is Prince Maximilian of Neuwied. Few naturalists have exhibited more enthusiasm, and few travellers more persevering industry, than did His Highness in passing through these wild and uncultivated regions. It is difficult to form an idea of the impedi¬ ments, annoyances, and dangers which he had to surmount. But such was the interest and cheerfulness with which the Prince per¬ formed his journeys, that he described his condition by saying, “Although scratched and maimed by thorns, soaked by the rains, exhausted by incessant perspiration caused by the heat, never¬ theless the traveller is transported in view of the magnificent vegetation.” His travels in Brazil were accomplished between the years 1815 and 1818, and the rich and interesting work in which he gave their results to the world furnishes up to the present day the best account we have of the scenery and of the people on this section of the coast. Ho part of Brazil has been less agitated by the revolutions of the last half-century. Under the present regimey there has been a gradual improvement; yet, up to 1839, the whole province of Espirito Santo contained not a single printing-press, and many of its churches, built with great expense by the early settlers, are going to decay. But when we look at recent educa¬ tional statistics, we find that there is progress even in this quiet corner of the world. In 1839, there were but seven primary schools in the province; but in 1855, the Minister of the Empire reports twenty-nine sustained by the Imperial fund, to say nothing of those conducted by provincial and private enterprise. Yarious internal improvements are contemplated; and we hope the day is not far distant when Espirito Santo shall have her fertile soil, which is so well adapted to the sugar and coffee plants, teeming with cultivation. Frequent allusion has been made to the aboriginal tribes of Brazil. Their history would fill many volumes. The same interest which attaches to the Incas and their subjects, to the Montezumas and Origin of Indian Civilization. 467 the millions over whom they lorded it, does not belong to the tribes or nations which inhabited Brazil at its discovery. The few re¬ mains of antiquity which have been reported in the North are doubt¬ less monuments of the Empire of the Incas east of the Andes. That erudite and accurate student of Indian antiquities, Mr. Schoolcraft, has, I think, clearly shown that the germ of Mexican civilization was the cultivation of the maize, which, to produce in quantities and in perfection, requires, at least for some months, continued labor. Thus the ancient Mexicans, if they were even for a short time nomadic, would be recalled to the spot whence they drew their principal sustenance. The want of rain either called forth eiforts for artificial irrigation, or for the construction of floating gardens on the lakes which gem the great Yalley of Azteca. These could not be well abandoned without the greatest sacrifice, and thus there grew up insensibly a community,—a settle¬ ment. If the early history of the great Peruvian nation, which numbered more than three times the population of Mexico, could be known, we should doubtless find that their civilization originated in endeavoring to procure food by the cultivation of the rainless and arid Pacific se'a-coast, by resorting to artificial irrigation. When strength of mind and skill were developed, they could push their way into a more favored region, driving back other tribes. Thus, in time, they extended their conquests, their comparative civilization, and their Sabean religion over a teridtory comprising the country from the Pacific coast on the west to the eastern slope of the Andes, and from the equator to Valparaiso. The tribes of Brazil, however, from the natural irrigation, and from the spontaneous products of the forests and plains, had no motives to call forth that mental eifort for existence which often results in civilization. They were not settled; neither were they habitually and widely nomadic, each tribe having certain limits, where it remained until driven out by a superior force. The plantain, the banana, the cashew, the yam,—above all, the man- dioca, and the more than two hundred species of palms,—furnished them food, drink, and raiment. The little cultivation to which they attended was that of the mandioca-root, which, when planted in burned ground, thrives among the stumps and roots of trees without further husbandry. 468 Brazil and the Brazilians. But the most generous gift (to which allusion has been made) that bountiful Providence gave Brazil is the palm-tree. The traveller in the interior provinces and upon the sea-coast away from the cities is struck by the very great application of this “Prince of the Yegetable Kingdom’^ to the wants of man. And if the prince plays so important a part in the do¬ mestic economy of Europeans and their descendants, his highness was and is servant for general house and field work among the aborigines of Brazil. To this day it furnishes the Amazonian Indians house, raiment, food, drink, salt, fishing-tackle, hunt¬ ing-implements, and musical instruments, and almost every necessary of life except flesh. Take the hut of an Uaupe Indian on one of the afliuents of the Eio Negro. The rafters are formed by the straight and uniform palm called Leopoldina pulchra; the roof is composed of the leaves of the Carana palm; the doors and framework of the split stems of ihelriartea exhoriza. The wide bark which grows beneath the fruit of another species is sometimes used as an apron. The Indian’s hammock, his bow-strings, and his fishing- lines are woven and twisted from the fibrous portions of different palms. The comb with which the males of some of the tribes adorn their heads is made from the hard The Brazilian Savages Cannibals. 469 wood of a palm; and the fish-hooks are made from the spines of the same tree. The Indian makes, from the fibrous spathes of the Manicaria saccifera, caps for his head, or cloth in which he wraps his most treasured feather-ornaments. From eight species he can obtain intoxicating liquor; from many more (not including the cocoanut-palm, found on the sea-coast) he receives oil and a harvest of fruit; and from one (the Java assu) he procures, by burning the large clusters of small nuts, a substitute for salt. From another he forms a cylinder for squeezing the mandioca-pulp, because it resists for a long time the action of the poisonous juice. The great woody spathes of the Maximiliana regia are used by hunters to cook meat in, as, with water in them, they stand the fire well:” (Wallace.) These spathes are also employed for carrying earth, and sometimes for cradles. Arrows are made from the spinous processes of the Patawd, and lances and heavy harpoons are made from the Iriatea ventricosa; the long blowpipe through which the Indian sends the poisoned arrow that brings down the bright birds, the fearless peccari, and even the thick-skinned tapir, is furnished by the Setigera palm: the great, bassoon-like musical instruments used in the “devil-worship” of the Uaupes are also made from the stems of palm-trees One would have supposed that a people thus supplied with almost every necessity of life would have exhibited gentleness and docility, and would have been among the most peaceful of the denizens of the New World. On the contrary, the aborigines of Brazil were a warlike, ferocious people, unskilled in the usual arts of peace, and were of the most vengeful and bloody character. Many of these tribes were cannibals: some ate their enemies in grand ceremonial; others made war for the purpose of obtaining human food; and others still devoured their relatives and friends as a mark of honor and distinguished consideration. At this day, in the remote interior, on the upper waters of the Amazon, there exist, in as wild a state as when South America was first dis¬ covered, tribes whose anthropophagous propensities are as fully indulged as if the European had never placed foot upon the conti¬ nent. We would feel inclined to discredit the accounts of all the early navigators who touched upon the Brazilian coasts in regard to the cannibalism of the natives, were it not that it is fully con- 470 Brazil and the Brazilians. firmed at the present day: forty days’ journey (as travellers travel) from the mouth of the Amazon up the river Purus, are found the Catauixis, and near them other tribes of Indians, who, Mr. Wallace (a thorough and truthful explorer) says, “are cannibals, killing and eating Indians of other tribes, and they preserve the flesh thus obtained smoked and dried.” So far as can be ascertained, there were more than one hundred difierent tribes inhabiting Brazil at the discovery of South America. The large majority of these belonged to one race, and were called, upon the sea-coast, Tupi Tupinaki, Tupi- nambi, or something similar, in the way of a compound of the root Tup. In the South, upon the head-waters of the La Plata, they were called Guarani. They were most curiously situated, dwelling in a narrow belt upon the whole sea-coast from the mouth of the Amazon down to the present province of S. Paulo. Here they extended inland to the Para¬ guay, and up its waters and across the interfacings of the La Platan and Amazonian sources, where, it is surmised, they had their origin: thence they were found upon the Marmora, the Madeira, the Tapajoz, and other rivers, down the Amazon to the great island of Marajo. This people spoke in effect the same language, called by Br. Latham, in his treatise on the languages of the Amazon, the Tupi-Guarani. This learned philolo¬ gist says that as far northward as the equator and as far south as Buenos Ayres the Tupi-Guarani language was to be found. Now, there were, surrounded by this widely-spread race, numerous tribes of other aborigines, who spoke a class of languages totally distinct and different. These different tribes, it was ascertained by the Jesuits and traders, comprehended, to a certain extent, the Tupi- Guarani tongue, though their own languages were so unlike that they scarcely had one word in common. The priests, the traders, and the slave-hunters pushed their way through these tribes, and each, in their widely-different mission, aided in the formation of a The Ferocity of the Aymores. 471 remarkable language, called the Lingoa Geral or Lingoa Franca, which was the common vehicle of communication, from the Orinoco to the La Plata, among people whose lan¬ guages remain unknown. The trader, the scientific explorer, and the Brazilian Government official, at this day have their intercourse with the savages of the Japura, the Parana, the Chingu, and the Araguaia, by the Lingoa Geral. The basis of this, as already observed, is the Guarani or Tupi-Guarani tongue.* These surrounded ti'ibes, so to speak, occasionally, though rarely, succeeded in reaching the coast. Thus, the Ay- mores—a cannibal tribe who acquired such a terrible celebrity—made their appearance upon the sea-shore a long time after the discovery of Brazil. The coast-tribes regarded them with horror, and con¬ sidered them as irrational beings, ignorant of the construction of huts and of the art of adorning their persons with the rich plumage of the parrot and the gay-painted macaw. They had a still more distinctive characteristic, that con¬ sisting in an unconquerable fear of water, which impeded them from following their enemies when they swam a river or plunged into- a lake. They assaulted Porto Seguro and the Ilheos with such ferocity that Bellegarde says that labor American Indian. ceased on all the plantations for want of workmen who had gone to give them battle. They were afterward routed and nearly all * Dr. Latham says, “With two exceptious, the distribution of the numerous dia¬ lects and subdialects of the Tupi-Guarani tongue is the most remarkable in the world,—the exceptions being the Malay and the Athabascan tongues.” 472 Brazil and the Brazilians. dispersed, and there only remain as their descendants the Bota- cudos, a few hundred of whom still—now peacefully—wander upon the hanks of the rivers Doce and Bellemonte. These Indians, like many of the savages of South America, wear the most a.bsurd ornaments of light wood, (the aloe,) which they at pleasure insert and take out from slits in their ears and lips. But the question naturally arises. What have become of the numerous tribes once inhabiting the sea-coast and those provinces where now a civilized population most abound ? Where are the Tupi-Gruarani ? Many wandered to remote parts of the Empire; European diseases and vices, as well as war and the march of civilization, swept them from their places. The Guarani of South Brazil, under the Jesuits, reached a certain degree of advance¬ ment } but the inhuman Portuguese slave-hunter, who pushed his way as far as Bolivia, with ruthless hands broke up the missions and led them into captivity, and they soon melted away before cruel taskmasters. Of the Tupinambas and the Tamoyos, who dwelt in the present provinces of Eio de Janeiro and Minas- Geraes, the former were exterminated, and the latter were so constantly harassed and defeated in war by the colonists, that, though for a long time wanting unanimity, they finally were per¬ suaded by the eloquence of an influential and eminent chief (Jappy Assu,—a second Orgetorix) to emigrate to the distant North,—■ Eesemblance of the Aborigines to the Dyaks. 473 then more than three thousand miles from their former home,— and they settled upon the southern bank of the Amazon, from its confluence with the Madeira, at various points, down to the island of Marajo. Their descendants are found this day in the country between the Tapajoz and the Madeira, among the lakes and channels of the great island of the Tupinambas. They are now called the Mandrucus,—the most warlike Indians of South America. They live in villages, in each of which is a for¬ tress where all the men sleep at night. This building is adorned within by the dried heads of their enemies decked with feathers. These ghastly orna¬ ments have the features and hair per¬ fectly preserved. The existing tribes, in their manners and customs, are closely allied to our North American Indians, with this ex¬ ception :—that the savages south of the equator have all been found to be ex¬ ceedingly deflcient in any religious idea. None of them, when first visited, seemed to have the faintest conception of the Great Spirit which so strikingly characterized the simple theo¬ logy of the aborigines of the Mississippi and the St. Lawrence. Attempts to civilize them have proved abortive except when they are held in a state of pupilage, as they were by the Jesuits, or under the rigid discipline of the Brazilian army. The curious ethnologist will find in the tribes of the Upper Amazonian waters the red man who has been untouched by civilization. Mr. Wallace—who roamed for some years among these sons of the wilderness—^has given us much information in regard to them, and says that one of the singular facts connected with these Indians is the resemblance which exists between some of their customs and those of nations most remote from them. Thus, the gravatdna or blowpipe reappears in the sumpitan of Borneo; the great houses of the Uaupes and Mandrucus closely resemble those of the Dyaks of the same country; while many small baskets 474 Brazil and the Brazilians. and bamboo boxes from Borneo and New Guinea are so similar in their form and construction to those of the Amazonian Indians that they might be supposed to belong to adjoining tribes. Then, again, the Mandrucus, like the Dyaks, take the heads of their enemies, smoke-dry them with equal care, preserving the skin and hair entire, and hang them up around their houses. In Australia, the throwing-stick is used j and on a remote branch of the Amazon (the Purus) we see a tribe of Indians (the Purupurus) diifering from all around them in substituting for the bow a weapon only found in such a remote portion of the earth, among a people so distinct from them in almost every physical characteristic. . The aboriginal population is unknown, and there are only about nineteen thousand catechized or Christian Indians reported by the Minister of the Empire. On the ocean-route from Eio to Bahia there are four small islands, called the Ahrolhos, (“Open your eyes,”) which are dangerous pro¬ jections from a bank of rocks that exhibits itself occasionally between the seventeenth and twenty-fifth degrees of south lati¬ tude, at a distance of from two to ten leagues from the mainland. Besides these, there is also a regular reef of rocks running quite near the shore, and generally parallel with it, the whole distance from Cape Erie to Maranham. Espirito Santo, Porto Seguro, Ilheos, and, in fact, nearly all the ports along the entire coast, are formed by openings through this reef. After three or four days’ steaming, the lower extremity of the island of Itaparica, with its numerous palm-trees, looms up in the horizon, and but a short time elapses before the eye catches the outline of the white domes and towers of Bahia San Salvador, the second city of the Empire. When the steamer arrived, I was, through the kindness of Sr. Nobre, the guarda mor, immediately transferred to the shore in his Government-barge. The walls of a circular fort rising from the bosom of the water, built by the Dutch, frown upon the shipping; while the fortresses on the hills command the harbor and the entire city. Landing at the Custom-House, I passed into the lower town, with its narrow streets (in some places there is but one) running parallel to the water’s edge. 1 The City of Bahia. 475 Along the Eua da Praya are located the Alfandega and the Con- Bulado, through the latter of which all home-productions must pass preliminary to exportation. Some of the trapiches (warehouses) near hy are of immense extent, and are said to be among the largest in the world. Around the landing-places cluster hundreds of canoes, launches, and various other small craft, discharging their loads of fruit and produce. On one part of the praya is a wide opening, which is used as a market-place, Near this a beautiful spacious modern building has been constructed for an exchange. It is well supplied with newspapers from all parts of the world, and is in a cool and airy situation. The principal commercial houses are situated on the Eua Nova do Commercio, and these compose the finest blocks of buildings in Brazil,—perhaps in all South America, These edifices would adorn the business-portions of London, Paris, or New York, The lower town is not calculated to make a favorable impression upon the stranger. The lofty buildings are nearly all old, although generally of a cheerful exterior. The streets in this vicinity are very narrow, uneven, and wretchedly paved, and at times as filthy as those of New York. At the same time it is crowded with pedlars and carriers of every description. You here become acquainted with one peculiarity of Bahia. Owing to the irregularities of its surface and the steepness of the ascent which separates the upper town from the lower, it does not admit the use of wheel-carriages. Not even a cart or truck is to be seen for the purpose of removing burdens from one place to another. Whatever requires change of place in all the commerce and ordinary business of this seaport— and it is second in size and importance to but one other in South America—must pass on the heads and shoulders of men. Burdens are here more frequently carried upon the shoulders, since, the principal exports of the city being sugar in cases and cotton in bales, it is impossible that they should bo borne on the head like bags of coffee. Immense numbers of tall, athletic negroes are seen moving in pairs or gangs of four, six, or eight, with their loads suspended between them on heavy poles. Numbers more of their fellows are seen sitting upon their poles, braiding straw, or lying about the 476 Brazil and the Brazilians. alleys and corners of the streets asleep, reminding one of black snakes coiled up in the sunshine. The sleepers generally have some sentinel ready to call them when they are wanted for busi¬ ness, and at the given signal they rouse up, like the elephant to his burden. Like the coffee-carriers of Eio, they often sing and shout as they go; but their gait is necessarily slow and measured, re¬ sembling a dead-march rather than the double-quick step of their Pluminensian colleagues. Another class of negroes are devoted to carrying passengers in a species of sedan-chair called cadeiras. PORTERS OF BAHIA. It is indeed a toilsome and often a dangerous task for a white person to ascend on foot the bluffs on which stands the cidade alta, particularly when the powerful rays of the sun are pouring, with¬ out mitigation, upon the head. ISTo omnibus or cab can be found to do him service. In accordance with this state of things, he finds near every corner or place of public resort a long row of cur¬ tained cadeiras, the hearers of which, hat in hand, crowd around him with all the eagerness, though not with the impudence, of carriage-drivers in North America, saying, “ Quer cadeira, Senhor?” (‘‘Will you have a chair, sir?”) When he has made his selection, and seated himself to his liking, the bearers elevate their load and march along, apparently as much pleased with the opportunity of Cadeikas and their Carriers. 477 carrying a passenger as he is with the chance of being carried. To keep a cadeira or two, and negroes to bear them, is as necessary for a family in Bahia as the keeping of carriages and horses is else¬ where. The livery of the carriers, and the expensiveness of the curtaining and ornaments of the cadeira, indicate the rank and style which the family maintains. Occasionally you will meet a proud creole Mina negress, who rejoices in the name par excellence of the Bahiana. Her turban, her shawl, her ornaments, and her elastic step in the heel¬ ed slipper, display a native grace unattain¬ able by modern fashion. I regret that I have no sketch of Bahia taken from the water, — for from that point the city seems truly magnificent in its proportions; but the large cut, from a daguerreotype, gives a view of the religious metropolis of Brazil, stretching on its ter¬ raced hills around to Montserrat. The steep ascent on which we see the cadeira- carriers is the same up which Henry Martyn climbed in 1805, so graphically described in the journal incorporated in the pages of his biography. The lower city, with the exception of the Eua Nova do Commercio, has been very little changed since the visit of that devoted missionary. Some of the streets between the upper and lower towns wind by a zigzag course along ravines; others slant across an almost perpendicular bluff, to avoid, as much as possible, its steepness. 478 Brazil and the Brazilians. !N’or is the surface level when you have ascended to the summit. J7ot even Eome can boast of so many hills as are here clustered together, forming the site of Bahia. Its extent between its extreme limits—Eio Yermelho and Montserrat—^is about six miles. The city is nowhere wide, and for the most part is composed of only two or three principal streets. The direction of these changes with the various curves and angles necessary to preserve the summit of the promontory. Frequent openings between the houses built along the summit exhibit the most picturesque views of the bay on the one hand and of the country on the other. The aspect of the city is antique. Great sums have been expended in the construction of its pavements,—more, however, with a view to preserve the streets from injury by rain than to furnish roads for any kind of carriages. Here and there may be seen an ancient fountain of stonework, placed in a valley of greater or less depth, to serve as a rendezvous for some stream that trickles down the hill above; but nowhere is there any important aqueduct, though recent water-works, with steam-engines manufactured in France, have been lately erected east of the Hoviciado, which will furnish a bountiful supply of the potable element to the city. In contemplating Bahia from the theatre (the large building oh the high terrace) we are carried back to the earliest periods of the colonial history of Brazil. The old round fort in the midst of the waves is an episode of the brief power of Holland in this portion of America, upon which Time has made no perceptible change. Bahia de Todos os Santos, the Bay of All Saints, was discovered in 1503 by Americus Yespueius, who was then voyaging under the patronage of the King of Portugal, Dom Manoel. In 1510, a vessel under the command of Diogo Alvares Correa was wrecked near the entrance of this bay. The Tupinambas, inhabiting the coast, fell upon and destroyed all who survived this shipwreck, except the captain of the vessel. The Indians spared Diogo,— probably, as some supposed, on account of his activity in assisting them to save articles from the wreck. He had the good fortune to obtain a musket and some barrels of powder and ball. He early took occasion to shoot a bird, and the Indians, terrified by the ex¬ plosion no less than by its effects, called him from that moment Caramuru, “ the man of fire.’’ Romantic History of CARAMURtJ. 479 He then conciliated their favor by assuring them that, although he was a terror to his enemies, he could be a valuable auxiliary to his friends. He accordingly accompanied the Tupinambas on an expedition against a neighboring tribe with whom they were at war. The first discharge of Caramuru’s musket gained him possession of the field, his frightened adversaries scampering for their lives. Little more was necessary to secure him a perfect supremacy among the aboriginals. As a proof of this, he was soon compli¬ mented with proposals from various chiefs, who offered him their daughters in marriage. Diogo made choice of Paraguassu, daughter of the head-chief Itaparica, whose name is perpetuated as the designation of the large island in front of the city, while that of Paraguassu, the bride, is applied to one of the rivers emptying into the hay. He built a hamlet which he denominated S. Salvador,* in gratitude for his escape from the shipwreck. This settlement was located in a place denominated Gra^a, on the Victoria Hill, a suburb of the city, still occasionally called Vilha Velha, (old town.) After the lapse of some years, a ship from Hormandy anchored ill front of Caramuru’s town and opened communications with the shore. Diogo now determined to return to Europe; and, having supplied the vessel with a cargo, ho embarked for Dieppe, accompanied by Paraguassu. He intended, if he arrived safely, to go from Dieppe to Lisbon. The French, however, would not per¬ mit this, but preferred to make him a lion in their own capital. Paraguassu was the first Indian female who had ever appeared in Paris. A splendid fete was given at her baptism, when she was christened Catharine Alvares, after the Queen Catharine de Medieis. King Henry II., accompanying his royal spouse, officiated on the occasion as godfather and sponsor. * In successive editions of the narrative of the “ United States Exploring Expe¬ dition” we find the following:—“The city of San Salvador, better known as Rio de' Janeiro,”—which is comparable for accuracy to McCulloch’s Geographical Dictionary, making the mountainous province of Rio de Janeiro to consist “mostly of plains.” San Salvador is eight hundred miles north of Rio de Janeiro, and San Sebastian —the old name of Rio—has about as much similarity to San Salvador as New Orleans has to New York. 480 Brazil and the Brazilians. The French Government contracted with Caramuru to send out vessels which should carry him to his adopted country, and return with brazil-wood and other articles, which should be given in ex¬ change for goods and trinkets. In the mean time, true to his original intent, he contrived to inform Dom John III., of Portugal, of the importance of colonizing Bahia. A young Portuguese, who had just finished his studies in Paris and was returning to Portugal, was the bearer of this message. This young man (Pedro Fer¬ nandez Sardinha) afterward became Bishop of Bahia. The natives rejoiced at Caramuru’s return, and his colony now increased rapidly and extended its influence in every direction. At this period the King of Portugal, in order to secure the set¬ tlement of Brazil, divided the country into twelve captaincies, each of fifty leagues’ extent on the coast, and boundless toward the interior. Each captaincy was conceded to a Donatary, whose power and authority were absolute. Francisco Pereira Coutinho, who came to take possession of Bahia, was a man rash and arbi¬ trary in the extreme. He became jealous of the influence of Diogo Alvares, and commenced to persecute and oppress him, and finally sent him on board a ship as a prisoner. This course exasperated the Indians, who determined on revenge. They attacked the settlement and killed Coutinho. Diogo Alvares was again restored to his original supremacy. The growing importance of the country, together with rumors of violence practised by the Donataries, induced Dom John III. to appoint a Governor-General of Brazil, to reside at S. Salvador and to have jurisdiction over all the Donataries. In 1549, Thome de Souza, the first Governor-General, landed with military ceremonies at Vilha Yelha, but in the course of a month proceeded to choose another location for the commencement of his operations. It was that of the present Cathedral, Government Palace, and other public buildings. Caramuru was now an old man, but was of great service to the Governor-General in consummating with the natives a treaty of peace. In four months a hundred houses were built, and various sugar-plantations were laid out in the vicinity. From this period the city of S. Salvador, having been constituted the capital of Portuguese America, and remaining under the direct r Bahia Captuked by the Hollandbks. 481 patronage of the mother-country, rapidly increased in size and importance. The year 1624 witnessed the first depredations of the Dutch upon the then quiet and prosperous city of Bahia. Without the least notice or provocation, a fieet from Holland entered the harbor, attacked the city, burned the shipping, and debarked men to seize the fortress of S. Antonio, and, after some fighting, gained possession of the town. This they sacked, not even sparing the churches. The captors immediately erected additional fortifica¬ tions and built many new houses. They made prizes of all the Portuguese and Spanish ships that came into the harbor not knowing that the town had changed masters. Portugal was at this time tributary to Spain. The news of the loss of Bahia caused great consternation at Madrid, and the more since it had been rumored that the English were to unite their forces with the Dutch and establish the Elector-Palatine King of Brazil. The Spanish court adopted measures worthy of its super¬ stition and its power. Instructions were despatched to the Gover¬ nors of Portugal, requiring them to examine into the crimes which had provoked this visitation of the divine vengeance, and to punish them forthwith. Kovenas were appointed throughout the whole kingdom; and a litany and prayers, framed for the occasion, were to be said after the mass. On one of the nine days there was to be a solemn procession of the people in every town and village, and of the monks in every cloister. The sacrament was exposed in all the churches of Lisbon, and a hundred thousand crowns were contributed in that city to aid the Government in recovering S. Salvador. A great ocean-fleet of forty sail, carrying eight thousand soldiers, sailed under D. Fadrique de Toledo and D. Manoel de Menezes, which in March, 1625, appeared off the bay; and after some delay, the object of which was to learn if the Hollanders had received reinforcements, D. Fadrique, satisfied, that they had not, entered the harbor with trumpets sounding, colors flying, and the ships ready for action. The Dutch vessels also, and the walls and forts, were dressed out, with their banners and streamers hoisted, either to welcome friends or defy enemies, whichever these new-comers might prove to be. The city had been fortified with great care, 31 482 Brazil and the Brazilians. accordiifg to the best principles of engineering,—a science in which no people had at that time such experience as the Dutch. It was defended by ninety-two pieces of artillery, and from the new fort upon the beach they fired red-hot shot. After some severe skirmishing, the Dutch, having waited in vain for the fleet from Holland, proposed a capitulation, which was acceded to. The Hollanders attempted to retake the city in 1638, under Mauritz, Count of Nassau, who was then in possession of Pernam¬ buco and a large portion of the adjoining coast. They were re¬ peatedly defeated at Bahia, but succeeded for a time at other points. The original attack, on the part of the Dutch, grew out of purely mercenary motives. It was planned and executed under the auspices of the celebrated West India Company. Proving successful at first, the Hollanders did not content themselves with plundering the inhabitants, but determined to make the very soil their own. Their inroads were manfully resisted by the Portu¬ guese, and the war, at different times, extended along the whole coast from Bahia to Maranham. In 1636, Mauritz, Count of Nassau, was sent out to take com¬ mand of the troops and to govern the new Empire. Under his direction active measures were set on foot; forts, cities, and palaces were built, and the country was explored in search of mines. Agriculture was undertaken with a strong hand, and it is easy to imagine what changes would have been introduced into those fertile regions by the industrious Hollanders, had not the fate of war decided against them. In the low ground, the marshes and the streams that surround the city of Pernambuco, they would have especially gloried. But the Brazilians, under their vigilant leaders., Camarao, Hen- rique Diaz, (the former an Indian, the latter a negro,) Souto, and Vieyra, kept up such incessant attacks upon the Hollanders, that at last, in 1654, they were expelled from Pernambuco, and in 1661 they abandoned, by negotiation, all claim to Brazil. It is interesting to think that, whatever motives may have urged the commercial Hollanders to attack Brazil, the Christians of that brave little Protestant country were not slow to follow up the Commerce for the Eansom of Slaves. 483 settlements; and hence, in Pernambuco and vicinity, faithful mis¬ sionary stations were established, and, when the Dutch were finally driven from the country, some of the clergymen came to New Amsterdam, and one of them was the first pastor of the Dutch Eeformed Church founded at Platbush, Long Island, Fi’om this time the Hollanders ceased their attacks on Bahia, that city advanced in wealth and prosperity, and was the seat of the Viceroyalty until 1763, when it was transferred to Eio de Janeiro, The position of Bahia, opposite the coast of Africa, caused it to be, from early times, an important rendezvous for those engaged in the African slave-trade. The otfensive ideas now associated with that trafiic among all enlightened nations are strangely in contrast with the semblance of philanthropy under which it was originally carried on. What a worthy enterprise, to send vessels to ransom those poor pagan captives and bring them where they could be Christianized by baptism, and at the same time lend a helping hand to those who had been so kind as to purchase them out of heathen bondage and bring them to a Christian country! Expressive of such ideas, the bland title by which the buying and selling of human beings was known during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, was the ^‘commerce for the ransom of slaves.” Bahia increased in population and wealth, and in 1808 its pros¬ perity was still more augmented by the Carta Eegia which opened the ports of Brazil to the world. This city was the last that remained faithful to Portugal; for, though the independence of the Empire was declared in September, 1822, it was not until July, 1823, and after severe suffering, that the Portuguese army evacuated Bahia San Salvador, The rebel¬ lion of 1837 was frightful in the extreme; but the Imperial Go¬ vernment finally obtained the mastery, and from that day to this Bahia has continued quiet, and has made rapid strides of im¬ provement, I do not think that there is any city in Brazil that so interests the foreigner as Bahia, It is the spiritual capital of the country, being the residence of the archbishop. The churches, the con¬ vents, and other public buildings, are upon a large scale, and have no provincialism in their appearance. The people are gay and 484 Brazil and the Brazilians. social, and in my extended travels throughout the Empire I have nowhere found a society equal to that of Bahia. At the house of Mr. Gillmer, the American Consul, one is always sure to meet the most refined and well-educated Brazilians. This gentleman is one of the few American consuls who, by knowledge of the language of the land where they reside, by sociability of character and ease of manners, and by pride of country, justly represent a great nation. Mr. Gillmer has long resided at Bahia, and by his many excellent qualities has won the hearts of the Brazilians. The weeks spent in his agreeable family gave me an opportunity for making many acquaintances among the citizens of Bahia and the foreigners resident in that city. The residence of Mr. Gillmer is in a delightful portion of the city, where verdure and bloom abound. Each night the breezes were laden with sweet odors, and every morning the sun seemed to reveal new beauties of opening buds and brilliant fiowers. The house of Senhor Nobre was surrounded by shade and fruit trees, and his large salon was weekly filled by amateur and professional musicians, who gave the most charming soirees musicales. Early one morning I looked from a window of the Consul’s house, and saw, upon the branch of a bread-fruit-tree beneath me, a hum¬ ming-bird sitting quietly upon her tiny nest. In the midst of the foli¬ age she appeared like a piece of lapis lazuli surrounded by emeralds; for her back was of the deepest blue. Everywhere throughout Brazil this little winged gem, in many varieties, abounds, while in North America, from Mexico to the fifty-seventh de¬ gree of latitude, it is said that there is but one species of the humming¬ bird. Mr. Gosse calls the long-tailed kind ( Trochilus polyturus) the gem of American ornithology; and well it deserves the title, if we consider the fiashes of rich golden green, purplish black, deep- American Cemetery. 485 bluish gloss, and gorgeous emerald green, which irradiate from this winged jewel. The males are among the most belligerent of creatures,—rarely meeting without having terrible combats The city is not, however, so much distinguished for its frequen- tation by humming-birds as its bay is celebrated as a ‘‘ whaling- ground.” To ‘‘fish for whales” is a regular business at Bahia, and nearly every week, from the numerous terraces, admiring thousands can gaze upon the stirring ex¬ citement of capturing these monsters of the deep. Why they frequent this port I do not know, unless their peculiar food abound in its waters. If we descend through lime-tree hedges to the Eio Yer- melho, we may have an opportunity (besides seeing the fixtures for extracting oil) of witnessing the triumphant arrival of the dead leviathan. Hundreds of trochilus polyturus. people—the colored especially—^throng around to witness the monster’s dying struggles, and to procure portions of his flesh, which they cook and eat. Yast quantities of this flesh are cooked in the streets and sold by quitandeiras. Numbers of swine also feast upon the carcass of the whale; and all who are not specially discriminating in their selection of pork in the market, during the season of these fisheries, are liable (nolens volens) to get a taste of something “very like a whale.” -This whale-fishery was once the greatest in the world. At the close of the seventeenth century, it was rented by the Crown for thirty thousand dollars annually. From the Eio Yermelho we ascend by a winding path to the Yictoria Hill, passing en route the English and American cemeteries. The latter is the only burial-ground in Brazil belonging to the citizens of the Union, and our country has long been greatly indebted to the courtesy of English consuls for suitable places of interment for natives of the United States. This cemetery is the result of private generosity, and especially of the energy and liberal subscriptions of Mr. Gillmer. It is, however, neither just 486 Brazil and the Brazilians. nor reasonable that he should bear the whole burden. In vain has he appealed to our Government for aid in keeping up this resting- place for our country’s dead; and the result is, that, no allowance being granted, the cemetery is in a sad condition. The policy of Great Britain is noble in this respect. Everywhere she erects chapels and provides cemeteries for her subjects; and, though necessarily the United States cannot recognise any connection between Church and State, yet a decent place for the burial of the dead in foreign countries is a matter of common humanity, which demands immediate attention from Government. I have known parents in the United States who would have given thousands if they could only know the spot where rested the remains of beloved sons who, dying in hospitals, were thrust into the common receptacle for those whose country had not made provision of a cemetery. On the Yictoria Hill may be found the finest gardens that Bahia affords, the most enchanting walks, and the most ample shade. Here, too, are the best houses, the best air, the best water, and the best society. The walls of two ancient and extensive forts also add much to the romance and historical interest of the place. With its magnificent prospect of blue water and verdant isles, it is a spot that combines an external beauty of the rarest quality. It was here that Henry JVIartyn, who incidentally touched at this port on his passage to India more than half a century ago, sighed and sung,— “ O’er the gloomy hills of darkness Look, my soul; he still, and gaze.” That the moral aspect of the place has not undergone any very great change (unless it be in diminished bigotry and greater indif¬ ference) is not to be presumed, as no causes have been at work that contemplated such a change. Everywhere there are still evidences which give point to the remark of Martyn:—Crosses there are in abundance; but when shall the doctrines of the cross be held up ?” I looked upon no portion of Brazil with greater interest than those walks, gardens, chapels, and convents visited by Henry Martyn. The Hospital for Lepers, and the chapel where he gently and lovingly, yet firmly, uttered his protest against corrupt religion, Henry Martyn in Bahia. 487 are still standing; the latter, however, is no longer in use. The pepper-plantation is torn up, hut the clove-trees of which he speaks are still flourishing. Some of the convents which he entered are now tenantless of their monkish dwellers; for in some respects a better day has dawned upon Brazil, and many of these huge build¬ ings, once given up to thriftless, indolent, and vicious orders, are now used for colleges, lyceums, libraries, and hospitals. The con¬ vent where the future missionary to Persia alone, as the sun was setting and the cloisters were darkened, taught, with Yulgate in hand, “the faith once delivered to the saints” to the curious and benighted friars, still lifts its whitened walls,—walls which heard his teachings and the prayers which he whispered for the blessing of a pure gospel to descend upon Brazil. Have Henry Martyn’s prayers been forgotten before the Lord of Hosts? We love to regard the petitions of the early Huguenots at Eio de Janeiro, those of the faithful missionaries of the Eeformed Church of Hol¬ land at Pernambuco, and the prayers of Henry Martyn at Bahia, as not lost, but as having already descended, and as still to descend, in rich blessings upon Brazil. My intercourse with Eev. Mr. Edge, the English chaplain, was exceedingly pleasant. He was a Cambridge man, and one of en¬ larged and catholic views. The chapel was better filled on the 488 Brazil and the Brazilians. Sabbath than any other that I saw in Brazil. In a ramble with him, I sketched, under a burning sun, the chapel above, which was near the country-seat mentioned by Martyn where he first saw the clove and the pepper. That first visit of Henry Martyn in the country, away from the house of Antonio Jose Correa, I believe to have been where the Hospital of Montserrat is now situated. The day was beautifully clear, and we rode over a long, well- paved street called the Cal§ado, which reaches quite into the country. In the outer suburbs the cocoanut-palm grows in great profusion, and the jaca-tree waves its green, glistening foliage above the infinite variety of vegetation which adorns this Southern land. We passed the Carmelite Convent and went as far as the road which leads to the Fever Hospital: here we descended and walked to the tongue of land called Montserrat, upon which are picturesque fortifications, a row of summer-houses,—that of Mr. Yiew oe Bahia peom Montserrat. 489 Gillnier distinguished by the American flag,—and on the extreme point a small Eoman Catholic chapel, more than two hundred years old, above the doorway of which I deciphered this inscription:— “A Virgem foi concebido sem peccado original.” Why Eomanists should cling with such tenacity to the dogma of the immaculate conception, which contains nothing essential to salvation, I could never understand. We visited the well-appointed hospital near by, which is intended particularly for those who have been smitten with the yellow fever; but its attacks have been very light for the last few years, though the cholera, in 1855, was quite fatal to the blacks and to the mixed population generally. Yet, when we consider that, out of a popula¬ tion of nearly a million in the province, but nine thousand fell before the cholera, the percentage is small compared with that of New York in 1833, and almost nothing when compared with the ravages of the same disease at St. Louis in 1849 and ’50. In the spring of 1857, the journals of the United States teemed with the accounts of the fell swoop of the yellow fever at Eio de Janeiro, where for a short time twenty-five persons per diem died. It can be proved by actual statistics that no city of equal population in the United States has so good a sanitary condition as Eio de Janeiro. The view of Bahia from Montserrat is truly magnificent. The curving lines of whitened buildings—the one upon the heights, the other upon the water’s edge—everywhere separated by a broad, rich belt of green, itself here and there dotted with houses,—^the fortress, the shipping, the white-capped waves, over which the whale-boats are pursuing their gigantic sport,—the distant isle of Itaparica and the blue ocean beyond,—all form a picture which at the time fills one with exhilarating delight, and ever after dwells in the cabinet of memory a choice and beautiful picture. There are few cities that can present a single view of more imposing beauty than does Bahia to a person beholding it from a suitable distance on the water. Even Eio de Janeiro can hardly be cited for such a comparison. The capital excels in the endless variety of its beautiful suburbs; but in the Archiepiscopal City beauty is con¬ centrated and presented at one view. In Eio, for pleasant abodes, one section competes with another, and each offers some ground of preference; but in Bahia, the superiorities seem all to be united 490 Brazil and the Brazilians. in one section, leaving the foreigner no room for doubt that the focus is the Victoria Hill. Beneath its brow, just on the edge of the bay, is a stately resi¬ dence embowered with cool fruit and flowering trees, where foun¬ tains sweetly murmur in cadence with the musical rippling of the waters which break upon the neighboring beach. It may, how¬ ever, distress some of my readers to know that this beautiful place is a snufi-factory, where the celebrated area jpreta is made which enjoys a monopoly in Brazil. Snuff-making and snuff-taking were found among the aborigines; but this particular snuff was the invention of a Swiss from Heufchatel, and from which he acquired a large fortune. By his will, after enriching his relatives, he left liberal sums for the endowment of hospitals for his native canton, and also for benevolent purposes in Bahia. The main establishment (there are branches in Eio and Pernambuco) is under the superin¬ tendence of M. Barrelet, of Heufchatel, in whose agreeable family I had that intercourse so sweet to the Christian in a foreign land. Common-school education at Bahia is upon the best footing in the Empire, and the Bahians take great pride in showing the statistics of their various institutions. Young Dr. Fairbanks ac¬ companied me one morning through the chief hospital and the medical college. In the latter I found that there were nearly three hundred students attending the lectures. Some of the professors— both natives and foreigners—are men of talent and erudition, and the course of instruction is probably equal to that of any medical school on the Western continent. In the library connected with the institution I saw some very large and very costly volumes on anatomy in the Eussian language. They had been recently sent out from St. Petersburg, and were in every respect very flnely gotten up. Hear by is the old Cathedral, an immense ediflce, which has been constructed with great exjjense, and is superior to any church in Brazil, unless it may be the unflnished Candalaria of Eio. In a wing of this building, from which may be enjoyed a very com¬ manding view of the harbor, is located the public library. It con¬ tains many thousand volumes, a large portion of which are in French; and it also possesses some most valuable nianuscripts. The librarian is the Hon. Chevalier de Lisboa, the accomplished National Gala-Days. 491 scholar and gentleman, who, as Minister-Plenipotentiary, repre¬ sented Brazil at Washington in 1845. I was deeply interested in a large and well-illustrated volume shown me by the Chevalier, which was an account of the “Dutch in Brazil’’ and was published at Amsterdam before the middle of the seventeenth century. In the immediate neighborhood of the Cathedral are the archi- episcopal palace and seminary, and the old Jesuit College, now used as a military hospital. The latter building, together with the Church of Nossa Senhora da Concei§ao, (its steeples are seen on the right of the large view of Bahia,) on the Praya, may almost be said to have been built in Europe: at least, the principal stone¬ work for them was cut, fitted, and numbered on the other side of the Atlantic, and imported ready for immediate erection. The President’s palace is also but a short distance from this locality. It is a substantial building, of ancient date, located upon one side of an open square. The Presidents of provinces are appointed by the Emperor, and his choice is by no means confined to the particular province to be governed. Hence Brazilian statesmen are liable to many changes of residence: but it may be that there is wisdom in this, for it has been said that the selections are thus made of strangers to the pro¬ vince so “that the influence of family connections and personal friendships may not prove temptations to partiality in the distribu¬ tion of gifts and emoluments under their control.” The President is, in fact, a Yiceroy with a body-guard; and it seems to me that the appointing-power by which he is elevated to office is one of the most conservative elements in the Brazilian Constitution. My colleague was at Bahia on the anniversary of the Emperor’s birth, and his felicitous description of that scene will convey an idea of similar celebrations throughout the whole Empire:— “ The Bahians were preparing to celebrate the birthday of their youthful Em¬ peror, the 2d of December. This anniversary is, throughout the nation, a favorite one among the several dias de grande gala, or political holidays. Of these the Bra¬ zilians celebrate six. The 1st of January heads the list with New Year’s compli¬ ments to His Majesty. The 25th of March commemorates the adoption of the Constitution. The 7th of April is the anniversary of the Emperor’s accession to the throne. The 3d of May is the day for opening the sessions of the National Assembly. The 7th of September is the anniversary of the Declaration of the national Independence; while the last in the catalogue is the 2d of December, the Emperor’s birthday. On all these days, except the 3d of May, His Majesty holds 492 Brazil and the Brazilians. court in the palace at Rio. Presidents of proyinces, as the special representatives of the Crown, follow the example of their sovereign, by holding lev^e in the several provincial capitals; but they do not presume to receive Imperial honors in their own person. The place of honor in their sala de cortejo is always allotted to the portrait of His Majesty. Near by, as the special representative of the throne, the President takes his place, accompanied perchance by the bishop. Before these, in measured step, pass the dignitaries invited, in the order of their rank and distinc¬ tion, paying their obeisance severally to the Imperial portrait. After this ceremony, mutual compliments are exchanged by the individuals present, and the company breaks up. “ It was no ordinary celebration that was to take place at this time. During the recent session of the National Assembly at Rio de Janeiro, it had been more than intimated that the Bahians generally were doubtful in their loyalty. Not relishing such insinuations, they had resolved to make a display on this occasion which, from its unexampled magnificence, should not only demonstrate their fidelity to the throne, but should throw even the metropolis into the shade. In addition to the usual cortejo, there were to be ceremonies for three successive days and illumina¬ tions for as many nights. On the first day there was to be a grand Te Deum, with a sermon; on the second, a military ball at the palace; and on the third, an un¬ rivalled exhibition of fireworks, on Victoria Hill, at the Campo de S. Pedro. “ The 2d of December came. It was not clad in the frosty robes of a Northern winter, with whistling winds and drifted snow at its heels. Nay, the North is not farther from the South than is the idea many a reader has pictured in his imagina¬ tion at the bare mention of December, from the reality of the day in question. Preceded by but a brief interval of twilight, the sun threw upward his mellowest rays, burnishing the wreathed clouds of the eastern horizon. Presently from his bed of ocean he rose majestic on his vertical pathway, looking down on one of the fairest scenes nature ever presented to the eye of man. The boundless expanse of the Atlantic on the east,—the broad and beautiful bay on the south and west, with its palm-crested islands and circling mountains,—were but an appropriate foreground to the lovely picture of the city herself, reposing like a queen of beauty amid the embowering groves of the proud eminences over which her mansions, her temples, and her lordly domes were scattered. “ The day was ushered in by the roar of cannon from the several batteries and the vessels-of-war. From that moment might be seen the shipping of every nation in the harbor, gayly decked with flags, signals, and streamers of unnumbered hues. “ Being much occupied in the morning, I did not reach the Cathedral in time to listen to the discourse which preceded the Te Deum, which terminated at three o’clock p.M. At this moment there was a discharge of rockets in front of the Cathedral and a general salute of artillery from the guns of the forts and shipping. The scene was now transferred to the Government Palace, the old residence of the Viceroys, where the cortejo took place. At the same time, the troops of the city, to the number of two thousand five hundred, were paraded in the Palace Square and in the streets leading from the Cathedral to that place. These, together with all the other principal streets, had been adorned by silk and damask hangings from the windows,—the national colors, yellow and green, being most frequent and most admired. The illumination at night throughout the city, but specially at the Pas- seio Publico, was, of all other parts of the celebration, most interesting to me. “ This public promenade of Bahia is located on the boldest and most commanding The Public Promenade oe Bahia. 493 height of the whole town. One of its sides looks toward the ocean, and another up the bay, while nothing but an iron railing guards the visitor against the danger of falling over the steep precipice by which its whole front is bordered. For airiness, this locality is not even surpassed by the Battery of New York, while its sublime elevation throws the last-mentioned place into an unfavorable contrast. The space allotted to the Battery is greater, but the variety and richness of the trees and flowers of the Passeio Publico of Bahia fully compensate for its deficiency in this respect. Here it was, under the dark, dense foliage of the mangueiras, the lime-trees, the bread-fruit, the cashew, and countless other trees of tropical growth, that thousands of lights were blazing. Most of these hung in long lines of transparent globes,—so constructed as to radiate severally the principal hues of the rfiinbow,—and waved gracefully ih the evening breeze as it swept along, laden with the fragrance of opening flowers. “ The calmness of a summer evening always throws an enchantment over the feelings; but there was a peculiar richness in this scene. Not only was the ob¬ server delighted with the varied and skilful exhibitions of artificial light around him, but, lifting his eyes above them to the vaulted empyrean, he might there gaze upon the handiwork of the Almighty, so gloriously displayed in the bright constel¬ lations of the Southern sky. “ The wealth, fashion, and beauty of the Bahians never boasted a more felicitous , display than was mutually furnished and witnessed by the thousands that thronged this scene. What an occasion was here offered to the mind disposed to philosophize on man! From hoary age to playful youth, no condition of life or style of character was unrepresented. The warrior and the civilian, the man of title, the millionnaire and the slave, all mingled in the common rejoicings. Never, espe¬ cially, had the presence of females in such numbers been observed to grace a scene of public festivity. Mothers, daughters, wives, and sisters, who seldom were per¬ mitted to leave the domestic circle, except in their visits to the morning mass, hung upon the arms of their several protectors, and gazed with undissembled wonder at the seemingly magic enchantments before and around them. The dark and flowing tresses, the darker and flashing eyes, of a Brazilian belle, together with her some¬ times darkly-shaded cheek, show off with greater charms from not being hidden under the arches of a fashionable bonnet. The graceful folds of her mantilla, or of the rich gossamer veil which is sometimes its substitute, wreathed in some inde¬ scribable manner over the broad, high, and fancy-wrought shell that adorns her head, can scarcely be improved by any imitation of foreign fashions. Nevertheless, the forte of a Brazilian lady is in her guitar, and the soft modinhas she sings in accompaniment to its tones. “ On the marble monument erected in memory of Dom John’s visit to Bahia illnminated forms were fitted, and, on this occasion, displayed, in large and bril¬ liant letters, extravagant praise to D. Pedro II. “In another quarter, upon a high parapet overlooking the sea and bay, had been constructed a fancy pavilion, in the style of an Athenian temple. In front of this, supported by the central columns, had been placed a full-length portrait of His Majesty. In the saloons of this palacete were stationed bands of music, surrounded by ladies and dignitaries of the province. The portrait of the Emperor was concealed by a curtain until a given hour of the evening, when the President made his appearance, and, suddenly drawing it up, gave successive vivas to His Majesty, the Imperial family, the Brazilian nation, and the people of Bahia,—all of which were responded to with deafening acclamations from the 494 Brazil and the Brazilians. multitude around, ■while the heavens above 'were resplendent 'with the discharge of a thousand rockets. “On Wednesday, the festivities of the great national anniversary terminated -with a pyrotechnic display. The Passeio Publico ■was illuminated more brilliantly than before, and all the gardens surrounding the Campo de San Pedro ■were lighted up ■with torches and bonfires. A large platform had been erected in the centre of this square, upon which the Emperor’s portrait -was again exhibited,—the Archbishop assisting the President to roll up the curtain from before it at the appointed hour. The concourse of people ■was vastly greater than it had been on any previous evening. The ■weather ■was ■without interruption serene and beautiful, but neither the plan nor execution of the fire^works deserved high commendation. Yet all the bustle and cro^wd passed away, as on the pre^vious nights, without the slightest disturbance. This fact was certainly a happy comment upon the orderly disposition of the people. I witnessed no funcgao in Brazil which was, on the whole, more interesting to me than this. Its superiority over the exhibitions of the usual religious festivals was manifest. In fact, the simple circumstance that it was a civic celebration, and destitute of any religious pretensions, went far to commend it to the admiration of any one who had often been shocked by those incongruous medleys of the solemn and ridiculous which are by many thought essential to the ‘pomp and •splendor’ of religious anniversaries.” Away from the pretty Victoria Hill, in a portion of the lower town, the stranger, among other curiosities, may see what is called by its right name ,—afabrica de imagens, (image-factory.) It is not my intention to enlarge on -worship in this city, for it is the same as throughout the Empire. Saints, crucifixes, and every species of the ghostly paraphernalia of Eomanism, are here exhibited in the shops, with a profusion which I nowhere else saw, indicating that the traflic in these articles is more flourishing than in other parts. It is not in name only that Bahia enjoys the ecclesiastical supremacy of Brazil. It is the see of the only archbishop in the Empire. Its churches exceed in number and in sumptuousness those of any other city; and its convents are said to contain more friars and more nuns than those of all the Empire beside. But I cannot pass over this subject without referring to Saint Antonio de Argoim, who seems to be the favorite patron of the calendar in Brazil. His image is in the Franciscan Convent, and his history is as follows:— In 1595, a fleet, under the direction of some Lutherans, sailed from France, with the intention of capturing Bahia. On their way they attacked Argoim, a small island on the coast of Africa belonging to the Portuguese, and, after having com¬ mitted various depredations, carried off, among other sacred things, an image of St. Anthony. Once more at sea, the fleet was attacked with storms, which sunk several of the vessels. Those that escaped this fate were assaulted ■with a pestilence, during The Mikacle Explained. 495 ■which, through pure spite toward the Koman Catholic religion, the aforesaid image was thrown overboard, having been first hacked with cutlasses. The vessel that carried it put into a port of Sergipe, and all on board were taken prisoners. These men were sent to Bahia, and the first object they saw on the praia was the very same image they had so maltreated. It had been cast up by the waters to confront them! A worthy citizen obtained the image and placed it in his private chapel; but when the Franciscans learned what a miracle had happened, they demanded the image, and carried it in solemn procession to their convent. So great was its fame now, that King Philip ordered the establishment of a grand procession in memory of these events. And, strange to tell, popularity did for the image what the bitter hostility of the heretics could not do. Its friends, the friars, became ashamed of its old and ugly appearance, and laid it aside to make room for a more gaudy and fashionable one, which was christened in its name and presumed to be the inheritor of its virtues. Having thus been introduced to the citizens of Bahia, St. Anthony was now enlisted as a soldier in the fortress near the barra bearing his name. In this capacity he received regular pay until he was promoted to the rank of captain by the Governor, Rodrigo da Costa. The order for his promotion lies before me, and is so curious that I give the concluding portion. After referring to a vow by the camara municipal, which had been unfulfilled, the Governor says,— “ Wherefore, and because we now more than ever need the favors of the afore¬ mentioned saint, both on account of the present wars in Portugal, and of those which may yet happen in Bahia, the said Chamber has besought me, in commemoration of the afore-mentioned vow, to assign to the said glorious St. Anthony the rank and pay of a captain in the fortress, where he has hitherto only received the pay of a common soldier. “ In obedience to this request, and subject to the approval of the King, I there¬ fore assign to the glorious St. Anthony the rank of captain in the said fortress, and order that the solicitor of the Franciscan Convent be authorized to dra'w, in his behalf, the regular amount of a captain’s pay. “Rodrigo da Costa. “BAmA, July 16,1705.” Now, the miracle of S. Antonio was truly notable. But the in¬ vestigations of modern science, and a little more experience, have cleared up the mystery. While conversing with a gentleman, not a Eomanist, at Bahia, about S. Antonio’s singular voyage to the coast of Brazil, he gravely, to my surprise, stated that it was without doubt a hona fide account that the hacked image had floated to the Western world: all could be explained by natural laws. A few days afterward he gave me the following, which will doubt¬ less be a novel conflrmation of Lieutenant Maury’s theories in regard to ocean winds and currents. “ It is not at all surprising that, in those days of gross credulity and ignorance, the appearance of the image of Santo Antonio on this coast should have been con¬ sidered as a miracle, performed expressly for the purpose of bringing to condign 496 Brazil and the Brazilians. punishment the ‘pirates’ for the sacrilegious act they had committed. Of the appearance of the image on the beach, and its having floated from Africa, no rea¬ sonable doubt can be entertained; and, in proof of its entire probability, the follow¬ ing remarkable coincidence may be presented:— “About flfteen years ago, the late Visconde do Rio Vermelho, a gentleman of the utmost veracity, and owner of an extensive fishery on this coast a few miles to the north of the harbor of Bahia, near Itapican, declared to the writer of the present lines that the figure-head of a vessel, somewhat injured by fire, was brought to his residence from the beach (where it had been stranded) and placed on his grounds. Shortly after, a painter from the city, engaged in painting the house, on seeing the figure immediately recognised it as one he had painted, some months previously, for a vessel which had afterward sailed for the coast of Africa, and of whose safety great fears were entertained, no news having been received from her. It was sub¬ sequently ascertained that the vessel in question had been burned to the water’s edge, on the coast of Africa,—the figure-head, singularly enough, having brought the first tidings of the disaster. “It is likely that the figure-head, being of light cedar, and the pedestal to which it was attached, of hard wood with bolts and fastenings of iron, may have floated in a nearly upright position, thus presenting a broader surface for the action of the northeast trade-winds, and materially accelerating its passage across the Atlantic.” At Eio de Janeiro S. Antonio has long enjoj^ed the position and received the pay of a colonel in the regular army. How he can appropriate his salary to himself is difficult for us to understand; hut it may throw some light on the subject to state that it passes through the hands of his terrestrial delegates,—the Franciscan monks,—and by a proper application you may see the accounts and receipts for his saintship’s washing, clothing, &c. Traditions respecting St. Thomas’s visit to Brazil are very common in different parts of the country. Many of them were coined by the Jesuits, and they have passed currently among a credulous people. Observe the logic with which the renowned Simon de Vasconcellos proves that Saint Thomas, certainly, must have been in South America. “ With what show of reason,” says the Jesuit, “could the American Indian be damned, if the gospel had never been pi-eached to him ? He who sent his apostles into all the world could not mean to leave America—which is nearly half of it—out of the question. The gospel, therefore, must have been preached there in obedience to this command. But by whom was it preached ? It could not have been by either of the other apostles, Paul, Petec, John, &c. St. Thomas, therefore, must have been the man!” Ho wonder the Jesuits were able to map out his travels from Brazil to Peru, to find traces of his pastoral staff, crosses erected by him, and inscriptions in Greek and Hebrew written by his The Commerce of Bahia. 497 hand. They even brought his sandals and mantle unconsumed out of the volcano of Arequipa. I suppose it was either in going or returning that he visited England and preached under the Glastonbury Thorn. The commerce of Bahia suffered to some extent at the suppres¬ sion of the slave-trade; but it is slowly advancing in legitimate channels. The culture of tobacco and of coffee are both increasing. Eailways are projected into the interior, and steamers (not to men¬ tion the Government lines) run to the coast-towns in Sergipe and Alagoas on the north, and nearly to Espirito Santo on the south. Sr. Martin, former President of the province, deserves great credit for his advancement of agriculture, while Senhor Lacerdo, co-ope¬ rating with Messrs. Carson & Gillmer, has done much toward advancing the manufacturing-interest. The finest factory in all Brazil—^perhaps South America—was erected according to the plans and under the superintendence of Colonel Carson, an Ame¬ rican of daring energy and genius. During my stay in the province of Bahia, one of the pleasantest excursions was my visit to Va- lenga, the seat of the factory. It was a cheerful party that accompanied Mr. and Mrs. Gillmer; and the day was so bright that our trip was most agreeable over the bay through a fleet of little whale-boats that were in hot pursuit 498 Brazil and the Brazilians. of their spouting 'game. There were a number of Brazilian gen¬ tlemen on board, who, finding the American Consul making an excursion, came and placed their houses at the disposition of him¬ self and companions. About noon we passed the light-house on the Moro de S. Paulo,—a beautiful structure, built under the superin¬ tendence of Colonel Carson. We steamed up the river Una to Yalenga, where the colonel joined us, and we then re-embarked in long “dug-outs” in order to ascend, the stream to the fabrica. In a few moments we were at the foot of roaring rapids, upon the borders of which the genius of this enterprising American had erected a saw-mill, a window-sash factory, and a planing-machine; in addition to which he had constructed a lock,—the first in Brazil, —through which our canoes passed. In the sash-factory we saw the chief workman, Mr. Foster, from Worcester, Massachusetts. This establishment belonged to Dr. Bernardini, a Brazilian LL.D., who left the judge’s bench to enjoy the more lucrative position of a manufacturer. At Dr. B.’s order, a slave brought down, with capital skill, several saw-logs from above the falls. The expertness with which he balanced himself and guided in perfect safety his clumsy craft was truly admirable, and called forth from our party loud huzzas. The manner in which he managed the log illustrates the descent of the rapids of the Upper Amazonian affluents. We resumed our route, passing up the narrow stream. Upon the banks were numerous negresses and mulatresses engaged in washing. In looking upon them I thought, for the first time in my life, of the nuisance of clothing in matters of manual labor. The women (whose glistening rounded limbs were as smooth as those of the Greek Slave) were naked to the waist, and the chil¬ dren—some not far from their teens—were in puris naturalibus. We arrived at the factory, or, rather, at the factories; for, cluster¬ ing around the large fabrica, whose white walls stand out in bold relief from its background of green, are machine-shops, foundries, &c. &c. The rattle of the looms, the cheerful smile of the merry girls, and the indescribable din and buzz of a factory, made me almost imagine myself near Lowell. The operatives, men and women, are mostly from the orphan-asylum and foundling-hos¬ pitals. They are under .good discipline, and compare in morals very favorably with those of the best-conducted factories in our 499 Cotton-Factory at Valenca. own land. In the foundry I saw the whole operation of modelling, moulding, and finishing, performed by negroes. The foreman of the foundry is a Brazilian negro, trained by Mr. Carson, and the most intricate machinery is here manufactured. Extensive buildings were still going up to facilitate the manu¬ facture of cotton cloths, which are of finer quality than those turned out at St. Alexio; and it is gratifying to state that this factory can scarcely meet the demand, and, doubtless, in a few years Messrs. Lacerdo & Co. will be amply rewarded for their im¬ mense outlay. I here found a millwright (Mr. E. A. Eandall) from Scituate, E.I.* THE VALENCA FACTORY. After a sumptuous and truly tropical dinner, the gentleman- portion of oxir party sallied forth for an excursion, the end of which was to find a suitable place to sketch the immense factory. * It seemed truly out of place, in this distant corner of the world, to read the names of machinists of the United States, whose workmanship was here benefiting a people speaking another tongue. The following are some of the names which I copied from inscriptions on the machinery:—C. Lewis, New York, drilling-lathe; D. Dicks, Hadley Falls, Mass., antifriction press or punch; S. Jones, Boston, im¬ proved shears; C. F. Pike, Providence, R.I., iron-planer; J. & S. W. Putnam & Co., Fitchburg, Mass., bolt-cutter. There were other machines, by J. Peck, Coventry Factory, (Anthony’s,) R.I., and by Thayer, Houghton & Co., Worcester, Mass, 500 Brazil and the Brazilians. The point de vue was well chosen; but each of us carried away a piece of the foreground, in an innumerable quantity of garapatos, which small insects—resembling very diminutive spiders—clung to our garments with a most tenacious hold. Each one of these little fellows produces a boil; and, in some parts of Brazil, cattle in a long dry season—the insect cannot survive a drenching— have sometimes perished by the sores thus created. I hastened to the house, plunged into a bath of hot watei*, and then was rubbed down with a pint of rum,—more of the article, by three gills, than ever before had been applied to my physique, either exter¬ nally or internally. This effectually stopped the depredations which had begun. Early the next morning, Mr. Eandall and I went to the spot where two of our countrymen were buried. Three Americans came out together, and he alone was left. He feelingly recounted to me the circumstances of their death as we passed up a narrow path to their resting-place. The graves were under the deep shade of two jaca-trees, and over them small obelisks had been erected. It was to me a solemn scene in that early morning hour. After breakfast, Mr. Grillmer, Mr. Pointdexter, a young Pole, and myself, went up the river to see an upper waterfall. The shrubs, the dead stumps, and the lofty trees on the banks seemed bloom¬ ing with orchidaceous plants. Eich cabinet-woods also abound in the forest. At Bahia, the Visconde Eiaz and Senhor Viana (brother of the chief collector of customs at Eio) showed me, at their re¬ sidences, some of the finest specimens of furniture, made from native woods, that I ever saw. We finally reached the fall, which resembles a miniature Niagara. The river Una here pours over a ledge of rocks in such volume that it has been computed there is enough water-power to drive one hundred factories of five thou¬ sand spindles each. On our return from our visit to the fabrica, we accepted the hospitality of Senhor Bernardini, who gave us a splendid dinner. We were accompanied to the city by Colonel Carson, whom I found a most interesting man of intelligence and common sense. His life had been a wandering one. He came out to Brazil to die; but the delicious climate made him a new man, and he had truly “gone ahead,’'—building saw-mills, light-houses, factories. 501 Cottons from “York Mills,” Saco, Maine. and had been abroad, for the Provincial Government, to investi¬ gate the sugar-plantations of the West Indies and the States on the Mexican Gulf, for the purpose of promoting the growth of sugar in Bahia. He gave me much information concerning the trade that might be between the United States and Bahia. In that second port of Brazil we have been annually losing ground. But many articles—for instance, cottons, hardware, leather, soaps, &c. &c.—might he introduced with advantage. The specimens of leather from J. Chadwick, Esq., of Newark,—the same found in the shoes of Mr. Boynton,—and the samples of cutlery and carving sent out by Mr. Garside, also of Newark, attracted, by the excel¬ lence of their quality, much attention at Rio; and the same may be said of'the rope and rope-yarn manufactured at the Excelsior Works by Mr. H. Webber & Co. All of these articles, and many others, if properly managed, might be exported to Brazil, whose trade would really be worth as much as all the remainder of South America if we only had it in our possession. Formerly, large quantities of common drillings were exported from the United States to Bahia, from the York Mills, Saco, Maine, and were held in great favor by the Brazilians. This article was actually imitated at Manchester, England, and sent out to Bahia with the stamp, “York Mills, Saco, Maine,” and sold as such. But, though well sized and fair-looking, it soon proved worthless and fell into dis¬ repute, and the Brazilians to this day believe that the Yankees cheated them. In England, common cottons cannot be made equal to those manufactured in the United States, because the price of the raw article is too high, and the best cotton is con¬ sumed for fine goods, and only the “waste” for the coarser; whereas, in the American factories as good a raw article is used for the coarse cloth as for the finer textures. Brazil annually consumes many million yards of cotton cloths, both plain and printed. She only produces about three million yards: the rest must be supplied from abroad. We honor fair and honorable competition; we admire the perseverance of John Bull in all that is good, and would have our own merchants imitate the latter quality and that only, and endeavor to have at least a fair share in the trade with Brazil, so that we may not annually have a cash-bill of fifteen millions of dollars against us 502 Brazil and the Brazilians. when our productions are needed by the growing Empire of the South. Let our far-seeing commercial men turn their attention in this direction, and, by judicious measures, secure a foothold. Just after nightfall our little steamer was again at the wharf, and all returned home, delighted with the excursion to Yalenga. Before leaving the subject of Bahia, it becomes me to mention— without entering into particulars—that my Bible-labors there, as elsewhere throughout the Empire, were successful; and I pray that the seed sown, where were Henry Martyn’s first missionary efforts on foreign ground, may be prospered by Him who openeth and no man shutteth, and who takes care of His own word. CHAPTEE XXV. DEPABTtJRB FROM BAHIA—THE VAMPIRE-BAT — HIS MANNER OP ATTACK—THE BITTEN NEGRO—ANNOYANCES MAGNIFIED—ANACONDAS—ONE THAT SWALLOWED A HORSE — THE MARMOSET — PROVINCE OF ALAGOAE—THE REPUBLIC OF PAL¬ MARES-PERNAMBUCO-THE AMENITIES OF QUARANTINE-LIFE-IMPROVEMENTS AT THE RECIFE-PECULIARITIES OF PERNAMBUCAN HOUSES-BEAUTIFUL PANO¬ RAMA—VARIOUS DISTRICTS OF THE CITY—A BIBLE-CHRISTIAN—EXTRAORDINARY FANATICISM OP THE BEBASTIANISTS—COMMERCE OF PERNAMBUCO—THE POPULA¬ TION OF THE INTERIOR-THE 3ERTANEJO AND MARKET-SCENE-THE SUGAR AND COTTON MART-THE JANGADA-PARAHIBA DO NORTE-NATAL-CBArX-THE PA VIOLA-TEMPERATURE AND PERIODICAL RAINS-THE CITY OF MARANHAM- JUDGE petit’s description-THE MONTARIA-DEPARTURE. steamer glides rapidly over a summer sea, and, though we visit province after province, we cannot dwell long upon their scenery and condition, for in both they are very similar to some of the lesser divisions of the Empire which we have already considered. The monotony of the voyage is broken np by tinkling guitars, merry singing, and eloquent speaking. We have embryo states¬ men on board; military officers with fierce moustaches and high- 603 504 Brazil and the Brazilians. sounding titles; medical students returning to Sergipe, Alagoaz, Pernambuco, and Parahiba; witty, sallow, dirty sertanejos; black- eyed senhoras; and two or three tonsured, gambling padres. All form a fit audience; and the vociferous apoiados, apoiadidissimos, encourage the maiden efforts of the orators, and beguile the time as we steam along the low coqueiro-lined coast. A hazy bank of fog hanging in the distant horizon indicates the mouth of the great Eio San Francisco, and the boundary-line between the provinces of Sergipe and Alagoaz. Sergipe is thinly populated: but in the eastern portion a considerable quantity of sugar and tobacco is cultivated; while the western districts are devoted chiefiy to the rearing of cattle. In another chapter I have spoken of the annoyances to which herds are sometimes subject from the little chigoes. The younger portions of the herds have in some places a more formidable enemy in the huge vampire-bat. The owner of large possessions in the northwestern part of Goyaz said he could not rear cattle with any success or profit, from the havoc committed among his calves by the winged demons the vam¬ pires. I have often had my own horses and mules bled and sucked by these sanguinary phyllostomina. They abound from Paraguay to the Isthmus of Darien; and the reports of early travellers and the figurative language of poets, so long discredited, are found to be much nearer the truth than the world has believed. Morning after morning have I seen beasts of burden, once strong, go staggering, from loss of blood drawn during the night by these hideous monsters. In almost every instance they had taken the life-current from between the shoulders, and, when they had finished their murderous work, the stream had for some time continued to fiow. The extremities, however, are the usual points of attack; and the ears of a horse, the toes of a man, and the comb of a cock, are choice morceaux for the display of the vampire’s phlebotomizing propensities. The Yampire-Bat. 505 The exact manner by which this bat manages to make an inci¬ sion has long been a matter of conjecture and dispute. The tongue, which is capable of considerable extension, is furnished at its extremity with a number of papillse, which appear to be so arranged as to form an organ of suction, and their lips have also tubercles symmetrically arranged. These are the organs by which it is certain the bat draws the life-blood from man and beast, and some have contended that the rough tongue is the instrument em¬ ployed for abrading the skin, so as to enable it the more readily to draw its sustenance from the living animal. Others have supposed that the vampire used one of its long, sharp, canine teeth to make the incision, which is as small as that made by a fine needle. Mr. Wallace says that he was twice bitten,—once on the toe, and a second time on the tip of the nose. “In neither case,” writes that explorer, “did I feel any thing, but awoke after the operation was completed. The wound is a small round hole, the bleeding of which it is very difficult to stop. It can hardly be a bite, as that would awake the sleeper: it seems most probable that it is either a succession of gentle scratches with the sharp edge of the teeth, gradually wear¬ ing away the skin, or a triturating with the point of the tongue till the same effect is produced. My brother was fre(juently bitten ^ead of the vAMPiRE-sAr, size of life. by them; and his opi¬ nion was that the bat applied one of its long canine teeth to the part, and then flew round and round on that as a centre, till the tooth, acting as an awl, bored a small hole,—the wings of the bat serving at the same time to fan the patient into a deeper slumber. He several times awoke while the bat was at work, and, though 506 Brazil and the Brazilians. of course the creature immediately flew away, it was his impression that the operation was conducted in the manner above described.” There is much in the dental arrangement of these phyllostoma to make this seem plausible. The molar teeth of the true vampire or spectre hat, are of the most carnivorous character,—the first being short and almost plain, and the others sharp and cutting and terminating in three and four points. Notwithstanding this, that most accurate naturalist and observer—Dr. Gardner—is of the opinion that it wounds its victim in a manner entirely dilferent from the foregoing description. He says that, “Having carefully examined, in many cases, the wounds thus made in horses, mules, pigs, and other animals,—observations that have been confirmed by informa¬ tion received from the inhabitants of the northern part of Brazil,—I am led to be¬ lieve that the puncture which the vampire makes in the skin of animals is effected by the sharp, hooked nail of its thumb, and that from the wound thus made it ab¬ stracts the blood by the suctorial powers of its lips and tongue.” Some of these bats measure two feet between the tips of their wings. There are some persons whom a vampire will not touch, while others are constantly victimized. The alligator-riding Waterton states that for eleven months he slept alone in the loft of a wood-cutter’s abandoned house in the forest, and, though the vampires came in and out every night, and hovered over his hammock, yet he could never have the pleasure of being bitten, —which amusement he doubtless would have foregone if he had had the experience of Hr. Wallace, who says that a wound on the tip of the toe is very painful, rendering a shoe unbearable for several days, and ‘‘forces one to the conclusion that, after the first time for the curiosity of the thing, to be bitten by a bat is very disagreeable.” There are instances in Northern Brazil where individuals for whom the bat entertained a great predilection had to be removed to a different portion of the country, where the bloodthirsty ani¬ mals did not abound. One of Mr. Wallace’s party—an old negro— was constantly annoyed with them. He was bitten almost every night; and, though there were frequently half a dozen persons in the room, he would be the party favored by their attentions. ‘‘Once,” Mr. Wallace writes, “he came to us with a doleful counte¬ nance, telling us he thought the bats meant to eat him up quite, for, having covered up his hands and feet in a blanket, they had Annoyances Magnified. 507 descended beneath his hammock of open network, and, attacking the most prominent part of his person, had bitten him through a hole in his trousers!” While enumerating the various insects, reptiles, and vicious animals of Brazil, the reader who has not visited that land would be led to the belief that it is impossible to stir a foot without being affectionately entwined by a serpent, sprung upon by a jaguar, or bitten by a rattlesnake. In your fancy every bush swarms with chigoes ready to en¬ graft their stock upon your legs, every cranny contains a scorpion waiting to ensconce himself in your pantaloons, and every pool is filled with electric eels prepared to give you a shocking reception. I can only say that, when travelling on the sea-coast and in the interior, I never was more annoyed by insects than I had been in the southwesteim portion of the United States; and that, with a moderate degree of care, you may journey fifty days with¬ out experiencing any thing more deadly than the bite of a mosquito. The sand-fiies call forth more complaints from naturalists and travellers than do either serpents, scorpions, or centipedes; and yet all of these are more or less found throughout the interior. But difficulties only seem insurmountable in the distance: they disappear when looked boldly in the face, and do not affect the tourist and the naturalist one-tenth as much in reality as in antici¬ pation. In this connection a few words may be devoted to the anaconda, the largest of the ophidian family. I confess myself to have been incredulous in regard to the powers and capacities of this huge reptile until I went to Brazil, and I have no doubt that I shall, in the opinion of some, add a few pages to the innumerable “ snake-stories.” The enormous anaconda, {Eunectes murinus,') or sucuruju of the natives, (a portrait of which forms the initial letter of this chapter,) inhabits Tropical America, and particularly haunts the dense forests 508 Brazil and the Brazilians. near tlie margin of rivers. The boa-constrietor, the jihoa of the Indians, is smaller and more terrestrial. The first of these crea¬ tures which I saw was a young one belonging to a gentleman in the province of S. Paulo. I afterward saw one in the province of Eio de Janeiro that measured twenty-five feet. Mr. Mesbitt, the engineer who took the Peruvian Government steamers to the upper affluents of the Amazon, informed me that he shot, on the banks of the Huallaga, an anaconda which measured twenty-six feet seven inches. An Italian physician at Campinas (S. Paulo) gave me an account of the manner in which the sucuruju, or anaconda, took his prey. The giant ophidian lies in wait by the river-side, where quadru¬ peds of all kinds are likely to frequent to quench their thirst. He patiently waits until some animal draws within reach, when, with a rapidity almost incredible, the monster fastens himself to the neck of his victim, coils round it, and crushes it to death. After the un¬ fortunate animal has been reduced to a shapeless mass by the pres¬ sure of the snake, its destroyer prepares to swallow it by sliming it over with a viscid secretion. When the anaconda has gulped down a heifer (by commencing with the tail and hind-feet brought together) he lies torpid for a month, until his enormous meal is digested, and then sallies forth for another. The doctor added that the sucuruju does not attempt the deglutition and digestion of the horns, but that he lets them protrude from his mouth until they fall oif by decay. It had been said by some casual observers that the anaconda dies after swallowing a large animal, that the buzzards seen near him eat him up; but the doctor added that close observation showed that this statement was entirely erroneous. However, the vultures were always the close attendants of the sucuruju, to aid him in the delivering of his faeces. As to the amount of credence due to the statements of Dr. B., relative to the horns of the swallowed animal and the peculiar mid¬ wifery of the buzzards, I leave the reader to form his own opinion; but the facts are incontrovertible in regard to the capacity of the anaconda to swallow animals whose diameter is many times greater than its own. Of all the travellers and explorers whose writings I have read, Wallace and Gardner are the most moderate in their accounts as eye-witnesses, and are most particular to re- The Shake that Swallowed a Horse. 509 cord nothing of which they were not fully persuaded after patient and careful investigation. Mr, Wallace says ‘‘it is an undis¬ puted fact that they devour cattle and horses.'' In the province of Goyaz, Dr. Gardner came to the fazenda of Sape, situated at the foot of the Serra de Santa Brida, near the entrance to a small valley. This plantation belonged to Lieutenant Lagoeira. Dr. G. remarks that in this valley and throughout this province the ana¬ conda attains an enormous size, sometimes reaching forty feet in length: the largest which he saw measured thirty-seven feet, but was not alive. It had been taken under the following circum¬ stances :— “Some weeks before our arrival at Sap§,” writes Dr. G, “the favorite riding- horse of Senhor Lagoeira, which had been put out to pasture not far from the house, could not be found, although strict search was made for it all over the fazenda. Shortly after this one of his vaqudros, (herdsmen,) in going through the wood by the side of a small stream, saw an enormous sucurujh suspended in the fork of a tree which hung over the water. It was dead, but had evidently been floated down alive by a recent flood, and, being in an inert state, it had not been able to extricate itself from the fork before the waters fell. It was dragged out to the open country by two horses, and was found to measure thirty-seven feet in length. On opening it, the bones of a horse in a somewhat broken condition, and the flesh in a half-digested state, were found within it: the bones of the head were uninjured. From these circumstances we concluded that the boa had swallowed the horse entire. In all kinds of snakes the capacity for swallowing is prodigious, I have often seen one not thicker than my thumb swallow a frog as large as my fist; and I once killed a rattlesnake about four feet long, and of no great thickness, which had swallowed not less than three large frogs. I have also seen a very slender snake that frequents the roofs of houses swallow an entire bat three times its own thickness. If such be the case with these smaller kinds, it is not to be wondered at that one thirty-seven feet long should be able to swallow a horse, particularly when it is known that previously to doing so it breaks the bones of the animal by coiling itself round it, and afterward lubricates it with a slimy matter, which it has the power of secreting in its mouth.” ^ Hear Sape many of the marmoset monkeys abound, and a very small species, sometimes called the ouistiti, (Jacchus auritun,) is exceedingly nimble, and not wanting id beauty. The Brazilian girls are fond of pets; and, among others, a great favorite is this ouistiti, which is rarely ever seen out of Brazil, even in the best zoological collections. It has a skin like chinchilla fur, and its face presents none of the repulsive features of other monkeys. These little animals become very tame and sleep upon the lap or shoulders of their mistress. Their actions are most graceful and rapid. Two that a friend of mine embarked for the 510 Brazil and the Brazilians. United States could mount the ship’s ropes ten times as rapidly as the nimblest sailor. If birds came on hoard, they hunted them from rope to rope, and passed along under the spar upon which their victim sat, and then pounced upon it with certain aim. In their native forests they are very fond of insects, which they catch with great expertness. They are excessively timid when roughly handled: one of the two referred to was teased by the sailors, and in consequence died in convulsions. It was pitiful to see the other THE MARMOSET. look at himself in a glass, making a plaintive noise and licking the reflection of his own face. They were so small that a square cigar- box, the length of one.‘‘Havana,” contained them both. With great care the surviving ouistiti was kept alive through a Northern winter. His food was bread, sponge-biscuit, apples, and now and then a chicken’s neck or a mouse. It was curious to see him devour the latter. He began at the snout and carefully pushed back the skin, eating the bones and every thing until he reached the tail, which, was all that he left inside the skin. His last effort was to aid in erecting a parsonage, by being exhibited at a fair for that purpose. But his benevolence was too much for him: the little fellow pined and died, after having endured a succession of fits; and his end was doubtless hastened by the breath of his numerous The Province of Alagoas. 511 visitors, and by an escape of gas in the chamber where he was kept j for the delicate monkeys in the London Zoological Gardens were all killed by being in a room with a stove. An open grate was substituted, and their successors escaped. Next to Sergipe in our northward route is the small province of Alagoas. It derives its name from the lake—or, strictly speak¬ ing, the inlet—on which stands its old capital, the city of Alagoas. The principal seaport of the province is Maceio. Into this port we entered, after a passage of about thirty-six hours from Bahia. As we bore up to land in the morning after our second night at sea, we found the coast very flat, sometimes exhibiting a sandy beach, and anon banks of eighty or ninety feet elevation, denominated, from their prevailing color, the Eed Cliffs. We approached so near these cliffs as to perceive distinctly their stratiflcation, which resembled successive layers of brick. The most favored island of the Southern seas can hardly present a more lovely aspect than does the harbor of Maceio. The port is formed by a reef of rocks visible at ebb-tide, which runs north and south for a sufficient distance in a right line, and seems to form an angle with an extreme point of land on the north. From the same point the beach sweeps inward in the form of a semicircle. The sand on this beach exhibits a snowy whiteness, as if bleached by the foam of the ocean-waves that unceasingly dash upon it. A little back from the water is a single line of white houses, em¬ bowered here and there by groves of majestic coqueiros, whose noble fruit, clustered amid their branching leaves, might be thought to resemble jewels set among the plumes of a coronet. Upon a hill-side, some distance in the rear, stands the city, con¬ taining a population of about six thousand. My visit to Maceio was most agreeable, connected as it was with the sympathizing Brazilians and others who were glad to receive the Word, and, who gave me many pleasant assurances that the sojourn of my co-laborer and predecessor had not been forgotten. One old man, with tears in his eyes, referred to Dr. Kidder’s visit, and aided me in the dissemination of the Truth. Maceio is the depot of large quantities of cotton and sugar which are brought down from the interior. Good brown sugar can be purchased at Maceio for two dollars and fifty cents per hundred- 512 Bkazil and the Brazilians. weight, and the planters admit that they can raise sugar at a profit at a market-price of less than two dollars per hundredweight. This province, fifteen years ago, was in a constant state of turmoil; but for the last ten years it has settled down into quiet¬ ness, and is advancing with the general improvement of the Empire. After leaving Maeeio, we pass along a coast interesting in the history of the past. Before us we see Cape St. Augustine, which was the first portion of the New World discovered south of the equator. Our track is that over which, in early times, sailed Caven¬ dish and Lancaster, the great English freebooters, who devastated the Brazilian coast-towns in 1591 and ^93. Here, too, passed the ships of Lord Cochrane and Admirals Taylor and Jewett, two Eng¬ lishmen and an American in the service of Brazil, who by their bravery and skill defeated the Portuguese fieets and did much to secure the Northern cities to the new regime. In the interior, about sixty miles from Porto Calvo, there was a curious community, hidden away amid groves of palm-trees, having a regular military and priestly government, and known as the Re- pnblic of Palmares. It seems almost like romance to read of a set¬ tlement composed of fugitive slaves, who were perfectly organized, and from time to time went forth on predatory excursions, carrying oif treasure and cattle, and taking captive the wives and daughters of the Portuguese and then exacting a heavy ransom. They had villages and towns; and, in addition to their marauding sallies, they carried on a regular trade with some of the colonies. They flourished for sixty years; and such, at length, became their audacity that regular war was declared against them, and for months the Portuguese sustained the severest contest that they had ever been obliged to undertake west of the coast. The little State was heroically defended; but when, after it had gallantly held out against great odds, cannon were brought to the aid of the besiegers, the Eepublic of Palmares fell. When all hope was gone, the leader and the most resolute of his followers retired to the summit of a high rock within the enclosure, and, preferring death to slavery, threw themselves from the precipice,—^men worthy of a better fate for their courage and their cause. In its consequences to the vanquished, this victory resembled those of the inhuman wars of antiquity. The survivors of all ages and of The Republic of Palmares. 513 either sex were brought away as slaves. A fifth of the men were selected for the Crown: the rest were divided among the captors as their booty, and all who were thought likely to fly, were trans¬ ported to distant parts of Brazil, or to Portugal. The women and children remained in Pernambuco, being thus separated forever from their husbands and their fathers. Twelve hours after we had left Maceio, the towers and domes of the Recife, or Pernambuco, appeared, like those of Yenice, to be gradually rising from the sparkling water. Far to our right, on a hold and verdant hill, we could descry the suburb called Olinda, (translated the.beautiful,') seeming like a rich mosaic of white towers, vermilion roofs, bright green palm-trees, and bananeiros. It is, however, in this case distance that lends enchantment to the view; for Olinda, whose inhabitants once looked down in contempt upon their commercial neighbors of the Recife, is now in decay. The law-school, with its three hundred students, has been trans¬ ferred to Pernambuco, and this once valiant capital of the equatorial colonies of Portugal is now going rapidly to decay. Olinda deserves to be regarded as S. Yincente, and the two places may be considered as exhibiting the classic remains of the 514 Brazil and the Brazilians. colonial system of Portugal. Olinda, however, reminds us nearly as much of the Dutch as it does of the Portuguese, being known in the annals of Holland as the ancient Mauricius, upon which the ambitious Count of Nassau staked his fortune and his fame. As we drew near to Pernambuco, the warehouses and the ship¬ ping presented the features of a large commercial town, and the resemblance between it and the silent Queen of the Adriatic no longer forced itself upon the beholder. The waves outside of the curious reef, (recife,) or natural breakwater, were dotted with lateen-sailed jangadas or catamarans, and the proprietors of these dancing rigged rafts seemed literally at sea “on a log.’^ Our steamer came proudly up to the fierce little fort and white pharo that (so low is the reef) appeared to rise from the water. We anchored on the seaward side of the fortress and awaited with anxious expectation the visit of the health-boat. Every passenger, from the wild matuto (forester) and sertanejo to the dignified medico and the vain officer of the Imperial army, was rejoicing at his approaching liberation. The health-boat came bobbing around the fort, and we had the satisfaction of hearing that we should be quarantined for ten days on an island four miles west of the city. There was really no necessity for this, for our health-bill from Maceio was immaculate. It is needless to narrate our adventures in getting to the quarantine; our navigation on a jangada; how fifty persons were quartered in four rooms (comfortable for eight individuals) which would have been unbearable except for the capital ventilation through the arched tiles; how merry we were, and contented, under the circumstances; how we were refreshed by cocoanut-milk and bracing breezes; how I had opportunities for doing good; how we were all liberated and a hundred more put into our places; and how kind was my reception (when I was permitted inside of Pernambuco) by Mr. Samuel Johnson and Mr. Hitch, (the heads of two houses, English and American.) All this must be unwritten history. As has been said of a traveller’s delay in Italy, it may be said of this detention at Pernambuco, in logical language there was no causa causans; but the causa sine qua non was that we were in Brazil, where the “brief authority” of officials is sometimes notoriously overbearing. Pernambuco is the third city of Brazil, and is the greatest sugar- The City of Pernambuco. 515 mart in the Empire. Its population is variously estimated at eighty thousand and one hundred thousand. In all respects Per¬ nambuco is a thriving and a progressive city. Those who remem¬ ber its former unpaved streets and its other inconveniences for comfort and conveyance would now he surprised at the various changes and improvements. Water-works have been constructed, good bridges erected, and extensive quays have been formed on the margins of the rivers that would serve, according to Mr. Had- field, as models for the conservators of ‘‘Father Thames.” Printing- presses send forth dailies and weeklies, besides from time to time respectable-sized books and Government documents. Education is looking up, whether we consider the common schools, the collegios, or the flourishing institution for legal instruction, which rivals that of San Paulo. The city is divided into three parishes or districts, called, seve¬ rally, S. Pedro de Gonsalves or Eecife, S. Antonio, and Boa Yista, which are connected by bridges and good roads. Many of the houses of Pernambuco are built in a style unknown in other parts of Brazil. A description of one where my prede¬ cessor was entertained by a friend may serve as a specimen of the style referred to :— “It was six stories high. The first or ground floor was denominated the arma- zem, and was occupied by male servants at night; the second furnished apartments for the counting-room, &c.; the third and fourth for parlors and lodging-rooms; the fifth for dining-rooms; and the sixth for a kitchen. Readers of domestic habits will perceive that one special advantage of having a kitchen located in the attic arises from the upward tendency of the smoke and efiluvia universally produced by culinary operations. A disadvantage, however, inseparable from the arrangement, is the necessity of conveying various heavy articles up so many flights of stairs. Water might be mentioned, for example, which, in the absence of all mechanical contrivances for such an object, was carried up on the heads of negroes. Any one will perceive that the liability of mistake, in endeavoring to preserve the equili¬ brium of each vessel of water thus transported, exposed the lower portion of the house to the danger of a flood. Surmounting the sixth story, and constituting, in one sense, the seventh, was a splendid observatory, glazed above and on all sides. “ The prospect from this observatory was extended and interesting in the ex¬ treme. It was just such a place as the stranger should always seek in order to receive correct impressions of the locality and environs of the city. His gaze from such an elevation will not fail to rest with interest upon the broad bay of Pernam¬ buco, stretching, with a moderate but regular incurvation of the coast, between the promontory of Olinda and Cape St. Augustine, thirty miles below. This bay is gene¬ rally adorned with a great number of jangadas, which, with their broad lateen sails, make no mean appearance. Besides the commerce of the port itself, vessels often 516 Beazil and the Brazilians. appear in the offing, bound on distant voyages, both north and south. No port is more easy of access. A vessel bound to either the Indian or the Pacific Ocean, or on her passage homeward to either the United States or Europe, may, with but a slight deviation from her best course, put into Pernambuco. She may come to an anchor in the Lameirao, or outer harbor, and hold communication with the shore, either to obtain advices or refreshments, and resume her voyage at pleasure, with¬ out becoming subject to port-charges. This is very convenient for whaling-ships and South Sea traders. In order to discharge or receive cargo, vessels are required to come within the reef and to conform to usual port-regulations. “Men-of-war seldom remain long here. None of large draught can pass the bar, and those that can are required—probably in view of the danger of accidents when so close to the city—to deposit their powder at the fort. Few naval commanders are willing to yield to such a requirement; while, at the same time, their berth in the Lameirao cannot be relied on for either quietness or safety. The powerful winds and heavy roll of the sea are frequently sufficient to part the strongest cables. These are sufficient reasons why Pernambuco is not a favorite naval station either for Brazil or for foreign nations. The commercial shipping is under full view from the observatory, yet it is too near at hand and too densely crowded together to make an imposing appearance. “Olinda, seen from this distance, must attract the attention and the admiration of every one. Of this city set upon a hill, one is at a loss whether to admire most the whitened houses and massive temples, or the luxuriant foliage interspersed among them, and in which those edifices on the hill-side seem to be partially buried. From this point a line of highlands sweeps inward with a tolerably regular arc, terminating at Cape St. Augustine, and forming a semilunar reconcave, analo¬ gous to that of Bahia. The entire summit of these highlands is crowned with green forests and foliage. Indeed, from the outermost range of vision to the very pre¬ cincts of the city, throughout the extended plain, circumscribed by five-sixths of the imagined arc, scarcely an opening appears to the eye, although, in fact, the country overlooked is populous and cultivated. Numbers of buildings, also, within the suburbs of the city, are overtowered and wholly or partially hidden by lofty palms, mangueiras, cajueiros, and other trees. The interval between Recife and Olinda is in striking contrast to this appearance. It is a perfectly barren bank of sand, a narrow beach, upon one side of which the ocean breaks, while on the other side, only a few rods distant and nearly parallel, runs a branch of the Beberibe River. “At a distance varying from one-fourth to half a mile from the shore runs the bank of rocks already mentioned as extending along the greater portion of the northern coast of Brazil. Its top is scarcely visible at high-tide, being covered with the surf, which dashes over it in sheets of foam. At low-water it is left dry, and stands like an artificial wall, with a surface sufficiently even to form a beautiful promenade in the very midst of the sea. This natural parapet is approached by the aid of boats. It is found to be from two to five rods in thickness. Its edges are a little worn and fractured, but both its sides are perpendicular to a great depth. The rock, in its external appearance, is of a dark-brown color, and, when broken, it is found to be composed of a very hard' species of sandstone of a yellow com¬ plexion, in which numerous bivalves are embedded in a state of complete preserva¬ tion. Various species of small sea-shells may be collected in the water-worn cavi¬ ties of the surface. At several points deep winding fissures extend through a portion of the reef; but in general its appearance is quite regular,—much more so, doubt¬ less, than any artificial wall could be after hundreds of years’ exposure to the wear- Yarious Districts op the City. 517 ing of the ocean-waves. The abrupt opening in this reef, by which an entrance is offered to vessels, is scarcely less remarkable than the protection which is secured to them when on«e behind this rocky bulwark. “ Opposite the northern extremity of the city, as though a breach had been arti¬ ficially cut, the rock opens, leaving a passage of sufficient depth and width to admit ships of sixteen feet draught at high-water. Great skill is requisite, however, to conduct them safely in; for no sooner have they passed the reef than it becomes necessary to tack ship and keep close under the lee of the rock, in order to avoid the danger of running aground. “Close to this opening and on the extremity of the reef stands the fort, built at an early day by the Dutch. Its foundations were admirably laid, being com¬ posed of long blocks of stone, imported from Europe, hewed square. They were placed lengthwise to the sea, and then bound together by heavy bands of iron. A wall of the same nature extends from the base of the fortification to the body of the reef. This wall appears to have become perfectly solidified, and, in fact, aug¬ mented by a slight crust of accumulating petrifaction. This circumstance corrobo¬ rates the idea that the rock, on the whole, may be increasing, like the coral reefs of the South Sea Islands. “The district of S. Pedro—frequently called that of the Recife—is not large. Its buildings are most of them ancient in their appearance: they exhibit the old Dutch style of architecture, and many of them retain their latticed balconies or gelouzias. These gelouzias were common at Rio de Janeiro at the period of Dom John’s arrival. But that monarch, dreading the use that might be made of them as places of concealment for assassins, ordered them to be pulled down; and they are now rarely seen in the metropolis. “The principal street of the Recife is Rua da Cruz. At its northern extremity, toward the Arsenal da Marinha, it is wide and imposing in its aspect. Tdward the other end, although flanked by high houses, it becomes very narrow, like most of the other streets by which it is intersected. A single bridge connects this portion of the city with S. Antonio, the middle district. “ S. Antonio is the finest part of Pernambuco when considered as a city. It con¬ tains the palace and military arsenal, in front of T^hich a wall has recently been extended along the river’s bank. Just above the water’s edge has been placed a row of green-painted seats for the accommodation of the public. These are inviting, mornings and evenings, although, in the absence of shade-trees, the rays of the sun, pouring upon the turfless sand, render the heat intolerable throughout the day. “The principal streets of this section of the city, together with an open square used as a market-place, are spacious and elegant. The bridge crossing the other river is longer and more expensive than the one just described, although the depth of the stream beneath is not so great. On the southern or southwestern bank of this river stands the British Chapel, in a very suitable and convenient location. That edifice is built in modern style, and generally well attended by the English residents, on Sabbath-days, both morning and evening. Boa Vista is very exten¬ sive, and is chiefly occupied by residences and country-seats. A few large build¬ ings stand near the river, and, like most of those in the other sections of the town, are devoted in part to commercial purposes. Beyond these, the houses are gene¬ rally low, but large upon the ground, and surrounded by gardens, here denomi¬ nated sitios. The streets here were formerly unpaved, and unhappily suffered to remain in a most wretched condition. Sand, dry and wonderfully comminuted, abounds on all sides, unless variegated by filthy pools of standing-water. 518 Brazil and the Brazilians. “The hedges in the en-virons of Pernambuco are similar to those of Rio, although generally more rank in growth. Many of the houses exhibit an expensive and at the same time tasteful style of construction, I was pointed to one in the veranda of which was arranged a collection of statues. The owner being a wealthy and notorious slave-dealer, some wag, a few years since, thinking either to oblige or to vex him, crept in by night and supplied him with a cargo of new negroes, by paint¬ ing all the marble faces black.” Pernambuco has ever manifested more activity than any other of the Northern provinces. It was the first to declare against the Portuguese Government, and several times there have been com¬ motions that threatened for a time the dismemberment of the State; but at the present time there is no province more faithful. An outbreak occurred in 1848, in consequence of a band of miscreants from the interior joining with a few disatfected in the city; but their leaders were summarily dealt with, and since that time the province has remained perfectly tranquil. The state of religion at Pernambuco is not obviously different from that in other parts of the Empire. The monasteries are in low repute, having at present but few inmates. The hospicio of the Barbadinhos, or Italian Capuchins, has been converted into a foundling-hospital. None of the churches are remarkable for their beauty,’ or splendor of construction. That of Nossa Senhora da Conceigao dos Militares is distinguished for a singular painting upon its walls, designed to represent the battle of the Carapes, and to commemorate the victory which was then obtained over the heretical Hollanders. I followed up the Bible-labors of my predecessor, and found some unexpected openings for sowing the good seed. There never was a more favorable opportunity than the present for the introduction of truth and of a pure worship into this portion of Brazil. What is most needed in view of this object is a number of fearless and faithful Brazilian preachers. Through the English chaplain. Dr. Kidder was made acquainted with a priest who had already become convinced of the necessity of some new measures for enlightening the people, and who had recently taken an active part in circulating Bibles and tracts. He thus records his interview with this Bible-Christian:— “ I met with this padre a few days after my arrival in the city. He came into the house of a friend with whom I was dining, and, happening to lay his hand upon gome of the new tracts which I brought along, he broke forth in expressions of A Bible-Chkistian. 519 delight, saying that he had use for a quantity of these publications. In addition to their subject-matter, he was particularly pleased with their severally bearing the imprint of Rio de Janeiro, a circumstance that indicated the radiation of light from that important point. This individual was a man fifty years old, as much like the ex-Regent Feijo in his appearance as any other Brazilian I ever saw. Part of his education he had received in Portugal, part in Brazil. He had once been chaplain to the prison-island of Fernando de Noronha. Owing to his recent change of views on several important topics, he had sufiFered considerable persecution from his bishop and some others of the clergy, but he seemed in no way disheartened by this. “ His opinion was, that the silent distribution of tracts and Scriptures among ‘ those persons and families disposed to read and prize them was the best method of doing good in the country at present. And most faithfully did he pursue that method, calling on me every few days for a fresh supply of evangelical publications. “ I one day returned his visit, and found him surrounded with quite a library, among which his Bible attracted my attention, as having been for a year or two past his one book. Almost every page in it was marked as containing something of very especial interest. I could but wish that all with whom the Bible is not a rare book prized it as highly as did this padre, who, after having spent the greater portion of his life as a minister of religion according to the best of his previous knowledge, now in his declining years had found the word of God to be ‘a light to his feet and a lamp to his path.’ ” In 1838, there oceurred in this province one of the most extra¬ ordinary scenes of fanaticism which is a melancholy proof that the boast of the Eomish Church is in vain that such extravagances are confined to Protestant countries. The following narrative, con¬ densed from the ofiicial documents before me, may challenge a parallel in either history or mythology. In order that the reader may fully understand it, I will remind him that there prevails in Portugal, and to some extent in Brazil, a sect called Sehas- tianists. The distinguishing tenet of this sect is the belief that Dom Sebastian, the King of Portugal who, in 1577, undertook an expedition against the Moors in Africa, and who, having been defeated; never returned, is still alive, and is destined yet to make his reappearance on earth, when all that the most enthusiastic Millerarian ever anticipated will be realized. Numberless dreams and prophecies, together with the interpretation of marvellous portents confirming this idea, have been circulated with so much of clerical sanction, that many have believed the senseless whim. Nor have there been lacking persons, at various periods, who have under¬ taken to fulfil the prophecies, and to prove themselves the veritable Dom Sebastian. The prime point of faith is, that he will yet come, and that too, as each believer has it, in his own lifetime. The Portuguese look 520 Brazil and the Brazilians. for his appearance at Lisbon, but the Brazilians generally think it most likely that he will first revisit his own city, St. Sebastian. It appears that a reckless villain, named Joao Antonio, fixed upon a remote part of the province of Pernambuco, near Pianco, in the Comarca de Flores, for the appearance of the said Dom Se¬ bastian. The place designated was a dense forest, near which were known to be two acroeeraunian caverns. This spot the im¬ postor said was an enchanted kingdom, which was a^out to be disenchanted, whereupon Dom Sebastian would immediately appear at the head of a great army, with glory, and with power to confer wealth and happiness upon all who should anticipate his coming by associating themselves with said Joao Antonio. As might be expected, he found followers, who, after a while, learned that the imaginary kingdom was to be disenchanted by having its soil sprinkled with the blood of one hundred innocent children! In default of a sufficient number of children, men and women were to be immolated, but in a few days they would all rise again and become possessed of the riches of the world. The pro¬ phet appears to have lacked the courage necessary to carry out his bloody scheme; but he delegated power to an accomplice, named Joao Ferreira, who assumed the title of “His Holiness,’^ put a wreath of rushes upon his head, and required the proselytes to kiss his toe, on pain of instant death. The official letter to Sr. Fran¬ cisco Eego Barras, at that time President of Pernambuco, states that “he also married every man to two or three women with superstitious rites in accordance with his otherwise immoral con¬ duct.” After other deeds, too horrible to describe, he commenced the slaughter of human beings. Each parent was required to bring forward one or two of his children to be oifered. In vain did the prattling babes shriek and beg that they might not be murdered. The unnatural parent would reply, “Ho, my child; there is no remedy,” and forcibly offer them. In the course of two days he had thus, in cold blood, slain twenty-one adults and twenty children, when a brother of the prophet, becoming jealous of “His Holiness,” thrust him through and assumed his powder. At this juncture some one ran away, and apprized the civil authorities of the dreadful tragedy. Troops were called out, who hastened to the spot; but the infatu- Extraokdinary Fanaticism. 521 ated Sebastianists had been taught not to fear any thing, but that should an attack be made upon them it would be the signal for the restoration of the kingdom, the resurrection of their dead, and the destruction of their enemies. Wherefore, on seeing the troops ap¬ proach they rushed upon them, uttering cries of defiance, attacking those who had come to their rescue, and actually killing five, and wounding others, before they could be restrained. Nor did they submit until twenty-nine of their number, including three women, had actually been killed. Women, seeing their husbands dying at their feet, would not attempt to escape, but shouted, The time is come ! Yiva! viva ! the time is come!” Of those that survived a few escaped into the woods, the rest were taken prisoners. It was found that the victims of this horrid delusion had not even buried the bodies of their murdered offspring and kinsmen, so confident were they of their immediate restoration. Pernambuco lies on the great eastern shoulder of the South American continent, where it pushes farthest into the ocean. Its present great commercial importance is largely owing to this for¬ tuitous position. The city does not depend for its large exports on the fruitfulness or plenty of the region immediately sur¬ rounding it. This region is the sertdo, (“the wilderness, or desert,”)—a term applied to much of the great promontory on which the province lies. It is a continued plain, of but little elevation above the sea, of a surface undulating to a small degree, occupied by a crispj thin herbage on a baked ferrugineous clay, or patched over with dwarfed forests, is irregularly supplied with rain, and is very sparsely populated. Pernambuco sends out annually four millions of dollars of exports past the angry little fort at the end of the Becife. A half-million reaches the United States. But its abundant beef and hides are gathered from the fat but untamed herds that riot among the sedgy meadows of the far-off San Francisco; while a portion of the cotton and sugar are harvested three hundred miles away, around the Villa das Flores and among the foot-hills of Santa Barbaretta,—the first mountain-chain that arrests the trade-wind as it sweeps west¬ ward, laden with rain, which pours down the little valleys that furrow the serra and fill the region below with plenty. There are also an immense number of sugar-plantations on the 522 Brazil and the Brazilians. proposed railway fronr Pernambuco to Joazeiro. From the Eecife to the river Una—a distance of seventy-five miles—there are no less than three hundred sugar-estates on the sections of the railway already under contract. The distant population of this province is as untamed as the wilderness in which it exists. Law is worn very loosely. Society is patriarchal rather than civil. The proprietor of a sugar or cattle estate is, practically, an absolute lord. The community that lives in the shadow of so great a man is his feudal retinue; and, by the conspiracy of a few such men, who are thus able to bring scores of lieges and partisans into the field, the quiet of the province was formerly more than once disturbed by revolts, which gave the Government much trouble. Eevenue, accordingly, can only be collected by import and ex¬ port duties. Taxation is impossible, because there is no system of tax-gathering vigorous enough to collect it. A few years ago an excise wms put on the herds of cattle, and the exciseman went into the sertao for the Emperor’s money. He was caught, stripped, and imprisoned in the trunk of a dead bullock, with his head stick¬ ing out. “If the Emperor wants beef,” the sertanejos said, “let his exciseman take it along.” The provincial of Pernambuco, as he enters the city from the sertao to do his semi-annual marketing, is worthy of such an ex¬ ploit, and is a notable. The highway to the city lies through Cachinga,—a neat little hamlet two or three leagues from the Eecife. The village is hidden from the observer as he approaches by a long valley of orange and banana trees. This is the sertanejo’s last night’s halt before getting to market. He has already ridden for twelve days, perched upon a couple of oblong cotton-bags strapped parallel to his horse’s sides, followed by his train of a dozen horses or mules, loaded, in the same way, with cotton or sugar. A monkey, with a clog tied to his waist, surmounts one in place of the driver; parrot and his wife another; and a large brass- throated macaw with a stiff blue coat of feathers another. A raw hide protects his wares from the rain. Hight after night he has slept on the earth, or has been suspended in his inseparable ham¬ mock, slung between two trees, with only the generous, starry sky for a covering. The Sertanejos’ Cavalcade. 523 Cachinga, quiet and silent by day, is boisterous by night; for, during its watches, the sertanejos accumulate about the vendas by hundreds. The first streaking of the morning witnesses a miscel¬ laneous distribution, over the earth, of men, jaded horses, mules, monkeys, parroquetas, and sugar and cotton bags. The caravan is at once put in motion. Each individual sertanejo stirs his beasts, packs their loads, goes behind the riding-horse, seizes hold of the tail, puts a foot on the hock-joint, and leaps up on the back SERTAN EJOS. as if ascending a flight of stairs. This is a summons to every horse of his troop—already educated to it—to take his place in the train. In an instant the motley cavalcade is rolling down the valley of the Capibaribe before the sun has absorbed the dew-drops, which are like pendent jewelry on the rank leaves of the thick orchards that overhang the road. The sertanejo passes on, only pausing to uncover before the patron saint of all cavaliers, (who is shut up in a wooden case at the gateway of the bridge of San Antonio,) and he finally halts with his various merchandise, living and dead, in the street Trapixe. The individuality of the sertanejo is now manifest. On his head he wears a pindova hat, after the pattern of a sugar-loaf, attem- 524 Brazil and the Brazilians. pered by experience to every condition of weather. Tinder it is an affluent “ shock’' of hair, in the midst of which, in a doubtful state of light and eclipse, is a thin, bronze face, of Portuguese configura¬ tion, with eyes significant of divided curiosity and suspicion. He is attired in a cotton shirt and unmentionables, the one scant to the elbows and unbuttoned at the throat, leaving his tanned bosom bare, and the other rolled up to the knees. His feet are all un¬ learned in such commercial literature as the statistics of boots and shoes. Early morning is the busy hour of Pernambuco. The sugar- streets are thronged with a wonderful miscellany of horses, mules, asses, and sugar-bags; sugar-merchants delicately holding samples; cotton-bales, goats with their families on a morning promenade; and quitandeiras eloquently passing panegyrics on cakes, comfits, and oranges. And still the tide of loaded horses and asses pours into the Trapixe. The horses lie down to rest, and the sertanejo, fatigued with the riot of the night, and anticipating the noontide siesta, pillows himself to slumber on the neck of his steed. A wood-dealer, with twin-bundles of fagots strapped on the side of his donkey, attempts to force a way. He is followed by a poultry-dealer mounted on an ass, with an immense hamper of fowls, advertised by a dozen chicken-necks thrust at full length through the lattices. Macaws and parrots make the tenor of the busy occasion; while the ambitious trumpets of a half-dozen donkej^s lend their bass semitones. In the midst of this Babel of sounds, the sabia —sweetest of the Southern feathered tribes of song and peer of the Northern thrush and the mocking-hird— pours out his hearty, mellow praises from a lady’s window by the side of a whitewashed church. No market-scene can anywhere be more various, checkered, and interesting than at Pernambuco, in the busy sugar-season. Before meridian, the actors have changed, and others have taken their places. The black garihadores, naked to the waist, with sugar-bags on their heads, hurry from the sugar-warehouses to the lighters, at full trot, in exact pace to their own boisterous music. Nearly the whole of Brazil is adapted to the cultivation of sugar; but it is on the sea-coast from Campos to the sixth degree of south latitude that it is produced in the greatest abundance. The export The Jangada ok Catamaran. 525 of sugar from Pernambuco is annually increasing, and its produc¬ tion is flourishing under the improved machinery introduced by the brothers De Mornay. In 1821 this province produced 20,000,000 pounds; in 1853 the total was 140,000,000 pounds. The whole number of pounds exported from Brazil in 1855 was 254,765,504, of which we purchased to the amount of more than one half a million of dollars. The ordinary price at Pernambuco is about three cents per pound for brown and five cents for pure white sugar. The clayed or white sugars are exported to Sweden and the United States: much of the brown is sent to the Mediterranean: the consignments to England are generally put up for “Cowes and a market.” Pernambuco also exports more than 6,000,000 pounds of cotton to Liverpool. This cotton is of a good quality, and fetches a higher price than the generality of that exported from the United States. To the Quakers of England this Brazilian article has the preference, because it is mostly, according to Friends Candler and Burgess, raised by the free half-breeds of the interior; but I believe that there is also much of it which has to do with slave-labor. Great Britain imported from Brazil, in 1856, 21,830,000 pounds of cotton. I need hardly demand pardon of the general reader for these statistics. So little is known of the productiveness of Brazil that these figures are necessary to a more perfect knowledge of the state and progress of the Empire. But the Brazilian Mail-steamer awaits us. We bid farewell to our friends, and soon pass on one side the little fort at the end of the reef, and on the other the rusty cannons of old Fort do Brum, and are at once on the ocean. At the same time a hundred jangadas, or catamarans, sally out for the fishing-grounds at some indefinite distance from land,—ten, fifteen, twenty, or forty miles. These curious crafts are each composed of four logs of cork-palm, eight inches in diameter, pinned together, with a plank thrust down between them for keel and rudder, and a broad, brown lateen sail, made from fibrils, affixed to a rude mast. The catamaran flies like the wind, and the clipper—swift courser of the sea— cannot outstrip it. The fisherman, with breeches rolled up to his thigh, (for every wave submerges his palm-logs,) sits securely on a pegged stool: occasionally he dips up the brine with a 526 Brazil and the Brazilians. calabash and dashes it over his sail. Have no fear for this frail ship-carpentry. The catamaran will re-enter the harbor to-mor¬ row morning, or, at furthest, the next day after, laden with a cargo of most extraordinary fish,—^pink-eyed, ox-eyed, and four¬ eyed, round-shouldered, Eoman-nosed, scaly and unsealed; and among them are some wearing a quantity of tails, hairy and tufted, like a buffalo-bull’s. Only once, the story goes, a cata¬ maran was run down at night: the picked-up owner was carried to Baltimore, to return at length and find his inconsolable widow solaced by a new marriage, and some young birds in the family nest not yet old enough to fly. Dr. Kidder once performed a voyage in a jangada to the beautiful island of Itamaraca, and his experience shows that they are breezy, watery, and safe. A minute after passing Fortaleza de Brum, a last sight is taken of a couple of Hollandish-looking windmills; and, as we glide away we have a glimpse of Cocoanut Island, lifting up its forest of green feathers against the clear sunset-sky, and finally nothing remains but the rocky pyramid of Olinda, crowned ■with a cross¬ bearing church, and, beyond, the low shores that stretch away toward Parahiba do Korte. There is an utter dissimilarity in the geological position of the provincial capitals of Northern Brazil. But there is a striking resemblance in the heavy stone-masonry of the houses, in the tones of the families of bells that inhabit every church-turret, in the profound sand that fills the streets, and in the twinkle of the eyes and the thin sallow faces of the male inhabitants. The little island of Itamaraca, which, under the old Dutch Go¬ vernment, was the most spirited and affluent along the whole coast, has now been almost lost sight of in geography, and has been de¬ graded from a first commercial consequence into a lean and beg¬ gared colony of fishermen and fruit-raisers. Parahiba, the capital of Parahiba do Norte, with a population of ten thousand, is situated upon the Parahiba Eiver, some ten miles from the sea. The greenery of both shores overhangs the narrow river so closely that it seems to be approached through a cavern of verdure. Eed crabs doze on the muddy beaches, and countless tribes of waders industriously pick up a living at every retreat of the tide. At the end of this m Rio Grande do R'ortb and Ceara. 527 arched avenue of trees, and on the hill-side of a narrow valley, whitewashed. Parahiba appears, and, as our steamer draws near, the bells of a cathedral that rises above it summon the priests to perform the solemn offices for the dead. Ratal, or Rio Grande do Rorte, is, on the other hand, built on low lands near the sea. The steamer does not enter it, hut lies off at an anchorage two or three miles from the shore. Passengers, with their luggage, are delivered, for want of boats, on board of a vivacious raft of palm-logs that goes hobbling round at the mercy of the sea. Each wave sweeps its whole length and breadth. En route to his post is a military commandantj just assorted and dis¬ charged from the ruder human clay of the steamer, and he stands erect on the float, brilliant in attire and trappings, and made more magniflcent by his top-boots, which, at every plunge, fill up with water from the briny deep. Ceara can hardly be said to have a harbor: it is only a road¬ stead. This city is on ground comparatively level, and but few feet higher than the ocean. The bluff, tall mountains of Ibiapaba, four or five miles distant, pieturesque as the shores of the Hudson, and visible from the sea for a hundred miles, (though not marked 528 Brazil and the Brazilians. on the maps,) form a beautiful background. Their sides are fretted with coffee-plantations,, and, under the glass, their profile is ser¬ rated with feathery palm-woods. Here the style of landing is very different from that at Natal. A boat transports the pas¬ sengers to the verge of the surf that always breaks on the shore. A municipal chair, (^paviola,') large enough for the accommodation of a couple of beef-fed aldermen, is borne on the hacks of four stout slaves, until the water reaches their chins, and the surf, as they advance, passes over and around them. In the swift drift of water that precedes the breakers, the chair receives the precious freight of human life and treasure, and is carried at once, through the surf, to the shore. Aracati, in the province of Ceara, and Parahiha, in that of Piauhy, are principally cattle-marts. There is an equally striking difference in the productions of the different provinces. Perna'm- buco and Aracati are sugar-dealers; Parahiba exports cotton princi¬ pally. Ceara mingles sugar and coffee, and is eminently reput¬ able for its beef Parahiba and Piauhy have a ruder civilization, and accumulate hides, tallow, and beef, and gather rice on the low plains along the rivers. Maranham, in addition to its large exports of cotton, rice, and salt, is a druggist, collecting many species of invigorating roots, barks, and balsams in its woods. Para is gratefully known to the world for its cacao and caoutchouc. There is a difference, too, in the appearance of the coasts. After leaving Olinda, no highlands are seen, except the mountains behind Ceara, until the bluff sand-hill of San Marcos is turned on entering Maranham. After leaving Parahiba do Norte, the eye tires of the dreary shores and hillocks of white sand, herbless and treeless, save here and there a riband of green cocoanuts in the little valleys, or columnar cacti that from time to time shoot up out of the unrelieved desert as if to keep note of its utter desola¬ tion. Though, as has been observed, there is no Sahara in Brazil, there has often been much suffering from drought in this portion of the Empire. As seen from the deck, glistening sand frequently stretches away beyond the reach of sight. Such is the character of the country for hundreds of miles. This is slowly modified as the voyage extends farther north. The white sand-drifts are, at long intervals, striped with vegetation; then it r Coast-Scenes. 529 becomes more interspersed, until at Maranham the whole shore is clothed with the beauty, brilliancy, and luxuriance of tropical growth. The sea-built masonry of the reef of Pernambuco appears at frequent intervals along the coast, at distances varying from one THE CACXO. hundred to one thousand yards from shore. At Ceara alone it seems to pass under the land, through the sandy point of Macoripe. The ocean, with its low, hoarse voice of habitual sorrow, often breaks over it. Petitinga—a triangle of green in the midst of a wide desolation of sand-hillocks—is famous for the tortoise-shell (second only to that of the South Sea) gathered among these disrupted rocks. 34 530 Bkazil and the Brazilians. But? the morality of the hamlet is like that of the Bedouins. Legiti¬ mate trade is sometimes suspended to plunder a flour-vessel which has been driven ashore by a storm and the currents. Then the whole population turn salvors, and salvage covers the cargo. The point of the coast about Cape S. Eoque is dangerous to vessels making their way close to the shore, in consequence of sunken reefs and the strong current, at the rate of three or four miles an hour, that, having already swept across the ocean from the African coast, impinges on Brazil not far from Bahia, and is then deflected northwardly till it passes the mouth of the Amazon, after which it continues until it becomes known to us as the Gulf Stream. This is a serious obstacle to attempting a landing north of Cape S. Eoque, because then, with an adversity both of wind and cur¬ rent, it is difficult to turn the cape without standing far out to sea. Before the introduction of steamers, news from Northern Brazil was sometimes received at Eio de Janeiro via Europe. Mr. Southey mentions the case of a vessel sent eastward from Maranham in 1656, having troops on board for some special emergency, which, after having been out fifty days,—a time long enough to exhaust her provisions,—found it necessary to put back, and in twelve hours reached the port she had left. Eight degrees of latitude and more than fifteen hundred miles of coast are comprehended between Pernambuco and Para on the Amazon, fiffie climate of all is much alike, and without any appreciable dilferences on account of seasons. The range of the thermometer in the shade is from 82° to 90°, scarcely ever indi¬ cating a change of more than five degrees. So equable, indeed, is the temperature of the northern coast, that one cannot but be astonished at witnessing it advance slowly, during six months of the year, from 82° to the maximum, then, turning and tracing its way back, to the minimum with equal decorum. But the quan¬ tity and distribution of rain are very unequal, and its seasons vary at different points along the coast. At Pernambuco the rain continues about three months only, and falls in inconsiderable quantities, while at Para, by exact observation, less than sixty days of the year are without rain. But the reader must not ima¬ gine a continuous state of overhanging clouds: the sun is seen as often as at New York. The rainy season at Pernambuco is nearly The Rainy Season. 531 ended when that at Maranham begins. At this latter point the tropical rain, though less continuous than at Para, is established in full vigor. Light occasional showers inaugurate its approach. Every day invigorates it, till, at the height of the season, in a bright sky, black clouds rush up suddenly from every point of the horizon to the zenith, bring their stores together in an angry shock, accompanied by violent lightning and thunder, and pour them down in a deluge on the earth. At this time, although the rain sometimes con¬ tinues incessantly dur¬ ing the day, there is a usual periodicity of the showers, at ten o’clock in the morning and three in the afternoon, —lasting a couple of hours, and with bright skies between. So great is their precision that all the appointments of the day are made with reference to these short times of tempest. The rainy season of Maranham continues about six months, and during this time more rain falls, it is stated from observation, than, with one exception, at any other place on the earth,—amounting to two hundred and thirty inches. The remainder of the year is rainless. Still, vegetation does not droop. Plants have in themselves the power of adaptation to great diiferences of seasons, and borrow and absorb the trans¬ parent moisture which’ the trade-wind brings from the sea, thus maintaining their usual rankness of growth. 532 Brazil and the Brazilians. And now, turning from the weather to something more stable, we observe that the city of San Luiz de Maranham ranks as the fourth in the Empire, and is the capital of the rich and important province of the same name. The estuary upon which it stands was discovered by Pinzon in 1500. Though Maranham was made a captaincy as early as 1530, the French, in 1612, were the first to form a permanent settlement, and, in compliment to the patron saint and the royal family of France, named the town St. Louis and the hay St. Mary. The territory of the province is rather uneven in its surface, although it has not a single range of mountains. It is watered by a large number of rivers, both great and small. It remains to a great extent covered with forests, in which valuable woods and precious drugs are abundant. The soil is peculiarly adapted to the cultivation of rice, which it produces in vast quantities. Cotton thrives much more than the sugarcane. The indigenous fruits are numerous and rich, and in the distant interior are many edible nuts, among which none is more curious than the three-cornered Brazil-nut (Bertholetia excelsd) and the sapucaya, {LecytMs oUaria.') The latter is a capsule or nut as large as an infant’s head, filled with small, oily, eatable grains. With this capsule pretty vases and sugar-bowls are often made. The pineapples and bananas, of several species, deserve mention for especial excellence. Mineral riches have not been withheld from this portion of the globe. Fine strata of old red sandstone furnish an excellent and common material for building; while iron and lead ores and antimony have been discovered, although they have not yet been turned to public advantage. Fish abound in the waters of the province; and herds of sheep, cattle, and horses multiply rapidly on the plantations of the interior. San Luiz de Maranham is believed to be better built, as a whole, than any other city of Brazil. It exhibits a general neatness and an air of enterprise which rarely appears in the other towns of the Empire. There are, moreover, within its bounds but few huts and indifferent houses. Hone of the churches appear unusually large or sumptuous, but many of the private dwellings are of a superior order. The style of construction ’is at once elegant and durable. The walls are massive, being composed of stone broken The City of San Luiz de Maranham. 533 fine and laid in cement. Although the town does not occupy a large extent of ground, the surface it covers is very unequal. Its site extends over two hills, and, consequently, a valley. The rise and descent in the streets are in many places very abrupt. Few carriages are in use, and, in accord¬ ance with this circumstance, there is only one good carriage-road in the entire vicinity. That road leads a short distance out of town. The cadeira is but little known here as a means of conveyance. The rede, or hammock, is generally used as a means of easy locomotion. It is very com¬ mon, both in Maranham and Para, to see ladies in this manner taking their passeio, or promenade. Gentle¬ men do not often make their ap¬ pearance in public in this style, although it is generally conceded that they are quite fond of swinging in their hammocks at home. Hon. John U. Petit, who resided for a number of years at Ma¬ ranham, has kindly furnished me a few of his full notes; and his descriptions of Maranham are so fresh, graphic, and full of life that I give them entire:— “The lateral streets, crossing the two principal thoroughfares, descend rapidly to the estuaries on each side. The heavy rains dash their torrents along down their pavements and cleanse the whole city. Filth is thus made impossible. Quebra- costa or Breakback Street deserves its name, for it drops down abruptly like a declivity. “ My first landing was made at evening, and at the end of the outpouring of the diurnal rains. Already the sun was out, and the clouds were half dispersed from the sky, except here and there a few remaining fugitives, fantastically arranged, now in crags and mountain-steeps, now in distant harvest-landscapes, now in long, blue lakes, with sloping shores of green and orange. “But the prevailing and superabundant humidity at this season, though unfelt and obviously unseen, is yet seen in its effects. Every thing that is touched is clammy. The wet season is the green age of mould. And yet it is not so much wet as musty. Mould grows on every thing that gives it a place for rest. A grease- spot on a coat, or a soiled coat-collar, becomes verdant after a night’s exposure. Albino wakes you to take a cup of coffee, and you sip the liquid swinging in your hammock, just as the morning is peeping, and the velvet-breasted wren is singing 634 Bbazil and the Brazilians. from the tall crown of a bread-fruit-tree or early humming-birds are sucking nectar from the very throats of the red pomegranate-flower. Albino then improvises a lustre on your boots. But you have hardly sunk down in your hammock and waked up again, yfhen—presto —^your boots are grown over with a green vegetable nap, an antiquity-looking mildew. The old black, revered, neat’s-leather trunk, fellow-visitor of many States, and the acquaintance of many custom-house ex¬ plorers,—now standing modestly back by the wall with its lid uplifted, as though it wished everybody to look in and see its very heart,—under the novel influence, is first white, then brown, then yellowish, and, at last, green in an apparent old age. But, if this attract remark, it is only for a moment; for the mould perishes at the first hot breath of old Sol,—suddenly as the ephemera that lives a whole life and dies in crossing a sunbeam. “Maranham, in its principal streets, is built of compacted stone-masonry. Houses are usually of two, three, or four stories, with walls of two and a half or three feet in thickness, the better to resist attacks of external heat. Maran¬ ham is nearly a finished city; but a house was erected, not long since, in the Street St. John. A train of asses and mules brought the red, ferrugineous sand¬ stone—just landed from Bom-Fim—up the Palace Square in panniers,—a reluctant slave compelling them from behind. The lime was carried in baskets, on the heads of slaves, from the opposite sea-shore; while, in order to mix the mortar, women marched up, loaded with water-jars, from the abundant fountain behind Praia Cujd. “The population is affluent. The residents of the city are the proprietors of the plantations and of the numerous slaves dwelling on the fazendas of the mainland. Factors supervise them there, and the annual rents are paid without giving the masters any trouble in going after them, and the money is soon wasted in the abundance—and, sometimes, the dissipation—of the city. “With such ample means, the children of its burghers are very well educated in the more brilliant and showy and less practical attainments of knowledge,—some¬ times at home, less often abroad. Ladies more frequently than gentlemen are met with who have learned the arts of pleasing and conquest at Lisbon, Madrid, and Paris. This superior class constitutes a social realm where Roger de Coverley might live happy. * ********* “Before midnight, the streets are quiet as churchyards, and it is only the late walker who is met by the patrol with a musket on his shoulder and a bayonet at the end of it, and required to give the countersign; and, answering, it is likely, with a very difficult utterance. Amigo, which means that he is a particular friend of the Emperor’s, is then directed to move on. “Below the class of opulent citizens, who dwell in large stone houses having balconies at all their windows and verandas above, that shut out the invasion of the sun, first in rank is the large class of shopkeepers and artisans. For these, several schools exist. The city, too, abounds in charities. It has its home of orphans, its house of foundlings, a house of lepers, hospitals for the sick, and misericordias, with open doors, embracing all the children of distress. “ The Portuguese make an important element of the population in all the cities. They are spirited, ambitious, self-reliant, and money-making. They do not create wealth, but acquire it. The Brazileiro looks on them with habitual aversion. This had its origin in the time of the colonial dependence on Portugal, when home¬ bred courtiers of the monarch crowded all the walks of ambition in Church and Old Uncle Ued” in Maranham. 535 state, to the exclusion of the natives of the colony. The Government then was terribly unjust and oppressive. The Portuguese appointees were generally in circumstances of decayed fortune, which they went abroad to repair; and the his¬ tory of the capilanias is only a repetition of the old story of the outrages and rapa¬ city of the Roman proconsuls. To this deep cause of hatred another is added, in the steady flow of Portuguese colonization into the Empire, monopolizing, by vigor and ingenuity, the shopkeeping and the more skilful mechanical employments, in which a Brazilian rarely appears. Most of them come as adventurers and obtain competence, many of them aSluence. “A vessel touches in Brazil, loaded with Portuguese lads bent on making for¬ tunes. Each has a large chest, capable of holding a whole family, At a custom¬ house inspection, two of the boys lift up the huge lid. In the immense cavern to which it opens are seen dispersed a shirt, ‘a pair of socks,’ needles and thread, and, in addition, the adventurer’s stock in ti’ade,—two or three strings of Spanish onions. In ten or twelve years the boy has become a man, and embarks his chest again to return to Portugal. But now he has it strapped with ropes to keep down the cover. Small boxes and carpet-bags cluster around it, as if they were the old chest’s children; and the old chest, having no wings, but feeling maternal, hovers over them with its shadow. And, before embarking, the indefatigable Portuguese has paid duty on a considerable amount of specie. Such is the facetious and somewhat overdrawn picture by which the BraziUiros, the lineal descendants of a common ancestry, solace themselves over their deadly enemies the Portuguese. “The class of Brazilians proper—the offspring of the old Portuguese emigrant, —embracing the civil functionary, the army and navy officer, the priest, and the gentleman of the city and the country—forms about one-third of the popula¬ tion. The Portuguese population, in number, is about one-sixth. Below these are the varieties,— making about one-half the census,—the negro, mulatto, mestizo, and Indian. The wants of the latter are few and cheap:—a house floored on the naked earth, palm-thatched at the sides and overhead, with hammocks slung diagonally across it for sitting and sleeping, and with attire exceeding Eve’s garden-dress merely by a shirt or pantaloons; besides these, the sea and earth, equally bountiful, spread their tables with plenty. But indi¬ viduals of one class easily shift into another. Genteel persons sometimes get out of their places and become vagabonds; while, overcoming the slightest possible obstacle on account of color, exchanges in society are made, as every¬ where else, by some in subordinate ranks forcing themselves out of their posi¬ tions upward. “A musical furor rages like the dog-star. Piano and harp are vocal in the parlors and saloons. But the guitar—as in the vine-covered cottages of Portugal —is a joy forever in all the households of the poor; while its humbler types—the banjo and marimba—are an equally universal property of the black and all his derivatives. The slave that goes bareheaded, barefooted, and unshirted vexes it (the marimba,—that primitive guitar) in the soft moonlight, before his master’s door, in the presence of a bevy of loitering wenches, on whose hearts, as a second instrument, he plays,—taking them captive by the sorcery of his art. The melodies of the North American plantations (the African-born airs of Virginia and Tennessee, long since threadbare in the United States) are, like the smallpox, con¬ tagious through all ranks of society, A dozen negroes, carrying a large crockery- hogshead slung over their shoulders on bamboos, are mourning, in minor melody. 536 Brazil and the Brazilians. the fate of ‘Poor Old Ned.’ In the Street Sant’ Anna, from behind a latticed door, one hears a musical voice telling Susannah not to cry.* Aristocratic pianos are loud with ‘ Rosa d’Al.abama’ and ‘ Senhoritas de BulFalo,’ with much more music than prosody. “Outside and inside, S. Luiz is a very lovable city. Good- temper, courtesy, and kindness are almost universal. This is confined to no position of life. A ready, overfiowing hospitality welcomes the stranger at every door. “It is very pleasant to draw a picture of Maranham by me¬ mory, with the bay, dotted over with little islands of verdure broad enough in some places not to permit you to see the opposite shores, folding it in the embrace of its two large estuaries; strange fishermen’s craft, picturesque montarias and canoes, lying along the praias ; dainty, tall cocoanuts fringing the profile of the city, as it seems to be thrown carelessly over the sharp ridge that ad¬ vances into the bay; groves of bananas and oranges clinging THE MARIMBA. ou its stecp sidcs; a redolence of sweets from native flowers filling the air; occasional mirantes pretentiously stretching up above the general perspective of red tiles; and the tall tower of the cathedral and the populous turrets of scores of churches pushing their rounded pinnacles into the sky. “ ‘Swallows,’ says Dr. Johnson, ‘certainly sleep all winter. A number of them * The wide diffusion of the so-called “ Ethiopian Melodies” of the United States is almost incredible. In 1849, at one o’clock in the morning, I was riding from Charing Cross to the Surrey side of London, and heard a party of young Englishmen singing, at the top of their voices, “Oh, Susannah!” &c. Once, in passing over the Gloria Hill, at Rio de Janeiro, I caught the notes of the same tune, which was being performed by one of the inmates of a Brazilian cottage. But the most unexpected treat, in this parti¬ cular, I experienced in 1850, at Terracina,—the ancient Anxur, and not far from the Three Taverns mentioned in Acts xxviii. 15. It was an Italian midnight; and, while I was listening to the sound of the Mediterranean wave, as it broke upon the decaying quays of Terracina, and thinking of the long past of old Rome, I was startled by a clear voice (which made the ruins around us ring) sending forth upon the night-air “Old Uncle Ned.” It suddenly dashed away every thought of Italy and Rome and carried me most hastily over the ocean. I afterward discovered that the serenader was a Boston Yankee, who had wandered to this quiet nook, and who had been so singularly affected by the sacred and classic associations that he gave vent to the “ Ancient Uncle Edward,” as most in accordance with emotions called forth by the antiquity—classic and sacred—of Terracina.—J. C. F. How THE Swallows "Winter. 537 conglobulate together by flying round and round, and then, all in a heap, throw themselves under water and lie in the bed of a river.’ The first greeting at Maran- liam to the April visitor is the dear old friend the swallow. He builds his house under the tiled eaves. It haunts church-spires in myriads, as though a religious bird. As the sun goes down and shines with diminished beams, and until he finally sinks to rest, far up in the sky little flocks of swallows are seen wheeling in giant circumferences. Sometimes their enemy the vulture, at the same hour of the evening, is up there with his family, airing, after a day spent shamefully among car¬ casses. Then squadrons of swallows muster and drive him from those azure fields. Now they disport themselves along the earth, now flit on lazy wing above the house¬ tops, or pick a zigzag way along the airy avenues, among the groves of palm and figs and oranges, or dart away, swift and nnerring as an arrow, after some gay butterfly, from which—as riches cannot shield from death—his velvet bosom and painted wings cannot buy him escape. A half-dozen weeks hence, the swallow that sits at the margin of that red tile, teaching her young, with atfectionate art, to fly, may, under Northern skies, at home, skim above the fragrant clover-meadows or yellow harvests, or through the blossoming orchard or butternut-clump, or lave her white bosom in the little lake, or sweep along the hill, chasing the shadow of a lazy cloud. Thus are the swallows delightfully occupied during our cold winter, and when the time to migrate arrives they gather in countless hosts on all the house-tops, preparatory to their long journey, to proclaim, with other harbingers, to Northern lands, still brown with the hues of annual death, that light-footed Spring is coming with a power of resurrection. Choicest of the gifts with which man mitigates his lot is the physical charm of all beauteous nature, its mute yet divinely-speaking flowers, and its happy birds, harmonious with more than choral sweetness. “The sight of the pretty white village of Alcantara, of five or six thousand inhabitants, a half-dozen miles distant across the bay, makes one wish to visit the mainland. Alcantara is noted for the production of salt, gathered, as in some of the West India Islands, from natural pools supplied with water from the ocean at the recurrence of the spring-tides. A few miles farther up the coast is the village of Guimaraens, in the midst of a region abounding in cotton, rice, and mandioca. “The twin-bays of San Marks and San Jos6, immediately behind the island of Maranham, are reached from the interior of the province by several rivers—the Pindar6, the Mearim, and the Itapicurfl—hardly more considerable than the Mohawk or the Upper Wabash. As Alcantara invites you to its shores, these rivers tempt you to ascend their mangrove-lined banks to their sources. “The mangrove-tree is present along all the tide-water of Northern Brazil, and at high-water is standing in it at mid-waist, only its branches, sea-green leaves, and a few white blossoms above it. Behind it, on the high shore, are lines of towering palms. Vegetable propriety is outraged in the manner in which the mangrove grows. From its shaft, a half-dozen inches in diameter and a half- dozen feet high, it puts forth horizontal branches. These, in turn, drop down suckers, that become rooted into the mud and soon attain the size of the parent stem; and these, in turn, send out other branches and drop other stems, till the tree has grown into a large framework, and so strengthens itself against the tempests. In its deep shadows, where no human foot intrudes, the sericoria —the woodcock of the tropics—.fearlessly leads abroad its young. Upon the roots oysters cling, and, at low-water, present the curious spectacle of bivalves 538 Bkazil and the Brazilians. growing on trees. The mangrove contains, in great abundance, the principle of tannin, which, in the form of a concocted extract, may become a valuable article of commerce.” The montaria referred to is thus described by Dr. Kidder:— “In the river, in front of the Varadoura, a respectable collection of merchant- vessels may generally be seen at anchor. None of the water-craft, however, appear more picturesque than does the montaria,—a species of flat-boat used much on these waters. In the first one which I saw, I counted ten Indians paddling it rapidly against the tide. They each held a paddle, about the size and shape of an oval spade, perpendicularly in both hands, and, all striking at once into the water, gave the boat great momentum.” We now bid adieu to the clean, the gay, the hospitable city of San Luiz, and steam for Para. CHAPTEE XXYI. MAGNIFICENCE OF NATURE IN THE BRAZILIAN NORTH-THE CITY OF PArX-THE ENTRANCE OF THE AMAZON-THE FIRST PROTESTANT SERMON ON THESE WATERS -PARALLEL TO THE BLACK-HOLE OF CALCUTTA-EFFECTS OF STEAM-NAVIGATION -IMPROVEMENTS IN PArX-THE CANOA-BATHING AND MARKET SCENES- PRODUCE OF PArX-INDIA-RUBBER-PAR^ SHOES-THE AMAZON RIVER-MR. Wallace’s explorations — the vaca marina—cetacea of the amazon— TURTLE-EGG- BUTTER-INDIAN ARCHERY-BRAZILIAN BIRDS AND INSECTS- VISIT TO RICE-MILLS NEAR PARX — JOURNEY THROUGH THE FOREST — THE PARANESE bishop’s SUSPICIONS OF DR. KIDDER-STATE OF RELIGION A;r PARA. "VYe rapidly steam over the four hundred miles between Maran- ham and Para, and we have reached the eastern edge of the Bra¬ zilian Xorth,—the maritime border of that vast basin which contains an area equal to that of two-thirds of Europe. We are about entering upon a region the most wonderful in its nature,— where every object is upon the grandest scale. The mightiest river of the world rises in the loftie.st mountains of the Western continent and flows for thousands of miles through forests unparal¬ leled in beauty, extent, and productiveness. Here the Victoria Regia, the giant of Flora’s kingdom, nestles on the bosom of the shady pools, or reposes on the still waters that are shielded by some verdant peninsula from the rushing waves of the never-ceasing flood that pours from the Andes. Millions of the most brilliant- plumaged birds and insects, curious quadrupeds and reptiles, in¬ habit this almost terra incognita. Perhaps no region of our globe possessing such wonders has been so easy of access and so little explored. We are, however, on the eve of a great change: steam is doing its legitimate work, and the present generation may not live to see the Yalley of the Amazon, like that of the Mississippi, teeming with millions, but there will be a thorough knowledge of its vast resources. Much that is visionary has been written con- 540 Brazil and the Brazilians. cerning the mighty Orellana;’^ and those who are expecting to behold its fertile shores a half-century hence filled with a thrifty population and smiling under civilization are doubtless doomed to disappointment. And, while Southern Brazil will ever be the fit field of enterprise for the European and North American, still, there is no reason to doubt that the statement of Mr. Wallace— the most thorough explorer of the Amazon Valley—is strictly true when he says, “For richness of vegetable production and fertility of soil it is unequalled on the globe, and off“ers to our notice a natural region capable of supporting a greater pojmlation and supplying it more completely with the necessaries and luxuries of life than others of equal extent.” Amazonia should have a volume to itself; but this work would be incomplete without some notices of this portion of the Empire of Brazil, which has always excited a deep interest on both continents. The city of Belem, or Para, is usually the point of departure for those visiting the Amazonian region from the East. There was formerly a land and water route from Maranham to Para, which has now been abandoned: according to Mr. Southey, it used to be performed by canoes passing through the continent, and coasting around not less than thirty-two bays, many of them so large that sight cannot span them. These bays are connected by a labyrinth of streams and waters, so that the voyage may be greatly short¬ ened by ascending one river with the fiow, crossing to another, and descending with the ebb. The distance thus circuitously measured is about three hundred leagues, and may be traversed in thirty days. Dr. Kidder says,— “I met with one individual who had in early life passed through this inland passage in a much more direct course, his voyage occupying only fourteen days. It was at that golden era when Indian labor was plenty and could be secured at four cents per day. Some years after, the same individual wished to perform this voyage, but was forced to abandon it, from the difficulty of finding canoe-men to serve him even at fifty cents per day. He entertained the most delightful recollections of the route, exhibiting as it did the glories of nature in all their pristine loveliness. Nothing interrupted the security of the traveller, and nothing disturbed the silence of those sylvan retreats save the chattering of monkeys or the carolling of birds. The silver expanse of waters, and the magnificent foliage of tropical forests, taller than the world elsewhere contains, and so dense as almost to exclude the light of the sun, combined to impress the mind with inexpressible grandeur. “ The canoes were drawn up on shore every night when refreshment and repose r The Entrance of the Amazon. 541 were desired, and the skilful Indians, in a few moments, could secure sufficient game for the subsistence of the party. Thus the voyage was prosecuted with little fatigue and with every diversion.” In some portions of Brazil where there are so many streams to be crossed, ferry-boats, on some occasions, were formerly extem¬ porized. An ox-hide was the principal material for the construc¬ tion, and a slave was the means of propulsion. Para is situated on the river of the same name, which, some con¬ tend, is hut a continuation of the Tocantins, and not one of the mouths of the Amazon. Mr. "Wallace inclines to the former, but general belief to the latter, opinion. During the prevalence of certain winds, and owing to the strong currents, which force the fresh water far out to sea, the entrance of the Para Eiver is sometimes both difficult and dangerous. My colleague thus describes his experience:— “ We entered this mouth of the Amazon at a fortunate juncture. The weather was so clear that we distinctly saw the breakers on both the Tigoca and Braganza banks, and the tide had just commenced flowing upward. For nearly an hour we could observe, just ahead, the conflict of the ascending and descending waters. Finally, the mighty force of the ocean predominated, and the current of the river seemed to recoil before it. “ This phenomenon is called, from its aboriginal name, pororoca, and gives cha¬ racter to the navigation of the Amazon for hundreds of miles. No sailing-craft can descend the river while the tide is running up. Hence, both in ascending and descending, distances are measured by tides. For instance, Pard. is three tides 542 Bkazil and the Brazilians. from the ocean, and a small vessel entering with the flood must lie at anchor during two ebb-tides before she can reach the city. Canoes are sometimes endangered in the commotion caused by the pororoca, and hence they generally, in anticipation, lie to in certain places called esperas or resting-places, where the water is known to be but little agitated. Most of the vessels used in the commerce of the Upper Amazon are constructed with reference to this peculiarity of the navigation, being designed for floating on the current rather than for sailing before the wind, although their sails may often be made serviceable. “ The ebb and flow of the tides in the Amazon are observed with regularity five hundred miles above the mouth, at the town of Obidos. The pororoca is much more violent on the northern side of the island of Marajo, where the mouth is wider and the current becomes more shallow. “ As we passed up the great river, the color of the water changed from the dark hue of the ocean we had left to a light green, and afterward, by degrees, to a muddy yellow. We were barely in sight of the southeastern bank of the river; and, after we had ascended more than forty miles, the island of Marajo began to be visible on the opposite side. In the course of the day we approached nearer the continent, and the shore was seen to be uniformly level and densely covered with mangrove- thickets. The onljr village distinctly seen was Collares, which our commander. Captain Hayden, had captured during the revolution. The whole, day we were borne along by the combined force of steam and wind, but the tide was part of the time against us. At evening a clear full moon shed down from an unclouded sky new splendor upon a scene already sublime. A most fragrant breeze from the land became more and more perceptible as the river narrowed. Two boats were the only craft we saw during the whole ascent. Finally, we came alongside the Forte da Barra, two miles distant from the city of Belem, and were hailed as we passed. The lights of the town, and of vessels in front of it, then became visible. We described a semicircle around the harbor, passing between two vessels-of-war, and came to an anchor at ten o’clock. “ The towers of the cathedral, of the palace, and of several churches, were dis¬ tinctly visible in the moonlight. “ The second day after oui arrival was the Sabbath, and through the courtesy of Captain H. it was arranged that I should hold a Bethel service on board the Maranhense steamer. Some American seamen were present, and several persons came from the shore. These, together with the ship’s company, formed an audience to whom I announced the tidings of the kingdom of God. Making allowance for the circumstance of a public packet just clear of her passengers and the same night going to sea with another supply, the occasion was very favorable for divine service, and I felt truly grateful for the opportunity—probably the first ever enjoyed by any Protestant minister—of attempting to preach Jesus and the resurrection upon the wide waters of ihe Amazon. I held similar services at Pard on seven suc¬ ceeding Sabbaths,—once on board an American vessel in port, and at other times in the private house of a friend. “ The location of Par4, or the city of Belem, is in 1° 28' S. latitude and 48° 28' W. longitude. Its site occupies an elevated point of land on the southeastern bank of the Pard. River, the most important mouth of the Amazon. This city is eighty miles from the ocean, and may be seen from a long distance down the river. It has a very imposing appearance when approached from that direction. Its anchorage is very good, formed by an abrupt curve in the stream, and admits vessels of the largest draft. The great island of Maraj6 forms the opposite bank, twenty Effects of the Indian Eevolution. 543 miles distant, but is wholly obscured from sight by intervening and smaller islands. “ The general appearance of Par4 corresponds to that of most Brazilian towns, presenting an array of whitened walls and red-tiled roofs. The plan on which it is laid out is not deficient in either regularity or taste. It possesses a number of public squares, and the streets, though not wide, are well paved, or rather macadamized. The proportion of large, well-built houses is respectable, although the back-streets are mostly filled with those that are diminutive in size and indifferent in con¬ struction. “The style of dwelling-houses is peculiar, but well adapted to the climate. A wide veranda is an essential portion of every habitation. It sometimes extends quite around the outside of the building, while a similar construction prevails on at least three sides of a spacious area within. A part of the inner veranda, or a room connected with it, serves as the dining-room, and is almost invariably airy and pleasant. The front-rooms only are ceiled, save in the highest and most expensive edifices. Latticed windows are more common than glass, but some houses are fur¬ nished with both, although preference is always given to the former in the dry sea¬ son. Instead of small, dark, and unventilated alcoves and sweltering beds for sleeping, they have suspension-hooks arranged for swinging hammocks across the corners of all the large rooms, and transversely along the entire sweep of the verandas. Some dwellings contain fixtures of this sort for swinging up fifty or sixty persons every night with the least possible inconvenience. “The effects of the revolution of 1835 are still very apparent in Pard,. Almost every street shows a greater or less number of houses battered with bullets or cannon-shot. Some were but slightly defaced, others were nearly destroyed. Of the latter, some have been repaii’ed, others abandoned. The S. Antonio Convent was much exposed to the cannonading, and bears many marks of shot in its walls. One of the missiles was so unlucky as to destroy an image perched in a lofty niche on the front of the convent.” This revolution was one of the most successful on record, where the aborigines, guided by white leaders, nearly regained their power, and for a time held in subjection the European descendants. Para, though now prosperous, has been singularly unfortunate in the check to its progress which has been the heritage of many revolts. The traveller, on entering this city, is struck with the peculiar appearance of the people. The regularly-descended Portuguese and Africans do not, indeed, ditfer from their brethren in other parts; but they are comparatively few here, while the Indian race predominates. The aboriginals of Brazil may here be seen both in pure blood and in every possible degree of intermixture with both blacks and whites. They occupy every station in society, and may be seen as the merchant, the tradesman, the sailor, the sol¬ dier, the priest, and the slave. In the last-named condition they excited most my attention and sympathy. The thought of slavery 544 Brazil and the Brazilians. is always revolting to an ingenuous mind, whether it be considered^ as forced upon the black, the white, or the red man. But there has been a fatality connected with the enslavement jf the Indians, extending both to their captors and to themselves, which invests their servitude with peculiar horrors. Nearly all the revolutions that have occurred at Para are directly or indirectly traceable to the spirit of revenge with which the bloody expeditions of the early slave-hunters are assoeiated in the minds of the natives and mixed bloods throughout the country. The Brazilian revolution in this part of the Empire was attended with greater horrors than in any other province. When the independence of the countr^?^ was declared, Para was for a time held by the Portuguese authorities. On the arrival of Lord Cochrane at Maranham, he despatehed one of his officers, (Captain Grenfell,) with a brig-of-war, to take possession of Para. This officer had reeourse to a stratagem which, although success¬ ful, was little more creditable to his bravery than his integrity. Having arrived near the city, he summoned the place to surren¬ der, asserting that Lord Cochrane was at anchor below, and, in case of ojjposition, would enforce his authority with a vengeance. Intimidated by this threat, the city hastened to swear allegiance to the throne of Bom Pedro I., and Grenfell managed to have obnoxious individuals expelled before his deceit was found out. Opposition, however, soon sprang up: a party was organized with the intent of deposing the provineial junta. The latter, of course, claimed the protection of Grenfell. He immediately landed with his men, and, joining the troops of the authorities, easily succeeded in quelling the insurrection. A large number of prisoners were taken, and five ringleaders in the revolt were shot in the public square. Thence returning on board, he reeeived, the same evening, an order from the president of the junta to prepare a vessel large enough to hold two hundred prisoners. A ship of six hiindred tons’ burden was accordingly selected. It afterward appeared that the number of prisoners actually sent on board by the president was two hundred and fifty-three. These men, in the absence of Captain Grenfell, were forced into the small hold of the prison-ship, and placed under a guard of fifteen Brazilian soldiers. Parallel to the Black-Hole of Calcutta. 545 “Crowded until almost unable to breathe, and suffering alike from heat and thirst, the poor wretches attempted to force their way on deck, but were repulsed by the guard, who, after firing upon them and fastening down the hatchway, threw a piece of ordnance across it and effectually debarred all egress. The stifling sensa¬ tion caused by this exclusion of air drove the suffering crowd to utter madness, and many are said to have lacerated and mangled each other in the most horrible man¬ ner. Suffocation, with all its agonies, succeeded. The aged and the young, the strong and feeble, the assailant and his antagonist, all sank down exhausted and in the agonies of death. In the hope of alleviating their sufferings, a stream of water was at length directed into the hold, and toward morning the tumult abated, but from a cause which had not been anticipated. Of all the two hundred and fifty- three, four only were found alive, who had escaped destruction by concealing them¬ selves behind a water-butt.”— Armitage, vol. ii. p. 108. This dreadful scene is perhaps unparalleled in history, or finds its parallel alone in the black-hole of Calcutta. Its only mitigation consisted in its having been caused by carelessness and ignorance, without “intent to kill.’' It has, however, but too much affinity with the treatment of the prisoners taken and confined at the same place in the subsequent civil revolutions. Vast numbers of these unhappy men were crowded into the prison of the city and of the fort, where they were kept, without hope of release, until death set them free. Besides, a prison-ship, called the Xin Xin, was filled to its utmost capacity. Dr. Kidder has estimated that not less than three thousand had died on board that one vessel in the course of five or six years. My colleague thus speaks of the last great revolt at Para:— “ The disorders that broke out at Par4 in 1835 were disastrous in the extreme. They first commenced among the troops. The soldiers on guard at the palace seized an opportunity favorable to their designs, and on the 7th of January simul¬ taneously assassinated the president of the province, the commander-at-arms, and the port-captain. A sergeant, by the name of Gomez, assumed the command, and commenced an indiscriminate slaughter of the Portuguese residents. After twenty or thirty reputable shopkeepers had been killed, these insurgents proceeded to liberate about fifty prisoners, among whom was Felix Antonio Clemento Malcher, an individual who had been elected a member of the provisional junta at the time of Grenfell’s invasion, but who was subsequently arrested as the instigator of a rebellion at the Rio Acard. This Malcher was now proclaimed president, and a declaration against receiving any president from Rio until the majority of Dom Pedro II. was formally made. “No houses were broken open on this occasion. Order was soon restored, and things remained quiet till the 19th of February. At this time, Francisco Pedro Vinagre, the new commander-at-arms, having heard that he was to be arrested for some cause, called out the soldiers and populace to attack the president. Malcher shut himself up in the Gastello fort and attempted to defend himself. In the course of two or three days two hundred men were killed and the president captured. 35 546 Bkazil and the Bkazilians. He was sent to ttie fort at the Barra, below the city, as if to be imprisoned, but was murdered on the way, undoubtedly by the orders of Vinagre, who was now supreme. “ On the 12th of May an attempt was made, under the constitutional vice-pre¬ sident, Senhor Correa, to take possession of the town, by landing troops from a squadron of thirteen vessels-of-war. This attempt was repulsed, and the vessels dropped down the river. Soon after, a new president (Senhor Eodriguez) arrived from Rio. On the 24th of June he landed with a body of two hundred and fifty troops, the insurgents having retired toward the interior. Disorders still continued in the province, and, on the 14th of August, a body of Indians, led on by Vinagre and others, suddenly descended upon the capital. They obtained possession of the city and commenced an indiscriminate massacre of the whites. The citizens were obliged to defend themselves as they best could. Vinagre fell in the midst of a street-skirmish. An English and a French vessel-of-war, lying in the harbor, sent on shore a body of marines, but soon withdrew them on account of the pusillani¬ mous conduct of the president. “ The Indians commenced firing upon the palace from the highest houses of which they could get possession, and artillery from the palace attempted to return the fire. The president, however, soon withdrew and abandoned the city to destruc¬ tion. Many families succeeded in escaping on board vessels in the harbor, but many others fell victims to rapine and murder. Edurado, the principal leader after the death of Vinagre, endeavored to protect the property of foreigners, and, to some extent, succeeded: nevertheless, as fast as possible, the foreign residents withdrew from the city, and thought themselves fortunate to escape with their lives. The period that ensued might with propriety be called the reign of terror. But it was not long a quiet reign. Disorders broke out among the rebels, and mutual assassi¬ nations became common. Business was effectually broken up, and the city was as fast as possible reverting to a wilderness. Tall grass grew up in the streets, and the houses rapidly decayed. The state of the entire province became similar. Anarchy prevailed throughout its vast domains. Only a single town of the Upper Amazon maintained its integrity to the Empire. Lawlessness and violence became the order of the day. Plantations were burned, the slaves and the cattle were killed, and in some large districts not a white person was allowed to survive. “In May of the following year. General Andr4a arrived as a new president from the Imperial Government and forced his way into the capital. He proclaimed martial law, and, by means of great firmness and severity, succeeded in restoring order to the province. It was, however, at the cost of much blood and many lives. He was accused of tyranny and inhumanity in his course toward the rebels and prisoners; but the exigencies of the case were great, and furnished apologies. One of the most disgraceful things charged upon him and his officers was the abuse made of their authority in plundering innocent citizens, and also in voluntarily protracting the war so that their selfish ends might be advanced. Certain it is that the waste of life, the ruin of property, and the declension of morals, were all com¬ bined and lamentably continued; and yet in this state of things we see nothing but the fruits of that violence and injury which, from the first colonization of Pari by the Portuguese, had been practised against the despised Indians. “In addition to the more direct consequences of the disorders, the salubrity of the country and of the city itself fearfully deteriorated. The rapid growth and the equally rapid decay of vegetable matter on the spots from which years of culti¬ vation had banished it brought on epidemics and other fatal diseases, which swept Effects of Steam-Navigation. 547 off hundreds of the people that survived the wars. Thus, one of the richest and fairest portions of the earth was nearly desolated. “Until 1848 it was only by slow degrees that Par4 recovered. Nothing, indeed, but the extraordinary and spontaneous fertility of the whole region has enabled the province, in any considerable degree, to reclaim its business-relations. Not¬ withstanding all the natural beauties so profusely exhibited at ParS,,-.-reminding one, at every step and at every glance, of the glorious munificence of the Creator, —there are but few places which suggest sadder reflections upon the wickedness and misery of man. Until within a few years, we can scarcely point to a bright spot in its history. During the early periods that succeeded its settlement by Europeans, a continual crusade was carried on against the aboriginals of the soil, for the purpose of reducing them to a state of servitude. In vain were the reason¬ ing and power of the Jesuits arrayed in opposition to this course. In vain was African slavery introduced as its substitute. The cruel and sanguinary purposes of the Portuguese were persevered in. An innocent and inoffensive people were pursued and hunted down in their own forests like beasts of prey. Thus, iniquity triumphed; but a terrible retribution followed. The foul passions which had been nurtured in the persecution of the Indians were equally malevolent when excited against each other by the common jealousies and differences of life. For a long time previous to the outbreak of 1835, assassinations had been the order of the day. Scarcely a night passed without the occurrence of more or less. No man’s life was secure. Revenge rioted in blood. This was too much the case in other parts of the country at the same period, but at Pard worse than elsewhere. Then followed the dreadful scenes already described, in which the long-degraded and down-trodden Indians, headed by factious and intriguing men, gained the ascend¬ ency in turn and drove the white population into exile.” It is a singular fact that Brazil was the first country of South America, and perhaps, for an Empire so vast, the first in the world, to bind her provinces together by steam-navigation. Para is now reaping the fruits of this wise measure. The great old Convent of S. Antonio has but few monks, and recently the greater portion of its spacious grounds has been sold to the Amazon Navigation Company, (a Brazilian association.) This company is now erecting on or near these grounds the large workshops, coal-depots, wharves, &c. so essential to the proper prosecution of their various and ex¬ tended steam-interests. The Custom-House was formerly a huge ecclesiastical building, and the barracks of the standing armj^ once belonged to the order of Carmelites. A great number of new houses have been recently erected from the Custom-House to the Castello fort, and an extensive pier has been constructed where formerly there were no facilities for landing except that which the beach afforded. The streets were, a few years since, in a wretched state; but from the date of the regular steamers on the Amazon (1853) there has been a vast improvement. Nearly all are macadamized, 548 Bkazil and the Brazilians. and are well lighted by camphene. Formerly the rede and the most antiquated Portuguese vehicles were the only means of land- conveyance in Para. Mr. Henderson (to whom I am indebted for recent information) says that there are now nearly fifty coaches, (of Hewark and Boston manufacture,) which are at the command of citizens or visitors; and on Sunday particularly are they most busily occupied in plying between Para and Hazare at the modest rate of twenty-five cents each passenger. The ladies formerly made their calls and visits by being carried in a hammock: they now ride behind a pair of handsome grays. A few years only have elapsed since nearly all the water was carried in truly Oriental style, and the following beautiful description of Dr. Kidder is still most accurate so far as nature is concerned; but in regard to the water- carriers the picturesque is diminishing, while the convenient is gaining:— “The evening and morning scenes that may be enjoyed atPard are indescribably beautiful. At night all is still, save the occasional rustling of a balmy breeze; and the imagination must be vivid that can picture to itself more loveliness than is ex¬ hibited when the moon walks forth in her splendor. The dark luxuriant foliage, crowning hundreds of spreading trees, is burnished with a mellow lustre too ex¬ quisite for words to portray; while the waving plumes of numerous palm-trees, glancing their reflections downward upon the beholder, add to the charms of the scenery. The opening blossoms of many fruit-trees and humbler flowers load the air with a fragrance which is none the less grateful from not being mingled, as in some of the larger towns, with offensive effluvia. The blandness of the evening air is in delightful contrast to the rigors of the noonday sun, and an occasional breeze invigorates the system after either the confinement or the exposure of the day. Although in the course of the night there falls a copious dew, yet so balmy and healthful is the atmosphere that there is no dread of exposing to it the most deli¬ cate constitution. This is the climate that of all others I would seek as a relief to enfeebled health, and especially for pectoral affections. “A morning scene is scarcely inferior in effect. I sometimes went out to enjoy it long before the mild radiance of the moon was lost in the more powerful beams of the king of day, who at his appointed time rose through a brief twilight and hastened on his effulgent course through the cloudless ether. The Brazilians are generally early risers, and it may be remarked that in their towns generally the foreign houses are those latest opened for business. Nevertheless, there are few who walk abroad for the pleasure or exercise of walking. Almost the only persons met in my morning walks at Pard were the negroes and Indians, in countless num¬ bers, going with earthen jars upon their heads for water. “ There is no artificial fountain in the whole city. The only source of drinking- water is a spring on the eastern side of the town. Jars of this water are sometimes carried around on horseback for sale, to accommodate those who do not keep a large supply of servants. A few wells in the suburbs, together with the current of the river, furnish water for washing and similar purposes.” The Ox-Carts and Advancing Civilization. 549 Though a few tottering and almost skeleton horses may still be seen staggering under the load of four water-jars, a better day has dawned upon Para. The introduction of more than two hundred water-carts, drawn each by a single ox, is an event to be chronicled as an advance in civilization, and shows as much improvement as macadamized streets and modern carriages. The Brazilian is far more flexible than the Portuguese. A few years ago, a benevolent citizen of the United States endeavored, at his own cost, to furnish the peasantry of some of the Portuguese islands with suitable and civilized carts instead of the inconvenient clumsy vehicles which they and their fathers before them had been using for centuries. His benevolent enterprise was entirely frustrated, for they would not give up their antiquated ox-killing carts. In 1856, Portugal was the only division of Europe, excepting Turkey, that did not possess a railway. The water-carts of Para are similar in shape to that depicted on page 175. While the city fronts upon the river, its rear is skirted by a shaded walk whose equal would be difficult to find in Brazil. The Estrada das Mangabeiras is a highway extending from near the Marine Arsenal on the river side to the Largo da Polvora on the eastern extremity of the city. It is intersected by avenues lead¬ ing from the Palace Square and the Largo do Quartel. Its name is derived from the mangabeira-trees with which it is densely shaded on either side. The bark of these shade-trees is of a light grayish color, regularly striped with green; their product is a coarse cotton that may be used for several purposes: their appear¬ ance is at once neat and majestic. On the grounds of the old Convent—now the Hospital—of S. Jose, a botanical garden was laid out in 1797; but it was neglected, and finally abandoned during the troublous times of 1823 and ’35. In 1854, during the presidency of the distinguished and talented Sebastiao do Eego Barros, formerly Minister of War, the site for a new botanical garden was laid out farther from the city and on a far more extensive scale. He sent to Europe and procured five or six skilful professional gardeners, who designed a handsome plan for the new works, which will doubtless soon be prosecuted to completion. Beyond the actual precincts of the city, one may instantly bury 550 Brazil and the Brazilians. himself in a dense forest and become shut out from every indica¬ tion of the near residence of man. The coolness of these silent shades is always inviting, but the stranger must beware lest he loses his way and thus be subjected to many annoyances and difficulties. Formerly there were many stories told of persons who became bewildered in the mazes of these thickets, and, though but a short distance off, were utterly unable to find their way back to town. Several persons are believed to have perished in this manner. All important posts throughout the town are regularly guarded, and whoever approaches after eight o’clock at night is hailed with a harsh, indistinct call:—“ Quern vai Id?” (Who goes there ?) The proper answer is, Amigo” (A friend,)—which many contract to a swinish grunt. To this the condescending permission, ‘‘Passa largo!” is generally retorted by the soldier, and the person goes by. My colleague, in giving his experience at Para, thus writes:— “ As my lodgings were opposite the trem, or military arsenal, my ears became very familiar with these exclamations, which were vociferated the whole night long. Not only these, but the piercing scream, ^As armasV which resounded every hour when guard was relieved, and the blowing of a horn at frequent intervals,—as, for example, at Ave Maria, when all the soldiers doflf their caps in honor of the Virgin,—formed no small annoyance, at least during hours allotted to repose. Another peculiar custom of Par^ is the ringing of bells and the discharge of rockets at a very early hour of the morning. I sometimes heard it at four o’clock, and with much regularity at five. “ Few objects at Pard attract more attention from the stranger than the fashion¬ able craft of the river. Vessels of all sizes—^from that of a sloop down to a shallop —are called canoas. Few canoes proper, however, are in use. The montaria, seen and described at Maranham, is very common in the harbor. “The large canoas, made for freighting on the river, appear constructed for auy thing else rather than water-craft. Both stem and stern are square. The hull towers up out of the water like that of a Chinese junk. Over the quarter-deck is constructed a species of awning, or round-house, generally made of thatch, to pro¬ tect the navigator against the sun by day and the dew by night, and, it also may be added, against the moon; for the Paraenses are very superstitious in regard to the silver beams of Luna. Sometimes a similar round-house is constructed over the bows, giving something like homogeneity to the appearance of the vessel. This arrangement renders it necessary to have a staging or spar-deck rigged up, on which to perform the labors of navigation. The steersman generally sits perched upon the roof of the after round-house. The idea continually disturbing my mind while beholding these canoas was, that, being so top-heavy, they were liable to over¬ set, as they most inevitably would if exposed to a gale of wind. They are thought, however, to answer very well their purpose of floating upon the tide. Moreover, one special advantage of the round-house is that it furnishes room for the swinging of hammocks, and thus saves the canoe-men the trouble of going on shore to sus- Bathing and Market Scenes. 551 pend them on the trees. Mr. Mawe says that, in descending the Amazon, he passed a man who had moored his canoe while he fastened his bed upon some branches of a tree overhanging the water and took a nap! AMAZONIAN CANOA. “The Street running parallel to.the river and connecting with the several land¬ ings is that in which the commercial business of the place is principally transacted. At certain hours of the day it presents a very lively appearance. “Various objects and customs are observed at Par4 that appear altogether pecu¬ liar to the place. In one section of the city, when animals are slaughtered for market, vast numbers of vultures are observed perched upon the trees or wheeling lazily through the air. Along the margin of the river, both morning and evening, great numbers of people may be seen bathing. No ceremonies are observed at these very necessary, and no doubt very agreeable, ablutions. Men, women, and chil¬ dren—belonging to the lower classes as a matter of course—may be seen at the same moment diving, plunging, and swimming in different directions. “There is generally a crowd of canoes around Ponta da Pedra, the principal landing-place. These, together with the crowd of Indians busily hurrying to and fro, conversing in the mingled dialects of the Amazon, are peculiar to Pard. Here may be seen cargoes of Brazil-nuts, cacdo, vanilla, annatto, sarsaparilla, cinnamon, tapioca, balsam of copaiba in pots, coarse dried fish in packages, and baskets of fruits, in infinite variety, both green and dry. Here are also parrots, macaws, and some other birds of gorgeous plumage, and occasionally monkeys and serpents, together with gum-elastic shoes, which are generally brought to market suspended on long poles to prevent their coming in contact with each other. These formerly arrived in immense quantities ; but now the ‘ India-rubber’ is mostly conveyed to market in the shape of small slabs. “ The indigenous produce of the province of Pard is immense in quantity and of great value. If the people were only industrious in collecting what nature fur- 552 Brazil and the Brazilians. nislies so bountifully to their hands, they could not avoid being rich. If enter¬ prising cultivation were added to that degree of industry, there is no limit to the vegetable wealth which might be drawn from this treasure-house of nature. “Rice, cotton, sugar, and hides are exported in small quantities, and are pro¬ duced by the ordinary methods. The trade in gum-elastic, cac4o, sarsaparilla, cloves, uruch, and Brazil-nuts, is more peculiar. “ The use of the caoutchouc or gum-elastic was learned from the Omaguas,— a tribe of Brazilian Indians. These savages used it in the form of bottles and syringes: (hence the name syringe-tree.) It was their custom to present a bottle of it to every guest at the beginning of one of their feasts. The Portuguese settlers in Par4 were the first who profited by turning it to other uses, converting it into shoes, boots, hats, and garments. It was found to be specially serviceable in a country so much exposed to rains and floods. But of late the improvements in its manufacture have vastly extended its uses and made it essential to the health and comfort of the whole enlightened world. The aboriginal name of this substance was cahuchu, the pronunciation of which is nearly preserved in the word caoutchouc. At Par4 it is now generally called syringa, and sometimes borracha. It is the pro¬ duct of the Siphilla elastica ,—a tree which grows to the height of eighty and some¬ times one hundred feet. It generally runs up quite erect, forty or fifty feet, without branches. Its top is spreading, and is ornamented with a thick and glossy foliage. On the slightest incision the gum exudes, having at first the appearance of thick, yellow cream. “ The trees are generally tapped in the morning, and about a gill of the fluid is collected from one incision in the course of the day. It is caught in small cups of clay, moulded for the purpose with the hand. These are emptied, when full, into a jar. No sooner is this gum collected than it is ready for immediate use. Forms of various kinds, representing shoes, bottles, toys, &c., are in readiness, made of clay. “When the rough shoes of Par4 are manufactured, it is a matter of economy to have wooden lasts. These are first coated with clay, so as to be easily withdrawn. A handle is affixed to the last for the convenience of working. The fluid is poured over the form, and a thin coating immediately adheres to the clay. The next move¬ ment is to expose the gum to the action of smoke. The substance ignited for this purpose is the fruit of the wassow-palm. This fumigation serves the double purpose of drying the gum and of giving it a darker color. When one coating is sufficiently hardened, another is added and smoked in turn. Thus, any thickness can be pro¬ duced. It is seldom that a shoe receives more than a dozen coats. The work, when formed, is exposed to the sun. For a day or two it remains soft enough to receive permanent impressions. During this time the shoes are figured according to the fancy of the operatives, by the use of a style or pointed stick. They retain their yellowish color for some time after the lasts are taken out and they are con¬ sidered ready for market. Indeed, they are usually sold when the gum is so fresh that the pieces require to be kept apart: hence, pairs of shoes are generally tied together and suspended on long poles. They may be seen daily at Pard, suspended over the decks of the canoes that come down the river and on the shoulders of the men who deliver them to the merchants. Those who buy the shoes for exportation commonly stuff them with dried grass to preserve their extension. Various persons living in the suburbs of Pard collect the caoutchouc and manufacture it on a small scale. But it is from the surrounding forest-country, where the people are almost entirely devoted to this business, that the market is chiefly supplied. The gum India-Rubber. 553 may be gathered during the entire year; but it is more easily collected and more serviceable during the dry season. The months of May, June, July, and August are specially devoted to its preparation. Besides great quantities of this substance which leave Par4 in other forms, there have been exported for some years past about three hundred thousand pairs of gum-elastic shoes annually. There are, however, some changes in the form of its exportation; and a few years ago a patent was taken out, by an American in Brazil, covering an invention for exporting caoutchouc in a liquid form. The Amazonian region now supplies, and probably will long continue to supply, in a great degree, the present and the rapidly- increasing demand for this material. Several other trees—most of them belonging to the tribe EuphorbiacicR —produce a similar gum; but none of them is likely to enter into competition with the India-rubber tree of Par4. MANUFACTURE OF INDIA-RUBBER SHOES. “Another tree, not uncommon in the province, called the massarandliba, yields a white secretion, which so resembles milk that it is much prized for an aliment. It forms, when coagulated, a species of plaster, which is deemed valuable. The trees yield the fluid in great profusion. Their botanical character has never been properly investigated. It has been said that the juice of the India-rubber tree is also sometimes used as milk, and that the negroes and Indians who work in its preparation are said to be fond of drinking it; biit a young lady who drank it at Par6 died from the elFects of the coagulation in her stomach. “ The annato or urucii is another valuable production of Par4. This is a well- known coloring-matter of an orange dye. It is a product of the tree known to botanists as the Bixa orellana. This tree grows ordinarily to about the size and form of the quince-tree, and exhibits clusters of red and white flowers. Its coloring- matter was extensively used by the aboriginals at the period of discovery. By means of it they formed various kinds of paint, and were fond of besmearing the whole surface of their bodies with it. 554 Brazil and the Brazilians. “ The preparation used in commerce is the oily pulp of the seed, which is rubbed off and then left to ferment. After fermentation it is rolled into cakes weighing from two to three pounds, and in this form is exported. Cactio—the substance from which chocolate is prepared—is a common and Taluable production of Pard. It is made from the seeds of the Theobroma cacdo, represented on page 529. “It would be an interesting although an almost endless task to investigate the botany of the Amazon. Laurels are yet to be won in this field of science; and it must be set down as by no means complimentary to American botanists that they have not entered it as competitors. I have often heard of Burchell as having re¬ sided some time at Pard; but I apprehend that he was, at the period of his visit, too far advanced in years to do full justice either to his own reputation or to the interminable field here spread before him.” The most thorough exploration of the Amazon has been by an Englishman,—^Mr. Alfred E. Wallace, whose attention was directed to Northern Brazil by Mr. Edwards’s little book, “A Voyage up the Amazon.” With the enthusiasm known only to the naturalist, he entered upon this almost untrodden field in 1848, and, after de¬ voting himself to the study of the strange and beautiful objects which abound in the remotest portions of the interior, in 1852 he gave up his wandering and romantic life among the almost-unknown aborigines, and returned to England laden with Flora’s richest spoils. But, alas! the burning of the ship on his homeward voyage not only caused the loss of his entire collection, but for many days his life was exposed in an open boat upon the broad Atlantic. Not¬ withstanding the great loss of materials,—which every naturalist and traveller can fully appreciate,—he prepared on Northern Brazil the two most interesting volumes extant. He went not to study the government and the people, but the Indians, forests, flowers, birds, and the wild beasts of Amazonia. Whoever wishes a fresh and reliable book on nature can turn to Mr. Wallace with a surety that he will find iu the “Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Eio Negro” a deeply-interesting book for general reading, and in the “Palms of the Amazon” a little volume which the naturalist will count among his best treasures. The waters of the great river are scarcely less productive than the soil of its banks. Innumerable species of fish and amphibious animals abound in it. Several large kinds of fish are salted and dried for use. But the commerce in this article of food does not extend beyond the coast. Owing to the style of preparation, or to the coarse quality of the fish, foreigners set no value upon it. The Fish at the Falls of the Madeika. 555 most remarkable inhabitant of these waters is the vaca marina, commonly called by the Portuguese peixe boi, or fish-ox. This name is evidently given on account of the animal’s size, rather than from any resemblance to the ox or cow other than its being mammiferous. The vaca marina cannot be called amphibious, since it never leaves the water. It feeds principally upon a water-plant {cana bravo) that floats on the borders of the stream. It often raises its head above the water to respire as well as to feed upon this vege¬ table. At these moments it is attacked and captured. It has only two fins, which are small and situated near its head. The udders of the female are beneath these fins. This has been pronounced the largest fish inhabiting fresh water; but, notwithstanding its PEIXE BOI, OR VACA MARINA. mammoth dimensions,—being, according to various accounts, from eight to seventeen feet long, and two to three feet thick at the widest part,—^its eyes are extremely small, and the orifices of its ears are scarcely larger than a pin-head. Its skin is very thick and hard,—^not easily penetrated by a musket-ball. The Indians used to make shields of it for their defence in war. Its fat and flesh have always been in estimation. It served the natives in place of beef. Hot having salt for the purpose, they used to pre¬ serve the flesh by means of smoke. The waters of the Amazon up to the very base of the Andes are inhabited by several species of cetacea, of which we have very scanty information. Mr. Hesbitt—who was the chief engineer on the Peruvian Government steamers built in Hew York and taken up the Amazon, and who spent a number of years on the King of Waters and its affluents—has kindly furnished me several items concerning the fauna of that region :— 556 Brazil and the Brazilians. “ There are thousands of the regular sea-porpoise in the Amazon and its affluents, at the very foot of the Andes. Indeed, I have seen larger schools of them in the Huallaga than I ever saw in the Hudson, and of enormous dimensions. Fish of every kind is very abimdant in all the rivers and lakes. “At the Falls of the Rio Madeira the traveller will halt and gaze with wonder at the vast multitude of fish of all kinds and sizes—from the huge cow-fish to the little sardine—struggling with might and main to ascend the foaming, dashing current, without the slightest hope of success. Presently, some monster will make a dash at a school of his small congeners, when suddenly there will he a cloud of all sorts and sizes leaping in the air and trying to dodge their ravenous pursuer. All that is necessary for one wishing a fish is to take his canoe-paddle and strike right or left, when he is sure to hit: he cannot possibly miss. Here are almost always to be found great numbers of Indians collecting, salting, and drying fish. The peixe boi is an excellent fish for food; I would almost as soon have it for the table, in every shape, as the best veal: indeed, it might be palmed upon the unwary for that article. It is also equal to the best dried beef for chipping, in the estimation of many. “In this connection I might mention the Tartaruga, or turtle of the Amazon: these are to be found by the thousand in nearly all the affluents,—especially the Madeira, Purus, Napo, Ucayali, and Huallaga. At the season for them to deposit their eggs on the ^praias,’ the streams will be fairly speckled with them, paddling their clumsy carcasses up to their native sand-bar; for it is positively asserted by the natives that the turtle will not deposit its eggs anywhere except where it was itself hatched out. They lay from eighty to one hundred and twenty eggs every other year. Of this I have been assured by persons who have artificial ponds and keep them the year round for their own table. September and October are the months for depositing their eggs.” Dr. Kidder says:— “ The turtle-egg butter of Amazonia {manteiga da tartaruga') is a substance quite peculiar to this quarter of the globe. At certain seasons of the year the turtles appear by thousands on the banks of the rivers, in order to deposit their eggs upon the sand. The noise of their shells striking against each other in the rush is said to be sometimes heard at a great distance. Their work commences at dusk and ends with the following dawn, when they retire to the water. “During the daytime the inhabitants collect these eggs and pile them up in heaps resembling the stacks of cannon-balls seen at a navy-yard. These heaps are often twenty feet in diameter, and of a corresponding height. While yet fresh they are thrown into wooden canoes, or other large vessels, and broken with sticks and stamped fine with the feet. Water is then poured on, and the whole is exposed to the rays of the sun. The heat brings the oily matter of the eggs to the surface, from which it is skimmed off with cuyas and shells. After this it is subjected to a moderate heat until ready for use. When clarified, it has the appearance of butter that has been melted. It always retains the taste of fish-oil, but is much prized for seasoning by the Indians and those who are accustomed to its use. It is conveyed to market in earthen jars. In earlier times it was estimated that nearly two hundred and fifty millions of turtles’ eggs were annually destroyed in the manu¬ facture of this manteiga. Recently the number is less, owing to the gradual inroads made upon the turtle race, and also to the advance of civilization.” But the Grovernment now regulates the turtle-egg harvest, so that The Great Skill of the Caboclo Archers. 557 their numbers may not be so rapidly diminished. There are some extensive beaches Which yield two thousand pots of oil annually: each pot contains five gallons, and requires about twenty-five hun¬ dred eggs, which would give five million ova destroyed in one locality. Indeed, it is a wonder how the turtles can ever come to maturity. As they issue from the eggs and make their way to the water, many enemies are awaiting them. Huge alligators swallow them by hundreds; the jaguars feed upon them;* eagles, buzzards, and great wood-ibises are their devourers; and, when they have escaped these land-foes, many ravenous fishes are ready to seize them in the stream. They are, however, so prolific, that it has remained for their most fatal, enemy, man, to visibly diminish their number. The Indians take the full-grown turtle in a net, or catch him with a hook, or shoot him with an arrow. The latter is a most ingenious method, and requires more skill than to shoot a bird upon the wing. The turtle never shows its back above the water, but, rising to breathe, its nostrils only are protruded above the surface: so slight, however, is the rippling that none but the Indian’s keen eyes perceive it. If he shoot an arrow obliquely it would glance off the smooth shell: therefore he aims into the air, and apparently “draws a bow at a venture;” but he sends up his missile with such wonderfully accurate judgment that it describes a parabola and descends nearly vertically into the back of the turtle. (Wallace.') The arrow-head fits loosely to the shaft, and is attached to it by a long fine cord carefully wound around the wood, so that when the turtle dives the barb descends, the string unwinds, and the light shaft forms a float or buoy, which the Indian secures, and by the attached cord he draws the prize up into his canoe. Hearly all the turtles sold in market are taken in this manner, and the little * “ The jaguar, say the Indians, is the most cunning animal in the forest: he can imitate the voice of almost every bird and animal so exactly as to draw them toward him: he fishes in the rivers, lashing the water with his tail to imitate falling fruit, and, when the fish approach, hooks them up with his claws. He catches and eats turtles, and I have myself found the unbroken shells, which he has completely cleaned out with his paws: he even attacks the cow-fish in its own element, and an eye-witness assured me that he had watched one dragging out of the water this bulky animal, weighing as much as a large ox.”— Wallace. 558 Beazil and the Beazilians. square vertical hole made by the arrow-head may generally be seen in the shell. In connection with this might be mentioned the archery of some of the civilized Indians in various portions of the Empire. A large and strong bow is bent by their legs. In this way they are able to shoot game at a great distance. As to the birds of the Amazon, they are everywhere brilliant beyond birds in any other portion of the world. Some, like the dancing cock of the rock, and the curious and little-known umbrella- bird, are very difficult to obtain. I can only mention the latter. This singular bird is about the size of a raven, and is of a similar color; but its feathers have a more scaly appearance, from being margined with a different shade of glossy blue. On its head it bears a crest different from that of any other bird. It is formed of feathers more than two inches long, very thickly set, and with hairy plumes curving over at the end. These can be laid back so as to be hardly visible, or can be erected and spread out on every side, forming, as has been remarked, “ a hemispherical, or rather a hemi-ellipsoidal, dome, completely covering the head, and even reaching beyond the point of the beak.’' It inhabits the flooded islands of the Eio Negro and the Solimoes, never appearing on the The TJmbrella-Bird. 559 mainland. It feeds on fruits, and utters a loud, hoarse cry, like some deep musical instrument,—whence its Indian name, Uera- mimhe, ‘‘ trumpet-bird.” And what can be said of the countless tribes of insects that swarm in the Amazonian forests ? My first ac¬ quaintance with the rich living gems of Brazil was made at the retired resi¬ dence of Mr. G., in the lovely Larangeiras at Eio de Janeiro, and after¬ ward in various parts of the Empire. I did not cease to wonder at the innumerable and bril¬ liant hosts of Lepidop- tera, Coleoptera, Heli-co- niidae, &c. &c. It would require volumes to note them. In the vicinity of Para itself there is ample opportunity for the study of nature. Dr. Kidder visited the American rice-mills situated twelve miles distant from the city, and thus describes the excursion:— “Our way led through a deep, unbroken forest, of a density and a magnitude of which I had, before penetrating it, but a faint conception. Notwithstanding this is one of the most public roads leading to or from the city, yet it is only for a short distance passable for carriages. Indeed, the branches of trees are not unfrequently in the way of the rider on horseback. A negro is sent through the path periodically with a sabre to clip the increasing foliage and branches before they become too formidable. Thus the road is kept open and pleasant. Notwithstanding the heat of the sun in these regions at noonday, and the danger of too much exposure to its rays, an agreeable coolness always pervades those retreats of an Amazonian forest, whose lofty and umbrageous canopy is almost impenetrable. The brilliancy of the sun’s glare is mellowed by innumerable reflections upon the polished surface of the leaves. Many of the trees are remarkably straight and very tall. Some of them are decked from top to bottom with splendid flowers and parasites, while 560 Brazil and the Brazilians. the trunks and boughs of nearly all are interlaced with innumerable runners and creeping vines. “These plants form a singular feature of the more fertile regions of Brazil. But it is on the borders of the Amazon that they appear in their greatest strength and luxuriance. They twist around the trees, climbing up to their tops, then grow down to the ground, and, taking root, spring up again and cross from bough to bough and from tree to tree, wherever the wind carries their limber shoots, till the whole woods are hung with their garlanding. This vegetable cordage is sometimes so closely interwoven that it has the appearance of network, which neither birds nor beasts can easily pass through. Some of the stems are as thick as a man’s arm. They are round or square, and sometimes triangular, and even pentangular. They grow in knots and screws, and, indeed, in every possible contortion to which they may be bent. To break them is impossible. Sometimes they kill the tree which supports them, and occasionally remain standing erect, like a twisted column, after the trunk which they have strangled has mouldered within their involutions. Monkeys delight to play their gambols upon this wild rigging; but they are now scarce in the neighborhood of Pard. Occasionally their chatter is heard at a dis¬ tance, mingled with the shrill cries of birds; but generally a deep stillness prevails, adding grandeur to the native majesty of these forests. ********** “On our route to Maguary, I was surprised to see lands which ten or twelve years ago had been planted with sugarcane now entirely overgrown with trees of no insignificant dimensions. Only a few acres immediately around the engenho had been kept free from these encroachments. Here was located the first mill for cleaning rice ever built in the vicinity of Pard. It was established by North American enterprise. A small water-power existed on the site; but, after the mills were constructed, it was found that this power was insufficient in the dry season: consequently, a steam-engine of sixteen horse-power was imported from the United States, and has been made to do good service. The steam-power was kept in action constantly, and, at proper seasons, the water-power also. Both were inadequate to the amount of business that offered. Several American mechanics were em¬ ployed at this establishment, which, small as it is, compares favorably with any mechanical establishment in the whole country. A stream connects this engenho with the great river, and thus furnishes cheap conveyance for cargoes to and from the city.” My colleague also had some experience at Para not quite so agreeable as riding through Amazonian forests :— “ Soon after my arrival, in company of the United States Consul, I waited on Senhor Franco, the president of the province, to whom I bore a letter of commenda¬ tion. This individual had formerly been clerk in one of the English mercantile houses in Par^., and was subsequently educated as a beneficiary of the province, of which he had now become the chief magistrate. He received us with civility, and in person conducted us through the palace. I found that building one of the best of the kind in the Empire. It was built, together with the cathedral and some of the churches, in the days of that talented but ambitious prime minister of Por¬ tugal, the Marquis of Pombal, who cherished the splendid idea of having the throne of Portugal and all her dominions transferred from the banks of the Tagus to those of the Amazon. This circumstance accounts for the ample size and magnificent structure of these buildings in a town of moderate extent. The “Pastoral” of the Bishop. 561 F ■ “At a proper time I waited on the juiz de direito,—the chief officer of the police, —to exhibit my passport and obtain a license of residence in the very loyal and heroic city of Par4 and the J)rovince of which it was the capital. No embarrass¬ ments were put in my way, and no detention occurred. I obtained the requisite license, and kept it until I had occasion to obtain a new passport on my departure. Nevertheless, it appeared at one period that my unmolested residence in the city was very much in jeopardy. “ The old Bishop of ParS, seemed to have caught the contagion of alarm from his colleague in Maranham; and both these prelates—yielding more than their sober judgment should have allowed them to certain unfounded and malicious repre- sentatibns sent them from some quarter—wrote to Senhor Franco concerning me as a very dangerous person, who ought not to be suffered to land in the province. The president probably satisfied himself on that point during my visit to him; and although he owed his political elevation very much to his ecclesiastical patrons, yet he’managed to satisfy their apprehensions by a very short and formal correspond¬ ence with the American Consul. No person interfered with me or any of my pur¬ suits from first to last.” The see of Para is certainly still very much endangered by the Bible, if we may judge from the “pastoral” issued in the Diario do Gommercio (of the 8th of April, 1857) by Dom Jose Atfonso de Moraes Torres, “by the grace of God and of the Holy Apostolical See, Bishop of Grao Para.” The good bishop seems to be terribly exer¬ cised by what he terms uma Sociedade Bihlica ultimamente creada com 0 noma de Allianga Christa, (a Bible Society lately created under the name of the Christian Alliance.) He says that its emissaries circulate books, one of which—a catechism—he has read, and that in it he “encounters a doctrine entirely opposed to the belief of the Church of Jesus Christ.” That which particularly stirs up his ire is that the little book teaches that the worship of images is idolatry. He then insists that such worship is altogether right, only that the internal operation of the mind is not exactly the same as when worshipping God. He not only hurls his invec¬ tives at the little book and at heretics, but proves from Scripture that we can be doing God’s service in adoring his creatures. He adduces, with decided emphasis, that Abraham worshipped the angels and adored the sons of Heth (!) [adorou os filhos de JSeth, Gen. xxiii. 7.] The true head of offence in the little book is that it contains unmutilated the Ten Commandments. I have in my possession the Ten Commandments as they are printed in all the books of religious instruction in Portugal and in some parts of Brazil, and the second commandment is entirely omitted j and, in order to make up the 36 562 Brazil and the Brazilians. Decalogue, the tenth commandment is thus divided. “ Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s house” figures as the ninth, and “ Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor’s wife,” &c. &c., “nor any thing that is thy neighbor’s,” is the tenth. The state of religion at Para is by no means flattering, and the heart is as far from being reached by empty forms and gorgeous pageants on the Amazon as it is on the Tiber or the Danube. The grand annual festival of Nazare always attracts from the city an immense crowd, who go not for religious edification, but for the nine days’ feasting, dancing, fireworks, and gaming. General reflections upon the character and tendency of such a scene of festivities—so absorbing to a whole community and so long continued—seem unnecessary. If it had no religious preten¬ sions it would be less exceptionable; but for a people to be made to think themselves doing God’s service while mingling in such amusements and follies is painfully lamentable. CHAPTEE XXVII. AMAZONAS—ITS DISCOVERY—EL DORADO—GONCALO PIZARRO—HIS EXPEDITION CRUELTIES-SUFFERINGS-DESERTION OF ORELLANA-HIS DESCENT OF THE RIVER—FABLE OF THE AMAZONS-FATE OF THE ADVENTURER-NAME OF THE RIVER—.SETTLEMENT OF THE COUNTRY—SUCCESSIVE EXPEDITIONS UP AND DOWN THE AMAZON — SUFFERINGS OF MADAME GODIN — PRESENT STATE — VICTORIA REGIA — STEAM-NAVIGATION—EFFECTS OF HERNDON AND GIBBON’S REPORT — PERUVIAN STEAMERS—THE FUTURE PROSPECTS OF THE AMAZON. Amazonas (or Alto Amazonas) is the most northern province of Brazil. My colleague thus writes in regard to the history of this vast and almost-unknown division of the Empire:— “No portion of the earth involves a greater degree of physical interest. Its central position upon the equator, its vast exteut, its unlimited resources, its mam¬ moth rivers, and the romance that still lingers in its name and history, are all peculiar. Three hundred years have elapsed since this region was discovered; but down to the present day two-thirds of it remains uncivilized and almost unex¬ plored. “Indeed, few persons, save the Indians, and the slave-hunters who once pursued them, have even penetrated its remote sections, or seen any parts of it save the banks of navigable rivers. The circumstances of its discovery will ever be con¬ sidered remarkable. It was about the middle of the sixteenth century when the fable of El Dorado filled the public mind of Europe. The existence of a New World was then fully demonstrated, and the leaven of desire for its undeveloped treasures had spread from court to camp, from princes to beggars, until the whole mass of society was in a ferment. Avarice, personified under the garb of adven¬ ture, bestrode the ocean. Scarcely did her footsteps touch the shores of the New World, ere they were bathed in blood. She commenced her work of desolation in the fair islands of the Caribbean. She caused the din of arms to resound in the primeval forests and aboriginal cities of the continent. She scaled the Cordilleras, and laid waste savannahs upon both the Atlantic and the Pacific shores. “Among the bloodthirsty and cruel men who stood forth as leaders in the work of conquest and plunder, Gonjalo Pizarro, the brother and associate of the con¬ queror of Peru, was second to few, if any. His talents may have been less, but his daring and cruelty were greater. In 1541, this adventurer set out from Quito, with au army of three hundred soldiers, and four thousand Indians to serve them as bearers of burdens, with the design of discovering the land of gold. This was 663 564 Beazil and the Brazilians. an imaginary kingdom, shaped out of the half-comprehended tales of the persecuted Indians and exaggerated by the most extravagant fancies. “ This fabulous kingdom received a name from the fashion of its monarch, who was said, in order to wear a more magnificent attire than any other potentate in the world, to put on a daily coating of gold-dust. His body was anointed every morning with a costly and fragrant gum, to which the gold-dust adhered when blown over him by a tube. In this barbaric attire the Spaniards denominated him El Dorado, —the Gilded King. No fictions concerning this monarch or his kingdom were too extravagant for credence. He was generally located in the grand city of Manoa, in which no fewer than three thousand workmen were employed in the sil¬ versmiths’ street. The columns of his palace were described as of porphyry and alabaster: the throne was ivory, and the steps leading to it were of gold. Others built the palace of white stone, and ornamented it with golden suns and moons of silver, while living lions, fastened by chains of gold, guarded its entrance. With day-dreams like these dancing before the minds of commanders and soldiers, the army of Pizarro set out, cherishing the highest anticipations. “In proceeding eastward from Quito, they were obliged to cut their way through forests, to climb mountains, and to contend with hostile tribes of Indians. Every tribe with which they met was interrogated about El Dorado, and when unable to give any intelligence of it they were put to torture: some were even burned alive, and others were torn to pieces by bloodhounds, which the Spaniards had trained to feed on human flesh. “ The effects of this dreadful cruelty returned upon the heads of its perpetrators with a terrible vengeance. As the tidings of their approach spread from tribe to tribe, the poor natives learned to flatter their hopes and send them along. The rains came on, and, lasting for months, rotted the garments from the bodies of the soldiers, who could neither make nor find a shelter. At length their provisions were exhausted, and they began to feed upon their dogs. The sick multiplied, so that they were obliged to build a brigantine in which to carry them. This was a herculean task for soldiers to perform, especially without the requisite implements. Before it was accomplished they had to slaughter their horses for food. Their troubles continued and even increased: still, with death staring them in the face, Pizarro continued to seize prisoners, and put them in irons when he supposed they desired to escape. When they at length stood upon the banks of the river Napo, not less than one thousand of the Peruvians had perished. “The commander now heard of a larger river into which this emptied, and was told that the country surrounding the junction was fertile and abounding in pro¬ visions. He therefore determined to despatch the vessel with fifty men to procure supplies for the rest. Francisco de Orellana, a knight of Truxiilo, was put in com¬ mand of this expedition. The stream carried them rapidly downward through an uninhabited and desert country. When they had descended about three hundred miles, the question was started whether they should not abandon the idea of return¬ ing. They had not found food sufiBcient for themselves; and how could they succor the army ? Besides, how could they ascend against the current in their enfeebled state ? It would only be to perish with the rest. They might as well continue their descent, for ‘ rivers to the ocean run,’ and there was some chance that they might in this way not only save their lives but also immortalize their names by new discoveries. Orellana urged these considerations with so much plausibility, that all consented save two,— a Dominican friar and a young knight of Badajoz, who con¬ tended against the plan as treacherous and cruel. Orellana disposed of this objeo- The Expedition of Orellana. 565 tion by setting the knight on shore, to perish or return to the army as he best could. The friar became an easy convert to the new scheme, and thenceforward took a pro¬ minent part in it. Orellana renounced the commission he had received from Pizarro, and received an election from his men as their commander, so that he might make discoveries in his own name, and not under delegated authority in the name of another. “It was on the last day of December, 1541, that this adventurous voyage was commenced, after mass had been said by the Dominican. Their prospects were gloomy enough. Their stock of provisions was wholly exhausted, and they were forced to boil the soles of their shoes and their leathern girdles, in hope of deriving nourishment from them. “It also became necessary to build a better vessel. This being accomplished with great difficulty and delay, they resumed their voyage. Sometimes they met with a kind reception from the Indians, but more generally they had to fight their way with great losses and imminent danger of complete destruction. “ It was in the month of June that, during a battle with a hostile tribe, they dis¬ covered what they reported to be Amazons. Friar Gaspar, the Dominican, affirms that ten or twelve of these women fought at the head of the tribe which was subject to their authority. He described them as very tall and large-limbed, having a white complexion, and long hair plaited and banded around their head. Their only article of dress was a cincture, but they were armed with bows and arrows. The men fought desperately, because, if they deserted, they would be beaten to death by these female tyrants; but, when the Spaniards had slain some seven or eight of the latter, the Indians fled. These stories were generally believed to have been delibe¬ rate falsehoods fabricated with the idea of giving consequence to the voyage. The existence, however, of a powerful tribe of Amazons in that portion of South Ame¬ rica was a subject of deliberate inquiry and grave discussion for at least two cen¬ turies. Condamine and others favored the opinion that there had been such a people, of which some remnants remained till about the time of Orellana, soon after which they became extinct by amalgamation with surrounding tribes. The Spanish historian Herrera has given detailed accounts of the adventures of Orellana, com¬ piled from his own statements, endorsed by his veracious chronicler. Friar Gaspar. They contain, however, but little authentic information. But, strange as it may seem, modern investigation (as will be seen hereafter) has proved that the veracious frade apparently spoke the truth. “ In the course of seven months they reached the ocean. After some repairs made upon their vessels, they sailed out of the great river during the month of August, and on the 11th of September they made the island of Cubagua. Orellana proceeded thence to Spain, to give an account of his discoveries in person. “The excuse he presented for deserting Pizarro was accepted, and, on solicita¬ tion, he received a grant of the conquest of the regions he had discovered. He had but little difficulty in raising funds or enlisting adventurers for his expedition. It, however, proved disastrous. His fleet arrived out in 1544, but, amid the labyrinth of channels at the mouth of the river, it was impossible to find the main branch. After a month or two spent in beating about, without being able to ascend the river or to accomplish any important object, Orellana succumbed to his misfortunes, and, like many of his men, sickened and died. He was the first to descend the embouch- ment of the Amazon; but Pinzon is said to have discovered the mighty current in 1500. “ Mr. Southey had so much respect for his memory, that he made an effort in his history to restore the name of Orellana to the great river. He discarded Maranon, 566 Brazil and the Brazilians. as having too much resemblance to Maranham,* and Amazon, as being founded upon fiction and at the same time inconvenient. Accordingly, in his map, and in all his references to the great river, he denominates it Orellana. “ This decision of the poet-laureate of Great Britain has not proved authoritative in Brazil. 0 Amazonas is the universal appellation of the great river among those who float upon its waters and who live xipon its banks, and is now given to the new province whose capital is the Barra do Rio Negro. “Par4, the aboriginal name of this river, was more appropriate than any other. It signifies ‘the father of waters.’ The term ‘Par& River’ designates the southern, in opposition to the northern, principal mouth of the Amazon, and also the province through which the mighty river finds the ocean.” The name Amazonas has been stated by some to be derived from the Indian word Amassona, —a term, it is pretended, applied to the wonderful phenomenon of a high tide of these rivers two days before and two days after full-moon, which extends to the very confluence of the Madeira. As this tide is very destructive to small craft, the natives called it Amassona, (^‘boat-breaker.”) This story, it seems to me, has no foundation whatever. I do not believe Amassona to be an aboriginal term; for the Portuguese substantive amds means “a heap,” and the simple verb amassar means “to knead,” “to bruise,” &c.; while the reflex verb amassar-se means “ to heap up itself.” The origin of the name and the mystery concerning the female warriors, I think, has been solved, within the last few years, by the intrepid Mr. Wallace, who left the beaten track,—the bed of the great river,—and in the remotest haunts of the wild man, by his persevering patience and his knowledge of the Lingoa Qeral, has given much information to the world concerning the little-known interior. I believe it will now be found that, although the early monkish chroniclers of the New World often used their imaginations instead of being content with facts, they were in this case not so culpable as many have supposed. They really believed that they had fought with female warriors, and certainly appearances were in favor of their truthfulness. Mr. Wallace, I think, conclusively shows that Friar Gaspar and his companions saw Indian male warriors who were attired in habiliments such as Europeans would attribute * Both words have evidently a common origin, being derived from the Portuguese mare, “the sea,” and nao, “not,” —not the sea, as a great river near its mouth appears to be. Origin of the Name Eio Amazonas. 567 to woman. Mr. Wallace visited numerous tribes on the upper affluents of the Amazon, and, in speaking of their language, habits of dress, and other characteristics, he says,— “ The use of ornaments and trinkets of various kinds is almost confined to the men. The women wear a bracelet on the wrists, but no necklace, or any comb in the hair: they have a garter below the knee, worn tight from infancy, for the pur¬ pose of swelling out the calf, which they consider a great beauty. While dancing in their festivals, the women wear a small tanga, or apron, made of beads prettily arranged: it is never worn at any other time, and immediately the dance is over it is taken off. “ The men, on the other hand, have the hair carefully parted and combed on each side and tied in a queue behind. In the young men it hangs in long locks down their necks, and, with the comb, which is invariably carried stuck on the top of the head, gives to them a most feminine appearance: this is increased by the large necklaces and bracelets of beads and the careful extirpation of every symptom of beard. Taking these circumstances into consideration, I am strongly of opinion that the story of the Amazons has arisen from these feminine-looking warriors en¬ countered by the early voyagers. I am inclined to this belief from the effect they first produced on myself, when it was only by close examination that I found they were men; and, were the front parts of their bodies and their breasts covered with shields such as they always use, I am convinced any person seeing them for the first time would conclude they were women. We have only, therefore, to suppose that tribes having similar customs to those now existing on the river Uaupes in¬ habited the regions where the Amazons were reported to have been seen, and we have a rational explanation of what has so much puzzled all geographers. The only objection to this explanation is, that traditions are said to exist among the natives, of ‘ a nation of women without husbands.’ Of this tradition I was myself unable to obtain any trace, and I can easily imagine it entirely to have arisen from the suggestions and inquiries of Europeans themselves. When the story of the Amazons was first made known, it became, of course, a point with all future tra¬ vellers to verify it, or, if possible, to get a glimpse of these warlike ladies. The Indians must no doubt have been overwhelmed with questions and suggestions about them, and they, thinking that the white men must know best, would transmit to their descendants and families the idea that such a nation did exist in some dis¬ tant part of the country. Succeeding travellers, finding traces of this idea among the Indians, would take it as a proof of the existence of the Amazons, instead of being merely the effect of a mistake at first, which had been unknowingly spread by preceding travellers seeking to obtain some information on the subject. “In my communications and inquiries among the Indians on various matters, I have always found the greatest caution necessary to prevent one’s arriving at wrong conclusions. They are always apt to affirm that which they see you wish to be¬ lieve, and, when they do not at aU comprehend your question, will unhesitatingly answer, ‘Yes.’” Having thus explained the origin of the word Amazonas, we will again turn to the historic sketch of Dr. Kidder:— “About seventy years after the events (the voyage of Orellana) above narrated, the Portuguese began to settle in Parfi, advancing from Maranham. In 1616, Fran¬ cisco Cadeira, the first chief-captain, laid the foundations of the present city of Parfi,, 568 Brazil and the Brazilians. under the protection of Nossa Senhora de Belem. In 1637, another party descended the Amazon from Quito. It was composed of two Franciscan friars and six sol¬ diers, who had been sent on a mission to the Indians upon the frontiers of Peru. The mission proved unsuccessful. Some of the missionaries grew weary and re¬ turned ; others persisted until the savages attacked and murdered the commander of their escort of soldiers, when all dispersed. Those who were disheartened at the prospect of the dreadful journey back to Quito committed themselves to the waters as Orellana had done nearly a century before. They reached Belem in safety, but so stupefied with fear as to be unable to give any satisfactory account of what they had seen. It was enough for them to have escaped from the horrid cannibals through whose midst they had passed. “In the same year, the first expedition for the ascent of the Amazon was organized. It was commanded by Pedro Teixeira, and was composed of seventy soldiers, twelve hundred native rowers and bowmen, besides females and slaves who increased the number to about two thousand. They embarked in forty-five canoes. The strength of the opposing current and the difficulty of finding their course amid the labyrinthian channels of the river rendered their enterprise one of unparalleled toil. Many of the Indians deserted, and nothing but unwearied perseverance and great tact enabled Teixeira to keep the rest. After a voyage of eight months, he reached the extent of navigation. Leaving most of his men with his canoes at this place, he continued his journey overland to Quito, where he was received with distinguished honors. He was accompanied on his return by several friars, whose business it was to record the incidents and observations of the voyage. A considerable amount of authentic information was thus collected and published to the world. The party reached Belem in December, 1639, amid great rejoicings. After this, voyages upon the Amazon became more common. “In 1745, M. La Condamine, a French academician, descended from Quito, and constructed a map of the river, based upon a series of astronomical observations. His memoir, read before the Royal Academy on his return, remains to this day a very interesting work. In modern times, the most celebrated voyages down the Amazon have been described at length by those who accomplished them,— e.g. Spix and Von Martins, Lister Mawe, Lieutenants Smyth, Herndon and Gibbon, and Mr. Wallace. “The expeditions to which I have alluded have generally been prosperous, and not attended with any peculiar misfortunes. Not so with every voyage that has been undertaken upon these interminable waters. The sufferings of Madame Godin des Odonnais have hardly a parallel on record. The husband of this lady was an astronomer associated with M. Condamine. He had taken* his family with him to reside in Quito, but, being ordered to Cayenne, was obliged to leave them behind. Circumstances transpired to prevent his returning for a period of sixteen years, and when finally he made the attempt to ascend the Amazon he was taken sick and could not proceed. All the messages that he attempted to send his absent wife failed of their destination. In the mean time a rumor reached her that an expedi¬ tion had been despatched to meet her at some of the missions on the Upper Amazon. She immediately resolved to set out on the perilous journey. She was accompanied by her family, including three females, two children, and two or three men, one of whom was her brother. They surmounted the Andes and passed down the tributary streams of the Amazon without serious difficulties; but the farther they entered into the measureless solitudes that lay before them, the more their -troubles in¬ creased. The missions were found in a state of desolation under the ravages of The Heroism of Madame Godin. 569 . the smallpox. The village where they expected to find Indians to conduct them down the river had but two inhabitants surviving: these poor creatures could not aid them, and they were left without guides or canoe-men. Ignorant of navigation, and unaccustomed to either toil or danger, their misery was now beyond descrip¬ tion. Their canoe, in drifting on the current, filled with water, and they barely escaped with life and a few provisions. They managed to construct a raft; but this was soon torn to pieces upon a snag. The forlorn company again escape to the shore, and, as their only alternative, attempt to make their way on foot. Without map or compass, they know not whither they go. In attempting to follow the windings of the stream they become bewildered, and finally plunge into the depths of the forest. Wild fruits and succulent plants now furnish them their only food. Weakened by hunger, they soon fall victims to disease. “In a few days Madame Godin, the sole survivor, stood surrounded by eight dead bodies! Imagine the horror that overwhelmed her as she saw one after another of her friends and family in the agonies of death! In the desperation of the hour she attempted to bury them, but found it impossible. After two days spent in mourning over the dead, she roused up with a determination to make another effort to seek her long-lost husband. She was now nearly three thousand miles from the ocean, without food, and with her delicate feet lacerated by thorns. Taking the shoes of one of the dead men, she started upon her dreary way. What phantoms now toi’ture her imagination and people the wilderness with frightful monsters! But she wanders on. Days of wretchedness and nights of horror ensue. At length, on the ninth day, she heard the noise of a canoe, and, running to the river-side, she was taken up by a party of Indians. Suffice it to say that they conducted her to one of the missions, from which, after long delays and great exposure, she was finally conveyed down the Amazon and restored to her husband after nineteen years’ separation. They returned to France together and spent the remnant of their days in retirement; but Madame G. never fully recovered from the effects of her fright and sufferings. “Even at this day, the traveller upon the waters of,the Amazon, above Parfl, finds himself in a wild and uncultivated region. He will scarcely see .fifty houses in three hundred miles. There are but few settlements directly on the river. Most of the villages are on the tributary streams and the Iguaripes, or bayous. The houses universally have mud floors and thatched roofs; and, though the population is in¬ creasing, I fear that for a long time to come the great majority of the inhabitants in the immediate vicinity of the Lower Ama¬ zon will be such as are depicted in the engraving. “Notwithstanding all the beautiful theories respecting steam-navigation on the waters of the Amazon and its tribu¬ taries, nothing was accomplished deserv¬ ing the name until 1853. As far back as the year 1827, an association, called tke South American Steamboat Com¬ pany, was organized in New York, with the express design of promoting that navigation. It owed its origin to the suggestion of the Brazilian Government through its charge d’affaires, Mr. Rebello, resident in the United States, who 570 Brazil and the Brazilians. stipulated decided encouragements, and the grant of special privileges on the part of His Majesty Dom Pedro I. A steamboat was fitted out and sent to Par4, and other heavy expenses were incurred by the company; but, through a lack of co¬ operation on the part of Brazil, the whole enterprise proved a failure. Claims for indemnification to a large amount were for a long time pending before the Brazilian Government. “After 1838, small Government steamers were from time to time sent up the Amazon as far as the River Negro. Such voyages were repeated at intervals, and sufiSced for steam-navigation on the Amazon until 1853. The globe does not else¬ where present such a splendid theatre for steam-enterprise. Not only is the Amazon navigable for more than three thousand miles, but the Tocantins, the Chingli, the Tapajos, the Madeira, the Negro, and other affluents, are unitedly navigable several thousand more. All these rivers flow through the richest soil and the most luxu¬ rious vegetation in the world.” Near their margin is found the giant of Flora’s kingdom, whose discovery a few years since is as notable a fact to the naturalist world as the regular opening of steam-navigation upon the Amazon is to the commercial world. Of all the Nymphseacese, the largest, the richest, and the most beautiful is the marvellous plant which has been dedicated to the Queen of England, and which bears the name of Victoria Begia. It inhabits the tranquil waters of the shallow lakes formed by the widening of the Amazon and its affluents. Its leaves measure from fifteen to eighteen feet in circumference. Their upper part is of a dark, glossy green; the under portion is of a crimson red, fur¬ nished with large, salient veins, which are cellular and full of air, and have the stem covered with elastic prickles. The flowers lift themselves about six inches above the water, and when full blown have a circumference of from three to four feet. The petals unfold toward evening: their color, at first of the purest white, passes, in twenty-four hours, through successive hues from a tender rose-tinge to a bright red. During the first day of their bloom they exhale a delightful fragrance, and at the end of the third day the flower fades away and replunges beneath the waters, there to ripen its seeds. When matured, these fruit-seeds, rich in fecula, are gathered by the natives, who roast them, and relish them thus prepared. The description of this magnificent plant explains the admiration experienced by naturalists when beholding it for the first time. The celebrated Haenke was travelling in a pirogue on the Eio Mamore, in company with Father Lacueva, a Spanish missionary, when he discovered, in the still waters close to the shore, this gigantic The Victoria Eegia. 571 Kymphaeacese. At the sight the botanist fell upon his knees, and— as a not very pious French writer very Frenchily records—expressed his religious and scientific enthusiasm by impassioned exclama¬ tions and outbursts of adoration to the Creator,—“ an improvised Te Deum which must have deeply impressed the old missionary.” THE VICTORIA REGIA AND THE BOAT-BILL. In 1845, an English traveller, Mr. Bridges, as he was following the wooded banks of the Yacouma, one of the tributaries of the Mamore, came to a lake hidden in the forest, and found upon it a colony of Victoria Begias. Carried away by his admiration, he was about to plunge into the water for the purpose of gathering some of the flowers, when the Indians who accompanied him pointed to the savage alligators lazily reposing upon the surface. This in¬ formation made him cautious; but, without abating his ardor, he ran to the city of Santa Anna, and soon obtained a canoe, which ^as launched upon the lake which contained the objects of his ambition. The leaves were so enormous that he could place but 572 Brazil and the Brazilians. two of them on the canoe, and he was obliged to make severaHi trips to complete his harvest. Mr. Bridges soon arrived in England with the seeds, w’-hich h^ had sown in moist clay. Two of these germinated in the aquarium%^ of the hothouse at Kew. One was sent to the large hothouses of m Chatsworth: a basin was prepared to receive it, the temperature was raised, and the plant was placed in its new resting-place on ' the 10th of August, 1849. Toward the end of September it was necessary to enlarge the basin and to double its size, in order to ^ give space to the leaves, which developed with great rapidity. So large did they become that one of them supported the weight of a little girl in an upright position. ^ The first bud opened on the beginning of November. The flower 3 in bloom was offered by Mr. Paxton (the celebrated designer of the ^ London Crystal Palace) to his monarch, and the great personages of England hastened to Windsor Castle to admire the beautiful | homonym of their gracious sovereign. . * The name given to this marvellous plant by Bindley was haj)pily * ( chosen; but the natives of the Amazon call it “Uape Japona,”—the Jacana’s oven,—^from the fact that the jacana is often seen upon it. • The jacana is a singular . spur-winged bird, twice 1 the size of a woodcock, ^ provided with exceedingly .■ long and slender toes (from ' which the French term it , V the surgeon-bird) which j enable it to glide over j various water-plants. It inhabits the marshes, and woods near the water, and many a time in the in¬ terior I have seen it steal¬ ing over the lily-leaves on the margin of rivers. Returning from this di¬ gression to the capabilities of the great river for steam-navigation, t we remark that the extent of the Amazon and its affluents is j The “Kinh of Waters.” 573 immense. From four degrees north latitude to twenty degrees south, every stream that flows down the eastern slope of the Andes is a tributary of the Amazon. This is as though all the rivers from St. Petersburg to Madrid united their waters in one mighty flood. Geographers have never fully agreed which of the upper tribu¬ taries deserves to be called the main stream of the Amazon; but the most recent explorers are decided in considering the Tangu- ragua or Upper Maranon as its principal source. This rises in a lake—Lauricocha—situated almost in the region of perpetual snow. Nearly all the branches of the Amazon are navigable to a great distance from their junction with the main trunk, and, col¬ lecting the whole, afford an extent of water-communication un¬ paralleled in any other part of the globe. There is a total of ten thousand miles of steam-navigation below all falls; and, these obstructions once passed, steamers could be run for four thousand miles. A volume of fresh water, constantly replenished by copious rains, pours forth with such impetus as to force itself—an unmixed cur¬ rent—into the ocean to the distance of eighty leagues. While the principal branch of the Ganges discharges 80,000 cubic feet of water per second, and the large Brahmapootra 176,200 cubic feet every sixtieth part of a minute, the Amazon sends through the narrows at Obidos 550,000 cubic feet per second. (Von Martins.') This ‘‘king of waters” is remarkable for its wide-spreading tributaries. On the north side, the first from the west, below the rapids of Manseriche, is the Morona, and then come in succession the Pastaga, Tigre, Napo, I§a, Japura, Eio Negro, and many streams of lesser note. From the south it receives—^proceeding from west to east—the Huallaga, Ucayali, Yavari or Javary, Huta, Hyuruay, Teffe, Coavy, Purus, Madeira, Tapajos, Chingu, and Tocantins. Most of these afiluents discharge their waters into the Amazon by more than one mouth, which frequently are ■widely apart. Thus, the two most distant of the four mouths of the Japura are more than two hundred miles asunder, and the outer embouchures of the Puriis are about one hundred miles from each other. In the upper portion of its course the Amazon divides Eqiiador from Peru, between which its width varies from half a 574 Brazil and the Brazilians. mile to a mile; beyond the limits of Equador it increases to two miles; and below the Madeira—its most considerable tributary, having a course little less than two thousand miles in length—it is nearly three miles. Between Faro and Obidos—to which place the tide reaches—it decreases to less than a mile; but below Obidos it widens again, and, after the junction of the Tapajos, it is nearly seven miles across. The width of the channel of Braganza do Norte—the northern mouth of this vast river—is thirty miles opposite the island of Marajo and fifty at its embouchure; that of the Tangipura Channel is eighteen miles at the junction of the Tocantins and thirty at its mouth. While the whole area drained by the Mississippi and its branches is 1,200,000 square miles, the area of the Amazon and its tributaries (not including that of the Tocantins, which is larger than the Ohio Yalley) is 2,330,000 square miles. This is more than a third of all South America, and equal to two-thirds of all Europe. Mr. Wallace has startled Englishmen with the fact that “all Western Europe could be placed in it without touching its boundaries, and it would even contain the whole of our Indian Empire.’’ In 1851-52, Lieutenants (U. S. N.) Herndon and Gibbon de¬ scended the Amazon,—one by its Peruvian and the other by its Bolivian tributaries. Their interesting reports were published by the order of Congress, and are laid before the world. Lieutenant Gibbon passed over the most unknown route, and hence his work possesses more intrinsic interest. Lieutenant Herndon’s volume not only for the moment awakened the United States and England to the importance of the Amazon, but the fact of his descent of that river and his inferences—many of them totally visionary—aroused the Brazilian Government to the performance of their duty, and in 1852-53, Brazil, by treaty with Peru, engaged to run steamers, under the Brazilian flag, from Para,—the contractors to have the monopoly of steamboat-navigation on the Amazon for thirty years, with an annual bonus of one hundred thousand dollars for the first fifteen; the voyage to be performed by two steamers,—one ascend¬ ing the Amazon from Para, the other descending it from Nauta, and meeting the up-boat at Barra. Nauta is in Peru, on the right bank of the Amazon, forty-siX leagues below the junction of the Huallaga, and has a population Amazonian Steamers. 575 of one thousand. This company, under the leading of that en¬ terprising Brazilian, the Baron of Maua, immediately sent its first steamer from Para to Nauta. The association, in return for privileges granted, contracted to found numerous colonies in the provinces of Para and Amazonas. Nearly every month colonists under the direction of the Amazon Navigation Company arrive from Portugal and her islands at Para. They have already esta¬ blished flourishing colonies at Obidos and at Serpa, and another at the mouth of the Eio Negro. They are also engaged to plant colonies above the Barra of the Eio Negro, one on the Eio Teife, (above Y. de Ega,) three on the Madeira, at Crato and Borba, two on the Tapajos, not far from Santarem, and three on the Tocantins. The contract made by the company with the Portuguese emi¬ grants is this:— “They bind themselves to work for the company for two years at a certain com¬ pensation per diem, and to be housed and fed during that period; and, at the end of their apprenticeship, each person is entitled to a certain portion of open land in fee-simple,—the heads of families to have a comfortable house on their portion, no matter whether they were married before engaging or during their service.” I asked Mr. Nesbitt—a practical engineer who was for three years travelling on the Amazon and some of its navigable tri¬ butaries—his opinion of the steamers employed by the company. His reply (April, 1857) was as follows :— “ Thus far they have succeeded well. The company have fully complied with their part of the contract both in Brazil and with Peru. There were seven steamers in successful operation in April, 1856, and two new boats expected every week: one of these two was the ‘ Bay City,’ built in New York for the Sacramento and San Francisco trade, but was so badly twisted in trying to double Cape Horn that she put back to Rio de Janeiro for repairs, and was sold for the benefit of the under¬ writers and purchased for the Amazon Company. The names of the seven steamers that were running are the ‘Tapajoz,’ ‘Rio Negro,’ ‘Marajo,’ ‘Monarcha,’ ‘CametA,’ ‘Tabatinga,’ and ‘Solimoes.’ The ‘Rio Negro’ and ‘Tapajoz’ were the packets from Par4 to the Barra do Rio Negro,—making semi-monthly trips; but, after the 1st of January, 1857, there was to be a weekly packet. The ‘ Marajo’ ran between the Barra and Nauta, in Peru,—making a trip every two months, and, after January, 1857, the trips were to be monthly. The ‘Monarcha’ was running on the Rio Negro, irom the Barra to the mouth of the Rio Branco, and intended to go as far as Barcellos and Moreira—still higher—whenever the water in the Rio Negro would permit, which would be about eight months in the year. The Rio Negro, a few leagues above the Barra, spreads out into a very wide bay of some leagues in breadth, which renders steam-navigation more difficult than anywhere else on the lower river, as it becomes shallower on account of the great width; but above this 576 Brazil and the Brazilians. bay there is no trouble. There are several lakes adjacent to the Rio Negro, where large quantities of fish are caught, salted, and dried for market. There are a great many splendid localities for farming-purposes on the Rio Negro above the Barra. The ‘Solimoes’was intended for the Rio Tapajoz. The ‘Camet4’wasa regular packet on the Tocantins, between the city of Para and the town of Camet4, —^making monthly trips. “All these steamers had as much business as they could well do,.—those for the Barra more than they could do; hence the necessity for weekly trips. “These steamers were fast superseding the square, stem-and-stern, crawling river-canoas ; for as soon as a trader makes one trip in a steamer he begins to set some value upon time, and forsakes his three-month mode of getting up stream for a three or four days’ trip. Captain Pimento Bueno, (son of the distinguished Senator,) the energetic and gentlemanly general superintending agent, told me that, with the Government bonus and the merchants’ business, the steamers paid exceed¬ ingly well. They are all good boats, and most of them built of iron, as that mate¬ rial is decidedly the best, on account of the worms that are so destructive in the Amazon. Every town on the river furnishes wood at a fixed rate. The business of the steamers is constantly on the increase; and the industrious inhabitants of any of the villages can collect their syringa. Brazil-nuts, sarsaparilla, cac4o, &o. &c. and send them down to Par4 by the steamer, and, on her return-trip, re¬ ceive their money. This is creating new artificial wants, and, of course, making the people exercise more industry for the purpose of supplying their newly- awakened demands. “These steamers certainly have done wonders in the last four years toward re¬ volutionizing the whole business of the Amazon Valley; for, even from Moyabamba, Tarapota, and other Peruvian towns among the mountains, they now bring down their products in canoes and on bolsas (rafts) to meet the steamer at Nauta, which they never thought of doing before. Neither are the advantages of steam confined to the business-relations of life; but there is evidently an increasing desire on the part of the great mass of the people to learn more of the outside barbarians.” Mr. Nesbitt thus states the effect of the sight of a steamer on the remote population of the Upper Amazon :— “As we would be passing a sand-bar on the upper rivers in Peru, where a steam¬ boat had never before been heard of, and while all the fishermen and fish-driers would be standing in amazement, gazing at the ‘ monster of the vasty deep,’—^not knowing whether it was a spirit from the diabo or some new saint sent by the Immaculate Virgin,—I would touch the steam-whistle, which would give such an unearthly screech that men, women, children, dogs, and monkeys would take to their heels and run for dear life, and would never stop to allow me to make the amende honorable.” I was desirous to obtain from this observant and practical man an opinion in regard to the views and theories of Lieutenants Maury and Herndon concerning the Amazon. In reply, he made the following statement:— “ I think that Lieutenant Maury’s letters are painted rather beyond nature; but his ideas of the Amazon Valley and its capabilities are certainly, on the whole, nearer the mark than any other writer I have ever read. His theory of climate, and Herndon’s Expedition—Peruvian Steamers. 577 lis reasons why the Valley of the Amazon is not like the same latitudes in Africa, &c. &c., are assuredly correct, in my humble opinion; for I was forcibly impressed ■vyith their correctness while on the spot. The rainy season is not the incessant ‘pouring down’ of Africa, Central America, and the Orinoco-region. It is more of a showery season: it is true sometimes when it rains '■it pours,' but the showers are of short duration comparatively, and they fall at such regular intervals that one can make his calculations for business-engagements almost to a certainty. And you will never have a day without seeing the sun more or less. “ The dry-season is not feverish and scorching ; for scarcely a week—certainly not a fortnight—passes without one or more good showers. Such a thing as crops suffering for the want of moisture is not known on the Amazon. Although the days may be warm, the nights are always cool and pleasant, with very heavy dews. “Lieutenant Herndon’s ideas of the low banks were just such as any person would form who travelled down the river in a canoe, as it is impossible for any one thus situated to form a correct estimate of the country. It would require years— not a few months—to learn the Valley as it ought to be learned. There is not nearly so much land subject to inundation as Herndon estimated: notwithstanding, there are considerable portions that are overflown at high floods. Herndon’s ex¬ pedition left its work unfinished; but it was of vast service to the country on the Amazon, both directly and indirectly,—as that expedition, I have not the least doubt, was the lever that moved the Brazilian Government to promote steam-navigation on the Amazon. So that was the beginning; ‘ but the end is not yet.’ ” In regard to the steamers ordered by Peru—which made the contract with Dr. Whittemore, formerly of Lima—to be built at New York and transported in pieces to Para, to be run in connec¬ tion with the steamers of the Brazilian and Amazon Navigation Company, Mr. Nesbitt gives me the following information:— “ I went out with the steamers to the Amazon, was with them while they were being reconstructed in Pard, and, after they were ready to start up the river, I took command of one of them. Dr. Whittemore, our leader, commanded the other, and proceeded as far as the town of Obidos, where he turned them both over to me to deliver to the proper authorities, assisted by his friend, Mr. Z. B. Conely. Dr. Whittemore then returned to New York. “ These steamers were not iron,—as frequently stated by newspaper paragraphs,— but were constructed of pure Georgia pine, frame, planking, and all. The smallest one was ninety feet long, called the Huallaga ; the other was one hundred and ten feet in length, called the Tirado, in honor of the then Secretary of State of Peru.” In reply to the question. How did the Peruvian steamers turn out? Mr. N. replied as follows :— “ They did not turn out so well as was anticipated, or as could have been desired for the credit of our country, whence they came. They were built very light, and poorly finished and furnished; so much so, that the Peruvian Government ofiBcer who was appointed to receive them refused to do so, so that we were left some twenty-five hundred miles up the river from the ocean, with a couple of steamers and two American crews, without any provision being made either by the contractor or by the Peruvian Government for our support; and of the stores we had on board 37 5T8 Brazil and the Brazilians. a great portion was in a damaged state. Under these circumstances, the agents of the contractor were, from the necessity of the case, compelled to compromise with the Governor-General of Eastern Peru,—Colonel Francisco Alvarado Ortiz,—who had no authority delegated to him in the matter whatever by the Government of Peru, but who, in this disagreeable juncture, acted very fairly and was exceedingly liberal. By the compromise I had to remain in charge of the steamers until the Supreme Government would act in the matter. But the controversy is not yet finally settled, I believe, as a part of the contract-money is still due, and the Government refuses to pay it, on the ground that the contract was not complied with on the part of the contractor. “ One of them, the Huallaga, never turned a paddle-wheel after she reached the port of Nauta, but was tied up to the bank, and was rotting all the time that I was there. The other, the Tirado, made a few trips to various points above. I took her on two occasions up the Rio Huallaga almost to Chasuta, which is nearly three thousand five hundred miles from the ocean: one of these trips was made during the lowest stage of water, and I never found less than fifteen feet water anywhere in the river-channel, —so that a steamer of ten feet draught can pass from the Pongo de Sal to the Atlantic Ocean any day in the year. These steamers are at the present mo¬ ment becoming more useless every day. Neither of the two boats have been run for any purpose since I left them, eighteen months ago; neither, indeed, can they be used, as the Peruvians know nothing about the management of steamboats and the engineers have all returned to the United States. The use of them has never been worth a dollar to the Government, and never will be. “The Salt-rapid on the Huallaga, below Chasuta, is a natural curiosity. The banks of the river for more than a league are one solid mass of rock-salt, hard and clear as ice, in some places of a bluish-red color, and in others almost white, appa¬ rently the whole very pure, and in sufficient quantity to supply all South America for centuries. “I have ascended the Huallaga, Ucayali, Pasta9a, Madeira, and a short distance above the Barra do Rio Negro. The Huallaga, as before mentioned, is navigable for steamers the year round, for vessels of ten feet draught, as high as the Pongo de Sal, without the least trouble,—and to Chasuta, with ordinary caution and care,— and for canoes from Tinga Maria (only three hundred miles from Lima) to the mouth, down stream; but the ascent by canoes is very difficult. The country is excellent, being very healthy and fertile, with numerous villages all along the banks. The Pasta9a is a very fine little affiuent, and is navigable for steamers several hun¬ dred miles the greatest part of the year; but there are a number of tribes of hos¬ tile Indians on its lower waters. The land is most excellent, and the best Peruvian bark on the upper rivers is found on this stream. There are sometimes small quantities of gold brought down by the friendly Indians near its head-waters: I have seen some very fine specimens of it. The Ucayali can be ascended by a light- draught steamer nearly six hundred miles a part of the year, and as far as Sarayacu the whole year. The Rio Madeira is also a fine stream: it is navigable for any class of river-steamers to the Falls; but at no time can a steamer ascend these rapids. However, above the dozen rapids, there is plenty of water for several hun¬ dred miles, for a small steamer, the year round.” In 1853, a translation of Lieutenant Maury’s letters was published in the widely-circulated Correio Mercantil of Eio de Janeiro; and I well remember the commotion his communications on the Amazon Effect of Lieutenant Maury’s Letters in Brazil. 579 caused at tlie capital, in connection with a report that a ^^flibustier- ing" expedition was fitting out at New York to force the opening of the great river. It is certainly a matter of deep regret that one whose writings and scientific investigations have not only received the highest encomiums from the great and the learned on both continents, but have blessed and are blessing the world, should have permitted himself to make use of language which could only inflame a sensitive nation, and of some arguments which can only tend to “flihustier- ing.” If Lieutenant Maury had left out the offensive language, and a portion of his reasoning, which has been by Brazilians legiti¬ mately construed as nothing less than an advocacy of the theory that might makes right, I believe that it would have been much better for our country and for Brazil. Since that time it has been impossible to negotiate a treaty with Brazil,—a Government with whieh we ought to be closely linked. There is no reciprocity between us.* While we receive her great staples free of duty, all * New Braziliax Tariff. —Robert G. Scott, Jr., Esq., Consul of the United States at Rio de Janeiro, writes to the State Department under date of 29th April last, giving the substance of the changes in the rates of duties made by the new tariff of Brazil. He says:— “By the old tariff, flour, the chief export from the United States to Brazil, paid three milreis per barrel import-duty. Under the tariff that I send you, the duty will be two milreis and four hundred reis,—a decrease of six hundred reis per barrel, or about thirty-four cents. Salted meat, that paid seven hundred and fifty reis per arrolSa of thirty-two pounds Portuguese weight under the old tariff, will pay five hundred and forty under the tariff that goes into force the 1st day of July next. Pine-wood, that now pays six reis per square palmo, (eight inches,) will pay, after the 1st of July, five reis. Leaf-tobacco, that pays under the present tariff six milreis per arroba, will pay under the new tariff three milreis and six hundred reis. Duties on tar, pitch, turpentine, and rosin, have been reduced; and so upon nearly all articles imported into this country from the United States. There is a reduction of one hundred and ten reis per alquiere or bushel of salt in the new tariff; and, although no salt is imported from the United States to Brazil, still, this reduction is of benefit to our navigation. Duties on coarse cottons have been slightly increased; also on candles. “The duties, as a general thing, have been increased on manufactured goods, and the exceptions are among those of the best quality, chiefly imported to this Empire from France.” In the new Cabinet formed by the Emperor in May, (1857,) Senhor Souza Franco— one of the most distinguished of Brazilian statesmen—holds the portfolio of finance; and, as he is a gentleman of enlarged views, it is to be hoped that some satisfactory commercial treaty will be arranged between the United States and Brazil. 580 Brazil and the Brazilians. ttat is exported by us to Brazil is heavily taxed. The property of our citizens dying intestate is administered by the Brazilian Government in a manner that never gives satisfaction. Outrages committed upon citizens of the United States in distant portions of the Empire very tardily, or never, meet with redress from the interior magistrates, whose feelings toward Norte Americanos have been embittered by the conclusions arrived at after reading the letters of Tenente Maury. It will be long ere we regain the sym¬ pathies which we had in 1850, when it was proposed, in case of war with England, that the whole Brazilian coast-trade should be put under the flag of the United States. At Eio, Senhor de Angelis replied to Lieutenant Maury’s “Amazon and the Atlantic Coasts of South America,” {Port, trans.,') and his arguments, supported by Yattel and other writers on international law, are very ably stated. His volume, how¬ ever, contains at its close some very pointed and plain language in regard to Texas and GreytoWn, which adds nothing to his argument. We hope, however, that the judicious policy of the Union will regain the footing and influence which should be that of a country professing the principles of justice and liberality. Whether the Amazon region, at least in the vicinity of the great river, can ever be thickly peopled by a more Northern race, re¬ mains to be seen. It is in one range of temperature, (not like the Mississippi, which enjoys every variety of climate,) and is as yet an almost unbroken wilderness. Hr. Thomas Eainey, who has given much attention to this subject, argues from the nature of the case that the provinces of Para and Amazonas can never become flourishing rendezvous for Northerners. But, as Brazil diifers from all other tropical countries, it may be that the “howling wilderness” of the Amazon will yet smile with industry and civilization. As the case stands, Brazil certainly has the right, and the sole right, to control the rivers within her own borders, no matter if they do rise in other states; and, as previous to the treaty which gave the United States the right of descending the St. Lawrence no other country would have had the right to force England to open to the United States that river because many of her tri- Benefit to be Derived from Opening the Amazon. 581 butaries have their rise in the territory of the Union, so there is no justice in any proposition to force Brazil to concede the free navigation of the Amazon. Still, although we rejoice to see Brazil developing her own resources, it would be of incalculable benefit to herself as well as to the neighboring states if she would apply to the Amazon question the principles for which she contended on the La Plata, and throw the mighty river open to the commerce of the world. About one-half of Bolivia, two-thirds of Peru, three-fourths of Equador, and one-half of New Grenada, are drained by the Amazon and its tributaries. For the want of steam-communication the trade of all these parts of those countries goes west over the Andes to Callao. There it is shipped, and, after doubling Cape Horn and sailing eight or ten thousand miles, it is then only olf the mouth of the Amazon, on its way to Europe or the United States; whereas, if the navigation of the Amazon were free, the produce of the interior could be landed at Para for what it costs to convey it across the Andes to the ports of the Pacific. CONCLUSION. The authors, in reviewing the ground which they have gone over in this volume, only feel the imperfection of their labors and how difficult has been the task to give in so small space a just and general view of Brazil. They have compared the Empire not with England and the United States, but with other countries of the New World which have been peopled by descendants of the Latin race. This they believe to be the true mode of comparison. Many errors may thus he avoided. Their attention has recently been called to an editorial in one of the most widely-circulated and influential papers of our country, in which occurs the following sentence:— “ To those Tyho wish to know how deep human nature can sink in moral degrada¬ tion and the extreme limit of monarchical imbecility, we recommend a reading of Ewbank’s ‘Brazil,’ whose details of hopeless superstition, general ignorance, and political demoralization have no parallel.” We have already shown our appreciation of the author referred to by direct quotations from his work; and had he who penned this editorial remembered that Mr. Ewbank (more than ten years ago) was a stranger abiding for a few months in a new and curious country, and published a journal of observations and events which he jotted down from the impressions of the moment, and makes but few generalizations, he (the editor) would not have been so sweeping in his condemnation of Brazil. He seems, however, to have entirely overlooked one of Mr. Ewbank’s few general con¬ clusions. Had he read it he would doubtless have been convinced that there was something hopeful in Brazil. As the opinions of the author in question have been often quoted to us as entirely at variance with any encouragement in regard to the Empire ruled by Dom Pedro II., we cite from his last chapter the follow¬ ing, Mffiieh is to the point:— “The character of the Brazilians, I should say, is that of an hospitable, affec¬ tionate, intelligent, and aspiring people. They are in advance of their Portuguese 582 Conclusion. 583 progenitors in liberality of sentiment and in enterprise. Many of their young men visit Europe, others are educated in the United States: add to this an increasing intercourse with foreigners,—the means ordained by Divine Providence for human improvement,—and who does not rejoice in their honorable ambition and in the career opened before them ? It must be remembered, however, that no one people can be a standard for any other, for no two are in the same circumstances and con¬ ditions. The influence of climate, we know, is omnipotent; and, from their occupy¬ ing one of the largest and finest portions of the equatorial regions, it is for them to determine how far science and the arts within the tropics can compete with their progress in the temperate zones. As respects progress, they are, of Latin nations, next to the French. In the Chambers are able and enlightened statesmen; and the representatives of the Empire abroad are conceded to rank in talent with the ambas¬ sadors of any other country. As for material elements of greatness, no people under the sun are more highly favored, and none have a higher destiny opened before them. May they have the wisdom to achieve it!”— Ewbank's Sketches of Life in Brazil. It is impossible to appreciate the present condition of Brazil without taking into view the influences of the mother-country. Notwithstanding the wealth and glory of Portugal during the short period of her maritime supremacy, there are few countries in Europe less fitted to become the model of a prosperous state in modern times. In whatever light we consider Portugal or her in¬ stitutions, we find them altogether behind the spirit of the age. Yet that country, as insignificent in size as it is indifferent in con¬ dition, held nearly half 6f South America under the iron sway of colonial bondage from the period of its discovery until 1808,—we might almost say 1822. The short space of thirty-five years is all that Brazil has yet enjoyed for the great object of establishing her character as an independent nation. During that period she has had to contend with great and almost numberless difficulties. A large proportion of the inhabitants were persons born or educated in Portugal, and consequently imbued with the narrow views and the illiberal feel¬ ings so common to the Portuguese. The laws, the modes of doing business as well as of thinking and of acting, that universally pre¬ vailed, were Portuguese. All these required decided renovation in order to suit the circumstances of a new empire rising into being during the progress of the nineteenth century. Such a renovation is not the work of a day; and if it should appear that as yet it has only properly commenced, still, the Bra¬ zilian nation will stand before the world as deserving the highest credit. She has broken off bonds that had remained riveted upon 584 Brazil and the Brazilians. her for ages. She has advanced from a degrading colonial servi¬ tude to a high and honorable position among the nations of the earth. What is perhaps still better, she cherishes a desire for improvement. 'She directs a vigilant eye toward other nations; she observes the working of their different institutions, and mani¬ fests a disposition to adopt those which are truly excellent, as far and as fast as they can be adapted to her circumstances. Her finances are in a most flourishing condition. But she should be ready to accept and to court a greater reciprocity among the nations of the earth, and should abandon all narrow policy. The revenues of the Empire are almost entirely the product of heavy duties upon commerce. Unfortunately, the nation has but few manufactures to call for her high tariff as a means of protec¬ tion. Her duties upon imports constitute a direct tax upon inter¬ nal consumption; while the duties upon exports embarrass her trade abroad. Thus, agriculture is doubly oppressed, and it is under the burden of great difficulties that the immense resources of the country are to a comparatively small degree developed. Were there no other means of providing for the expenses of government, it would, perhaps, be idle to dwell upon this ruinous process, unless it were to comment upon it as a necessary evil. But is there no possibility of raising a revenue for Brazil from the sale of public lands ? Millions upon millions of acres remain as yet unappropriated, notwithstanding the utter carelessness with which the richest and most valuable portions of the public domain have hitherto been yielded to the ownership of whomsoever might incline to take possession of it. Might not Government surveys be instituted, and the whole country brought under legal demarca¬ tion? Hitherto, not one-fiftieth part of it was ever surveyed; and even in some populous districts great uncertainty respecting boundaries still exists. It is understood that a reform in this direction has been begun. But what advantages could result from these surveys, unless spontaneous foreign immigration were encouraged ? Great things have been done in this respect, but more still re¬ mains to be accomplished. The system of Senator Vergueiro, we see by late advices, is to be carried out on a grand scale: no less than fifty thousand emigrants are thus to be brought to Brazil. Conclusion. 585 But let the Government throw off all restriction of passports and every tax upon the emigrant, and the great and small proprietors will not have to resort to expensive means to induce immigration : it will flow of itself. Education is daily exciting increased attention. In the new system of school-instruction, the French model has been generally followed. Having already described institutions of the various grades,—from the primary school to the law-university,—it will now be sufficient to remark that a great degree of improvement upon the former state of things is already manifest; but at the same time the work of educational reform has only commenced. The teachers’ salaries are too low; the interest among the com¬ mon people requires to be more fully excited; and a very serious obstacle is to be overcome in the want of suitable school-books. It is sad to often find hinderances to the cause of education in the very men who ought to be leaders in the movement for the intellectual as well as the moral training of the young. A single instance and a general remark will illustrate what we mean. A priest residing in one of the most prominent cities of the Empire, and, indeed, exercising his functions beneath the very shadow of one of the universities, was heard to say, “iVao gosto de livros; gosto mats de jogar,” (‘‘I have no relish for books; I like gaming better.”) In corroboration of these remarks is the lan¬ guage of a distinguished Brazilian statesman, uttered before the Imperial Legislature:— “A narrow strip on the coast is all that enjoys the benefits of civilization; while, in the interior, our people are still, to a great degree, enveloped in barbarism.” In immediate connection with this remark, the same gentleman added, “We have been unable to do any thing, and nothing can be accomplished without the aid of a moral and intelligent clergy.” Notwithstanding the picture sketched in these brief but just intimations, there is much room to hope for Brazil on the score of education. The schoolmaster is abroad in the Empire; the press is at work; and thousands of the citizens—those who have been educated at home and abroad—are awake to the importance of both those means of public enlightenment. The history of Brazilian literature is brief; yet, under the cir¬ cumstances in which it has sprung up, that literature must be considered creditable. Of all that has been written in the Portu- 586 Bkazil and the Brazilians. guese language within the last hundred years, Brazil has produced her full proportion of what is meritorious. Without entering into details upon this point, it is sufiScient to mention the names of Caldas and Magalhaens in the department of poetry; Moraes in philology; and the Andradas in science and philosophy. Within the last few years there has been a decided and promising move¬ ment at the capital in behalf of literature and the diffusion of useful knowledge. It may perhaps he considered by some as a misfortune, in a lite¬ rary point of view, to Brazil, that her language is the Portuguese. A prejudice against that language prevails extensively among foreign nations; and, although that prejudice is in a great degree unjust, it will not soon be overcome. The learned have seldom been induced to acquire that knowledge of the language which is essential to an appreciation of its real merits. Those who have formed its acquaintance accord to it high praises. Mr. Southey, for example, has declared it to be “ inferior to no modern speech,” and to contain some of the most original and admirable works that he had ever perused.” Schlegel, in his “History of Litera¬ ture,” bears the very highest testimony to the beauty and copious¬ ness of the Portuguese language, and cannot restrain his admira¬ tion for De Camoes. Of the Lusiad a distinguished French writer has said, “It is the first epic of modern times.” (It must be remem¬ bered that the Latin nations have never been able to comprehend Milton.) M. de Sismondi says, “The distinguished men whom Portugal has produced have given to their country every branch of literature.” And again :—“Portuguese literature is complete : we find in it every department of letters.” (JDe la Litterature du Midi de VEurope, t. iv. p. 262.) “The Portuguese language,” says M. Sane, “is beautiful, sonorous, and copious: it is free from that gutturalness with which we reproach the Spanish: it has the sweetness and flexibility of the Italian and the gravity and deseriptiveness of the Latin.” {Poesie Lyrique Portuguaise, p. xc. Paris, 1808.) In fine, it may be remarked that no living language—not excepting the Spanish and Italian—is so near in every respect the tongue of old Imperial Eome as that of Lusi-. tania. If the Brazilians, possessing such a language, shall develop the genius and the application necessary to such a result, they Conclusion. 587 may yet, by creating a literature worthy of themselves, secure the respect and admiration of the world. Notwithstanding so little is known of the Portuguese language to certain classes of the literati, it prevails wherever there are or have been settlements of that nation,—not only in Brazil and the Portuguese Islands, but along the coasts of Africa and India, from Guinea to the Cape of Good Hope and from the Cape of Good Hope to the Sea of China,—extending over almost all the islands of the Malayan Archipelago. How interesting it would he to witness light and truth radiating from Brazil and spreading their influences to each of those distant climes ! Before such an event can be reasonably anticipated, how great must be the changes in the moral and religious condition of the Empire! The ecclesiastics are notoriously corrupt. The report of a late Minister of Justice contains the following language :— “The state of retrogression into which our clergy are falling is notorious. The necessity of adopting measures to remedy such an evil is also evident. . . . The lack of priests who will dedicate themselves to the cure of souls, or who will even offer themselves as candidates, is surprising. ... It may be observed that the numerical ratio of those priests who die or become incompetent through age and infirmity is two to one of those who receive ordination. Even among those who are ordained, few devote themselves to the pastoral work. They either turn their attention to secular pursuits, as a means of securing greater conveniences, emolu¬ ments, and respect, or they look out for chaplaincies and other situations, which offer equal or superior inducements, without subjecting them to the literary tests, the trouble and the expense, necessary to secure an ecclesiastical benefice. “This is not the place to investigate the causes of such a state of things; but certain it is that no persons of standing devote their sons to the priesthood. Most of those who seek the sacred oflice are indigent persons, who, by their poverty, are often prevented from pursuing the requisite studies. Without doubt, a principal reason why so few devote themselves to ecclesiastical pursuits is to be found in the small income allowed them. Moreover, the perquisites established as the remunera¬ tion of certain clerical services have resumed the voluntary character which they had in primitive times, and the priest who attempts to coerce his parishioners into the payment of them almost always renders himself odious, and gets little or nothing for his trouble.” At the present time Brazil is in want of nothing so much as pious, self-denying ministers of the gospel,—men who, like the Apostle to the Gentiles, will not count their lives dear unto them¬ selves that they may win souls to Christ. And is it too much to liope that God in His providence will raise up such men in His own especially when we reflect that His own Word shall not 588 Brazil and the Brazilians. return unto Him void, and that faithful prayer shall never he for¬ gotten before the throne of the Most High. We might have unfolded before the reader many more incidents of labor in our Master’s cause in Brazil, but have, from proper motives, withheld details: we believe that we have every encou¬ ragement to hope for Brazil in a religious as well as a political point of view. Just as we were finishing this volume we received Brazilian journals containing the message delivered by the Emperor at the opening of the Assemblea Geral —the Imperial Parliament—on the 3d of May, 1857; and we know of no fitter conclusion to our work than the quotation of that document, which is characteristic of Dom Pedro II. Propositions to enlarge commercial intercourse and to remove a narrow and restrictive policy; rejoicings over the suppression of human piracy; and proposals to extend civil and religious liberty, do not generally emanate from monarchs of Latin descent. This message, unimportant as it may be in the eyes of some, augurs well for the future of this Empire; and our wishes and prayers are that Brazil may fulfil the high destiny which Providence seems to place before her. The Brazilian Legislature opened its session the 3d of May, when the Emperor delivered the following speech from the throne:— “ I am highly gratified in opening the first sitting of the present Legislature. Your reunion, always full of hope, is still more promising in view of the general tendency of the public mind toward concord and moderation, which will receive a new impulse from your desire to promote the happiness of the country. “The tranquillity reigning throughout the Empire is one of the results of the policy which filled the hearts of the Brazilians with the conviction that, under the shelter of our institutions, faithfully maintained, we may with security and glory advance in the career of progress and civilization. “The relations of the Empire with other nations continue in a peaceful and friendly state, and it is my constant endeavor to cultivate them in the sense of the most perfect cordiality, basing them always on the solid grounds of justice and mutual interest. “ My Government employed the means voted in the last Legislative session for the development of the immigration of useful and honest working-people, and it is one of its constant efforts to watch over this vital element of our national industry. With the resources at the disposal of my Government, and certain measures which in time will be solicited from your patriotism, calculated to secure the civil rights of indi¬ viduals who profess different religions, I hope we shall arrive at that important end, obtaining at the same time the increase of our industrial population. Conclusion. 589 “The extraordinary price of all kinds of provisions is causing great suffering among the less wealthy classes of society, and demands of your enlightened zeal some adequate legislation. The reduction in the new customs-tariff is not sufficient to obtain this result. “ The vigor with which the two last attempts to introduce African slaves at Serinhaem and St. Matthews were suppressed must have discouraged the adventurers who deemed it a proper occasion to carry out their criminal enterprises. “ I again recommend to you the*reform of the mortgage-law, which, by facilitating the system of advances on landed security, will have a decisive and immediate in¬ fluence on the future of our agriculture. “ The army and navy require measures which may improve their discipline, and a criminal code of procedure -trhich shall secure prompt punishment and the execu¬ tion of judgments. “I also call your special attention to the project of law concerning the promotion of marine officers, which is depending on your approbation, as well as to the neces¬ sity of modifying in the most convenient way the rules regulating the system of recruiting. “ The reforms carried out in the different branches of instruction are producing the wished-for results. “ The satisfactory state of public revenues permits us to indulge in the hope that the anticipated deficit, in view of which the increase of two per cent, in the export- duties was decreed, will not occur, and we may therefore either look for their abolition at an early date, or devote them to such purposes as are particularly in¬ teresting to our agriculture. “August and most worthy representatives of the country, your task is a difficult one; but the certainty of the reward to which you nobly aspire—of seeing our country in a prosperous state—encourages you constantly; and my Government will prove worthy of your support by the discretion with which it will employ the means granted to it to aid you in the glorious achievement of so sacred a duty.” NOTES. No. 1. Americtts Vespccius fares worse at the hands of some Portuguese authors than Pinzon. The Padre Ayres de Casal, in his Corographia BrasClica, urges that the Florentine “ never accompanied Gongalho Coelho or Christopher Jaques in their explorations of the coast of Brazil.” Gen. J. I. d’Abreu Lima, in a note (page 8) to his Historia do Brazil, roundly asserts that Americus Vespucius did not accompany the two navigators mentioned above, (todavia o que sepSde negar com, boas aitthoridadei 6 que die accompanhasse aos dois primeiros exploradores Portuguezes acima mentionados.) It is true, also, that Robertson throws doubt upon some of the dates of Americus Vespucius, but more recent writers, of equal authority, give the account as stated in the text. This hesitation on the part of some Portuguese and Spanish historians, in regard to Americus, is doubtless influenced by the sentiment, on one side, that the employment of the Florentine by the King D. Manoel necessarily supposes an under¬ rating of the Lusitanian navigators,—which does not follow, because the latter, in the expeditions referred to, appear to have had the supreme command: on the side of the Spaniards, they never could forgive Americus for having supplanted, in the New World, the name of Columbus, of whom they are as proud as if he were a Castilian. No. 2. It is commonly supposed that the wood jdeldlng the red dye, Cxscdpinia BrcLzUlelto, derived its common name. Brazil-wood, from its being principally Imported from, and produced in, Brazil. This, however, is not the feet. It has been shown that woods yielding a red dye were called Brazilwoods long previously to the discovery of America, and that the early voyagers gave the nqme Brazil to that part of the continent, to which it is still applied, from their having ascertained that it abounded in such woods.— Banarofls Philosophy of Colors, ii. 316-321. No. 3. The Padre Ayres Casal, in his Corographia Brasilica, says that the squadron “ entered the Bay of Santa Luzia, which name was changed to that of Rio de Janeiro, because it was entered on the flrst day of the year, 1532.” Any examination of the facts of the case as detailed by almost every other chronicler 'will not bear out the statements of Padre Ayres Casal. No. 4. Diario de Pedro Lopez de Souza, page 14, in which he explicitly says, “ Sabbado 30 de Abril, no quarto dialva, eramos com a bocca do Bio de Janeiro.” The Madeira Christians were compelled to flee for refuge to the United States, in 1850; and in 1862 most intolerant acts were sanctioned by the Portuguese Government, in order to put an end to the BOKialled Protestant heresy in that island. 590 Appendix A, CHRONOLOGICAL SUMMARY OF THE PRINCIPAL EVENTS THAT HAVE TRANSPIRED IN THE HISTORY OF BRAZIL. A.D. 1500. The continent of South America dis¬ covered on the 26th of January, by Vincent Yanez Pinzon, a companion of Columbus, and the first Spaniard who crossed the equator. “ April 21, Pedro Alvarez Cabral, commander of the second Portuguese fleet that doubled the Cape of Good Hope, discovered that portion of the Brazilian coast now called Espirito Santo. “ On May 3, he landed at Porto Seguro. 1603. The Bay of All Saints discovered by Americus Vespucius. 1610. Diogo Alvarez Corr6a (Caramurfi) ship¬ wrecked at Bahia, (Bay of All Saints.) 1530. The unexplored territory of Brazil divided into captaincies by the King of Portugal. 1531. Martin Affonso de Souza entered the Bay of Nitherohy, (iJib de Janeiro,) previously visited by De Solis and Majellan. On the 22d of January he discovered the harbor of San Vincente, and there founded the first European colony. 1548. Numbers of Jews, having been stripped by the Inquisition of Portugal, were banished to Brazil. 1549. Thom5 de Souza, the first governor-general, founded the city of San Salvador, (Bahia.) 1652. The first bishop appointed, to reside at Bahia. 1655. Villegagnon occupied the Bay of Rio de Ja¬ neiro with a colony of French Protestants, and built the fort which still bears his name, upon a small island in the harbor. 1667. The French expelled by the Portuguese and Indians. “ The city of St. Sebastian founded. 1572. The government of the colony of Brazil di¬ vided between two captains-general, resi¬ dent severally at S. Salvador and Rio de Janeiro. Hence the name BrazCls. 1676. The government again reduced to the juris¬ prudence of one captain-general, residing at Bahia. 1680. Brazil, in connection with Portugal, brought under the dominion of Spain. 1601. Thomas Cavendish, the English adventurer, sacked and burned S. Vincente. 1593. James Lancaster, commanding a marauding expedition, fitted out of London, captured and plundered Pernambuco. 1594. The French established a colony at Maran- ham. 1615. The French expelled from Maranham. « The city of Belem (Pari) founded by Fran¬ cisco Caldeira. 1624. The Dutch invaded Bahia. 1630. Second Invasion of the Dutch, in which they took possession of the whole coast of Brar zU, from the river of S. Francisco to Mar ranham. Pernambuco was their seat of government. 1637. Expedition of Pedro Teixeira, from Pard to Quito, by way of the river Amazon. 1640. Portugal and her colonies freed from the Spanish yoke. 1646. The Dutch defeated in the battle of the Gua- rarapfis, near Pernambuco; and in 1654. Finally expelled from Pernambuco. 1661. Holland abandoned, by negotiation, all claim to Brazil. 1675. The diocese of Bahia constituted an arch¬ bishopric. 1693. Regular mining for gold commenced. 1697. Settlements made in Minas-Geraes. “ Destruction of the famous Republic of the Palmares. 1710. Assault of the French upon Rio de Janeiro under Du Clerc. 1711. Capture of that city by Du Guay Trouin, and ransom by its inhabitants. 1713. Northern limits of Brazil defined by the treaty of Utrecht. 1729. Discovery of the diamond-mines in Serro Frio. 1758-60. Forcible and complete expulsion of the Jesuits from Brazil. 1763. Transfer of the capital from Bahia to Rio. 1805. Rev. Henry Martyn visited Bahia. 1808. Arrival of the royal family of Portugal. “ Publication of the Carta Regia. “ Establishment at Rio of the first printing- press in Brazil. 1811. Second printing-press established at Bahia. Semark .—These two were the only presses in use up to 1821. 691 592 Appendix A. 1815. Brazil elevated to the rank of a Kingdom. 1817. Revolt in Pernambuco. 1818. Acclamation and Coronation of D. John VI. 1821. The Constitution of the Cortes of Portugal proclaimed and adopted at Rio. “ 24th April, D. John VI. returned to Portugal, leaving his son, Dom Pedro, Regent of Brazil. 1822. 7th September, Declaration of Independence. “ 12th October, Acclamation of D. Pedro as Emperor. « let December, Coronation of D. Pedro I. « « Session of the Assembly con¬ voked to draft a Constitution. 1823. Montevideo united to Brazil, under the title of the Cisplatine Province. “ The new Constitution offered to the BraziUans by the Emperor. 1824. March 25.—Sworn to, throughout the Em¬ pire. “ Revolt in Pernambuco. Confederation of the Equator proclaimed and suppressed. 1825. Independence of Brazil recognised by Por¬ tugal, August 29. “ Birth of the Imperial Prince D. Pedro II., December 2. 1826. On the death of King Dom JohnVT., the Em¬ peror of Brazil, heir-presumptive to the Crown of Portugal, abdicated that crown to his eldest daughter, D. Maria II. “ Final separation of Montevideo from Brazil, that province becoming the Cisplatine Re¬ public. 1831. Abdication of D. Pedro I., and Acclamation of D. Pedro II. 1832. "War of the Panellas for the Restoration of the first Emperor. 1834. Reform of the Constitution, creating Provin¬ cial Assemblies. 1835. Revolution broke out in ParJl, .Tanuary 7. “ “ “ “ Rio Grande do Sul, September 20. “ Diogo Antonio Feyo elected Regent. 1836. Donna Januaria recognised as Imperial Prin¬ cess, and heiress to the throne. 1837. Feijo renounced the Regency, September 19. “ Pedro Araujo Lima appointed Regent pro tempore. “ Revolt in the city of Bahia, November 7. 1838. Restoration of Bahia, March 15. “ Death of Jose Bonifacio de Andrada. “ Lima elected to the Regency. 1839. First steam-voyage along the northern coast. 1840. Abolition of the Regency and Accession of Dom Pedro II. to the full exercise of his prerogative as Emperor. 1841. The Emperor’s Coronation, July 18. 1843. Imperial marriages. 1844. The treaty between Brazil and England, signed in 1827, expired by limitation, No¬ vember 11. 1845. Birth of the Imperial Prince D. Affonso. 1846. Birth of Donna Isabella, (heiress-apparent.) 1847. June 11, death of D. Affonso. “ July 13, Birth of Donna Leopoldina. 1849. December, First appearance of yellow fever. 1850. Suppression of the slave-trade. First steam¬ ship-line to Europe. 1852. Overthrow of the Buenos Ayrean Dictator Rosas by the aid of the Brazilian arms. “ Ground broken for the first railway. 1853. The first locomotive on the Maui Railway, and a regular line of steamers on the Amazon. 1854. Rio de Janeiro lit by gas. 1855. Surveys of various railways. 1857. The first section of the Pedro Segundo Rail¬ way finished. IMPERIAL FAMILY. The Crown of Brazil is hereditary in the line of direct succession. Ejiperor—Dom Pebro II. d’Alcantara, born Dec. 2, 1825. Salary, $440,000; and income fi:om large estates. Empress—^Donna Theresa Christina, sister to the King of the Two Sicilies. Salary $54,800 Imperial Princesses—^Donna Isabella, heiress-apparent, born in 1846; Donna Leopolmna, bom in 1847. Emperor’s Sisters— Donna Januaria, bom 1822. Married to the Prince D. Luiz Conde d’Aqmlla, 1843. Donna Francisoa, born in 1824. Married to the Prince de Joinvllle, 1843. In Portugal. Ex-Empress of Brazil, the Duchess of Braganza, Donna Amelia Augusta, -widow of Dom Pedro L; born in 1812. Note.— In case of the death of D. Pedro H. without issue, his sister Donna Januaria, who has three children, will succeed to the throne; and at her decease her eldest child will be the Monarch of Brazil. Appendix B. ABSTRACT OF THE BRAZILIAN CONSTITUTION, SWORN TO ON THE 25TH OF MARCH, 1824, AND REVISED IN 1834. (1) Brazil is declared an Independent Empire, and its Govermnent Monarchial, Constitutional, and Eepresentative. (2) The Reigning Dynasty is to he Dom Pedro I. and his successors. (3) The Roman Catholic religion is constituted that of the State; hut the exercise of all others is permitted (4) The unrestricted communication of thought, either hy means of words, writings, or the agency of the press, exempt from censure, is guaranteed: with the condition that all who abuse this privilege shall become amenable to the law. (5) A guarantee founded on the principles of the English Habeas Corpv’ Act. (6) The privileges of citizenship are extended to all free natives of Brazil, to all Portuguese resident there from the time of the Independence, and to all naturalized strangers. (7) The law is declared equal to all; all are liable to taxation in proportion to their possessions. (8) The highest offices of the State are all laid open to every citizen; and all privileges, excepting those of office, abolished. (9) The political powers acknowledged by the Constitution are the Legislative, the Moderative, the Executive, and the Judicial; all of which are acknowledged as delegations from the nation. (10) It is declared that the General Assembly shall consist of two chambers: the Chamber of Deputies are to hold their office for four years only; the Senators are appointed for life. (11) The especial attributes of the Assembly are to administer the oaths to the Emperor, the Imperial Prince, the Regent, or the Regency; to elect the Regent or Regency, and to fix the limits of his or their authority; to acknowledge the Imperial Prince as successor to the throne, on the first meeting after his birth; to nominate the guardian of the young Emperor in case such guardian has not been named in the parental testament; to resolve all doubts relative to the succession on the death of the Emperor or vacancy of the throne; to examine into the past administration, and to reform its abuses; to elect a new dynasty in case of the extinction of the reigning family; to pass laws, and also to interpret, suspend, and revoke them; to guard the Constitution, and to promote the welfare of the nation; to fix the public expenditure and taxes; to appoint the marine and land forces annually upon the report of the Government; to concede, or refuse, the entry of foreign forces within the Empire; to authorize the Government to contract loans to establish means for the payment of the public debt; to regulate the administration of national property and decree its alienation; to create or suppress public offices, and to fix the stipend to be allotted to them; and, lastly, to determine the weight, value, inscription, type, and denomination of the coinage. (12) During the term of their office, the members of both Houses are alike exempted from arrest, unless by the authority of their respective Chambers, or when seized in the commission of a capital offence. For the opinions uttered during the exercise of their functions, they are inviolable. (13) All measures for the levying of imposts and military enrolment, the choice of a new dynasty in case of the extinction of the existing one, the examination of the acts of the past administration, and the accusation of Ministers, and of Councillors of State, are required to have their origin with the House of Deputies. For the indemnification of its members, it is decided that a pecuniary remuneration shall be allotted to each during the period of the sessions. (14) The number of the Senators is fixed at one- half that of the Deputies, and the members are required to be upwards of forty years of age, and to ^ in actual possession of an income amounting to at least eight hundred mUreis per annum. (15) It >8 their exclusive attribute to take cognizance of the individual crimes committed by the members of the Imperial Family, Ministers, or Councillors of State, as well as of the crimes of Deputies during the period of the Legislature. Their annual stipend is fixed at fifty per cent, more than that of the I*cputies. (16) The Members of both Chambers are to be chosen by Provincial Electors, who are themselves to he elected by universal suffrage,—in which only minors, monks, domestics, and individuals not in the receipt of one hundred milr eis per annum, are excluded from voting. (17) The Senators are nominated y the Provincial Electors in triple lists, from which three candidates the Emperor selects one, who holds office for Ufe. (ig) Each Chamber is qualified with powers for the proposition, opposition, and approval hi projects of law. In case, however, the House of Deputies should disapprove of the amendments or 38 693 594 Appendix B. additions of the Senate, or vice versd, the dissenting Chamber shall have the privilege of requiring a temporary union of the two Houses, in order that the matter in dispute may be decided in General Assembly. (20) A veto is conceded to the Emperor; but it is only suspensory in its nature. In case three sue- cessive Parliaments should present the same project for the Imperial sanction, it is declared that on the third presentation it shall, under all and any circumstances, be considered that the sanction had been conceded. (21) The ordinary annual sessions of the two Houses of Legislature are limited to the period of four months. (22) To each province of the Empire there is a legislative Assembly, for the purpose of discussion on its particular interests, and the promotion of projects of law accommodated to its localities and urgencies; but these Assemblies are not invested with any power excepting that of proposing laws of provincial interest. (23) The attributes of the moderative power (which is designated the key to the entire political organ¬ ization, and which is vested exclusively in the hands of the Emperor) are the nomination of Senators, according to the before-mentioned regulations; the convocation of the General Assembly whenever the good of the Empire shall require it; the sanction of the decrees or resolutions of the Assembly; the enforcement or suspension of the projects of the provincial Assemblies during the recess of the Cham¬ bers; the dissolution of the House of Deputies; the nomination of Ministers of State; the suspension of magistrates; the diminution of the penalties imposed on criminals; and the concession of amnesties. (24) The titles acknowledged in the Constitution as appertaining to His Majesty are “Constitutional Emperor and Perpetual Defender of Bi-azil.” Ills person is declared inviolable and sacred, and he himself exempt from all responsibility. He is, moreover, designated as the chief of the executive power, which power is to be exercised through the medium of his Ministers. Its principal functions are the convocation of a new General Assembly in the third year of each legislature, the nomination of bishops, magistrates, military and naval commanders, ambassadors, and diplomatic and commercial agents; the formation of all treaties of alliance, subsidy, and commerce; the declaration of war and peace; the granting of patents of naturalization, and the exclusive power of conferring titles, military orders, and other honorary distinctions. All acts emanating from the executive power are to be signed by the Ministers of State, before being carried into execution; and those Ministers are to be held responsible for all abuses of power, as well as for treason, falsehood, peculation, or attempts against the liberty of the subjects. (25) In addition to the Ministry, a Council of State is also appointed, the members of which are to hold offices for life. They are to be heard concerning all matters of serious import, and principally on all subjects relating to war and peace, negotiations with foreign States, and the exercise of the moderative power. For all counsels wilfully tending to the prejudice of the State, they are to be held responsible. (26) The judicial power is declared independent, and is to consist of judges and juries for the adjudi¬ cation of both civil and criminal cases, according to the disposition of future codes for this effect. The juries are to decide upon the fact, and the judges to apply the law. For all abuses of power the judges, as well as the other officers of justice, are to be held responsible. It id within the attribute of the Emperor to suspend the judges in the exercise of their functions; but they are to be dismissM from ofiBce only by a sentence of the supreme courts of appeal instituted in all the provinces. (28) The presidents of the provinces are to be nominated by the Emperor; but their privileges, quali^ cations, and authority are to be regulated by the Assembly. '■ (29) If, after the expiration of four years, it should be found that any articles of the Constitution required reform, it was decreed that the proposed amendment should originate with the House of Deporf ties; and if, after discussion, the necessity of the reform was conceded, an act was to be passed and sanctioned by the Emperor in the usual manner, requiring the electors of the Deputies for the next Parliament to confer on their representatives especial powers regarding the proposed alteration or reform. On the assembling of the next House of Deputies, the matter in question was to be proposed and discussed, and, if passed, to be appended to the Constitution and solemnly promulgated. (Th® reforms were few,—the two principal being the regulation of succession in case of the death of D. Pedro II. without issue, his sister Donna Januaria, or her children, becoming heirs; and changing the provincial councils to provincial Assemblies.) (30) Finally, civil and criminal codes are organized; the use of torture is abolished; the con¬ fiscation of property is prohibited; the custom of declaring the children and relatives of criminals infamous is abrogated, and the rights of property and the public debt are guaranteed. Appendix C. { one of the The following lines were composed by D. Pedro II., and written by him in the album <“ jj Maids of Honor. They were doubtless never intended for the public eye, but were o''t*“**'la(.tness in member of the diplomatic corps at Kio Janeiro. Their didactive character and great cai^ the Portuguese make a poetic translation exceedingly difficult; but they have been .^hose faithfully rendered into English verse for this volume by Mr. D. Bates, of PhiladeD ^ ’ “ Speak Gently” has become a household word. Se fui Clemente, justiceiro, e pio, Obrei o que devia. mui pesada A sujeijao do sceptro; e quern domina Nao tern ao seu arbitrio as leis sagradas; Fiel executor deve cumpri-las Mas nao pode alterarlas. £ o throno Cadeira da Justi§a; quern se assenta Em tao alto lugar, flea sujeito A. mais severa lei; perde a vontadel Qualquer descuido chega a ser enorme, Detestavel, sacrilege delicto! Quando no horizonte o sol espalha Sobre a face da terra a luz do dia, Ninguem o admira, todos o conhecem; Mas se eclipsado acaso se pertnrba, Nesse instante infeliz todos se assustao, Todos o observao, todos 0 receiao: If I am pious, clement, just, I’m only what I ought to be: The sceptre is a weighty trust, A great responsibility; And he who rules with faithful hani*’ With depth of thought and bread*** ’ The sacred laws should understand. But must not, at his pleasure, cha'*®®' The chair of justice is the throne: Who takes it bows to higher laws* The public good, and not his own, Demands his care in every cause. Neglect of duty,—always wrong,— Detestable in young or old,— By him whose place is high and strr®’ Is magnified a thousandfold. When in the east the glorious sun , Spreads o’er the earth the light o/ All know the course that he will ru**’ Nor wonder at his light or way: But if, perchance, the light that bW Is dimm’d by shadows lying near, The startled world looks on amazed. And each one watches it with feai" Logo se premiei sempre a virtnde, Se os vicicios castiguei, nada merecei. p.n. Deo. 1852. I likewise, if I always give To vice and virtue their rewards. But do my duty thus to live; No one his thanks to me accords. But should I fail to act my part. Or wrongly do, or leave undone. Surprised, the people then would sttf With fear, as at the shadow’d sun. 595 Appendix D, SLAVEKY AND THE SLAVE-TRADE IN BRAZIL—ENGLAND AND BRAZIL. [Translated from the Jornal do Oommercio of Rio de Janeiro of May 26,1856.] It is impossible to undertake, with greater energy and with more honesty than our Government did, the difficult task of suppressing the slave-trade. This is a truth which cannot be contested, it being a self-evident fact. Notwithstanding the old usages of our agricultural and manufacturing industry, which were actu¬ ally ba.sed upon the slave-trade, and which must have suffered from its suppression, prejudices did not even spring out of these circumstances. Injured interests, habits broken up, did not even raise a cry: reason prevailed, and the prospect of future national welfare was acknowledged, and the whole nation and its Government did not hesitate to accept all the sacrifices of the present, in order to leave to future generations the country freed from this centennial crime, however painful may be its just expulsion. In consequence of this change of opinion in Europe, and especially in England, toward Brazil, we should have thought that the relations between the Governments of Brazil and Great Britain had attained such a degree of brotherly esteem that it might be wished to exist between the official repre¬ sentatives of both nations joined by so many ties of mutual interest. We were convinced that, seeing the efforts made by the Brazilian Government properly supported by the general opinions of the people,' the English Cabinet would certainly give it credit and the homage of its sympathies. But the notes addressed by the British legation to the Imperial Cabinet, when an attempt was made to land slaves near Pernambuco, and especially the last of their notes, have completely destroyed our illusions on this subject. After having subdued the indignation caused by reading that note, considering its full extent, we said to ourselves, “ What can the British Government mean when, in our present circumstances, it assails us with such a threat?” Is it the suppression of the slave-trade? Certainly not. If proper refiection could not suggest to that Government that by carrying the threatened measure into execu¬ tion they would only promote and encourage that very trade which we are anxious to suppress, we would recommend to them the lessons given by the years 1830 to 1850 inclusive! ■/ Public opinion in support of our Government has strongly sustained, and maintained with all po^ sible watchfulness, with all the power of reason, the conviction that the suppression of the slave-tra^jj is a true national interest; this conviction gave to our Government an incalculable strength, by which it was able to obtain the entire and immediate extinction of that trade, so that whole years have, passed without any attempt being made to violate this law. And when an attempt of this kind is occasionally made, it is always done through merchants of Lisbon and in Africa connected with North American adventurers, and carried on in vessels from the United States; and even the Brazilian Government succeeds in discovering the agents of this crime, and manages to watch and accompany them and to arrest them at the very moment when they are going to perpetrate it. And in view of these fapts the British Government, instead of congratulating our functionaries and applauding their efforts, sends us insults and threats. In the two attempts made by Americans to establish the slave-trade, praise must be given to the Government of Brazil alone, which has so ably succeeded In defeating and repelling them. England must be conscious enough that with all her squadrons on the coast of Africa, and on the vast seas of this Empire, committing even all the silly excesses of the Aberdeen bill, it would not have effected any thing against attempts of that kind; and when our Government, by its measures and vigilance succeeds in obtaining this admirable result, we find it difficult to explain the object of the note alluded to. But why, on this occasion, did not the British Government act as it would do if it believed that insults and threats are the best means to suppress this trade? Th8| ought to direct their threats and insults not against us, who are innocent in this case, but against the United States. The crime was wholly of foreign origin, and its authors were in New York and Boston. Brazil has not arms long enough to reach them; but every thing that could be done was actually done, and, at the very moment that a North American crime was about to be perpetrated, a Brazilian authority stopped it. Appendix E. 597 But Albion’s arms are long, and, with its diplomacy and cruisers, why does not the Government of Great Britain turn all its means of action and all its arrogant demands toward the Cabinet at Washington? Why does she not compel it to prevent such criminal enterprises at the hands of its bold adventurers and filibusters? The following is the contract between a number of Mina blacks (who freed themselves) and the captain and consignee of the British brig Robert,—in which vessel they sailed for their native land, and arrived safely:— “CHARTER PARTY. “Rio de Janeiro. “On the 2/th of November, 1851, it is agreed between George Duck, master of the British brig called the Robert, A 1, shall receive in this port sixty-three free African men (women and children included in this number) and their luggage, and shall proceed to Bahia, and remain there, if required, fourteen days, and then proceed to a safe port in the Bight of Benin, on the coast of Africa not south of Badar gry, (the port of destination being decided in Bahia,) and deliver the same, on being paid freight here, in this port, the sum of £800, to be paid before the sailing of the next British packet. The master binds himself to provide for the said passengers sixty pounds of jerked beef, two and a half alquieres of farinha, and one-half an alquiere of black beans, daily; a cooking-place and the necessary firewood to be furnished by the captain; half a pipe—say sixty gallons—of water to be supplied daily. The master is allowed to take any cargo or passengers and luggage that may offer at Bahia for the benefit of the ship. “ Passengers and luggage to be on board on or before the 15th of December, 1851, and disembark within forty-eight hours after the ship’s arrival at the port oj destination. “ Penalty for non-performance of this agreement, five hundred pounds sterling. “GEORGE DUCK, “RAPHAEL JOsi OLIVEIRA.” Appendix E. TABLES OE BRAZILIAN COINS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES. The following statistics,-from the consular bureau of the United States, were most carefully made out by J. S. Gillmer, Esq., American Consul at Bahia, and forwarded in his reports to the State Depart¬ ment at Washington. These are the most correct computations of Brazilian coins, weights, and mear simes, ever presented to the English and American public. Table exhibiting the legal gold and silver coins of Brazil, with their weights in dwts. and grains Troy, fineness, and comparative value in Federal money of the United States :— GOLD. Denomination. Dwts. Grains.! ComparaUve 9 5 11 5 $ 8.20 1 4.62 10.24 5.12 Soberanos.. (20 milreis.). Half do. SILVER. Denomination. Dwts. Grains. Comparative Value. Pata na o. 17 5 16 8 4 $ 1.00 30 94 47 23H Two patac.as. J^o-milreis piece. Five hundred reis COPPER COIN is composed as follows:— The real (pi. reis) imaginary. Pive-reis piece, (imaginary.) Ten “ “ (out of use.) Twenty-reis do. one vintem. Forty “ do. two vintems. The latter weighs 18 dwts. 10 grains, of the no¬ minal value of 2^ cents. Twenty-five of these pieces make a milreis, or 1000 reis, the real being merely used as a numeral. The above calculations are not given as abso¬ lutely correct, but, with the exception of very slight fractional differences, they are so. PAR OP EXCHANGE. The Brazilian “Soberano,” or twenty-milrois piece of the recent coinage, being worth (according to its relative value compared with our gold coin) $10.24, it follows that the “par of exchange” between the two countries is 51^ cents per mil¬ reis ; but, the currency of Brazil being more than one-half composed of Government paper money, this standard cannot be applied to commercial 598 Appendix E. transactions as a guide, and in the absence of direct exchange transactions with the United States, we must be governed by the rate of exchange on London, which either rises or falls as influenced by the commercial or other vicissitudes of the day. The rate of exchange on London being twenty- eight pence per milreis, by taking the value of the pound sterling at $4.80 cents, the result is fifty- six cents as the value of the milreis in United States currency. WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. The “ Marco” is divided into 8 Ounces, 64 Octaves, 192 Scruples, 4608 Grains,—^which are equal to 3541Troy grains, or 220.460 French grammes,—83 lbs. Troy weight being equal to 135 “ Marcos.” COMMERCIAL WEIGHTS. The “ Aratel,” or Round, contains 2 Marcos, 4 Quartos, 16 Ounces, 128 Octaves, and 9216 Grains,—which are equal to 7082 Troy grains,—^110.729 pounds being equal to 112 lbs. avoirdupois. 32 pounds = 1 Arroba = 32% lbs. avoirdupois. 4 Arrobas or 128 lbs. (Portug.) = 1 Quintal = 129% lbs. avoirdupois. 133^ Quintals or 54 Arrobas = 1 ton — 17483^ lbs. avoirdupois. DRY MEASURES. The “Alqueire” of Bahia, in daily use for com, mandioca, &c., contains 2475 cubic inches, equal to 1.15 Winchester bushels, and is divided into halves and subdivided into quarters, eighths, Ac. The “ Moio” of Bahia contains 30 alqueires, or “ Fangas,” as they are called when used for mea¬ suring lime. The “Moio,” therefore, is equal to 34.6 Winchester bushels. The “Alqueire” of Rio de Janeiro contains 2322 cubic inches, equal to 1.08 bushels. (The “ Moio” of Lisbon is composed of 15 Fangas, and each Fanga of 4 Alqueires; the Lisbon Alqueire contains 824.832 cubic inches; 4he Lisbon “ Moio,” therefore, is equal to 23.02 bushels.) LIQUID MEASURE. Duties are exacted at the custom-houses of the Empire on liquids by the “ Medida” of Rio de Ja¬ neiro, which contains 162.4 cubic inches, 142.241 “ Medidas,” being equal to 100 gallons; but in the different provinces they are sold by local measure. In the province of Bahia, oil, rum, Ac. are sold by the Canada of Bahia, which contains 435 cubic inches, equal to 1.883 gallons,—one Canada, there¬ fore, being nearly equal to 1^ gallons. The “ Canada” is divided into halves and subdi¬ vided into quarters, called “ Quartillos,” eighths, Ac. CLOTH MEASURE. The “Covado” and “Vara.” The former is equal to 26.7 inches, and the latter equal to 43.3 inches: each is divided into halves, thirds, quarters, and eighths. LONG MEASURE. 12 lines = 1 inch. 8 inches = 1 Palmo. 12 inches = 1 P6 or foot. 5 Palmos = 1 Vara. 2 Varas = 1 Braga. 935.276 Bragas = 1 mile, (Port.) 3 miles = 1 league. 18 leagues = 1° of latitude. LAND MEASURE. Land in Brazil is bought and sold by the “Ta- refe.” of 900 square Bragas, or 3600 square Varas, . which are equivalent to 4330 (Eng.) square yards. I The “Geira” of land in Portugal is considered equivalent to 4840 square Varas, equal to 6821 1 square yards. Appendix F. POPULATION. Nothing is more difflcnlt to ascertain with correctness than the population of Brazil. No census of the whole country has as yet been taken; and, when we see it stated from “ official documents,” it means nothing more than conjecture and approximation. I give the following table, made up from the estimates of Sr. Francisco Nunes de Souza, published in the AgricuUor Brazileiro; also the percentages of slaves, &c., from the very careful computa. tions of Hon. J. U. Petit, formerly U. S. Consul at Maranham. There will be found a considerable dis- crepancy between this estimate of the population have preferred to follow the lowest. ATTinznnns. .30 000 and that in the notes of Thomas Rainey, M.D. Brought forward 2,600,000 Rnbia.. RSO.OOO Parii. Maranhao... . 190,000 . 280,000 Espirito banto. Rio de Janeiro. 60,000 .1,400,000 Piauhy. . 170,000 S. Paulo. .. 680,000 . 350,000 Paran&. 70,000 Rio Grande do biorte. 160,000 Santa Catharma. 90,000 Paraliiba. . 230,000 Rio Grande. . 240,000 800,000 Minas-Geraes.. .. 800,000 Alagdas. 210,000 120,000 180,000 Mato Grosso... 2,600,000 7,040,000 In these provinces, the slave population is to the free in the following proportions:— Rio Grande do Norte... Goyaz. Santa Catharma.... AlagSas. Par4. Mato Grosso. ,.1:7. 1:7 1: 6 1: 4.221 1 :1.431 . 1 : 3.4 Sergipe. 1: 2.927 Piauhy. 1 : 2.666 Espirito Santo. 1: 2.009 Corte. 1 : 2.409 Rio de Janeiro.1:118.1 The following is the rate of females to males:— Parfi. 1.079 : 1 I Rio Grande do Norte. 1.007 : 1 Alagoas. 1.069 :1 Rio de Janeiro. 1:1.270 Serg ipe 1.015 :1 Corte. 1:1.347 The male population exceeds the female in Maranhao, Ceari, Pernambuco, S. Paulo, Santa Cathar rina, and Rio Grande do Sul. This is a singular result in the last two provinces, especially the latter, Which for many years suffered from domestic and foreign wars. THE YELLOW FEVER OF BRAZIL. (Written foe “ Brazil and the Brazilians” by A. R. Egbert, M.D.) In a publication like the present, any elaborate medical disquisition on the yellow fever of Brazil would be obviously misplaced; yet in a work upon that country a brief sketch of this disease seems necessary. Owing to the peculiar situation of the Brazilian Empire, any one unacquainted with the country would naturally suppose that it would abound in those causes which, in all tropical countries, are so inimical to the lives of strangers. This is not the case, but exactly the reverse. Lying immediately under “ the Line,” Brazil is, for its situation, singularly mild and healthful. Its climate is delightful, and, along the coast especially, is tempered by a cool and never-feiling breeze; while, in the interior, the elevation of the country compensates tor its proximity to the Equator,—thus proving that climate must never be judged by latitude alone. All these things go to show why Brazil has been so free from the ravages of that “ terrible scourge,” the yellow fever. Like all other epidemics, yellovfffever hides its origin in the mists of the past. These giant devasta¬ tors of nations have had no chroniclers to record thmr birth and early history. Some physicians imagine they can find this fever described in the writings of Hippocrates; but they forget that the peculiar symptoms on which they rely to establish the identity—^black vomit and yellowness of the 699 600 Appendix F. skin—are by no means peculiar to the disease in question. The prevalent opinion among those who have investigated the subject is that the disease is of modern origin; and some facts seem to connect it with the slave-trade. It certainly made its appearance simultaneously with that tralHc, and some of our Southern physicians are convinced that it, like the blacks, was imported from Africa. As far as our knowledge extends, P6re Dutertre is the earliest writer who can be said to have alluded to this “ frightful scourge of the warmer shores of the Atlantic.” He saw it in 1635, in the Antilles, and expressly tells us that before that time it was unknown in those islands. In 1647 it was in Barba- does. P6re Labat found it raging at Martinique in 1649. The earliest period at which this epidemic occurred in the territory of the United States was in 1693, at Boston. Since then it has been, unfor¬ tunately, too well known to our ancestors over the whole Atlantic coast. It first appeared in Brazil in December, 1849, or January, 1850, and committed its greatest ravages in 1850, in the maritime provinces. It was especially violent at Pard, Bahia, and Rio de Janeiro. Pernambuco escaped. Bad as it was, the accounts of its ravages were greatly exaggerated. In the whole Empire of Brazil, the .population of which is more than seven millions, there were from this disease, in 1850, in fourteen thousand deaths; and, according to the official reports, there were not quite four thousand deaths from yellow fever in the city of Rio de Janeiro,—whose population is three hundred thousand. Dr. Paulo Candido and Dr. Merrilles, who stand deservedly high in the medical profession, corroborate this statement. Dr. Lallemant, an eminent German physician of the first pro¬ fessional ability at Rio exaggerates, it seems to us, both the number of cases and deaths: the former he places at one hundred thousand, and the latter at ten thousand,—which seems to be utterly at variance with the statement of all the reports from other and equally credible sources. But, even admitting Dr. Lallemant’s figures, we can see how much less was the mortality than at New Orleans, (a city of one-third the population of Rio,) where in the month of August, 1863, 5269 perished from this fell disease. And yet it has been represented that the capital of Brazil is the most unhealthy place in the world! According to Dr. Lallemant, 475 died at Rio in 1861; 1943 in 1852; 853 in 1853; and only four in 1854. In 1857 a few scores of cases occurred, but we have not the exact number at hand. In 1854 the disease had entirely disappeared, and has not since shown itself until in the beginning of 1857, and in the month of March of that year it ceased. There is little doubt that the cause of yellow fever is peculiar and specific. But great diversities of opinion exist upon the nature of this cause. Some consider it to be a living, organized, microscopic being, and others regard it as a species of ferment. Strong reasons are adduced in favor of both theories; but nothing is positively and definitely known of the nature of the cause. As to whether the disease be contagious or not, authorities are divided. But it is now beginning to be generally conceded that it is not contagious; and the burden of proof is certainly in favor of this view of the subject. Yellow fever exhibits a great diversity of phenomena, occasioned hy a variety of influences,— assuming the particular form in accordance with the circumstances of its appearance,—scorbutic, typhous, or whatever the case may be. [The symptoms are then described. The writer thus continues:—] These symptoms generally last from a few hours to three days, when they subside, leaving the patient cheerful and hopeful. But this is a delusive calm, and continues from a few hours to twenty- four. Then set in debility and prostration. In severe cases the weakness is extreme: the pulse is quick, irregular, and feeble; the skin is yellow, orange, or of a bronzed aspect; the blood appears to be nearly stagnant in the capillaries, and the dependent and extreme parts of the body become of a dark pur¬ plish hue. The tongue is now often brown and dryish in the centre, or smooth, red, and chapped; and sordes occasionally collects about the gums and teeth. The stomach resumes its irritability, and the black vomit appears. The bowels often give way and discharge large quantities of black matter, similar to that ejected by the stomach,—and occasionally hemorrhage takes place from various parts of the body; low delirium sets in; an offensive odor sometimes exhales from the whole body; the eyes become sunken and the countenance collapsed, and death takes place, often quietly, but some¬ times in the midst of convulsions. Occasionally patients will die of yellow fever without either the black vomit, yellowness of the skin, or hemorrhage appearing. Instead of pursuing this fatal course, the system very often reacts after the period of abatement, and a secondary fever sets in, which may be of various grades of violence. It continues a variable length, of time,—sometimes speedily terminating in health, and sometimes running into a typhoid form, which may last, with various results, for two or three weeks or more. In severe cases the con¬ valescence is always extremely tedious, and the patient is often incommoded by obstinate and unhealthy sores or abscesses in various parts of the body. In some cases the animal functions seem to be at first almost untouched. The patient may be walking in the streets and nothing call attention to his case, unless, it may be, an unusual expression of counte¬ nance. Upon his pulse being examined, it is found to be exceedingly feeble, if not quite absent at the wrist. Black vomit and death speedily ensue. These have been called “walking cases.” Appendix F. 601 The modes of treatment are many and widely different,—sometimes none of the slightest use. [As the treatment of yellow fever in the United States is within the reach of aU, it has been thought best to omit mention of it here, and only to insert Dr. Egbert’s account of the Brazilian method as laid down by one of the first physicians of the Empire.—J. C. E.] The prevention of the disease is of course even more important than its treatment. Individuals who are unable to leave the place where the disease prevails should select a residence in the highest and healthiest spots; should sleep in the highest parts of the house; should avoid the night-air; should abstain from fatiguing exercise, exposure to alternations of temperature, and excesses of all kinds; should endeavor to maintain a cheerful and confident temper; should use nutritious and wholesome but not stimulating diet; and, if compelled to enter any spot where the atmosphere is known to be infected, should take care not to do so when the stomach is empty or the body exhausted by perspiration or fatigue. According to the best medical authorities in the United States, attempts to guard against this disease by low diet, bleeding, purging, or the use of mercury, are futile,—if not worse; for they weaken the system, and the weaker the system the less is it able to resist the entrance of the poison, or its infiuence when absorbed. The following mode of treatment is that recommended and pursued by Dr. Paulo Candido, of Bio, and was under him eminently successful. “ The first step is to cleanse the digestive canal. Castor oil, in a dose of two, four, or even six ounces, must be admistered without delay, whatever be the state of the patient. If he obstinately rejects this remedy, employ citrate of magnesia or neutral salts in sufficient quantity to produce eight evacuar tions. This effect ought to be kept up the succeeding days, hut with greater moderation. Neither foreign substances nor intestinal secretions ought to bo allowed to remain: they become the centres of poisonous matter. The torpor of the intestines does not allow us to trust wholly to purgatives: it is necessary to administer injections, and I make use of the following mixture:— “ R.—Expressed juice of Persicaria, cut up and steeped in water. 2 lbs. Lemon-juice (skin and pulp cut and squeezed). 4 oz. Sulphate of Soda. 4 “ Socotrine Aloes. 4 “ Camphor, and Sulphate of Quinine, each. 1 drachm. M.—Saturate with kitchen salt. Q. S. for two or three enemas. “If persicaria cannot be obtained, it may be replaced by the same quantity of infusion of chamomile, orange-leaves, or sea-water. “These injections must be given every two hours, as hot as possible: they are rejected immediately, but are usually followed by an abundant perspiration; but the use must be continued. “ Hot sinapisms at the soles of the feet, the knees, and the thighs, ought to be employed from the first, copjointly with the above remedies, and repeated until some abatement of fever ensues. “Priction all over the body, particularly on the abdomen, groin, armpits, arms, with the following:— “ R.—Camphorated Vinegar. I lb. Sulphate of Quinine. 2 drachms. Tincture of Quinine. 2 oz. Creosote.1 drachm. M. “A drachm of creosote in half a pound of spirits of wine, to rub the abdomen, arms, and sides, is an excellent means of provoking perspiration and producing other effects. These frictions must be per¬ formed under the coverings of the bed, in order not to chill the patient, and must be continued for three or four hours. Besides their antiseptic action, they produce perspiration. “A weak infusion of borage, sweetened, every hour, very hot, each infusion prepared at the time of being taken; or of hot gum-water. “ If the perspiration cannot be effected in two or three hours, we must have recourse to the tincture of aconite napel, (monk’s-hood,) one drachm of, in two pounds of water, to take by spoonfuls every quarter of an hour, without interrupting the other means. “Besides, in four hours after the evacuants have been administered, the use of interior chloride must commence:— “ R.—^Eau de Labarraque. 2 drachms. Distilled water, slightly acidulated with Muriatic Acid. bottle. “Take three spoonfuls of this mixture in half a cup of fresh water, or simply a spoonful of Eau de Labarraque in a glass of pure water, and take a spoonful of this solution every quarter or half hour. “ Sugar must never be added to Eau de Labarraque. It must be saturated with chloride, which is easily known by the smell, and kept out of the light. 602 Appendix F. “ For very delicate persons the dose must he weaker. All these means must be continuous: they do not contradict each other. “At the end of twenty-four hours, the malady is generally subdued; but the medicaments must not cease, but the employment of them relaxed or the Intervals augmented. “Relapses, and that deceitful calm that is so often noticed preceding death, take place from the abdominal secretions having been permitted to be reabsorbed. Therefore the medicaments must be continued. “I permit no broth, oranges, wine, or any thing else, until two days after the symptoms have disappeared and when the pulse has lowered perhaps to forty. “ I have often had recourse to sialagogues for the secretion of saliva: these are such substances as ginger, cinnamon, liquorice-root, kept in the mouth. I advise amateurs to smoke cigars. “ Tonics, especially the preparations of quinine, are very useful in small repeated doses when only weakness remains. “ I ought to add, that if the terrible symptom of suppression of urine takes place, I give to the patient a drachm of nitrate of potash dissolved in a bottle of water,—half a cupful every half or quarter of an hour; injections of an ounce of camphorated vinegar in two cupfuls of tepid water; frictions of the same vinegar or camphorated oil of almonds on the abdomen repeated at short intervals. “ I have no faith in bleeding, leeches, cupping, calomel, quinine internally, ammonia, laudanum, opium, arsenic, turpentine, nitrate of silver, ice, hot or cold baths, &c.” The treatment of Dr. Paulo Candido differs very materially from that pursued by the prominent physicians of the United States. It also differs from that pursued in the West Indies. The reason of this is, I presume, owing to the different character of the disease in Brazil. The yellow fever first appeared in Brazil on the 28th of December, 1849, and remained in the country from that time until March, 1854; in December, ’57 it reappeared in a milder form, and in April disappeared. The following is a schedule, from official records, of the number of deaths in the Empire and in the Capital, (where it was the most severe,) separately, during each year:— Population. Deaths in 1850. Deathsm Deaths in 1«52. Deaths in 1853. Deaths in 1854. Empire. Rio de Janeiro. 7,000,000 300,000 14,000 3827 8719 475 9527 1943 8531 853 04 This table shows that the disease was comparatively light, the percentage being small. The following is an extract from the “ Report of the Minister of the Empire” for 1855. “ The yellow fever, as an epidemic, may be considered nearly extinct in this city, (Rio.) This benefit is particularly owing to the very vigilant sanitary policy that has been established. The great number of ships from all parts of the world which frequent this port has ever been the great focus of infection^ for this and other epidemics. “ Happily, this has been combated by the disinfecting measures that have been resorted to, and by the prompt succor that has been rendered to the afflicted crews, who, as soon as the epidemic shows itself, are conducted in the steamer (health-steamer) to the maritime hospital of Jurujuba, where they receive the most Judicious and careful treatment. This hospital merits aU praise. During the past year there entered 1627 patients, (not all yellow fever:) cured, 1576; died, 40. Therefore the mortality was less than 2)^ per cent.” The origin of this pestilence in Brazil is a mooted point, and has given, rise to the most conflicting views among the best observers: for example. Dr. Pennell, of Bio, and Dr. Patterson, of Bahia, enter¬ tain precisely opposite opinions,—the former contending for the indigenous, the latter for the foreign, origin of the disease; and both offer cogent arguments and striking facts in support of the opposite conclusions. The scope of this paper does not admit of medical discussion; yet, as the facts observed by Dr. Pen¬ nell are highly important, and, as his conclusions entirely coincide with those of Dr. Dundas, a short sketch of them will be given. They state that for some years the fevers of the country had been clearly changing their character, and the genuine remittent had been little seen for three years; that it w'as replaced in 1847, ’48, and ’49, by a fever of its owm class, popularly known as the “Polka fever,” but in reality a remittent; and that this fever was, in its turn, superseded by the yellow fever, a disease with similar features. Coincident with these and other changes in the diseases of Brazil, the climate in its broad features had altered strangely. Thunder-storms—-formerly of dally occurrence at a certain hour, so that appointments for business or pleasure were made in reference to them as to taking place “ before” or “ after” the shower during the summer—are now but seldom heard. There was, too, at the commence¬ ment and during the continuance of the pestilence, a stagnation and want of elasticity in the atmosphere, from the cessation to a great degree of the fresh and regular winds from the sea,—a change very per¬ ceptible and very oppressive. Appendix F. 603 The supporters of the theory of the foreign origin of yellow fever insist that it was imported by a certain ship from New Orleans to Bahia, (some say to Pernambuco,) and thence diffused throughout the Empire. Some of them urge that it was imported from Africa by slave-ships, whilst the facts adduced by Dr. Pennell go far to establish, as already stated, its indigenous parentage. Dr. Dundas says that in support of this opinion we have the strong additional fact that for the last forty years there has existed, uncon¬ trolled by any efficient quarantine-laws, an extensive intercourse with the United States, Africa, and the West Indies,—the very hotbeds of yellow fever,—and yet up to 1849 Brazil remained perfectly healthy. Can we then in reason believe, if the disease be deemed really importable, that the maritime cities of Brazil could, under such circumstances, have escaped infection for a period of forty years ? Though it is usual to say that no epidemic has visited Brazil, yet several of the older writers, as Rocha Pita in 1666, P6re Labat in 1686, and Pereira da Rosa in 1694, have recorded the appearance of epidemics closely resembling the yellow fever, which, after persisting for some years, and desolating some of the large cities on the coast, finally passed away. Drs. Pennell and Dundas conclude, from the above and other facts, that the yellow fever, which recently afflicted Brazil, is not an imported disease, but owes its origin to certain obscure atmospheric disturbances, embracing variations of temperature, hygrometric influence, electrical tension, atmospheric pressure, &c.; and, judging from the previous history of Brazil, we believe that these unfavorable con¬ ditions are but temporary: and we are rejoiced to be able to hope that the disease has nearly passed away, that Brazil will maintain its character of unparalleled salubrity among the tropical regions of the globe, and will deserve its title of “the Italy of the New World.” The following statements wiU show the greater healthfulness of Brazil as compared with the United States. In 1847, in New Orleans, there were 2252 deaths from yellow fever. The population was about 90,000. In 1853, there were, from May 26 to October 22, 8406 deaths from the yellow fever. The population of the city was more than 100,000; but, owing to so many having fled, it was estimated that not more than 50,000 people were in the city during the prevalence of the epidemic. In 1854, there were nearly 14,000 cases of yellow fever in New Orlcant; from July 14 to October 15, there were 2420 deaths from this cause, The population was about 102,000. In Mobile, during the year 1853, there were, from August 1 to September 16, 611 deaths from yellow fevev. Population of the city, 12,500. In Natchez, in 1853, there were, from July 17 to September 20, 263 deaths from yellow fever. Popu¬ lation, 5000, of which only 2000 remained in the city. In Charleston, in 1854, there were from fifteen to twenty deaths daily during the height of the disease. Population, 29,000. In Galveston, in 1854, there were from fourteen to fifteen deaths daily. Population, 7000. In Savannah, during the year 1854, from August 23 to October 17, there were 919 deaths from yellow fever. Population, 11,000. Three-fourths of the population fled to the country: the roads a few miles from the city were lined with the tents of the fugitives. In general, it has been found that from one-half to two-thirds of the population flee from the cities in the United States when any severe epidemic prevails; and this must be born in mind whilst reading the above data. In the terrible scourge at Norfolk and Portsmouth, Va., in 1855, 45 per cent, of the whole popula¬ tion died from yellow fever. The city was nearly deserted, there being scarcely a sufficient number to take care of the sick. The duration of the disease was one hundred and twenty-seven days. Now, compare these data with the table before mentioned, and we immediately see the comparative immunity of Brazil from the yellow fever even during its most fatal visits. Under such circumstances further comments, so far as comparison with the United States is concerned, are useless. It is very probable that the mildness of the climate may have exerted a greatly modifying influence upon the disease, rendering it less severe and less fatal. In writing the above article we do not profess to have done any thing more than to have made a mere compilation from different authorities and arranged them to suit our purpose. We therefore, whatever may be the merit of the production, disclaim all originality. The authorities we have been enabled to consult, and from which we have drawn our matiriel, are as follows:— Medical News and Library for 1853 and 1854 Dr. Wood’s Practice of Medicine. New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal for 1853. Report of the Minister of the Empire of Brazil. Harper’s New Monthly Magazine, 1857. Sketches of Brazil, (a medical work,) by Robert Dundas, M.D., Supt. of the British Hospital at Bahia. Conseils contre la propagation de la fiSvre jaune, by Dr. Paulo Candido, Bio de Janeiro. And the Report of Dr. Lallemant, of Bio de Janeiro. Appendix G, The folloTving statement, divided into periods of five years each, shows the ports into Brazil from foreign countries, de reis. (A conto = £11210s. exc. 27